Professional Documents
Culture Documents
T ^ ^ H v c o . ill*
< / f
X VtMt ,
. -' , 4'
7. fZl '
& u o a A
DAVID HILEY
C L A R E N D O N PRESS • O X F O R D
1993
Oxford University Press, Walton Street, Oxford 0x2 6 n p
Oxford Seic York Toronto
Delhi Bombay (Calcutta Madras Karachi
Kuala Lumpur Singapore Hong Kong Tokyo
Xairobi Dor es Salaam Cape T01.cn
Melbourne Auckland Madrid
and associated companies in
Berlin I bad an
N o doubt the author of any reference book such as the present one could echo the
sentiments of M i s s C h a r i t y M a r c o n , in Ivy Compton-Burnett's Daughters and Sons.
A great deal of m y book is indeed got out of others, as the bibliography and references
in the text make clear. What justification is there for this, and what is the purpose of
the book?
In the first place I wished to provide a book of reference both for those c o m i n g new
to plainchant and for those needing guidance in the specialist literature. T h e book
starts with the assumption, reasonable in this secular age, that many things about the
liturgy and its plainchant, even quite basic matters, are unfamiliar to the reader. A t
every stage in the encounter with plainchant one comes up against specialist
terminology and concepts which constitute a real obstacle. T h a t is in the nature of the
subject, for ecclesiastical ritual is essentially exclusive, remote from everyday
experience, reserved for specially trained personnel. T o start with essentials does not
mean, however, that difficulties have been avoided. I have not, I hope, confused
inexperience with lack of intelligence. T h e reader will encounter here many complex
problems, both those for which scholars have found solutions and others which
remain obscure. I have also illustrated techniques of research and given examples, not
just of the music in plainchant sources, but also of their make-up, the way they
deploy their material, and their notation.
T h o s e with access to well-equipped libraries will find here sufficient references to
further specialist literature. But I have also tried to make the book self-explanatory,
and well enough illustrated, so that it will be useful also to anyone interested in and
able to read m u s i c .
Such a book fulfils a need primarily because of the enormous expansion of
plainchant studies in the last few decades. T h e last major work of synthesis in the
English language, Apel's Gregorian Chant, is now over thirty years o l d . It has not, of
course, been m y intention to try and replace A p e l , let alone the more comprehensive
Einfuhrung in die gregorianischen Melodien by Peter Wagner f r o m before the F i r s t
W o r l d W a r , both of which remain indispensable. But m u c h has been explored a n d
discovered since their day. T h e best modern survey, the article 'Plainchant' by
viii Preface
longer admitted, though important in the M i d d l e Ages. In recent years mostly lay
scholars have devoted considerable energy to those repertories, and it is perhaps not
fanciful to see this partly as a reaction against the bias of earlier chant studies. In m y
own case, it led among other things to a decision to transcribe all musical examples
from original sources, rather than rely on modern service-books, slight though the
differences between them may sometimes be.
A great deal of the satisfaction gained from writing a book such as this comes f r o m
sorting out problems in one's own m i n d , for, as the renowned author of a m o n o g r a p h
on Lassus succinctly expressed it: ' N o t h i n g clears up a case so m u c h as stating it to
another person.' Y e t even more satisfying has been the ever-increasing wonderment at
the variety and richness of the chant repertory, a delight to anyone working in the
area. I hope that the musical examples, at least, will help further the appreciation of
these treasures.
L i k e M i s s M a r c o n , I owe a considerable debt to the British L i b r a r y , but also to the
A n s e l m H u g h e s L i b r a r y of Royal Holloway and Bedford N e w College, U n i v e r s i t y of
L o n d o n , where I once taught; to the University of L o n d o n L i b r a r y at Senate H o u s e ,
and more recently to the Universitatsbibliothek of Regensburg U n i v e r s i t y , where I
now teach. M a n y of m y musical examples were transcribed from microfilms, work
with w h i c h has in many cases been made possible by grants from the Central Research
F u n d of the University of L o n d o n . M y principal debt is to the numerous fellow chant
scholars f r o m w h o m I have learned over the years, many of w h o m could have written
a better book than this. It is the fate of textbooks to be used for target-practice, as it
were, by better-informed teachers, but I hope my colleagues will find here something
they can set before their students with reasonable confidence. A b o v e all, I hope the
book will straighten the path of those who, like myself a couple of decades ago, are
trying to find their way in an initially foreign, often bewildering, but always
fascinating and rewarding musical world.
I am most grateful to the libraries which kindly supplied photographs for the plates.
Plates 1, 4 - 6 , 8 - 9 , 11-14, and 18 are published by permission of the British L i b r a r y ;
plates 2, 7, and 16 by permission of the Bodleian L i b r a r y ; plate 10 by permission of
the Syndics of C a m b r i d g e University L i b r a r y ; plate 15 by permission of the Master
and Fellows of University College, O x f o r d ; and plate 17 by permission of E d i n b u r g h
University L i b r a r y .
In conclusion I wish to thank those who have played an especially important part in
the production of the book: M a l c o l m Gerratt, who launched the project and fanned it
along for several years; Bruce Phillips, who brought it into the safe haven of O x f o r d
University Press, and the staff of O U P , especially Leofranc Holford-Strevens and
Bonnie B l a c k b u r n , who d i d far more for the book than an author has a right to expect
from his copy-editor. Greatest of all is my debt to m y wife A n n , without whose
patience and encouragement I should never have reached the end of the long voyage.
D.H.
CONTENTS
Abbreviations xxxi
Bibliography xxxiii
I. Plainchant in the L i t u r g y 1
I. P L A I N C H A N T IN T H E L I T U R G Y
LI. Introduction 1
1.2. L i t u r g y and W o r s h i p 2
1.3. T h e C h u r c h Year 7
1.4. The Daily Round 16
1.5. Mass " 22
1.6. Office 25
(i) T h e N i g h t Office ( M a t i n s , V i g i l s , or N o c t u r n s ) in Secular U s e 25
(ii) T h e N i g h t Office i n M o n a s t i c U s e 27
(iii) L a u d s i n Secular U s e 28
(iv) L a u d s i n M o n a s t i c U s e 28
(v) Vespers i n Secular U s e 28
(vi) Vespers i n M o n a s t i c U s e 29
(vii) C o m p l i n e 29
(viii) P r i m e , T e r c e , Sext, and N o n e 30
1.7. Processions 30
1.8. Ceremonies of H o l y Week 32
(i) G e n e r a l 33
(ii) P a l m S u n d a y 33
(iii) M a u n d y T h u r s d a y 34
(iv) G o o d F r i d a y 36
(v) H o l y Saturday or Easter E v e 38
(vi) Easter S u n d a y 39
1.9. T h e 'Feast of F o o l s ' and Related C u s t o m s 39
1.10. O t h e r Services: B a p t i s m , C o n f i r m a t i o n , O r d i n a t i o n , C o r o n a t i o n ,
Marriage, Burial, Dedication 42
II. C H A N T GENRES
>' I I . 1. Introduction 46
11.2. Recitation F o r m u l a s for Prayers and Lessons 47
(i) G e n e r a l 47
(ii) Prayers 49
(iii) Lessons 54
11.3. T o n e s for Psalms and O t h e r C h a n t s 58
(i) Psalms 58
(ii) O t h e r P s a l m T o n e s : T h e Parapteres, T o n u s peregrinus 62
(iii) T o n e s for the Canticles Magnificat and Benedictus 64
(iv) T o n e s for the P s a l m Verses of Introits and C o m m u n i o n s 64
(v) T o n e s for Responsory Verses 65
Analytical Table xiii
I I I . 1. Introduction 287
111.2. Ordines Romam 289
111.3. Sacramentaries and Lectionaries 291
(i) Sacramentaries 291
(ii) Lectionaries 293
111.4. G r a d u a l s (Mass A n t i p h o n e r s ) and Cantatoria 295
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n 295
(ii) G r a d u a l s w i t h o u t N o t a t i o n 296
(iii) N o t a t e d G r a d u a l s 299
111.5. A n t i p h o n e r s (Office A n t i p h o n e r s ) 303
(i) T h e Earliest A n t i p h o n e r s 304
(ii) T y p e s of M a n u s c r i p t and C a l e n d r i c Organization 305
(iii) C o m p a r i s o n of Sources 307
111.6. Psalters, H y m n a l s , Collectars, Office Lectionaries 308
(i) Psalters 308
(ii) H y m n a l s 310
(iii) Collectars 311
(iv) Office lectionaries 313
II 1.7. Sequentiaries, T r o p e r s , and K y r i a l e s 313
II 1.8. Processionals 317
111.9. Missals 319
111.10. Breviaries 320
I I I . 11. C o m p e n d i a 321
111.12. Pontificals and R i t u a l s 324
(i) Pontificals and Benedictionals 324
(ii) R i t u a l s , M a n u a l s , or A g e n d a 324
I I I . 13. O r d i n a l s and Customaries 325
I I I . 14. T o n a r i e s 325
(i) D e f i n i t i o n and F u n c t i o n 326
(ii) T y p e - M e l o d i e s for the E i g h t M o d e s 331
(iii) H o w Psalm T o n e s were Specified 333
I I I . 15. I d e n t i f y i n g and D e s c r i b i n g C h a n t - B o o k s 335
IV. N O T A T I O N
I V . 1. Introduction 340
(i) P r e l i m i n a r y 340
(ii) T h e Signs i n M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 341
(iii) N e u m e 345
IV.2. Regional Styles 346
(i) F r e n c h and G e r m a n N o t a t i o n 347
(ii) Palaeofrankish, L a o n , B r e t o n , and A q u i t a n i a n N o t a t i o n s 347
(iii) T y p e s Related to F r e n c h - G e r m a n N o t a t i o n 351
(iv) O t h e r Italian Notations 352
(v) E x a m p l e s 353
IV.3. Liquescence, O r i s c u s , Q u i l i s m a ; O t h e r Special Signs 357
(i) Signs for Liquescence 357
(ii) Quilisma 358
(iii) Oriscus 359
(iv) V i r g a strata, Pressus, Pes stratus, Pes quassus, Salicus 360
IV.4. The O r i g i n s of C h a n t N o t a t i o n 361
(i) Introduction 362
(ii) Early Examples 362
(iii) E a r l y References to N o t a t i o n 364
(iv) Parallel Systems 364
(a) Prosodic Accents 365
(b) P u n c t u a t i o n 366
(c) E k p h o n e t i c N o t a t i o n 367
(d) Byzantine N o t a t i o n 369
(v) The 'Cheironomic' Theory 370
(vi) T h e E a r l y T r a n s m i s s i o n of C h a n t 370
(vii) Some Conclusions 371
IV.5. The N o t a t i o n of R h y t h m 373
(i) R h y t h m i c Elements i n E a r l y Notations 374
(ii) R h y t h m i n S i m p l e A n t i p h o n s 380
(iii) Cardine's ' G r e g o r i a n S e m i o l o g y ' 382
(iv) T h e E v i d e n c e of T h e o r i s t s 384
(v) C o n c l u s i o n s 385
IV.6. Pitch-Notation 386
(i) F r o m the N i n t h C e n t u r y to W i l l i a m of D i j o n 386
(ii) G u i d o of A r e z z o 388
(iii) S t a f f - N o t a t i o n i n Different L a n d s 389
IV.7. T h e o r i s t s ' Notations 392
IV.8. Printed Chant-Books 395
IV.9. Modern Transcription 398
(1) T h e L i t u r g i c a l C o n t e x t 399
(ii) T r a n s c r i p t i o n 400
(iii) T r a n s c r i p t i o n f r o m Staffless Notations 400
PLATES
Frontispiece ii
Plate 1. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , H a r l e y 1117 406
Plate 2. O x f o r d , Bodleian L i b r a r y , L a t . liturg. d . 3 408
Plate 3. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , E g e r t o n 857 410
Plate 4. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , H a r l e y 110 412
Plate 5. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 30850 414
Plate 6. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 19768 416
Plate 7. O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , C a n o n i c i l i t u r g . 350 418
Plate 8. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A r u n d e l 156 420
Plate 9. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , R o y a l 8. C . x i i i 422
Plate 10. C a m b r i d g e , U n i v e r s i t y L i b r a r y , L I . 2. 10 424
Plate 11. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 10335 426
Plate 12. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , E g e r t o n 3511 428
Plate 13. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 29988 430
Plate 14. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 17302 432
Plate 15. O x f o r d , U n i v e r s i t y College 148 434
Plate 16. O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , L a t . l i t u r g . a. 4 436
Plate 17. E d i n b u r g h , U n i v e r s i t y L i b r a r y 33 438
Plate 18. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , printed book I B . 8668 440
V. P L A I N C H A N T A N D EARLY MUSIC T H E O R Y
V I . 1. Introduction 478
VI.2. T h e C h u r c h e s of C h r i s t e n d o m 480
VI.3. T h e Early Church 484
V I . 4. Office C h a n t s before the E i g h t h C e n t u r y 487
V I . 5. M a s s C h a n t s before the E i g h t h C e n t u r y 494
(i) T h e G r a d u a l * 495
(ii) T h e Introit and O t h e r Chants at the Start of M a s s 496
(iii) T h e C h a n t s at C o m m u n i o n 498
(iv) T h e O f f e r t o r y 499
(v) T h e C h a n t s beside the Lessons 500
VI.6. G r e g o r y the Great 503
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n 503
(ii) G r e g o r y and the Deacons 504
(iii) G r e g o r y and the A l l e l u i a 504
(iv) Isidore of S e v i l l e ; the Liberpontificalis; the L i s t of C h a n t ' E d i t o r s '
in O r d o Romanus X I X 505
(v) T h e A n g l o - S a x o n T r a d i t i o n 506
(vi) T h e Biographies by P a u l W a r n e f r i d and J o h n H y m m o n i d e s 508
(vii) T h e ' G r e g o r i a n ' Sacramentary 509
(viii) T h e Prologue Gregorius praesul 510
X'(ix) T h e Reception of the G r e g o r y L e g e n d i n the N i n t h C e n t u r y and
L a t e r ; the D o v e ; the M o d e s 511
(x) G r e g o r y and the L e n t e n C o m m u n i o n s 511
(xi) C o n c l u s i o n s 513
i VII. T H E C A R O L I N G IAN C E N T U R Y
V I I . 1. Introduction 514
V I I . 2. The Establishment of R o m a n C h a n t in F r a n c i a 514
VI1.3. The F r a n k i s h E x p a n s i o n of the Chant Repertory 518
VII.4. The C o d i f i c a t i o n of Plainchant 520
VI1.5. The Place of M u s i c i n the C a r o l i n g i a n Renaissance 521
I X . 1. Introduction 563
IX.2. A m a l a r i u s of M e t z 569
IX.3. St G a l l 571
I X . 4. Cluny 574
IX.5. W i l l i a m of D i j o n 578
IX.6. E n g l a n d before a n d after the N o r m a n Conquest 580
IX.7. N o r t h Italian T r a d i t i o n s 585
IX.8. Benevento a n d Montecassino 589
IX.9. R o m e a n d the Franciscans 594
I X . 10. A q u i t a i n e a n d S a i n t - M a r t i a l at L i m o g e s 596
I X . 11. T h e H i s p a n i c P e n i n s u l a after the Reconquest 601
I X . 12. N o r t h e r n a n d Eastern E u r o p e 604
(i) S c a n d i n a v i a a n d Iceland 604
(ii) P o l a n d 605
(iii) C z e c h o s l o v a k i a 606
(iv) H u n g a r y 607
, X. R E F O R M A T I O N SOF G R E G O R I A N C H A N T
Plates
Maps
Figure
Ex. IX.7.1. T r o p e verses Qui die at patn\ etc. for introit Resurrexi 587
Ex. IX.7.2. Sequence Clara gaudia festa paschalia 588
Ex. I X . 8.1. Rogation antiphon Peccavimus Domine 592
Ex. IX.8.2. Start of farsed lesson w i t h verses Ad laudern regis glorie, etc. 593
Ex. IX.10.1. Responsory 0 sancte Dei apostole 599--600
Slurs are used only for notes joined in the same sign in the original notation.
h = oriscus A - = neume at the semitone step ('mi-neume')
w
= quilisma ' = apostropha
r
° 1 = liquescent note
Pitch-letters follow G u i d o n i a n , not modern practice.
r A B C DEFGabc de f ga
a t "etc.
ABBREVIATIONS
15 (1975), 2 0 1 - 6 .
' L e L i b e r misticus de C o m b r e t , au diocese d ' E l n e ' , EG 20 (1981), 5 - 6 8 .
A N D E R S E N , M . G E E R T , and R A A S T E D , J 0 R G E N , Inventar over Det kongelige Biblioteks
fragmentsamling [Inventory of the Fragment Collection i n the Royal L i b r a r y ] (Hjaelpemidler,
6; C o p e n h a g e n , 1983).
A N D E R S O N , G O R D O N A . (ed.), The Las Huelgas Manuscript, Burgos, Monasterio de las
Huelgas, 2 vols. ( C o r p u s mensurabilis musicae, 7 9 ; R o m e , 1982).
A N D E R S O N ( G O R D O N ) G e d e n k s c h r i f t 1984 = Gordon Athol Anderson (1929-1981) in
memoriam, 2 vols. ( H e n r y v i l l e - O t t a w a - B i n n i n g e n , 1984).
ANDERSON, W A R R E N , 'Alypius', NG.
A N D O Y E R , R A P H A E L , ' L e C h a n t r o m a i n antegregorien', RCG 20 ( 1 9 1 1 - 1 2 ) , 6 9 - 7 5 , 1 0 7 - 1 4 .
' L ' A n c i e n n e L i t u r g i e de Benevent', RCG 20 ( 1 9 1 1 - 1 2 ) , 1 7 6 - 8 3 ; 21 ( 1 9 1 2 - 1 3 ) , 1 4 - 2 0 ,
4 4 - 5 1 , 8 1 - 5 , 1 1 2 - 1 5 , 1 4 4 - 8 , 1 6 9 - 7 4 ; 22 ( 1 9 1 3 - 1 4 ) , 8 - 1 1 , 4 1 - 4 , 8 0 - 3 , 1 0 6 - 1 1 , 1 4 1 - 5 ,
1 7 0 - 2 ; 23 ( 1 9 1 9 - 2 0 ) , 4 4 - 5 0 , 1 1 6 - 1 8 , 1 5 1 - 3 , 1 8 2 - 3 ; 24 ( 1 9 2 0 - 1 ) , 4 8 - 5 0 , 8 7 - 9 , 1 4 6 - 8 ,
182-5.
A N D R I E U , M I C H E L , 'Reglement d ' A n g i l r a m n e de M e t z (768-791) fixant les honoraires de
quelques fonctions l i t u r g i q u e s ' , Revue des sciences religieuses, 10 (1930), 3 4 9 - 6 9 .
Les Ordines Romani du haut moyen age ( S p i c i l e g i u m sacrum L o v a n i e n s e , 11, 2 3 - 4 ,
2 8 - 9 ; Louvain, 1931-61).
Le Pontifical romain au moyen age ( S t u d i e testi, 8 6 - 8 , 9 9 ; R o m e , 1 9 3 8 - 4 1 ) .
A N D R I E U Festschrift 1956 = Melanges en VhonneurdeM. Michel Andrieu (Strasburg, 1956).
A N G E R E R , J O A C H I M F R I D O L I N , Die liturgisch-musikalische Emeuerung der Melker Reform:
Studien zur Erforschung der Musikpraxis in den Benediktinerklbstern des 15. Jahrhunderts
(Osterreichische A k a d e m i e der Wissenschaften, Philologisch-historische K l a s s e , 2 8 7 ;
V i e n n a , 1974).
' D i e Consuetudines Monasticae als Quelle f u r die M u s i k w i s s e n s c h a f t ' , i n H a b e r i
Festschrift 1977, 237.
Lateinische und deutsche Gesdnge aus der Zeit der Melker Reform ( F o r s c h u n g e n z u r
alteren M u s i k g e s c h i c h t e , 2 ; V i e n n a , 1979).
A N G L E S , H I G I N I , ' E p i s t o l a farcida del m a r t i r i de Sant Esteve', Vida cristiana, 9 (1922), 6 9 -
75.
(ed.), El codex musical de I^as Huelgas (Miisica a veus dels segles XIII-XIV), 3 vols.
(Biblioteca de C a t a l u n y a , P u b l i c a c i o n s del Departament de M u s i c a , 6; Barcelona, 1931).
La musica a Catalunya fins al segle XIII (Biblioteca de C a t a l u n y a , P u b l i c a c i o n s del
Departament de M u s i c a , 10; Barcelona, 1935).
' L a musica medieval en T o l e d o hasta el siglo X T , Gesammelte Aufsdtze zur
Kulturgeschichte Spaniens, 7 (Spanische F o r s c h u n g e n der Gorresgesellschaft, 1st s e r . ;
M i n i s t e r , 1938), 1 - 6 8 .
Historia de la rnusica medieval en Navarra ( P a m p l o n a , 1970).
A N G L E S , I I I G I N I and S U B I R A , J O S E , Catdlogo musical de la Biblioteca nacional de Madrid, 1:
Manuscritos (Barcelona, 1946).
A N G L E S Festschrift 1958-61 = Misceldnea en homenaje a Monsehor Higinio Angles, 2 vols.
(Barcelona, 1958, 1961).
Antifonario visigotico mozdrabe de la catedral de Leon ( M o n u m e n t a H i s p a n i a e sacra, serie
l i t u r g i c a , v/2; M a d r i d , 1953) (see also B r o u and V i v e s 1959).
Antiphonale Hispaniae vet us (s. X-XI). Biblioteca de la Universidad de Zaragoza (Saragossa,
1986).
Antiphonale missamm juxta ritum sanctae ecclesiae Mediolanensis [ed. G . M . Suriol] ( R o m e ,
1935).
Antiphonale monasticum secundum traditionem Helveticae Congregationis Benedictinae
(1943).
Antiphonale Pataviense f\Vien 1519), e d . K a r l h e i n z Schlager ( D a s E r b e deutscher M u s i k , 8 8 ;
K a s s e l , 1985).
Antiphonale Silense: British Library Mss. Add. 30.850, e d . Ismael F e r n a n d e z de la Cuesta
( M a d r i d , 1985).
Antiphonar von St. Peter [ V i e n n a , N a t i o n a l b i b l i o t h e k , series nova 2700], 2 vols. (Codices
selecti, 2 1 ; G r a z , 1 9 6 9 - 7 3 , 1974).
A P E L , W I L L I , Gregorian Chant ( B l o o m i n g t o n , I n d . , 1958).
A R C H E R , P E T E R , The Christian Calendar and the Gregorian Reform ( N e w Y o r k , 1941).
A R L T , W U L F , Bin Festoffizium des Mittelalters aus Beauvais in seiner liturgischen und
musikalischen Bedeutung, 2 vols. (Cologne, 1970).
'Einstimmige Lieder des 12. Jahrhunderts u n d M e h r s t i m m i g e s in franzosischen
Handschriften des 16. Jahrhunderts aus L e Puy', Schweizer Beitrage zur Musikwissenschaft, 3
(1978), 7 - 4 7 .
' Z u r Interpretation der T r o p e n ' , Forum musicologicum, 3 (1982), 61-90.
and S T A U F F A C H E R , M A T T H I A S , Engelberg Stiftsbibliothek Codex 314 ( W i n t c r t h u r , 1986).
A R N E S E , R A F F A E L E , / codici notati delta Biblioteca nazionale di Napoli ( F l o r e n c e , 1967).
A R N O U X , G . , Musique platonicienne—dme du monde (Paris, 1960).
A S H W O R T H , H E N R Y , ' D i d St. A u g u s t i n e B r i n g the G r e g o r i a n u m to E n g l a n d V E L 72 (1958), 3 9 -
43.
' T h e L i t u r g i c a l Prayers of St. G r e g o r y the Great', Traditio, 15 (1959), 1 0 7 - 6 1 .
' F u r t h e r Parallels to the " H a d r i a n u m " f r o m St. G r e g o r y the Great's C o m m e n t a r y on the
F i r s t B o o k of K i n g s ' , Traditio, 16 (I960), 3 6 4 - 7 3 .
A S K E T O R P , B O D I L , ' T h e M u s i c a l Contents of T w o D a n i s h Pontificals f r o m the Late M i d d l e
Ages', jfPMMS 7 (1984), 2 8 - 4 6 .
A T C H L E Y , E . G . C . F . , Ordo Romanus primus ( L o n d o n , 1905).
A T K I N S O N , C H A R L E S M . , ' T h e Earliest A g n u s D e i M e l o d y and its T r o p e s ' , J A M S 30 (1977), 1 -
19.
'O amnos tu then: T h e Greek A g n u s D e i i n the R o m a n L i t u r g y f r o m the E i g h t h to the
E l e v e n t h C e n t u r y ' , Kmjb 65 (1981), 7 - 3 0 .
' Z u r E n t s t e h u n g u n d O b e r l i e f e r u n g der " M i s s a G r a e c a ' " , AfMiv 39 (1982), 1 1 3 - 4 5 .
' T h e Parapteres: Nothi or N o t ? ' , MO 68 (1982), 3 2 - 5 9 .
' O n the Interpretation of Modi, quos abusive tonos dicimus, in Gallacher and Damico
1989, 1 4 7 - 6 1 .
' T h e Doxa, the Pisteuo, and the Ellinici F rat res: Some A n o m a l i e s i n the T r a n s m i s s i o n of
the C h a n t s of the " M i s s a G r a e c a ' " , Journal of Musicology, 7 (1989), 8 1 - 1 0 6 .
' F r o m " V i t i u m " to " T o n u s acquisitus": O n the E v o l u t i o n of the N o t a t i o n a l M a t r i x of
M e d i e v a l C h a n t ' , i n C a n t u s Planus 1990, 1 8 1 - 9 7 .
'Parapter', Handwdrterbuch der musikalischen Tenninologie, e d . H a n s - H e i n r i c h Egge-
brecht ( M a i n z , 1 9 7 1 - ).
A U D A , A N T O I N E , LEcole musicale liegeoise au A " ' siecle: Etienne de Liege (Brussels, 1923).
I^es Modes et les tons de la musique et specialement de la musique medievale (Academie
royale de B e l g i q u e . Classe des beaux arts. M e m o i r e s , i i i , pt. 1; Brussels, 1930).
Contribution a Vhistoire de Vorigine des modes et des tons gregoriens ( G r e n o b l e , 1932) =
RCG 36 (1932), 3 3 - 9 , 7 2 - 7 , 1 0 5 - 1 1 , 1 3 0 - 2 .
A U G U S T I N E , S T , De musica, a Synopsis, e d . W . F . J . K n i g h t ( L o n d o n , 1949).
On Music: De musica. The Fathers of the Church, a New Translation, trans.
R . C . T a l i a f e r r o ( W r i t i n g s of Saint A u g u s t i n e , 2 ; N e w Y o r k , 1947), 1 5 3 - 3 7 9 .
A V E N A R Y , H A N O C H , ' T h e N o r t h e r n and S o u t h e r n I d i o m s of E a r l y E u r o p e a n M u s i c : A N e w
A p p r o a c h to an O l d P r o b l e m ' , AcM 49 (1977), 2 7 - 4 9 .
A V E R Y , M Y R T I L L A , The Exultet Rolls of South Italy ( P r i n c e t o n , N J , 1936).
B A B B , W A R R E N , Hucbald,
T
Guido, and John on Music, e d . , w i t h i n t r o d u c t i o n s , b y C l a u d e V .
Palisca, index of chants b y A l e j a n d r o E n r i q u e Planchart ( N e w H a v e n , C o n n . , 1978).
B a g n a l l see Y a r d l e y .
B A I L E Y , T E R E N C E , The Processions of Sarum and the Western Church ( T o r o n t o , 1971).
The Intonation Fonnulas of Western Chant ( T o r o n t o , 1974).
' A c c e n t u a l a n d C u r s i v e Cadences i n G r e g o r i a n P s a l m o d y ' , JAMS 29 (1976), 4 6 3 - 7 1 .
' M o d e s a n d M y t h ' , Studies in Music from the University of Western Ontario, 1 (1976),
43-54.
' A m b r o s i a n P s a l m o d y : A n I n t r o d u c t i o n ' , Studies in Music from the University of
Western Ontario, 2 (1977), 6 5 - 7 8 .
LJe modi's musicis: A N e w E d i t i o n and E x p l a n a t i o n ' , Isjnjb 6 1 - 2 ( 1 9 7 7 - 8 ) , 4 7 - 6 0 .
' A m b r o s i a n P s a l m o d y : T h e F o r m u l a e ' , Studies in Music from the University of Western
Ontario, 3 (1978), 7 2 - 9 6 .
Commemoratio brevis de tonis et psalrnis modulandis: Introduction, Critical Edition,
Translation ( O t t a w a , 1979).
The Ambrosian Alleluias (Englefield G r e e n , 1983).
' A m b r o s i a n C h a n t in S o u t h e r n Italy', JPMMS 6 (1983), 1 - 7 .
The Ambrosian Cantus (Ottawa, 1987).
' M i l a n e s e M e l o d i c T r o p e s ' , JPMMS 11 (1988), 1 - 1 2 .
and M E R K L E Y , P A U L , The Antiphons of the Ambrosian Office ( O t t a w a , 1989).
The Melodic Tradition of the Ambrosian Office-Antiphons ( O t t a w a , 1990).
B A L D O V I N , J O H N F . , The Urban Character of Christian Worship: The Origins, Development,
and Meaning of Stational Liturgy (Orientalia C h r i s t i a n a analecta, 2 2 8 ; R o m e , 1987).
B A L T Z E R , R E B E C C A A . , 'Johannes de G a r l a n d i a ' , NG.
B a m b e r g 6 = Die Handschrift Bamberg Staatsbibliothek Lit. 6 ( M o n u m e n t a palaeographica
G r e g o r i a n a , 2 ; M u n s t e r s c h w a r z a c h , [1986]).
B A N N I S T E R , H E N R Y M A R R I O T T , Monument! vaticani di paleografia musicale latina, 2 vols.
(Codices e vaticanis selecti, phototypice expressi, 11; L e i p z i g , 1913).
see also A H .
B A R A L L I , R A F F A E L L O , ' A proposito d i u n piccolo trattato s u l canto ecclesiastico i n u n
manoscritto dei sec. X - X I ' , Rassegna gregoriana, 4 (1905), 59—66.
BARDOS, K O R N £ L , Volksmusikartige Variierungstechnik in den ungarischen Passionen,
15. bis 18. Jahrhundert ( M u s i c o l o g i a H u n g a r i c a , N S , 5 ; Budapest, 1975).
B A R E Z Z A N I , M A R I A T E R E S A R O S A , La notazione neumatica di un codice bresciano (secolo XI)
( C r e m o n a , 1981).
B A R O F F I O , B O N I F A Z I O , Die Offertorien der ambrosianischen Kirche: Vorstudie zur kiiiischen
Ausgabe der maildndischen Gesdnge ( D i s s . , C o l o g n e U n i v e r s i t y , 1964).
'Die mailandische U b e r l i e f e r u n g des O f f e r t o r i u m s Sanctificavit\ i n Stablein Festschrift
1967, 1 - 8 .
' A m b r o s i a n i s c h e L i t u r g i e ' , i n Fellerer 1972, 191-204.
' L e origini del canto liturgico nella C h i e s a latina e la formazione dei repertori italici',
Renovatio, 13 (1978), 2 6 - 5 2 .
'Benevent', MGG (supplement).
' A m b r o s i a n R i t e , M u s i c of the', NG.
and S T E I N E R , R U T H , ' O f f e r t o r y ' , NG,
B A T I F F O L , P I E R R E , Histoire du breviaire roman (3rd e d n . , Paris, 1911); t r a n s . : History of the
Roman Breviary) ( L o n d o n , 1913).
B A U D O T , J U L E S , 'Benedictionnaire', DACL.
B A U M E R , S U I T B E R T , Geschichte des Breviers, 2 vols. (Freiburg, 1895); trans, and rev. R . B i r o n ,
Histoire du breviaire, 2 vols. (Paris, 1905).
B A U M S T A R K , A N T O N , Comparative Liturgy ( L o n d o n , 1958).
BAUTIER, ROBERT-HENRI, GILLES, MONIQUE, DUCHEZ, MARIE-ELISABETH, and HUGLO,
M I C H E L , Odorannus de Sens: Opera omnia (Paris, 1972).
B A U T I E R - R E G N I E R , A N N E - M A R I E , ' A propos d u sens de neuma et de nota en l a t i n medieval',
Revue beige de musicologie, 18 (1964), 1 - 9 .
B A Y A R T , P A U L , Les Offices de Saint Winnoc et de Saint Oswald d'apres le manuscrit 14 de la
Bibliotheque de Bergues, Annales d u C o m i t e F l a m a n d de France 35 ( L i l l e , 1926).
B E A R E , W I L L I A M , Latin Verse and European Song: A Study in Accent and Rhythm ( L o n d o n ,
1957).
B E C K E R , G U S T A V H E I N R I C H , Catalogi bibliothecarum antiqui ( B o n n , 1885).
B E C K E R , H A N S J A K O B , Die Responsorien des Kartauserbreviers ( M u n c h e n e r theologische
S t u d i e n , I I . Systematische A b t e i l u n g , 3 9 ; M u n i c h , 1971).
Das Tonale Guigos I: Ein Beit rag zur Geschichte des liturgischen Gesangs und der Ars
Musica im Mittelalter ( M u n c h e n e r Beitrage z u r M e d i a v i s t i k u n d R e n a i s s a n c e - F o r s c h u n g ,
2 3 ; M u n i c h , 1975).
B E D E , A Histoiy of the English Church and People, e d . L e o S h e r l e y - P r i c e ( H a r m o n d s w o r t h ,
1955; 2 n d e d n . , 1968).
Opera historica, e d . C . P l u m m e r , 2 vols. ( O x f o r d , 1896).
B E N O I T - C A S T E L L I , G E O R G E S , ' L e " P r a e c o n i u m paschale'", EL 67 (1953), 3 0 9 - 3 4 .
' U n processional anglais d u x i v siecle: L e processional dit "de R o l l i n g t o n ' " , EL 75
e m e
(1961), 2 8 1 - 3 2 6 .
BENSON, R O B E R T L . , C O N S T A B L E , G I L E S , and L A N H A M , C A R O L D . ( e d s . ) , Renaissance and
Renewal in the Twelfth Century ( C a m b r i d g e , M a s s . , 1982).
B E N T O N , J O H N F . , ' N i c o l a s of C l a i r v a u x and the T w e l f t h - C e n t u r y Sequence, w i t h Special
Reference to A d a m of St. V i c t o r ' , Traditio, 18 (1962), 1 4 9 - 7 9 .
B E R G E R , H U G O , Untersuchungen zu den Psalmdifferenzen ( K o l n e r Beitrage z u r M u s i k f o r s c h u n g ,
37; Regensburg, 1966).
B E R N A R D , M A D E L E I N E , ' L ' O f f i c i u m Stellae N i v e r n a i s ' , Revue de musicologie, 51 (1965), 5 2 -
65.
Bibliotheque Sainte-Genevieve (Repertoire de manuscrits medievaux contenant des
notations musicales, 1; Paris, 1965).
Bibliotheque Mazarine (Repertoire de manuscrits medievaux contenant des notations
musicales, 2 ; Paris, 1966).
Bibliotheque de VArsenal, Bibliotheque nationale (musique), des beaux-arts, de
rUniversite et petits fonds (Repertoire de manuscrits medievaux contenant des notations
musicales, 3 ; Paris, 1974).
' U n r e c u e i l inedit d u x n siecle et la copie aquitaine de l'office versifie de saint B e r n a r d ' ,
e
EG 16 (1977), 1 4 5 - 5 9 .
' L e s Offices versifies attribues a L e o n I X (1002-1054)', EG 19 (1980), 8 9 - 1 6 4 .
B E R N H A R D , M I C H A E L , Worikonkordanz zu Anicius Manlius Severinus Boethius De Institutione
Musica (Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Veroffentlichungen der Musikhistorischen
K o m m i s s i o n , 4 ; M u n i c h , 1979).
Studien zur Epistola de hannonica institutione des Regino von Priim (Bayerische
A k a d e m i e der Wissenschaften, V e r o f f e n t l i c h u n g e n der M u s i k h i s t o r i s c h e n K o m m i s s i o n , 5 ;
M u n i c h , 1979).
Clavis Gerberti: Eine Revision von Martin Gerberts Scriptores ecclesiastici de musica
sacra potissimum (St. Blasien 1784) 1 (Bayerische A k a d e m i e der Wissenschaften,
V e r o f f e n t l i c h u n g e n der M u s i k h i s t o r i s c h e n K o m m i s s i o n , 7; M u n i c h , 1989).
[ B E R R Y , M A R Y ] M o t h e r T h o m a s M o r e , ' T h e Performance of P l a i n s o n g i n the L a t e r M i d d l e
Ages a n d the S i x t e e n t h C e n t u r y ' , Proceedings of the Royal Musical Association, 92 ( 1 9 6 5 -
6), 1 2 1 - 3 4 .
' G r e g o r i a n C h a n t . T h e Restoration of the C h a n t and Seventy-five Y e a r s of R e c o r d i n g ' ,
Early Music, 7 (1979), 1 9 7 - 2 1 7 .
arts. ' C i s t e r c i a n M o n k s , ' D o m i n i c a n F r i a r s ' , ' S a r u m R i t e , M u s i c of the', NG.
B E S C O N D , A L B E R T , Le Chant gregorien (Paris, 1972).
B E S S E L E R Festschrift 1961 = Festschrift Heinrich Besseler zum sechzigsten Geburtstag
( L e i p z i g , 1961).
BEWERUNGE, I I . , ' T h e M e t r i c a l C u r s u s i n the A n t i p h o n M e l o d i e s ' , Zeitschrift der
internationalen Musikgesellschaft, 13 ( 1 9 1 0 - 1 1 ) , 227.
Biblioteca sanctorum, 13 vols. ( R o m e , 1 9 6 1 - 7 0 ) .
B I L L E C O C Q , M A R I E - C L A I R E , 'Lettres ajoutees a la notation neumatique d u codex 239 de L a o n ' ,
EG 17 (1978), 7 1 - 4 4 .
B I N F O R D - W A L S H , H I L D E M . , ' T h e O r d e r i n g of M e l o d y i n A q u i t a n i a n C h a n t : A S t u d y of
M o d e O n e Introit T r o p e s ' , i n C a n t u s Planus 1990, 3 2 7 - 3 9 .
B I R K N E R , G U N T H E R , ' E i n e "Sequentia sancti Johannis confessoris" i n T r o g i r ( D a l m a t i e n ) ' ,
Musik des Ostens, 2 (1963), 9 1 .
B I S C H O F F , B E R N H A R D , ' O t l o h ' , i n K a r l L a n g o s c h (ed.), Die deutsche Literatur des
Mittelalters. Ve rfas serie xicon, 5: Nachtragband ( B e r l i n , 1955), 6 5 8 - 7 0 .
' P a n o r a m a der H a n d s c h r i f t e n i i b e r l i e f e r u n g aus der Zeit K a r l s des G r o B e n ' , i n B r a u n f e l s ,
ii (1965), 2 3 3 - 5 4 = Bischoff 1966, 5 - 3 8 .
Mittelalterliche Studien: Ausgewdhlte Aufsdtze zur Schriftkunde und Literaturgeschichte, 3
vols. (Stuttgart, 1966, 1967, 1981).
' F r u h k a r o l i n g i s c h e H a n d s c h r i f t e n u n d ihre H e i m a t ' , Scriptorium, 22 (1968), 306-14
[index to B i s c h o f f 1965].
B I S C H O F F , B E R N H A R D , Die sudostdeutschen Schreibschulen und Bibliotheken in der Karo-
lingerzeit, 2 vols. (3rd e d n . , Wiesbaden, 1974, 1980).
Palaographie des rbmischen Altertums und des abendldndischen Mittelalters (Grundlagen
der G e r m a n i s t i k , 24; B e r l i n , 1979; 2 n d e d n . , 1986).
Kalligraphie in Bayern: 8.-12. Jahrhundert (Wiesbaden, 1981).
see also Carmina Burana.
B I S H O P , E D M U N D , Liturgica historica ( O x f o r d , 1918).
B I S H O P , W I L L I A M C H A T T E R L Y , The Mozarabic
T
and Ambrosian Rites: Four Essays in
Comparative Liturgiology ( A l c u i n C l u b T r a c t s , 15; L o n d o n , 1924).
B J O R K , D A V I D , ' E a r l y Repertories of the Kyrie Eleison', Kmjb 6 3 - 4 (1979-80), 9 - 4 3 .
' O n the D i s s e m i n a t i o n of Quern quaeritis and the Visitatio Sepulchri and the C h r o n o l o g y
of their E a r l y Sources', Comparative Drama, 14 (1980), 4 6 - 6 9 .
' E a r l y Settings of the K y r i e Eleison and the P r o b l e m of G e n r e D e f i n i t i o n ' , JPMMS 3
(1980), 4 0 - 8 .
' T h e K y r i e T r o p e ' , JAMS 33 (1980), 1 - 4 1 .
' T h e E a r l y F r a n k i s h K y r i e T e x t : A Reappraisal', Viator, 12 (1981), 9 - 3 5 .
B J O R K V A L L , G U N I L L A , 'Offertory Prosulas for A d v e n t i n Italian and A q u i t a n i a n M a n u s c r i p t s ' ,
i n C a n t u s Planus 1990, 3 7 7 - 4 0 0 .
and S T E I N E R , R U T H , ' S o m e Prosulas for Offertory A n t i p h o n s ' , JPMMS 5 (1982), 1 7 - 3 5 .
see also C T .
B L A C H L E Y , A L E X , ' S o m e Observations o n the " G e r m a n i c " Plainchant T r a d i t i o n ' , i n Sanders
Festschrift 1990, 8 5 - 1 1 7 .
B L A N C H A R D , P . , ' L a Correspondance apocryphe d u pape S . Damase et de S . J e r o m e sur le
psautier et le chant de l " A l l e l u i a " ' , EL 63 (1949), 3 7 6 - 8 8 .
BLEZZARD, JUDITH, R Y L E , S T E P H E N , and A L E X A N D E R , J O N A T H A N , ' N e w P e r s p e c t i v e s on the
Feast of the C r o w n of T h o r n s ' , JPMMS 10 (1987), 2 3 - 4 7 .
B L O C H , H E R B E R T , Monte Cassino in the Middle Ages, 3 vols. ( R o m e , 1986).
B l u m e see A H .
B O E , J O H N , ' A N e w Source for O l d Beneventan C h a n t : T h e Santa S o p h i a M a u n d y i n M S
O t t o b o n i lat. 145', AcM SI (1980), 1 2 2 - 3 3 .
' G l o r i a A and the R o m a n Easter V i g i l ' , Ml) 36 (1982), 5 - 3 7 .
' T h e Beneventan A p o s t r o p h u s i n S o u t h Italian N o t a t i o n , A . D . 1000-1100', EMU 3
(1983), 4 3 - 6 6 .
' T h e " L o s t " Palimpsest K y r i e s i n the Vatican M a n u s c r i p t U r b i n a s latinus 602', JPMMS
8 (1985), 1 - 2 4 .
' H y m n s and Poems at M a s s i n E l e v e n t h - C e n t u r y S o u t h e r n Italy (other than Sequences)',
in Congress Bologna 1987, i i i . 5 1 5 - 4 1 .
Beneventanum Troporum Corpus 11: Ordinary Chants and Tropes for the Mass from
Southern Italy, A.D. 1000-1250. Part 1: Kyrie eleison ( M a d i s o n , W i s e , 1989); Part 2:
Gloria in excelsis ( M a d i s o n , W i s e , 1990).
'Italian and R o m a n Verses for K y r i e leyson i n the M S S C o l o g n e - G e n e v e , B i b l i o t h e c a
B o d m e r i a n a 74 and Vaticanus latinus 5319', i n L e o n a r d i and Menesto 1990, 3 3 7 - 8 4 .
B O E T H I U S , De institutione arithmetica libri duo. De institutione musica libri quinque, e d .
G . F r i e d l e i n ( L e i p z i g , 1867).
'Fundamentals of Music
3
by Anicius Manlius Severinus Boethius, trans, w i t h an
i n t r o d u c t i o n and notes b y C . M . Bower, e d . by C l a u d e V . Palisca ( N e w H a v e n , C o n n . ,
1989).
B O M M , U R B A N U S , Der Wechsel der Modalitdtbestimrnung in der Tradition der Mefigesdnge im
IX. bis XIII. Jahrhundert und sein Einflufl auf die Tradition ihrer Melodien (Diss.,
Gottingen, 1 9 2 8 ; Einsiedeln, 1 9 2 9 ) .
B O N A , J . , Rerum liturgicarum libri duo ( R o m e , 1 6 7 1 ; Paris, 1 6 7 2 ) .
B O N A S T R E , F . , ' E s t u d i s sobre la verbeta: la verbeta a Catalunya durant els segles X I - X V I '
(Diss., Tarragona, 1 9 8 2 ) .
B O N N I W E L L , W I L L I A M R . , A History of the Dominican Liturgy ( N e w Y o r k , 1 9 4 4 ) .
B O O R , H E L M U T D E , Die Textgeschichte der lateinischen Osterfeiern ( T u b i n g e n , 1 9 6 7 ) .
BORELLA, P I E T R O , // rito ambrosiano (Brescia, 1964).
V A N D E N B O R R E N Festschrift 1 9 4 5 = S . C l e r c x and A . van der L i n d e n (eds.), Homrnage a
Charles van den Borren ( A n t w e r p , 1 9 4 5 ) .
B O R S A I , I L O N A , ' C o p t i c R i t e , M u s i c of the', NG.
B O S S E , D E T L E V , Untersuchung einstimmiger mittelalteriicher Melodien zum 'Gloria in
excelsis deo ( R e g e n s b u r g , 1 9 5 5 ) .
y
(1982), 2 7 9 - 4 0 6 .
BROWN, JULIAN, PATTERSON, SONIA, and HILEY, DAVID, 'Further Observations on Wl',
JPMMS 4 (1981), 5 3 - 8 0 .
B R O W N E , A L M A C O L K , ' T h e a - p System of L e t t e r N o t a t i o n ' , Ml) 35 (1981), 5 - 5 4 .
B R U N H O L Z L , F R A N Z , ' Z u r A n t i p h o n " A l m a redemptoris mater'", Studien und Mitteilungen zur
Geschichte des Benediktinischen Ordens und seiner Zweige, 78 (1967), 3 2 1 - 4 .
Geschichte der I ate mis die n Literatur des Mittelalters, i ( M u n i c h , 1975).
B R U N N E R , L A N C E W . , ' A Perspective on the S o u t h e r n Italian S e q u e n c e : T h e Second T o n a r y
of the M a n u s c r i p t M o n t e Cassino 3 1 8 ' , EMM 1 ( 1 9 8 1 ) , 1 1 7 - 6 4 .
' T h e Performance of P l a i n c h a n t : Some P r e l i m i n a r y Observations of the N e w E r a ' , Early
Music, 10 ( 1 9 8 2 ) , 317-28.
'Catalogo delle sequenze i n manoscritti d i origine italiana', RIM 2 0 (1985), 191-276.
B R Y A N T , D A V I D , 'Aquileia', NG.
B U C H N E R , M . , ' D i e " V i t a C h r o d e g a n g i " : E i n e kirchenpolitische T e n d e n z s c h r i f t aus der M i t t e
des 9 . J a h r h u n d e r t s , z u g l e i c h eine U n t e r s u c h u n g zur E n t w i c k l u n g der P r i m a t i a l - u n d
V i k a r i a t s i d e e ' , Zeitschrift der Savigny-Stiftung fur Rechtsgeschichte, Kanonische Abteilung,
16 ( 1 9 2 7 ) , 1-36.
B U J I C , B O J A N , ' Z a d a r s k i neumatski fragmenti v O x f o r d u / N e u m a t i c F r a g m e n t s of Z a d a r i n
O x f o r d ' , Muzikoloski zbomik, 4 ( 1 9 6 8 ) , 2 8 .
B U K O F Z E R , M A N F R E D , ' S p e c u l a t i v e T h i n k i n g i n M e d i e v a l M u s i c ' , Speculum, 17 (1942), 165—
80.
B U L S T , N E I T H A R T , Untersuchungen zu den Klosterreformen Wilhelms von Dijon (962-1031)
(Pariser historische S t u d i e n , 1 1 ; B o n n , 1 9 7 3 ) .
' R o d u l f u s G l a b e r s V i t a d o m n i W i l l e l m i abbatis. N e u e E d i t i o n nach einer H a n d s c h r i f t
des 1 1 . J a h r h u n d e r t s (Paris, B i b l . nat., lat. 5 3 9 0 ) ' , Deutsche's Archiv fur Erforschung des
Mittelalters, 30 (1974), 450-87.
B U L S T Festschrift 1 9 6 0 = H a n s Robert Jauss (ed.), Medium aevum vivum: Festschrift fur
Walter Bulst ( H e i d e l b e r g , 1 9 6 0 ) .
B U S C H I N G E R , D . , and C R E P I N , A . (eds.), Musique, litterature et societe au Moyen Age (Paris,
1980).
B U Z G A , JAROSLAV, ' K a n t i o n a l (tschechisch)', MGG.
C A B A N I S S , A . , Amalarius of Metz (Amsterdam, 1 9 5 4 ) .
C A B R O L , F E R N A N D , Les Livres de la liturgie latine (Paris, 1 9 3 0 ) ; t r a n s . : The Books of the Latin
Liturgy ( L o n d o n , 1 9 3 2 ) .
'Mozarabe ( L a liturgie)', DACL.
C A L C I D I U S , Platon, Tirnaeus. A Calcidio translatus content a rioque instmctus, e d . J . W a s z i n k
( L o n d o n and L e i d e n , 1 9 6 2 ) .
C A L D W E L L , J O H N , ' T h e De Institutione Arithmetica and the De Institutione Musica', in
Gibson 1981, 135-54.
C A L L E W A E R T , C A M I L L E , ' S . G r e g o i r e , les scrutins et quelques messes quadragesimales', EL 5 3
(1939), 191-203 = Callewaert 1 9 4 0 , 659-71.
Sacris erudiri (Steenbrugge, 1 9 4 0 ) .
C A M P B E L L , T H O M A S P . , and D A V I D S O N , C L I F F O R D (eds.), The Fleury Playbook: Essays and
Studies ( K a l a m a z o o , M i c h . , 1 9 8 5 ) .
C A N A L , J . M . , 'Sobre el autor del antifonario cisterciense', EL 7 4 ( 1 9 6 0 ) , 3 6 - 4 7 .
C a n t u s Planus 1 9 9 0 = International Musicologica! Society Study Group 'Cantus Planus*.
Papers Read at the Third Meeting, Tihany, Hungary, 19-24 September 1988, e d . L a s z l o
D o b s z a y , Peter H a l a s z , Janos M e z e i , and G a b o r Proszeky (Budapest, 1 9 9 0 ) .
Cantus selecti ex libris Vaticanis et Solesmensibus excerpti (Solesmes, 1 9 4 9 ) .
CAO 1 ( 1 9 6 3 ) = Manuscripti 'cursus romanus' [Bamberg, Staatsbibliothek, l i t . 2 3 ; Paris,
B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 1 7 4 3 6 ; D u r h a m , Cathedral C h a p t e r L i b r a r y , B . i i i . 1 1 ; Ivrea,
B i b l i o t e c a Capitolare, 1 0 6 ; M o n z a , Basilica S . G i o v a n n i , C . 1 2 / 7 5 ; V e r o n a , B i b l i o t e c a
Capitolare, 9 8 ] .
CAO 2 (1965) = Manuscnpti Uursus monasticus' [St. G a l l , Stifsbibliothek, 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 ; Z u r i c h ,
Zentralbibliothek, Rheinau 28; Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, lat. 17296; Paris, Bibliotheque
Nationale, lat. 12584; L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 30850; Benevento, A r c h i v i o
Capitolare, 2 1 ] .
CAO 3 (1968) = Invitatoria et antiphonae.
CAO 4 (1970) = Responsoria, versus, hymni, varia.
CAO 5 (1975) = Pontes earumque prima ordinatio.
CAO 6 (1979) = Secunda et tertia ordinationes.
C A O - E C E = Corpus Antiphonaliurn Officii—Ecdesiarum Centralis Europae: A Preliminary
Report, e d . L a s z l o D o b s z a y and G a b o r Proszeky (Budapest, 1988).
CAO-ECE PA Salzburg (Temporale), e d . L a s z l o D o b s z a y (Budapest, 1990).
C A P E L L E , B . , ' L e K y r i e de la messe et le pape Gelase', RB 46 (1934), 1 2 6 - 4 4 .
C A R D I N E , E U G E N E , ' L a Psalmodie des introits', RG 26 (1947), 1 7 2 - 7 , 2 2 9 - 3 6 ; 27 (1948), 1 6 -
25.
' L a C o r d e recitative d u 3° ton psalmodique dans l'ancienne tradition sangallienne', EG 1
(1954), 4 7 - 5 2 .
' L e C h a n t gregorien est-il mesure?', EG 6 (1963), 7 - 3 8 ; trans. A . D e a n : Is Gregorian
Chant Measured Music? (Solesmes, 1964).
Graduel neume (Solesmes, 1966).
Serniologia gregoriana ( R o m e , 1968); F r e n c h t r a n s . : 'Semiologie gregorienne', EG 11
(1970), 1158; trans. Robert M . F o w e l s : Gregorian Semiology (Solesmes, 1982).
'Vue d'ensemble sur le chant gregorien', EG 16 (1977), 1 7 3 - 9 2 .
C A R D I N E Festschrift 1980 = Johannes Berchmans G o s c h l (ed.), Ut mens concordet voci:
Festschrift Eugene Cardine zum 75. Geburtstag (St. O t t i l i e n , 1980).
Carmina Burana: Faksirnile-Ausgabe der lis. Clrn 4660 + 4660a, e d . B e r n h a r d Bischoff
( B r o o k l y n , 1967).
C A S S I O D O R U S , Institutiones divinamm et humanamm remm, e d . R . A . B . M y n o r s ( O x f o r d ,
1937).
C A S T I G L I O N I Festschrift 1957 = Studi in onore di Moris. Carlo Castiglioni ( M i l a n , 1957).
C A S T R O , E V A , ' L e L o n g C h e m i n de Moissac a S . M i l l a n ( L e t r o p a r i u m de la R e a l A c a d . H i s t . ,
A e m i l 51)', i n L e o n a r d and Menesto 1990, 2 4 3 - 6 3 .
C A T T A N E O , E N R I C O , ' i ranti della frazione e c o m u n i o n e nella l i t u r g i a ambrosiana', in
M o h l b e r g Festschrift > 4 8 , i . 147-74.
Note storiche sul c> to arnbrosiano ( M i l a n , 1950).
C A V A L L O , G U G L I E L M O , . . toli di Exultet dell*Italia meridionale ( B a r i , 1973).
C C M 9 (1976) = Cons: udines Floriacenses saeculi tertii decirni, e d . A n s e l m o D a v r i l .
C C M 10 (1980) = Libc 'Yamitis aevi Odilonis Abbatis, e d . Peter D i n t e r .
C C M 12 (2 v o l s . , 1975, 8 7 ) = Consuetudines Fructuarienses-Sanblasianae,
, v
ed. Luchesius
G . S p a t l i n g and Pete )inter.
C E N S O R I N U S , De die ?:•<•; iii liber ad O. Caerellium, accedit Arionymi cujusdam Epitoma
disciplinarum (Fragr? itum Censorini), e d . N i c o l a s S a l l m a n n ( L e i p z i g , 1983).
I^e jour natal, trac tion annotee, trans. G u i l l a u m e Rocca-Serra (Paris, 1980).
C H A D W I C K , H E N R Y , B o dus: The Consolations of Music, l^ogic, Theology, and Philosophy
( O x f o r d , 1981).
C H A I L L E Y , J A C Q U E S , ' L Jocument sur la danse ecclesiastique', AcM 21 (1949), 1 8 - 2 4 .
' L e M y t h e des mc-.s s grecs', AcM 28 (1956), 1 3 7 - 6 3 .
' L e s A n c i e n s T r o p a i r e s et sequentiaires de l'Ecole de S a i n t - M a r t i a l de L i m o g e s ( x - x ic c
siecle) \ EG 2 (1957), 1 6 3 - 8 8 .
IJ Imbroglio des modes (Paris, 1960).
L'Ecole musicale de Saint-Martial de Limoges jusqu'd la fin du XL siecle (Paris, 1960).
Alia Musica (Traite de musique du IX siecle). Edition critique commentee avec une
V
EG 2 (1957), 5 1 - 8 1 .
' L ' O f f i c e fecampois de saint T a u r i n ' , L'Abbaye benedictine de Fecamp, ouvrage
saentifique du XIIP centenaire, 658-1958 ( F e c a m p , 1 9 5 9 - 6 0 ) , i i . 1 7 1 - 8 9 , 377.
D E L £ G L I S E , F R A N C O I S , ' " I l l u s t r i s civitas", office rime de saint T h e o d u l e ( x m siecle)', e
siecles', EG 3 (1959), 4 1 - 7 4 .
F R E R E , W A L T E R H O W A R D , The Winchester Troper from MSS of the Xth and Kith Centuries
( H e n r y B r a d s h a w Society, 8; L o n d o n , 1894).
Bibliotheca musico-liturgica: A Descriptive Handlist of the Musical and Latin-liturgical
MSS of the Middle Ages Preserved in the Libraries of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, i
( L o n d o n , 1894 a n d 1901), i i (1932).
The Use of Sarum: I. The Sarum Customs as Set Eorih in the Consuetudinary and
Customary ( C a m b r i d g e , 1898); //. The Ordinal and Tonal ( C a m b r i d g e , 1901).
Pontifical Services ( A l c u i n C l u b C o l l e c t i o n s , 3 - 4 ; L o n d o n , 1901).
The Principles of Religious Ceremonial ( L o n d o n , 1906: 2 n d e d n . , 1928).
( e d . ) , Pars antiphonarii ( L o n d o n , 1923) [fac. of D u r h a m Cathedral L i b r a r y B . i i i . 11].
Studies in Early Roman Liturgy, i: The Calendar ( A l c u i n C l u b C o l l e c t i o n s , 2 8 ; L o n d o n ,
1930) .
Studies in Early Roman Liturgy, ii: The Roman Gospel-Lectionary (Alcuin Club
C o l l e c t i o n s , 30; L o n d o n , 1934).
Studies in Early Roman Liturgy, Hi: The Roman Epistle-Lectionary (Alcuin Club
C o l l e c t i o n s , 3 2 ; L o n d o n , 1935).
and B R O W N , L A N G T O N E . G . , The Hereford Breviary ( H e n r y B r a d s h a w Society, 26, 40,
and 46; L o n d o n , 1904, 1911, and 1915).
see also AS; Graduate Sarisburiense.
FROGER, JACQUES, ' L ' A l l e l u i a dans l'usage r o m a i n et la reforme de saint G r e g o i r e ' , EL 62
(1948), 6 - 4 8 .
FROGER, J A C Q U E S , ' L e C h a n t de l'introi't', EL 62 (1948), 2 4 8 - 5 5 .
Les Chants de la messe au VHP et LN siecles ( T o u r n a i , 1950) = RG 26 (1947), 1 6 5 - 7 2 ,
2 1 8 - 2 8 ; 27 (1948), 5 6 - 6 2 ; 9 8 - 1 0 7 ; 28 (1949), 5 8 - 6 5 , 9 4 - 1 0 2 .
' L ' E d i t i o n critique de l ' A n t i p h o n a l e M i s s a r u m r o m a i n par les moines de Solesmes', EG 1
(1954), 1 5 1 - 7 .
' L ' E p T t r e de N o t k e r sur les "lettres significatives'", EG 5 (1962), 2 3 - 7 2 .
La Critique des textes et son automatisation (Paris, 1968).
' L e s Pretendus Q u a r t s de ton dans le chant gregorien et les symboles d u m s . I I . 159 de
M o n t p e l l i e r ' , EG 17 (1978), 1 4 5 - 7 9 .
' T h e C r i t i c a l E d i t i o n of the R o m a n G r a d u a l b y the M o n k s of Solesmes', JPMMS 1
(1978) , 8 1 - 9 7 .
' L a M e t h o d e de D o m Hesbert dans le v o l u m e V d u Corpus Antiphonalium Officii', EG 18
(1979) , 9 7 - 1 4 3 .
' L e F r a g m e n t de L u c q u e s (fin d u v i n siecle)', EG 18 (1979), 1 4 5 - 5 5 .
e
O t h m a r Wessely).
see also G S .
G E V A E R T , F R A N C O I S - A U G U S T E , Les Origines du chant liturgique de Veglise latine (Ghent,
1890).
La Melopee antique dans le chant de Veglise latine ( G h e n t , 1895).
G I B S O N , M A R G A R E T (ed.), Boethius ( O x f o r d , 1981).
G I L I S S E N Festschrift 1985 = Jacques L e m a i r e a n d E m i l e van Balberghe (eds.), Calames et
cahiers: Melanges de codicologie et de paleographie offerts a Leon Gilissen (Brussels, 1985).
G I L L I N G H A M , B R Y A N (ed.), Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, fonds latin 1139 (Publications of
M e d i a e v a l M a n u s c r i p t s , 14; O t t a w a , 1987).
Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, fonds latin 3719 (Publications of M e d i a e v a l M a n u s c r i p t s ,
. 1 5 ; O t t a w a , 1987).
Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, fonds latin 3549 and London, B. L., Add. 36,881
( P u b l i c a t i o n s of M e d i a e v a l M a n u s c r i p t s , 16; O t t a w a , 1987).
Cambridge, University Library, Ff. i. 17(1) (Publications of M e d i a e v a l M a n u s c r i p t s , 17;
O t t a w a , 1989).
G I N D E L E , C O R B I N I A N , ' C h o r d i r e k t i o n des gregorianischen Gesangs i m M i t t e l a l t e r ' , Studien
und Mitteilungen zur Geschichte des Benediktiner Ordens und seiner Zweige, 63 (1951),
31-44.
' D o p p e l c h o r u n d P s a l m v o r t r a g i m F r i i h m i t t e l a l t e r ' , Mf 6 (1953), 2 9 6 - 3 0 0 .
G I N G R A S , G . , Egeria: Diary of a Pilgrimage ( A n c i e n t C h r i s t i a n W r i t e r s , 38; N e w Y o r k ,
1970).
G J E R L O W , L I L L I , Adoratio Cruris, the Regularis Concordia and the Deereta Lanfranci:
Manuscript Studies in the Early Medieval Church of Norway (Oslo, 1961).
Ordo Nidrosiensis ecclesiae ( L i b r i l i t u r g i c i provinciae N i d r o s i s m e d i i aevi, 2 ; O s l o ,
1968).
' V o t i v e Masses F o u n d i n O s l o ' , EL 84 (1970), 1 1 3 - 2 8 .
Antiphonarium Nidrosiensis ecclesiae ( L i b r i l i t u r g i c i provinciae N i d r o s i s m e d i i aevi, 3 ;
O s l o , 1979).
Liturgica Islandica ( B i b l i o t h e c a Arnamagnaeana, 3 5 - 6 ; C o p e n h a g e n , 1980).
G L E E S O N , P H I L I P , ' D o m i n i c a n L i t u r g i c a l M a n u s c r i p t s before 1254', Archivum fratrum
praedicatorum, 42 (1972), 8 1 - 1 3 5 .
G M E L C H , J O S E P H , Die Vierteltonstufen im Mefitonale von Montpellier (Eichstatt, 1911).
G N E U S S , H E L M U T , Hymnar und Hymnarien im englischen Mittelalter ( T u b i n g e n , 1968).
G O E D E , N . D E , The Utrecht Prosarium ( M o n u m e n t a musica N e e r l a n d i c a , 6; A m s t e r d a m ,
1965) [ U t r e c h t , Bibliotheek der Rijskuniversiteit, 417].
G O L L N E R , T H E O D O R , ' U n k n o w n Spanish Passion T o n e s i n S i x t e e n t h - C e n t u r y H i s p a n i c
Sources', JAMS 28 (1975), 4 6 - 7 1 .
G O M B O S I , O T T O , ' S t u d i e n z u r T o n a r t l e h r e des fruhen Mittelalters', AcM 10 (1938), 1 7 4 - 9 4 ;
11 (1939), 2 8 - 3 9 , 1 2 8 - 3 5 ; 12 (1940), 2 1 - 5 2 .
' K e y , M o d e , Species', JAMS 4 (1951), 2 0 - 6 .
G O S C H L , J O H A N N E S B E R C H M A N S , Semiologische Untersuchungen zum Phdnomen der gregor-
ianischen Liqueszenz: Der isolierte dreistufige Epiphonus praepunctis, ein Sonderproblem
der Liqueszenzforschung, 2 vols. ( F o r s c h u n g e n z u r alteren M u s i k g e s c h i c h t e , 3 ; V i e n n a ,
1980).
' D e r gegenwartige Stand der semiologischen F o r s c h u n g ' , BzG 1 (1985), 4 3 - 1 0 2 .
Gottesdienst der Kirche: Handbuch der Liturgieivissenschaft, ed. Hans B. Meyer, Hansjorg
auf der M a u e r , Balthasar F i s c h e r , A n g e l u s A . H a u B l i n g , and B r u n o K l e i n h e y e r . V o l . i i i :
Gestalt des Gottesdienstes: Sprachlich und nichtsprachliche Ausdrucksformen (Regensburg,
1987).
Graduate Arosierise impressum, e d . T o n i S c h m i d ( L a u r e n t i u s Petri Sallskapets U r k u n d s s e r i e ,
7; M a l m o and L u n d , 1 9 5 9 - 6 5 ) .
Graduate de tempore et de Sanctis juxta riturn Sanctae Romanae Ecclesiae cum cantu Pauli
V. Pont. Max. jussu reformato ( R o m e , 1898).
Graduate Patavierise (Wien 1511): Faksirnile, e d . C h r i s t i a n V a t e r l e i n ( D a s E r b e deutscher
Musik, 8 7 ; K a s s e l , 1982).
Graduel romain . . . Chant restaure par la Commission de Reims et de Cambrai d'apres les
anciens manuscrits (Paris, 1874).
Graduel romain: Edition critique par les moines de Solesmes. I I : Les Sources (Solesmes,
1957); I V : Le Texte neumatique, i: Le Groupement des manuscrits (Solesmes, 1960); ii:
Les Relations genealogiques des manuscrits (Solesmes, 1962).
Graduel romain . . . publiee par la Commission Ecclesiastique de Digne ( M a r s e i l l e s , 1872).
Graduate Romanum . . . restitutum et editum Pauli VI (Solesmes, 1974).
Graduate Sarisburiense = Walter H o w a r d Frere (ed.), Graduate Sarisburiense: A Reproduc-
tion in Facsimile of a Manuscript of the Thirteenth Century, with a Dissertation and
Historical Index Illustrating its Development from the Gregorian Antiphonale rnissamm
( L o n d o n , 1894).
G R & G O I R E , R E G I N A L D , Les Homeliaires du moyen age: Inventaire et analyse des manuscrits
( R e r u m ecclesiasticarum documenta, Series maior, 6; R o m e , 1966).
' R e p e r t o r i u m l i t u r g i c u m i t a l i c u m ' , Studi medievali, 3rd ser., 9 (1968), 4 6 3 - 5 9 2 ; 11
(1970), 5 3 7 - 5 6 ; 14 (1973), 1123-32.
Homeliaires liturgiques medievaux (Biblioteca degli ' S t u d i m e d i e v a l i ' , 12; Spoleto,
1980).
G R I S A R , H A R T M A N N , ' D i e G r e g o r b i o g r a p h i e des Paulus D i a k o n u s i n ihrer u r s p r i i n g l i c h e n
Gestalt, nach italienischen H a n d s c h r i f t e n ' , Zeitschrift fur katholische Theologie, 11 (1887),
158-73.
G R O S , M I Q U E L S . , ' E l Processoner de la Catedral de V i c — V i c , M u s . E p i s c , M S 117
( C X X I V ) ' , MisceHania liturgica catalana, 2 (1983), 7 3 - 1 3 0 .
G R O T E F E N D , H E R M A N N , Zeitrechnung des deutschen Mittelalters und der Neuzeit, 2 vols.
(Hannover, 1891-8).
Taschenbuch der Zeitrechnung des deutschen Mittelalters und der Neuzeit (Hannover
and L e i p z i g , 1898; 10th e d n . , 1960).
G u e n t n e r see C S M 24.
GUIDETTI, G I O V A N N I D O M E N I C O , Directoriurn chori ad usum sacrosanctae basilicae
vaticanae et aliamm cattedralium ( R o m e , 1582).
G U M P E L , K A R L - W E R N E R , ' Z u r Interpretation d e r T o n u s - D e f i n i t i o n des T o n a l e Sancti
B e r n a r d s , Akademie der Wissenschaften und der Literatur, Jahrgang 195912 (W iesbaden, T
1959), 25-51.
GUSHEE, L A W R E N C E A . , ' T h e Musica Disciplina of A u r e l i a n of Reome, a C r i t i c a l T e x t and
Commentary' (Diss., Yale University, 1 9 6 3 ; U M I 6 4 - 1 1 8 7 3 ) .
' Q u e s t i o n s of G e n r e i n M e d i e v a l Treatises on M u s i c ' , i n Schrade G e d e n k s c h r i f t 1 9 7 3 ,
365-433.
see also C S M 2 1 .
GY, P I E R R E - M A R I E , ' C o l l e c t a i r e , r i t u e l , processional', Revue des sciences philosophiques et
theologiques, 4 4 (1960), 441-69.
' T y p o l o g i e et ecclesiologie des livres liturgiques medievaux', La Maison-Dieu, 121
(1975), 7-21.
' L e s T r o p e s dans l'histoire de la liturgie et de la theologie', i n Iversen 1 9 8 3 , 7 - 1 6 .
' L ' I n f l u e n c e des chanoines de L u c q u e s sur la liturgie d u L a t r a n ' , Revue des sciences
religieuses, 58 (1984),' 31-41.
' L e s R e p o n s de l'office nocturne p o u r la fete de S . M a r t i n ' , i n G i u s t i n o F a r n e d i (ed.),
Traditio et progressio: Studi liturgici in onore del Prof Adrien Nocent, OSB (= Studia
anselmiana, 95 (1988)), 215-23.
G Y Festschrift 1 9 9 0 = Rituels: Melanges offerts au Pere Gy OP, e d . P a u l de C l e r c k and E r i c
Palazzo (Paris, 1 9 9 0 ) .
G Y U G , R I C H A R D F . , ' T r o p e s and Prosulas i n D a l m a t i a n Sources of the T w e l f t h a n d
T h i r t e e n t h C e n t u r i e s ' , i n L e o n a r d i and M e n e s t o 1 9 9 0 , 4 0 9 - 3 8 .
H A A P A N E N , T . , Verzeichnis der mittelalterlichen Handschriftenfragmetite in der Universitats-
bibliothek zu Helsingfors ( H e l s i n k i , 1 9 2 2 - 3 2 ) .
Die Neumenfragmente der Universitdtsbibliothek Helsingfors: Eine Studie zur dltesten
nordischen Musikgeschichte (Helsinki, 1924).
H A A S , M A X , Byzantinische und slavische Notationen (Palaeographie der M u s i k , 1/2; C o l o g n e ,
1973).
' P r o b l e m e einer " U n i v e r s a l e N e u m e n k u n d e ' " , Forum musicologicum, 1 (1975), 3 0 5 - 2 2 .
' S t u d i e n z u r mittelalterlichen M u s i k l e h r e . I . E i n e U b e r s i c h t uber die M u s i k l e h r e i m
K o n t e x t der P h i l o s o p h i c des 1 3 . u n d fruhen 1 4 . Jahrhunderts', Forum musicologicum, 3
(1982), 223-456.
H A B E R L ( F E R D I N A N D ) Festschrift 1 9 7 7 = F r a n z A . Stein (ed.), Festschrift FerdinandHaberl
zum 70. Geburtstag: Sacerdos et cantus gregoriani magister (Regensburg, 1 9 7 7 ) .
H A B E R L , F R A N Z X A V E R , 'Geschichte u n d W e r t der offiziellen C h o r b u c h e r ' , Kmjb 2 7 ( 1 9 0 2 ) ,
134-92.
HADDAN, ARTHUR WEST, and S T U B B S , WILLIAM, Councils and Ecclesiastical Documents
Relating to Great Britain and Ireland, 3 vols. ( O x f o r d , 1 8 6 9 - 7 1 ) .
HAIN, K A R L , Ein musikalischer Palimpsest ( V G A 12; Fribourg, 1925).
H A L L I N G E R , K A S S I U S , Gorze-Kluny: Studien zu den monastischen Lebensformen und
Gegensatzen im Hochmittelalter ( S t u d i a anselmiana, 2 2 / 2 3 2 4 / 2 5 ; R o m e , 1 9 5 0 - 1 ) .
see also C C M .
H A L P E R I N , D A V I D , ' C o n t r i b u t i o n s to a M o r p h o l o g y of A m b r o s i a n C h a n t ' ( D i s s . , T e l A v i v
University, 1986).
H A M E L , A D A L B E R T , ' U b e r l i e f e r u n g u n d B e d e u t u n g des L i b e r Sancti Jacobi u n d des P s e u d o -
T u r p i n ' , Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-historischen Klasse der Bayerischen Akademie
der Wissenschaften ( 1 9 5 0 ) , no. 2 , 1 - 7 5 .
HAMMERSTEIN, R E I N H O L D , Die Musik der Etigel: Untersuchungen zur Musikanschauung des
Mittelalters ( B e r n e , 1962).
H a m m o n d see C S M 14.
HANDSCHIN, J A C Q U E S , ' E i n mittelalterlicher Beitrag z u r L e h r e v o n der Spharenharmonie',
Zeitschrift fur Musikwissenschaft, 9 (1926-7), 193-208.
' U b e r E s t a m p i e u n d Sequenz', Zeitschrift fiir Musikzvissenschaft, 12 (1929), 1 - 2 0 ; 13
(1930-1), 113-32.
'Sequenzprobleme', Zeitschrift fur Musikwissenschaft, 17 (1935), 2 4 2 - 5 0 .
' L ' O r g a n u m a 1 eglise et les exploits de l'abbe T u r s t i n ' , RCG 40 ( 1 9 3 6 - 7 ) , 1 7 9 - 8 2 ; 41
( 1 9 3 7 - 8 ) , 1 4 - 1 9 , 4 1 - 8 (see also D a v i d and H a n d s c h i n 1 9 3 5 - 7 ) .
' E i n e alte N e u m e n s c h n f t \ AcM 22 (1950), 6 9 - 9 7 ; 25 (1953), 8 7 - 8 .
' T r o p e , S e q u e n c e , a n d C o n d u c t u s ' , The New Oxford History of Music, i i , ed. Anselm
H u g h e s ( L o n d o n , 1952), 1 2 8 - 7 4 .
' S u r quelques tropaires grecs traduits en latin', Annates musicologiques, 2 (1954), 2 7 - 6 0 .
' T h e T i m a e u s Scale', MD 4 (1950), 3 - 4 2 .
H A N D S C H I N G e d e n k s c h r i f t 1962 = I I . A n g l e s , G . B i r k n e r , C h . van den B o r r e n , F r . B e n n ,
A. C a r a p e t y a n , a n d I I . H u s m a n n (eds.), In rnemoriam Jacques Handschin (Strasburg,
1962).
H A N G G I , A . , Der Rheinauer Liber ordinarius (Zurich Rh 80, Anfang 12. Jh.) (Spicilegium
Friburgense, 1; 1957).
HANNICK, CHRISTIAN, arts. ' A r m e n i a n R i t e , M u s i c of the', ' C h r i s t i a n C h u r c h , M u s i c of the
E a r l y ' , ' E t h i o p i a n R i t e , M u s i c of the', ' G e o r g i a n R i t e , M u s i c of the', NG.
HANSEN, F I N N E G E L A N D , // 159 Montpellier (Copenhagen, 1974).
' E d i t o r i a l P r o b l e m s C o n n e c t e d w i t h the T r a n s c r i p t i o n of H 159, M o n t p e l l i e r : T o n a r y of
St. B e n i g n e of D i j o n ' , EG 16 (1977), 1 6 1 - 7 2 .
The Grammar of Gregorian Tonality, 2 vols. (Copenhagen, 1979).
H A N S L I K , R . , Benedicti Regula ( C o r p u s s c r i p t o r u m ecclesiasticorum l a t i n o r u m , 7 5 ; V i e n n a ,
1960; r e v . e d n . , 1977).
HANSSENS, JEAN-MICHAEL, Amalarii episcopi opera liturgica omnia ( S t u d i e testi, 13840;
Rome, 1948-50).
H a r b i n s o n see C S M 2 3 .
HARDISON, O . B . , Christian Rite and Christian Drama in the Middle Ages ( B a l t i m o r e , M d . ,
1965).
HARRISON, F R A N K L L . , Music in Medieval Britain ( L o n d o n , 1958; 2 n d e d n . , 1963).
'Benedicamus, Conductus, C a r o l : A N e w l y - D i s c o v e r e d Source', AcM 37 (1965),
35-48.
HARTZELL, K . D R E W , ' A n U n k n o w n E n g l i s h Benedictine G r a d u a l of the E l e v e n t h C e n t u r y ' ,
Anglo-Saxon England, 4 (1975), 1 3 1 - 4 4 .
'An E l e v e n t h - C e n t u r y E n g l i s h M i s s a l Fragment in the B r i t i s h L i b r a r y ' , Anglo-Saxon
England, 18 (1989), 4 5 - 9 7 .
IIAUG, ANDREAS, Gesungerie und schriftlich dargestelite Sequenz: Beobachtungen zum
Schriftbild der dltesten ostfrdnkischen Sequenzenhandschriften (Neuhausen-Stuttgart,
1987).
H A Y B U R N , R O B E R T P . , Papal legislation on Sacred Music, 95 A.D. to 1977 A.D. ( C o l l e g e v i l l e ,
Minn., 1979).
H E A R D , E D M U N D B R O O K S , ' A l i a m u s i c a : A C h a p t e r i n the H i s t o r y of M e d i e v a l M u s i c T h e o r y '
( D i s s . , U n i v e r s i t y of W i s c o n s i n , 1966; U M I 6 6 - 1 3 7 9 8 ) .
H E I M I N G , O D I L O , ' Z u m monastischen O f f i z i u m v o n K a s s i a n u s bis K o l u m b a n u s ' , Archiv fiir
Liturgiewissenschaft, 7 (1961), 8 9 - 1 5 6 .
' D a s C o r p u s A m b r o s i a n o - L i t u r g i c u m . E i n Bericht', EL 92 (1978), 4 7 7 - 8 0 .
I I E I S L E R , M A R I A - E L I S A B E T H , ' D i e Problematik des " g e r m a n i s c h e n " oder " d e u t s c h e n " C h o r a l -
dialekts', SMH 27 (1985), 6 7 - 8 2 .
' S t u d i e n z u m ostfrankischen C h o r a l d i a l e k t ' ( D i s s . , F r a n k f u r t , 1987).
I I E I T Z , C A R O L , Recherches sur les rapports e tit re architecture et liturgie a Vepoque
carolingienne (Paris, 1963).
I I E L A N D E R , S . , Ordinarius Lincopensis och dess litutgiska forebilder [ T h e O r d i n a l of
L i n k o p i n g a n d its l i t u r g i c a l models] (Bibliotheca theologica practicae, 4 ; L u n d , 1957).
H E N D E R S O N , I S O B E L , ' A n c i e n t G r e e k M u s i c ' , New Oxford History of Music, i , ed. Egon
W e l l e s z ( O x f o r d , 1957), 3 3 6 - 4 0 3 .
H E N D E R S O N , W I L L I A M G . , Missale ad usum insignis ecclesiae Eboracensis (Surtees Society,
5 9 - 6 0 ; L o n d o n , 1874).
Missale ad usum percelebtis ecclesiae Herfordensis ( L e e d s , 1874).
(ed.), Manuale et processionale ad usum insignis ecclesiae Eboracensis (Surtees Society,
6 3 ; L o n d o n , 1875).
(ed.), Processionale ad usum insignis ac praeclarae ecclesiae Sarum ( L e e d s , 1882).
H E R L I N G E R , J A N , 77? ^ Lucid atium of Marchetto of Padua: A Critical Edition, Translation, and
Commentary) ( C h i c a g o , 1985).
I I E R M E S D O R F F , M I C H A E L , Graduate juxta usum ecclesiae cathedralis Trevirensis dispositum.
Quod ex veteribus codicibus originalibus accuratissime conscriptum et novis interim
ordinatis sen indultis festis auction ( T r i e r , 1863).
Graduate ad norm am cantus S. Gregorii, auf Grund der Eorschungs-Resultate und unter
Beihilfe der Mitglieder des Vereins zur Erforschung alter Choralhandschriften nach den
dltesten und zuverlassigsten Quellen ( T r i e r , 1 8 7 6 - 8 2 ) .
1 I E R Z Festschrift 1982 = Robert L . Weaver (ed.), Essays on the Music of J. S. Bach and Other
Divers Subjects: A Tribute to Gerhard Herz ( L o u i s v i l l e , K y . , 1982).
H E R Z O , A N T H O N Y M A R I E , 'Five Aquitanian Graduals: T h e i r Mass Propers and Alleluia
C y c l e s ' ( D i s s . , U n i v e r s i t y of S o u t h e r n C a l i f o r n i a , 1967; U M I 6 7 - 1 0 7 6 2 ) .
H E S B E R T , R E N E - J E A N , ' L a Messe " O m n e s gentes" d u v n d i m a n c h e apres la Pentecote et
c
28-45.
' L ' A n t i p h o n a i r e d ' A m a l a r ' , EL 94 (1980), 1 7 6 - 9 4 .
' L ' A n t i p h o n a i r e de la C u r i e ' , EL 94 (1980), 4 3 1 - 5 9 .
' T h e S a r u m A n t i p h o n e r — I t s Sources and Influence', JPMMS 3 (1980), 4 9 - 5 5 .
' L e s A n t i p h o n a i r e s monastiques insulaires', RB 112 (1982), 3 5 8 - 7 5 .
' L e s M a t i n e s de Paques dans la tradition monastique', Studia monastica, 24 (1982), 3 1 1 -
48.
see also AMS, CAO, and M M S .
H I L E Y , D A V I D (with J u l i a n B r o w n and Sonia Patterson), ' F u r t h e r O b s e r v a t i o n s o n W l ' ,
JPMMS 3 (1980), 5 3 - 8 0 .
H I L E Y , D A V I D ' T h e N o r m a n C h a n t T r a d i t i o n s — N o r m a n d y , B r i t a i n , S i c i l y ' , Proceedings of the
Royal Musical Association, 107 ( 1 9 8 0 - 1 ) , 1 - 3 3 .
' T h e L i t u r g i c a l M u s i c of N o r m a n S i c i l y : A S t u d y C e n t r e d o n M a n u s c r i p t s 288, 289,
19421 and V i t r i n a 2 0 - 4 of the Biblioteca N a c i o n a l , M a d r i d ' ( D i s s . , L o n d o n , 1981; B r i t i s h
T h e s e s D70780/82).
' S o m e Observations on the Relationships between T r o p e Repertories', i n Iversen 1983,
29-38.
' Q u a n t o c'e d i n o r m a n n o nei tropari s i c u l o - n o r m a n n i ? ' , RIM 18 (1983), 3 - 2 8 .
' T h e P l i c a and L i q u e s c e n c e ' , i n A n d e r s o n G e d e n k s c h r i f t 1984, 3 7 9 - 9 1 .
' O r d i n a r y of M a s s C h a n t s in E n g l i s h , N o r t h F r e n c h and S i c i l i a n M a n u s c r i p t s ' , JPMhIS
9 (1986), 1 - 1 2 8 .
' T h u r s t a n of C a e n and Plainchant at G l a s t o n b u r y : M u s i c o l o g i c a l Reflections on the
N o r m a n C o n q u e s t ' , Proceedings of the British Academy, 72 (1986), 5 7 - 9 0 .
' T h e R h y m e d Sequence i n E n g l a n d : A P r e l i m i n a r y S u r v e y ' , i n H u g l o 1987, 2 2 7 - 4 6 .
' T h e C h a n t of N o r m a n S i c i l y : Interaction between the N o r m a n and Italian T r a d i t i o n s ' ,
SMH 30 (1988), 3 7 9 - 9 1 .
' C l u n y , Sequences and T r o p e s ' , in L e o n a r d i and Menesto 1990, 1 2 5 - 3 8 .
' E d i t i n g the Winchester Sequence Repertory of ca. 1000', i n C a n t u s P l a n u s 1990, 9 9 -
113.
arts. ' N e o - G a l l i c a n C h a n t ' , ' N e u m a ' , ' N o t a t i o n , I I I , 1: W e s t e r n , P l a i n c h a n t ' , ' P o n t i f i c a l ' ,
NG.
H O F L E R , J . , ' R e k o n s t r u k c i j a srednjeveskega sekvenciarija v osrednji Sloveniji/Reconstruction
of the medieval sequencer i n C e n t r a l Slovenia', Muzikoloski zbornik, 3 (1967), 5.
H O F M A N N - B R A N D T , H E L M A , Die Tropen zu den Responsorien des Officium, 2 vols. ( D i s s . ,
E r l a n g e n - N t i r n b e r g U n i v e r s i t y , 1971).
H O H L E R , C H R I S T O P H E R , ' T h e Proper Office of St. N i c h o l a s and Related M a t t e r s w i t h
Reference to a Recent Book', Medium aevum, 36 (1967), 4 0 - 8 .
' A N o t e on Jacobus', Journal of the Warburg and Court auld Institutes, 35 (1972), 3 1 - 8 0 .
'Reflections on S o m e M a n u s c r i p t s C o n t a i n i n g 13th-Century P o l y p h o n y ' , JPMMS 1
(1978), 2 - 3 8 .
review of B a b b , Hucbald, Guido, and John on Music, in JPMMS 3 (1980), 5 7 - 8 .
H O L D E R , S T E P H E N , ' T h e N o t e d C l u n i a c B r e v i a r y - M i s s a l of L e w e s : F i t z w i l l i a m M u s e u m
M a n u s c r i p t 369', JPMMS 8 (1985), 2 5 - 3 2 .
H O L L A E N D E R , A L B E R T , ' T h e S a r u m I l l u m i n a t o r and his S c h o o l ' , Wiltshire Archaeological and
Natural History Magazine, 1 (1942-4), 230-62.
H O L M A N , H A N S - J O R G E N , ' T h e Responsoria p r o l i x a of the C o d e x Worcester F 160' ( D i s s . ,
Indiana U n i v e r s i t y , 1961; U M I 6 1 - 0 4 4 4 7 ) .
' M e l i s m a t i c T r o p e s i n the Responsories for M a t i n s ' , JAMS 16 (1963), 3 6 - 4 6 .
H O L S C H N E I D E R , A N D R E A S , Die Organa von Winchester: Studien zum dltesten Repertoire
polyphoner Musik ( H i l d e s h e i m , 1968).
' I n s t r u m e n t a l T i t l e s to the Sequentiae of the W i n c h e s t e r T r o p e r s ' , i n W e s t r u p
Festschrift 1975, 8 - 1 8 .
' D i e instrumentalen T o n b u c h s t a b e n i m Winchester T r o p e r ' , in D a d e l s e n Festschrift
1978, 1 5 5 - 6 6 .
H O L T Z , L o u i s , ' Q u e l q u e s aspects de la tradition et de la d i f f u s i o n des " I n s t i t u t i o n e s " ' , in
Flavio Magno Aurelio Cassiodoro: Atti delta Settimana di Studi su Cassiodoro (Cosenza-
R o s s a n o - S q u i l l a c e , 1984), 2 8 1 - 3 1 2 .
I I O M A N , F R E D E R I C W . , ' F i n a l and Internal C a d e n t i a l Patterns i n G r e g o r i a n C h a n t ' , JAA1S 17
(1964), 6 6 - 7 7 .
H O P P I N , R I C H A R D H . , Cypriot Plainchant of the Manuscript Torino, Biblioteca Nazionale J.
II. 9 ( M u s i c o l o g i c a l S t u d i e s a n d D o c u m e n t s , 19; R o m e , 1968).
H O U R L I E R , J A C Q U E S , ' L e D o m a i n e de la notation messine', RG 30 (1951), 9 6 - 1 1 3 , 1 5 0 - 8 .
' R e m a r q u e s sur la n o t a t i o n clunisienne', RG 30 (1951), 2 3 1 - 4 0 .
'Le B r e v i a i r e de S a i n t - T a u r i n : U n livre liturgique clunisien a l'usage de l ' E c h e l l e - S a i n t -
A u r i n (Paris B . N . lat. 12601)', EG 3 (1959), 1 6 3 - 7 3 .
' N o t e s s u r l'antiphonie', i n Schrade G e d e n k s c h r i f t 1973, 1 1 6 - 4 3 .
' L ' O r i g i n e des neumes', i n C a r d i n e Festschrift 1980, 3 5 4 - 6 1 .
and H U G L O , M I C H E L , ' L a N o t a t i o n paleofranque', EG 2 (1957), 2 1 2 - 1 9 .
' E t u d e sur la notation beneventaine', P a l M u s 15, 7 1 - 1 6 1 .
H R A B A N U S M A U R U S , Artium liberalium ordo et natura (Book 3 of De clericorum institutione),
P L 107, 3 7 7 - 4 2 0 .
De computo, P L 107, 6 6 9 - 7 2 8 .
H U C K E , H E L M U T , ' U n t e r s u c h u n g e n z u m Begriff " A n t i p h o n " u n d z u r M e l o d i k der O f f i z i u m s -
a n t i p h o n e n ' ( D i s s . , F r e i b u r g i m B r . , 1951).
' M u s i k a l i s c h e F o r m e n der O f f i z i u m s a n t i p h o n e n ' , Kmjb 37 (1953), 7 - 3 3 .
' D i e E n t w i c k l u n g des c h r i s t l i c h e n Kultgesangs z u m G r e g o r i a n i s c h e n G e s a n g ' Rbmische
Ouartalschrift, 48 (1953), 1 4 7 - 9 4 .
— — ' D i e E i n f i i h r u n g des Gregorianischen Gesangs i m Frankenreich', Rbmische Quartalschrift,
49 (1954), 1 7 2 - 8 7 .
' I m p r o v i s a t i o n i m (gregorianischen G e s a n g ' , Kmjb 38 (1954), 5 - 8 .
' D i e T r a d i t i o n des G r e g o r i a n i s c h e n Gesanges i n der romischen S c h o l a c a n t o r u m ' , i n
Congress V i e n n a 1954, 1 2 0 - 3 .
' G r a d u a l e ' , EL 69 (1955), 2 6 2 - 4 .
'Gregorianischer Gesang i n altromischer u n d frankischer U b e r l i e f e r u n g ' , AfMw 12
(1955), 7 4 - 8 7 .
' D i e E n t s t e h u n g der U b e r l i e f e r u n g v o n einer musikalischen T a t i g k e i t G r e g o r s des
G r o B e n ' , Mf 8 (1955), 2 5 9 - 6 4 .
'Die G r e g o r i a n i s c h e G r a d u a l e w e i s e des 2. T o n s u n d ihre ambrosianischen Parallelen.
E i n Beitrag z u r E r f o r s c h u n g des A m b r o s i a n i s c h e n Gesangs', AfMw 13 (1956), 2 8 5 - 3 1 4 .
' C a n t u s gregorianus', i n H e r m a n n S c h m i d t 1 9 5 6 - 7 , i i . 9 0 1 - 5 0 .
' E i n e unbekannte M e l o d i e z u den L a u d e s regiae', Kmjb 42 (1958), 3 2 - 8 .
' Z u einigen P r o b l e m e n der C h o r a l f o r s c h u n g ' , Mf U (1958), 3 8 5 - 4 1 4 .
' Z u m P r o b l e m des R h y t h m u s i m G r e g o r i a n i s c h e n G e s a n g ' , i n Congress C o l o g n e 1958,
141-3.
'War G r e g o r der G r o B e d o c h M u s i k e r ? ' , Mf 18 (1965), 3 9 0 - 3 .
' T r a c t u s s t u d i e n ' , i n S t a b l e i n Festschrift 1967, 1 1 6 - 2 0 .
'Die T e x t e der O f f e r t o r i e n ' , i n H u s m a n n Festschrift 1970, 1 9 3 - 2 0 3 .
' L e P r o b l e m e de la m u s i q u e religieuse', La Maison-Dieu, 108 (1971), 7 - 2 0 .
' D a s R e s p o n s o r i u m ' , i n Schrade G e d e n k s c h r i f t 1973, 1 4 4 - 9 1 .
'Die H e r k u n f t der Kirchentonarten u n d die frankische Uberlieferung des Gregorianischen
Gesangs', i n Congress B e r l i n 1974, 2 5 7 - 6 0 .
' K a r o l i n g i s c h e Renaissance u n d Gregorianischer G e s a n g ' , Mf 28 (1975), 4 - 1 8 .
' D e r U b e r g a n g v o n m u n d l i c h e r z u schriftlicher M u s i k u b e r l i e f e r u n g i m M i t t e l a l t e r ' , i n
Congress Berkeley 1977, 1 8 0 - 9 1 .
H U C K E , H E L M U T , ' D i e C h e i r o n o m i e u n d die E n t s t e h u n g der N e w u m e n s c h r i f t ' , Mf 32 (1979),
1-6.
' T o w a r d s a N e w H i s t o r i c a l V i e w of G r e g o r i a n C h a n t ' , JAMS 33 (1980), 4 3 7 - 6 7 .
' Z u r A u f z e i c h n u n g der altromischen O f f e r t o r i e n ' , i n C a r d i n e Festschrift 1980, 2 9 6 - 3 1 3 .
' D i e A n f a n g e der Bearbeitung', Schweizer Jahrbuch fiir Musikwissenschaft, NS, 3
(1983), 1 5 - 2 0 .
' D i e A n f a n g e der abendlandischen N o t e n s c h r i f t ' , i n Elvers Festschrift 1985, 2 7 1 - 8 8 .
' G r e g o r i a n i s c h e Palaographie als Uberlieferungsgeschichte', i n H u g l o 1987, 6 1 - 5 .
' C h o r a l f o r s c h u n g u n d Musikwissenschaft', i n D a h l h a u s Festschrift 1988, 1 3 1 - 4 1 .
' G r e g o r i a n i s c h e F r a g e n ' , A//41 (1988), 3 0 4 - 3 0 .
' R e s p o n s o r i u m ' , MGG.
arts. ' G r a d u a l (i)', ' G r e g o r i a n and O l d R o m a n C h a n t ' , ' G r e g o r y the G r e a t ' , ' T r a c t ' , NG.
and H U G L O , M I C H E L , 'Communion', NG.
H U D O V S K Y , Z O R A N , ' M i s s a l e beneventanum M R 166 della Biblioteca metropolitana a
Z a g r a b i a ' , Jucunda laudatio, 3 (1965), 306.
'Benedictionale M R 89 of the M e t r o p o l i t a n L i b r a r y i n Zagreb', SMH 9 (1967), 5 5 - 7 5 .
' N e u m a t s k i r u k o p i s A g e n d a Pontificalis M R 165 Metropolitanske knjiznice u Z a g r e b u ' ,
Art? musices, 2 (1971), 1 7 - 3 0 .
H U G H E S , A N D R E W , Fifteenth Century Liturgical Music: I, Antiphons and Music for Holy Week
and Easter ( E a r l y E n g l i s h C h u r c h M u s i c , 8; L o n d o n , 1968).
Medieval Music: The Sixth Liberal Art ( T o r o n t o , 1974; 2 n d e d n . , 1980).
Medieval Manuscripts for Mass and Office: A Guide to their Organization and
Terminology ( T o r o n t o , 1982).
' M o d a l O r d e r a n d D i s o r d e r i n the R h y m e d Office', MD 37 (1983), 2 9 - 5 2 .
' L a t e M e d i e v a l R h y m e d Offices', JPMMS 8 (1985), 3 3 - 4 9 .
' R h y m e d Office', NG.
H U G H E S , A N S E L M , Anglo-French Sequelae, Edited from the Papers of the Late Dr. Heniy
Marriott Bannister ( B u r n h a m , 1934).
The Portiforium of Saint Wulstan (Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, Ms. 391) ( H e n r y
B r a d s h a w Society, 89 and 90; L e i g h t o n B u z z a r d , 1958, 1960).
The Bee Missal ( H e n r y Bradshaw Society, 94; L e i g h t o n B u z z a r d , 1963).
H U G H E S , D A V I D G . , ' F u r t h e r Notes on the G r o u p i n g of the A q u i t a n i a n T r o p e r s ' , JAMS 19
(1966), 3 - 1 2 .
' M u s i c for St. Stephen at L a o n ' , i n M e r r i t t Festschrift 1972, 1 3 7 - 5 9 .
' V a r i a n t s i n A n t i p h o n F a m i l i e s : N o t a t i o n and T r a d i t i o n ' , in Congress S t r a s b o u r g 1982,
ii. 29-48.
' E v i d e n c e for the T r a d i t i o n a l V i e w of the T r a n s m i s s i o n of G r e g o r i a n C h a n t ' , JAMS 40
(1987), 3 7 7 - 4 0 4 .
H U G L O , M I C H E L , ' L a T r a d i t i o n occidentale des melodies byzantines d u Sanctus', i n J o h n e r
Festschrift 1950, 4 0 - 6 .
' L a M e l o d i e grecque d u " G l o r i a i n excelsis" et son utilisation dans le G l o r i a X I V , RG 29
(1950), 3 0 - 4 0 .
' O n g i n e de la melodie d u C r e d o authentique de l ' E d i t i o n Vaticane', RG 30 (1951), 6 8 - 7 8 .
' L e s A n t i e n n e s de la procession des reliques: Vestiges d u chant " V i e u x R o m a n " dans le
p o n t i f i c a l ' , RG 31 (1952), 1 3 6 - 9 .
' U n t o n a i r e d u graduel de la fin d u V H P siecle (Paris, B . N . lat. 15139)', RG 31 (1952),
176-86, 224-33.
— ' L e s N o m s des neumes et leur origine', EG 1 (1954), 5 3 - 6 7 .
— ' L e C h a n t v i e u x - r o m a i n : M a n u s c r i t s et temoins indirects', Sacris erudiri, 6 (1954), 9 6 -
124.
— 'Vestiges d ' u n ancien repertoire musical de Haute-Italie', i n Congress V i e n n a 1954,
142-5.
— ' A n t i f o n e antiche per la "fractio p a n i s ' " , Ambrosius. Rivista di pastorale ambrosiana, 31
(1955), 8 5 - 9 5 .
— ' L e s Preces des graduels aquitains empruntes a la liturgie hispanique', Hispania sacra, 8
(1955), 3 6 1 - 8 3 .
— ' L e T o n a i r e de S a i n t - B e n i g n e de D i j o n ' , Ann ales musicologiques, 4 (1956), 7 - 1 8 .
— ' T r o i s anciens manuscrits liturgiques d ' A u v e r g n e , i i : L e G r a d u e l d ' u n prieure c l u n i s i e n
d ' A u v e r g n e ' , Bulletin historique et scientifique de VAuvergne, 11 (1957), 8 1 - 1 0 4 at 9 2 - 1 0 0 .
— ' O r i g i n e et d i f f u s i o n des K y r i e ' , RG 37 (1958), 8 5 - 7 .
— ' L e D o m a i n e de la notation bretonne', AcM 35 (1963), 5 3 - 8 4 .
— ' L a C h i r o n o m i e medievale', Revue de musicologie, 49 (1963), 1 5 5 - 7 1 .
— ' L e C h a n t des Beatitudes dans la liturgie hispanique', Hispania sacra, 17 (1964), 1 3 5 -
40.
— ' L e s C h a n t s de la M i s s a greca de S a i n t - D e n i s ' , i n Wellesz Festschrift 1966, 7 4 - 8 3 .
— ' R e g l e m e n t d u x i n siecle p o u r la transcription de livres notes', i n Stablein F e s t s c h r i f t
e
1967, 1 2 1 - 3 3 .
— ' U n theoricien d u x i siecle: H e n r i d ' A u g s b o u r g ' , Revue de musicologie,
e
53 (1967), 5 7 - 9 .
— ' U n troisieme t e m o i n d u tonaire carolingien', AcM 40 (1968), 2 2 - 8 .
— ' L ' A u t e u r d u D i a l o g u e sur la M u s i q u e attribute a O d o n ' , Revue de musicologie, 55
(1969), 1 1 9 - 7 1 .
— ' L e s L i s t e s alleluiatiques dans les temoins d u graduel gregorien', i n H u s m a n n Festschrift
1970, 2 1 9 - 2 7 .
— Ijes Tonaire S: Invent aire, analyse, cornparaison (Paris, 1971).
— ' D e r P r o l o g des O d o zugeschriebenen " D i a l o g u s de M u s i c a ' " , AfMw 28 (1971), 1 3 4 - 4 6 .
— ' C o r n p a r a i s o n de la terminologie modale en orient et en Occident', i n C o n g r e s s
C o p e n h a g e n 1972, i i . 7 5 8 - 6 1 .
— ' L ' I n t r o d u c t i o n en Occident des formules byzantines d'intonation', Studies in Eastern
Chant, 3 (1973), 8 1 - 9 0 .
— ' T r a d i t i o n orale et t r a d i t i o n ecrite dans la transmission des melodies gregoriennes', i n
K u r t v o n F i s c h e r Festschrift 1973, 3 1 - 4 2 .
— ' L e G r a d u e l palimpseste de Plaisance (Paris, B . N . , lat. 7102)', Scriptorium, 28 (1974),
3-31.
— ' L e D e v e l o p p e m e n t d u vocabulaire de l ' A r s M u s i c a a l'epoque carolingienne', Latomus,
34 (1975), 1 3 1 — 5 1 .
— ' L i t u r g i a e m u s i c a sacra aquileiese', i n G . F o l e n a (ed.), Storia della cultura veneta dalle
origini al trecento ( V i c e n z a , 1976), 3 1 2 - 2 5 .
— ' L ' A u t e u r d u traite de m u s i q u e dedie a Fulgence d ' A f f l i g e m ' , Revue beige de musicologie,
31 (1977), 5 - 2 0 .
— ' L e s L i v r e s liturgiques de la C h a i s e - D i e u ' , RB 87 (1977), 6 2 - 9 6 , 2 8 9 - 3 4 8 .
— ' A u x origines des tropes d ' i n t e r p o l a t i o n : L e trope m e l o f o r m d'introit', Revue de
musicologie, 64 (1978), 5 - 5 4 .
— ' L e s Remaniements de l ' A n t i p h o n a i r e gregorien au i x siecle: H e l i s a c h a r , A g o b a r d ,
e
A m a l a i r e ' , i n Culto cristiano, politico imperiale carolinga. XVIII Convegno internazionale di
studi sulla spiritualita medievale ( T o d i , 1979), 8 7 - 1 2 0 .
' A b e l a r d , poete et m u s i c i e n ' , Cahiers de civilisation medievale X -XIP siecles, C
22
(1979), 3 4 9 - 6 1 .
' O n the O r i g i n s of the T r o p e r - P r o s e r ' , JPMMS 2 (1979), 1 1 - 1 8 .
' L e s D e b u t s de la p o l y p h o n i c a P a r i s : L e s premiers organa parisiens', Forum
musicologicum, 3 (1982), 9 3 - 1 6 4 .
' L e R e p o n s - G r a d u e l de la messe: E v o l u t i o n de la forme. Permanence de la f o n c t i o n ' ,
Schweizer Jahrbuch fiir Musikwissenschaft, N S , 2 (1982), 5 3 - 7 3 .
' R e m a r q u e s sur la notation musicale d u breviaire de S a i n t - V i c t o r - s u r - R h i n s ' , RB 93
(1983), 1 3 2 - 6 .
' L ' A n c i e n C h a n t beneventain', Ecclesia orans, 2 (1985), 2 6 5 - 9 3 .
' A n a l y s e codicologique des drames liturgiques de F l e u r y ' , i n G i l i s s e n Festschrift 1985,
61-78.
' L a N o t a t i o n wisigothique est-elle plus ancienne que les autres notations europeennes?',
in Congress Salamanca 1985, 1 9 - 2 6 .
' L a Penetration des manuscrits aquitains en Espagne', Revista de musicologia, 8 (1985),
249-56.
(ed.), Musicologie medievale: Notations et sequences, Table ronde du CNRS a VIRIFr
d'Orleans-La Source, 10-12 Septembre 1982 (Paris and G e n e v a , 1987).
Les Livres de chant liturgique ( T y p o l o g i e des sources d u M o y e n A g e occidental, 5 2 ;
T u r n h o u t , 1988).
' B i b l i o g r a p h i e des editions et etudes relatives a la theorie musicale d u M o y e n A g e ( 1 9 7 2 -
1987)', AcM 60 (1988), 2 2 9 - 7 2 .
' B i l a n de 50 annees de recherches (1939-1989) sur les notations musicales de 850 a 1300',
AcM 62 (1990), 2 2 4 - 5 9 .
arts. ' O A n t i p h o n s ' , 'Offertory C h a n t ' , NCE.
arts. ' A n t i p h o n ' , ' A n t i p h o n e r ' , ' B r e v i a r y ' , ' C l u n i a c M o n k s ' , ' E p i s t l e ' , ' E x u l t e t ' , 'Farse',
' G a l l i c a n R i t e , M u s i c of the' [trans, and rev. f r o m ' A l t g a l l i k a n i s c h e L i t u r g i e ' i n Fellerer
1972, 21933], ' G e r b e r t d ' A u r i l l a c ' , ' G o s p e l ' , ' G r a d u a l (ii)', ' L i t a n y ' , ' M i s s a l ' , ' O d o ' ,
'Processional', ' T o n a r y ' , NG.
et al., Fonti e paleografia del canto ambrosiano ( M i l a n , 1956).
see also R I S M B/III/3.
H U N T , N O R E E N , Cluny under St. Hugh, 1049-1109 ( L o n d o n , 1967).
H U S C H E N , H E I N R I C H , 'Regino von P r u m , Historiker, Kirchenrechtler u n d Musiktheoretiker',
in Fellerer Festschrift 1962, 2 0 5 - 2 3 .
arts. ' A r s musica', ' A r t e s liberales', ' A u g u s t i n e r ' , ' B e n e d i k t i n e r ' , ' D o m i n i k a n e r ' , T r a n z -
iskaner', ' H a r m o n i e ' , ' K a r t a u s e r ' , 'Pramonstratenser', 'Zisterzienser', MGG.
H U S C H E N F E S T S C H R I F T 1980 = Detlef A l t e n b u r g (ed.), Ars musica, musica scientia:
Festschrift Heinrich Huschen zum 65. Geburtstag (Beitrage z u r rheinischen
M u s i k g e s c h i c h t e , 126; K a s s e l , 1980).
H U S M A N N , H E I N R I C H , ' D i e St. G a l l e r Sequenztradition bei N o t k e r u n d E k k e h a r d ' , AcM 26
(1954), 6 - 1 8 .
'Sequenz u n d Prosa', Annates musicologiques, 2 (1954), 6 1 - 9 1 .
' D a s A l l e l u i a M u l t i f a r i e u n d die vorgregorianische Stufe des Sequenzengesanges', in
Schneider Festschrift 1955, 1 7 - 2 3 .
' A l l e l u i a , V e r s u n d Sequenz', Annates musicologiques, 4 (1956), 1 9 - 5 3 .
'Iustus ut p a l m a . A l l e l u i a u n d Sequenzen i n St. G a l l e n u n d St. M a r t i a l ' , Revue beige de
musicologie, 10 (1956), 1 1 2 - 2 8 .
' D i e A l l e l u i a u n d Sequenzen der M a t e r - G r u p p e ' , i n Congress V i e n n a 1956, 2 7 6 - 8 4 .
' Z u m G r o B a u f b a u der A m b r o s i a n i s c h e n A l l e l u i a ' , Anuario musical, 12 (1957), 1 7 - 3 3 .
' A l l e l u i a , Sequenz u n d Prosa i m altspanischen C h o r a l ' , i n A n g l e s Festschrift 1958-61,
407-15.
' S i n n u n d W e s e n der T r o p e n ' , AfMw 16 (1959), 1 3 5 - 4 7 .
' E c c e puerpera genuit. Z u r Geschichte der teiltextierten Sequenzen', i n Besseler
Festschrift 1961, 5 9 - 6 5 .
Grundlagen der antiken und orientalischen Musikkultur ( B e r l i n , 1961).
' D a s G r a d u a l e v o n E d i g e r . E i n e neue Quelle der rheinischen A u g u s t i n e r l i t u r g i e ' , i n
F e l l e r e r Festschrift 1962, 2 2 4 - 3 4 .
' D i e Sequenz D u o tres. Z u r Geschichte der Sequenzen i n S t . G a l l e n u n d S t . M a r t i a l ' , i n
H a n d s c h i n G e d e n k s c h r i f t 1962, 6 6 - 7 2 .
' Z u r S t e l l u n g des M e B p r o p r i u m s der osterreichischen A u g u s t i n e r c h o r h e r r e n ' , Studien
zur Musikwissenschaft, 25 (1962) (Festschrift fiir E r i c h S c h e n k ) , 2 6 1 - 7 5 .
' S t u d i e n z u r geschichtlichen S t e l l u n g der L i t u r g i e K o p e n h a g e n s . D i e Oster- u n d
Pfingstalleluia der K o p e n h a g e n e r L i t u r g i e u n d ihre historischen Beziehungen', Dansk
Aarbog for Musikforskning, 1962, 3 - 5 8 , and 1 9 6 4 - 5 , 3 - 6 2 .
' Z u r U b e r l i e f e r u n g der T h o m a s - O f f i z i e n ' , i n Smits van Waesberghe Festschrift 1963,
87-8.
' N o t r e - D a m e u n d S a i n t - V i c t o r . R e p e r t o i r e - S t u d i e n z u r G e s c h i c h t e der gereimten
Prosen', AcM 36 (1964), 9 8 - 1 2 3 , 1 9 1 - 2 2 1 .
' Z u r G e s c h i c h t e der M e B l i t u r g i e v o n Sitten u n d uber i h r e n Z u s a m m e n h a n g m i t d e n
L i t u r g i e n von E i n s i e d e l n , L a u s a n n e u n d G e n f ' , AfMw 22 (1965), 2 1 7 - 4 7 .
' D i e H a n d s c h r i f t R h e i n a u 71 der Zentralbibliothek Z u r i c h u n d die Frage nach E c h t h e i t
u n d E n t s t e h u n g der S t . G a l l e r Sequenzen u n d Notkerschen Prosen', AcM 38 (1966), 1 1 8 -
49.
' D a s Einsiedelner G r a d u a l - S a k r a m e n t a r St. Paul/Karnten 25.2.25 (Seine S t e l l u n g u n d
Bedeutung)', i n F e i c h t Festschrift 1967, 8 9 - 9 5 .
' H y m n u s u n d T r o p a r i o n . S t u d i e n z u r Geschichte der musikalischen G a t t u n g e n v o n
H o r o l o g i o n u n d T r o p o l o g i o n ' , Jahrbuch des Staatlichen Instituts fiir Musikforschung,
Preufiischer Kulturbesitz ( B e r l i n , 1971), 7 - 8 6 .
' D a s Brevier der h i . K l a r a u n d seine Bedeutung i n der Geschichte des romischen
C h o r a l s ' , Studi musicali, 2 (1973), 2 1 7 - 3 3 .
' E i n Missale v o n A s s i s i : B a l t i m o r e , Walters A r t G a l l e r y W . 75', i n H u s c h e n Festschrift
1980, 2 5 5 - 6 2 .
' Z u r H e r k u n f t des " A n d e c h s e r M i s s a l e " C l m 3005', AfMw 37 (1980), 1 5 5 - 6 5 .
' N o t r e - D a m e - E p o c h e ' , MGG.
' S y r i a n C h u r c h M u s i c ' , NG.
see also R I S M B / V / l .
H U S M A N N Festschrift 1970 = H e i n z Becker and R e i n h a r d G e r l a c h (eds.), Speculum rnusicae
artis: Festgabe fiir Heinrich Husmann zum 60. Geburtstag ( M u n i c h , 1970).
M U T T E R , J O S E F , Ceskd notace I. Neumy (Prague, 1926), II. Nota choralis (Prague, 1930).
Notationis Bohemicae antiquae specimina selecta e codicibus Bohemicis, L Neumae, 2.
Nota choralis (Prague, 1931).
Hymnarium Oscense (s. XI), I. Edition facsimil. II. Estudios, ed. Antonio Duran, Ramon
M o r a g a s , J u a n V i l l a r e a l (Saragossa, 1987).
I R T E N K A U F , W O L F G A N G , ' D a s Seckauer C a n t i o n a r i u m v o m Jahre 1345 ( H s . G r a z 756)', AfMw
13 (1956), 1 1 6 - 4 1 .
' R e i m o f f i z i u m ' , MGG.
I S I D O R E , Etymologiamm sive originum libri XX, e d . W . M . L i n d s a y ( O x f o r d , 1911).
Iter H e l v e t i c u m , e d . Pascal L a d n e r ( S p i c i l e g i i F r i b u r g e n s i s S u b s i d i a ; F r i b o u r g , 1 9 7 6 - ).
Iter H e l v e t i c u m 1 ( S F S 15, 1976) = Josef L e i s i b a c h , Die liturgischen Handschriften der
Kantons- und Universitdtsbibliothek Freiburg.
Iter H e l v e t i c u m 2 ( S F S 16, 1977) = Josef L e i s i b a c h , Die liturgischen Handschriften des
Kantons Freiburg (ohne Kantonsbibliothek).
Iter H e l v e t i c u m 3 ( S F S 17, 1979) = Josef L e i s i b a c h , Die liturgischen Handschriften des
Kapitelsarchiv in Sit ten.
Iter H e l v e t i c u m 4 ( S F S 18, 1984) = Josef L e i s i b a c h , Die liturgischen Handschriften des
Kantons Wallis (ohne Kapitelsarchiv Sitten).
I V E R S E N , G U N I L L A (ed.), Research on Tropes ( S t o c k h o l m , 1983).
see also C T .
J A C O B , A . , ' A propos de l'edition de l ' O r d i n a i r e de T o n g r e s ' , Revue d'histoire ecclesiastique,
65 (1970), 7 8 9 - 9 7 .
J A C O B S T H A L , G U S T A V , Die chrornatische Alteration im liturgischen Gesang der abendlandischen
Kirche ( B e r l i n , 1897).
J A K O B S , H E R M A N N , Die Hirsauer: Ihre Ausbreitung und Rechtsstellung im Zeitalter des
Investiturstreits ( K o l n e r historische A b h a n d l u n g e n , 4 ; C o l o g n e and G r a z , 1961).
J A M M E R S , E W A L D , ' D i e A n t i p h o n e n der rheinischen R e i m o f f i z i e n ' , EL 43 (1929), 1 9 9 - 2 1 9 ,
4 2 5 - 5 1 ; 44 (1930), 8 4 - 9 9 , 3 4 2 - 6 8 .
Das Karlsoffizium Regali natus' ( S a m m l u n g musikwissenschaftlicher
(
Abhandlungen,
14; S t r a s b u r g , 1934).
Der gregorianischen Rhythmus: Antiphonale Studien ( S t r a s b u r g , 1937).
Die Essener Neumenhandschriften der Landes- und Stadtbibliothek Dusseldotf (Ratingen,
1952).
' D i e palaofrankische N e u m e n s c h r i f t ' , Scriptorium, 7 (1953), 2 3 5 - 5 9 .
Musik in Byzanz, im pdpstlichen Rom und im Frankenreich: Der Choral als Musik der Tex-
taussprache ( A b h a n d l u n g e n der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-
historische K l a s s e , 1962/1; H e i d e l b e r g , 1962).
'Einige A n m e r k u n g e n z u r Tonalitat des gregorianischen Gesanges', in Fellerer Festschrift
1962, 2 3 5 - 4 4 .
Tafeln zur Neumenkunde ( T u t z i n g , 1965).
' D e r C h o r a l als R e z i t a t i v ' , AfMw 22 (1965), 1 4 3 - 6 8 .
' A b e n d l a n d u n d B y z a n z , I I : K i r c h e n m u s i k ' , [1969] Reallexikon der Byzantinistik, ed.
Peter W i r t h .
Das Alleluia in der Gregorianischen Messe (Liturgiewissenschaftlichc Quellen und
F o r s c h u n g e n , 5 5 ; M u n s t e r , 1973).
' C a n t i o ' , MGG.
' C a n t i o ' , NG.
J A N , K . V O N (ed.), Musici scrip tores graeci, 2 vols. ( L e i p z i g , 1 8 9 5 - 9 ) .
J A N S O N , T O R E , Prose Rhythm in Medieval IxLtin from the 9th to the 13th Century (Studia
L a t i n a S t o c k h o l m i e n s i a , 2 0 ; 1975).
J E A N N E T E A U , J E A N , LOS modos gregorianos: Historia—andlisis—estetica ( S t u d i a S i l e n s i a , 11;
A b a d i a de S i l o s , 1985).
J E F F E R Y , P E T E R , ' A n E a r l y C a n t a t o r i u m F r a g m e n t Related to M S . L a o n 239', Scriptorium, 36
(1982), 2 4 5 - 5 2 .
' T h e O l d e s t Sources of the Graduate: A P r e l i m i n a r y C h e c k l i s t of M S S C o p i e d before
about 900', Journal of Musicology, 2 (1983), 3 1 6 - 2 1 .
' T h e I n t r o d u c t i o n of P s a l m o d y into the R o m a n M a s s by Pope Celestine I ( 4 2 2 - 4 3 2 ) :
R e i n t e r p r e t i n g a Passage i n the Liber Pontificalis\ Archiv fur Liturgiewissenschaft, 26
(1984), 1 4 7 - 5 5 .
J E S S O N , R O Y , ' A m b r o s i a n C h a n t : T h e M u s i c of the M a s s ' ( D i s s . , I n d i a n a U n i v e r s i t y , 1955;
UMI 00-12833).
' A m b r o s i a n C h a n t ' , i n A p e l 1958, 4 6 5 - 8 3 .
J O H N E R , D O M I N I C U S , Wort und Ton im Choral: Ein Beit rag zur Aesthetik des gregorianischen
Gesanges ( 2 n d e d n . , L e i p z i g , 1953).
J O H N E R Festschrift 1950 = F r a n z T a c k ( e d . ) , Der kultische Gesang der abendldndischen
Kirche ( C o l o g n e , 1950).
J O H N S T O N E , J O H N G . , ' B e y o n d a C h a n t : " T u i sunt caeli" a n d its T r o p e s ' , Studies in the
History^ of Music, 1: Music and Language ( N e w Y o r k , 1983), 2 4 - 3 7 .
J O N E S , C H A R L E S W . , The Saint Nicholas Liturgy and its Literary Relationships (Berkeley,
1963).
J O N E S ( C H A R L E S ) Festschrift 1979 = M a r g o t I I . K i n g a n d Wesley M . Stevens (eds.), Saints,
Scholars, and Heroes: Studies in Medieval Culture in Honor of Charles W. Jones, 2 v o l s .
( C o l l e g e v i l l e , M i n n . , 1979).
JONES, CHESLYN, WAINWRIGHT, GEOFFREY, and YARNOLD, EDWARD (eds.), The Study of
Liturgy ( L o n d o n , 1978).
JONSSON, R I T V A , Historia: Etudes sur la genese des offices versifies (Studia Latina
S t o c k h o l m i e n s i a , 15; 1968).
' C o r p u s T r o p o r u m ' , JPMMS 1 (1978), 9 8 - 1 1 5 .
and T R E I T L E R , L E O , ' M e d i e v a l M u s i c a n d L a n g u a g e : A R e c o n s i d e r a t i o n of the
R e l a t i o n s h i p ' , Studies in the History of Music, J: Music and Language ( N e w Y o r k , 1983),
1-23.
see also C T .
J O U N E L , P I E R R E , Le Culte des saints dans les basiliques du Latran et du Vatican au douzieme
siecle ( R o m e , 1977).
J U N G M A N N , J O S E F A . , Missarum sollemnia: Einegenetische Erkldrung der rbmischen Messe, 2
vols. ( V i e n n a , 1948; 5th e d n . , 1962, 6th e d n . , 1966); trans. F r a n c i s A . B r u n n e r f r o m 2 n d
edn., 1951: The Mass of the Roman Rite, 2 vols. ( N e w Y o r k , 1951, 1955); a b r i d g e d version
by C h a r l e s K . Riepe, 1 v o l . ( N e w Y o r k , 1959).
Liturgisches Erbe und pastorale Gegenwart: Studien und Vortrdge (Innsbruck, 1960);
trans.: Pastoral Liturgy ( L o n d o n , 1962).
J U N G M A N N Festschrift 1959 = Balthasar F i s c h e r a n d J . W a g n e r (eds.), Paschatis sollemnia:
Studien zu Osterfeier und Osterfrommigkeit. Eestschrift J. A. Jungmann (Basel, 1959).
K A H M E R , I N G E , Die Offertoriums-Uberlieferung in Rom Vat. lat. 5319 ( D i s s . , U n i v e r s i t y of
C o l o g n e , 1971).
K A I N Z B A U E R , X A V E R , ' D e r T r a c t u s T e t r a r d u s : E i n e centologische U n t e r s u c h u n g ' , BzG 11
(1991), 1 - 1 3 2 .
K A N T O R O W I C Z , E R N S T H . , Laudes regiae: A Study in Liturgical Acclamations and Mediaeval
Ruler Worship. With a Study of the Music of the Laudes and Musical Transcriptions by
M a n f r e d F . B u k o f z e r (Berkeley and L o s Angeles, 1946).
K A R N O W K A , G . - H . , Breviarium Passaviense: Das Passauer Brevier im Mittelalter und die
Breviere der altbayrischen Kirchenprovinz ( M u n c h e n e r T h e o l o g i s c h e S t u d i e n , 11/44;
St. O t t i l i e n , 1983).
Karolingisches Sakramentar: Codex Vindobonensis 958 (Codices selecti, 2 5 ; G r a z , 1971).
K E I L , H E I N R I C H , Grammatici Ia tint, 8 vols. ( L e i p z i g , 1 8 5 7 - 8 0 ) .
K E L L Y , T H O M A S F O R R E S T , ' M e l o d i c E l a b o r a t i o n i n Responsory M e l i s m a s ' , JAMS 27 (1974),
461-74.
'New M u s i c f r o m O l d : T h e S t r u c t u r i n g of Responsory Proses', JAMS 30 (1977), 3 6 6 -
90.
' I n t r o d u c i n g the Gloria in excelsis, JAMS 37 (1984), 4 7 9 - 5 0 6 .
' M e l i s m a a n d P r o s u l a : T h e Performance of Responsory T r o p e s ' , i n S i l a g i 1985, 1 6 3 - 8 0 .
' M o n t e c a s s i n o a n d O l d Beneventan C h a n t ' , EMH 5 (1985), 5 3 - 8 3 .
'Beneventan a n d M i l a n e s e C h a n t ' , Journal of the Royal Musical Association, 112 (1987),
173-95.
' N e u m a t r i p l e x ' , AcM 60 (1988), 1 - 3 0 .
The Beneventan Chant ( C a m b r i d g e , 1989).
K E N N E D Y , V . L . , ' F o r a N e w E d i t i o n of the Micrologus of B e r n o l d of Constance', i n A n d r i e u
Festschrift 1956, 2 2 9 - 4 1 .
K E R , N E I L R . , Medieval Libraries of Great Britain: A List of Surviving Books ( 2 n d e d n . ,
L o n d o n , 1964); s u p p l e m e n t e d . A n d r e w G . W a t s o n ( L o n d o n , 1987).
K I E N L E , A M B R O S I U S , ' N o t i z e n (iber das D i r i g i e r e n mittelalterlicher Gesangschore', Viertel-
jahrsschrift fur Musikwissenschaft, 1 (1885), 1 5 8 - 6 9 .
K I N G , A L E C H Y A T T , Four Hundred Years of Music Printing ( L o n d o n , 1964; 2 n d e d n . , 1968).
K I N G , A R C H D A L E A . , The Rites of Eastern Christendom ( R o m e , 1 9 4 7 - 8 ) .
Liturgies of the Religious Orders ( M i l w a u k e e , W i s e , 1955, L o n d o n , 1956).
Liturgies of the Primatial Sees ( M i l w a u k e e , W i s e , and L o n d o n , 1957).
Liturgy of the Roman Church ( M i l w a u k e e , W i s e , and L o n d o n , 1957).
Liturgies of the Past ( M i l w a u k e e , W i s e , and L o n d o n , 1959).
K L A U S E R , T H E O D O R , ' E i n e Stationsliste der M e t z e r K i r c h e aus d e m 8. J h d . w a h r s c h e i n l i c h ein
W e r k C h r o d e g a n g s ' , EL 44 (1930), 1 6 2 - 9 3 .
' D i e l i t u r g i s c h e n Austauschbeziehungen zwischen der r o m i s c h e n u n d der f r a n k i s c h -
deutschen K i r c h e v o m achten bis z u m elften Jahrhundert', Historisches Jahrbuch der
Gorres-Gesellschaft, 53 (1933), 1 6 9 - 8 9 .
Das rbmische Capitulare Evangeliorum, i : Typen (Liturgiewissenschaftliche Q u e l l e n
und F o r s c h u n g e n , 2 8 ; M u n s t e r , 1935).
' D e r U b e r g a n g der r o m i s c h e n K i r c h e v o n der griechischen z u r lateinischen L i t u r g i e -
sprache', i n Miscellanea G. Mercati ( S t u d i e testi, 121; R o m e , 1946), 4 6 7 - 8 2 .
Kleine abendlandische Liturgie geschichte ( B o n n , 1965); t r a n s . : A Short History of the
Western Liturgy ( L o n d o n , 1969).
K L O C K N E R , S T E F A N , ' A n a l y t i s c h e U n t e r s u c h u n g e n an 16 Introiten i m I. T o n des a l t r o m i s c h e n
und des frankisch-gregorianischen Repertoires h i n s i c h t l i c h einer bewuBten melodischen
A b h a n g i g k e i t ' , BzG 5 (1988), 3 - 9 5 .
K N O W L E S , D A V I D , The Monastic Constitutions of Lanfranc ( L o n d o n , 1951).
The Monastic Order in England ( C a m b r i d g e , 1940; 2 n d e d n . , 1963).
Christian Monasticism ( N e w Y o r k , 1969).
K O H R S , K L A U S H E I N R I C H , Die aparallelen Sequenzen: Repertoire, liturgische Ordnung,
musikalischer Stil (Beitrage z u r M u s i k f o r s c h u n g , 6; S a l z b u r g , 1978).
K O N R A D , K A R E L , Geschichte des alttschechischen Kirchengesanges (Prague, 1881).
K O W A L E W I C Z , H . , Cantica medii aevipolono-latina, i : Sequentiae ( B i b l i o t h e c a latina m e d i i et
recentioris aevi, 15; W a r s a w , 1964).
K R A M E R , S I G R I D , Handschriftenerbe des deutschen Mittelalters (Mittelalterliche Bibliotheks-
kataloge D e u t s c h l a n d s u n d der S c h w e i z , 5 ( E r g a n z u n g s b a n d ) , 1. A a c h e n - K o c h e l , 2 .
K o l n - Z y f f l i c h ; M u n i c h , 1989).
K R I E G , E D U A R D , Das lateinische Osterspiel von Tours ( W i i r z b u r g , 1956).
K R O O N , S I G U R D , Ordinarium missae ( L u n d s universitets arsskrift, N S , sect. 1, v o l . 39, n o . 6;
L u n d , 1953).
K U R Z E J A , A D A L B E R T , Der dlteste Liber Ordinarius der Trierer Domkirche: London, Brit.
Mus., Harley 2958, Anfang 14. jfh. (Liturgiewissenschaftliche Q u e l l e n u n d F o r s c h u n g e n ,
5 2 ; M u n s t e r , 1970).
Kyriale seu ordinarium missae ( R o m e , 1905).
L A B H A R D T , F R A N K , Das Sequentiar Cod. 546 der Stiftsbibliothek von St. Gallen und seine
Quellen ( P u b l i k a t i o n e n der Schweizerischen M u s i k f o r s c h e n d e n Gesellschaft, S e r . 2, 8; 2
v o l s . , Berne, 1959, 1963).
L A F A G E , A D R I E N D E , Essais de diphtherographie musicale ou notices, descriptions, analyses,
ex traits et reproductions de manuscrits relatifs a la pratique, a la theorie et a Vhistorie de la
musique, 2 vols. (Paris, 1864) [includes edition of Paris 7211].
L A I S T N E R , M A X L U D W I G W . , Thought and Letters in Western Europe A.D. 500-900 ( L o n d o n ,
1931).
L A M B I L O T T E , L O U I S , Antiphonaire de saint Gregoire: facsimile du manuscrit de Saint-Gall
(Brussels, 1851, 2/1867).
L A M B R E S , B E N O I T , ' L e C h a n t des C h a r t r e u x ' , Revue beige de musicologie, 24 (1970), 1 7 - 4 2 .
' L ' A n t i p h o n a i r e des C h a r t r e u x ' , EG 14 (1973), 2 1 3 - 1 8 .
L A M O T H E , D O N A T R . , and C O N S T A N T I N E , C Y P R I A N G . (eds.), Matins at Cluny for the Least of
St. Peter's Chains ( L o n d o n , 1986).
L A N D W E H R - M E L N I C K I , M A R G A R E T H A , Das einstimmige Kyrie des lateinischen Mittelalters
( R e g e n s b u r g , 1955).
see also M M M A and M e l n i c k i .
L A U M , B E R N H A R D , Das alexandrinische Akzentuationssystem unter Zugrundelegung der
theoretischen Lehren der Grammatiker und mit Heranziehung der praktischen Verwendung
in den Papyri ( S t u d i e n z u r Geschichte u n d K u l t u r des A l t e r t u m s , 4. E r g a n z u n g s b a n d ;
P a d e r b o r n , 1928).
L A U N A Y , D E N I S E , ' U n esprit critique au temps de J u m i l h a c : D o m Jacques L e C l e r c ,
b e n e d i c t i n de la C o n g r e g a t i o n de S a i n t - M a u r ' , EG 19 (1980), 1 9 7 - 2 1 9 .
L A W L E Y , S T E P H E N W . (ed.), Breviarium ad usum insignis ecclesiae Eboracensis (Surtees
Society, 71, 7 5 ; L o n d o n , 1880, 1883).
L E C H N E R , J O S E P H , and E I S E N H O F E R , L U D W I G , Liturgik des romischen Ritus ( F r e i b u r g , 1953);
t r a n s . : The Liturgy of the Roman Rite ( F r e i b u r g and E d i n b u r g h , 1961).
L E C L E R C Q , H E N R I , arts. ' G a l l i c a n e (liturgie)', ' L i t u r g i e s neo-gallicanes', DACL.
L E C L E R C Q , J E A N , L'Amour des lettres et le desir de Dieu: Initiation aux auteurs monastiques
du moyen age (Paris, 1957); trans. Catharine M i s r a h i : The Love of Learning and the Desire
for God ( N e w Y o r k , 1961; 2 n d e d n . , 1974).
L E D W O N , J A C O B C A R L , ' T h e W i n t e r Office of S a n t ' E u t i z i o d i N o r c i a : A S t u d y of the C o n t e n t s
and C o n s t r u c t i o n of Biblioteca V a l l i c e l l i a n a M a n u s c r i p t s C 13 and C 5' ( D i s s . , State
U n i v e r s i t y of N e w Y o r k at B u f f a l o , 1986; U M I 8 6 - 1 9 3 3 9 ) .
L E E B , H E L M U T , Die Psalmodie bei Ambrosius (Wiener Beitrage z u r T h e o l o g i e , 17; V i e n n a ,
1967).
Die Gesdnge im Gemeindegottesdienst von Jerusalem (vom 5. bis 8. Jahrhundert)
( W i e n e r Beitrage z u r T h e o l o g i e , 28; V i e n n a , 1979).
L E F ^ V R E , P L A C I D E F . , ' L a N o u v e l l e E d i t i o n d u Processionale Praemonstratense de 1932',
Analecta praemonstratensia, 9 (1933), 1 7 0 - 5 .
' L e N o u v e l A n t i p h o n a i r e de Premontre', Analecta praemonstratensia, 13 (1937), 6 3 - 9 .
L'Ordinaire de Premontre d'apres des manuscrits du XIP et du XIIP siecle
( B i b l i o t h e q u e de la ' R e v u e d'histoire ecclesiastique', 2 2 ; L o u v a i n , 1941).
Coutumiers liturgiques de Premontre du XIIP et du XIV siecles ( B i b l i o t h e q u e de la
' R e v u e d'histoire ecclesiastique', 27; L o u v a i n , 1953).
La Liturgie de Premontre: Histoire, formulaire, chant et ceremonial (Bibliotheca
analectorum praemonstratensium, 1; L o u v a i n , 1957).
Les Ordinaires des collegiales Saint-Pierre a Louvain et Saints-Pierre-et-Paul a
Anderlecht d'apres des manuscrits du XIV siecle ( B i b l i o t h e q u e de la ' R e v u e d'histoire
ecclesiastique', 36; L o u v a i n , 1960).
L'Ordinaire de la collegiate autrefois cathedrale de Tongres, d'apres un manuscrit du
XV siecle ( S p i c i l e g i u m sacrum Lovaniense, Etudes et documents, 345; L o u v a i n , 1 9 6 7 - 8 ) .
' L ' A n t i p h o n a l e psalterii d'apres le rite de Premontre', Analecta praemonstratensia, 44
(1968), 2 4 7 - 7 4 .
' L e s Repons prolixes aux heures diurnes d u T r i d u u m sacrum dans la liturgie canoniale',
Analecta praemonstratensia, 48 (1972), 5 - 1 9 .
L E F F E R T S , P E T E R M . , ' C a n t i l e n a and A n t i p h o n : M u s i c for M a r i a n Services i n L a t e M e d i e v a l
E n g l a n d ' , i n Sanders Festschrift 1990, 2 4 7 - 8 2 .
L E G G , J O H N W I C K H A M , Missale ad usum ecclesiae Wertmonasteriensis ( H e n r y Bradshaw
Society, 1; L o n d o n , 1891; 5 (1893); and 12 (1897).
The Processional of the Nuns of Chester ( H e n r y Bradshaw Society, 18; L o n d o n , 1899).
77?^ Sarum Missal Edited from Three Early Manuscripts ( O x f o r d , 1916).
L E H O L L A D A Y , R I C H A R D , ' T h e M u s i c a E n c h i r i a d i s and Scholia E n c h i r i a d i s : A T r a n s l a t i o n
and C o m m e n t a r y ' ( D i s s . , O h i o State U n i v e r s i t y , 1977).
L E J A Y , P A U L , ' A m b r o s i e n (rit)', DACL.
L E M A R I E , J . , ' L e s A n t i e n n e s " V e t e r e m h o m i n e m " d u jour Octave de l ' E p i p h a n i e et les
antiennes d'origine grecque de l ' E p i p h a n i e ' , EL 72 (1958), 3 - 3 8 .
Le Breviaire de Ripoll: Paris B. N. lat. 742 (Scripta et documenta, 14; M o n t s e r r a t ,
1965).
L E O N T E L L O , F R A N C I S C O J O S £ , Estudios de historia de la teoria musical ( M a d r i d , 1962).
L E O N A R D I , C L A U D I O , and M E N E S T O , E N R I C O (eds.), IM tradizione dei tropi liturgici (Spoleto,
1990).
L E R O Q U A I S , V I C T O R , les Sacramental res et les missels manuscrits des bibliotheques publiques
de France, 3 vols. (Paris, 1924).
Les Breviaires manuscrits des bibliotheques publiques de France, 5 v o l s . (Paris, 1934).
Le Breviaire-missel du prieure clunisien de Lewes (Paris, 1935).
Les Pontificaux manuscrits des bibliotheques publiques de France, 3 v o l s . (Paris, 1937).
LEROQUAIS, V I C T O R , Les Psautiers manuscrits latins des bibliotheques de France, 2 vols.
(Macon, 1940-1).
L E R O U X , M A R Y P R O T H A S E , ' T h e " D e harmonica institutione" and " T o n a r i u s " of Regino of
P r u m ' ( D i s s . , C a t h o l i c U n i v e r s i t y of A m e r i c a , 1965; U M I 6 6 - 0 0 3 1 8 ) .
L E R O U X , R A Y M O N D , ' A U X origines de l'office festif: L e s antiennes et les psaumes de M a t i n e s
et de L a u d e s p o u r N o e l et le l e r
Janvier', EG 4 (1961), 6 5 - 1 7 0 .
' L e s G r a d u e l s des d i m a n c h e s apres la Pentecote', EG 5 (1962), 1 1 9 - 3 0 .
' L e s R e p o n s de Psalmis p o u r le M a t i n e s de l ' E p i p h a n i e a la Septuagesime', EG 6 (1963),
39-148.
' G u i l l a u m e de V o l p i a n o . S o n cursus l i t u r g i q u e au M o n t - S a i n t - M i c h e l et dans les abbayes
n o r m a n d e s ' , Millenaire monastique du Mont-Saint-Michel, 1 (Paris, 1967), 4 1 7 - 7 2 .
' R e p o n s d u T r i d u o sacro et de Paques', EG 18 (1979), 1 5 7 - 7 6 .
LEVY, K E N N E T H J . , ' T h e B y z a n t i n e Sanctus and its M o d a l T r a d i t i o n i n East a n d West',
Annates musicologiques, 6 (1958-63), 7-67.
' T h e Italian N e o p h y t e s ' C h a n t s ' , JAMS 23 (1970), 1 8 1 - 2 2 7 .
'"Lux de l u c e " : T h e O r i g i n of an Italian Sequence', MO 57 (1971), 4 0 - 6 1 .
' T h e T r i s a g i o n i n B y z a n t i u m a n d the West', i n Congress C o p e n h a g e n 1972, 7 6 1 - 5 .
' A G r e g o r i a n Processional A n t i p h o n ' , Schweizer Jahrbuch fiir Musikwissenschaft, NS,2
(1982), 9 1 - 1 0 2 .
' T o l e d o , R o m e and the L e g a c y of G a u l ' , EMH 4 (1984), 4 9 - 9 9 .
' O l d - H i s p a n i c C h a n t i n its E u r o p e a n Context', i n Congress Salamanca 1985, i . 3 - 1 4 .
' C h a r l e m a g n e ' s A r c h e t y p e of G r e g o r i a n C h a n t ' , JAMS 40 (1987), 1 - 3 0 .
'On the O r i g i n of N e u m e s ' , EMH 7 (1987), 5 9 - 9 0 .
arts. ' B y z a n t i n e R i t e , M u s i c of the', ' R a v e n n a R i t e , M u s i c of the', ' T r i s a g i o n ' , NG.
and E M E R S O N , J O H N , 'Plainchant', NG.
Libergradualis ( T o u r n a i , 1883; 2 n d e d n . , 1895).
Liber hymnarius cum invitatoriis & aliquibus responsoriis (Solesmes, 1982).
Liber vesperalis juxta ritum sanctae ecclesiae Mediolanensis [ed. G . M . Sufiol] (Rome,
1939).
L I C K L E D E R , C H R I S T O P H , Choral und figurierte Kirchenmusik in der Sicht Franz Xaver Witts
anhand der Fliegenden Blatter und der Musica Sacra (Documenta Caeciliana, 3;
Regensburg, 1988).
L I P P H A R D T , W A L T E R , ' S t u d i e n z u r R h y t h m i k der A n t i p h o n e n ' , Mf3 (1950), 4 7 - 6 0 , 2 2 4 - 3 4 .
' D a s M o o s b u r g e r Cantionale',^7a/zr6wc/z fiir Liturgik und Hymnologie, 3 (1957), 1 1 3 - 1 7 .
' D a s H e r o d e s s p i e l v o n L e M a n s nach den H a n d s c h r i f t e n M a d r i d , B i b l . N a c . 288 u n d 289
(11. u n d 12. J h d . ) ' , i n S m i t s v a n Waesberghe Festschrift 1963, 1 0 7 - 2 2 .
Der karolingische Tonar von Metz (Liturgiewissenschaftliche Q u e l l e n u n d F o r s c h u n g e n ,
4 3 ; M u n s t e r - W e s t f a l e n , 1965).
Ixiteinische Osterfeiem und Osterspiele, 6 vols. ( B e r l i n , 1 9 7 5 - 8 1 ) .
'Mensurale Hymnenaufzeichnungen i n einem H y m n a r des 15. Jahrhunderts aus
St. Peter, S a l z b u r g ( M i c h a e l b e u e r n M s . C a r t . 1)', i n C a r d i n e Festschrift 1980, 4 5 8 - 8 7 .
'Liturgische Dramen', MGG.
L L O Y D , R I C H A R D W I N G A T E , ' C l u n y E p i g r a p h y ' , Speculum, 1 (1932), 3 3 6 - 4 9 .
LOEW, E L I A S A V E R Y , The Beneventan Script: A History of the South Italian Minuscule.
S e c o n d e d i t i o n prepared a n d enlarged b y V i r g i n i a B r o w n , 2 vols. ( R o m e , 1980).
L O H R , I . , Solmisation undKirchentonarten (Basel, 1943).
LORIQUET, HENRI, P O T H I E R , J O S E P H , and C O L E T T E , ARMAND K . , I^e Graduel de Veglise
cathedrale de Rouen auXIIP siecle, 2 vols. ( R o u e n , 1907) [Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e ,
lat. 9 0 4 ] .
LOT, F E R D I N A N D (ed.), Hariulf: Chronique de VAbbaye de Saint-Riquier (V siecle-1104)
( C o l l e c t i o n de T e x t e s ; Paris, 1894).
L O W E , E L I A S A V E R Y [ = L o e w ] , ' T w o N e w L a t i n L i t u r g i c a l F r a g m e n t s o n M o u n t S i n a i ' , RB
74 (1964), 2 5 2 - 8 3 .
L U N D £ N , T . , Den heliga Birgitta och den helige Petrus av Skdnninge: Officium parvum beate
Marie Virgi?iis [The Lady-offices of St Bridget and the Venerable Peter of Skdnninge] (Acta
universitatis Upsaliensis, S t u d i a historico-ecclesiastica U p s a l i e n s i a , 2 7 ; 1976).
L U T O L F , M A X (ed.), Das Graduate von Santa Cecilia in Trastevere (Cod. Bodmer 74), 2 v o l s .
( C o l o g n e - G e n e v a , 1987).
L U T Z , C O R A E.,Joannis Scotti Annotationes in Marcianus ( C a m b r i d g e , M a s s . , 1939).
' R e m i g i u s ' Ideas o n the Classification of the Seven L i b e r a l A r t s ' , Traditio, 12 (1956), 6 5 -
86.
' T h e C o m m e n t a r y of R e m i g i u s of A u x e r r e o n M a r t i a n u s C a p e l l a ' , Medieval Studies, 19
(1957), 1 3 8 - 5 6 .
(ed.), Remigii Autissiodorensis commentum in Martianum Capellam, 2 vols. ( L e i d e n ,
1962-5).
Schoolmasters of the Tenth Century ( H a m d e n , C o n n . , 1977).
M a a s see R I S M B/III/1.
M C A R T H U R , A . A . , The Evolution of the Christian Year ( L o n d o n , 1953).
M C C A R T H Y , M . C , The Rule for Nuns of St. Caesarius of Aries: A Translation with a Critical
Introduction ( T h e C a t h o l i c U n i v e r s i t y of A m e r i c a Studies i n M e d i e v a l H i s t o r y , N S , 16;
W a s h i n g t o n , D C , 1960).
M C G E E , T I M O T H Y J . , ' T h e L i t u r g i c a l Placements of the Quern quaeritis D i a l o g u e ' , JAMS 29
(1976), 1 - 2 9 .
M A C H A B E Y , A R M A N D , Genese de la tonalite musicale classique des ofigines au XV siecle J
( P a n s , 1955).
M A C I E J E W S K I , T . , 'Graduate C h e l m n a [ T h e C h e l m n o G r a d u a l ] ' , Musica medii aevi, 4 (1973),
164-245.
M C K I N N O N , J A M E S W . , ' T h e M e a n i n g of the Patristic Polemic against M u s i c a l Instruments',
Current Musicology, 1 (1965), 6 9 - 8 2 .
' T h e T e n t h C e n t u r y O r g a n at Winchester', The Organ Yearbook, 5 (1974), 4 - 1 9 .
' T h e Fifteen T e m p l e Steps and the G r a d u a l Psalms', Imago rnusicae, 1 (1984), 2 9 - 4 9 .
' O n the Q u e s t i o n of Psalmody i n the A n c i e n t Synagogue', EMH 6 (1986), 1 5 9 - 9 1 .
' T h e F o u r t h - C e n t u r y O r i g i n of the G r a d u a l ' , EMH 7 (1987), 9 1 - 1 0 6 .
Music in Early Christian Literature ( C a m b r i d g e , 1987).
' T h e Patristic J u b i l u s and the A l l e l u i a of the M a s s ' , i n C a n t u s P l a n u s 1990, 6 1 - 7 0 .
M C K I T T E R I C K , R O S A M U N D , The Frankish Church and the Carolingian Reforms, 789-895
( L o n d o n , 1977).
The Frankish Kingdoms under the Carolingians, 751-987 ( L o n d o n , 1983).
M C R O B E R T S , D A V I D , ' S o m e 16th-Century Scottish Breviaries a n d their Place i n the H i s t o r y of
the Scottish L i t u r g y ' , The bines Reviezv, 3 (1952), 3 3 - 4 8 .
'Catalogue of Scottish M e d i e v a l L i t u r g i c a l Books and Fragments', The Innes Review, 3
(1952), 4 9 - 6 3 (published separately, G l a s g o w , 1953).
' T h e M e d i e v a l Scottish L i t u r g y Illustrated b y S u r v i v i n g D o c u m e n t s ' , Transactions of
the Scottish Ecclesiological Society, 15 (1957), 2 2 - 4 0 .
M A C R O B I U S , Commentarius in Somnium Scipionis, e d . James W i l l i s ( L e i p z i g , 1970);
Commentary on the Dream of Scipio, trans. W i l l i a m H a r r i s Stahl ( N e w Y o r k , 1952).
M A D R I G N A C , A N D R £ , ' L e s F o r m u l e s centons des A l l e l u i a anciens', EG 20 (1981), 3 - 4 ; 21
(1986), 2 7 - 4 5 .
M A G I S T R E T T I , M A R C O (ed.), Beroldus sive ecclesiae Ambrosianae Mediolanensis kalendarium
et ordines saec. xii ( M i l a n , 1894).
(ed.)', Manuale Ambrosianum ex codice saec. xi olim in usum canonicae Vallis
Travaliae, 2 v o l s . ( M i l a n , 1904, 1905).
MALLET, JEAN, and T H I B A U T , ANDR£, Les Manuscrits en ecriture beneventaine de la
Bibliotheque capitulaire de Benevent, i : Manuscrits 1-18 (Paris, 1984).
M A N I T I U S , M A X I M I L I A N U S , Geschichte der lateinischen Literatur des Mittelalters, 3 vols.
( H a n d b i i c h e r der klassischen A l t e r t u m s w i s s e n s c h a f t ; M u n i c h , 1 9 1 1 - 3 1 ) .
M A N S I , G I O V A N N I D O M E N I C O , Sacrorum conciliorum nova et amplissima collectio, 31 v o l s .
( F l o r e n c e a n d V e n i c e , 1 7 5 7 - 9 8 ) ; 53 vols. (Paris, L e i p z i g , and A r n h e i m , 1 9 0 1 - 2 7 ) .
M a r c u s s o n see C T .
M A R K O V I T S , M . , Das Tonsystem der abendlandischen Musik im friihen Mittelalter ( P u b l i k a -
tionen der S c h w e i z e r i s c h e n M u s i k f o r s c h e n d e n Gesellschaft, ser. 2, 3 0 ; Berne, 1977).
M A R O S S Z E K I , S O L U T O R R O D O L P H E , Les Origins du chant cistercien: Recherches sur les
reformes du plain-chant cistercien au KIT siecle (Analecta Sacri O r d i n i s Cisterciensis, 8 ;
R o m e , 1952).
M A R T ^ N E , E D M O N D , De antiquis ecclesiae ritibus, 3 vols. ( R o u e n , 1 7 0 0 - 2 ) .
M A R T I A N U S C A P E L L A , De nuptiis Philologiae et Mercurii, e d . James W i l l i s ( L e i p z i g , 1983);
The Marriage of Philology and Mercury: Martianus Capella, trans. W i l l i a m H a r r i s S t a h l
( N e w Y o r k , 1977).
M A R T I M O R T , A I M £ - G E O R G E S (ed.), LEglise enpriere: Introduction a la liturgie (Paris, 1961;
3rd e d n . , 1965); first t w o of the four parts t r a n s . : The Church at Prayer: Introduction to the
Liturgy ( N e w Y o r k , 1968) a n d The Church at Prayer: The Eucharist ( N e w Y o r k , 1973).
' O r i g i n e et signification de l'alleluia de la messe romaine', i n Quasten Festschrift 1970,
811-34.
(ed.), UEglise en priere, edition nouvelle, 4 vols. (Paris, 1983), trans. M a t t h e w J .
O ' C o n n e l l : The Church at Prayer, New Edition, 4 vols. (Collegeville, M i n n . , and L o n d o n ,
1987, 1987, 1988, a n d 1986).
' A propos d u n o m b r e des lectures a la messe', Revue des sciences religieuses, 58
(1984), 4 2 - 5 1 .
M A R X E R , O T T O , Zur spdtmittelalterlichen Choralgeschichte St. Gallens: Der Codex 546 der
St. Gutter Stiftsbibliothek ( V G A 3 ; S t . G a l l e n , 1908).
M A S , J O S I A N E , ' L a N o t a t i o n catalane', Revista de musicologia, 11 (1988), 1 1 - 3 0 .
M A T H i A S , R . X . , Die Tonarien ( D i s s . , G r a z , 1903).
M E I E R , B E R N H A R D , ' M o d a l e K o r r e k t u r u n d W o r t a u s d e u t u n g i m C h o r a l der E d i t i o M e d i c a e a ' ,
Kmjb 53 (1969), 1 0 1 - 3 2 .
MELNICKI, M A R G A R E T A , and S T A B L E I N , B R U N O , 'Graduale (Buch)', MGG.
see also M M M A and L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i .
M E N A G E R , A R M A N D , ' A p e r g u sur la notation d u manuscrit 239 de L a o n . S a concordance avec
les codices r y t h m i q u e s sangalliens', P a l M u s 10, 1 7 7 - 2 1 1 .
' E t u d e sur la notation d u manuscrit 47 de Chartres', P a l M u s 11, 4 1 - 1 3 1 .
MERCENIER, F . , ' L a Plus A n c i e n n e Priere a la Vierge " S u b t u u m p r a e s i d i u m ' " , Questions
liturgiques et paroissiales, 25 (1940), 33.
M E R L E T T E , B . , 'Ecoles et bibliotheques a L a o n d u declin de l'antiquite au developpement de
l'universite', Enseignement et vie intellectuelle, Actes du 95 Congres des Societes e
Savantes
(Paris, 1975), i . 2 1 - 5 3 .
M E R R I T T Festschrift = Laurence Berman (ed.), Words and Music: The Scholar's Vieic. A
Medley of Problems and Solutions Compiled in Honor of A. Tillman Merritt by Sundry
Hands ( C a m b r i d g e , M a s s . , 1972).
M E T T E N L E I T E R , D O M I N I C U S , Musikgeschichte der Stadt Regensburg (Regensburg, 1865).
M e y e r , C h r i s t i a n see R I S M B/III/3.
M E Y E R , K A T H I , ' T h e E i g h t G r e g o r i a n M o d e s o n the C l u n y C a p i t a l s ' , Art Bulletin, 34 (1952),
75-94.
M G H (Antiquitates) Poetae Ixitini aevi Carolini, i , e d . E r n s t D u m m l e r (1881).
M G H (Antiquitates) Poetae Latini aevi Carolini, iv/1, e d . Paul v o n W i n t e r f e l d (1899).
M G H (Epistolae) Epistolae Karolini aevi, i i , e d . Ernst D u m m l e r (1895).
MGH (Epistolae) Epistolae Karolini aevi, i i i , e d . Ernst D u m m l e r , K a r l H a m p e , et al.
(1898-9).
MGH (Leges) Capitularia regum Francorum, i , e d . A l f r e d Boretius (1883).
MGH (Leges) Concilia aevi Karolini, ill, e d . A l b e r t W e r m i n g h o f f (1906).
MGH (Scriptores) Annates et chronica aevi Salici, e d . G e o r g H e i n r i c h Pertz (1844).
MGH (Scriptores) Die Chronik von Montecassino (Chronica monasterii Casinensis), ed.
H a r t m u t H o f f m a n n (1980).
M G H (Scriptores) Liber Pontificalis, i , e d . T h e o d o r M o m m s e n (1898).
M G H (Scriptores) Passiones vitaeque sanctorum aevi Merovingici et antiquiorum aliquot, i,
ed. B r u n o K r u s c h (1896).
MGH (Scriptores) Scriptores return Sangallensium: Annates, chronica et historiae aevi
Carolini, e d . G e o r g H e i n r i c h Pertz (1829).
M I A Z G A , T A D E U S Z , Die Melodien des einstimmigen Credo der rdmisch-katholischen lateinischen
Kirche: Eine Untersuchung der Melodien in den handschriftlichen Ubeiiieferungen mit
besonderer Berucksichtigung der polnischen Handschriften ( G r a z , 1976).
Pontyfikaty Polskie ( G r a z , 1981).
M I L L E R , J O H N H . , Fundamentals of the Liturgy ( N o t r e D a m e , I n d . , 1959).
' L i t u r g y ' , NCE.
M I L V E D E N , I N G M A R , ' M a n u s k r i p t , M o n c h u n d M o n d . E i n H a u p t t e i l des C o d . U p s a l . C 23 i n
quellenkritischer Beleuchtung', Svensk tidskrift for musikforskning, 46 (1964), 9.
' N e u e F u n d e z u r B r y n o l p h u s - K r i t i k ' , Svensk tidskrift for musikforskning, 54 (1972), 5 -
51.
Missale notatum Strigoniense ante 1341 in Posonio, e d . Janka S z e n d r e i a n d R i c h a r d R y b a r i c
( M u s i c a l i a D a n u b i a n a , 1; Budapest, 1982).
Missale plenarium Bib. Capit. Gnesnensis Ms. 149, e d . K r z y s z t o f Bieganski and Jerzy
W o r o n c z a k (Antiquitates rnusicae i n P o l o n i a , 1112; Warsaw a n d G r a z , 1970, 1972).
M I S S E T , E . , and W E A L E , W . H . J . , Analecta liturgica II: Thesaurus hymnologicus 1-2
(Bruges and L i l l e , 1888, 1892).
and A U B R Y , P I E R R E , Les Proses dAdam de Saint Victor (Paris, 1900).
Mittelalterliche Bibliotheks-Kataloge Deutschlands und der Schweiz ( M u n i c h , 1 9 1 8 - ) (see
also K r a m e r 1989).
Mittelalterliche Bibliotheks-Kataloge Oesterreichs ( V i e n n a , 1 9 1 5 - ).
M M M A 1 ( 1 9 5 6 ) = Hymnen I. Die mittelalterlichen Hymnenmelodien des Abendlandes, ed.
Bruno Stablein.
M M M A 2 ( 1 9 7 0 ) = B r u n o Stablein (introduction) and Margareta L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i
( e d i t i o n ) , Die Gesdnge des altromischen Graduate Vat. lat. 5319.
M M M A 3 ( 1 9 7 0 ) = Introitus-Tropen I. Das Repertoire der siidfranzbsischen Tropare des 10.
und 11. Jahrhunderts, ed. Gunther WeiB.
MMM A 7 ( 1 9 6 8 ) = Alleluia-Melodien /, bis 1100, e d . K a r l h e i n z Schlager.
MMM A 8 ( 1 9 8 7 ) = Alleluia-Melodien 11\ ab 1100, e d . K a r l h e i n z Schlager.
MMS 1 ( M a c o n , 1 9 5 2 ) = Le Prosaire de la Sainte-Chapelle [part of B a r i , Biblioteca
Capitolare, 1 ] .
M M S 2 ( M a c o n , 1 9 5 4 ) = Les Manuscrits musicaux de Jumieges.
MMS 3 (Touen, 1 9 6 0 ) = Le Prosaire d'Aix-la-Chapelle [part of A a c h e n , Bischofliche
Diozesanbibliothek, 13 ( X I I ) ] .
M M S 3 ( R o u e n , 1 9 6 0 ) = Le Prop aire-pros aire de Dublin [part of C a m b r i d g e , U n i v e r s i t y
Library, A d d . 7 1 0 ] .
M M S 5 ( P a n s , 1 9 8 1 ) = Le Graduel de St. Denis [Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e M a z a r i n e , 3 8 4 ] .
M O B E R G , C A R L A L L A N , Uber die schwedischen Sequenzen: Eine musikgeschichtliche Studie, 2
vols. ( V G A 1 3 ; U p p s a l a , 1 9 2 7 ) .
Die liturgischen Hymnen in Schweden (Uppsala, 1947).
M O C Q U E R E A U , A N D R E , ' O r i g i n e et classement de differentes ecritures n e u m a t i q u e s : 1 .
N o t a t i o n oratoire ou c h i r o n o m i q u e , 2 . N o t a t i o n musicale ou diastematique', P a l M u s 1 , 9 6 -
160.
' N e u m e s - a c c e n t s liquescents ou semi-vocaux', P a l M u s 2 , 3 7 - 8 6 .
Ix Nombre musical gregorien ou tythmique gregorienne, 2 vols. ( R o m e , 1 9 0 8 - 1 9 2 7 ) .
j
L e o n a r d i a n d M e n e s t o 1990, 2 7 9 - 9 6 .
M O N E , F . J . , Lateinische unci griechische Messen aus dem zweiten bis sec listen Jahrhundert
( F r a n k f u r t , 1850; P L 138, 8 6 2 - 8 2 ) .
M O N E T A C A G L I O , E R N E S T O , 'I responsori " c u m i n f a n t i b u s " nella liturgia ambrosiana', i n
C a s t i g l i o n i Festschrift 1957, 4 8 1 - 5 7 4 .
M O R A W S K I , J E R Z Y , Polska liryka muzycna w sredniowieczu: Repertuar sekwencyjny cystersow
(XIII-X\fI w.) [resume: ' P o l i s h musical l y r i c i n the M i d d l e A g e s : T h e Cistercians'
sequence repertory ( 1 3 t h - 1 6 t h c.)'] (Warsaw, 1973).
'Recherches sur les variantes regionales dans le chant gregorien', SMH 30 (1988), 4 0 3 -
14.
M O R I N , G E R M A I N , ' F r a g m e n t s inedits et jusqu'a present uniques d ' A n t i p h o n a i r e G a l l i c a n ' , RB
22 (1905), 3 2 9 - 5 6 .
' L e s P l u s A n c i e n s C o m e s ou lectionnaire de l'Eglise romaine', RB 27 (1910), 4 1 - 7 4 .
' L i t u r g i e et basiliques de R o m e au m i l i e u d u v n siecle', RB 28 (1911), 2 9 6 - 3 3 0 .
e
antiphonaire de Noyon.
P a l M u s 17 (Solesmes, 1958) = Fragments des manuscrits de Chart res, reproduction
phototypique: Presentation par le Chanoine Yves Delaporte.
P a l M u s 18 (Berne, 1969) = Le Codex 123 de la Bibliotheque Angelica de Rome (XF siecle):
Graduel et tropaire de Bologne.
P a l M u s 19 (Berne, 1974) = U Manuscrit 807, Universitdtsbibliothek Graz (XIP siecle):
Graduel de Klosterneuburg.
P a l M u s 2 0 (Berne, 1 9 8 3 ) = Le Manuscrit VI-33, Archivio Arcivescovile Benevento: Missel de
Benevent (debut du XL siecle).
P a l M u s 11/1 (Solesmes, 1 9 0 0 ) = Antiphonaire de Voffice monastique transcrit par Hartker:
MSS. Saint-Gall 390-391 (980-1011).
P a l M u s 11/2 (Solesmes, 1 9 2 4 ) = Cantatorium, IX siecle: e
N° 359 de la Bibliotheque de Saint-
Gall.
P A N N A I N , G U I D O , ' L i b e r rnusicae. U n teorico anonimo del X I V secolo', Rivista musicale
italiana, 27 (1920), 407-40.
P A R E D I , A . , ' M i l a n e s e R i t e ' , NCE.
P A R V I O , M . , Missale Aboense secundum ordinem Fratrum Praedicatorum (Helsinki, 1971).
P A S C H E R , J O S E P H , Das liturgische Jahr (Munich, 1963).
P A T I E R , D O M I N I Q U E , ' U n office r y t h m i q u e tcheque d u x i v * m e
siecle: E t u d e comparative avec
quelques offices hongrois', SMH 1 2 ( 1 9 7 0 ) , 4 1 - 1 2 9 .
' L ' O f f i c e r y t h m i q u e de sainte L u d m i l a ' , EG 2 1 ( 1 9 8 6 ) , 4 9 - 9 6 .
P E R E G O , C A M I L L O , La regola del canto fermo ambrosiano ( M i l a n , 1 6 2 2 ) .
P E S C E , D O L O R E S , ' B - F l a t : T r a n s p o s i t i o n or T r a n s f o r m a t i o n ? ' , Journal of Musicology, 4 (1985—
6), 330-49.
The Affinities and Medieval Transposition (Bloomington, I n d . , 1 9 8 7 ) .
P F A F F , R I C H A R D W . , New Liturgical Feasts in Later Medieval England ( O x f o r d , 1 9 7 0 ) .
Medieval Latin Liturgy: A Select Bibliography (Toronto Medieval Bibliographies, 9 ;
Toronto, 1982).
P H I L L I P S , N A N C Y , ' M u s i c a and Scolica e n c h i r i a d i s : Its L i t e r a r y , T h e o r e t i c a l , and M u s i c a l
Sources' ( D i s s . , N e w Y o r k U n i v e r s i t y , 1 9 8 4 ; U M I 8 5 - 0 5 5 2 5 ) .
' T h e D a s i a N o t a t i o n and its M a n u s c r i p t T r a d i t i o n ' , i n H u g l o 1 9 8 7 , 1 5 7 - 7 3 .
and H U G L O , M I C H E L , ' T h e Versus R e x c a e l i — A n o t h e r L o o k at the So-called A r c h a i c
S e q u e n c e ' , JPMMS 5 (1982), 36-43.
' L e " D e m u s i c a " de saint A u g u s t i n et l'organisation de la duree musicale d u i x au c
B u s c h i n g e r and C r e p i n 1980, 3 4 5 - 6 0 .
S A N D E R S Festschrift 1990 = Peter M . Lefferts and B r i a n S e i r u p (eds.), Studies in Medieval
Music: Festschrift for Ernest H. Sanders = Current Musicology, 4 5 - 7 (1990).
S A N D O N , N I C K , The Use of Salisbury: The Ordinary of the Mass ( L u s t l e i g h , 1984).
The Use of Salisbury, 2: The Proper of the Mass in Advent ( L u s t l e i g h , 1986).
The Use of Salisbury, 3: The Proper of the Mass from Septuagesima to Palm Sunday
( L u s t l e i g h , 1991).
S C H A R N A G L , A U G U S T , 'Offertorium', MGG.
S C H E I W I L E R , A . , Das Kloster St. Gallen: Die Geschichte eines Kulturzentrums (Einsiedeln
and C o l o g n e , 1938).
S C H I L D B A C H , M A R T I N , Das einstimmige Agnus Dei und seine handschriftliche Uberlieferung
vom 10. bis zum 16. Jahrhundert ( D i s s . , E r l a n g e n - N u r n b e r g U n i v e r s i t y , 1967).
S C H L A G E R , K A R L H E I N Z , Thematischer Katalog der dltesten Alleluia-Melodien aus Handschriften
des 10. und 11. Jahrhunderts, ausgenommen das ambrosianische, alt-spanische und alt-
romische Repertoire ( E r l a n g e r A r b e i t e n z u r M u s i k w i s s e n s c h a f t , 2 ; M u n i c h , 1965).
' E i n beneventanisches A l l e l u i a u n d seine P r o s u l a ' , i n S t a b l e i n Festschrift 1967, 2 1 7 - 2 5 .
' A n m e r k u n g e n z u d e n zweiten A l l e l u j a - V e r s e n ' , AfMzv 24 (1967), 1 9 9 - 2 1 9 .
' T h e M i c r o f i l m A r c h i v e of M e d i e v a l M u s i c M a n u s c r i p t s at the Institut f i i r M u s i k w i s s e n -
schaft of E r l a n g e n - N u r n b e r g U n i v e r s i t y ' , JPMMS 2 (1970), 6 1 - 4 .
' C h o r a l t e x t i e r u n g u n d M e l o d i e v e r s t a n d n i s i m f r u h e n u n d spaten M i t t e l a l t e r ' , in C a r d i n e
Festschrift 1980, 3 1 4 - 3 7 .
' T r i n i t a s , D e l t a s , U n i t a s — A T r o p e for the S a n c t u s of M a s s ' , JPMMS 6 (1983), 8 - 1 4 .
' T r o p e n als Forschungsbereich der M u s i k w i s s e n s c h a f t — V o m Lebenslauf eines Melismas',
in Iversen 1983, 1 7 - 2 8 .
' T e D e u m ' , MGG.
' A l l e l u i a . F , NG.
see also Antiphonale Pataviense and M M M A 7 - 8 .
S C H M I D , H A N S ( e d . ) , Musica et Scolica Enchiriadis una cum aliquibus tractatulis adiunctis
(Bayerische A k a d e m i e der Wissenschaften, V e r o f f e n t l i c h u n g e n der M u s i k h i s t o r i s c h e n
K o m m i s s i o n , 3 ; M u n i c h , 1981).
S C H M I D , T O N I , ' S m a r r e l i t u r g i s k a b i d r a g V I I I . O m Sankt S w i t h u n u s m a s s e n i Sverige',
Nordisk Tidskrift for Bok- och Biblioteksvasen, 31 ( U p p s a l a , 1944), 2 5 - 3 4 .
see also Graduate Arosiense.
S C H M I D T , H A N S , Untersuchungen zu den Tractus des zweiten Tons aus dem Codex St. Gallen
359 ( D i s s . , B o n n , 1955).
' D i e T r a c t u s des z w e i t e n T o n s i n G r e g o r i a n i s c h e r u n d stadtromischer U b e r l i e f e r u n g ' , i n
S c h m i d t - G o r g Festschrift 1957, 2 8 3 - 3 0 2 .
' U n t e r s u c h u n g e n z u d e n T r a c t u s des zweiten T o n e s ' , Kmjb 42 (1958), 1 - 2 5 .
' G r e g o r i a n i k — L e g e n d e oder W a h r h e i t ? ' , i n H u s c h e n Festschrift 1980, 4 0 0 - 1 1 .
S C H M I D T , H E R M A N N , Hebdomada sancta, 2 vols. ( R o m e , 1956, 1957).
S C H M I D T - G O R G Festschrift 1957 = D a g m a r Weise (ed.), Eestscluift Joseph Schmidt-Gorg
zum 60. Geburtstag ( B o n n , 1957).
S C H M I T Z , A R N O L D , ' E i n schlesisches C a n t i o n a l aus d e m 15. J a h r h u n d e r t ' , Archiv fiir
Musikforschung, 1 (1936), 3 8 5 - 4 2 3 .
S C H N E I D E R Festschrift 1955 = W a l t h e r Vetter (ed.), Festschrift Max Schneider zum achzigsten
Geburtstage ( L e i p z i g , 1955).
S C H O E N B A U M , C A M I L L O , ' H y m n o l o g i s c h e F o r s c h u n g i n der T s c h e c h o s l o w a k e i ' , Jahrbuch fiir
Liturgik und Hymnologie, 5 (1960), 1 5 7 - 6 5 .
S C H R A D E , L E O , ' D i e D a r s t e l l u n g der T o n e an d e n K a p i t e l l e n der A b t e i k i r c h e z u C l u n y ( E i n
Beitrag z u m S y m b o l i s m u s i n mittelalterlicher K u n s t ) ' , Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift fiir
Literatur- und Geisteswissenschaft, 7 (1929), 2 2 9 - 6 6 = S c h r a d e 1967, 1 1 3 - 5 1 .
De scientia rnusicae studia atque orationes, e d . E r n s t L i c h t e n h a h n ( B e r n e , 1967).
S C H R A D E G e d e n k s c h r i f t 1973 = W ulf A r l t , E r n s t L i c h t e n h a h n , and H a n s Oesch (eds.),
T
1959), 2 0 6 - 1 7 .
' D i e I m i t a t i o n der Sequenztechnik i n den H o s a n n a - P r o s u l e n ' , i n F e l l e r e r Festschrift
1962, 4 8 5 - 9 0 .
' " D e glorioso officio . . . dignitate apostolica . . . " ( A m a l a r ) ; z u m A u f b a u der G r o B -
A l l e l u i a i n den papstlichen Osterverspern', i n Wellesz Festschrift 1966, 4873 = S m i t s van
Waesberghe 1976, 1 1 7 - 4 6 .
Musikerziehung (Musikgeschichte i n B i l d e r n , 3, pt. 3 ; L e i p z i g , 1969).
' N e u e K o m p o s i t i o n e n des Johannes v o n M e t z ( u m 975), H u c b a l d s v o n St. A m a n d u n d
Sigeberts v o n G e m b l o u x ? ' , i n H u s m a n n Festschrift 1970, 2 8 5 - 3 0 3 .
' S t u d i e n uber das L e s e n (pronunciare), das Z i t i e r e n u n d l i b e r die Herausgabe
lateinischer musiktheoretischer Traktate', AfMw 28 (1971), 1 5 5 - 2 0 0 ; 29 (1972), 6 4 - 8 6 .
' G e d a n k e n iiber den inneren T r a d i t i o n s p r o z e s s i n der G e s c h i c h t e der M u s i k des
M i t t e l a l t e r s ' , i n K u r t v o n Fischer Festschrift 1973, 7 - 3 0 .
'Wie W o r t w a h l u n d T e r m i n o l o g i e bei G u i d o v o n A r e z z o entstanden u n d (iberliefert
w u r d e n ' , AfMw 31 (1974), 7 3 - 8 6 .
Dia-pason, de omnibus: Ausgewahlte Aufsdtze von Josef Smits van Waesberghe:
Festgabe zu seinem 75. Geburtstag ( B u r e n , 1976).
see also C S M 1, 2, a n d 4 ; D M A , R I S M B/III/1.
S M I T S V A N W A E S B E R G H E Festschrift = Pieter F i s c h e r (ed.), Organicae voces: Festschrift J.
Smits van Waesberghe ( A m s t e r d a m , 1963).
S N O W , R O B E R T , ' T h e O l d - R o m a n C h a n t ' , i n A p e l 1958, 4 8 4 - 5 0 5 .
S O H N E R , L . , Die Geschichte der Begleitung des gregorianischen Chorals in Deutschland
vornehmlich im 18. Jahrhundert ( A u g s b u r g , 1931).
S O W A , H E I N R I C H , ' Z u r H a n d s c h r i f t C l m 9921', AcM 5 (1933), 6 0 - 5 , 1 0 7 - 2 0 .
Quellen zur Transformation der Antiphonen: Tonar- und Bhythmus-Studien (Kassel,
1935).
S O W U L E W S K A , H A L I N A ' L e s Relations de p r o x i m i t e entre les graduels p>olonais des
>
I.l. I N T R O D U C T I O N
b u t , g i v e n t h e s p a c e a v a i l a b l e , d i s c u s s i o n of t h e s e has i n e v i t a b l y h a d to b e severely
restricted.
M u c h of w h a t f o l l o w s d e s c r i b e s a s o r t of ' n o r m ' of l i t u r g i c a l p r a c t i c e . B u t e v e r y
c h u r c h i n e v e r y age has h a d its o w n i d i o s y n c r a s i e s of p r a c t i c e , a n d it is d i f f i c u l t to
steer a m i d d l e w a y b e t w e e n o v e r - s i m p l i f i c a t i o n of t h e v a r i e t y t h a t h a s a l w a y s e x i s t e d
a n d t h e c o n f u s i o n w h i c h m a y r e s u l t if t o o m a n y of t h e v a r i a t i o n s are described.
D u r i n g t h i s c e n t u r y it has b e c o m e i n c r e a s i n g l y c o n v e n i e n t to r e f e r t o t h e p r a c t i c e l a i d
d o w n i n V a t i c a n b o o k s as a s t a n d a r d . T h e Liber usualis, a n a m a l g a m of s e v e r a l o f f i c i a l
R o m a n s e r v i c e - b o o k s , w h i c h c o n t a i n s a large p r o p o r t i o n of t h e p l a i n c h a n t n e e d e d f o r
m a s s a n d t h e s e r v i c e s of t h e o f f i c e , is p r o b a b l y t h e c o m p e n d i u m m o s t u s e d f o r t h e
s t u d y of p l a i n c h a n t t o d a y . B u t i n t h i s a n d o t h e r b o o k s w e see o n l y o n e a m o n g m a n y
possible liturgies, a twentieth-century one, m o r e o v e r , not a m e d i e v a l one. F r o m t i m e
to t i m e s o m e a t t e m p t w i l l be m a d e to i n d i c a t e a f e w of t h e d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n uses, i n
l i t u r g i c a l as i n m u s i c a l m a t t e r s .
1.2. L I T U R G Y A N D W O R S H I P
L i t u r g y m a y be d e f i n e d as t h e c o m m u n a l f o r m s of w o r s h i p of t h e C h r i s t i a n c h u r c h .
C h r i s t i a n s h a v e f r o m t h e earliest d a y s of t h e c h u r c h ( ' c h u r c h ' i n t h e s e n s e of ' a l l
C h r i s t i a n p e o p l e ' ) g a t h e r e d t o g e t h e r to p r a i s e a n d a d o r e G o d , to p r a y to h i m , t h a n k
h i m , ask h i s a s s i s t a n c e , a n d e s p e c i a l l y to r e l i v e i n a s y m b o l i c w a y t h e e v e n t s of C h r i s t ' s
life o n earth, most i m p o r t a n t l y the Last Supper which C h r i s t shared with his
d i s c i p l e s . T h e l i t u r g y is t h e m o r e o r less f o r m a l , o r g a n i z e d w a y i n w h i c h t h i s is d o n e .
S o t h e s t u d y of l i t u r g y ( s o m e t i m e s c a l l e d ' l i t u r g i o l o g y ' ) b r o a d l y i n c l u d e s t h e h i s t o r y of
t h e s e f o r m a l acts of w o r s h i p a n d t h e i r t h e o l o g i c a l a n d s o c i a l ( e t h i c a l , a n t h r o p o l o g i c a l )
s i g n i f i c a n c e , the t e x t s u s e d , the m u s i c , the c e r e m o n i a l a c t i o n s , t h e s p e c i a l clothes
( v e s t m e n t s ) w o r n b y t h o s e w h o o f f i c i a t e at t h e c e r e m o n i e s , a n d t h e n a t u r e of the
2. Liturgy and Worship 3
T h u s not only w h e n things are read ' w h i c h were written for our i n s t r u c t i o n ' ( R o m .
15: 4), b u t also w h e n the C h u r c h prays or sings or acts, the faith of those taking part is
n o u r i s h e d , a n d their m i n d s are raised to G o d so that they m a y offer h i m their spiritual
homage a n d receive his grace more a b u n d a n t l y . (Para. I. I. 33.)
The most important ritual act within the liturgy is the Eucharist, Holy
C o m m u n i o n , or L o r d ' s Supper. T h e word 'eucharist' derives from the Greek word
eukharistia, meaning thanksgiving. It refers to the thanks Christ gave at the Last
S u p p e r , and also to the thanks of the church for G o d ' s work of redemption. A t the last
meal with his disciples
Jesus took b r e a d , a n d blessed it, and brake it, and gave it to the disciples, and said, T a k e ,
eat; this is m y b o d y . A n d he took the c u p , and gave thanks, and gave it to t h e m , saying,
D r i n k ye all of i t ; F o r this is m y blood of the new testament, w h i c h is shed for m a n y for
the remission of sins. ( M a t t . 2 6 : 2 6 - 8 . )
C h r i s t is always present . . . in the Sacrifice of M a s s not only i n the person of his minister
. . . b u t especially i n the eucharistic species . . . he is present w h e n the C h u r c h prays a n d
sings, for he has p r o m i s e d 'where two or three are gathered together i n m y name there
am I i n the m i d s t of t h e m ' ( M a t t . 18: 20). (Constitution on the Sacred Liturgy, I. I. 7.)
T h e word 'eucharist' is also used to mean the sacred elements, or species, that is,
the bread and wine, which Christians eat and drink at the culmination of the service.
T h e word 'service' is used here in its usual liturgical sense of 'one self-contained communal
act of worship', so that the 'service of H o l y C o m m u n i o n ' would mean the actual taking
of the eucharist by the Christian congregation, together with all the prayers, readings,
and music surrounding that act. T h e service of C o m p l i n e , to take another example, is
likewise made up of a series of prayers, readings, and chants; and so for other services.
T h e word 'liturgy', interestingly, derives from the Greek leitourgia, originally
meaning some gratuitous act of service to the public, such as the giving of money to
pay for a military project, or public entertainment. In the Christian West the w o r d has
been used in several different ways. It can refer to the whole complex of forms of
public worship, in its broadest sense. But it is also used to refer to specific parts of that
whole, such as the part for a particular day (for example, 'the G o o d F r i d a y liturgy'),
or the forms used in a particular part of the universal church (for example, 'the
S a r u m liturgy', meaning the forms of worship used at Salisbury cathedral). In the
East, 'liturgy' is usually restricted to meaning the H o l y C o m m u n i o n service alone, and
some books on 'the liturgy' restrict themselves according to the same convention (for
example, Srawley 1947). Partly because of this, I shall use another c o m m o n term for
the H o l y C o m m u n i o n service, the 'mass'. A s the L a t i n form of the service developed
in the fourth century onwards, it acquired the words of dismissal Mte missa est' ( ' G o ,
you are dismissed'), and from this the title for the whole service is taken.
A s well as the consuming of the bread and w i n e — t h e 'body' and ' b l o o d ' of C h r i s t —
praying, singing, and reading sacred texts are important parts of the liturgy. Mass
contains all these things. T h e other services in the l i t u r g y — u s u a l l y known as the
canonical hours, office hours, or simply the office—which do not include
c o m m u n i o n , are composed almost entirely of praying, singing, and reading. T h e
reading of sacred texts is important for bringing to m i n d the history of G o d ' s work.
T h e writings now collected in that part of the Bible known as the O l d Testament,
compiled by Jewish teachers before Christ's ministry on earth, are used beside those
of Christian writers (the Gospels of the four evangelists, the letters of St Paul, etc.),
for Christians believe that the earlier history of Israel contains signs and prefigurations of
later events. Eventually the writings of Christian figures from times m u c h later than
the apostolic age (the first century or so of Christianity) also came to be read at
liturgical services. T h e s e were often patristic writings, the writings of the C h u r c h
Fathers of the second to sixth centuries (that is, roughly to the time of Pope G r e g o r y I
'the Great', d . 604).
T h e sense of divine history to which I have just alluded affects the character and
content of the liturgy according to the time of year. T h u s , although the act of
c o m m u n i o n does not vary in essentials from one day to the next, the prayers,
readings, and also the texts of the chants vary in accordance with a cycle of
commemorations of the events of the life of Christ and his most important followers.
A t the time of year when Christ was b o r n , the texts, and some of the ceremonial
actions, refer to Christ's b i r t h ; similarly for Christ's death, resurrection, and
ascension into heaven, and the coming of the H o l y Spirit. T h e whole year is full of
special commemorations of this sort. F o r example, 10 August is traditionally the day
in the year when St Laurence, a deacon of the church at R o m e , was martyred by
being roasted on a grid during the persecutions of Valerian in 258. ( K i n g Philip II of
S p a i n , in thanks for a military victory won at Saint-Quentin on 10 A u g u s t 1557, built
2. Liturgy and Worship 5
T h e brief indication of the liturgy's significance sketched above is only one way of
looking at the matter, albeit one suggested by modern scholarship (Crichton in
C h e s l y n Jones et al. 1978, Bouyer 1956 and 1962, Vagaggini 1957) and the official
teaching of the C h u r c h . T h e liturgy obviously played different parts in the lives of
different C h r i s t i a n s : priest and people, monk and clerk. It meant different things to
different persons at different times and places. C o m m u n i o n , the actual consuming of
the bread and wine, was strikingly rare in the M i d d l e Ages, and later times as w e l l — t o
the extent that it might take place only on Easter D a y . O n other occasions, although
the f o r m of the mass would have been followed, and all the texts and music heard, the
sacred elements would merely have been displayed to those present, the only
communicant being the priest. T h i s sort of variation in practice obviously has
consequences for the music needed during the ceremony (in this case, see A t k i n s o n
1977). Just as striking as the differences in liturgical practice are the differences in
interpretation of the liturgy. In the M i d d l e Ages in particular, numerous allegorical
explanations of the significance of liturgical actions were composed—often of what
were in origin rather simple, functional actions. (See the account of allegorical
interpretations of the mass, and a rapid sketch of the changes in the character of the
ceremony, in J u n g m a n n 1962, Missarum, Pt. I, chs. 9 and 11-14, and Pt. II, c h . 2.)
F o r example, the influential Amalarius of M e t z (d. c.853) saw symbolic significance
in every person, text, action, vestment, and property found in the liturgy. I quote
here f r o m Jungmann's presentation of Amalarius's summary of the contents of his
Expositio or Eclogae (813-14) of the mass (for an extensive presentation of the m u c h
longer discussion of the mass by A m a l a r i u s in his De ecclesiasticis officiis, see
H a r d i s o n 1965, Essay II; note, however, the reservations expressed by M c K i t t e r i c k
1977 148 f f . : A m a l a r i u s may have occupied a somewhat extreme position). T h e parts
of the mass mentioned in this extract represent Christ's life ' f r o m the first c o m i n g of
the L o r d to the time when he hastened to Jerusalem to suffer':
F o r many it is not easy today to gain a sense of the power of the liturgy, its slow
r h y t h m f r o m day to day, week to week, year to year, its seasons of grief and penitence,
hope and joy. T h o s e who attend church regularly are in a better position than most,
for, albeit on a reduced scale, and interrupted by the numerous activities of the rest of
the week, they may experience the sense of unity with the whole C h r i s t i a n c h u r c h in
communion, and follow in Bible readings, prayers, and the texts of musical
compositions the annual cycle of Christ's b i r t h , passion, and resurrection, supported
by the witness of the O l d Testament, and uplifted by the ancient lyric texts of the
psalms. Yet, for those with imagination, even the mere perusal of liturgical books can
awaken a sense of the immensity of the material involved, the majesty of the slow
procession through the psalter, the steady flow of the great responsories, and again,
the colourful juxtaposition of diverse forms and styles in the chants of mass. H o w
m u c h more strongly, then, must those whose lives were (and are) a continuous
celebration of the liturgy have experienced these things! T h e reader is urged,
therefore, to try to keep the musical material discussed in these pages in a liturgical
perspective. B e y o n d that, a day spent attending the services in a monastic c o m m u n i t y
teaches one more than many books. F o r while a chant may be discussed and dissected
here as an object of study in itself, it must not be forgotten that it was composed in the
creation of a complete way of life, the performance of the 'opus D e i ' , the work of G o d .
1.3. T H E C H U R C H YEAR
F o r different days of worship in the Christian year, different prayers and lessons are
intoned and different chants are sung. A t the beginning of a new year (usually
reckoned to be the start of the A d v e n t season, which looks forward to Christ's birth),
the whole mighty cycle begins again, repeating the prayers, lessons, and chants of the
previous year. In order to appreciate the rhythm and variety of the huge body of
liturgical material which has come d o w n to us, some sense of the way the church year
is organized is essential.
A l t h o u g h Christian worship is organized in a year's cycle, weekly units and cycles
are also most important. S u n d a y , the day in the week when Christ rose from the dead,
was of such significance that m u c h of the liturgy revolves around Sunday services. T o
one seeking absolute regularity in adherence to the dates of a 365- (or 366-)day year,
the Christian year is therefore an odd arrangement of fixed and (mostly) variable
dates. It has its own c o m p e l l i n g logic, however, attuned to the natural r h y t h m of the
seasons, the waxing and w a n i n g of the m o o n , the summer and winter solstices, the
week and the day.
M a n y individual elements within the yearly cycle are organized on an annual basis,
in the sense that the special liturgies of the days in question come r o u n d only once in
the year. E v e n these, however, are not always fixed to an unvarying calendar date.
Some of the days are given to the commemoration of events in the life and ministry of
Christ and his followers, and also to remembering the witness of later Christians,
particularly those martyred d u r i n g the persecution of the early C h u r c h and those who
carried Christianity into new lands. H o l y days which commemorate saints are usually
fixed to particular dates in the year, mostly that when the saint passed to his or her
heavenly reward, or occasionally when the saint's relics were translated (solemnly
removed) from one place to another. A n important, and generally more ancient part
of the yearly cycle, however, is governed by the date of Easter, when Christ rose f r o m
the dead. T h i s date varies from year to year, so that those parts of the Christian year
which prepare for, and follow on, from Easter are said to be 'movable'. In fact, the
fixed-date part is governed by the solar cycle, the movable part by the lunar cycle: two
different temporal cycles have to be reconciled.
E v e n when reference is being made to Christmas and Easter, however, the weekly
unit may still be an organizing factor. T h u s services may take place on 'the S u n d a y
after', such and such a date or day. Since the calendar dates of Sundays are not the
same f r o m one year to the next, any day in the Christian year w h i c h is fixed on a
particular date—such as Christmas D a y , 25 D e c e m b e r , or a saint's d a y — w i l l fall
sometimes on a Sunday and sometimes not, and some recognition of this will often be
f o u n d in the liturgy. Another basic layer of liturgical material is formed by the weekly
recitation of the office, where a seven-day supply of material is s i m p l y repeated week
after week.
H e n c e many items in the liturgy are said to be 'proper', used only on one day, or
certain days of the year, or 'ordinary', used on every or nearly every day. T h e r e is in
fact a very large number of intermediate gradations between completely proper and
totally ordinary, and it is impossible to give here more than a vague idea of the main
outlines of the picture. (Andrew Hughes 1982 is a strikingly comprehensive and
serious attempt to account for the patterns of repetitions throughout the year in later
medieval books.) What should be borne in m i n d is the great variety of the possible
arrangements. Formularies may be proper not simply to single feast-days, but also to
seasons of the year, or to one day in the week (that is, not sung on the other six).
M u c h office material is subject to complex variation of this sort: thus there is a
different h y m n for each day of the week for L a u d s , but these may be displaced by a
h y m n proper to the season at certain times of the year. Particularly during L e n t , the
' t r i d u u m ' (the last three days before Easter Sunday), and the Easter season generally
(Easter Sunday to Whit Sunday), many 'ordinary' items will disappear or change
place. M u s i c may also contribute to the 'properness' of a piece. W h i l e the text may
remain the same for a certain period of the year, or even for the whole of it, the
musical setting may vary from occasion to occasion. T h e best-known instances of this
are the various melodies for some of the ordinary texts of mass, K y r i e , G l o r i a , C r e d o ,
Sanctus, and A g n u s D e i . Some of these, however, were associated with particular
occasions—Christmas, Easter, feasts of the Blessed V i r g i n M a r y — a n d were to that
extent proper. T h e usual h y m n for Prime, lam lucis ortu sidere, changes its melody
according to season.
Rather few events in Christ's life are commemorated on unchanging dates: his birth
(Christmas D a y ) has traditionally been celebrated on 25 D e c e m b e r in the R o m a n
church since the fourth century. (It was the pagan festival of the winter solstice when
first adopted b y the church.) Practically all other fixed days are those of saints, the
Blessed V i r g i n M a r y , and so o n . T h e movable period dependent upon Easter contains
such days as A s h Wednesday (the start of the Lenten fasting period), Palm S u n d a y
(when Christ entered Jerusalem, the start of the week leading to his crucifixion and
resurrection), A s c e n s i o n D a y (when he was taken up into heaven), and W h i t S u n d a y
(when the H o l y Spirit came upon the Apostles). Since every Sunday in the c h u r c h
year had its o w n special prayers, lessons, and chants, the Sundays were usually
reckoned in relation to the great feast-days, either those with a fixed date or those
w h i c h were movable. Different places, periods, and liturgical books had their own
ways of setting out the material required by this complex arrangement of holy days.
F o r a correct performance of the liturgy it was essential to know the correct
calendar date, the days when Sunday occurred, and, most importantly, when Easter
fell. It became customary in the M i d d l e Ages to compile tables, sometimes k n o w n as
'compotus' or 'computus' tables, which set out this information in ready-reckoner
f o r m . T h e s e usually contain code letters and numbers for days and years w h i c h assist
in calculating the repetition of calendric cycles over a span of decades or even
centuries. C o m p u t u s tables are sometimes found b o u n d with liturgical books, and
many liturgical books are provided with a kalendar which sets out the yearly cycle of
saints' days and other feasts. ( T h e spelling 'kalendar' is here employed for the actual
d o c u m e n t ; 'calendar' is reserved for the general notion of a system of fixed dates.)
T h e calculation of the relationship between the seven-day week and 365- (or 366-)day
year and the date of Easter necessitates a knowledge of the solar cycle (yearly
alternation of s u m m e r , with longer days, and winter, with longer nights) and the
lunar cycle (waxing and waning of the m o o n ) . T h e 365-day year, with 366 days every
fourth year, is an arrangement promoted by Julius Caesar, hence the term 'Julian
calendar'. T h e days of the month were reckoned in R o m a n use from the Kalendae,
the first day (originally the first day of the new moon), backwards. T h e time of the full
m o o n was the Idas, and nine days before that came the time of the quarter m o o n , the
Nonae. T o gain his 'leap year', Julius Caesar doubled the sixth before the K a l e n d s of
M a r c h , that is, the sixth day before the first day of M a r c h , 24 F e b r u a r y . S u c h a year
was also k n o w n , therefore, as 'bissextile'.
T h e lunar cycle coincides with the solar cycle every nineteen (solar) years: that is,
nineteen years after a given new moon another new m o o n will appear, d u r i n g w h i c h
period 235 lunations will take place. E a c h of the nineteen years in the cycle (known as
the ' M e t o n i c ' cycle) was g i v e n — i n G r e e k antiquity and therefore in R o m a n and
medieval t i m e s — a 'golden n u m b e r ' (Archer 1941, 4). T o find the golden n u m b e r of
any year, the n u m b e r of the year is divided by 19 and 1 is added to the remainder.
T h u s for 1990 the golden n u m b e r is (1990/19),- + 1 = 14 + 1 = 15.
T h e Christians also assigned to each day of the year an alphabetical letter f r o m A to
G , in order f r o m 1 January (A) onward. Saint's days, always fixed to one date in the
year, thus always corresponded to one particular letter. T h e letters were k n o w n as
'dominical' or ' S u n d a y ' letters, for the relation between the occurrence of Sundays and
the date of the day could be deduced therewith.
T h e predominant medieval system of finding the date of Easter was established at
the C o u n c i l of Nicaea i n 325. T h e date depends first of all on the vernal equinox, then
as now 21 M a r c h . Next one has to know which lunar cycle (28 or 29 days, beginning
with a new moon) has its fourteenth day on or after 21 M a r c h . Easter falls on the first
Sunday after that fourteenth day. T h u s in 1990 the relevant new moon fell on
M o n d a y , 26 M a r c h , fourteen days after being M o n d a y 9 A p r i l , Easter Sunday thus
falling on 15 A p r i l . T h e earliest possible date for Easter Sunday is 22 M a r c h and the
latest 25 A p r i l .
It w o u l d in theory have been possible for the Christians to have adopted a fixed date
for Easter D a y , that of the year of Christ's resurrection. Its occurrence on Sunday
(the day after the Jewish Sabbath), however, and its relationship to the Jewish
Passover (determined in a manner adapted by the Christians for Easter) made of it a
movable feast. T h e correct calculation of Easter was one of the most important
accomplishments of a medieval priest. It could symbolize the difference between true
and deviant faith, as in the disputation between representatives of R o m a n and Celtic
practice at the S y n o d of W h i t b y in 664 (Bede, trans. Sherley-Price, 186 f f . : the
British used an 84-year cycle, and celebrated Easter on the fourteenth day if that was a
Sunday). It was a vital part of the Carolingian ecclesiastical reforms, as witness
H r a b a n u s M a u r u s ' treatise De computo, of 820, revised from previous versions
(possibly of Irish origin).
N o t only Easter itself but also the previous and subsequent weeks were associated in
the movable portion of the c h u r c h year. Before Easter came the penitential season of
L e n t , notionally a fast of forty days, corresponding to periods of fasting by Moses,
Elijah, and Christ himself. T h e actual number of days varied: in fourth-century
Jerusalem there were eight weeks of five-day fasts (Saturday and Sunday were
exempt); in the Eastern churches in the M i d d l e Ages seven such weeks, plus H o l y
Saturday (that is thirty-six days); in the West six weeks, excluding only Sundays
(thirty-six days). F r o m the seventh century in the West, A s h Wednesday and the
subsequent three days were added, making forty. T h e forty days were known also as
Quadragesima, and that term was also given to the first Sunday of the period. By
analogy, the previous Sundays became known as Quinquagesima (which is indeed
fifty days before Easter), Sexagesima, and Septuagesima. T h e latter is a term first
encountered in the Gelasian Sacramentary. A l t h o u g h not the start of the L e n t e n fast
proper, it was marked in the M i d d l e Ages by a change to purple vestments and the
exclusion of the w o r d 'alleluia' f r o m all services. T h e terms Septuagesima, etc., were
suppressed in R o m a n usage in 1969.
After Easter Sunday there are seven weeks, fifty days, until the Sunday of
Pentecost. T h e important stage on the way is Ascension D a y , forty days after Easter.
Pentecost was, like other feasts in the Christian year, originally a Jewish holy day.
T h e term 'Pentecost' (literally 'fifty days') at first referred to the whole period, but was
soon restricted to the day itself.
T h e length of the time preceding Septuagesima, that is the period after E p i p h a n y ,
must therefore be adaptable in order to allow for the varying date of Easter. If Easter
is early, then there may be no more than one Sunday after E p i p h a n y . If it is late, then
up to six will be celebrated. Similarly, the fixed start of A d v e n t will b r i n g to an end
the series of Sundays after Pentecost, whose number varies according to whether
Easter is early or late.
F r o m about the ninth century the first Sunday after Pentecost was often given over
to a commemoration of the H o l y T r i n i t y . T h e long series of Sundays through the
s u m m e r season of the year might therefore be reckoned as Sundays after Pentecost or
after T r i n i t y . ( F r o m the fourteenth century the T h u r s d a y after T r i n i t y was usually
celebrated as the Feast of C o r p u s C h r i s t i , officially instituted by U r b a n I V in 1264.)
Interestingly, the enumeration of these Sundays is generally different according to
whether a mass or an office book is involved. In missals and graduals it was customary
to set out a cycle of Sundays after Pentecost (or T r i n i t y ) , n u m b e r e d 1 to 23 (24, 25, or
however many were deemed to be necessary by the compiler of the b o o k ; the later
Sundays might be omitted). Office books, however, usually tied the Sundays to
specific dates of the calendar, and it was the early S u n d a y s that were omitted if
necessary.
Before the fixed date of Christmas comes the A d v e n t season, w h i c h begins with the
S u n d a y nearest St A n d r e w ' s D a y , 30 N o v e m b e r . A t least four Sundays therefore
precede Christmas. After Christmas, E p i p h a n y on 6 January is celebrated as the day
when C h r i s t was 'manifested' to the Gentiles, that is, to the three M a g i . It had
additional significance as the day of Christ's baptism (that was its primary significance
in the East, whence the feast originally came), and of the miracle C h r i s t performed at
the w e d d i n g feast at C a n a .
A t four times in the year special days of fasting and abstinence are observed, the so-
called E m b e r D a y s (so called because of the ashes sometimes marked on the head at
this time). A l t h o u g h at first their date was somewhat variable, and only three of them
were observed, by the sixth or seventh century there were four, k n o w n often as the
'quatuor tempora'. T h e y fell on the Wednesday, F r i d a y , and Saturday of four weeks,
after St L u c y (13 D e c e m b e r ; or, alternatively, d u r i n g the third week of A d v e n t ) ,
Quadragesima Sunday (that is, d u r i n g the first week of L e n t ) , W h i t S u n d a y , and the
Exaltation of the H o l y Cross (14 September). T h e liturgy d u r i n g these days is
somewhat similar to those of L e n t .
There are several other days of special observance, which require separate
description in later chapters. A m o n g these are the Rogation D a y s , the M o n d a y ,
Tuesday, and Wednesday before Ascension D a y (which is o n T h u r s d a y ) . The
preceding Sunday, actually the fifth after Easter, is thus known as Rogation S u n d a y .
O n the Rogation D a y s special prayers of intercession, i n c l u d i n g the 'greater L i t a n y ' ,
are chanted (cf. L a t i n 'rogare': to ask), and processions are held. Processions will be
discussed later, but it may be stated here that Palm S u n d a y is naturally distinguished
by special processional rites, as befits the day commemorating Christ's t r i u m p h a l
entry into Jerusalem. Later in that week, H o l y Week, the liturgies of M a u n d y
T h u r s d a y , G o o d F r i d a y , and H o l y Saturday are unique, as well as very ancient i n
many respects. Some of the special ceremonies in these days concern the blessing and
bringing into use of special symbolic objects: candles on the feast of the Purification of
the Blessed V i r g i n M a r y (2 February), penitential ashes on A s h Wednesday, p a l m
branches on Palm Sunday, the N e w F i r e , paschal candle, and font on Easter E v e .
W h e n no special day occurred, the liturgy of the day reverted to a ferial f o r m . ( T h e
L a t i n word 'feria' actually means 'feast'; in L a t i n Christian use it came to mean a day
of w o r s h i p ; it was inevitably most often used when no other obvious designation c o u l d
be given to a day, and therefore came to mean 'non-feast day'. Weekdays f r o m
M o n d a y to F r i d a y are 'feria i i ' to 'feria v i ' ; Saturday is usually 'Sabbato' rather than
'feria v i i ' , and Sunday, though actually 'feria i ' , is always called ' D o m i n i c a ' . ) In the
celebration of mass, this meant repeating the formularies of the previous Sunday or
feast-day, with some reduction of solemnity; in the office a regular weekly or ferial set
of services, independent of any feast, was resumed.
Some especially solemn parts of the year, however, had proper formularies
(prayers, lessons, chants, etc.) for each day of the week. T h e s e are the days of L e n t ,
and the week after Easter. It should be said, however, that as time went on there was a
tendency to provide more proper material (that is, prayers, chants, and particularly
lessons special to a particular day); it is not u n c o m m o n to find lessons and prayers
assigned to particular days in Advent (Wednesday, F r i d a y , Saturday outside the
E m b e r Week) and elsewhere in late medieval books.
T a b l e s 1.3.1. and 2 give lists of the two sections of the church year described briefly
so far.
T h e two components of the church year sketched briefly above—the fixed part
associated with Christmas and the movable part associated with Easter—were joined
by a large number of commemorative days for saints and other holy persons. T h e
decision as to w h i c h saints were to be remembered by special services was to a certain
extent a local one, but all liturgical books have services for days of considerable
antiquity, when the heroes of the early church are honoured. T h e n there will be
remembered those who brought Christianity to the country, diocese, or area relevant
T a b l e 1.3.1 The Church Year: the fixed part dependent upon Christinas
(ii) early martyrs, bishops (usually of Rome, i.e. popes), and Church Fathers: 7 Pope Mark (336), the martyrs
Marcellus and Apuleius; 14 Pope Calixtus I (d. 222)
(iii) saints local to North France or England: 1 Remi of Reims, Vedast of Arras, and Germanus of Auxerre; 2 Ledger
of A u t u n ; 9 Denis of Paris and his companions Rusticus and Eleutherius; 10 Paulinus of York (d. 644); 12
Wilfrid of Y o r k (c.633-709); 18 Justus of Bcauvais; 31 Quentin of Saint-Qucntin
(iv) Additions: 1 Obit of La,*fgacva, mother of Lady Godiva, benefactress of Worcester and Bishop Wulfstan;
6 Faith, apparently a 3rd-c. martyr; obit of dean /Eadwi; 8 Translation of St Oswald of Worcester, carried out by
Wulfstan in 1089; also Demetrius, a 3rd-c. martvr; 15 Feast of the Relies at Worcester, instituted by W'ulfstan on
the Octave of St Oswald; 21 Dunstan of Canterbury (909-88); 24 Obit of Bishop Henry (d.1189);" 25 the 3rd-c.
Roman martyrs Crispin and Crispinian; one legend has it that they fled persecution to Faversham in Kent
All the indications of twelve lessons for certain feasts are in a later hand.
T h i s k a l e n d a r w a s c l e a r l y c o n s u l t e d f o r s o m e t i m e after i t s c o m p i l a t i o n , f o r i t h a s
r e c e i v e d n u m e r o u s a d d i t i o n a l e n t r i e s , a l l o f m o r e o r less l o c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e . T h e s e also
are l i s t e d a f t e r T a b l e 1 . 3 . 3 . T h e o b i t s ( e n t r i e s r e c o r d i n g t h e d e a t h s o f p r o m i n e n t
p e r s o n s ) a r e u n l i k e l y t o b e of l i t u r g i c a l m o m e n t . R a t h e r t h e k a l e n d a r has b e e n u s e d as
a c o n v e n i e n t p l a c e t o note these s e c u l a r e v e n t s .
T h e r e is a certain a m o u n t of a s t r o n o m i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n o n the k a l e n d a r , the n u m b e r
of h o u r s o f d a y a n d n i g h t , t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e s u n i n t h e z o d i a c . N o t a l l k a l e n d a r s
i n c l u d e t h i s , especially later m e d i e v a l e x a m p l e s , b u t p a r t i c u l a r l y f r o m t h e t h i r t e e n t h
century o n w a r d kalendars were often much more specific about t h e degree of
solemnity of the feast: not simply how many lessons were to be sung, but its grade
according to liturgical dress (for example, whether or not copes were to be worn), the
n u m b e r of 'rulers' (leading singers) for the choir, and so o n . T h e various possibilities
were s u b s u m e d under a series of headings: feast of first class, second class, d o u b l e ,
semi-double, etc., by w h i c h were understood all the possible distinctions of ritual at a
particular institution. (Different churches had different systems of grading. F o r m u c h
useful information on the consultation of later kalendars, see A n d r e w H u g h e s 1982.)
Setting out the feasts to be celebrated in a f o r m convenient for quick consultation,
kalendars are often useful for determining the provenance of a manuscript, according
to the local elements they may contain. T h e indication i c . xii' (twelve lessons) shows
that C a m b r i d g e , C o r p u s C h r i s t i College 391 was used at a monastic institution, and
its numerous Worcester peculiarities leave its provenance in no doubt. T h e rest of the
manuscript comprises computus tables, and material for the Benedictine office: a
psalter, h y m n a l , canticles, collectar, blessings, and a series of offices for saints,
Sundays, and so o n . (See I I I . 6 ) .
A list only of the more important saints' days, such as might be f o u n d i n almost any
medieval kalendar, is given in T a b l e 1.3.4. Some of these feasts (Margaret,
Katherine, N i c h o l a s , T h o m a s of Canterbury) became popular only later i n the
M i d d l e A g e s . ( F o r some later feasts see Pfaff 1970.)
1.4. T H E DAILY R O U N D
A n d r e w H u g h e s 1982.
JANUARY AU GUST
14 Felix M 1 Peter's C h a i n s ( V i n c u l a )
16 Marcellus P & M 3 Invention of S t e p h e n M and c o m p a n i o n s *
20 F a b i a n & Sebastian M M 6 Transfiguration *
21 Agnes V & M 10 Laurence M
22 Vincent M 15 A s s u m p t i o n of the B V M
25 C o n v e r s i o n of P a u l A P * 24 Bartholomew A P *
28 Octave ( S e c o n d Feast) of A g n e s Augustine E P & D *
29 Beheading of J o h n the Baptist *
FEBRUARY
2 P u r i f i c a t i o n of the B V M SEPTEMBER
5 Agatha V & M 8 N a t i v i t y of the B V M
22 Peter's C h a i r (Cathedra) * 14 E x a l t a t i o n of the H o l y C r o s s
21 Matthew A P & E V *
MARCH
22 M a u r i c e and his c o m p a n i o n s M M *
12 G r e g o r y P
29 M i c h a e l the A r c h a n g e l
21 Benedict A B *
30 Jerome D *
25 A n n u n c i a t i o n of the B V M
OCTOBER
APRIL
9 D e n i s E P & M and his c o m p a n i o n s *
4 Ambrose E P & D *
18 LukeEV*
23 George M
28 Simon & J u d e A P P *
MAY
NOVEMBER
1 P h i l i p & James A P P
1 A l l Saints *
3 I n v e n t i o n of the H o l y Cross *
8 Four Holy Crowned Martyrs
6 J o h n before the L a t i n Gate
11 Martin E P
JUNE 22 Cecilia V & M
24 J o h n the Baptist 25 K a t h e r i n e of A l e x a n d r i a V & M *
26 J o h n & P a u l M M 30 Andrew A P
29 Peter & P a u l A P P
DECEMBER
30 Paul A P
6 Nicholas E P *
JULY 13 LucyV&M
10 Seven Brothers M M 21 Thomas A P *
11 T r a n s l a t i o n of Benedict A B * 26 Stephen M
20 Margaret * 27 J o h n the Evangelist
22 M a r y Magdalene * 28 H o l y Innocents
25 James A P * 20 T h o m a s of C a n t e r b u r y M *
31 Silvester P
* not in the 'Hadrianurn', the Roman sacramentary sent to Charlemagne in the late 8th c.
AB = Abbot E V = Evangelist
AP = Apostle IVI = Martyr
BVM = Blessed Virgin Mary P = Pope'
D = Doctor V = Virgin
EP = Bishop
D u r i n g the night, the Night Office was sung, the longest of the services other than
Mass. T h e service developed from the early Christian Vigils service, and was k n o w n
by that name occasionally up until the eleventh century. Its most c o m m o n name is
M a t i n s , but this name was also used in medieval times for the service at daybreak,
L a u d s , and is therefore avoided here. Yet again, the name N o c t u r n s is occasionally
f o u n d , reflecting the composition of the service as a number of 'nocturns'.
After L a u d s , notionally at daybreak, there followed a succession of D a y H o u r s , or
Little H o u r s . T h e s e were Prime, T e r c e , Sext, and N o n e (or N o n e s ) , which in theory
took place at the first, third, sixth, and ninth hour of the day (beginning, in s u m m e r at
least, at our 6 a . m . ; the 'hours' were shorter, and began later, in winter).
T h e main mass of the day, often called the magna missa or high mass, usually came
between T e r c e and Sext on Sundays and feasts, after Sext on ferial days. T h e r e were,
however, often other masses of one kind or another (low mass), especially in religious
communities. Medieval monasteries frequently celebrated a m o r n i n g mass before the
daily meeting in chapter. A daily mass for the dead was also often celebrated. Later i n
the M i d d l e Ages, when many important churches had acquired altars and chantries
specially endowed so that mass could be said (not usually sung) at them daily, the
n u m b e r of masses celebrated was staggeringly large. (Harrison 1963, 56 cites the
L i n c o l n statutes of 1531, which indicate forty-four masses daily.) Almost all of these
were of little musical significance, said by a single priest throughout. A n important
exception to this generalization was the Mass of the Blessed V i r g i n M a r y , which f r o m
the thirteenth century became a weekly celebration, on Saturday, and was often
embellished by the polyphonic setting of some of its chants. S u c h a mass, often taking
place in a specially built L a d y Chapel dedicated to the V i r g i n , is known as a votive
mass. Sometimes a weekly cycle of votive masses was organized, for example: for the
H o l y T r i n i t y on Sunday, the H o l y Spirit M o n d a y , Angels T u e s d a y , A l l Saints
Wednesday, C o r p u s Christi T h u r s d a y , the H o l y Cross F r i d a y , and the Blessed V i r g i n
M a r y on Saturday. So ardent was veneration of the Blessed V i r g i n in the later M i d d l e
Ages that a complete cycle of H o u r s of the B V M , parallel with the main cycle, was
often sung or said.
Some monastic observances at other times of the day were in many ways as
formalized as a liturgical service. O n e such occasion was the daily meeting which
monastic communities held in their chapter-houses. It usually included the reading of
the martyrology, containing accounts of the saints to be commemorated on the day in
question. Several versicles and responses were said, with Paternoster and K y r i e , and
readings might include passages from the Rule of St Benedict, or f r o m the gospels.
After the business matters had been attended to, the meeting ended with a series of
psalms for the dead, recited in the chapter-house or on the way to the church for mass.
Little if anything in the meeting seems to have involved singing.
A m o n g other monastic additions to the office (their description takes more than 100
pages in T o l h u r s t 1943) may be mentioned:
(i) the Office of the D e a d , that is Vespers, the N i g h t Office, and L a u d s , said in
parallel with the main or canonical office; from the first word of its first
antiphon the Vespers service was known as 'Placebo', and the N i g h t Office as
'Dirige';
(ii) a similarly formed Office of A l l Saints;
(iii) the fifteen G r a d u a l Psalms (Pss. 119-33) said privately by each m o n k seated
ready for the start of the N i g h t Office;
(iv) the T n n a O r a t i o , a threefold devotion performed three times daily, before the
N i g h t Office, before Prime in summer, and before T e r c e in winter, and after
Compline, whose main constituent was the saying of three groups of
penitential psalms, each group introduced by a prayer (oratio);
(v) the Psalmi Familiares, psalms said after each hour for the royal family.
T h e exact time of the services depended on their content (shorter days i n winter
might mean shorter day services; ferial services were shorter than festal ones), o n
whether a period of fasting was in force, and on the other obligations of the
c o m m u n i t y . T h e extent to which a monk's waking hours would be occupied with
religious devotions or services, in church or elsewhere, may be seen f r o m m o d e r n
editions of any medieval monastic 'horarium' (timetable), for example those of tenth-
and eleventh-century England, i n the Regularis Concordia and the statutes of
L a n f r a n c , respectively, published by K n o w l e s (1963, 714, 448 f f . ; K n o w l e s 1969,
217, based o n K n o w l e s 1951). T a b l e 1.4.1 shows the usual timetable at eleventh-
century C l u n y , the foremost Benedictine monastery of its time. F o r most days of the
year, the succession of services followed this order. Several special days, such as the
t r i d u u m , the three days preceding Easter Sunday, followed a somewhat different
pattern. O n many high feasts a solemn procession was made, most c o m m o n l y before
mass. A n account of the most important of these special days is given later. First an
outline of the more usual services is presented.
A s with the constituent parts of the day, so the contents of each individual service
varied from occasion to occasion, being especially dependent on the solemnity of the
day. In the descriptions of each service in the sections below, as usual in this book,
only a generalized account of 'normal' practice is therefore given. ( M o s t of these
services accumulated varied amounts of prefatory material in the form of prayers,
versicles, and responses, but this is not described.)
Mass, the most important and complex of the services, is described first. A l t h o u g h
it had some elements analogous to features of the office hours, its essential nature and
history resulted i n many unique forms. Whereas the office hours are static,
contemplative services, Mass has elaborate opening ceremonies, and the elevated
ritual of the eucharist itself. Its chants are exceptionally varied. T h e introit a n d
c o m m u n i o n resemble an antiphon with psalm verses simply intoned. T h e offertory is
an elaborate chant with verses i n highly ornate musical style. A f t e r the o p e n i n g
rituals, with the K y r i e litany chant, and the extended G l o r i a h y m n , come lessons and
melismatic chants, almost the only moments of repose in a seemingly dramatically
unfolding performance. T w o of its important chants, the Sanctus and A g n u s D e i , are
actually part of a long and elaborate series of prayers.
T h e most regular part of the office services, by contrast, was the singing of psalms.
T a b l e 1.4.1. The liturgical horarium at Cluny in the late eleventh century (after
Hunt 1967, 101-3)
Winter Summer
(extra L e n t e n observances i n brackets)
T r i n a Oratio T r i n a Oratio
last 32 psalms
Night office Night office
4 psalmi fam Mares 2 or 4 psalmi familiares
(2 psalms prostrate)
(Procession to C h u r c h of O u r L a d y )
L a u d s of A l l Saints, L a u d s of the D e a d , extra p s a l m o d y
Lauds IMIUIS
extra p s a l m o d y 2 or 4 psalmi familiares
4 psalmi familiares T r i n a Oratio
(2 psalms prostrate)
Prime (at d a w n ) Prime (at d a w n )
4 psalmi familiares 2 or 4 psalmi familiares
(2 psalms prostrate, 7 penitential psalms)
Litany Litany
4 psalms 7 psalms
Missa matutinalis
Chapter Chapter
' p r i v a t e ' masses 'private' masses
Terce Terce
4 psalmi familiares 2 or A psalmi familiares
(2 psalms prostrate)
Missa matutinalis Missa maior
Sext Sext
4 psalmi familiares 2 or 4 psalmi familiares
(2 psalms prostrate)
Litany
Missa maior
m i d d a y meal m i d d a y meal
None None
4 psalmi familiares
(2 psalms prostrate)
Vespers Vespers
4 psalmi familiares
(2 psalms prostrate)
(Procession to C h u r c h of O u r L a d y )
V e s p e r s of A l l Saints, V e s p e r s of the D e a d
e v e n i n g meal e v e n i n g meal
( V i g i l s of the D e a d )
Compline Compline
T r i n a Oratio T r i n a Oratio
A weekly round of the Office would hear the singing of all 150 psalms, if
uninterrupted by feasts of one kind or another, which w o u l d have their own proper
psalms. M o s t of the first two-thirds of the psalms were sung d u r i n g the N i g h t Office,
the last third d u r i n g Vespers. L a u d s had the last three psalms, w h i c h , since they
begin with the word 'Laudate', are supposed to have given the service its name.
O t h e r s were used at various hours because of their allusions to particular times of day,
as Ps. 62 at L a u d s : ' O G o d thou art my G o d : early will I seek thee'; or Ps. 4 at
C o m p l i n e , with its ninth verse: T will lay me down in peace, and take m y rest . . .'.
T h e rather complex deployment of the psalms across the week's services is outlined in
both secular and monastic cursus by A n d r e w H u g h e s 1982, 52. A simplified outline is
given in T a b l e 1.4.2. W h e n it is stated below that a certain n u m b e r of psalms are sung
at such and such a service, it should be understood that 'psalm' might actually mean
more than one psalm according to the numerical series, if a particularly brief psalm
were i n v o l v e d . C o r r e s p o n d i n g l y , longer psalms might be split into sections.
Secular cursus:
N i g h t O f f i c e : 1 - 3 , 6 - 2 0 , 2 6 - 4 1 , 4 3 - 9 , 51, 5 4 - 6 1 , 63, 65, 6 7 - 8 8 , 9 3 - 1 0 8
V e s p e r s : 1 0 9 - 1 6 , 119, 1 2 1 - 3 2 , 1 3 4 - 4 1 , 1 4 3 - 7
P r i m e , T e r c e , Sext and N o n e : 2 1 - 5 , 53, 117-18, 120
L a u d s : 5, 42, 50, 52, 62, 64, 66, 89, 9 1 - 2 , 99, 142, 1 4 8 - 5 0
C o m p l i n e : 4, 30, 90, 133
Monastic curs us:
N i g h t O f f i c e : 2 0 - 3 4 , 3 6 - 4 1 , 4 3 - 9 , 5 1 - 5 , 5 7 - 6 1 , 65, 6 7 - 7 4 , 7 6 - 8 6 , 88, 9 2 -
108
V e s p e r s : 1 0 9 - 1 6 , 1 2 8 - 3 2 , 1 3 4 - 4 1 , 143-7
P r i m e , T e r c e , Sext a n d N o n e : 1 - 2 , 6 - 1 9 , 118-27
L a u d s : 5, 35, 42, 50, 56, 6 2 - 4 , 66, 75, 87, 89, 91, 117, 142, 1 4 8 - 5 0
C o m p l i n e : 4, 90, 133
O n the numbering of the psalms in medieval usage, as opposed to the English Authorized Version
of the Bible, see Andrew Hughes 1982, 51, 224-6.
The descriptions below begin with the N i g h t Office, because it is the most
substantial musically, distinguished from the other services by its lessons and
associated great responsories. Next in size, and somewhat similar to each other, are
Vespers and L a u d s , while C o m p l i n e and the so-called Little H o u r s of P r i m e , T e r c e ,
Sext, and N o n e are comparatively simple and brief.
A l l except the four Little H o u r s contain not only psalms but one or more canticles,
passages f r o m the O l d Testament or other sources in the nature of 'songs', and sung
exactly like psalms. T h e best-known examples are the three N e w Testament canticles
sung towards the close of Vespers, C o m p l i n e , and L a u d s , respectively: the Magnificat
( L u k e 2: 4 6 - 5 5 , the S o n g of the Blessed V i r g i n M a r y , w h e n G a b r i e l announced to
her that she was to bear Christ), the N u n c D i m i t t i s ( L u k e 2: 2 9 - 3 2 , the S o n g of
S i m e o n , when he had seen Christ), and the Benedictus ( L u k e 1: 6 8 - 7 9 , the S o n g of
Zacharias, when his son John the Baptist was b o r n ) . Fourteen others were sung on a
weekly basis at L a u d s , and one other (varying with the season) was sung i n the N i g h t
Office in monastic uses on Sundays and feasts.
A l l the offices contain at least one responsory. T h e s e chants, consisting of respond
and psalm verse, with alternating solo and choral sections, are of two k i n d s . T h o s e of
the N i g h t Office, the 'great' responsories, are elaborate, melismatic chants, among the
chief glories of the chant repertory. T h e other hours usually have a 'short' responsory,
syllabic in style, whose simple character has occasioned the belief that they may
contain vestiges of the most ancient recoverable psalmodic practice. A t Vespers on
high feasts it was sometimes the practice to use one of the great responsories. ( T h e y
were c o m m o n l y thus employed also in processions, at least in the later M i d d l e Ages.)
T h e other musical element in the office services to w h i c h attention may be drawn in
advance is the h y m n , one of which was generally sung at each of the hours.
T h e musical genres just mentioned are those that are discussed in separate chapters
later in this book. Naturally, less attention is paid to the numerous versicles and
responses, brief dialogues between priest (or other person) and choir, w h i c h are
intoned to simple formulas at many points in the services.
1.5. MASS
J u n g m a n n 1962; A n d r e w H u g h e s 1982.
T h e priest then intoned the collect proper to the day. T h i s ended the opening
section of the mass.
T h e r e followed the lessons and responsorial chants of mass. T h e lessons were the
epistle and the gospel, between which were sung various combinations of gradual,
alleluia, sequence, and tract, d e p e n d i n g on the liturgical season. T h e gradual was a
more or less constant item, except for the Saturday of Easter week and the days up to
W h i t S u n d a y , when an extra alleluia was sung. T h e alleluia was not sung f r o m
Septuagesima to the end of L e n t , nor on penitential E m b e r D a y s outside L e n t ,
though this was relaxed for the Pentecost E m b e r D a y s . T h e tract was sung only in
penitential seasons: on Septuagesima and succeeding Sundays until Easter, and on
M o n d a y s , Wednesdays, and F r i d a y s during L e n t , beginning with A s h Wednesday.
T h e sequence was sung only on the highest feasts, and not usually on those falling in
Lent.
T h i s part of mass was considerably extended on the E m b e r Saturdays. F o u r lessons
were each followed by a gradual (an alleluia at Pentecost), then a reading from D a n i e l
was followed by the canticle (sometimes labelled 'tractus' or 'hymnus') with refrain
(Benedictus es Domine V . Et laudabilis in A d v e n t , Benedictus es in firmamento V.
Hymnum dicite in L e n t , Omnipotentem semper adorant V . Et benedicunt in
September. M o d e r n practice has Benedictus es on all three occasions.) A f t e r that
came the epistle, another tract, and the gospel. T h e Wednesday of the fourth week of
L e n t also had extra lessons: this was the so-called ' D a y of the Great Scrutiny', when
catechumens (see below) were examined before being admitted to baptism.
T h e gospel was intoned by the deacon. T h e C r e d o was then sung (from the
eleventh century, and only on the most solemn days).
In the early centuries the mass up until the gospel had been regarded as a 'fore-
mass' service, for all Christians to attend. What followed, however, was for baptized
Christians o n l y . By the central M i d d l e Ages no trace remained of the dismissal of the
catechumens (those undergoing preparation for baptism), which would previously
have taken place here. T h e change in the character of the liturgy is noticeable,
nevertheless, the entrance ceremonies having been succeeded by lessons and
responsorial chants, w h i c h now gave way to the solemn prayers and chants of the
eucharistic ritual.
T h e gifts were brought to the altar as the offertory chant was sung, and the music
might last through the priest's preparation of the altar, reception of and prayers over
the gifts, i n c l u d i n g the silent prayer known as the secret (proper to the day). T h e r e
followed the preface, w h i c h began with short phrases sung in dialogue between priest
and congregation and was continued by the priest alone, a long text with sections
proper to the season. It led directly into the Sanctus chant, sung by the choir. T h e
text of the preface always requires the Sanctus as its natural conclusion, for example:
S a n c t u s a n d B e n e d i c t u s are m u s i c a l l y l i n k e d , b o t h c o n c l u d i n g w i t h ' H o s a n n a i n
e x c e l s i s ' , b u t f r o m t h e l a t e r M i d d l e A g e s it w a s c u s t o m a r y t o s p l i t off t h e Benedictus
a n d s i n g it d u r i n g a l a t e r p a r t of t h e p r a y e r s of t h i s p a r t of m a s s , f o r e x a m p l e a f t e r t h e
c o n s e c r a t i o n of the b r e a d a n d w i n e . T h e p r a y e r s b e g a n w i t h t h e c a n o n , a l o n g s e r i e s of
b r i e f f o r m u l a s w h i c h i n c l u d e C h r i s t ' s w o r d s ' T h i s is m y b o d y . . . T h i s i s t h e c u p of
m y b l o o d . . .' T h e P a t e r n o s t e r ( L o r d ' s P r a y e r ) w a s s u n g s h o r t l y a f t e r , a n d t h e b r e a d
w a s b r o k e n . D u r i n g t h e n e x t g r o u p of p r a y e r s a s m a l l p o r t i o n of t h e b r e a d was
m i n g l e d w i t h the w i n e , a n d the A g n u s D e i chant was s u n g b y the c h o i r . Further
s o l e m n p r a y e r s were s u n g w h i l e the b r e a d a n d w i n e were c o n s u m e d b y the priest
( t h e y w e r e r a r e l y r e c e i v e d b y a n y o n e else i n t h e M i d d l e A g e s ) . T h e c o m m u n i o n c h a n t
was sung during the clearing-up actions, after which the priest intoned the
postcommunion prayer of thanksgiving (proper). During the dismissal of the
c o n g r e g a t i o n , the priest w o u l d intone another p r o p e r p r a y e r , the S u p e r Populum
(literally 'over the people'), d u r i n g L e n t .
T t e m i s s a est' ( ' G o , y o u are d i s m i s s e d ' ) , t h e w o r d s w h i c h g a v e t h e m a s s its n a m e
(missa), w a s t h e u s u a l f o r m of d i s m i s s a l s u n g b y t h e p r i e s t , a n s w e r e d ' D e o g r a t i a s '
( ' T h a n k s b e t o G o d ' ) b y t h e c h o i r . H o w e v e r , it w a s g e n e r a l l y u s e d o n l y w h e n t h e
G l o r i a w a s s u n g , that is d u r i n g C h r i s t m a s , E p i p h a n y , E a s t e r , a n d t h e s u m m e r s e a s o n .
O n other occasions the c o n c l u s i o n was ' B e n e d i c a m u s D o m i n o R . D e o gratias', and
t h i s f o r m u l a w a s also u s e d w h e n a n o t h e r s e r v i c e f o l l o w e d i m m e d i a t e l y u p o n m a s s , as
w o u l d be t h e case o n s e v e r a l of t h e h i g h e s t feasts w i t h e x t e n d e d l i t u r g i e s ( A n d r e w
H u g h e s 1982, 93).
S i n c e e a r l y t i m e s it has b e e n the c u s t o m , f o r v a r i o u s p r a c t i c a l r e a s o n s , to p r e s e r v e
t h e b r e a d ( o c c a s i o n a l l y also t h e w i n e , also b r e a d o n t o w h i c h a d r o p o f w i n e h a s b e e n
p l a c e d ) c o n s e c r a t e d at m a s s b u t n o t c o n s u m e d t h e r e . T h i s is k n o w n as r e s e r v a t i o n of
the sacrament. It m a y be k e p t i n o n e of s e v e r a l p l a c e s : the sacristy, outside the
c h u r c h ; a n a u m b r y i n t h e w a l l of t h e c h u r c h ; a p y x s u s p e n d e d o v e r t h e a l t a r ; o r a
tabernacle o n the altar.
I n the M i d d l e A g e s , a n d for centuries afterwards, c o m m u n i o n by any p e r s o n other
t h a n the priest was relatively u n k n o w n , outside one or t w o of the most i m p o r t a n t d a y s
of t h e c h u r c h y e a r . F o r t h e o l o g i c a l r e a s o n s ( a n d p e r h a p s , f o r m a n y , b e c a u s e of t h e
l a c k of c l o s e r c o n t a c t w i t h t h e s a c r e d e l e m e n t s ) t h e r e d e v e l o p e d f r o m t h e t h i r t e e n t h
c e n t u r y o n t h e p r a c t i c e of e l e v a t i o n . A f t e r it h a d b e e n c o n s e c r a t e d , the celebrant
r a i s e d o n h i g h t h e h o s t (that i s , t h e b r e a d — e l e v a t i o n of t h e w i n e w a s a l a t e r t r e n d ) f o r
a l l t o see. T h e s i n g i n g of t h e B e n e d i c t u s c h a n t , m u s i c a l l y a p a r t of t h e S a n c t u s , was
o f t e n d e l a y e d to c o i n c i d e w i t h t h i s s o l e m n m o m e n t .
V e n e r a t i o n f o r t h e s a c r e d host e v e n t u a l l y r e s u l t e d i n r i t u a l f o r m s , i n p a r t i c u l a r
B e n e d i c t i o n . H e r e the host was e x h i b i t e d outside mass, a n d a p r o c e s s i o n m i g h t be
m a d e w i t h i t , c u l m i n a t i n g i n a general b l e s s i n g w i t h the h o s t . F a v o u r i t e a c c o m p a n y i n g
6. Office IS
1.6. O F F I C E
(viii) P r i m e , T e r c e , Sext, a n d N o n e
T o l h u r s t 1943; A n d r e w H u g h e s 1982.
A p a r t f r o m t h e d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n festal a n d f e r i a l f o r m s o f t h e N i g h t O f f i c e , t h e r e
are o t h e r i m p o r t a n t d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n s e c u l a r a n d m o n a s t i c f o r m s . ( B y ' s e c u l a r ' ,
' R o m a n ' , o r ' c a n o n i c a l ' is u n d e r s t o o d t h e u s e o f n o n - m o n a s t i c c h u r c h e s s u c h as m o s t
cathedrals, collegiate chapels, a n d parish churches.) A s w i t h most of the offices, the
s i n g i n g of p s a l m s a n d a n t i p h o n s f o r m s an i m p o r t a n t part of the service, b u t the N i g h t
O f f i c e is d i s t i n g u i s h e d b y a g r o u p of great responsories, s u n g i n association w i t h the
l e s s o n s . T h e s e n u m e r o u s a n d l e n g t h y r e s p o n s o r i a l c h a n t s are at o n c e a m o n g t h e c h i e f
g l o r i e s o f t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y a n d y e t a m o n g i t s least k n o w n p a r t s , s i n c e i n m o d e r n
t i m e s t h e s i n g i n g of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e i n its m e d i e v a l m a n n e r has a l l b u t ceased.
B e f o r e t h e N i g h t O f f i c e b e g a n , P a t e r n o s t e r , Ave Mafia a n d the Apostles' Creed
(Credo in Deum pat rem omnipotentem) were said silently.
T h e N i g h t O f f i c e s t a r t e d w i t h v e r s i c l e s a n d r e s p o n s e s . T h e first w a s u s u a l l y Deus in
adiutorium meum intende R . Domine ad adiuvandum me festina, w i t h Gloria, which
b e g a n e a c h o f t h e o f f i c e h o u r s (it w a s o f t e n o m i t t e d d u r i n g t h e t r i d u u m , t h a t is t h e last
three days before Easter S u n d a y , a n d d u r i n g Easter W e e k ) . T h i s was f o l l o w e d b y
Domina labia mea aperies R . Et os meuim annuntiabit laudem tuam.
The I n v i t a t o r y p s a l m ( P s . 9 4 , Venite exultemus Dominum) w a s s u n g , w i t h its
a n t i p h o n , t h e i n v i t a t o r y . A h y m n f o l l o w e d (less c o m m o n l y f o u n d i n e a r l y m e d i e v a l
s e c u l a r uses t h a n i n m o n a s t i c o n e s ) . A f u r t h e r v e r s i c l e a n d r e s p o n s e l e d t o t h e first
N o c t u r n . T h i s w a s a g r o u p of psalms a n d a n t i p h o n s , lessons a n d responsories, w i t h
more brief versicles a n d responses. T h e n u m b e r of n o c t u r n s d e p e n d e d o n the
s o l e m n i t y o f t h e d a y , less i m p o r t a n t d a y s h a v i n g o n l y o n e .
P s a l m s a n d a n t i p h o n s b e g a n each n o c t u r n . T h e r e w e r e d i f f e r e n t c o n v e n t i o n s a b o u t
t h e n u m b e r of p s a l m s a n d a n t i p h o n s . T h e s i n g i n g of a n a n t i p h o n p r e c e d e d t h e w h o l e
g r o u p of p s a l m s a n d c o n c l u d e d t h e s e r i e s , b u t it m i g h t n o t be p e r f o r m e d b e t w e e n
i n d i v i d u a l p s a l m s i n t h e g r o u p . T h e s a m e w a s t r u e of t h e G l o r i a ( ' G l o r y b e to t h e
F a t h e r . . . ' ) , a d d e d as a final verse to a l l o r o n l y to t h e last of t h e p s a l m s . S o m e of t h e
c o m m o n e r s c h e m e s w e r e the f o l l o w i n g ( A = A n t i p h o n , P s = P s a l m , G l = Gloria
patri):
O n f e r i a l d a y s : A , t w o P s , G l , A — s i x t i m e s ( t o t a l of 12 P s , 6 A )
O n S u n d a y s : A , f o u r P s , G l , A — t h r e e t i m e s ( t o t a l of 12 P s , 3 A )
O n m a j o r f e a s t s : A , P s , G l , A — t h r e e t i m e s ( t o t a l of 3 P s , 3 A )
A f u r t h e r v e r s i c l e a n d r e s p o n s e w e r e s u n g , c o m m o n l y to a t o n e w h i c h , like the
o p e n i n g Deus in adiutorium, r e c u r r e d at o t h e r h o u r s of t h e d a y .
T h e P a t e r n o s t e r w a s s a i d s i l e n t l y u n t i l the final v e r s e , w h i c h w a s s a i d a l o u d . T h e n
t h e l e c t o r a s k e d f o r t h e b l e s s i n g of t h e o f f i c i a t i n g p r i e s t . A t the e n d of t h e l e s s o n he
w o u l d intone a further versicle.
A f t e r e a c h l e s s o n ( w i t h v e r s i c l e s ) , o n e of t h e great r e s p o n s o r i e s w a s s u n g . I n s e c u l a r
use t h r e e l e s s o n s a n d t h u s t h r e e r e s p o n s o r i e s w e r e s u n g i n e a c h n o c t u r n . T h e u s u a l
f o r m of t h e r e s p o n s o r y w a s r e s p o n d - v e r s e - r e s p o n d , b u t f o r t h e last r e s p o n s o r y of
t h e n o c t u r n t h e G l o r i a w o u l d be u s e d as a s e c o n d v e r s e , as it w e r e , m a k i n g t h e s c h e m e
R , V , R , G l , R . ( T h e r e p e a t s of t h e r e s p o n d w e r e u s u a l l y p r o g r e s s i v e l y s h o r t e n e d . )
T h e l e s s o n s m i g h t n o t a l l be b i b l i c a l . T h e first n o c t u r n (on some days the o n l y
nocturn) had O l d Testament readings (except d u r i n g the Easter season), from
d i f f e r e n t b o o k s a c c o r d i n g to s e a s o n . T h e o t h e r s c o m m o n l y h a d s e r m o n s (comment-
a r i e s o n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e l i t u r g i c a l t h e m e b y o n e of t h e F a t h e r s of t h e C h u r c h , s u c h as
S t A u g u s t i n e of H i p p o o r S t G r e g o r y t h e G r e a t ) o r h o m i l i e s ( c o m m e n t a r i e s , a g a i n b y
a C h u r c h F a t h e r , o n a passage f r o m t h e G o s p e l s , w h i c h w o u l d t h e r e f o r e i t s e l f be
i n t o n e d at t h e start of t h e l e s s o n ) . T h e l e s s o n s o n a s a i n t ' s d a y m i g h t b e d r a w n f r o m
h i s vita o r legenda ( a c c o u n t of h i s l i f e , d e a t h a n d m i r a c l e s — t h e t e r m s m e a n l i t e r a l l y
' l i f e ' a n d 'that w h i c h is to be r e a d ' ) .
T h e n u m b e r of n o c t u r n s to be s u n g a c c o r d i n g t h e a b o v e p a t t e r n s d e p e n d e d u p o n
t h e s o l e m n i t y of t h e d a y . S u n d a y s a n d f e a s t - d a y s u s u a l l y h a d t h r e e . A n i m p o r t a n t
e x c e p t i o n w a s E a s t e r S u n d a y , w h i c h h a d o n l y o n e ( b u t s o m e later m e d i e v a l b o o k s g i v e
it t h r e e ) , a n d t h i s w a s also s o m e t i m e s t h e p a t t e r n f o r t h e rest of t h e E a s t e r s e a s o n u p to
and including W h i t Sunday.
A l t h o u g h i n g e n e r a l a n t i p h o n s a n d r e s p o n s o r i e s m a y be s a i d to be p r o p e r , i n t h e
s e n s e t h a t e a c h d a y u s u a l l y h a d its o w n p a r t i c u l a r c h a n t s , t h e r e w a s a c o n s i d e r a b l e
a m o u n t of r e u s e w i t h i n w e e k s o r s e a s o n s . F o r e x a m p l e , f o r t h o s e p a r t s of t h e y e a r
w h e r e n i n e responsories were s u n g o n S u n d a y a n d three o n each w e e k d a y , the S u n d a y
n i n e m i g h t be r e - e m p l o y e d d u r i n g the w e e k , i n sets of t h r e e . (See A n d r e w H u g h e s
1982 f o r s o m e of t h e c o m p l e x s c h e m e s e v o l v e d . )
T h e N i g h t O f f i c e e n d e d w i t h t h e s i n g i n g of t h e T e D e u m o n S u n d a y s a n d o n m o s t
feasts e x c e p t i n A d v e n t a n d L e n t . I n t h e later M i d d l e A g e s , the last r e s p o n s o r y m i g h t
6. Office 27
b e r e p e a t e d i f t h e T e D e u m w e r e n o t s u n g . If L a u d s d i d n o t i m m e d i a t e l y f o l l o w t h e
N i g h t O f f i c e , t h e n t h e c l o s i n g f o r m u l a ( p r i e s t ) Benedicamus domino V . (choir) Deo
gratias w o u l d b e s u n g . ( T h e c o n v e n t i o n s a b o u t w h e n it w a s s u n g a r e s o m e w h a t
u n c l e a r : t h e p r e c e d i n g s t a t e m e n t is d e r i v e d f r o m A n d r e w H u g h e s 1 9 8 2 , 6 6 . )
M o n a s t i c u s e ( t h e B e n e d i c t i n e p a t t e r n is r e f e r r e d to h e r e , b u t n o t a l l m o n a s t i c uses
were exactly the same) differed i n m a n y i m p o r t a n t details f r o m the secular n o r m
o u t l i n e d a b o v e , t h o u g h the basic pattern was s i m i l a r . O n l y the chief d i s s i m i l a r i t i e s are
pointed out here.
T h e l a r g e r d i f f e r e n c e s are t h a t a l t h o u g h t h e n u m b e r of n o c t u r n s w a s g e n e r a l l y t h r e e
on Sundays a n d feasts, there were t w o o n ferias ( n o t o n e as i n s e c u l a r u s e ) .
F u r t h e r m o r e , t h e n o c t u r n s w e r e n o t of a n i d e n t i c a l p a t t e r n .
A f t e r the o p e n i n g versicle a n d response, P s . 3 was intoned, w i t h o u t any a n t i p h o n .
T h e n u m b e r s of p s a l m s a n d a n t i p h o n s , lessons a n d responsories i n each n o c t u r n were
substantially different f r o m secular patterns. T h e a n t i p h o n - p s a l m pattern was the
following:
S u n d a y s a n d feasts:
first nocturn: A , Ps, G l , A — s i x times
second n o c t u r n : A , Ps, G l , A — s i x times
third nocturn: A , three canticles, G l , A
( t o t a l o f 13 A )
O n s u m m e r f e r i a s , t h e rest o f t h e first n o c t u r n h a d b u t o n e l e s s o n a n d r e s p o n s o r y ,
a n d the s e c o n d n o c t u r n o n l y a very brief lesson, n o m o r e t h a n a verse of s c r i p t u r e ,
c o m m o n l y c a l l e d a capitulum (chapter). T h e r e followed a versicle a n d response, the
short K y r i e l i t a n y , Paternoster, a n d a closing collect.
W i n t e r f e r i a s w e r e s i m i l a r e x c e p t t h a t i n t h e first n o c t u r n t h e r e w e r e t h r e e l e s s o n s ,
each f o l l o w e d b y a r e s p o n s o r y .
On Sundays a n d feasts, the three n o c t u r n s each h a d f o u r lessons with their
r e s p o n s o r i e s . F u r t h e r m o r e , a f t e r t h e T e D e u m , a n d v e r s i c l e s a n d r e s p o n s e s , a passage
f r o m the G o s p e l was i n t o n e d , m a k i n g an entirely different c l i m a x to the service. O n
C h r i s t m a s D a y the g o s p e l w a s the G e n e a l o g y of C h r i s t f r o m St M a t t h e w ' s G o s p e l , o n
E p i p h a n y t h e G e n e a l o g y f r o m S t L u k e . T h e h y m n Te decet laus was sung, then
f o l l o w e d t h e b l e s s i n g a n d final c o l l e c t , w i t h B e n e d i c a m u s D o m i n o w h e n a p p r o p r i a t e .
In some early antiphoners, for example the H a r t k e r A n t i p h o n e r (St Gall,
S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 ; P a l M u s I I / l ) , t h e first t w o n o c t u r n s e a c h h a v e t h r e e l e s s o n s
a n d r e s p o n s o r i e s , t h e t h i r d n o c t u r n also s o m e t i m e s t h r e e o f e a c h , m o r e o f t e n f o u r .
T h i s is u n d e r s t o o d t o b e a s u r v i v a l o f e a r l i e r a r r a n g e m e n t s w h e r e i n m o n a s t i c use w a s
n o t as s t r o n g l y d i f f e r e n t i a t e d f r o m s e c u l a r as w a s l a t e r t h e c a s e .
(iii) Lauds in Secular Use
L a u d s and Vespers were two similar services, at sunrise and sunset, respectively. O f
the two, it may be said that Vespers has the larger body of material proper to
particular days of the week, or to various seasons of the year.
In secular use, L a u d s began with versicles and responses, the first of which was, as
usual with the office services, Deus in adiutorium. T h e r e followed five psalms, either
each with its G l o r i a and antiphon, or else with only one antiphon and the G l o r i a said
only after the last psalm.
In the weekly or ferial cycle, the psalms on Sunday were repeated d u r i n g the week,
except for the second, which was different on each of the other six days. R e g a r d i n g
psalms it should be understood that the third psalm was Pss. 62 a n d 66 together, the
fourth was one of the lesser canticles, and the fifth was Pss. 148-50. L i k e the second
psalm, the lesser canticle changed daily, and also according to season; there were
fourteen i n all (listed by A n d r e w H u g h e s 1982, 365). Feast-days w o u l d occasion the
selection of other psalms and another canticle, but the pattern remained the same.
T h e r e followed a brief chapter, with choral response ' D e o gratias', a hymn, a
versicle and response, and then the major canticle of L a u d s , the Benedictus, with its
antiphon (a relatively long and elaborate one). F i n a l blessings and prayers followed
and the Benedicamus D o m i n o .
In monastic use L a u d s had almost the same form as i n secular use. T h e psalms were
chosen, or arranged, differently; but the notional number of five (including the lesser
canticle) was the same. Monastic L a u d s , however, included a short responsory after
the little chapter.
A s mentioned above (1.4), Vespers on most Sundays and important feasts was
celebrated twice, first in its ancient position as a vigil ceremony anticipating the
succeeding holy day, secondly at the end of the same day. M o s t of the material of the
two would be identical, though with a certain reduction in solemnity, by using
c o m m o n rather than proper items, omissions, and shortenings, at Second Vespers.
( A n d r e w H u g h e s 1982, 69 ff. gives detailed information.)
N o t only d i d Vespers have a structure similar to that of L a u d s , but some of the
items for any one day might be sung at both L a u d s and V e s p e r s : for example, the
large antiphon for the major canticle, the psalm antiphons, chapter, and h y m n .
Instead of the opening versicle Deus in adiutorium, omitted anyway around Easter,
a ninefold K y r i e was sung during Easter week, the so-called 'Paschal K y r i e ' (Vatican
I, M e l n i c k i melody 39).
T h e psalms for the weekly cycle form a continuous numerical sequence at Vespers,
and there is none of the repetition d u r i n g the week of Sunday items that characterizes
ferial L a u d s . T h e notional number of five psalms is the same, but a lesser canticle
forms no part of the group. D u r i n g Easter week, only three psalms were sung, with
one G l o r i a and a n t i p h o n ; they were followed by the Easter gradual Hec dies, with
verse changing day by day, and an alleluia varied similarly through the week.
After the chapter on the more important days of the year, a responsory was sung (as in
monastic L a u d s , but here not on days of lesser importance). Occasionally this was one
of the great responsories, rather than a short one.
Particularly notable among the antiphons for the Vespers canticle, the Magnificat,
are those for ferial days before Christmas, the great ' O ' antiphons, so called because
their texts all begin with ' O ' , all of which use the same melody.
T h e essential difference between secular and monastic Vespers was the presence of
only four psalms i n monastic use. O n l y a smaller number of psalms could therefore be
sung d u r i n g the weekly cycle, the others being taken into the Little H o u r s ( T a b l e
I.6.1.).
Secular Monastic
Sunday 109-13 109-12
Monday 114-16,119-20 1 1 3 - 1 6 , 128 (115+116 as 1 psalm)
Tuesday 121-5 129-32
Wednesday 126-30 134-7
Thursday 131-2, 134-6 138-40 (138 as 2 psalms)
Friday 137-41 141, 143 as 2 psalms, 144 first half
Saturday 143-7 144 second half, 1 4 5 - 7
( 1 1 9 - 2 7 to the L i t t l e H o u r s )
At the end of both L a u d s and Vespers it was sometimes customary to say or sing a
series of antiphons, called 'suffrages', for the Blessed V i r g i n M a r y and the patron
saints of the c h u r c h .
(vii) Compline
C o m p l i n e , the last service of the evening, and the four short hours of the day, Prime,
T e r c e , Sext, and N o n e , were similar in length and content, although their histories
were not identical.
Versicles and responses opened the service as usual, followed by four psalms, sung
with one antiphon only and G l o r i a : A , 4 Ps, G l , A . T h e h y m n came next, then the
chapter was intoned, and a short responsory was sung. After the versicle and response
Custodi nos R . Sub umbra ('Keep me as the apple of thine eye . . .') came the canticle
N u n c dimittis with its antiphon. O n more important days the closing items w o u l d
include the preces, beginning with K y r i e invocations (only intoned, as usual with
prayers), L o r d ' s Prayer and Apostles' C r e e d (both said silently until the last verse).
T h e r e might also be confession and absolution. After the Benedicamus the service
ended (at least from the later M i d d l e Ages) with a votive antiphon to the Blessed
V i r g i n M a r y , and a collect for the same.
Rather little of C o m p l i n e changed d u r i n g the year, or even d u r i n g the week. In
Easter week, however, Ps. 90 fell out of the cursus, and the N u n c dimittis was m o v e d
to take its place. T h e r e followed the Easter gradual Hec dies V . In resurrectione tuay
as at Vespers.
Monastic use differed in that there were but three psalms, sung without an
antiphon (but usually each with its G l o r i a ) . M o r e surprisingly, the N u n c D i m i t t i s was
not part of monastic C o m p l i n e , except when sung d u r i n g Easter week as a psalm. T h e
service was thus even more like one of the Little H o u r s than was secular C o m p l i n e .
In each of these Little H o u r s there were generally three psalms with only one
antiphon, but usually each with its G l o r i a : A , Ps + G l , Ps + G l , Ps 4- G l , A . O n
Sunday and some feasts, however, Prime had nine psalms, except d u r i n g the Easter
season. Prime was also different in that after the psalms the Athanasian Creed
Ouincunque vult was usually sung, with an antiphon, except d u r i n g the t r i d u u m and
Easter.
U n l i k e other hours, these had the h y m n after the opening formularies. After the
psalms came the chapter with response, short responsory, but no canticle. T h e r e were
the usual series of versicles and responses and other prayers at either end of the
service, similar to the arrangement at C o m p l i n e .
Monastic use had four psalms on Sunday at Prime (actually four sections of
Ps. 118), and short responsories were not usually sung, but otherwise there was little
difference from secular arrangements in the Little H o u r s .
1.7. PROCESSIONS
Bailey 1971.
1.8. C E R E M O N I E S OF H O L Y W E E K
(i) General
(ii) Palm Sunday
(iii) Maundy Thursday
(iv) Good Friday
(v) H o l y Saturday or Easter E v e
(vi) Easter S u n d a y
T y r e r 1932; Y o u n g 1933; H e r m a n n S c h m i d t 1 9 5 6 - 7 ; H a r d i s o n 1965; A n d r e w H u g h e s
1982.
(i) General
T h e ceremonies of H o l y Week are among the most ancient and universal of the
C h u r c h . Here the normal sequence of mass and office hours is frequently disturbed,
and the content of the services is usually not like that of mass and the office hours on
other days.
L e n t , the period of the c h u r c h year before Easter, is popularly understood to be a
penitential season. T h e penance implied was in ancient times a very real observance,
undertaken freely or by c o m m a n d of an ecclesiastical authority, and involved the
exclusion of the person concerned from mass until a ceremony of reconciliation on
M a u n d y T h u r s d a y . ( T h e ceremony of exclusion has been mentioned above, 1.7.)
L e n t was also the time of preparation for the catechumens, those being trained and
instructed for b a p t i s m . After a series of 'scrutinies' on various L e n t e n weekdays (the
most important, the Great Scrutiny, took place on the Wednesday of the fourth week
in L e n t ) , to ascertain who was suitable, baptism finally took place on Easter E v e .
N u m e r o u s rituals of deep symbolism surrounded the final days before Easter, such as
the extinguishing of candles for M a u n d y T h u r s d a y and then the lighting of the great
Paschal C a n d l e , the light of C h r i s t , on Easter E v e . C o i n c i d i n g as it d i d with the
passage from winter to spring, this progress from penitential preparation and the
death of Christ to his resurrection, and the rebirth in Christ of those newly admitted
to communion, gave the Passiontide and Easter liturgies immense power and
importance. W h e n C h r i s t had died on G o o d F r i d a y , no consecration of bread and
wine for c o m m u n i o n , his body and blood, was possible until the V i g i l Mass (or
Paschal Mass) on Easter E v e . A previously consecrated eucharist had to be used, with
corresponding alteration of the ceremony, which was therefore called the Mass of the
Presanctified.
Some of the general differences in liturgical matters between L e n t and the rest of
the year were indicated briefly above, when the essential structure of each service was
indicated ( 1 . 5 - 6 ) . A t a ceremonial level, a new note was struck on the fifth Sunday of
L e n t , known as Passion S u n d a y , when crucifixes, images, and pictures in the church
were veiled in p u r p l e , and the G l o r i a patri was omitted from psalms, invitatories, and
introits. O n the next S u n d a y , P a l m Sunday, the most important procession of the
year was made, a symbolic re-enactment of Christ's entry into Jerusalem.
On this day C h r i s t ate the Last Supper with his disciples, and instituted the
Eucharist. H e washed the feet of the disciples, and the words of the first antiphon
sung d u r i n g the medieval repetition of this ceremony, Man datum novum, gave its
name to the day itself.
T h e N i g h t Office and L a u d s on this and the next two days acquired the name of
Tenebrae (literally 'shadows') because of the custom of extinguishing the lights
d u r i n g the two services. T h e N i g h t Office would begin with only one set of fifteen
candles before the altar. A candle was extinguished after each of the psalms, until the
Benedictus of L a u d s was reached, after which the one remaining candle was hidden
behind the altar.
T h e L i t t l e H o u r s might be said and not sung, without lights.
O n these days the N i g h t Office had nocturns of three lessons even in monastic use,
a n d o n H o l y S a t u r d a y o n l y one n o c t u r n ( a l t h o u g h l a t e r i n t h e M i d d l e A g e s t h e r e w a s a
tendency to m a k e it a t h r e e - n o c t u r n s e r v i c e . ) The first t h r e e l e s s o n s of t h e N i g h t
O f f i c e (the o n l y t h r e e o n S a t u r d a y ) w e r e t a k e n f r o m t h e L a m e n t a t i o n s of Jeremiah
( t h e y w e r e n o t s u n g to a t o n e o t h e r t h a n t h e usual one, however, although the
b l e s s i n g s f o r t h e r e a d e r m i g h t be o m i t t e d ) .
M a s s o n M a u n d y T h u r s d a y , w h i c h took place after N o n e ( n a t i o n a l l y 3 p . m . ) , was
e s p e c i a l l y c o m p l i c a t e d b y the c e r e m o n i e s of t h e R e c o n c i l i a t i o n o f P e n i t e n t s a n d t h e
B l e s s i n g of t h e H o l y O i l s . T h e f o r m e r p r e c e d e d m a s s , a n d i n v o l v e d the repeated
g e n u f l e c t i o n a n d p r o s t r a t i o n of the p e n i t e n t s as t h e y m a d e t h e i r w a y f r o m t h e west
d o o r of the c h u r c h i n p r o c e s s i o n . T h e S e v e n P e n t i t e n t i a l P s a l m s w e r e s a i d ; a n d the
a n t i p h o n Venite venite w a s s u n g b e t w e e n e a c h v e r s e of P s . 33: ' C o m e ye c h i l d r e n , a n d
h e a r k e n u n t o m e : I w i l l t e a c h y o u the fear of t h e L o r d . ' T h e s h o r t K y r i e i n v o c a t i o n
w a s s u n g d u r i n g t h e s e r i e s of p r a y e r s , v e r s i c l e s , a n d responses.
M a s s f o l l o w e d , a n d d u r i n g the G l o r i a i n e x c e l s i s t h e b e l l s m i g h t b e r u n g f o r t h e last
t i m e u n t i l E a s t e r E v e . T h e B l e s s i n g of the H o l y O i l s h a d o n e s p e c i a l m u s i c a l i t e m , t h e
r e f r a i n h y m n O redemptor sume carnem, to a c c o m p a n y t h e b r i n g i n g o f t h e o i l s f r o m
t h e s a c r i s t y to t h e c h o i r , a n d t h e i r r e t u r n a f t e r t h e b l e s s i n g . T h e p o i n t at w h i c h t h i s
t o o k p l a c e w a s u s u a l l y j u s t b e f o r e the c o n s e c r a t i o n of t h e h o s t s , n o t o n l y of t h e h o s t f o r
t h i s m a s s b u t also t h a t r e q u i r e d f o r the n e x t d a y . T h e o i l s w e r e of a s p e c i a l t y p e k n o w n
as t h e c h r i s m , h e n c e t h e n a m e f o r t h i s m a s s of M i s s a C h r i s m a l i s . T h e y w e r e t o b e
u s e d f o r t h e a n o i n t i n g o f the b a p t i z e d i n t w o d a y s ' t i m e . T h e h o s t w h i c h w a s to b e
' r e s e r v e d ' f o r f u t u r e u s e w a s c a r r i e d to a s p e c i a l p l a c e e i t h e r b e f o r e t h e e n d of t h i s p a r t
of t h e c e r e m o n y o r a f t e r the V e s p e r s s e c t i o n . T h i s t r a n s l a t i o n a n d r e s e r v a t i o n was
c a r r i e d o u t w i t h c o n s i d e r a b l e s o l e m n i t y , w i t h a p r o p e r l y f o r m e d p r o c e s s i o n , a n d , of
c o u r s e , c h a n t s , s u c h as t h e h y m n Pange lingua. T h e host m i g h t actually be b u r i e d i n a
s e p u l c h r e , t h u s a n t i c i p a t i n g the b u r i a l of C h r i s t h i m s e l f ; a m o r e s o l e m n b u r i a l , o r
d e p o s i t i o n , w o u l d take place o n G o o d F r i d a y .
A s s o o n as t h e c o m m u n i o n c h a n t w a s o v e r , V e s p e r s b e g a n , w i t h o u t e v e n t h e Deus
in adiutorium versicle a n d response. V e s p e r s c o n s i s t e d o n l y of five p s a l m s a n d t h e
M a g n i f i c a t c a n t i c l e , a l l w i t h a n t i p h o n s . T h e p o s t c o m m u n i o n p r a y e r f o r t h e e n d of
m a s s w a s p o s t p o n e d u n t i l after t h i s r e d u c e d V e s p e r s , w i t h Ite m i s s a est t o c o n c l u d e .
C o m p l i n e w o u l d f o l l o w l a t e r , b u t first the a l t a r s of t h e c h u r c h w o u l d be s t r i p p e d
and washed w i t h holy water (which w o u l d first be blessed), the w h o l e procedure
a c c o m p a n i e d b y s o m e s e q u e n c e of p s a l m s w i t h a n t i p h o n s , r e s p o n s o r i e s borrowed
f r o m the N i g h t O f f i c e , or other ceremonial a n t i p h o n s , a n d prayers.
E i t h e r n o w , as a s e p a r a t e c e r e m o n y , o r o c c a s i o n a l l y at s o m e p o i n t i n t h e m a s s ( s u c h
as a f t e r t h e g o s p e l ) , t h e c e r e m o n y of the f o o t - w a s h i n g , ' p e d i l a v i u m ' o r ' M a n d a t u m ' ,
w a s p e r f o r m e d . It m i g h t b e p e r f o r m e d at a n y c o n v e n i e n t s p o t , i n c h u r c h o r p e r h a p s i n
t h e c h a p t e r - h o u s e . U s u a l l y t w e l v e c h o s e n m e n ( t h e n u m b e r of d i s c i p l e s ) h a d t h e i r feet
washed b y the officiating priest. T h e c e r e m o n y m i g h t be p r e c e d e d b y the relevant
g o s p e l r e a d i n g , p e r h a p s e v e n a s e r m o n , a n d it w a s f o l l o w e d b y p r a y e r s a n d v e r s i c l e s .
D u r i n g t h e a c t i o n o f w a s h i n g a series of c e r e m o n i a l a n t i p h o n s w a s s u n g , s o m e with
i n t o n e d p s a l m v e r s e s . T h e first i n the series was Mandatum novum do vobis, b u t the
choice thereafter varied widely. ( A n antiphon f o u n d in some uses, Venit adPetrum, is
occasionally provided with a long melisma on the word caput. In S a r u m use the
antiphon is last in the series, and the S a r u m version of the melisma is famous as the
cantus firmus of a polyphonic setting of the ordinary of mass once attributed to
Dufay.)
intervened before the final formularies of mass, having but a single psalm, Ps. 116
Laudate Dominion, with antiphon Alleluia. T h e r e was no chapter, h y m n , or versicle,
and after the Magnificat, the postcommunion prayer of mass and Ite missa est were
sung.
In the early M i d d l e Ages the N i g h t Office had but one nocturn, monastic use
following (or reverting to) the secular form with three psalms and three lessons, with
their respective antiphons and responsories. Its last responsory, c o m m o n l y Dum
(Cum) transisset Sabbatum V . Et valde mane, frequently introduced the enactment
of the famous Visitatio sepulchri ceremony (discussed in 11.25). T h e r e was sometimes
a special ceremony to discover and display a cross and/or host buried on G o o d F r i d a y
( Y o u n g 1933, chs. I V - V ) , which might take place before or after the N i g h t Office. A s
for all such ceremonies, chants specially selected or composed were performed, and
occasionally they would amount to a regular Visitatio representation.
T h e other services of the day proceeded more or less according to their c o m m o n
f o r m , although affected in character by the festive and joyful nature of the day.
control some of its abuses in the closing years of the twelfth century. It is therefore
possible that what we see in the copy of the Sens office, is, as it were, a 'respectable'
version of the Feast of F o o l s .
T h e Sens copy of a C i r c u m c i s i o n office, Sens, Bibliotheque M u n i c i p a l e 46, dates
f r o m the early thirteenth century (ed. Villetard 1907). T h i s is also the date of a similar
office from Beauvais, with a somewhat richer provision of special festal material,
L o n d o n , British L i b r a r y , Egerton 2615 (ed. A r l t 1970—the manuscript also contains
the famous Play of D a n i e l , probably for performance on the same day, and has been
b o u n d with some polyphonic compositions; some of these were for performance
d u r i n g the C i r c u m c i s i o n liturgy; some of them were composed in Paris). Between
t h e m , these two sources may indicate something of the (lost) Parisian C i r c u m c i s i o n
liturgy. A late twelfth-century source f r o m L a o n cathedral, L a o n , Bibliotheque
M u n i c i p a l e 263, contains m u c h similar material rubricated for feasts of the Christmas
p e r i o d , concentrating especially on the feast of the E p i p h a n y .
O u t s i d e N o r t h France the sources are sparser. T h i s is not to say that manuscripts
containing music typical of the Feast of Fools are l a c k i n g — s u c h songs may be f o u n d
in considerable quantities i n , for example, the N o r m a n - S i c i l i a n tropers Madrid,
Biblioteca Nacional 288, 289, and 19421; the Aquitanian tropers and song-books
Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, lat. 1139, 3549, and 3719; and the song-books
C a m b r i d g e , University L i b r a r y F f . i . 17 (English?) and L o n d o n , British L i b r a r y ,
A d d . 36881; all these are twelfth-century sources. But none of them sets out the
material in systematic liturgical order or indicates the succession of items which will
make up the complete festal liturgy. T h i s occurs, outside N o r t h France, only in the
well-known 'Jacobus' or ' C o d e x Calixtinus' of Santiago de Compostela (twelfth
century; for St James D a y , 25 J u l y ; ed. Wagner 1931, and Whitehill et al. 1944; see
also H o h l e r 1972), and the C i r c u m c i s i o n office of L e Puy (late medieval copies and
supplements of an original going back, like the material in the other sources, to the
twelfth century; text ed. Chevalier 1894; see also Arlt 1978).
A l l these sources contain chants and other material for the secular cursus of the
office. T h e most important characteristic they share is the inclusion of conductus or
versus, L a t i n songs, at various points in the services, either as replacements for a
regular liturgical form or, more frequently, as extra festal items. T r o p e d and farsed
items are abundant, sequences replace hymns on several occasions. A m o n g many
services worthy of fuller description, the E p i p h a n y completorium infinitum (endless
C o m p l i n e ) of L a o n should be mentioned, where, after a particularly lavish provision
of conductus, the direction is given to conclude the office: 'tot Benedicamus quot
novit quisque canamus' ('Let us sing all the Benedicamus [songs] we know') (see A r l t
1970, Darstellungsband, 220 f f . ; also Steiner, 'Compline', NG). P o l y p h o n y is
occasionally rubricked in the Beauvais office (the manuscript is now b o u n d together
with some p o l y p h o n y ) , and appears in supplements to 'Jacobus' and the L e P u y
office.
A s an indication of the way in which special material was grafted on to the normal
liturgy, T a b l e 1.9.1. sets out the course of the last service of the Beauvais office,
Second Vespers (Arlt 1970, E d i t i o n s b a n d , 139 ff). O n the left are placed the regular
liturgical forms, on the right the songs, tropes, and so o n .
Despite the licence which undoubtedly marked the celebration of the Feast of Fools,
these offices do not, in their sober manifestation on medieval parchment or in modern
edition, seem u n d u l y disorderly. T o those, however, who were accustomed to the
regular u n f o l d i n g of the liturgy, day by day and week by week, such efflorescences of
markedly u n - G r e g o r i a n chant (their style is discussed 11.24) could not fail to have
made a vivid, even disconcerting impression. Perhaps if we try to imagine
correspondingly exotic irregularity in the ceremonial action and the visual presentation of
the liturgy, we may be better able to appreciate the reasons for the episcopal
displeasure evidently aroused f r o m time to time. W h e n the thirteenth-century Bayeux
ordinal Bayeux, Bibliotheque M u n i c i p a l e 121 says that the four special Christmas
feasts are to be celebrated ' q u a m sollennius possunt' (ed. Chevalier 1902, 65, cited by
A r l t 1970, 48; 1978, 7) the term used, 'as solemnly as they [the clergy] are able',
should not be interpreted in the modern sense as 'serious, sober'. T h e adjective
sollemnis is conventional in ordinals as an indication of the character of the liturgies of
feast-days, and should rather convey the idea of ritual splendour, richness, and
variety; a n d , o n the Feast of F o o l s , outbursts of extravagant and exotic music as well.
T h e account of the liturgy given in the preceding chapters has concerned itself with
the regular cycle of services as performed day by day and year by year, with some
added information about the special forms those services might take on certain days of
unusual significance. T h e present chapter contains a few brief remarks on ceremonies
of a different character, largely independent of the normal liturgical cycle, performed
to sanctify a special occasion concerning a person, a church, or an ecclesiastical object
of some sort. M a n y of them are episcopal functions: that is, the services are carried
out by a b i s h o p , and the prayers and chants sung are mostly found in the pontifical,
the bishop's service-book.
N o t all these services require the performance of music as an essential element. T h e
role of plainchant varies according to how m u c h ceremonial action is i n v o l v e d ; where
a procession of some sort takes place, as in the service for the dedication of a c h u r c h ,
then it is not surprising to find a large provision of ceremonial antiphons. Some of the
most important of all Christian rites, however, have little musical support.
A m o n g those to be mentioned here are the services marking the sacraments. A
sacrament was defined by T h o m a s A q u i n a s as 'the sign of a sacred thing in so far as it
sanctifies men', and there are usually said to be seven: the eucharist, baptism,
confirmation, penance, ordination, matrimony, and extreme unction (the anointing of
Arlt Regular item Replacement item Addition
No.
II.1. I N T R O D U C T I O N
I n t h i s c h a p t e r I d e s c r i b e the c h i e f g e n r e s , f o r m s a n d s t y l e s , of c h a n t i n the R o m a n
liturgy.
The m a i n g e n r e s are a r r a n g e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i r m u s i c a l t y p e . I s t a r t w i t h the
s i m p l e r e c i t a t i o n f o r m u l a s f o r p r a y e r s a n d l e s s o n s ( 1 1 . 2 ) , a n d t h e n g o o n to p s a l m
tones a n d the m o r e elaborate recitations for i n v i t a t o r y a n d r e s p o n s o r y verses (11.3).
A f t e r that I discuss the m u c h m o r e c o m p l e x chants w h i c h retain e l e m e n t s of r e c i t a t i o n
patterns by m a r k i n g syntactical units w i t h typical melodic gestures: responsories,
g r a d u a l s , a n d t r a c t s ( I I . 4 - 5 ) . S h o r t r e s p o n s o r i e s are t h e n c o n s i d e r e d ( I I . 6 ) . T h e n e x t
sections are about chants which generally use free-ranging melodies of v a r y i n g
c o m p l e x i t y : first office a n t i p h o n s ( I I . 7 ) , a n d t h e n i n v i t a t o r y a n t i p h o n s , processional
antiphons, M a r i a n antiphons, and other special types ( I I . 8 - 1 0 ) . A f t e r that I consider
t h e ' a n t i p h o n s ' of m a s s : i n t r o i t s a n d c o m m u n i o n s ( 1 1 . 1 1 - 1 2 ) a n d o f f e r t o r i e s ( 1 1 . 1 3 ) .
A l l e l u i a s f o l l o w i n 11.14, t h e n t h e r e is a s w i t c h to q u i t e d i f f e r e n t g e n r e s , hymns
(11.15) a n d chants f o r t h e o r d i n a r y of m a s s ( 1 1 . 1 6 - 2 1 ) . T h e next sections treat
v a r i o u s later m e d i e v a l c h a n t s : s e q u e n c e s ( 1 1 . 2 2 ) , t h e m u l t i t u d e of d i f f e r e n t t y p e s of
t r o p e ( 1 1 . 2 3 ) , a n d l i t u r g i c a l L a t i n s o n g s of v a r i o u s k i n d s , o f t e n w i t h t e x t s i n v e r s e
(11.24). So-called liturgical dramas (11.25) a n d offices with verse texts (11.26)
c o n c l u d e the c h a p t e r , a f t e r w h i c h I h a v e a p p e n d e d an e x c u r s u s a b o u t s o m e l i t e r a r y
a s p e c t s of p o e t i c t e x t s ( 1 1 . 2 7 ) , i n t e n d e d to b e of a s s i s t a n c e to t h e non-specialist.
D e s c r i b i n g t h e m u s i c a l m a k e - u p of m e d i e v a l c h a n t s i n v o l v e s c o n s i d e r a t i o n of m a n y
f e a t u r e s , n o t a l l of w h i c h c a n be g i v e n t h e i r d u e i n the s p a c e a v a i l a b l e h e r e . S o m e o f
t h e m o s t d i s c u s s e d h e r e t o f o r e relate to f o r m , i n t h e sense of t h e l a y o u t of a m e l o d y :
repeat structures, recitation patterns s u c h as t h o s e of o f f i c e p s a l m o d y w h i c h can
s o m e t i m e s be f o u n d i n o t h e r c h a n t s , d e p l o y m e n t of s t a n d a r d m u s i c a l p h r a s e s f o r t h e
d e l i v e r y of v a r y i n g t e x t s . T h e f u n c t i o n of c h a n t as text d e c l a m a t i o n is f u n d a m e n t a l l y
i m p o r t a n t , a n d has also o f t e n b e e n t r e a t e d , t h o u g h the ' g r o u n d r u l e s ' f o r a l l g e n r e s of
c h a n t h a v e n o t yet b e e n d e f i n e d . ( A p p r o a c h e s of these t y p e s m a y b e f o u n d i n , f o r
e x a m p l e , J o h n e r 1953, J a m m e r s 1965, ' C h o r a l ' . ) A l t h o u g h the m o d a l i t y of c h a n t s has
also b e e n m u c h d i s c u s s e d , s o m e of t h e i r t o n a l aspects are less w e l l u n d e r s t o o d : f o r
example, the i d e n t i t y a n d r o l e of s t r u c t u r a l l y i m p o r t a n t a n d less i m p o r t a n t notes
(which may not necessarily be directly related to the final). N o w a c k i (1977) has
recently suggested ways of coping with questions of underlying structure and its
embellishment. I have also found useful the distinctions employed by H a n s e n (1979)
i n what is to date the only comprehensive attempt at a tonal analysis of the complete
repertory of proper of mass chants (as recorded in Montpellier H . 159). H a n s e n
regards as 'secondary' those notes only approached and quitted by step, whereas 'main
tones' are those approached and quitted b y a leap. (Hansen employs supplementary
criteria as well.) O n this basis most of the chants can be divided into pentatonic or
predominantly pentatonic melodies, and melodies where interlocking chains of thirds
are structurally important. T h e s e distinctions override classifications according to
liturgical function, mode, final, ambitus, and so on, so that chants of different genres
and mode m a y have the same (pentatonic or tertian) tonal backbone. (Other
promising computer-assisted analyses have been carried out, o n very different
repertories, by H a l p e r i n 1986 and B i n f o r d - W a l s h 1990.)
It is nevertheless safe to say that the musical analysis of plainchant is i n many
respects still at a preliminary stage. In what follows different examples are therefore
discussed i n different ways, emphasizing now one possible approach, now another.
(i) G e n e r a l
(ii) Prayers
(iii) L e s s o n s
(i) General
A great deal of the music performed during office and mass is extremely simple i n
character, being for the most part (sometimes entirely) a monotone, with melodic
nuances at significant points in the text: usually at the starts and ends of phrases, and
particularly at final cadences.
E v e n the simplest versicles and responses often illustrate some of the general
principles b y w h i c h recitations usually work. F o r the most part the versicle is sung to
one repeated note, w h i c h may of course be sung as many times as required by the
length of the text. Cadences may be marked by a fall in the voice, or a more elaborate
gesture. Occasionally the voice rises from a lower pitch in order to attain the main
reciting note, as it is usually called, or 'tenor'. T h i s is what happens at the beginning
of the ubiquitous office versicle Dominus vobiscum, quoted i n its S a r u m f o r m i n
E x . II.2.1. H e r e there is a double nuance at the cadence. It introduces a collect, sung
completely monotone until the simplest of falling final cadences. Then Dominus
48 II. Chant Genres
Choir A-men. (Priest and Choir 'Dominus' and 'Et cum' as above)
1
Choir De-o eracias.
(ii) Prayers
T h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t p r a y e r s to be r e c i t e d i n t h e l i t u r g y are t h o s e of m a s s : t h e c o l l e c t ,
s e c r e t , a n d p o s t c o m m u n i o n p r a y e r s , a n d t h e p r a y e r s of t h e e u c h a r i s t i c r i t e . T h e first
t h r e e are r e l a t i v e l y b r i e f , a n d m a y b e c l a s s e d w i t h m a n y o t h e r o c c a s i o n a l p r a y e r s f o r
r i t u a l a c t i o n s , s u c h as s p r i n k l i n g h o l y w a t e r a n d b l e s s i n g s of v a r i o u s k i n d s . T h e Liber
usualis g i v e s a n u m b e r of t o n e s , p l a i n o r m o r e v a r i e d to s u i t less o r m o r e i m p o r t a n t
liturgical occasions. (There is as yet n o c o n v e n i e n t w a y of f i n d i n g o u t h o w v a r i e d
medieval practice was.)
The Preface p r a y e r of m a s s (also s u n g , w i t h a d i f f e r e n t t y p e of c o n c l u s i o n , at
s p e c i a l c e r e m o n i e s of c o n s e c r a t i o n of v a r i o u s k i n d s ) is a m u c h l o n g e r i t e m , w h i c h
begins w i t h versicles a n d responses before l a u n c h i n g i n t o a l o n g text v a r y i n g w i t h the
l i t u r g i c a l o c c a s i o n . M o r e t h a n o n e m e d i e v a l t o n e f o r t h e p r a y e r is k n o w n , b u t t h e o n e
g i v e n i n E x . 11.2.2 is t y p i c a l . I n it m o s t c l a u s e s are s u n g to o n e f o r m u l a , f i n a l c l a u s e s
to a n o t h e r . A s o f t e n i n s u c h f o r m u l a s , t h e s i n g e r m u s t k n o w w h e r e t h e t w o final
a c c e n t e d s y l l a b l e s f a l l . F o r t h e n o n - f i n a l c l a u s e s , h e m a k e s h i s i n f l e c t i o n s as f o l l o w s :
o n t h e s y l l a b l e a f t e r t h e p e n u l t i m a t e a c c e n t e d s y l l a b l e he q u i t s t h e r e c i t i n g n o t e (c) for
b \ o n t h e last a c c e n t e d s y l l a b l e he g o e s e v e n l o w e r , so t h a t a s u b - t o n a l e n d i n g o n b c a n
be m a d e (ab b). F i n a l clauses have a s l i g h t l y m o r e ornate f o r m u l a , d e p e n d i n g o n l y o n
the final a c c e n t e d s y l l a b l e . T h r e e s y l l a b l e s e a r l i e r t h e s i n g e r q u i t s t h e r e c i t i n g n o t e to
introduce a t u r n i n g cadence w h i c h w i l l settle o n a (aG, Ga b ab a). Practically
w i t h o u t e x c e p t i o n , e n d s y l l a b l e s i n t h e s e t e x t s w i l l be u n a c c e n t e d . If m o r e t h a n o n e
s y l l a b l e f o l l o w s t h e a c c e n t e d o n e , t h e n t h e a m a y s i m p l y b e r e p e a t e d (ab a a).
O n e p r a y e r w h o s e text h a s t h e c h a r a c t e r of a p r e f a c e b u t w h o s e m u s i c is m u c h m o r e
e l a b o r a t e is that f o r t h e c o n s e c r a t i o n of t h e P a s c h a l C a n d l e o n E a s t e r E v e , t h e c h a n t
k n o w n f r o m its o p e n i n g w o r d as t h e E x u l t e t . It b e g i n s w i t h a s e c t i o n n o t f o u n d i n
other prefaces, t h e n come the versicles a n d responses, t h e n t h e m a i n p a r t of the
p r a y e r . T h e first s e c t i o n is s u n g to a m e l o d y of f o u r p h r a s e s r e p e a t e d f i v e t i m e s . T h e
m a i n part often uses the n o r m a l preface f o r m u l a s , but i n t r o d u c e s far m o r e f r e q u e n t
c a d e n c e s , a n d o t h e r m o r e e l a b o r a t e i n f l e c t i o n s . T h e d e g r e e of e l a b o r a t i o n v a r i e s f r o m
o n e t r a d i t i o n to a n o t h e r (see Huglo, ' E x u l t e t ' , NG f o r a s u m m a r y of available
Univ-Bibliothekl
) Regensburg \
E x . 11.2.2. F r o m the Blessing of the F o n t on Easter E v e ( O x f o r d , B o d l . L i b . e M u s . 126, f o .
41 )
r
9 p •
P (two more phrases, then) e-tiam ad nostras preces aures tu-e pi-etatis inclinas.
§ r Q
• • #
• • i * " # -p-
e-xultent diuina misteri-a e-xultent diui-na miste-ri-a
life:
^, » • • #
•rffeft• •
et pro tanti regis uictori-a et pro tan-ti re-gis uic-to-n-a
h «-* *
f
O ue-re be-a - ta
4L c
nox be - a-ta nox
P -w——•—•# ;« •
Nox in qua terrenis celesti-a
• • • #• •
iunguntur. Nox in qua terrenis celesti-a lun-gun - tur.
-for
Omnis chorus angelo-rum o - ret pro no-bis. (Christe audi nos as above)
n u m b e r of s y l l a b l e s , m e a n s t h a t t h e r e c i t i n g n o t e is n o t r e p e a t e d v e r y m u c h . T h e s a m e
is t r u e of m o s t m e l o d i e s f o r the Lord's Prayer (see L e o n Robert 1963, 127, and
Stablein, ' P a t e r n o s t e r ' , MGG, for various m e l o d i e s ) . A widely known melody is
t r a n s c r i b e d f r o m the f o u r t e e n t h - c e n t u r y C l u n i a c b r e v i a r y - m i s s a l of L e w e s , Cambridge,
F i t z w i l l i a m M u s e u m 369 i n E x . I I . 2 . 5 . F o r t h e first p a r t of t h e c h a n t , t h e reciting
n o t e (the o n l y o n e r e p e a t e d ) is 6, b u t f r o m ' s i c u t et n o s ' a b e c o m e s m o r e prominent.
T h e c a d e n c e s are e i t h e r o n G (less i m p o r t a n t ) o r a ( f u l l s t o p s ) .
i
Pater noster qui es in celis sanctifi-cetur nomen tu-um. Adueniet regnum tuum.
* • - - • , 1
m
da nobis hodi-e. Et dimitte nobis debita nostra sicut et nos dimittimus debi-to-
ribus nostris. Et ne nos inducas in temptaci-o-nem. Sed libera nos a malo. Amen,
(iii) Lessons
T h e s a m e p r i n c i p l e s of r e c i t a t i o n as i n t h o s e f o r p r a y e r s , a n d s o m e of t h e s a m e v a r i e t y
of m u s i c a l e l a b o r a t i o n , m a y be s e e n i n t h e t o n e s f o r c h a n t i n g l e s s o n s . T h e t o n e f o r t h e
s h o r t c h a p t e r of the o f f i c e h o u r s g i v e n i n m o d e r n R o m a n b o o k s is a m o n o t o n e without
any i n i t i a l rise, w i t h flex, m e t r u m , a n d f u l l - s t o p figures. T h e l o n g e r l e s s o n s of the
N i g h t O f f i c e are s u n g i n t h e s a m e w a y , w i t h t h e f u l l s t o p c o m i n g at t h e l o w e r fifth, for
example:
r e c i t i n g n o t e c , f u l l - s t o p figure c-G-d-F, or
r e c i t i n g n o t e a, full-stop figure d-F-G-D
T h e e p i s t l e s u n g at m a s s , w i t h r e c i t i n g n o t e r , has t h e f o l l o w i n g figures in modern
Roman books ( f o r a s u r v e y of v a r i o u s m e d i e v a l f o r m u l a s , see Stablein, 'Epistel',
MGG):
metrum: a-c-b-b-c
i n t e r r o g a t i o n : r e c i t i n g t o n e b, a-b-bc
full-stop: cd-b-d-b
T h e e n d of t h e w h o l e l e s s o n is s i g n a l l e d b y a n a c c e n t e d ac i n f l e c t i o n , t h e n a fall to b
for the r e c i t i n g note a n d a final c l o s e bc—c. T h e g o s p e l t o n e g i v e n as ' a n c i e n t ' i n
m o d e r n R o m a n books (the other appears not to be older than the sixteenth century,
being similar to the prescriptions of Guidetti's Directorium chori of 1582) is similar to
this (see Stablein, ' E v a n g e l i u m ' , MGG for further medieval tones).
P Domi-nus
« '# #
uo - bis-cum.
—# #
Et cum spiri-tu
-—-—»# #
tu - o.
—
0 0 0
Sequentia sancti e-uange - l i - i secundum Jo-hannem. Glori-a ti-bi domine.
P -0-
In illo tern-pore
*
Se-que-re
• 9
me.
Qui et recubuit in cena super pectus e-ius et dixit. Domine quis est qui tradet te?
9 » 9—^ • # «
m 9 w 9—*
Domine hie autem quid? Dicit e - i Ihesus.
than the oldest ' m a r k e d - u p ' copies of the text. In the late M i d d l e Ages, if not earlier,
different singers sang the different parts of the text, as appears from the fourteenth-
century S a r u m missal Parma, Biblioteca Palatina 98, where the 'parts' are marked
secunda vox, iii vox, and so on (MGG 10, T a f e l 61.2, after c o l . 960—this is the only
passion in the source; furthermore, only the parts for the singers other than the
evangelist are copied in f u l l , mere incipits for the evangelist being g i v e n ; the S a r u m
tone is edited in A n d r e w H u g h e s 1968, 184-6). A n idea of the variety of tones used,
within a general adherence to the principles of recitation technique and distinction
between the persons of the story, can be seen from Stablein's tables ('Passion', MGG).
Particular attention was often directed towards Christ's words, for example the cry
' E l i , eli, lama sabacthani', and it is thus not surprising to see neumes entered specially
above these words in the Jumieges evangeliary R o u e n , B i b l . M u n i c i p a l e 310 ( A . 293)
(facsimile in M M S 2, p i . X L V I I ) . F o r other extravagant passion tones, see G o l l n e r
1975 (late Spanish sources).
T w o other gospels of special ritual significance, and thus special musical character,
were those w h i c h recounted the genealogy of C h r i s t . T h a t appearing at the start of
St Matthew's G o s p e l was sung on Christmas E v e , and that according to St L u k e on
E p i p h a n y . Monastic use, w h i c h had a gospel reading at the end of the N i g h t Office,
had the genealogies at that point in the liturgy. Gospels were not read there in secular
uses as a general rule, but on these days an exception was made (they were intoned
b e f o r e r a t h e r t h a n after t h e T e D e u m ) . U s u a l l y t h e v e r s e s w e r e g r o u p e d i n p a i r s , w i t h
a d i f f e r e n t t o n e f o r e a c h h a l f o f t h e u n i t . O c c a s i o n a l l y m o r e e l a b o r a t e s c h e m e s are
encountered i n medieval sources (see S t a b l e i n , ' E v a n g e l i u m ' , MGG). E x . II.2.7
g i v e s a c o m m o n t o n e , t a k e n f r o m a R e i m s m i s s a l of t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y . E x . I I . 2 . 8
has a m o r e c o m p l e x m e l o d y f o r t h e St L u k e genealogy, f r o m a b o o k of s i m i l a r date b u t
enigmatic provenance (it h a s e l e m e n t s of b o t h R e i m s a n d Paris usage), Assisi,
B i b l i o t e c a C o m u n a l e 6 9 5 . H e r e t w o m e l o d i e s are s u n g i n a l t e r n a t i o n — t h e y c a n h a r d l y
be called recitations any longer, t h o u g h they are o f c o u r s e adaptable by note-
r e p e t i t i o n f o r n a m e s of d i f f e r i n g n u m b e r s of s y l l a b l e s . E a c h m e l o d y h a s five d i s t i n c t
phrases; the shorter phrases of t h e St L u k e ' s text lend themselves w e l l to this
treatment.
—_ «—« « — w 9 —•
Phares autem genu-it Esron. Esron au-tem ge-nu-it A - r a m . . . .
— • *—*— "—•—
De qua natus est Ihesus qui uocatur Christus.
58 //. Chant Genres
.. Qui fuit Dauid, qui fuit Ihesse, qui fuit Obeth, qui fuit Bo-oz, qui fuit Salmon, ...
... Qui fuit Na-ason, qui fuit Aminadab, qui fuit A r a m , qui fuit Esrom, qui fuit Pharens, ...
11.3. T O N E S F O R P S A L M S A N D O T H E R C H A N T S
(i) Psalms
(ii) Other P s a l m T o n e s : T h e Paraptcres, T o n u s peregrinus
(iii) Tones for the C a n t i c l e s Magnificat and Benedictus
(iv) Tones for the P s a l m Verses of Introits and C o m m u n i o n s
(v) Tones for R e s p o n s o r y Verses
(vi) T o n e s for the I n v i t a t o r y P s a l m
(vii) Benedictus es Domine Deus pat rum nostrum i n the Saturday M a s s of the E m b e r
Weeks
(viii) T e D e u m l a u d a m u s
(i) Psalms
Bailey 1976, ' A c c e n t u a l ' , 1979; Stablein, ' P s a l m , B\ MGG; Connolly, 'Psalm, II, NG.
T h e c y c l e o f p s a l m s c h a n t e d d a i l y d u r i n g t h e o f f i c e is p e r f o r m e d t o t o n e s i n a m a n n e r
s i m i l a r to t h e i n t o n a t i o n of p r a y e r s a n d l e s s o n s . F r o m a n e a r l y d a t e ( t h e late e i g h t h o r
e a r l y n i n t h c e n t u r y ) , p e r h a p s u n d e r the i n f l u e n c e of B y z a n t i n e p r a c t i c e (see below,
I I I . 14 a n d V . 4 ) , t h e r e w e r e e i g h t t o n e s i n t h e G r e g o r i a n s y s t e m . T h e c h o i c e of t o n e
f o r t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of a p a r t i c u l a r p s a l m d e p e n d e d u p o n t h e m o d e o f t h e a n t i p h o n
w i t h w h i c h t h e p s a l m w a s c o u p l e d i n the l i t u r g y o f t h e d a y . I n the c o u r s e of a y e a r the
same p s a l m m i g h t be s u n g m o r e than fifty times, nearly always w i t h a different
antiphon, and thus to a different tone. For most tones a variety of cadences
(differentiae, diffinitiones) w a s a v a i l a b l e , i n t h e o r y at least to c a t e r f o r t h e different
pitches with w h i c h the antiphon would start o n its r e p e t i t i o n a f t e r the psalm.
M e d i e v a l sources r e g u l a r l y d i f f e r o n t h e n u m b e r of d i f f e r e n t i a e t h e y p r o v i d e , a n d
t h e i r a s s i g n m e n t of p a r t i c u l a r d i f f e r e n t i a e to p a r t i c u l a r a n t i p h o n s . ( S o m e t i m e s even
the m o d e o f t h e a n t i p h o n , h e n c e the t o n e to be u s e d f o r the s i n g i n g of t h e p s a l m , w a s
the s u b j e c t of d i f f e r i n g o p i n i o n s : see V . 4 . ) T h u s t h e s e l e c t i o n of d i f f e r e n t i a e g i v e n i n
E x . I I . 3 . 1 b e l o w is n o t t h e s a m e as that i n m o d e r n V a t i c a n b o o k s .
It is i m p o r t a n t to r e m e m b e r that t h e t o n e m a y b e c o n c l u d e d o n a v a r i e t y of n o t e s ,
a n d is i n n o w a y b o u n d to finish o n t h e s a m e final n o t e as t h e a n t i p h o n , t h a t i s , o n
w h a t is n o r m a l l y r e c k o n e d to be the final of the m o d e . It is easy to c o n f u s e ' m o d e ' a n d
J. lanes for Psalms and Other Chants
i-1
G l o r i - a pa-tri et f i - l i - o et spiritu-i sancto
y ||
/ ^> rm
f*\ •• •
• mm •m•m
• • m m •
•
•
m
9 #
2- i
G l o r i - a pa-tri et f i - l i - o et spiritu-i sancto
* . & •
Sicut e-rat in principi-o et nunc et semper et in secula seculorum a-men.
G l o r i - a pa-tri et f i l i - o et s p i r i - t u - i sancto
M m m M ~ \ M M *l ~
4.
G l o r i - a pa-tri et f i - l i - o et s p i r i - t u - i sancto
-fl
^ * *L#J
1—*—' *« *%. 1
60
( E x . I I . 3 . 1 . cont.)
7.
Scito-te qui-a prope est regnum D e - i a - men dico uobis q u i - a non tardabit.
. . . et f i - l i - o . . . spi-ri-tu-i san-cto
. . . n u n c et s e m - p e r . . . se-cu-16-rum. A - m e n
W e c a n l o o k b a c k at E x . I I . 3 . 1 a n d see if t h e r e is a c h a n g e at F i - l i o ( t h a t w o u l d be a n
a c c e n t u a l c a d e n c e ) o r at fi-Li-o (a m e c h a n i c a l l y a p p l i e d ' c u r s i v e ' c a d e n c e ) . If t h e final
c h a n g e c o m e s at s p i - R i - t u i , t h e c a d e n c e is a c c e n t u a l , if at s p i r i - T U - i it i s c u r s i v e . I n
t h i s case t h e test is m e t i n t h e m e d i a n c a d e n c e s 2 - 5 a n d 8, b u t i n t h e final cadences
o n l y of t o n e s 5 a n d 7. H e r e P i a c e n z a 65 a l w a y s o b s e r v e s a c c e n t u a l cadences.
T o n e s f o r p s a l m s , f o r t h e c a n t i c l e s , a n d f o r i n t r o i t v e r s e s are g i v e n i n p a r a l l e l b y
C o n n o l l y ( ' P s a l m , I I ' , NG). A s w e l l as t h e s e , S t a b l e i n g a v e r e s p o n s o r y v e r s e t o n e s
('Psalm, B ' , MGG). Both authors draw upon both the Vatican edition and the
Commemoratio brevis.
T h e t w o h a l v e s of p s a l m v e r s e s are s u n g to t h e s a m e r e c i t i n g n o t e i n t h e e i g h t c o m m o n
p s a l m tones, a n d most other tones, though both responsory verses a n d i n v i t a t o r y
p s a l m t o n e s h a v e a c h a n g e of r e c i t i n g n o t e . A r a r e l y u s e d p s a l m t o n e , t h e s o - c a l l e d
'tonus peregrinus' ('wandering tone'; the L a t i n term is first found in the writings of
G e r m a n theorists of the fourteenth century), also uses two different reciting notes. It
is given f r o m the late-tenth-century Aquitanian tonary Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale,
lat. 1118 in E x . I I . 3 . 4 .
i .• • 9
Seculorum a-men.
It is not the only tone of this sort. A number of them, called 'parapteres'
(paracteres, medii toni, etc., possibly from Greek para + apto, 'join alongside'), are
mentioned in several early medieval treatises, from Aurelian of Reome onward. T h e y
are usually cited in conjunction with a small group of antiphons of irregular modality,
' m o d u l a t i n g antiphons', as they have been called. T h e most prominent groups of
antiphons are those like Nos qui vivimus, and those designated by Gevaert (1895) as
' T h e m e 29', w h i c h , as the tenth-century treatise De modis musicis puts it, 'are not
ended in the same way as they began'. (See 11.7 for examples and discussion.) T h e
psalm tone therefore reverses the modulation in the antiphon itself, so that there is no
abrupt change of tonality.
A m o n g the other tones, the Commemoratio brevis cites the one given in E x . II.3.5
(the antiphon is completed from the Petershausen antiphoner). T h e higher second
'alleluia' of the antiphon is answered by the higher recitation on a in the psalm tone.
T h e n the tone moves down to P\ which is where the antiphon will begin when
repeated after the psalm verses.
W h e r e t h e y are t o b e f o u n d i n m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s , w h i c h is r a r e l y , t h e y are s l i g h t l y m o r e
ornate t h a n the c o m m o n p s a l m tones. M o s t have a few m o r e t w o - n o t e g r o u p s t h a n the
p s a l m t o n e s , b u t t h i s is n o t so i n a l l cases o r i n a l l m a n u s c r i p t s .
S o m e w h a t m o r e o r n a t e a g a i n are t h e t o n e s f o r s i n g i n g p s a l m v e r s e ( s ) a n d d o x o l o g y
w i t h t h e i n t r o i t a n d c o m m u n i o n at m a s s . T h e i n t r o i t t o n e s , i n c o n t r a s t to t h e u s u a l
p r a c t i c e f o r o f f i c e p s a l m t o n e s , h a v e a n e w i n t o n a t i o n after t h e m e d i a n c a d e n c e . In
this they r e s e m b l e the tones for r e s p o n s o r y verses.
A t t h i s p o i n t it b e c o m e s p o s s i b l e to i l l u s t r a t e w i t h o u t g r e a t d i f f i c u l t y t h e w a y i n
w h i c h t e x t a n d t o n e w e r e j o i n e d , f o r a n u m b e r of m e d i e v a l g r a d u a l s c o p y o u t i n f u l l
t h e p s a l m v e r s e t o be s u n g . E x . I I . 3 . 6 g i v e s s o m e p s a l m v e r s e s f r o m i n t r o i t s i n t h e
C h a r t r e s c a t h e d r a l g r a d u a l P r o v i n s , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 12. T h e v e r s e s b e g i n
i d e n t i c a l l y , a n d t h e first t w o are also a l i k e after t h e m e d i a n c a d e n c e , d e s p i t e t h e fact
t h a t i n t h e s e c o n d ' i u s t i c i a ' w o u l d n o r m a l l y be a c c e n t e d o n t h e s e c o n d s y l l a b l e : t h e
m u s i c a l figure is i n d e p e n d e n t of a c c e n t u a t i o n . I n the first h a l f of t h e v e r s e , t h e r i s e t o
d is m a d e o n a n a c c e n t e d s y l l a b l e , a n d t h a t m e a n s that i n t h e s e c o n d e x a m p l e o n l y o n e
c f o l l o w s , because o n l y three syllables r e m a i n altogether, instead of the f o u r i n the first
Benedic a-nima me-a domino et omni-a qui intra me sunt nomini sancto e-ius.
In te domine speraui non confundar in e-ternum in iustici-a tu-a libera me et e-ripe me.
n o - m i - n i san-cto ei-us
et e - ri-pe me
T h e t h i r d v e r s e is v e r y s h o r t a n d t h e t w o h a l v e s of t h e p s a l m t o n e are e l i d e d .
T h e s a m e t o n e s a p p e a r to h a v e b e e n u s e d f o r t h e c o m m u n i o n as f o r t h e i n t r o i t . T h e
c o m m u n i o n p s a l m v e r s e w a s i n a n y case f r e q u e n t l y b o r r o w e d f r o m t h e i n t r o i t .
F a r m o r e e l a b o r a t e are t h e t o n e s u s e d f o r t h e verses of o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r i e s . T h e s a m e
p r i n c i p l e s n e v e r t h e l e s s h o l d t r u e . E x . II.3.7 g i v e s t h e v e r s e s f o r t h e first t h r e e m o d e 3
responsories from the Petershausen antiphoner. Obviously, text accentuation
d e t e r m i n e s w h e r e c e r t a i n g r o u p s of n o t e s w i l l be p l a c e d . T h e figure cdcc is u s e d f o r
t h e first a c c e n t e d s y l l a b l e , so t h a t Preoccupemus b e g i n s w i t h t h r e e u n a c c e n t e d cs> A
solis ortu w i t h o n l y o n e , a n d Tollite portas w i t h n o n e at a l l . T h e rest of t h e w o r d
' ( T o l ) l i t e ' has t w o u n a c c e n t e d s y l l a b l e s , so t h e figure abcaaG is s p l i t . T h e m e d i a n
c a d e n c e is t h e s a m e i n a l l t h r e e v e r s e s , b u t t w o d i f f e r e n t a p p r o a c h e s are u s e d : i n
3^3
* * " • * m . m m > l
m m m m m m m m #
-bit.
Preoccupemus a n d Tollite portas t h e r e is r a t h e r a l o t of t e x t to s i n g , m o s t l y o n a, with
a couple of liquescent neumes i n Preoccupemus and with accented syllables
h i g h l i g h t e d i n Tollite \ a m o r e c o n c i s e figure a p p e a r s i n A solis ortu. T h e second half of
e a c h v e r s e r e c i t a t i o n is o n c\ i n Preoccupemus t h e r e is a s h o r t i n t o n a t i o n figure. The
final c a d e n c e is v e r y o r n a t e , s t r e t c h i n g o v e r five s y l l a b l e s (that is t h e w h o l e t e x t i n
Ecce virgo!). T h e m u s i c is a p p l i e d h e r e m e c h a n i c a l l y , f o r t h e t h r e e verses have
d i f f e r e n t a c c e n t p a t t e r n s , b u t the m u s i c is a l w a y s t h e s a m e , w i t h o u t a n y e x t r a s i n g l e
n o t e s o r s p l i t t i n g of n e u m e s .
It w i l l b e n o t i c e d t h a t d i f f e r e n t r e c i t i n g n o t e s are u s e d i n the t w o h a l v e s of the v e r s e ,
a a n d c. T h a t is u s u a l l y t h e case i n t h e t o n e s f o r r e s p o n s o r y v e r s e s . (Copies f r o m
v a r i o u s s o u r c e s m a y b e f o u n d i n S t a b l e i n , ' P s a l m B ' , MGG; Connolly, 'Psalm II',
A G;r
Cutter, 'Responsory', NG; Processionale monasticum, and A S , the latter
r e p r i n t e d w i t h a u s e f u l note i n H u c k e 1973.)
Most but not all tones—whether s i m p l e p s a l m tones or those of responsory
verses—have a rising intonation and a falling cadence. Several rising cadences (the
w o r d ' c a d e n c e ' is e t y m o l o g i c a l l y i n a p p r o p r i a t e ) m a y b e seen i n E x . 11.3.1 a b o v e . A
g l a n c e at t h e r e s p o n s o r y v e r s e t o n e s i n o n e of t h e e d i t i o n s j u s t c i t e d w i l l r e v e a l s e v e r a l
falling openings.
A s w i l l be d i s c u s s e d l a t e r ( V . 4 ) , t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n a c c o r d i n g t o a s y s t e m of e i g h t
m o d e s is a r e l a t i v e l y late d e v e l o p m e n t i n W e s t e r n c h a n t . T h e p o s s i b i l i t y h a s j u s t b e e n
m e n t i o n e d that t h e r e w e r e m o r e t h a n e i g h t p s a l m t o n e s , and the same p o s s i b i l i t y
exists f o r t h e t o n e s of r e s p o n s o r y v e r s e s . A systematic e n q u i r y has n o t yet been
p u b l i s h e d , b u t it m a y b e m e n t i o n e d t h a t F r e r e n o t i c e d a s e c o n d v e r s e t o n e f o r m o d e 8
r e s p o n s o r i e s (AS, I n t r o . , 6 0 , facs. 171, 174, e t . ) , a n d H u c k e ( ' R e s p o n s o r i u m ' , MGG,
320) r e p o r t e d t h a t o t h e r verse t o n e s w e r e o c c a s i o n a l l y t o be f o u n d , e v e n a m o n g s t t h e
o l d c o r e r e p e r t o r y . B e a r i n g i n m i n d t h e fact t h a t t h e n o t a t i o n of o f f i c e c h a n t s d o e s n o t
s e e m to h a v e b e e n u n d e r t a k e n s y s t e m a t i c a l l y b e f o r e t h e l a t e r t e n t h c e n t u r y , o n e m i g h t
w e l l ask w h e t h e r these other t o n e s are t h e r e l i c s of a o n c e greater number, or
a l t e r n a t i v e l y w h e t h e r the r e s t r i c t i o n to e i g h t w a s b e c o m i n g r e l a x e d b y t h e e n d of t h e
millennium.
P s a l m verses u s u a l l y c o n s i s t of t w o h e m i s t i c h s , a n d p s a l m t o n e s t h e r e f o r e usually
c o n s i s t of t w o e l e m e n t s . A t t h e start of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e , h o w e v e r , P s . 9 4 , Venite
exulternus, is s u n g i n a d i f f e r e n t w a y , i n u n i t s of five p h r a s e s . T h e t e x t is n o t that o f
t h e s o - c a l l e d G a l l i c a n p s a l t e r , u s e d f o r t h e c o m m o n p s a l m o d y , b u t t h a t of t h e so-
c a l l e d R o m a n p s a l t e r (see VIII.6).
T h e r e are b o t h s i m p l e a n d o r n a t e V e n i t e t o n e s . S o m e t i m e s t h e five e l e m e n t s are
d i s p o s e d as t w o t i m e s t w o p h r a s e s , w i t h a r e c i t a t i o n f o r m u l a l i k e a p s a l m t o n e , t h e n a
c o n c l u d i n g p h r a s e . I n s e v e r a l of t h e t o n e s , h o w e v e r , r e c i t i n g n o t e s are r a r e l y to b e
heard. Some of the melodies, as we may call them, are quite ornate. T h e impression is
not that of a 'tone' in the sense we have just been using, but rather of a long melody
with a n u m b e r of elastic points where expansion for a long verse, or contraction for a
short one, may easily be effected.
E x . II.3.8 gives the first three verses of a Venite from the Saint-Denis antiphoner
Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, lat. 17296. In the first phrase c can be heard as a
reciting note (in verse 5 it is used more frequently), in the second phrase the note is a.
Later verses have further repeated rs at the start of the third phrase, which is then
supplanted by d. In the fourth phrase there are again two reciting notes, c at the
beginning, then a, as in phrase 2, while c is the most important note in phrase 5. T h e
mutual attraction of a and c is discernible throughout. T h e figure a-G—a-c-b,
m o v i n g f r o m a to c and leading back down again, contains the melodic essence of the
piece (it is marked with a bracket in E x . II.3.8). In the course of each verse it appears
four times; practically everything else is recitation around a or c> before the final
melisma elaborates the kernel figure for a last time. It is noticeable, however, that this
figure appears sometimes at a break in the text ('salutari nostro'), sometimes elsewhere
('exultemus'), so it cannot be regarded as a cadential figure; neither does any other
obvious cadential figure appear: the melodic material is disposed rather freely over the
whole verse.
i 1 i i
F e w Venite tones are available in modern editions. Eight may be found in Liber
responsorialis, others in P a l M u s 12. N o comprehensive survey of the medieval
repertory has been made, but it seems that invitatory antiphons were reckoned to
belong only to modes 2 - 7 , and consequently only six Venite tones were required. In
practice some modes, especially mode 4, had several alternative tones. ( F o r C l u n i a c
practice, see Steiner 1987.)
(vii) B e n e d i c t u s es D o m i n e D e u s p a t r u m n o s t r u m in the Saturday Mass of the Ember
Weeks
( v i i i ) Te Deum laudamus
A f t e r s o m e less r e g u l a r v e r s e s a n o t h e r f o r m u l a takes o v e r :
E-G-®-G-a-b-a \\ E-G-@-G-a-b-G-E
A t ' A e t e r n a f a c ' the w h o l e t o n a l l e v e l s i n k s a f o u r t h , w h i c h is w h e r e t h e d e c i s i o n
a b o u t Ft) o r Fjt becomes important:
C-DE-(E)-F-D-F-EDC II C-E-F-©-a-F-GFE-E
(i) Introduction
(ii) R e p e r t o r y , T e x t s , and F o r m
(iii) M u s i c
(iv) Centonization
(v) Melismas
(i) Introduction
The great responsories of the N i g h t Office, like the graduals and tracts of mass
considered in the next section, are long, ornate chants in which the same material can
be f o u n d in several different pieces of the same tonality. T h i s is comparable to what
we have just seen in simpler chants. U n d e r n e a t h the surface detail of the ornate chants
one may still recognize passages of recitation, and c o m m o n ways of opening and
closing the piece can be discerned, comparable to the intonations and cadences of
simple psalmody. T h e melodies are, however, m u c h more elaborate than the c o m m o n
psalm tones, and there are far more of them, in the case of responsories over a
thousand in some medieval manuscripts. T h e y may nevertheless be grouped in
families, according to the musical material they use. A n d if we regard each melody-
type as roughly equivalent to a simple psalm tone, then the disparity in numbers is not
so startling.
Responsories, graduals, and tracts have fared well as far as musical analysis goes.
Frere made a pioneering study of office responsories in the introduction to AS,
identifying and labelling recurring musical figures to provide a taxonomy of a great
part of the repertory. H i s shorthand method of characterizing pieces was extended by
A p e l (1958) to graduals and tracts. In the meantime Wagner (III) and Ferretti (1938)
had also published analyses of the repertory. M o r e recently H u c k e has devoted several
important studies to them ('Responsorium', MGG] 1955, 'Gregorianischer'; 1956;
1973; and further remarks, 1980, ' T o w a r d s ' ) . Here it will be sufficient to illustrate the
general principles at work.
T h e responsories are not as well known as the graduals and tracts of mass, for they are
far more numerous and less easily accessible in modern editions. T h e r e are the
fascimiles A S , P a l M u s 9, and P a l M u s 12, and the texts of other antiphoners (and
breviaries) have been published (notably the twelve in C A O ) . But because the N i g h t
Office is no longer sung with the elaborate responsory melodies, Vatican versions are
not available. The Liber responsorialis contains over 300, the Processionale
monasticum over 100, and others are in LU.
M o s t medieval manuscripts contain two or three times this n u m b e r . T h e O l d
R o m a n antiphoners contain over 600, and so does one of the earliest notated Frankish
antiphoners, that of the monk Hartker of St G a l l (St G a l l , Stiftsbibliothek 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 :
P a l M u s I I / l ) . L a t e r medieval sources may contain over 1,200. A s H u c k e ('Respons-
o r i u m ' , MGG) has pointed out, a basic core of the repertory is to be found in
practically all medieval sources, but the order in w h i c h the responsories are assigned
to the nocturns is very variable. ( T h e same is true for office antiphons.) C o m p a r i n g
the order of responsories in various sources has therefore become a favourite way of
detecting relationships between sources.
Responsory texts are mostly selected with respect to the readings of the N i g h t
Office w h i c h they follow. T h u s there are blocks of verses excerpted f r o m the Prophets
in Advent, from the psalms (in numerical order) after E p i p h a n y , from the
Heptateuch in L e n t , and so o n . G r o u p s of them were sometimes copied with titles
denoting their source, as for example 'de A d a m ' , 'de N o e ' in L e n t , or 'Historie' d u r i n g
the s u m m e r months (when T o b i t , Judith, Esther, the Maccabees, and so on, were
read).
Responsories consist of two main parts, here called the respond and the verse. T h e
verses, usually sung to a rather elaborate tone, have just been discussed. T h e order of
performance is basically r e s p o n d - v e r s e - r e s p o n d , to which a G l o r i a and further
repeat of the respond is sometimes added, giving the form R - V - R - G - R . W h e n the
respond is repeated it is usually shortened, in that only its second half is sung. F o r the
repeat after the G l o r i a it may be further shortened, so that only the final phrase is
sung.
T h e assignment of particular verses to particular responds is generally unstable.
Early in the ninth century Amalarius of M e t z reported that in Rome many
responsories were sung with more than one verse, but in the earliest Frankish sources
practically all have one only. Extra verses then become more frequent in the later
M i d d l e Ages. T h e variety between sources in choice of verses seems to reflect early
practice, whereby the cantor selected his verses at will. T h i s is an important point of
difference with so-called antiphonal psalmody, where a complete psalm is sung.
U s u a l l y only the first part of the doxology was sung ('Gloria patri et filio et spiritui
sancto'), though some sources stretch the same music over the complete text. T h e
Rule of St Benedict calls for the doxology for the last responsory of each nocturn, the
practice followed in most medieval books, though once again the practice varied from
church to c h u r c h .
O f the 634 responsories in Hartker's antiphoner (figures in Ferretti 1938, 246, and
Cutter, 'Responsory', NG), about an eighth are in mode 4, about the same as mode 2,
slightly more than in mode 3, and slightly less than in mode 1. M o s t (about a fifth
each) are in modes 7 and 8, while the F modes have relatively few.
(iii) Music
W e c a n g a i n a n i d e a of t h e m u s i c a l m a k e - u p of r e s p o n s o r i e s b y p l a c i n g s i d e b y s i d e
f o u r p i e c e s f r o m t h e N i g h t O f f i c e f o r St S t e p h e n ( E x . I I . 4 . 1 ) . R e m e m b e r i n g h o w
r e s p o n s o r y v e r s e s w e r e p e r f o r m e d , w e c a n see h e r e also s t a n d a r d i z e d p o i n t s o f a r r i v a l
a n d d e p a r t u r e , a n d o c c a s i o n a l l y r e c i t a t i o n n o t e s (F) \ b u t t h e r e is g r e a t e r f r e e d o m of
movement than i n the verse tones, and even r o o m for excursions into foreign
territory.
Frere used a system of l a b e l l i n g c a d e n c e s w h i c h I have f o l l o w e d here, where
p o s s i b l e (cf. AS, I n t r o d u c t i o n , 3 3 - 4 ) . B u t i n F r e r e ' s s o u r c e ( a n a n t i p h o n e r of S a r u m
use) the second phrase ends o n E, whereas i n the Klosterneuburg antiphoner
t r a n s c r i b e d h e r e it e n d s o n F. T h e s a m e h a p p e n s i n t h r e e of t h e f o u r r e s p o n d s i n t h e
third phrase.
T h e b e g i n n i n g a n d t h e e n d find the f o u r r e s p o n d s i n c l o s e s t a g r e e m e n t , t h a t is
phrase O a a n d phrase E l .
I n t h e s e c o n d p h r a s e , t h e first t w o r e s p o n d s are a l m o s t i d e n t i c a l , t h e t h i r d r e s p o n d
has t h e s a m e c a d e n c e , b u t t h e f o u r t h r e s p o n d m e r e l y has t h e s a m e r a n g e a n d final
note.
T h e t h i r d p h r a s e is s i m i l a r i n a l l r e s p o n d s , t h o u g h m o r e l o o s e l y so t h a n at the
b e g i n n i n g of t h e r e s p o n s o r y ; t h e l o n g e r texts h a v e e x t r a r e c i t a t i o n (a ac a, e t c ) , w h i l e
t h e s h o r t e s t t e x t , ' d o m i n e I e s u C h r i s t e ' , f o r g o e s t h i s a l t o g e t h e r . It is i n t e r e s t i n g t h a t
all t h e f o u r r e s p o n d s c o n v e r g e o n the n o t e s aGF^GaGaGF (as f o r ' s a n c t o r u m ' i n t h e
f o u r t h of t h e r e s p o n d s ) , b u t t w o of t h e m w a n d e r o n b e y o n d i t : ' C h r i s t e ' n e e d s a n e x t r a
four notes, 'ait' an extra five.
T h e f o u r t h p h r a s e sees t h e r e s p o n d s g o i n g a l o n g q u i t e d i f f e r e n t p a t h s . T h r e e of
t h e m r e m a i n i n t h e l o w e r r a n g e , b u t the t h i r d r e s p o n d r i s e s u p r a t h e r d r a m a t i c a l l y to c
o n c e a g a i n , p e r h a p s i n r e s p o n s e to the w o r d s of S t e p h e n h i m s e l f : ' B e h o l d , I see t h e
heavens o p e n e d ' ( A c t s 7: 56).
The s e c o n d r e s p o n d n o w has o n l y o n e m o r e p h r a s e , the final phrase w h i c h is
very s i m i l a r i n all four r e s p o n d s . I n f r o n t of t h i s , t w o of t h e responds have a
p r e p a r a t o r y p h r a s e , c a d e n c i n g o n G. T h e t h i r d r e s p o n d uses t h i s p h r a s e a l m o s t i n
passing, a i m i n g instead for a m e l i s m a on 'stantem', w h i c h carried the m u s i c over into
the final phrase.
T h e s e f o u r are n o t t h e o n l y r e s p o n d s u s i n g t h i s m u s i c a l m a t e r i a l , as a g l a n c e at
F r e r e ' s a n a l y s e s w i l l s h o w . T h e final c a d e n c e is also u s e d i n m o d e 3 p i e c e s , a n d so is
that of t h e t h i r d p h r a s e ( w h i c h r e s e m b l e s the m e d i a n c a d e n c e i n t h e r e s p o n d s f o r t h i s
m o d e ) . S o m e phrases w h i c h were u n i q u e a m o n g o u r f o u r r e s p o n d s m a y be f o u n d i n
o t h e r m o d e 4 r e s p o n s o r i e s , s u c h as ' C h r i s t i m a r t y r i ' i n t h e f o u r t h r e s p o n d o r ' a c c i p e
s p i r i t u m ' i n the first. O t h e r phrases r e m a i n u n i q u e : 'ecce v i d e o ' a n d the 'stantem'
m e l i s m a i n t h e t h i r d r e s p o n d . I n v i e w of the s t r u c t u r a l i m p o r t a n c e o f t h e n o t e F, one
might expect some correspondence w i t h F - m o d e responsories, for e x a m p l e , i n the
o p e n i n g . B u t t h i s is n o t t h e c a s e ; e v e n t h o u g h s o m e F - m o d e r e s p o n s o r i e s start w i t h a
p h r a s e r e c i t i n g o n F a n d c a d e n c i n g o n D, they have a quite different a p p r o a c h .
72 II. Chant Genres
P La-pidabant Stephanum
-i**-" o
in-uocantem et di-
9 9
"
-cen - tern
i —# w
«
In-tuens in ce - lum be- -a-tus Stepha- -nus
•—«
+ d o - m i - n e Ie-su C h r i - ste ac-cipe spiri-tum meum
9
U
4^ et in-tu - e-bantur uul-tum e - ius tanquam uultum ange - li
-deo
m m* mm
9
ce-los
9m gm^m
a-
m
-per - tos
^ ? £
v +> m 7 1 1
— — ^ »*—*«' * * # v g#
et ne s t a - -tuas i l - -lis hoc ad pec- -ca-tum
J?
fo
r **e * • •
stantes in - ter il - los
L
p 1 » i ; -ft fr • w * 9
— 1 * — 'yiffi i« 0
t " « « /,# g>
^t- et f i - l i - u m ho-mi - nis stan- -tern a dextris uir-tu-tis De - i
V
r ~PTTdi~ : — ^ - f l ' V v
1 * W— ^ » >
Praecantor: Respond
Succentores: Respond
Praecantor: Verse
Succentores: Respond
Praecantor: Gloria
Succentores: R e s p o n d second part
Praecantor: Respond
Succentores: Respond
A c c o r d i n g to A m a l a r i u s , t h e G l o r i a h a d b u t r e c e n t l y b e e n a d d e d i n R o m e ( b u t i n
O r d o R o m a n u s V I , of t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y , a F r a n k i s h m o n k s a i d that a l l r e s p o n s o r i e s
w e r e s u n g w i t h t h e G l o r i a ) . T h e F r a n k s , o n the o t h e r h a n d , u s u a l l y s a n g o n l y t h e
s e c o n d p a r t after t h e v e r s e . ( C o m p l e t e r e p e a t s are n e v e r t h e l e s s c a l l e d f o r o n s o m e
o c c a s i o n s i n m o d e r n s e r v i c e - b o o k s . ) A t a n y r a t e , A m a l a r i u s d o e s not s p e a k of a s o l o
start a n d c h o i r c o n t i n u a t i o n of the r e s p o n d .
T h e c h o i r ' s task is easier if t h e s o l o i s t has a l r e a d y s u n g t h e r e s p o n d . F u r t h e r m o r e ,
i n t h e W i n c h e s t e r p o l y p h o n i c s e t t i n g s of t h e late 10th c e n t u r y t h e w h o l e r e s p o n d
a p p e a r s to be f o r t h e s o l o i s t .
T h e s i n g i n g of t h e r e s p o n d p r o c e e d e d a l o n g c l e a r l y u n d e r s t o o d l i n e s . T h e t o n a l i t y
( i n t h i s case m o d e 4) w o u l d be k n o w n , w h i c h b r o u g h t w i t h it n u m e r o u s c o n v e n t i o n s
g u i d i n g t h e p e r f o r m a n c e : t h e n o t e s u s e d f o r r e c i t i n g passages w i t h l o n g e r t e x t , h o w to
start a n d e n d p h r a s e s , w h i c h i n t e r m e d i a t e g o a l s t o a i m f o r (D at the e n d of t h e first
p h r a s e , EIF second and t h i r d ) , w h i c h phrases were o p e n i n g phrases (Oa) and w h i c h
c l o s i n g p h r a s e s ( G l - E l ) . T w o d e c i s i o n s d e p e n d o n a close r e a d i n g of t h e t e x t : h o w
m a n y p h r a s e s m u s t be d i s t i n g u i s h e d , a n d w h i c h s y l l a b l e s s h o u l d c a r r y m u s i c a l figures
reserved for accented syllables.
(iv) Centonization
A t least some of these words are actually read as lessons d u r i n g the office.
The use of conventional turns of phrase in singing these texts seems rather
different, a procedure for which the term 'cento' is not really appropriate. T h e s e are
neither pre-composed scraps to be sewn into place, nor quotations of an already
existing composition.
H a v i n g come so far, we still do not know how the first decisions of all were taken, that
is, how it was decided that this particular matrix of musical material, one of the mode 4
complexes, was the right one for these particular texts. It is conceivable that one piece
led to another, for the close proximity of these four in the liturgy is surely not
accidental. O t h e r bunches of responsories linked both by musical similarity and b y
liturgical proximity may easily be picked out of Frere's tables, for example those using
Frere's 'theme a' in mode 2, i n Passiontide, the summer Histories, and for
St Laurence ( A S , Introduction, 7). Nevertheless, of the earliest stages of text
selection and mode of performance we have no detailed knowledge.
T h e r e is perhaps a natural tendency to regard those responsories which use
conventional turns of phrase as relatively o l d , those which are more independent as
more recent in date. O n e associates a simple system with beginnings, deviations as
later decadence. B u t our knowledge of the musical shape of the responsories dates
only from the end of the tenth century, the date of the earliest notated antiphoners
(the M o n t - R e n a u d manuscript, P a l M u s 16, and the antiphoner copied by Hartker of
St G a l l , St G a l l 390-391, P a l M u s I I / l ) . Independent melodies occur even amongst
the earliest attested pieces. T o some extent comparison of the sources brings out
different chronological layers. O n this basis Frere d i d not hestitate to assign pieces to
the ages of gold (ending soon after the time of St G r e g o r y ) , silver (up to the tenth
century), bronze, and clay. Later responsories occasionally have new music for their
verses.
Frere's theme a in mode 2 ( A S , Introduction, 5 f f . ; A p e l 1958, 332 ff.) and his
theme a in mode 8 ( A S , 52 f f . ; A p e l , 337 ff.) are two ways of singing responsories
which deserve a designation other than 'matrix of musical material'. S o many chants
use them in such similar ways that they might well be called melodies. E v e n so, there
are deviations from the commonest patterns. A p e l actually divides the mode 8 group
into four sub-groups. O n e must also remember that these 'melodies' have been
identified as such not because of their melodic characteristics but because they have
been adapted for several different texts. T h e y s t a n d , i n fact, near one e n d of a
seamless c o n t i n u u m between similarity and d i s s i m i l a r i t y .
(v) Melismas
T h e g r e a t r e s p o n s o r i e s of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e are g e n e r a l l y m u c h less m e l i s m a t i c t h a n t h e
g r a d u a l s a n d t r a c t s of m a s s . I n the earliest m u s i c a l s o u r c e s t h e g r a d u a l s i n p a r t i c u l a r
a l r e a d y h a v e l o n g m e l i s m a s o n s i n g l e s y l l a b l e s , a n d t h e s e are g e n e r a l l y a b s e n t f r o m
r e s p o n s o r i e s . T h o s e w h i c h d o a p p e a r are n o t p r e s e n t i n a l l s o u r c e s , o r ' w a n d e r ' f r o m
o n e r e s p o n s o r y to a n o t h e r , o r e n t e r the w r i t t e n t r a d i t i o n at a r e l a t i v e l y late s t a g e . F o r
this reason I h a v e c o n s i d e r e d it best to d i s c u s s t h e m as m e l o d i c a d d i t i o n s t o the
e a r l i e s t r e c o v e r a b l e state of t h e r e s p o n s o r i e s , and placed t h e m w i t h the sections on
t r o p e s (see 11.23 .iv).
II.5. G R A D U A L S A N D T R A C T S
(i) Introduction
(ii) G r a d u a l s i n a : T h e 'Iustus ut p a l m a ' G r o u p
(iii) Graduals in F
(iv) Other Graduals
(v) Tracts
(vi) Tracts in M o d e 2
(vii) Tracts in M o d e 8
(i) Introduction
O n l y t h e g r a d u a l has s u c h a h i g h p r o p o r t i o n of p i e c e s i n t h e F m o d e . T r a c t s ( l i s t e d i n
H u c k e , ' T r a c t ' , NG) are e v e n m o r e selective:
I) (mode 2 only) 6
G (mode 8 only) 15
Apart f r o m their different musical materials, graduals and tracts are performed in a
different way. G r a d u a l s were sung like the great office responsories, but with a
complete repeat of the respond after the verse. Tracts were sung by soloists
throughout (a practice sometimes referred to as 'direct psalmody'), without any
section repeats.
Amalarius of M e t z (Ordinis ?nissae expositio I, 6; e d . Hanssens, i i i . 302), writing
about 830, reports that in the gradual there was a full performance of the respond by
soloists, repeated in full by the choir. T h i s seems to be supported b y the copies in
early cantatoria (books containing only the soloists' chants), where they are notated in
f u l l . B y the beginning of the eleventh century, however, similar books (such as
Oxford, Bodleian L i b r a r y , Bodley 775) give only the first word of the respond,
i m p l y i n g that the soloist simply intones the opening, the rest being sung by the choir.
Later still the choir was allowed to sing the closing w o r d or two of the verse, the
practice set out in m o d e r n Solesmes/Vatican books. W e know this, for example,
through the polyphonic gradual settings from Paris i n the twelfth and thirteenth
centuries, where only the soloist's parts are set in p o l y p h o n y .
At b
-f^ - 2
^ 9
> 1
JL mm m 9
MM — —*M+9 M '»'m'M m
IJJ m
• M M M
*
in splendori- -bus sancto- -rum -e
ex u - te - ro an - te lu-ci- -ferum
A3
i
ge- -nu-i te.
Cto
I n t h e v e r s e , a l l b u t a h a n d f u l o f g r a d u a l s h a v e t h e first p h r a s e g i v e n h e r e , D 1 0 .
T h e o t h e r s h a v e a d i f f e r e n t D - p h r a s e , so t h a t t h e t o n a l d i r e c t i o n o f t h e m e l o d y w a s
a l w a y s t h e s a m e . T h e s e c o n d p h r a s e , A 1 0 , is also p r a c t i c a l l y a l w a y s t h e s a m e . F o r
some verses, n o m o r e phrases were r e q u i r e d , a n d the final i n v a r i a b l e A 1 2 c o n c l u d e d
t h e p i e c e . M o s t are f o u r - p h r a s e v e r s e s , h o w e v e r , a n d here o n e of t h e t w o F - p h r a s e s
w a s e m p l o y e d : Tecum principium has F l , w h i c h has a l r e a d y b e e n h e a r d i n t h e
r e s p o n d . F l w a s g e n e r a l l y e m p l o y e d w h e n a fifth p h r a s e , C I O , w a s also p r e s e n t , as
h e r e ; o t h e r w i s e F 1 0 w a s p r e f e r r e d . J u s t o c c a s i o n a l l y C I O is p r e s e n t w i t h o u t a n F -
p h r a s e t o f o l l o w . T h e d o u b l e u s e of F l g o e s h a n d i n h a n d w i t h t h e fact t h a t A 1 2 at t h e
e n d of t h e v e r s e is s i m i l a r t o A 3 at t h e e n d o f t h e r e s p o n d , a n d c l i n t h e r e s p o n d e n d s
e x a c t l y l i k e C I O i n t h e v e r s e . T h e o v e r a l l f o r m is t h e r e f o r e s o m e t h i n g l i k e A B C B
(repeat of r e s p o n d A B a g a i n ) .
T h e ways in w h i c h the melody was used for this particular text, Tecum principium,
are typical. T h e first phrase of text is exceptionally long, and thus is adapted in a way
f o u n d only for two other graduals with similarly long o p e n i n g phrases, In omnem
ten-am and Ne avertas. (Exsultabunt sancti, by contrast, is exceptionally short and is
therefore sung to yet another adaptation of the ' n o r m a l ' f o r m . ) It is interesting that
instead of simply repeating a reciting note to cope with the extra syllables, a different
melodic excursion was included (extending roughly from '-pium' to Virtu-').
Elsewhere repeated notes were indeed e m p l o y e d , for the n u m b e r of syllables is not
excessive: a and c in the respond, d, c, and lastly a in the verse. A 3 and A 1 2 begin
with accented syllables, and here an unaccented preliminary F was sometimes sung.
It might be supposed that the melody is so constant because the phrases of text are
all short (with the exception of the first), so that there was little need for variation, or
because the melody is so ornate, necessitating careful regulation of detail. Y e t on the
one hand the text phrases in responsories are similarly brief, and o n the other hand
other graduals are similarly ornate but not so u n i f o r m in m e l o d y . F o r various reasons
the 'Iustus ut palma' graduals have been regarded as very o l d : their u n i f o r m i t y , in
which they display a similarity to the technique of singing tracts, w h i c h were also
believed to be ancient; their use on days of long standing in the c h u r c h year. O n the
other hand, H u c k e has argued that the fashion for this melody might be relatively
recent. A few of its characteristic turns of phrase can also be f o u n d in other graduals
(compare C I O with C 1 2 in the F - m o d e g r o u p , F 1 0 with F 1 7 in the F - m o d e group and
F10 in the D - m o d e group). H u c k e thinks this is because phrases f r o m the newly
popular melody were taken into the singing of older graduals. T h e argument cuts both
ways, however, and depends on how exclusive the material for the different melodies
or melodic complexes was reckoned to be. I myself incline to agree with H u c k e , for it
seems inherently more probable that a new melody might be used to meet a sudden
demand for more graduals (perhaps in response to a liturgical and/or musical reform),
than that an old and consistent practice should be superseded by something m u c h less
regular. But in the absence of firm historical data one cannot be dogmatic.
O n e thing is indisputable: the m u c h more ornate surface detail of these and other
graduals when compared with the office responsory. M o s t of this solemn splendour is
concentrated on melismas for particular syllables, rather than b e i n g distributed
evenly. E n d syllables are particularly favoured, whether accented or (more often) not.
T h e musical matter is of a peculiar k i n d , reiterating particular notes or decorating
them in a seemingly superfluous way. T h e r e is no firm direction to these musical
ruminations: they are rather a means of m a k i n g the performance more impressive and
ceremonious. Some figures simply revolve around a central tone: ' p r i n c i P I u m ' and
' u t e R O ' . Others move further but return whence they came. T a k e for example the
setting of 'die'. T h e melody moves f r o m d to a, but introduces for ornamental effect a
palindromic dccaGaccd before finally falling on to a . O n e may regard this either as an
ornamentation of d or a double descent to a, but either way the redundancy is clear.
T h e same happens on a m u c h larger scale in the verse at 'meo' (twice d o w n to G and
back up to e) and 'meis' (twice down to a f r o m e). ' M e i s ' is also interesting because of
the o s c i l l a t i o n b e t w e e n c a n d a i n the m i d d l e . S u c h r e i t e r a t i o n of c y and occasional
t o u c h e s d o w n to a, are f o u n d not i n g r a d u a l s o n l y , b u t also i n t r a c t s , i n t r o i t s , a n d
o f f e r t o r i e s . T h e n o t e s f a v o u r e d f o r r e i t e r a t i o n are c,f, a n d g , that is, those above the
s e m i t o n e s t e p . T h e o t h e r n o t e s t o u c h e d u p o n , as it w e r e , to p r o v i d e e x t r a i m p e t u s f o r
t h e r e i t e r a t i o n , are a l w a y s a m i n o r t h i r d l o w e r : a, d, a n d e r e s p e c t i v e l y .
( i i i ) Graduals in F
T h e l a r g e s t g r o u p o f g r a d u a l s to be n o t a t e d i n t h e s a m e m o d e is t h o s e w i t h final o n F.
T h e m e l o d i c l i n k s b e t w e e n t h e s e g r a d u a l s are m u c h l o o s e r , h o w e v e r , t h a n i n t h e
' I u s t u s u t p a l m a ' g r o u p . O n e has o n l y to s c a n A p e l ' s t a b l e ( 3 4 6 - 7 ) to a p p r e c i a t e t h i s ,
e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e r e s p o n d s , w h e r e o n l y t h e t r i o Christ us factus est, Exiit sermo, and
Ecce sacerdos are c o n s i s t e n t l y similar. T h e verses are m o r e easily assignable to
f a m i l i e s , b u t o n l y o n e p h r a s e , t h e final o n e ( A p e l ' s F 1 0 ) , is f o u n d a l m o s t t h r o u g h o u t
the repertory. Apel discerns eight g r o u p s i n a l l , w i t h several other graduals not
a s s i g n a b l e to a n y g r o u p . B e t w e e n s e v e r a l g r o u p s t h e r e is a l m o s t n o s i m i l a r i t y at a l l .
S o m e g e n e r a l t e n d e n c i e s are n e v e r t h e l e s s w o r t h n o t i n g . O v e r h a l f t h e verses start
w i t h a p h r a s e e n d i n g o n a. T h e n e x t p h r a s e is t h e n e i t h e r a n a n a-, or a c-phrase.
T h e r e are r e g u l a r a s c e n t s t o h i g h / , e v e n g , b e f o r e the d e s c e n t to p h r a s e F 1 0 , whereas
t h e r e s p o n d s t a y s m u c h m o r e c o n s i s t e n t l y i n t h e l o w e r r a n g e F-c. I n the lower range
bb a p p e a r s r e g u l a r l y , w h e r e a s bfcj is n o r m a l f o r m o s t of t h e v e r s e . C o r r e s p o n d e n c e of
m u s i c a l m a t e r i a l b e t w e e n r e s p o n d a n d v e r s e is r e s t r i c t e d , w h e n p r e s e n t at a l l , to t h e
cadential melisma.
A l t h o u g h it is t e m p t i n g t o l o o k f o r a n o t h e r b a s i c m e l o d y , s u c h as t h e ' I u s t u s ut
p a l m a ' m e l o d y , at t h e r o o t of t h e g r a d u a l s i n F , it c a n n o t r e a l l y be f o u n d . T h e v a r i e t y
o f m a t e r i a l u s e d f o r p e r f o r m i n g these c h a n t s is m u c h g r e a t e r , the correspondences
b e t w e e n t h e f a m i l i e s of g r a d u a l s c o n s e q u e n t l y m o r e i n f o r m a l . T h e r e s p o n d s g i v e t h e
i m p r e s s i o n of a l m o s t t o t a l l a c k of d e p e n d e n c e u p o n s t a n d a r d t u r n s of p h r a s e . A t t h e
same t i m e , one w o u l d not m i s t a k e the pieces for a n y t h i n g b u t g r a d u a l s . F o r a start, F -
m o d e pieces are r e l a t i v e l y r a r e i n o t h e r c h a n t genres. Secondly, the ornamental
character already noticed permeates these graduals as well. Somewhat more
p r o m i n e n t t h a n i n t h e ' I u s t u s u t p a l m a ' g r o u p are r e c i t a t i o n s o n o r a r o u n d o n e n o t e , as
i n t h e c l o s i n g p h r a s e s of Anima nostra ( E x . I I . 5 . 2 ) . T h e final t u r n d o w n to F at t h e
e n d is a l m o s t p e r f u n c t o r y , m a d e b y u s i n g t h e o n l y o t h e r c o m m o n c a d e n c e figure in
-
E x . I I . 5 . 2 . F r o m G r a d u a l Anima nostra V . Eaqueus contritus est (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 776,
fo. 17 ) v
l h *
sal - ua - sti me
T h e p h r a s e g i v e n i n E x . II.5.3 i n c l u d e s s o m e r e p e a t e d f i g u r e s ( s h o w n b y b r a c k e t s ) ,
b u t s u c h c l o s e d f o r m s a r e r a r e i n g r a d u a l s . T h e y a r e e v e n r a r e r i f w e set a s i d e
examples i n this floating, r e i t e r a t i v e m a n n e r . Clamavemnt iusti has two very m o b i l e
m e l i s m a s i n its verse, o n e w i t h repeat s t r u c t u r e A A B B C , o n e u n p a t t e r n e d . Viderunt
omnes has a n example w i t h A A B f o r m i n its verse. S u c h patterned melismas are
c o m m o n i n alleluias, a n d are generally u n d e r s t o o d t o be a r e l a t i v e l y late d e v e l o p m e n t .
W e h a v e r a t h e r l i t t l e e v i d e n c e a b o u t t h e age o f t h e m u s i c o f t h e g r a d u a l s , as i s
i n d e e d t h e case w i t h m o s t c h a n t s f o r t h e p r o p e r o f m a s s as i t a p p e a r s i n t h e o l d e s t
m u s i c m a n u s c r i p t s . H u c k e h a s s u g g e s t e d t h a t t h e latest o f t h e E - m o d e g r a d u a l s m a y
b e Iuravit dominus, s u n g o n a n u m b e r o f feasts i n t r o d u c e d i n t o t h e R o m a n k a l e n d a r
i n t h e s e c o n d q u a r t e r o f t h e s e v e n t h c e n t u r y : n o g r a d u a l f o r a feast i n t r o d u c e d l a t e r
than this has an E - m o d e m e l o d y . T h e i m p o r t a n t F a n d a m e l o d i e s w o u l d t h e n b e later
t h a n t h i s . I t w o u l d n e v e r t h e l e s s b e o v e r - o p t i m i s t i c t o b e l i e v e t h a t t h e m e l o d i e s as w e
have t h e m f r o m t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y were s u n g i n q u i t e that w a y t w o c e n t u r i e s earlier.
T h e k n o w n versions m u s t be the result of a l o n g process of s t y l i z a t i o n , a d j u s t m e n t to
c h a n g i n g c i r c u m s t a n c e s ( n o t least t h e l e a r n i n g of R o m a n c h a n t b y t h e F r a n k s ) , a n d , i f
H u c k e is right, cross-fertilization f r o m other families of melodies.
(v) Tracts
A s m a y e a s i l y b e s e e n f r o m A p e l ' s t a b l e , five o f t h e m o d e 2 t r a c t s f o l l o w t h e s a m e
g e n e r a l p a t t e r n i n m o s t o f t h e i r v e r s e s . (De necessitatibus uses s o m e t u r n s o f p h r a s e
characteristic of the g r o u p , b u t does not f o l l o w the pattern.) T h e y u s u a l l y have four
sections, cadencing o n D , C , F y a n d D r e s p e c t i v e l y . W i t h i n t h e s e g u i d e - l i n e s t h e r e is
n e v e r t h e l e s s c o n s i d e r a b l e v a r i e t y of m u s i c a l m a t e r i a l .
A l l e n d t h e last v e r s e i n t h e s a m e w a y ; at t h e start of t h e first v e r s e , t h e r e a r e t w o
d i f f e r e n t o p e n i n g p h r a s e s . B u t t h e o p e n i n g phrases f o r other verses, D - p h r a s e s that is,
n u m b e r n o less t h a n t e n ; Deus Deus meus a l o n e h a s e i g h t d i f f e r e n t o n e s ; t o b e f a i r ,
D 1 0 u s u a l l y f u n c t i o n s as a p r e l i m i n a r y p h r a s e b e f o r e D 5 .
T h e s e c o n d s e c t i o n is less v a r i a b l e , t h o u g h f r e q u e n t l y o n l y a c a d e n c e f o r m u l a f r o m
t h e s t a n d a r d p h r a s e is h e a r d i n i t s c a d e n c e s ; t h e r e a r e t w o a l t e r n a t i v e p h r a s e s . M o s t
constant of a l l is t h e F - p h r a s e , w i t h n o r e g u l a r a l t e r n a t i v e s , t h o u g h s o m e small
d e v i a t i o n s . F o r t h e last p h r a s e , e n d i n g o n D, t h e r e a r e f i v e m a i n f o r m u l a s , f o u r of
t h e m u s e d i n Deus Deus meus, Qui habitat, a n d Eripe me, the other used i n Domine
audivi a n d Domine exaudi.
The variety of procedure, within the tonal guide-lines indicated, is quite
r e m a r k a b l e , a n d i t is c l e a r t h a t t h e s e t r a c t s w e r e n o m o r e b o u n d i n a s t r a i t - j a c k e t t h a n
o t h e r c h a n t s . T h i s i s s h o w n b y t h e fact t h a t n o c o m b i n a t i o n o f t h e v a r i o u s D, C, F,
and D phrases appears identically i n more than one verse. (If w e reduce the
r e q u i r e m e n t s s i m p l y to cadence f o r m u l a s , a f e w i d e n t i c a l sequences d o e m e r g e , b u t
t h e y are s t i l l r e m a r k a b l y r a r e . )
( v i i ) Tracts in Mode 8
T h e e l e v e n t r a c t s a n d f o u r c a n t i c a i n m o d e 8 d o n o t d i s p l a y t h e r e g u l a r s u c c e s s i o n of
cadence points seen i n the m o d e 2 tracts. Practically a l l o p e n i n g a n d c l o s i n g phrases
h a v e G - c a d e n c e s , a n d u s u a l l y t h e r e is a n F - c a d e n c e s o m e w h e r e b e t w e e n . F o r s o m e
verses t w o F - p h r a s e s s u f f i c e , t h r e e G - c a d e n c e s are s o m e t i m e s f o u n d , o n c e f o u r G -
c a d e n c e s , w i t h o u t a n y F c a d e n c e s at a l l .
T h e n u m b e r o f d i f f e r e n t G - a n d F - p h r a s e s is r e s t r i c t e d , m o r e s o t h a n i n t h e o t h e r
tracts. S e t t i n g aside the i n v a r i a b l e c l o s i n g G - p h r a s e f o r the v e r y e n d of t h e tract, one
m a y s u m m a r i z e A p e l ' s t a b l e as f o l l o w s :
5 G - p h r a s e s f o r t h e start o f t h e t r a c t , of w h i c h o n l y o n e is u s e d m o r e t h a n t w i c e ;
9 o t h e r G - p h r a s e s , o f w h i c h o n l y t h r e e are u s e d m o r e t h a n t h r i c e ; o n e o f t h e m
( A p e l ' s G l ) o p e n s v e r s e s , a n o t h e r ( G 2 ) u s u a l l y c l o s e s t h e m , o r a p p e a r s as a
p e n u l t i m a t e p h r a s e i n t h e v e r y last v e r s e of t h e t r a c t ;
4 F'-phrases;
1 r - p h r a s e , a h i g h - r a n g i n g m e l i s m a u s e d at t h e s t a r t o f t w o v e r s e s i n Commovisti.
W i t h i n the g r o u p , the cantica for the Paschal V i g i l f o r m a p a r t i c u l a r l y homogeneous
set.
E x . I I . 5 . 4 is t h e t r a c t f o r Q u i n q u a g e s i m a S u n d a y , Iubilate domino, a s e t t i n g of
verses f r o m P s . 9 9 . W h e n t h e p s a l m w a s s u n g d u r i n g t h e N i g h t O f f i c e t h e d i v i s i o n of
verses w o u l d u s u a l l y h a v e b e e n s o m e w h a t d i f f e r e n t ( t h e t e x t w o u l d a l s o h a v e b e e n
that o f t h e s o - c a l l e d G a l l i c a n p s a l t e r , r a t h e r t h a n t h e o l d e r t r a n s l a t i o n u s e d h e r e ) .
Verse 3 w o u l d r u n f r o m ' S c i t o t e ' to ' n o n ipsi n o s ' . B u t here there is a s h o r t verse 3 a n d
a longer verse 4. T h e source here t r a n s c r i b e d , P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 776,
indicates n o break b e t w e e n verses 2 a n d 3, b u t i n v i e w of the u s u a l f u n c t i o n of phrase
G 2 as a v e r s e - t e r m i n a t o r , I h a v e m a d e t h e b r e a k i n d i c a t e d i n o t h e r s o u r c e s .
W e can speculate about the w a y chosen for s i n g i n g this tract. A b o u t the first a n d
last p h r a s e s t h e r e c a n h a v e b e e n l i t t l e p a u s e f o r c o n s i d e r a t i o n , f o r t h e s e w e r e t h e m o s t
84 II. Chant Genres
S* Fx
v.i
V.3
V.4
3©=
9*
i
et o-ues pas- -cu - e e-ius.
c o n v e n t i o n a l p a r t s of t h e c h a n t . S i n c e t h e first verse w a s d i v i d e d i n t o f o u r p h r a s e s , it
w o u l d b e a p p r o p r i a t e to m o v e to a n F - c a d e n c e n e x t , a n d b e c a u s e the text is v e r y s h o r t
( o n l y t w o w o r d s ! ) F 2 is b e t t e r t h a n t h e l o n g e r F l . F o r a p a i r of s h o r t G - p h r a s e s , G 4
4- G 3 is o f t e n u s e d , G 3 b e i n g a t e r m i n a l p h r a s e . T h e y c o m e r o u n d a g a i n f o r v e r s e 3 .
V e r s e 2 , o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , h a s t w o l o n g e r p h r a s e s , so G l 4- G 2 is p r e f e r r e d . I n f a c t
G4 is s i m i l a r to G 2 , t h e latter h a v i n g a l o n g e r e n d - m e l i s m a i n k e e p i n g w i t h its
terminal function.
The first p h r a s e of v e r s e 3, ' S c i t o t e q u o d d o m i n u s ' , is s h o r t e r t h a n T n t r a t e i n
c o n s p e c t u e i u s ' i n v e r s e 2, b u t n o t yet as s h o r t as ' s e r v i t e d o m i n o ' i n verse 1. T o c o p e
w i t h ' S c i t o t e ' t h e o p e n i n g of G 2 is b r o u g h t i n t o p l a y . T h e m e l i s m a at the e n d of t h e
verse, in phrase G3, is usually an end-melisma, but is occasionally split to
a c c o m m o d a t e u n a c c e n t e d s y l l a b l e s , as h e r e a n d i n v e r s e 1.
T h e last v e r s e c o u l d h a v e s t a r t e d w i t h t h e p o p u l a r p a i r of p h r a s e s G l 4- F l , w e r e
t h e text n o t t o o s h o r t o n t h i s o c c a s i o n . I n a n y case, o v e r h a l f t h e t r a c t s h a v e u n i q u e
m u s i c at t h i s p o i n t , b e f o r e u s i n g s t a n d a r d c l o s i n g p h r a s e s . A t t h e h a l f - v e r s e , f o r t h e
m e l i s m a o n t h e s e c o n d ' n o s ' , a c o n v e n t i o n a l c a d e n t i a l f o r m u l a is u s e d , a l r e a d y h e a r d
i n v e r s e 1 i n a s i m i l a r p o s i t i o n . T h e last m e l i s m a of a l l w a s so w e l l k n o w n t h a t it w a s
n o t c o p i e d o u t i n f u l l b y the s c r i b e of t h e s o u r c e u s e d h e r e : it is c o m p l e t e d f r o m t h e
t r a c t of t h i s f a m i l y f o r t h e p r e c e d i n g S u n d a y , Commovisti.
W i t h rare e x c e p t i o n s , these tracts m o v e i n a v e r y r e s t r i c t e d r a n g e , h a r d l y e x c e e d i n g
t h e s i x t h b e t w e e n F a n d d. S o m e c o u l d e a s i l y b e c l a s s e d i n m o d e 7 . T h e y l a c k s o m e of
the s p l e n d o u r of t h e g r a d u a l s , f o r i n t e r n a l m e l i s m a s are rare a n d the p u l s a t i n g
r e i t e r a t i o n s of a s t r u c t u r a l l y i m p o r t a n t t o n e are l a r g e l y a b s e n t . B e c a u s e of their
p r o c e d u r a l c o n s i s t e n c y s e v e r a l w r i t e r s h a v e seen s i m i l a r i t i e s w i t h s i m p l e p s a l m t o n e s ,
p o i n t i n g to i n t o n a t i o n s a n d r e c i t a t i o n s , flexes a n d m e d i a n t s , a n d so o n . S u c h a n
a n a l o g y s h o u l d not be pressed too far, for t h e n the t e m p t a t i o n arises to s t r i p the m u s i c
down to some sort of b a s i c tone, a n d see the tract as the result of h i s t o r i c a l
d e v e l o p m e n t o u t of i m a g i n e d s i m p l e b e g i n n i n g s . T h e s e are n o t ' v a r i a t i o n s u p o n a
t h e m e ( i n G o r i n D ) ' f o r t h e r e is n o p r e - e x i s t i n g t h e m e , a n d t h e l e v e l of d e c o r a t i o n ,
t h e d e g r e e of s o l e m n i t y , m i g h t h a v e b e e n a n e s s e n t i a l p a r t o f t h e t r a c t f r o m t h e s t a r t .
T h e c o n v e n t i o n s of a r t i c u l a t i o n ( s t a r t i n g p h r a s e s , t e r m i n a l m e l i s m a s ) are a n a t u r a l
r e s p o n s e t o t h e n e e d to m a r k o f f t h e m a j o r b r e a k s i n t h e t e x t , f o u n d i n v e r y m a n y
chant genres a n d not necessarily d e r i v i n g f r o m s i m p l e p s a l m o d y . T h e tonality a n d
r a n g e p r o v i d e d a m u s i c a l f r a m e of r e f e r e n c e , a n d p h r a s e s of s i m i l a r l e n g t h a n d b a l a n c e
w e r e s u n g i n s i m i l a r w a y s . T h e r e s u l t is a m o d e of d e l i v e r y flexible e n o u g h for the
performance of m u l t i p l e b i b l i c a l texts, but musically characteristic e n o u g h of a
p a r t i c u l a r l i t u r g i c a l m o m e n t t o b e r e c o g n i z a b l e f o r w h a t it is a n d f u l f i l i t s p r o p e r
liturgical function.
II.6. S H O R T R E S P O N S O R I E S
-fl
(fa 7 f-i i
~Q —
H ~-
Icn
R. Super te ...
T h e m e l o d y of E x . I I . 6 . 1 w a s t h e u s u a l o n e f o r t h e h a l f of t h e y e a r f r o m A d v e n t
o n w a r d . D u r i n g t h e rest of t h e y e a r a s i n g l e F - m o d e m e l o d y i n o n e of t h e three
d i f f e r e n t v a r i a n t s s u f f i c e d . O n e of these is s h o w n i n E x . 1 1 . 6 . 2 , t r a n s c r i b e d f r o m t h e
W o r c e s t e r a n t i p h o n e r ( P a l M u s 12). (The s e c t i o n of t h e v e r s e ' a l l e l u i a , a l l e l u i a ' is
a l w a y s w r i t t e n o u t c o m p l e t e , b u t p r e s u m a b l y one d i d not t h e n r e p e a t t h e s e c o n d h a l f
of t h e r e s p o n d . ) O n c e a g a i n t h e t w o p h r a s e s of t h e d o x o l o g y e n d o n t h e s a m e n o t e s as
t h e r e s p o n d , t h o u g h h e r e t h e s h o r t e r text is p r e f e r r e d .
I n b o t h t h e m e l o d i e s q u o t e d , t h e o v e r a l l f o r m is t h e r e f o r e :
Respond: A B
Verse, second part of R e s p o n d : A B
D o x o l o g y (cadence notes): . . .a . . .b
Respond: A B
# § *
Glo-ri-a patri et f i - l i - o et s p i - n - t u - i sancto.
It would be interesting to know how widespread this pattern was, and whether, at
some earlier time, the respond was simply the short second phrase.
T h e similarity of such simple melodies to some antiphons has often been remarked.
Ferretti, for example (1938, 265) thought that the mode 6 antiphon melody for such
pieces as Ego sum vitis vera and Notum fecit dominus (Gevaert theme 39) had given
rise to the melody of E x . 11.6.2. Claire's work has tended to suggest the opposite: that
the short responsories preserve relics of ancient melodic types, and families of
antiphons were modelled on them. Some antiphons would derive from the second
part (B above), some from the whole melody ( A B ) . Claire draws parallels not only
with G r e g o r i a n examples but also with O l d R o m a n and Milanese ones. Particularly
suggestive are the similarities with ferial antiphons, especially with the versions of
these antiphons in manuscripts from M e t z , A a c h e n , and L y o n s . T w o antiphons from
A a c h e n , D o m b i b l i o t h e k , 20 ( E x . II.6.3) may be compared with E x . II.6.1 above
(compare the versions i n Claire 1975, nos. 67bis and 44). M o s t other sources
transform these into G - m o d e antiphons. Whether or not one agrees with Claire's
#
' • • ^ 9 • _^ • ~ *—
II.7. A N T I P H O N S
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n
(ii) F e r i a l or Psalter A n t i p h o n s
(iii) A n t i p h o n s for the Psalms of Vespers, the N i g h t O f f i c e , and L a u d s
(iv) A n t i p h o n s for the M a g n i f i c a t and Benedictus
(v) T h e G r e a t O - A n t i p h o n s
(i) Introduction
T h e m a n y h u n d r e d s of p i e c e s i n t h e m a i n b o d y of o f f i c e a n t i p h o n s m a y b e d i v i d e d
roughly into three groups.
1. G e n e r a l l y s h o r t a n d s i m p l e i n s t y l e are a n t i p h o n s f o r t h e f e r i a l o f f i c e , t h a t i s , f o r
the office h o u r s o n o r d i n a r y days ( i n c l u d i n g S u n d a y ) w h e n n o feast intervenes.
Nearly 100 antiphons of this type, with texts drawn from the psalms they
accompany, were generally required.
2 . T h e b u l k of t h e r e p e r t o r y w a s s u n g o n d a y s w i t h t h e i r o w n s p e c i a l l i t u r g y , t h e
d o z e n s of feast-days of v a r i o u s types t h r o u g h o u t the year. O v e r 1,000 antiphons in
t h i s c a t e g o r y are u s u a l l y to b e f o u n d i n m e d i e v a l b o o k s , c o m p o s e d f o r V e s p e r s , the
N i g h t O f f i c e , and L a u d s ( p r o p e r a n t i p h o n s were not usually r e q u i r e d for the L i t t l e
H o u r s ) . R e p e r t o r i a l l y , t h e r e is a g e n e r a l d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w e e n s e c u l a r a n d monastic
b o o k s , b e c a u s e of t h e d i f f e r e n t n u m b e r s of p i e c e s r e q u i r e d : o n l y at L a u d s , w h e r e five
a n t i p h o n s w e r e s u n g i n b o t h u s e s , is m u c h a g r e e m e n t to be f o u n d , m o s t l y i n t h e
Temporale.
3. A n t i p h o n s for the t w o canticles of V e s p e r s a n d L a u d s , t h e M a g n i f i c a t a n d
B e n e d i c t u s r e s p e c t i v e l y ( c a l l e d g o s p e l c a n t i c l e s b e c a u s e of t h e i r l i t e r a r y s o u r c e ) , are
g e n e r a l l y l o n g e r a n d s o m e t i m e s m u s i c a l l y m o r e e l a b o r a t e t h a n t h e o t h e r s , at least o n
f e a s t - d a y s . T h e i r t e x t s are u s u a l l y t a k e n f r o m t h e g o s p e l at m a s s of t h e d a y , o t h e r w i s e
7. Antiphons 89
they look to the O l d Testament lessons of the N i g h t Office, or, on saints' days, to the
vita or life of the saint read in chapter and d u r i n g the office itself.
A n t i p h o n s in these three categories will usually n u m b e r about 1,500 in most
medieval manuscripts. But there is considerable variety between sources, so that the
total n u m b e r used across Europe was enormous. T h e twelve sources whose texts were
edited by Hesbert in CAO have well over 4,000 between t h e m .
A n t i p h o n s are settings of prose texts; they follow no regular mode of delivery such as
a psalm tone, but naturally, in view of the great n u m b e r s required, often display
melodic identities, similarities, or standard responses to appropriate texts. Some
melodies were very popular and were used with m i n i m a l variance for numerous
different texts. Other melodies, or complexes of melodic material, were used with
m u c h greater flexibility; for example, Frere said of mode 7 antiphons: 'there is m u c h
similarity of material and method, which does not amount to a unity of theme'—there
is of course room for disagreement as to what does constitute 'unity of theme' (see
Nowacki 1977 for an analytical discussion).
T h e melodic style of most antiphons is relatively simple, with clear-cut phrases.
T h e r e is no need of the melismas found in florid responsorial chants to mark crucial
cadences or other structural features of the text. W i t h i n phrases one may find repeated
notes, anacruses, and so on, in order to 'stretch' a melodic phrase over a longer text,
but this is rarely so extended as to remind one of a psalmodic recitation. W h e n a text
has a relatively large number of phrases, however, extra phrases of music will be
provided. (Something of this has already been seen in the responsorial chants.) A
number of melodies seem to have been composed deliberately for two-phrase texts,
three-phrase, four-phrase, and so o n .
Since each antiphon preceded and succeeded the singing of a psalm or canticle, the
choice of psalm tone was preferably tonally compatible with the antiphon m e l o d y .
Lists of antiphons were drawn up in medieval tonaries (see I I I . 14), where the
antiphons are grouped according to mode and according to the psalm tone and
differentia that they c o m m a n d . T h e s e groupings naturally b r i n g together antiphons
which are similar melodically. T h e y do not, however, constitute a reliable thematic
catalogue, for, if antiphons are to take the same tone and differentia, it is sufficient for
their opening and their final to be similar: what happens in between is another matter.
T a k i n g the tonary of Regino of P r i i m (d. 915) as a starting point, the Belgian
musicologist Gevaert published a melodic catalogue of over 1,000 antiphons under
forty-seven 'themes' (Gevaert 1895). Except through passing remarks of Gevaert's,
however, it is not easy to get an idea of how stable the 'themes' are in practice, since
Gevaert usually cites only the opening of each antiphon. A p e l ' s discussion of mode 7
antiphons demonstrates the value and drawbacks of Gevaert's presentation. So also
does a comparison with Frere's analysis in AS: Frere identified fifty themes,
established on the basis of the whole melody, not the incipits w h i c h Gevaert (like the
medieval tonaries) cited, though Frere too was guided by the groupings of the S a r u m
tonary. Frere's themes are presented with comments and illustrations of their
stability, or lack of it. In the index to the S a r u m antiphoner w h i c h follows the
introductory analyses, Frere marked about two-fifths of the 1,600 or so antiphons
with the melodic labels assigned in his introduction.
T h e complex reality behind the 'themes' can be judged f r o m , for example, some of
the mode 8 antiphons. Gevaert's theme 12 antiphons are distributed across Frere's
themes V i l l a , c, and j . Antiphons of Gevaert's themes 13 and 15 are b o t h in Frere's
theme V I I I 6 , but some go into V I I I / . But if we actually check through the antiphons
in Gevaert's theme 13, we find surprisingly few assigned to a theme by Frere at all.
Gevaert has thirteen antiphons in his first epoch, that is, with texts f r o m the psalter
(including ferial antiphons listed in a footnote), and six of these are assigned by F r e r e
to V I I I 6 . But of Gevaert's twenty-nine second-epoch antiphons (with texts f r o m
other books of the Bible) and two third-epoch antiphons, not one is assigned in F r e r e .
Some, it is true, were not sung in S a r u m use, and others had variant forms of the
melodies, but the lack of melodic similarity in Gevaert's group, b e y o n d the o p e n i n g ,
is still strikingly demonstrated.
F o r another example one may look at the transcriptions of twenty-two mode 8
antiphons in parallel given by Ferretti (1938, opposite p. 112). O f these, w h i c h are
certainly closely related melodically, eight do not appear in the S a r u m antiphoner.
T h r e e are not assigned to a theme by Frere, one is assigned to theme V i l l a , six to
Yllle and four to VIII;'. of the twelve that appear in Gevaert's catalogue, eight are
classified under theme 16 and four under theme 12 (not the same four as Frere's
VIII;).
Later commentators have been more wary of seeing identity between antiphons.
H u g l o ( ' A n t i p h o n ' , NG) mentions only seven 'prototype' melodies whose basic shape
was largely unaffected by adaptation for different texts. T a b l e 1 1 . 7 . 1 compares his
choice with Gevaert's and Frere's.
The most sophisticated morphology of the repertory so far has been achieved by
H u c k e , who distinguishes ' L i e d e r ' (songs, the relatively unchanging melodies) from
'Strophen' (variable successions of standard phrases or groups of phrases) and f r o m
recitation types. H u c k e ' s analysis has the merit of not being rooted in the concept of
fixed tunes, and identifies features such as initia and other motifs which are
independent of thematic families. T h e fact that only two-fifths of the antiphons were
assigned to families by Frere, impressive though the number is, shows that this
procedure alone cannot give a satisfactory account of the repertory. ( D o b s z a y 1990,
'Experiences' has reported on a forthcoming new classification. Comparative studies
with the O l d Roman repertory, analysed by N o w a c k i 1980, and the Milanese
repertory, analysed by Bailey and Merkley 1990, will undoubtedly shed further light
on the Gregorian antiphons.)
T h e work of Claire (1975) and T u r c o (1972, 1979, 1987) has recently opened up
important new avenues of inquiry, relating standard antiphon melodies to apparently
ancient psalmodic practice (see also Jeanneteau 1985). T h e r e is space here only to
mention once again the psalter antiphons.
7. Antiphons 91
Gevaert Frere
D (Protus) authentic 1 8 7
plagal 2 3 4
either 4 Gevaert 9, Frere We (the
melody of the ' O - a n t i p h o n s ' )
E (Deuterus) authentic 3 5 5
plagal 4 5 3 Gevaert 29, Frere IVb
A s mentioned i n the previous section, Claire has suggested that some of the simple
melodies for the chanting of antiphons d u r i n g the ferial office may derive from the
short responsories. Both would in fact spring ultimately from ancient responsorial
psalmody, documented i n , for example, the sixth-century Psalter of S a i n t - G e r m a i n -
des-Pres (Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, lat. 11947; see H u g l o 1982, 'Repons-
G r a d u e l ' ) . A n o t h e r correspondence with old responsorial practice is that the texts of
the ferial antiphons are taken from the psalm which the antiphon accompanies, often
the first verse (this is also the case in over a quarter of the graduals of mass).
Many of the antiphons have a very limited ambitus, and their tonality was
somewhat unstable, for one finds different versions in different modes in various
medieval sources. T h i s may also be an indication of antiquity, or at least of an origin
before the advent of the eight-mode system. Some half-dozen melodies seem to have
been particularly popular (though not always identical in all sources), those which
appear in Gevaert ( G ) and Frere (F) as follows: G l , F I c ; G 2 , Fid (these two are
quite similar to one another); G 1 4 , F V I I I f e ; G 3 4 , F llle; G 4 0 , F V I c ; and G 4 4 ,
F V I I I w . It is not uncharacteristic that the melody cited in the previous section as
E x . II.6.3, ending on b (in a sort of transposed E mode), should in the S a r u m
antiphoner on w h i c h Frere's analysis is based be a G - m o d e melody ( V I I I n ) .
E x . II.7.1 gives three psalter antiphons from manuscript A a c h e n , D o m b i b l i o t h e k
20, all e m p l o y i n g one of the mode 1 melodies (Gevaert 1, Frere lc). In this source
they are assigned to various psalms of the T u e s d a y cycle. Secundum magnam
misericordiam is an arrangement of the first verse of Ps. 50, Miserere mei. Sitivit in te
is the second verse of Ps. 62, Deus Deus meus. Adiutorium nostrum is the last verse of
92 //. Chant Genres
T-W-
Secundum magnam misericordi-am tu-am miserere me-i Deus. E u o u a e. Miserere.
( i i i ) Antiphons for the Psalms of Vespers, the Night Office, and Lauds
W i t h a l l d u e r e g a r d f o r t h e v a r i a b i l i t y of t h e m e l o d i c m a t e r i a l i t s e l f a n d t h e s o u r c e s i n
w h i c h it has c o m e d o w n to u s , o n e m a y p o i n t to t h e m e l o d y G e v a e r t t h e m e 2 9 , F r e r e
I V f t , as r e l a t i v e l y s t a b l e . It w a s a f a v o u r i t e f o r t e x t s of f o u r p h r a s e s . It is s o m e t i m e s
notated w i t h final o n E, but usually w i t h final o n a, a n d r e g a r d e d as m o d e 4
t r a n s p o s e d . T h e r e a s o n f o r t h i s is t h a t b o t h b a n d bb are r e q u i r e d , w h i c h w o u l d be
Ft) a n d F # if the E final w e r e p r e f e r r e d , a n d F% w a s n o t p a r t of t h e pitch-series
u s e d to n o t a t e c h a n t . T h e first t h r e e p h r a s e s u s u a l l y s o u n d as if f r o m a n o r m a l m o d e 3
m e l o d y ( w i t h bfc}), w h e r e a s t h e final P h r y g i a n cadence falls not o n E but on a,
a p p r o a c h e d t h r o u g h bb. S o m e s o u r c e s n e v e r t h e l e s s c h o o s e c i n s t e a d of b o r bb, or
n o t a t e at t h e l o w e r p i t c h w i t h Ft) t h r o u g h o u t . A n d d i f f e r e n t a n t i p h o n s m a y s h o w
d i f f e r e n t a p p r o a c h e s to t h e t o n a l i t y . E x . I I . 7 . 2 d e m o n s t r a t e s b o t h t h e f o r m a l s t a b i l i t y
a n d t h e t o n a l d i f f i c u l t y of t h e m e l o d y . T h e m e l o d y is s t r o n g l y r e p r e s e n t e d i n A d v e n t
a n d P a s s i o n t i d e , a n d t h e e x a m p l e s are t a k e n f r o m the l a t t e r s e a s o n ( i n t h e A a c h e n
manuscript they follow one another directly). (For other examples, presented
s y n o p t i c a l l y , see S t a b l e i n , ' A n t i p h o n ' , MGG, 539, all o n E.)
7. Antiphons 93
P
AS 203
Magister di-cit tempus meum prope est apud te faci-o pascha cum discipulis meis.
Aachen f.72v
*k # »
AS 20
• * • • —
& "
—
• U *s
1
desideraui hoc pascha manducare uobiscum antequam pati-ar.
Desideri-o
Aachen f.72v
* # • * *; * m—
1
# * ' » *, 0} 1
desidera-ui pascha
P
92
P Hie est discipulus ille qui testimonium perhibet de his et scimus quia uerum est
testimonium ems.
543
P *
in cubiculum suum.
9 9
E x . 1 1 . 7 . 4 s h o w s s o m e t h i n g of t h e s a m e t e c h n i q u e p e r s i s t i n g i n a r e l a t i v e l y late
group of a n t i p h o n s . T h e y were notated i n some sources, including the L u c c a
a n t i p h o n e r u s e d h e r e , o n c, i n o t h e r s o n F w i t h bb t h r o u g h o u t .
Gaudeamus omnes i s f r o m t h e l i t u r g y o f t h e O c t a v e of t h e N a t i v i t y ; e x a c t l y t h e
s a m e f o r m o f t h i s m e l o d y w a s u s e d f o r Nesciens mater a n d Virgo hodie fidelis, o n the
s a m e feast. O n e m a y d i s t i n g u i s h f i v e p h r a s e s , l a b e l l e d A t o E . T h e t h i r d p h r a s e C uses
t h e s a m e s m a l l d e c o r a t i v e t u r n cefed as t h e s e c o n d p h r a s e B . T h e sense of t h e t e x t
carries us over the break between t h i r d a n d f o u r t h phrase, t h o u g h other a n t i p h o n s i n
the family s h o w a caesura here.
Pro eo quod non credidisti, f o r S t J o h n t h e B a p t i s t , h a s a l o n g e r first p h r a s e , w h i c h
is g i v e n a n o r n a m e n t a l o p e n i n g O ; t h e s e c o n d p h r a s e is as i n Gaudeamus, b u t phrase
C is a b s e n t a n d E is m u c h s h o r t e r ; D n o w e c h o e s t h e o p e n i n g ; t h e last p h r a s e h a s l i t t l e
r o o m t o e x p a n d u p t o t h e h i g h g.
I n Modicum et non videbitis ( E a s t e r w e e k ) t h e i n i t i a l f a l l t o G ( O ) is n o l o n g e r
o r n a m e n t a l . T h e s e c o n d phrase ( X ) is n o w q u i t e different, f o r the c o m p o s e r seems to
w a n t t o r e f l e c t t h e p a r a l l e l i s m of t h e text i n h i s m u s i c . T h e D a n d E p h r a s e s a r e s t i l l
7. Antiphons
E x . I I . 7 . 4 . A n t i p h o n s ( L u c c a , B i b l . C a p . 601)
18 A B
Pro e - o quod non credidisti uerbis meis e-ris ta - cens et non pote-ris loqui
P
236 q A X ^
3.
4.
a - n i - m a - t u m corpus sumens
3.
P quia uado ad patrem a l - l e - l u - ia al-le - lu-ia.
J) Li Ix
4.
nonne accendit lucer - nam et e-uertit domum et querit diligenter donee inueniat.
5.
M u c h a n a l y s i s r e m a i n s to be d o n e b e f o r e w e c a n see t h e f u l l e x t e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l
s h a r e d b y d i f f e r e n t a n t i p h o n s . P e r h a p s a l a y e r i n g of t h e r e p e r t o r y , b y s e a s o n , o r e v e n
c h r o n o l o g i c a l l y , m i g h t t h e n b e d i s c e r n i b l e . T h e task d e m a n d s n o t o n l y a n a l y s i s of t h e
melodies themselves b u t also c a r e f u l c o m p a r i s o n of the r e p e r t o r i e s i n sources of
different p r o v e n a n c e a n d date.
C o n s i d e r a b l e f u r t h e r d i f f i c u l t y arises b e c a u s e of t h e v a r i e t y of m u s i c a l r e a d i n g s i n
d i f f e r e n t s o u r c e s . E v e n w h e n s o u r c e s h a v e t h e s a m e m e l o d y ( d i s a g r e e m e n t e v e n at t h e
b a s i c l e v e l is n o t u n c o m m o n ) t h e r e is c o n s i d e r a b l e d i f f e r e n c e of d e t a i l (see the p a r a l l e l
t r a n s c r i p t i o n s b y U d o v i c h 1980).
A t the m o m e n t it a p p e a r s that f o r m u c h of t h e y e a r l y c y c l e a n t i p h o n s f o r the
M a g n i f i c a t of V e s p e r s a n d the B e n e d i c t u s of L a u d s s h a r e d m e l o d i c m a t e r i a l and
g e n e r a l s t y l e w i t h t h e b u l k of o t h e r o f f i c e a n t i p h o n s . N e v e r t h e l e s s , it is r a r e f o r t h e s e
a n t i p h o n s to h a v e less t h a n f o u r p h r a s e s . S o m e a n t i p h o n s , h o w e v e r , m a n y p r o b a b l y of
r e l a t i v e l y late d a t e , are far m o r e e x t e n d e d a n d m o r e florid, p a r t i c u l a r l y those for the
Sanctorale. A n example w i l l make this clear.
E x . I I . 7 . 5 g i v e s t h r e e M a g n i f i c a t a n t i p h o n s of t h i s t y p e , a l l i n m o d e 1. A l l t h r e e
r e l a t e p a r t of the s t o r y of the m a r t y r s i n q u e s t i o n , A n d r e w (30 N o v e m b e r ) , Agnes
(21 January), a n d A g a t h a (5 February). I n each w e are t o l d w h e r e t h e s a i n t is
( A n d r e w c o m e s to t h e p l a c e w h e r e the c r o s s has b e e n e r e c t e d , A g n e s s t a n d s amidst
the flames, A g a t h a i n prison) and then each saint speaks: A n d r e w addresses the cross
itself, A g n e s glorifies G o d , A g a t h a prays for strength a n d eventual r e w a r d i n h e a v e n .
D e s p i t e t h e s i m i l a r i t i e s i n the text ( p a r t i c u l a r l y at t h e s t a r t of t h e A g n e s a n d A g a t h a
antiphons) the m u s i c a l r e s e m b l a n c e s are not u s u a l l y l i t e r a l . A s w e s h o u l d e x p e c t ,
h o w e v e r , t h e a n t i p h o n s m a k e use of p h r a s e s t y p i c a l f o r t h i s t o n a l i t y , a d a p t e d to t h e
t e x t as n e c e s s a r y . M u c h of t h e m o v e m e n t is c o n c e r n e d w i t h r i s i n g f r o m D to a a n d
7. Antiphons 97
i
^ * — — * • * i — * ^ — » — P -
Cum perue - nis - set be - a-tus An-dreas ad lo-cum u-bi crux pa - ra - ta e-rat
I
et iam concupiscen-ti a - nimo p r e - p a - r a t a se-curus et gaudens ueni - o ad te
Q 339 p c F x x<} 9D
i
aiC C»D
i
364 (pcfaj p^p (P>fr-
m Vet*.
gra-ti - as
POP*
a - go t i - b i qui me f e - c i s - t i uin-cere
P ^ C
tor-men-ta
GAJ*
car-ni-fi-cum
Although the antiphons initially appear somewhat ornate, the basic melodic
g e s t u r e s are i n fact q u i t e simple. S i m i l a r phrases (indeed i d e n t i c a l o n e s at the
o p e n i n g ) m a y b e s e e n i n F e r r e t t i ' s t a b l e of m o d e 1 f o r m u l a s ( F e r r e t t i 1938, 113-14),
t h o u g h t h e y are g e n e r a l l y s y l l a b i c . If c o m p a r e d w i t h t h e i r m o r e n u m e r o u s s i m p l e r
s i s t e r s , t h e s e a n t i p h o n s m a k e m o r e l e i s u r e l y p r o g r e s s , a n d t h e w h o l e e f f e c t is m o r e
s o l e m n , as b e f i t s t h e i r r o l e i n t h e l i t u r g y .
Magnificat and Benedictus antiphons were occasionally d i r e c t e d to be s u n g as
processional chants. There is also a repertorial link with the antiphonae ante
evangelium, p o s s i b l y n o n - R o m a n s u r v i v a l s (see V I . 5 . v ) . A l l t h i s m a y i n d i c a t e that
m e l o d i e s of t h e G a l l i c a n r i t e h a v e s u r v i v e d i n t h e g u i s e of M a g n i f i c a t a n d B e n e d i c t u s
a n t i p h o n s ; b u t f u r t h e r s t u d y a n d a n a l y s i s are r e q u i r e d .
A s p e c i a l g r o u p of b i g , s i x - p h r a s e M a g n i f i c a t a n t i p h o n s , a l l s u n g to t h e s a m e u n i q u e
m o d e 2 m e l o d y a n d b e g i n n i n g w i t h t h e w o r d ' O ' ( O Sapientia, O Adonay, O Radix
Iesse, a n d so o n ) w e r e s u n g o n t h e s e v e n d a y s l e a d i n g u p to C h r i s t m a s E v e . Others
w e r e l a t e r w r i t t e n i n i m i t a t i o n o f t h e m , b u t the o r i g i n a l s e v e n a p p e a r to h a v e been
c o m p o s e d as a g r o u p , f o r t h e y are a l l a d d r e s s e d to C h r i s t , a n d m a y b e l i n k e d b y a n
8. Invitatory Antiphons 99
acrostic: reading in reverse order the initial letters of each second w o r d one finds the
text ' E R O C R A S ' , which is interpreted as ' T o m o r r o w I shall be [with y o u ] . ' T h e
largest bell of the c h u r c h was rung while they and the Magnificat were sung, and they
were assigned in turn to the most prominent members of the ecclesiastical hierarchy:
abbot, prior, cellarer, and so o n .
II.8 I N V I T A T O R Y A N T I P H O N S
T h e invitatory at the start of the N i g h t Office comprised the singing of Ps. 94, Venite
exsultemus, a n d an accompanying antiphon. Just as the Venite was sung to tones
independent of the eight simple psalm tones, so the antiphons f o r m a musical class of
their o w n . In some respects they have more i n c o m m o n musically with the great
responsories of the Night Office than with other office antiphons.
Ferretti (1938, 220-1) reckoned that twenty-nine invitatory antiphons belonged to
the earliest layer of the repertory. A typical antiphoner will contain seventy or eighty.
T h e r e is enormous variety in medieval sources as to the choice of antiphons and the
Venite tone they c o m m a n d , and little systematic research on the repertory has yet
been accomplished. T h i s instability argues for a relatively late, expanding c o r p u s ; yet
other features seem archaic. A s reported above ( I I . 3 . v i ) , there are no antiphons (or
very few) i n modes 1 and 8. Furthermore, the antiphon seems to have been repeated
after each verse of the Venite, the complete antiphon at the start and after verses 1, 3,
5, the second half of the antiphon after verses 2, 4, a n d the doxology. It is usually
thought that in ancient practice all psalms were performed this way, or with complete
repeats after each verse. Against this, it may be pointed out that certain processional
hymns of recent and n o n - R o m a n origin were also sung thus i n the M i d d l e Ages
(II.15.iv).
E x . 11.8.1. Invitatory antiphon Quoniam Deus rnagnus a n d part of responsory Tolle anna tua
( B a m b e r g , Staatsbibl. l i t . 25, f o . 47 )r
II.9. P R O C E S S I O N A L A N T I P H O N S
(i) Introduction
(ii) R o g a t i o n A n t i p h o n s
(iii) P a l m S u n d a y A n t i p h o n s
(iv) A n t i p h o n s for O t h e r Occasions
Bailey, 1971.
(i) Introduction
T h e a n t i p h o n s for processions a n d the votive a n t i p h o n s for the Blessed V i r g i n a n d
other occasions, m a n y c o m p o s e d i n the later M i d d l e A g e s , r e q u i r e f u r t h e r s t u d y even
m o r e t h a n d o s o m e o f the o t h e r a n t i p h o n r e p e r t o r i e s just d i s c u s s e d . F o r p r o c e s s i o n a l
a n t i p h o n s a s t u d y b y B a i l e y has f o r t u n a t e l y p r e p a r e d the g r o u n d . ( I n t h e a b s e n c e of
other editions, the facsimiles P a l M u s 12, 13, and 15 a n d Vecchi 1955 may be
consulted.)
Medieval books are likely to have processional antiphons for the following
occasions: (i) as p a r t of t h e r i t u a l a c c o m p a n y i n g the c h a n t i n g of the l i t a n i e s o n
25 A p r i l ( S t M a r k ' s D a y ) a n d o n the r o g a t i o n d a y s o n t h e M o n d a y , T u e s d a y , and
W e d n e s d a y b e f o r e A s c e n s i o n D a y ( T h u r s d a y ) ; (ii) f o r t h e l i t u r g y of P a l m S u n d a y ;
( i i i ) i n s m a l l e r g r o u p s as r e q u i r e d f o r o t h e r d a y s w i t h s p e c i a l l i t u r g i e s , s u c h as t h o s e of
H o l y W e e k o r the B l e s s i n g o f t h e C a n d l e o n 2 F e b r u a r y ( P u r i f i c a t i o n of t h e Blessed
V i r g i n M a r y ) ; ( i v ) f o r the less e l a b o r a t e p r o c e s s i o n s i n s t i t u t e d as a r e g u l a r f e a t u r e of
m a n y f e a s t - d a y s of t h e y e a r , m o s t l y b e f o r e t h e h i g h m a s s o r a f t e r N o n e . M o s t s o u r c e s
have about forty a n t i p h o n s altogether.
P r o c e s s i o n a l a n t i p h o n s are g e n e r a l l y o r n a t e c h a n t s , s o m e v e r y l o n g i n d e e d , w i t h
lengthy melismas. Some have an equally ornate verse and were performed
r e s p o n s o r i a l l y , t h a t is, w i t h a r e p e a t of a l l o r p a r t of t h e first s e c t i o n , the r e s p o n d ,
a f t e r t h e v e r s e . O t h e r s a p p e a r w i t h a n i n c i p i t f o r t h e c h a n t i n g of a p s a l m , b u t it is n o t
clear h o w m a n y verses w o u l d have been s u n g ( p r e s u m a b l y i n alternation w i t h the
antiphon).
T h e r e is n o d o u b t that t h e r e p e r t o r y c o n t a i n s c h a n t s of q u i t e d i f f e r e n t o r i g i n s . O v e r
eighty can be f o u n d i n R o m a n sources a n d may have o r i g i n a t e d i n R o m e , while
F r a n k i s h c o m p o s i t i o n m a y be suspected for m a n y others, a n d o l d G a l l i c a n relics m a y
a l s o be p r e s e n t . Y e t the b a s i c a n a l y s e s of s t y l e w h i c h m i g h t h e l p d i f f e r e n t i a t e t h e s e
t h r e e t y p e s , if t h e y are r e a l l y p r e s e n t , h a v e n o t b e e n c a r r i e d o u t .
( i i ) Rogation Antiphons
E- -go sum De- -us pa-trum ue-stro- -rum dicit do- - m i - nus
-f • ^ — M MM Im 1+MW Ml fM M n /%. -
/a m
vwm ^MSM * « 0-MiW 0m
t
li- -be - ra- -re e - os al-le- - l u - ia al-le- - l u - ia.
One rogation antiphon, Deprecamur te, has achieved special fame, since Bede
reported that A u g u s t i n e and his followers sang it as they first approached C a n t e r b u r y ,
carrying a cross and an image of the Saviour, o n their mission to E n g l a n d in 597
(Bede, trans. Sherley-Price, 70). T h e antiphon has been edited several times (for
example, Stablein, ' A n t i p h o n ' , MGG, 542; M M M A 2, 565), and its various F r a n k i s h
and Italian versions have been compared by L e v y (1982).
O f quite different dimensions and style are some of the grand antiphons for the P a l m
Sunday procession, such as Collegerunt pontifices V . Unas autem, Cum appropinquaret
Dominus Iesus, and Cum audisset populus. (Most sources have some half-dozen
chants.) Collegerunt ( E x . II.9.2) is occasionally f o u n d as an offertory for mass,
possibly a reflection of earlier Gallican liturgical practice. It begins with a sweeping
melisma, repeated almost at once, and other repeats are present (marked with letters).
A richly ornamented recitation may be discerned, whereby the c o m m o n cadence
formula at ' R o m a n i ' and ' l o c u m ' is almost lost. Repetitions such as these may be a
natural event in the setting of a long text, in melismatic style, when no vocabulary and
syntax of the type developed for, say, graduals and tracts is available. W e have already
seen it i n some later office antiphons, and the suspicion arises that it is a n o n -
Gregorian characteristic.
3=
Col- -le- -ge- -runt . . . et di- -ce - bat
Y e t other stylistic features appear in the big ceremonial antiphons from other times of
the year. Both Ave gratia plena and Adorna thalamum suum (Purification) were
translated f r o m G r e e k kontakia when the ceremony of blessing the candle was
instituted in R o m e by Sergius I (678-701). Byzantine melodies for these texts are not
9. Processional Antiphons
•—Q • V 9
— •V * 0 9
5^ * #
P -f
ui - uo in aeter - num.
•£> 9
P T
A - quam me - e
«
que uos fe-ce-runt
*w 9
~9 9 0
#^ * • %
^ 9
^ — * 9 9 • -** •
in escam me-am fel de-derunt et in la-tus lance-am.
• V V m —wrr-9—**o—9-
ui-de-te qui-a e-go ip-se sum et non est de - us pre-ter me.
-T9+*
*+^9 9^0^ ~ W
%
Al-le- lui- -a.
11.10. MARIAN A N T I P H O N S
D u r i n g the twelfth and thirteenth centuries the practice arose in many churches of
singing an antiphon to the Blessed V i r g i n M a r y as a devotional act in itself,
independent of, though often attached to, one of the other services of the day. F o r
example, in R o m a n and Franciscan usage since the thirteenth century, four antiphons
have been sung at the end of C o m p l i n e , one for each of four seasons i n the c h u r c h
year: Regina caeli, Alma redemptoris mater, Ave regina caelorum and Salve regina.
H a r r i s o n indicates the large n u m b e r of different practices f o u n d in medieval E n g l a n d ,
10. Marian Antiphons 105
$ • • • - ' g i g —
Lucca
s e c o n d reset a n d e x t e n d e d f o r p r o c e s s i o n a l use ( i n t h e S a r u m a n t i p h o n e r f o r V e s p e r s
of t h e N a t i v i t y of the B l e s s e d V i r g i n ) . T h e great d i f f e r e n c e i n m u s i c a l s t y l e goes
b e y o n d t h e d e g r e e of d e c o r a t i v e figuration. T h e s i m p l e L u c c a v e r s i o n uses t h e p o p u l a r
' t h e m e 2 9 ' m e l o d y a l r e a d y seen i n E x . I I . 7 . 2 a b o v e . T h e S a r u m m e l o d y g i v e s t h e
d i f f e r e n t i a f o r p s a l m t o n e 6 at the e n d , b u t b e c a u s e a bb is r e q u i r e d ( f o r t h e u n -
G r e g o r i a n bb-c-c c a d e n c e s at i i l i i s c o n v a l l i u m ' ) the c h a n t is n o t a t e d u p o n c. In
a l m o s t e v e r y p h r a s e t h e m a j o r t r i a d c-e-g is o u t l i n e d , u s u a l l y f o l l o w e d b y a s t e p w i s e
d e s c e n t g-f-e-d-c ( b r a c k e t e d i n t h e e x a m p l e ) . A l l t h e c a d e n c e s f a l l o n c, e, o r g.
Something of the same musical quality pervades Alma redemptoris mater
(Ex. I I . 10.3), possibly the oldest of the four best-known Marian antiphons
( B r u n h d l z l 1967), t h o u g h not o l d e r t h a n the n i n t h c e n t u r y . Its text, i n hexameters,
c a l l s u p o n t h e V i r g i n ' s a i d , i n a m a n n e r n o t u n l i k e that of m a n y r o g a t i o n a n t i p h o n s .
Regina caeli, w i t h its j o y f u l a l l e l u i a s , is c l e a r l y a n E a s t e r a n t i p h o n . I t s 'F-major'
melody (F-mode but with bb throughout) features short melismas with repeat
s t r u c t u r e . Ave regina caelorum has a text i n r h y m e d v e r s e , i n o c t o s y l l a b i c c o u p l e t s ,
a n d is yet a g a i n i n t h e ' m a j o r ' m o d e , e x a c t l y l i k e Speciosa facta, often pitched on c
w i t h a n o c c a s i o n a l bb\ a n d as i n Speciosa facta the t r i a d i c flavour of t h e m e l o d y is
noticeable.
Salve regina is i n t h e D - m o d e ( E x . I I . 10.3). T h e p a r a l l e l i s m of t h e first two
p h r a s e s , t h e r a p i d s w e e p t h r o u g h t h e w h o l e o c t a v e d-D at ' m i s e r i c o r d e s o c u l o s ' , a n d
E x . I I . 10.3. F r o m M a r i a n antiphons Alma redempton's mater and Salve regina ( P a l M u s 12,
303 and 352)
t h e i n s i s t e n c e o n a r e s t r i c t e d n u m b e r of m e l o d i c g o a l s ( n e a r l y a l l c a d e n c e s f a l l o n D)
m a r k it o u t as a r e l a t i v e l y late p i e c e of m u s i c , of t h e s a m e p o s t - G r e g o r i a n v i n t a g e as
t h e o t h e r t h r e e . I n a l l of t h e m , t h e scale is c l e a r l y d i v i d e d t r i a d i c a l l y , w i t h a s t r o n g
insistence on the fifth a n d octave.
A n o t h e r f e a t u r e of t h e a n t i p h o n s , a n d p a r t i c u l a r l y of Salve regina, is t h e f r e q u e n c y
of s h o r t a t t r i b u t i v e , e x c l a m a t o r y , o r s u p p l i c a t o r y p h r a s e s : ' S a l v e r e g i n a . . . s p e s
n o s t r a . . . O c l e m e n s , O p i a , O d u l c i s v i r g o M a r i a ' . T h i s t y p e of p h r a s e l e n t i t s e l f w e l l
to t h e c l e a r l y o r i e n t e d m u s i c a l p h r a s e s . E x . I I . 10.4 is a n o t h e r p i e c e of t h i s t y p e .
( A l t h o u g h we have just seen e x a m p l e s i n t h i s t o n a l i t y notated o n F a n d c, the s u b - f i n a l
h e r e is a l w a y s flat, so G has b e e n c h o s e n as final. A m o d e - 6 d i f f e r e n t i a is n e v e r t h e l e s s
g i v e n o n c e a g a i n . T r a n s c r i p t i o n of t h e p i e c e is n o t e n t i r e l y w i t h o u t its p r o b l e m s . )
T e x t r h y m e w a s a n o b v i o u s w a y to b r i n g s u c h e j a c u l a t o r y p h r a s e s i n t o h a r m o n y .
T h e h i s t o r y of t h e M a r i a n a n t i p h o n h e r e f o l l o w e d t h e s a m e c o u r s e as t h e o f f i c e i n
O bo- -na O pul- -chra O singu - l a - -ris post Deum spes no-stra
-+*—r*
De - o fi-li-o tu-o re- - c o n - c i - li - a.
108 IL Chant Genres
m +, - —• ^
casti - ta-tis balsamum
•
et lapsorum
#
ue - ni - am
#
P quod ip - si - us
9
prece
~' *§
pi - us
• *
pi - e
U
matris
*
regno
9
• »
pa-tris
* % * ' * 9
J ***},
9 9 J t =
^
ut di - lec-tos et e - l e c - t o s lau - re - a t r i - u m - -pha- -li.
g e n e r a l , a n d t h e r e are s t y l i s t i c l i n k s w i t h t h e B e n e d i c a m u s s o n g s , c o n d u c t u s , v e r s u s ,
a n d c a n t i o n e s w h i c h b e c a m e p o p u l a r f r o m t h e 1 1 t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d . E x . I I . 10.5 g i v e s
an e x a m p l e of this t y p e . ( T h e D m o d e is i n d i c a t e d by the p s a l m - t o n e d i f f e r e n t i a for
mode 1 at t h e e n d . T o n a l l y i t o f t e n b e h a v e s a c c o r d i n g t o the p a t t e r n o u t l i n e d i n
E x . I I . 10.3 (see e s p e c i a l l y p h r a s e s 2 - 4 a n d 1 3 - 1 4 ) , t h o u g h a c o u n t e r i n g C-E-G is
s o m e t i m e s noticeable (lines 1 5 - 1 7 ) . A n o t h e r feature seems more archaic, h o w e v e r :
n o n e o f t h e n u m e r o u s s h o r t p h r a s e s is r e p e a t e d . )
T h e m o s t p o p u l a r o f t h e a n t i p h o n s , not s u r p r i s i n g l y , r e c e i v e d a t t r i b u t i o n s to s u c h
w o r t h y m u s i c i a n s as H e r m a n n u s C o n t r a c t u s . V e r y f e w of these a t t r i b u t i o n s have
s t o o d u p t o c r i t i c a l s c r u t i n y ( f o r i n f o r m a t i o n o n i n d i v i d u a l p i e c e s , see S z o v e r f f y 1964—
5 and 1983).
11.11. I N T R O I T S
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n
(ii) Introits i n M o d e 3
(iii) C o m p a r i s o n w i t h Office A n t i p h o n s a n d Responsories
(i) Introduction
T h e i n t r o i t m a y b e c o n s i d e r e d as a s p e c i a l f e s t a l t y p e o f a n t i p h o n , t h e m o r e so b e c a u s e
i n e a r l i e r t i m e s it s e e m s to h a v e b e e n s u n g w i t h s e v e r a l p s a l m v e r s e s , p e r h a p s e v e n a
complete p s a l m . I n the earliest b o o k s w i t h chant texts, of the e i g h t h a n d ninth
c e n t u r i e s , o n l y o n e p s a l m verse u s u a l l y r e m a i n s . I n s o m e cases, h o w e v e r , another
v e r s e is t o b e f o u n d , t h e Versus ad repetendum, g i v i n g t h e o v e r a l l f o r m (I = Introit
a n t i p h o n , Ps = P s a l m verse, G l = d o x o l o g y , V a d R = V e r s u s ad r e p e t e n d u m ) :
I_P _I_G1-I
S [-VadR-I]
In the oldest sources twenty-six melodies are assigned to mode 3. T h e s e may give
some idea of the cohesion of the introit repertory as a whole. A l l quotations are taken
from Hansen's transcription of the D i j o n tonary, M o n t p e l l i e r , Faculte de M e d e c i n e
H . 159. In this source the chants appear in tonal order, so that it is relatively easy to
compare melodies for their likenesses and dissimilarities.
T h e openings are the most conventional feature of the mode-3 introits. Nearly all
begin on G and rise to c in the first phrase, perhaps with an additional preliminary
clause starting on E or F. E x II.11.1 shows progressively more involved openings
which follow this basic pattern:
(a) simple rise G—c, the first syllable being acented;
(b) rise through a; but Benedicite retains G (in this source: the treatment of such
cliches occasionally differs from manuscript to manuscript);
(c) a decorated form of (b), where the second syllable in a three-syllable w o r d is
accented;
(d) preliminary E, ED, or EFD\ the last two examples, Ego autem and Ego
clarnavi, use the decorative turn in (c);
(e) the rise to c may be delayed within the lower tetrachord D-G\
(/) shows a flourish around the final c\ the substitution of adc for the simple ac is
very c o m m o n i n other phrases also.
T h e choice of opening depends on the importance of the opening words in the text
as a whole: i n (a) the opening word is one of the most important in the phrase,
whereas in (e) the key words come later. T h e n there are the usual adjustments for
accentuation. M a n y of the ground-rules for introit openings have been outlined b y
H u c k e (1988, 'Fragen').
11. Introits 111
Ti-bi Om-ni-a
-V
/ Z m
fm /Jw s m So m fm m m
(A\ m m s m
V Bene-di-cite
In n o - m i - n e Libera-tor me(-us)
In de-o
Lo-que - tur
Ti-me - te
rm—m— t\ * •
d •—mmm f~0 4 *0
1—
0 0 9 * 1 0H m
m
1
*«' / ' ' 1
0tt0 ip m 0 —
Ec - ce o - cu - li do - mi-ni
Cog-no- -vi do - mi-ne
Sperent in te do - mi-ne
T h e c a d e n c e s are n o t q u i t e so c o n v e n t i o n a l , e x c e p t i n t h e last f e w n o t e s . P r a c t i c a l l y
e v e r y c a d e n c e t o u c h e s o n t h e n o t e s E-G-F-E i n that o r d e r , n a t u r a l l y w i t h r e p e t i t i o n s
o r e x t r a i n s e r t i o n s ; it s e e m s i m p o r t a n t t h a t t h e f i n a l E b e a n t i c i p a t e d o r p r e p a r e d . A s
w e s h a l l s h o r t l y see, m a n y p h r a s e s t e n d to h a n g a r o u n d e i t h e r h i g h c o r m i d d l e G , a n d
m o s t c a d e n c e s p r o c e e d f r o m o n e o r t h e o t h e r of these t w o . T h e c a d e n c e s , i l l u s t r a t e d
i n E x . I I . 1 1 . 2 , are g r o u p e d as f o l l o w s .
(a) a r a p i d d e s c e n t f r o m c\
(b) m o r e g r a d u a l d e s c e n t f r o m c ; a p a r t f r o m the first e x a m p l e , ' m i h i c a n / , t h e s e
h a v e t h e m o s t c o m m o n c l o s i n g figure EGFF FE\ s o m e s h o w a n i n i t i a l rise t o
h i g h c b e f o r e t h e r u n - i n to t h e cadence;
(c) bb i n t h e c l o s i n g p h r a s e ;
(d) c a d e n c e s w h i c h p r o c e e d f r o m a n o r i e n t a t i o n a r o u n d G also f a v o u r t h e EGFF
FE e n d i n g , o t h e r w i s e aGFGFE E.
T h e s e e x a m p l e s d o n o t , of c o u r s e , e x h a u s t a l l t h e o p e n i n g s a n d c a d e n c e s of t h e
m o d e 3 i n t r o i t s , o n l y t h o s e w h i c h m a y e a s i l y b e c o m p a r e d . W h a t is n o t i c e a b l e , i n f a c t ,
is t h a t so m a n y c h a n t s are d i s s i m i l a r . A g o o d d e a l of t h e l i k e n e s s b e t w e e n r e s p o n s o r i a l
c h a n t s w a s d u e t o t h e p r e s e n c e of c a d e n t i a l m e l i s m a s , a n d t h e s e are a b s e n t h e r e . Of
c o u r s e , t h e p h r a s e s are m o u l d e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h the w o r d s b e i n g set t o m u s i c , a n d
112 II. Chant Genres
do- o- - m n i bo - no.
In Deo Si iniquitates
9 mm
i
ha- -bi-tans in i l - -lis In-tret o - r a - - c i - o me - a
Vocem iocunditatis Liberator Timete
"fl 7 :
1 1—I ^ -—-fil J ^ 1
jt_ ?m m w m m mam /*
0 * 0 * 0 *JJ}m mi{
« t P'M m * • 'M« m
9 9
fr\ # * 0 9
T h e r e c i t a t i o n , if w e m a y c a l l it t h a t , m a y n o t r e s t r i c t i t s e l f t o o n e n o t e , b u t b e a s o r t
o f o s c i l l a t i o n b e t w e e n t w o p o l e s . I n E x . I I . 1 1 . 4 t h e t w i n p o l e s of G a n d c s e e m t o h a v e
e q u a l a t t r a c t i v e f o r c e . It is n o c o i n c i d e n c e t h a t b is r a r e i n t h e last e x a m p l e , a n d t h a t
we have been discussing openings and cadences with G , a, and c as t h e most
i m p o r t a n t p i t c h e s . T h i s reflects t h e p e n t a t o n i c o r i e n t a t i o n of v e r y m a n y c h a n t s , w h e r e
E a n d b are o f t e n a v o i d e d o r a p p r o a c h e d a n d q u i t t e d o n l y b y s t e p . I n e f f e c t , t h e n , a
l a r g e p r o p o r t i o n of t h e p h r a s e s i n m o d e 3 i n t r o i t s a d u m b r a t e t h e r i s e G-a-c, dwell on
c as a r e c i t a t i o n n o t e , t h e n f a l l to b o r d e s c e n d p e n t a t o n i c a l l y t o a y G , o r E. The same
s o r t of t h i n g m a y be seen i n o t h e r i n t r o i t s , e x c e p t t h a t t h e s e l e c t i o n of s t r u c t u r a l l y
i m p o r t a n t t o n e s w i l l be d i f f e r e n t . F o r t h e p l a g a l m o d e s ( m o d e 4 t o a n e v e n greater
e x t e n t t h a n the o t h e r s ) , F is i m p o r t a n t f o r r e c i t a t i o n .
S* m
i 0
su-per ti - mentes e- -urn sperantes in mi-se - ri - cordi-a e - ius
7T1
W h i l e t h e o f f i c e a n t i p h o n s s h a r e w i t h i n t r o i t s m a n y of t h e s a m e s t r u c t u r a l t o n e s a n d
m e l o d i c g o a l s , t h e i r m a i n l y s y l l a b i c s t y l e m a k e s t h e m less s t a t i c . The introit can
achieve i n a short m e l i s m a the m e l o d i c m o v e m e n t that w o u l d need several s y l l a b l e s i n
a n o f f i c e a n t i p h o n . I n the i n t r o i t t h e r e is t h e r e f o r e m o r e t i m e to d w e l l o n r e c i t a t i o n
n o t e s . N o r w o u l d t h e o r n a m e n t a t i o n of r e c i t a t i o n n o t e s be a p p r o p r i a t e i n a n o f f i c e
antiphon.
Ex. I I . 11.5 g i v e s t h e m o d e 3 a n t i p h o n Dominus legifer noster, a member of a
melodic f a m i l y already cited ( E x . II.7.3), and underneath it t h e introit Timete
dominum. It is n o t s u g g e s t e d h e r e t h a t t h e t w o m e l o d i e s are d i r e c t l y r e l a t e d ; b u t t h e i r
m e l o d i c o u t l i n e s , at t h e i r v e r y s i m p l e s t , are at least c o m p a r a b l e . The example is
Ex. I I . 11.5. A n t i p h o n Dominus legifer noster (AS, k) and introit Timete Dominum
( M o n t p e l l i e r , F a c u l t e de M e d e c i n e H . 159, p . 44)
lp-se ue-ni-et
P et sal-ua-bit nos.
lower higher
1 F a a
2 F F F
3 G or a c c
4 F G (rarely a) a
5 a c c
6 F G , a or c F,a
7 c d d
8 G (rarely a) c c
ornamental figure ( t h e s o - c a l l e d repercussi). T h e f a v o u r e d notes i n each mode,
u s u a l l y d i v i d e d b e t w e e n h i g h e r - a n d l o w e r - l y i n g p h r a s e s , are g i v e n i n T a b l e 1 1 . 1 1 . 1
(together w i t h the reciting note for the c o r r e s p o n d i n g p s a l m tone). Since F is t h e
final, a n d a a n d c a r e s t r u c t u r a l l y i m p o r t a n t n o t e s , m o d e 5 i n t r o i t s are p a r t i c u l a r l y
t r i a d i c . M o d e 7 i n t r o i t s , o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , d i s p l a y a t e n s i o n b e t w e e n c a n d d, t h e
l o w e r phrases h a n g i n g a r o u n d r , the h i g h e r ones not able to sustain a n y r e c i t i n g note
higher than d.
11.12. C O M M U N I O N S
(i) General
(ii) G r o u p s of C o m m u n i o n s with Psalm a n d G o s p e l T e x t s
(iii) Some F - m o d e C o m m u n i o n s
(iv) C o m m u n i o n s and Responsories
(i) General
T h e r e are several seasons of the year when c o m m u n i o n chants with psalm texts
predominate, others when a block of gospel texts appears. O n two occasions the psalm
texts are arranged in numerical order: for the weekdays of L e n t and for the Sundays
after Pentecost. T h e s e arrangements could be retrospective, that is, the original order
could have been non-numerical ( M u r p h y 1977, 144 ff. argues, however, that theme
plays a role here as well).
In the case of the post-Pentecost Sundays, the numerical ordering affects the
introits and offertories as well. In the c o m m u n i o n s the selection of texts is not quite
consistent, for in both L e n t and post-Pentecost series some gospel texts intervene.
T h e sources of the texts for most c o m m u n i o n s , as for other chants, can easily be
checked in Wagner (see the table at the end of Wagner I). Besides the two long series
of psalm texts in L e n t and after Pentecost, there are other groups of psalm and gospel
texts:
Psalms:
Sundays from Septuagesima to Quadragesima Sunday 4 (mode 1, 8, 1, 3, 5, 1, 4)
Gospels:
the three Sundays after E p i p h a n y (mode 1, 6, 7)
Easter S u n d a y , and ferias, to the fourth Sunday after Easter (mode 6, 6, 7, 8, 7, 1,
2, 6, 2, 8, 8)
Sunday after Ascension to the end of Pentecost week (mode 4, 5, 7, 8, 5, 3)
F r o m a m u s i c a l p o i n t of v i e w , h o w e v e r , t h e r e s e e m s t o be l i t t l e s t y l i s t i c u n i t y w i t h i n
these g r o u p s . T h e r e a r e , of c o u r s e , t h e c o m m o n p h r a s e o p e n i n g s a n d e n d i n g s ( t h o u g h
n o t t h e l e n g t h y m e l i s m a s w h i c h m a r k c a d e n c e s i n r e s p o n s o r i a l c h a n t s ) w h i c h c a n be
f o u n d t h r o u g h o u t t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y . B u t c o n s i s t e n c y of f o r m is a b s e n t . A s w i t h
introits, many phrases may be construed as intonation-recitation-cadence, but
b e y o n d t h i s it is d i f f i c u l t t o g o , f o r t h e w a y s of e l a b o r a t i n g t h i s s i m p l e i d e a ( a n d o t h e r
b a s i c s h a p e s ) are i n f i n i t e .
T h e g r o u p of E a s t e r t i d e c o m m u n i o n s w i t h g o s p e l t e x t s i n c l u d e s t h r e e i n m o d e 6
which may serve as examples of e l a b o r a t e d recitation (Ex. II. 12.1). The only
c o m m o n c a d e n c e w h i c h t h e t h r e e use v e r y o f t e n is FGF F ('veritatis', ' P e t r o ' a n d the
s u c c e e d i n g ' a l l e l u i a ' , ' a l l e l u i a ' at t h e e n d of Mitte manum). A n o t h e r cadence c o m m o n
i n t h e F m o d e , FGbbaGF^G GF, a p p e a r s o n l y o n c e , at t h e e n d of Pascha nostrum, and
t h e n i n m o d i f i e d f o r m . T h e r e are t h r e e C - c a d e n c e s ( ' e p u l e m u r ' , t h e first a l l e l u i a at t h e
end of Pascha nostrum, a n d 'fidelis', the last two b e i n g the same), otherwise
F r *=
V •
i - ta- -que e-pu - le - mur in a- - z i - m i s sin-ce-ritatis et ue-ri-ta-tis
* 3 —
Mit-te manum tu-am et cognosce l o - c a clauorum a l - l e - l u - -ia
H3
F F G G F G || F F G F F F F F G
Mit-te m a - n u m tu-am || et cog-nos-ce lo-ca c l a - v o - r u m
Had the use of standard phrases been the n o r m , the 'alleluia' phrases in these
c o m m u n i o n s could easily have been identical. T h o s e in Pascha nostrum are least
striking. Surrexit dominus has already started out more adventurously. Its 'alleluia'
then moves unexpectedly out of the F-bb tetrachord d o w n to the C-F range. T h e r e
are repeated groups of notes in both these clusters: ab aG-ab aG . . . FDEDC-FDE
DC. In the absence of a notational sign for Eb, the whole chant is transposed up a fifth
in some sources. In Mitte manum (transposed for the same reason), the long F-G
recitation just cited leads into an 'alleluia' which cadences on G by way of the t r i c h o r d
Eb-G-bb. T h e final 'alleluia' phrases are different again.
Dicit dominus implete, for the second Sunday after E p i p h a n y , has features in
c o m m o n with these, but develops an interesting sequel w h i c h seems to be a direct
response to the text being set. T h e underlying notes in the first phrases seem to b e :
D i c i t dominus F-a . . . - G
implete hydrias aqua F . . .
et ferte architriclino F-G-a . . . -G-F
d u m gustasset architriclinus F-G-a—a—G-F-G-G—F
S i n c e b o t h c o m m u n i o n s a n d r e s p o n s o r i e s d r a w u p o n t e x t s w h i c h h a v e b e e n r e a d as
l e s s o n s , i n s t e a d of r e l y i n g as h e a v i l y as o t h e r c h a n t g e n r e s o n t h e B o o k of P s a l m s , it is
p e r h a p s n o t s u r p r i s i n g t h a t t h e y s h a r e a n u m b e r of t e x t s . I n t h e O l d R o m a n c h a n t
r e p e r t o r y s o m e of t h e m e l o d i e s are also s h a r e d ( M u r p h y 1977, i . 481 f f . l i s t s t w e n t y -
o n e c a s e s of n e a r i d e n t i t y ) . T h i s is m u c h less e v i d e n t i n t h e G r e g o r i a n r e p e r t o r y :
p e r h a p s t h e case c o u l d b e a r g u e d f o r t h r e e o r f o u r m e l o d i e s . O n e s u c h is Diffusa est
gratia, g i v e n i n E x . I I . 12.3 i n i t s S a r u m v e r s i o n b o t h as c o m m u n i o n a n d r e s p o n s o r y
(the v e r s e of t h e r e s p o n s o r y is o m i t t e d ) . It n e e d n o t t r o u b l e us u n d u l y t h a t s t a n d a r d
F-cadences appear i n the c o m m u n i o n , standard F-cadences i n the r e s p o n s o r y . The
s i m i l a r i t i e s of u n d e r l y i n g p h r a s e shape seem l a r g e l y i n d e p e n d e n t of t h i s , except
p e r h a p s at ' p r o p t e r e a ' , w h e r e t h e c o m m u n i o n rises a f i f t h F-c and cadences on F , the
r e s p o n s o r y * r i s e s a f i f t h D-A a n d c a d e n c e s o n F . T h e f i r s t p h r a s e i n b o t h , ' D i f f u s a est
g r a c i a ' , d w e l l s o n F b e f o r e d e s c e n d i n g toD. A f t e r 'propterea', already m e n t i o n e d , the
t w o m e l o d i e s r e u n i t e d u r i n g ' b e n e d i x i t ' a n d r u n s i m i l a r c o u r s e s to t h e e n d .
Communions, therefore, are highly inconsistent i n style, and point in many
different directions, musically and liturgically. T h e impression remains of a
f r a g m e n t e d r e p e r t o r y , t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n of w h o s e l a y e r s of m a t e r i a l is o n e of t h e m o s t
i n t r i g u i n g tasks f a c i n g s c h o l a r s h i p .
m
communion
—„ m—^ —
D i - f u - sa est gra - ci - a in la - bi-is tu- -is
responsory
• ^ •* • • — v • — 0 0
(i) Introduction
(ii) T e x t s
(iii) T h e M e l o d i e s of the O f f e r t o r y R e s p o n d
(iv) Verse M e l o d i e s
(i) Introduction
(ii) Texts
M o s t o f f e r t o r i e s h a v e t e x t s t a k e n f r o m t h e p s a l m s ( a l l b u t f o u r t e e n of t h e 107 i n A M S ,
a c c o r d i n g to H u c k e 1 9 7 0 ) . H u c k e ' s s t u d y s h o w s t h a t m o r e t h a n a d o z e n offertories
h a v e f o r t h e i r v e r s e s t h e first verses of t h e p s a l m , t h e r e s p o n d b e i n g t a k e n from
e l s e w h e r e i n t h e p s a l m : t h i s is a p r i n c i p l e o f a n t i p h o n a l p s a l m o d y , w h e r e t h e w h o l e
p s a l m is s u n g , b e g i n n i n g of c o u r s e w i t h t h e first verse, whereas t h e a n t i p h o n is
i n d e p e n d e n t . I n fifteen cases it is the r e s p o n d w h i c h u s e s t h e first v e r s e o f t h e p s a l m ,
w h e r e a s i n o v e r t w e n t y cases b o t h r e s p o n d a n d v e r s e ( s ) s e l e c t f r o m l a t e r v e r s e s of the
p s a l m : t h i s m e t h o d of s e l e c t i o n r e s e m b l e s r e s p o n s o r i a l p s a l m o d y , w h e r e the cantor
w h o s a n g t h e v e r s e s c o u l d select h i s t e x t s as h e p l e a s e d . T w o d o z e n o f f e r t o r i e s h a v e as
first verse the first v e r s e of the p s a l m , b u t f o r o t h e r v e r s e s s e l e c t f r e e l y . S i n c e t h e s a m e
t y p e s of t e x t c a n b e f o u n d a m o n g g r a d u a l s a n d o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r i e s , t h i s i n i t s e l f d o e s
n o t t e l l us a n y t h i n g d e f i n i t e a b o u t the e a r l y h i s t o r y — a n t i p h o n a l o r responsorial—of
the offertory.
T h e n o n - p s a l m o d i c texts have received special a t t e n t i o n f r o m L e v y (1984), w h o
argued for a musical connection between some m e m b e r s of t h e g r o u p a n d t h e o l d
S p a n i s h o f f e r t o r y , t h e sacrificium. L e v y ' s h y p o t h e s i s is t h a t t h e s e are t h e descendents
o f t h e G a l l i c a n c h a n t r e p e r t o r y (see f u r t h e r V I 1 1 . 6 ) . It is n e v e r t h e l e s s d i f f i c u l t t o see
m u c h musical difference between them and other offertories.
T h e r e s p o n d s of the o f f e r t o r i e s v a r y c o n s i d e r a b l y i n l e n g t h , b u t g e n e r a l l y c o n s i s t of at
least f o u r c l a u s e s , often eight or m o r e . The m e l o d i c s t y l e is h i g h l y o r n a t e , and
m e l i s m a s of c o n s i d e r a b l e p r o p o r t i o n s s o m e t i m e s a p p e a r (as t h e y d o i n t h e verses).
E v e n i n t h e s h o r t e s t o f f e r t o r y t h e r e w i l l u s u a l l y b e at least a c o u p l e of s y l l a b l e s w i t h
melismas of ten or more notes. As in the introit, gradual, and communion,
reiterations of a s i n g l e p i t c h , F or c, are f r e q u e n t l y present. Although standard
p h r a s e s are a b s e n t f r o m t h e o f f e r t o r y , s o m e c h a n t s a c t u a l l y c o n t a i n p h r a s e s b o r r o w e d
f r o m graduals: Baroffio and Steiner ('Offertory', NG) cite examples in the offertory
Superflurnina, which uses mode 1 gradual phrases (Apel 1958, 351, D I , somewhat
extended, and c l ) . A s far as openings, cadences, and u n d e r l y i n g structures are
c o n c e r n e d , however, the offertory is most easily compared with the introit, often
seeming rather like a more ecstatic and wide-ranging expansion of the introit style.
A s in introits and c o m m u n i o n s , many phrases are highly ornate recitations. Several
m o d e 2 pieces are formed of little else but a constant oscillation between D and F ,
some mode 6 ones hardly make a single significant departure f r o m F . Nearly a third of
all the notes (over 190) in Reges Tharsis (mode 5) are c.
fl ^M.fT\
Ad te domine (Ex. II. 13.1) is an offertory respond of this type. Since the melody
requires both bb and /?t], and since the second verse will explore the lower region
between C and G , the melody is notated with final on a. M o s t of the melodic
movement is therefore between a and c. A l t h o u g h several syllables are centred on c,
only one phrase actually cadences on c, 'non erubescam', transposing literally the a-
cadence on 'animam meam' for the purpose. T h e r e are two cadences on G , and one on
the next lowest note E (there is no F ) , the other four all being <2-cadences.
T h e chromatic inflexion w h i c h appears briefly here is but a hint of the m u c h bolder
chromaticisms to be found elsewhere, a feature of offertories w h i c h evidently caused
considerable problems for notators using pitch notation (see Sidler 1939 and Steiner
1966). M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159, the earliest source to distinguish between fet) and feb,
preserves especially colourful versions of some melodies. In In die sollempnitatis,
E x . II.13.2, ' I n die' at the start and 'alleluia' at the end have 6t), but the whole central
section of the piece is notated with bb. T h e opening and ending have the same
character as E x . II. 13.1, that is, D - m o d e transposed up a fifth, but elsewhere the
music is that of the E - m o d e transposed up a fourth. T h e dominating pitches are
E x . I I . 13.2. O f f e r t o r y respond /;/ die sollempnitatis ( M o n t p e l l i e r , Faculte de Medecine
H . 159, p . 215)
t h e r e f o r e bb a n d d, a s t e p h i g h e r t h a n n o r m a l f o r t r a n s p o s e d D - m o d e . ( S o m e s o u r c e s
d o n o t a t e t h e m e l o d y i n D - m o d e , b u t w i t h o u t t h e Z?bs w h i c h w o u l d r e s u l t if the
M o n t p e l l i e r version were transposed literally d o w n a fifth: see B o m m 1929, 166 ff.
and Jacobsthal 1897, 222ff.)
A s f a r as s u r f a c e o r n a m e n t a t i o n g o e s , t h e s e o f f e r t o r i e s r e p r e s e n t t h e m o r e modest
e n d of t h e r e p o r t o r y , w i t h o n l y a s l i g h t l y h i g h e r o v e r a l l d e g r e e o f d e c o r a t i o n than
i n t r o i t s . M a n y offertories, h o w e v e r , go w e l l b e y o n d t h i s . O n e finds p h r a s e s of text
b e i n g repeated, u s u a l l y w i t h m o r e elaborate m u s i c , a p h e n o m e n o n practically u n i q u e
i n t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y . T h e r e p e a t e d n o t e s c a n be s p u n o u t i n t o p a s s a g e s as l o n g as are
to be found in graduals (compare Ex. II.5.3), and lengthy melismas may be
i n t r o d u c e d . A l l t h e s e m a y b e i l l u s t r a t e d b y t h e r e s p o n d o f lubilate Deo universa
terra, a c e l e b r a t e d e x a m p l e w h i c h has b e e n c i t e d , at least i n p a r t , m a n y t i m e s before,
b u t w h i c h never fails to i m p r e s s ( E x . I I . 13.3).
T o n a l l y t h i s c o m p o s i t i o n is q u i t e u n p r o b l e m a t i c . T h e r e is n o m o d u l a t i o n , a n d the
verses (discussed below) do not m o v e into a different range. E a n d b are mostly
a v o i d e d o r u s e d w i t h c i r c u m s p e c t i o n , so t h a t t h e b a s i c s c a l e w i t h i n w h i c h t h e m u s i c
m o v e s is p e n t a t o n i c , CDFGacd; bb a p p e a r s o n l y b e t w e e n t w o a s ( o r , i n t h e v e r s e s , at
t h e p e a k of a m o t i f s u c h as abbGF).
A f t e r t h e s t a n d a r d o p e n i n g , f o u n d i n a l l s o r t s of D - m o d e c h a n t s , t h e first p h r a s e is
m o s t l y c o n c e r n e d w i t h a a n d c, i n c l u d i n g the notes w h i c h lead i n t o a f r o m b e l o w ,
FGa, a n d t h o s e t h a t l e a d t o c> Gac, o r , j u s t as o f t e n , aGc, w h i c h g i v e s e x t r a e l a n to t h e
achievement o f t h e t o p n o t e . T h e t e x t is t h e n r e p e a t e d w i t h m u c h m o r e extended
m u s i c : ' D e o u n i v e r s a ' is t h e s a m e as t h e first t i m e , b u t ' t e r r a ' is m o r e e l a b o r a t e . The
first w o r d is set t o a s u p e r b d e s c e n d i n g t h e n a s c e n d i n g m e l i s m a ; t h e r e is a r a p i d
d e s c e n t to F ( n o t e t h a t t h e o r n a m e n t a l GEE is p r e f e r r e d t o , s a y , aGF) t h e n to D
( o r n a m e n t e d DCD), f o l l o w e d b y a g r a d u a l rise m a d e u p o f l i t t l e s t a r t s a n d pauses,
r a t h e r l i k e t h e a s c e n d i n g f l i g h t of a b i r d , h o v e r i n g t h e n c l i m b i n g h i g h e r , D-F-a-c-d
a n d j u s t t o u c h i n g o n e a n d / b e f o r e t u m b l i n g b a c k to ' D e o ' as it w a s b e f o r e . (For a
E x . I I . 13.3. O f f e r t o r y respond Iubilate Deo universa terra ( M o n t p e l l i e r , F a c u l t e de
M e d e c i n e H . 159, p . 199)
iu-bi - l a - -te De - o
m
psalmum d i - - c i - te no- -mi - ni e-
=*e=
• — — # f _*
-ni-meme-e al - l e - lu- -ia.
M o s t of t h e f e a t u r e s o b s e r v e d i n o f f e r t o r y r e s p o n d s are p r e s e n t i n v e r s e s , often
somewhat exaggerated. There are repetitions of words and musical phrases,
c h r o m a t i c i s m s , a n d l e n g t h y m e l i s m a s , the latter b e i n g m o r e f r e q u e n t i n verses t h a n i n
responds.
A n u m b e r o f v e r s e s c o n c l u d e w i t h t h e s a m e m u s i c as o c c u r s i n t h e r e s p o n d j u s t
p r e c e d i n g the repeat section. T h e simplest f o r m w o u l d thus b e :
a R e s p o n d , first p a r t : soloist(s)
b Respond, second part: choir
c V e r s e : soloist(s), using cadence from a
b Respond, second part: choir
W h e r e t h e r e is m o r e t h a n o n e v e r s e , p e r h a p s o n l y o n e o f t h e m w i l l d i s p l a y t h i s
f e a t u r e . I n Iubilate Deo universa terra ( E x x . I I . 13.3 a n d 6) b o t h v e r s e s u s e t h e
cadence f r o m the r e s p o n d .
T h e r e is f r e q u e n t l y a h i a t u s b e t w e e n t h e r a n g e s of v e r s e a n d r e s p o n d , p e r h a p s e v e n
a c h a n g e i n t o n a l i t y . T h u s t h e D - m o d e Deus Deus meus ( H a n s e n , n o . 857) a n d its
f i r s t v e r s e Sitivit in te r i s e n o h i g h e r t h a n a, w h e r e a s t h e s e c o n d v e r s e , In matutinis,
m o v e s l a r g e l y b e t w e e n G a n d c. Benedicam dominum is m o r e c l e a r l y i n m o d e 1
( a u t h e n t i c D - m o d e ) t h r o u g h o u t , as f a r as r a n g e g o e s ; b u t t h e s e c o n d v e r s e , Notas
fecisti, b e g i n s o n bb, w i t h a p h r a s e w h i c h s o u n d s as i f it h a d b e e n t r a n s p o s e d u p a
f o u r t h ; a n d t h e w h o l e o f t h e s e c o n d h a l f of t h e v e r s e m o v e s i n t h e r a n g e a-e, as if
t r a n s p o s e d u p a fifth, b e f o r e f a l l i n g s o m e w h a t p r e c i p i t a t e l y b a c k t o t h e final c a d e n c e
o n D. S o m e t i m e s d i f f e r e n t s c r i b e s i n M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 s u p p l i e d d i f f e r e n t p i t c h
n o t a t i o n , a clear sign of the difficulties caused b y notating a n d s i n g i n g m e l o d i e s w i t h
u n u s u a l r a n g e . F o r e x a m p l e , i n Ascendit Deus in iubilatione ( H a n s e n , n o . 866), the
r e s p o n d is u n e q u i v o c a l l y a m o d e 1 m e l o d y . B u t at t h e e n d o f t h e first v e r s e , Omnes
gentes, t h e m u s i c s t a r t s t o h a n g a r o u n d bb, a n d e n d s w i t h a c a d e n c e o n F. The
o r i g i n a l letter n o t a t i o n h a d the s u b s e q u e n t t w o verses b e g i n n i n g o n a a n d c a d e n c i n g
i n i d e n t i c a l f a s h i o n t o t h e first v e r s e o n F. B u t a s e c o n d set o f p i t c h - l e t t e r s w a s t h e n
a d d e d f o r m o s t o f t h e t h i r d v e r s e a n d a l l of t h e f o u r t h . T h e t h i r d v e r s e s t a r t s o f f a fifth
l o w e r ( o n D), t h e n a b o u t h a l f - w a y t h r o u g h c o m e s i n t o u n i s o n w i t h t h e first v e r s i o n ,
w h i l e at t h e e n d o f t h e v e r s e it r i s e s a b o v e t h e first v e r s i o n , b e f o r e c a d e n c i n g l i k e it o n
G . T h e t h i r d v e r s e i n i t s first v e r s i o n rose s p l e n d i d l y to h i g h # . I n i t s s e c o n d v e r s i o n it
is a g a i n n o t a t e d a fifth l o w e r at first, b u t t h e last p h r a s e ( ' s u b p e d i b u s n o s t r i s ' ) is a t o n e
h i g h e r u n t i l t h e final c a d e n c e o n F.
Tollite portas in many sources looks like a fairly typical mode 2 offertory,
m o d e r a t e l y e l a b o r a t e , w i t h o n l y o n e large m e l i s m a at t h e e n d o f t h e s e c o n d v e r s e . I t is
f o u n d i n t h i s f o r m i n , f o r e x a m p l e , G r a z 8 0 7 ( P a l M u s 19) a n d B e n e v e n t o 34 ( P a l M u s
1 5 ) . A l t h o u g h v e r s e 1 s e e m s t o e n d o d d l y — F G Gb aG GF—this is s i m p l y t h e l e a d
i n t o the r e p e a t e d p a r t of t h e r e s p o n d , a n d reflects the c o r r e s p o n d i n g passage i n t h e
r e s p o n d itself. V e r s e 2, b y contrast, occupies a h i g h e r register a n d w o u l d b y itself be
c l a s s i f i e d as m o d e 1 ; i t e n d s o n D.
M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 c l a s s i f i e s t h i s o f f e r t o r y i n m o d e 8. B u t at first t h e m e l o d y is
n o t a t e d w i t h t h e s a m e i n t e r v a l s as i n t h e o t h e r s o u r c e s , o n l y a fifth h i g h e r . I t t h e r e f o r e
l o o k s rather like E x . I I . 1 3 . 1 , a n d w e s h o u l d expect later 6bs to be the reason for the
c h o i c e of p i t c h a fifth h i g h e r . B u t t h e bbs appear i n a q u i t e u n e x p e c t e d m a n n e r . A t the
e n d of t h e r e s p o n d , t h e m e l o d y s u d d e n l y d i p s d o w n a t o n e , w i t h bb r e p l a c i n g c as
t h e u s u a l ' r e c i t i n g ' p i t c h , a n d c a d e n c e s o n G , i n s t e a d of t h e e x p e c t e d a ( E x . I I . 1 3 . 4 ) .
A s B o m m ( 1 9 2 9 , 174 f f . ) r e c o g n i z e d , t h i s is not l i k e l y t o b e a m i s t a k e , b e c a u s e (a) the
s a m e e n d i n g c a n b e s e e n i n S t P e t e r s b u r g O . v . I . 6, a n d (b) F r u t o l f of M i c h e l s b e r g
c i t e s t h e D - m o d e e n d i n g i n a w a y w h i c h suggests h e is r e p r o d u c i n g a c o r r e c t i o n f o r a
w e l l - k n o w n t r o u b l e - s p o t . (See also t h e d i s c u s s i o n i n S i d l e r 1939 43 f f . )
Benevento
• « i* *' 9i^
m m
9 jfr***^ ' ^ **** **** 9
* m ^
Montpellier
V e r s e 1 i n M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 is n o t a t e d a fifth h i g h e r t h a n i n t h e o t h e r s o u r c e s . B u t
v e r s e 2 b r i n g s f u r t h e r c o m p l i c a t i o n s . H e r e M o n t p e l l i e r is o n l y a f o u r t h h i g h e r t h a n
t h e o t h e r s o u r c e s , u n t i l t h e c l o s i n g c o m m e n t s of t h e final m e l i s m a , w h e n it m o v e s u p a
s t e p a n d c a d e n c e s o n a. T h i s s e e m s i l l o g i c a l , f o r if it h a d c o n t i n u e d o n l y a f o u r t h
h i g h e r t h a n t h e rest, a n o t h e r G - c l o s e w o u l d h a v e o c c u r r e d , as i n t h e r e s p o n d . T h i s
c a d e n c e i s , h o w e v e r , n o t t h e last of t h e p i e c e , f o r t h e last p a r t o f t h e r e s p o n d w i l l n o w
be r e p e a t e d as u s u a l .
E x . I I . 13.5 g i v e s t h e w h o l e of v e r s e 2 at the t w o c o n t r a s t i n g p i t c h e s . S u c h e x a m p l e s
m a k e it a b u n d a n t l y c l e a r that the a d o p t i o n of p i t c h n o t a t i o n i n t h e e l e v e n t h a n d
t w e l f t h c e n t u r i e s m a y o f t e n h a v e r e s u l t e d i n the s m o o t h i n g o u t of ' i r r e g u l a r i t i e s ' i n t h e
t o n a l o r g a n i z a t i o n of m a n y m e l o d i e s .
T h e m e l i s m a i n E x . I I . 13.5 has t h e f o r m A A B , e x t r e m e l y c o m m o n i n a l l e l u i a s ,
m o d e r a t e l y so i n o f f e r t o r i e s . I n the Montpellier source, w h i c h i n this respect is
r e p r e s e n t a t i v e , t h e r e are 103 o f f e r t o r i e s , w i t h 2 1 6 v e r s e s i n a l l . A l l b u t a h a n d f u l of
r e s p o n d s , a n d o v e r n i n e t y of t h e v e r s e s , h a v e n o l e n g t h y m e l i s m a s at a l l . S o m e v e r s e s
h a v e m o r e t h a n o n e . T h e r e is a r o u g h b a l a n c e ( s o m e w h a t o v e r e i g h t y e x a m p l e s of
e a c h ) b e t w e e n u n s t r u c t u r e d m e l i s m a s a n d those w h i c h h a v e a r e p e a t f o r m of s o m e
s o r t . T h e r e are a b o u t fifty m e l i s m a s w i t h A A B f o r m , b u t f e w o t h e r f o r m s are to be
f o u n d r e g u l a r l y ; t h e r e a r e , f o r e x a m p l e , o n l y five i n s t a n c e s of A A B B C f o r m . A m o n g
the more extended schemes may be cited A A A B - C - A A A B (Super flumina),
A A B B C C D (Benedicam dominum), A A B B C C C D (Deus enim firmavit), AABBCDDE
(Benedictus es . . . in labiis), and A A B C C D C C (Domine Deus meus).
128 //. Chant Genres
k Benevento
-flr^
Montpellier
. • «fl . . . . . . *}. . . -jg= • Ok
m s~m 2 times ^ ^
F o r e x a m p l e s of e x t e n d e d m e l i s m a s , a n d of the c a r r y i n g o v e r of m e l o d i c m a t e r i a l
b e t w e e n r e s p o n d a n d v e r s e s , w e m a y r e t u r n to Iubilate Deo universa terra, whose
r e s p o n d w a s g i v e n i n E x . I I . 1 3 . 3 . T h e t w o v e r s e s a p p e a r as E x . I I . 1 3 . 6 . A b l o w - b y -
b l o w a c c o u n t of t h e v e r s e s is b y n o w u n n e c e s s a r y . T h e r e a d e r w i l l b e able t o l o c a t e
w i t h o u t d i f f i c u l t y s u c h f e a t u r e s as t h e free r e c i t a t i o n a r o u n d p a r t i c u l a r n o t e s (as at t h e
start of v e r s e 1). S o m e t i m e s t h e m e l o d i e s b e c o m e l o c k e d i n t o r e p e a t e d r s , w i t h G a n d
a i n s u p p o r t (cf. the s e c o n d ' t i b i v o t a ' i n verse 1 a n d ' [ h o l o c a u j s t a m e d u l l a t a ' i n verse
2). T h e s e ornate phrases lead into s i m i l a r cadences: those for the second ' m e a ' a n d
' d i s t i n x e r u n t ' i n v e r s e 1, a n d t h o s e f o r t h e s e c o n d ' m e a ' a n d ' m e d u l l a t a ' i n v e r s e 2 are
all the s a m e .
A t t h e start of b o t h v e r s e s t h e text is r e p e a t e d : w h i l e t h e m u s i c i n v e r s e 1 is d i f f e r e n t
t h e s e c o n d t i m e , i n v e r s e 2 the m u s i c is t h e s a m e , except for the slightly more
e x t e n d e d t r e a t m e n t of ' m e a ' . M o r e s u r p r i s i n g l y , t h i s m u s i c is t h e s a m e as the first l i n e
of t h e r e s p o n d . B o t h v e r s e s h a v e a l e n g t h y m e l i s m a , a n d t h e t w o e n d i d e n t i c a l l y .
T h e r e is also s o m e s i m i l a r i t y at t h e s t a r t , w h e r e b o t h m e l i s m a s h a v e b r i e f r e p e t i t i o n .
T h e n v e r s e 1 r u n s r a t h e r o b v i o u s l y f r o m F to c a n d b a c k a g a i n . T h e c e n t r e p a r t of
b o t h v e r s e s h o v e r s a r o u n d r e p e a t e d r s , m u c h m o r e e x t e n d e d i n v e r s e 2, w i t h b r i e f
d e s c e n t s to F f o r r e l a x a t i o n of t e n s i o n .
T h e s e are p u r e l y m u s i c a l o u t p o u r i n g s , w h e r e a t t e n t i o n to t h e t e x t is s u s p e n d e d a n d
s h e e r j o y i n s i n g i n g s e e m s t o take o v e r , e c s t a t i c a n d i m p r o v i s a t o r y (at least when
c o m p a r e d to the r e p e t i t i o u s schemes found, f o r e x a m p l e , i n m a n y a l l e l u i a s ) . It
r e m a i n s u n c l e a r , n e v e r t h e l e s s , w h a t o c c a s i o n e d t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of these g l o r i o u s
m e l o d i e s . T h e y are n o t a s s i g n e d r e g u l a r l y to t h e h i g h feasts of t h e c h u r c h y e a r . T h e
c o n t r a s t w i t h t h a t o t h e r g r e a t m u s i c a l h i g h p o i n t of m a s s , t h e s e q u e n c e , c o u l d n o t be
more pointed. Whereas sequences were sung only on the greater feasts, the
13. Offertories 129
p m
Reddam ti - bi uo - ta me- -a red- -dam
P ti- -bi
-rr-
P
-bi- -a me-
# * #
ho-lo-cau- -sta me-dul - la - ta
0 _ -
— *
^ ^_
o-
•*m *.
9
*H*r — ^
frig——jft »*fj*—
- f e - ram t i - -bi.
a s s i g n m e n t s of t h e f i v e o f f e r t o r i e s w i t h e s p e c i a l l y e x t e n d e d m e l i s m a s m e n t i o n e d a b o v e
are as f o l l o w s :
11.14. A L L E L U I A S
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n
(ii) T h e E a r l i e r and L a t e r Styles
(iii) R h y m e d A l l e l u i a s and L a t e M e d i e v a l M e l o d i e s
S t a b l e i n , ' A l l e l u i a ' , MGG] Schlager 1965; Treitler 1968; Jammers 1973; Schlager,
' A l l e l u i a . T, NG; B a i l e y 1983, Alleluias; M M M A 7, 8.
(i) Introduction
Cantor: 'Alleluia'
Choir: ' A l l e l u i a ' 4- j u b i l u s
Cantor: Verse (main part)
Choir: e n d of V e r s e ( w h i c h o f t e n i n c l u d e s a r e p e a t of t h e j u b i l u s )
Cantor: 'Alleluia'
Choir: jubilus
T h e e a r l y n o t a t e d b o o k s k n o w n as c a n t a t o r i a ( b e c a u s e t h e y c o n t a i n o n l y the music
s u n g b y t h e c a n t o r , n o t t h a t of t h e c h o i r ) c o n t a i n c o m p l e t e a l l e l u i a m e l o d i e s . This
s u g g e s t s t h e f o l l o w i n g m a n n e r of p e r f o r m a n c e , w h e r e t h e ' A l l e l u i a ' c a l l a n d t h e j u b i l u s
constitute an u n d i v i d e d r e s p o n d :
Cantor: ' A l l e l u i a ' 4- j u b i l u s
Choir: ' A l l e l u i a ' 4- j u b i l u s
Cantor: Verse
Choir: ' A l l e l u i a ' 4- j u b i l u s
P o s s i b l y a f u r t h e r t w o s t a t e m e n t s of the r e s p o n d t h e n f o l l o w e d , b y t h e c a n t o r a n d t h e
c h o i r r e s p e c t i v e l y , as w a s o r i g i n a l l y the case w i t h o t h e r r e s p o n s o r i a l c h a n t s (see 1 1 . 4 ) .
T h e e v e n m o r e e l a b o r a t e p e r f o r m a n c e s c h e m e s of O l d R o m a n a n d M i l a n e s e u s a g e are
a l s o s u g g e s t i v e (see VI11.3-4).
T h e o u t s t a n d i n g w o r k of S c h l a g e r i n c a t a l o g u i n g a n d e d i t i n g the m e d i e v a l a l l e l u i a
repertory (Schlager 1965 and M M A 7-8) means that the bases for study have been
more firmly established than for almost any other chant genre. Nevertheless, a
consensus on many of its aspects can hardly be said to have been achieved. T h e
alleluia has attracted considerable musicological attention, partly because it has
seemed a more purely musical genre than most others (with its wordless jubilus),
partly because of its mysterious early history and the continuous expansion of the
repertory through the Middle Ages, partly because of its connection with the
sequence (an extended alleluia or not?). A l l these matters have been the subject of
controversy.
In the earliest books with chant texts, those edited by Hesbert (1935), there are just
over 100 alleluia texts. N o t all have their own unique melody, however; Schlager
reckons that around sixty melodies were used (see the list in Schlager, ' A l l e l u i a ' , NG).
Prominent among the melodies used for more than one text are those for Dies
sanctificatus (third Mass on Christmas D a y , nine other texts in the early repertory),
Dominus dixit ad me (first Mass on Christmas D a y , eleven other texts) and Excita
Domine (third Sunday of A d v e n t , six other texts). ( F o r melodies with several texts,
see the synoptic presentation by M a d r i g n a c 1981-6.) O v e r the two centuries u p to
about 1100 (the cut-off point for Schlager's catalogue) the repertory expanded
dramatically. Schlager records 410 melodies, plus a considerable n u m b e r of others in
adiastematic neumes which could not be catalogued: a sevenfold increase. The
n u m b e r of texts had increased at the same time to over 600.
Just as the same melody might be used for several different texts, so might the same
text be sung to several different melodies, a phenomenon far more widespread among
alleluias than any other chant genre, with the exception of h y m n s and late medieval
r h y m e d sequences. So the total n u m b e r of different combinations of melody and text
is far higher than that of the 600 texts alone. After the eleventh century composition
continued. Schlager points to the striking efflorescence of creativity in South
G e r m a n y and Bohemia in the fifteenth century and the frequent use of r h y m e d texts.
A corollary of the continuous compositional activity is the variety between
manuscripts in their selection of alleluias, both melodies and texts (which means that
the alleluia repertory is a prime resource for identifying the liturgical use of a
manuscript and its nearest relatives). T h i s instability extends right back to the earliest
sources, so that one is tempted to hypothesize that the repertory i n the eighth century,
that is the period immediately before the copying of the extant sources, was rather
small. A p e l (1958, 379) listed the alleluias of the temporale whose assignment
remained constant across the eighth- to ninth-century sources edited by Hesbert in
AMS: only twenty-two in all (eighteen, discounting repeats). T h e n u m b e r of melodies
for these is only eleven. T h e agreement in the sanctorale is m i n i m a l . T h e supposition
that not many alleluias were needed is strengthened by the state of the O l d R o m a n and
Milanese chant repertories, which used very few melodies right into the twelfth and
thirteenth centuries.
(ii) The Earlier and Later Styles
M a n y of t h e m e l o d i e s w h i c h h a v e a c o n s t a n t a s s i g n m e n t i n the e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s s h a r e
f e a t u r e s of m u s i c a l s t y l e , w h i c h s u g g e s t s t h e y b e l o n g t o an e a r l y l a y e r . T h e most
i m p o r t a n t of t h e s e ( A p e l 1958, 391 d i s c u s s e s o t h e r s ) is a n e g a t i v e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c w h i c h
b e c o m e s o b v i o u s w h e n c o m p a r i s o n s are m a d e w i t h t h e m a j o r i t y of l a t e r a l l e l u i a s : t h e
a b s e n c e of r e p e t i t i o n w i t h i n the j u b i l u s o n -ia.
;
• ^
Do - minus di-xit ad me f i - l i - us meus es tu
go ho- -di
pe - nu - l
3 T
A l - l e - lu - ia.
P e r h a p s b e c a u s e t h i s m e l o d y s e e m e d o l d - f a s h i o n e d , a n o t h e r s e t t i n g of t h e s a m e t e x t
was copied immediately afterwards i n the source used here, Paris, Bibliotheque
Nationale, lat. 776. The m e l o d y is u n i q u e to t h i s m a n u s c r i p t (Schlager 1965,
N o . 190), a n d it t u r n s o u t to b e a r a l l t h e h a l l m a r k s of later c o m p o s i t i o n ( E x . I I . 1 4 . 2 ) .
T h e m u s i c m a k e s use of r e p e t i t i o n t o a h i g h d e g r e e . F i r s t l y , t h e j u b i l u s has a n o b v i o u s
r e p e a t ( w h i c h s h o u l d p e r h a p s b e m a d e at t h e e n d of t h e v e r s e as w e l l ) . T h i s m u s i c
a p p e a r s a g a i n f o r ' h o d i e ' , also r e p e a t e d , a n d a g o o d d e a l of t h e s a m e p h r a s e is u s e d f o r
' D o m i n u s ' at t h e start of t h e v e r s e . T h e m u s i c f o r ' A l l e l u i a ' is also u s e d i n the v e r s e ,
f r o m ' d i x i t ' to ' m e u s ' , a n d o n e is e v e n t e m p t e d to h e a r it b e h i n d t h e m u s i c f o r ' e g o ' . I n
o t h e r w o r d s , t h e m u s i c of t h e v e r s e has b e e n d e r i v e d v e r y l a r g e l y f r o m t h e r e s p o n d .
S i n c e e a c h p h r a s e f o r m s a m e l o d i c a r c h , n o n o t e e s t a b l i s h e s i t s e l f as a r e c i t i n g p i t c h .
( T h e m a n u s c r i p t has n o c l e f s o r c o l o u r e d l i n e s , a n d t h e c h o i c e of a - f i n a l , t a n t a m o u n t
to D - m o d e w i t h bbs t h r o u g h o u t , is a m a t t e r of o p i n i o n . S c h l a g e r t r a n s c r i b e s t h e p i e c e
with E-final.)
A m o n g t h e s i x t y o r so a l l e l u i a m e l o d i e s a s s i g n e d to t h e e a r l y ( n i n t h - c e n t u r y ) r e p e r t o r y
b y S c h l a g e r t h e r e is a r o u g h b a l a n c e b e t w e e n t h o s e w i t h a n d t h o s e w i t h o u t m e l i s m a s
h a v i n g a r e p e a t s t r u c t u r e . P r o b a b l y o t h e r a l l e l u i a s c o u l d t h e r e f o r e be a d d e d t o A p e l ' s
e l e v e n ' e a r l i e s t of a l l ' ( e i g h t h c e n t u r y o r e a r l i e r ? ) m e l o d i e s , s u c h as t h o s e f o r the
common of s a i n t s or for Sundays, which by their nature would have no firm
a s s i g n m e n t to o n e p a r t i c u l a r d a y .
A m e l o d y j u s t e m e r g i n g i n t o t h e n e w e r a , so to s p e a k , is t h a t f o r All. Attendite, for
o n e of t h e s u m m e r S u n d a y s ( S c h l a g e r 1965, N o . 224), E x . I I . 14.3. ( T h e semitone
step is i n d i c a t e d o f t e n e n o u g h i n P a r i s 903 to e n a b l e o n e to use B b as a k e y s i g n a t u r e ;
M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 n o t a t e s the m e l o d y w i t h a flat t h r o u g h o u t . ) T h e r e is a h i n t of
r e p e t i t i o n at t h e start of t h e j u b i l u s , b u t a m o r e o b v i o u s e x a m p l e is r e s e r v e d f o r t h e
m i d d l e of t h e v e r s e , o n ' m e u s ' . E v e n w i t h o u t t h i s r e p e t i t i o n , o n e w o u l d b e i n c l i n e d to
see a l a t e r c o m p o s e r at w o r k t h a n i n All. Dominus dixit ad me ( E x . II.14.1), because
of the easy w a y t h e m e l o d y m o v e s i n scale passages t h r o u g h t h e r a n g e F t o c.
E x . I I . 1 4 . 3 . Alleluia Attendite popule meus (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat 903, f o . I22 ) r
-r~r
-us in le - gem ue - stram.
O n e n e e d s o n l y t o g l a n c e at t h e c r i t i c a l c o m m e n t a r y to S c h l a g e r ' s e d i t i o n t o see h o w
the shape of t h e l o n g e r melismas m a y vary from manuscript to manuscript.
S i m u l t a n e o u s l y w i t h t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of n e w m e l o d i e s , a l r e a d y e x i s t i n g o n e s w e r e
retouched, extended b y repetition, made m o r e regular. T h i s affects not o n l y the
m e l i s m a s b u t o t h e r p h r a s e s as w e l l : f o r e x a m p l e , t h e start of t h e A l l e l u i a f o r All.
Attendite ( E x . I I . 1 4 . 3 ) i n P a r i s 7 7 6 is l i k e t h e s t a r t o f t h e v e r s e :
D FDDCF
Al-le-
N e w e r alleluias naturally e x p l o i t e d the f u l l possibilities of repeat s t r u c t u r e s , a n d
p r a c t i c a l l y a l l of t h o s e w h i c h m a k e u p t h e rest of t h e r e p e r t o r y u p t o r . 1 1 0 0 i n c l u d e a
repeated m e l i s m a , or reuse of r e s p o n d m a t e r i a l i n the verse, o r b o t h . T h e s c h e m e
A A B is e x t r e m e l y p o p u l a r , a n d f o r m s l i k e m i n i a t u r e s e q u e n c e s a p p e a r , f o r e x a m p l e
A A B B C C D , u s e d f o r t h e f o l l o w i n g m e l o d i e s ( i n s o m e s o u r c e s at l e a s t ) :
E x . I I . 14.4. Alleluia Nuptie facte sunt in Chana (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 903, fo. 18 ) r
# i 1 i
9
m
All - l e -
A - l u - ia.
x (x)
t
br \y
'— 1 i 1 r 1 r ---
99M M_ 9".m _ db Ma u
I
Nup-ti-e f a c - t e sunt in Cha- -na
* c (c)
i i i 1 i 1
G a - l i - le
E x . I I . 14.5. Meluia Verii sponsa Christi (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 903, fo. 104 )v
P ~ZP
- —0
Al - le-
*9 9
*90
—
Jp>
- l u - ia.
9 9
9^ ^0Q &0 0^^
9** W
—**\ ^00 m
**9*0+A9
P *9*+M * * * * '«# WW
* 'U "9
*4 "9 9 #•* 9
0§0 0
Ve- -ni spon-sa Chri-sti
I (cjr. c + St) 1 wi (uO et jt
1 1 r-
acci-pe c o - r o - -nam
*i •>• V n. » j
1 1 r 1 1 1 r~ JL
V e r y m a n y a l l e l u i a s c o m p o s e d a f t e r the n i n t h c e n t u r y r e m a i n e d l o c a l c o m p o s i t i o n s ,
s u c h as t h e A q u i t a n i a n o n e s j u s t g i v e n as E x . I I . 1 4 . 2 , 4, a n d 5 . T h e s a m e r e m a i n s t r u e
of m o s t c o m p o s i t i o n s of t h e l a t e r M i d d l e A g e s , f r o m the t w e l f t h c e n t u r y onwards.
T h i s is m o s t l y b e c a u s e t h e b a s i c l i t u r g y t h r o u g h o u t the y e a r h a d its c o n s i g n m e n t of
a l l e l u i a s f r o m a n e a r l y d a t e , a n d w h i l e n e w i n i t i a t i v e m i g h t w i n l o c a l a c c e p t a n c e , it
w a s h a r d l y l i k e l y t o c a u s e w h o l e s a l e r e v i s i o n s of the r e p e r t o r y r i g h t a c r o s s E u r o p e .
M a n y l a t e r a l l e l u i a s are c o m p o s i t i o n s f o r l o c a l s a i n t s , w h o s e c u l t w a s p e c u l i a r t o a
r e s t r i c t e d a r e a , e v e n to a s i n g l e c h u r c h . O n e of t h e f e w classes of f e a s t - d a y w h i c h w a s
c e l e b r a t e d w i t h i n c r e a s i n g a n d u n i v e r s a l e n t h u s i a s m w a s feasts of t h e B l e s s e d Virgin
M a r y , a n d it is a m o n g t h e vast c o r p u s of M a r i a n a l l e l u i a s t h a t a f e w w i d e l y k n o w n
m o d e r n pieces m a y be i d e n t i f i e d . M a n y M a r i a n alleluias were retexted for other
l i t u r g i c a l o c c a s i o n s ( p a r t i c u l a r l y f o r v i r g i n s a i n t s , of c o u r s e ) , s o m e m o r e t h a n t w e n t y
t i m e s . A s w i t h t h e e a r l i e r r e p e r t o r y , s o m e t e x t s are f o u n d w i t h m o r e t h a n a d o z e n
different melodies in different sources.
O n e of t h e s e is All. Virga Iesse floruit (for w h i c h S c h l a g e r lists n e a r l y 200 sources i n
M M M A 8, 8 2 2 f f . ) . Its text is n o t a b l e f o r t h e i n c i p i e n t r h y m e , b e s t c a l l e d a s s o n a n c e ,
c o m m o n to m a n y n e w l i t u r g i c a l t e x t s of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y . I n w h a t s e e m s t o b e the
e a r l i e s t v e r s i o n , t h e last l i n e is n o t assonant:
V i r g a Iesse floruit
virgo D e u m et h o m i n e m genuit
pacem D e u s r e d d i d i t
in se reconcilians y m a s u m m i s
O t h e r v e r s i o n s ( M M M A 8, 564) r e p l a c e t h e last l i n e w i t h :
q u i poli s u m m a c o n d i d i t
orate (or ' D e i g e n i t r i x ora') pro nobis
M u s i c a l l y , t h i s p a r t i c u l a r a l l e l u i a p r e s e n t s n o t h i n g r a d i c a l l y n e w . G i v e n t h e a m o u n t of
r e p e t i t i o n a l r e a d y p r e s e n t i n e a r l i e r a l l e l u i a s , h o w e v e r , it is n o t s u r p r i s i n g t h a t m u s i c a l
r h y m e s h o u l d o c c a s i o n a l l y be i n t r o d u c e d i n l a t e r p i e c e s , e i t h e r i n s u p p o r t of, o r i n
c o u n t e r p o i n t w i t h , t h e text r h y m e . T h i s o c c u r s i n , f o r e x a m p l e , All. Ante thronum
trinitatis, a n o t h e r M a r y a l l e l u i a , p r o b a b l y d a t i n g f r o m t h e late t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y . A s
a s u p p l e m e n t to t h e a l l e l u i a w i t h its u s u a l t e x t , t r a n s c r i b e d b y S c h l a g e r (35 f f . ) , I g i v e
the version adapted for St Barbara added in the sixteenth century to Paris,
Bibliotheque Nationale, lat. 905 (from Rouen) in Ex. I I . 14.6. The musical
r e p e t i t i o n s a f f e c t n o t j u s t the e n d s of e a c h e i g h t - s y l l a b l e l i n e , b u t a l s o s o m e of t h e h a l f -
v e r s e s . T h e t e x t has t h e f o l l o w i n g r h y m e scheme:
-is -ata
-is -ata
-atis -iice
-atis -iice
w h e r e a s the m u s i c p r o c e e d s as f o l l o w s ( t h e s c h e m e is m a r k e d o n t h e t r a n s c r i p t i o n ) :
a b c
d e c
a e c
e b (melisma w i t h A A B structure, new ending)
T h e j u b i l u s is b y c o n t r a s t r e l a t i v e l y u n i n t e r e s t i n g ( t h o u g h it f o l l o w s a n A A B r e p e a t
pattern i n some sources).
T h e m e l o d y is r a t h e r m o d e s t i n s c o p e . P h r a s e s s u c h as ' c u n c t i s h o r i s e i i c e ' h a v e a n
undoubtedly modern flavour, not so much b e c a u s e of t h e three-note groups as
b e c a u s e of t h e r a p i d m o t i o n t h r o u g h t h e o c t a v e f-F. E v e r y phrase begins or ends on
F, c y o r / , a n d m o s t w i n g t h e i r w a y o v e r the w h o l e s c a l e .
138 //. Chant Genres
P
* i
P
$ m m ^ e c
* ' .T, \ U , ^
=3^
n e w m a s s e s w i t h r h y m e d t e x t s : t h e a l l e l u i a a n d s e q u e n c e ( n o t n e c e s s a r i l y as a p a i r ) a r e
u s u a l l y t h e o n l y s u c h i t e m s at m a s s .
/ r*/
Al-le- -lu-ia.
V — z
— 0
* *
W0 9
~~—*^ * #g# 0
—^* ' * ' 0
P dul-cis m i - - t i s et formo-
tu ui-tis co-pi-o-
gaudi-
-sa
-urn
'9 «• 0 0 0 ' w
0 '0^ • ***00
* ** 0
P et perdue
*0
m
#>
nos
0 9 0
ad fi - li - urn
9
~*0 m
0 0
tu - urn
0
-0 ——, • • " 0 9 9 • * 0 * 0 * +0
w
*
(i) Introduction
(ii) T e x t s
(iii) M u s i c
(iv) Processional H y m n s
(i) Introduction
D e s p i t e t h e o u t s t a n d i n g w o r k of S t a b l e i n — t h e e d i t i o n a n d c o m m e n t a r y i n M M M A 1
a n d t h e a r t i c l e f o r MGG—a r e p e r t o r i a l s u r v e y of a s u f f i c i e n t n u m b e r of s o u r c e s f r o m
o v e r a l l E u r o p e is s t i l l n o t a v a i l a b l e a n d m u c h m u s i c a l a n a l y s i s r e m a i n s to b e d o n e . O f
Moberg's projected e d i t i o n o n l y the v a l u a b l e c o m p a r a t i v e tables w e r e completed.
S t a b l e i n e d i t e d t h e c o n t e n t s of a M i l a n e s e h y m n c o l l e c t i o n a n d t h r e e F r e n c h , one
E n g l i s h , three G e r m a n , and t w o Italian h y m n a r i e s , s u p p l e m e n t i n g these melodies
w i t h o t h e r s f r o m a d d i t i o n a l F r e n c h , E n g l i s h , G e r m a n , a n d I t a l i a n s o u r c e s . O v e r 550
m e l o d i e s are e d i t e d . L i s t s of c o n t e n t s f o r a l l the s o u r c e s S t a b l e i n c o n s u l t e d w e r e n o t
published, however, a n d it is e v e n d i f f i c u l t to c o m p a r e the c o n t e n t s of his m a i n
s o u r c e s . It c a n n e v e r t h e l e s s b e a s c e r t a i n e d that v e r y f e w h y m n s (less t h a n t h i r t y ) w e r e
s u n g i n a l l areas of E u r o p e to t h e s a m e m e l o d y ; m a n y p o p u l a r t e x t s w e r e set t i m e a n d
again to d i f f e r e n t m e l o d i e s , a n d m a n y p o p u l a r m e l o d i e s were used for a d o z e n or m o r e
d i f f e r e n t texts. S o m e m e l o d i e s b e c a m e s t r o n g l y associated w i t h a p a r t i c u l a r season or
liturgical p o s i t i o n . M o s t w i d e l y k n o w n , and p r o b a b l y a m o n g the oldest, are the
h y m n s of t h e w e e k l y o f f i c e c y c l e . B u t as s o o n as o n e m o v e s b e y o n d t h e s e a n d t h e m a i n
feasts of t h e y e a r , m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s d i s p l a y great v a r i e t y of c h o i c e . T h e m a j o r i t y of
h y m n a r i e s c o n t a i n b e t w e e n 80 a n d 100 p i e c e s ; t h o s e w h i c h m a k e p r o v i s i o n f o r l o c a l
and l e s s e r s a i n t s m a y h a v e u p to t w i c e t h i s n u m b e r .
H y m n s w e r e r e p o r t e d b y S t A u g u s t i n e to h a v e b e e n p r o m o t e d i n t h e c h u r c h of
M i l a n b y S t A m b r o s e ( d . 397) for s i n g i n g d u r i n g the l o n g n i g h t v i g i l s . A u g u s t i n e
a t t r i b u t e d Aeterne rerum conditor, Deus creator omnium, Iam surgit hora tertia, and
Veni redemptor gentium to A m b r o s e . O n l y centuries later, alas, do the earliest
M i l a n e s e m u s i c a l s o u r c e s a p p e a r , a n d t h e r e is n o s u b s t a n t i a l a g r e e m e n t i n the rest of
E u r o p e a b o u t m e l o d i e s f o r t h e s e h y m n s . I n d e e d , Iam surgit hora tertia w a s rarely-
s u n g at a l l .
The d e v e l o p m e n t of t h e M i l a n e s e r e p e r t o r y has b e e n o u t l i n e d b y H u g l o et al.
( 1 9 5 6 , 8 5 - 1 0 3 ) , a n d a l s o its r e l a t i o n s h i p to the G a l l i c a n r e p e r t o r y ( H u g l o , ' G a l l i c a n
R i t e , M u s i c of t h e ' , A G ) .
r
The earliest n o t a t e d h y m n a r y a p p e a r s t o be t h e K e m p t e n c o l l e c t i o n ( e d i t e d by
Stablein), f r o m a r o u n d the t u r n of t h e m i l l e n i u m , w i t h a l p h a b e t i c notation. This
m e a n s t h a t f o r t h e c r u c i a l p e r i o d of t h e C a r o l i n g i a n r e n a i s s a n c e w e are r e l i a n t o n t e x t s
a l o n e f o r o u r k n o w l e d g e of t h e h i s t o r y of the r e p e r t o r y . G n e u s s ( 1 9 6 8 ) has p r o v i d e d
v a l u a b l e i n d i c a t i o n s as t o h o w it d e v e l o p e d . H e sees a n e a r l y r e p e r t o r y d a t i n g b a c k at
l e a s t t o t h e s i x t h c e n t u r y ( ' O l d H y m n a l ' t y p e I) d r a w n u p o n i n M i l a n , b y t h e r u l e of
S t B e n e d i c t a n d t h e r e s p e c t i v e r u l e s f o r n u n s a n d m o n k s of C a e s a r i u s a n d A u r e l i a n of
A r i e s ; t h i s a l s o s u r v i v e s i n t w o e a r l y E n g l i s h s o u r c e s . A n e w r e c e n s i o n of t h e ' O l d
H y m n a l ' ( t y p e I I ) s e e m s to b e l o n g to the C a r o l i n g i a n p e r i o d . P a r t of it is f o u n d , f o r
example, i n t h e s a m e s o u r c e as t h e earliest t o n a r y , p r o b a b l y f r o m Saint-Riquier,
P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 3 1 5 9 , w r i t t e n i n t h e c l o s i n g y e a r s of t h e e i g h t h
century. B u t i n t h e s e c o n d h a l f of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y a n e w r e p e r t o r y (the 'New
Hymnal') gained rapid and widespread acceptance. It forms the basis of all
subsequent collections, i n c l u d i n g those in modern service-books. All notated
hymnaries, therefore, are b a s e d o n t h e ' N e w H y m n a l ' . W e d o n o t k n o w i f m u s i c a l
changes a c c o m p a n i e d the changes i n text selection. A n d , p a r t l y because h y m n s were
u s u a l l y c o p i e d i n i n d e p e n d e n t c o l l e c t i o n s ( o f t e n w i t h t h e p s a l t e r ) , w e c a n n o t y e t relate
t h e h i s t o r y of t h e h y m n to t h a t of o t h e r o f f i c e c h a n t s . D i s c u s s i o n o f t h e m u s i c is also
m a d e d i f f i c u l t b y t h e w i d e v a r i a n c e b e t w e e n s o u r c e s i n t h e i r t r a n s m i s s i o n of m a n y
m e l o d i e s . H y m n s are of c o u r s e n o t p e c u l i a r i n t h i s r e s p e c t , b u t t h e l a c k of a s t r o n g
c e n t r a l t r a d i t i o n s e e m s to h a v e r e s u l t e d i n u n u s u a l l y w i d e d i f f e r e n c e s . Stablein has
n o t i c e d e x a m p l e s of the a p p a r e n t ' m o d e r n i z a t i o n ' of a r c h a i c m e l o d i e s , the s i m p l i f i c a t i o n
of ornate ones, the r e g u l a r i z a t i o n of note groups to reflect text rhythm, and
d i f f e r e n c e s of m o d a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n .
I n w h a t f o l l o w s h y m n s are c i t e d w i t h t h e i r ' O l d H y m n a l ' o r ' N e w H y m n a l ' n u m b e r ,
f o l l o w i n g G n e u s s (24 f f . , 60 f f . ; if a d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w e e n t h e t w o t y p e s of O l d H y m n a l
is p o s s i b l e , t h e a p p e l l a t i o n T o r ' I I ' is also g i v e n ) . E x a m p l e s are m o s t l y t a k e n f r o m a n
English thirteenth-century m a n u s c r i p t of S a r u m use, Oxford, Bodleian Library,
L a u d l a t . 9 5 , w h o s e r e p e r t o r y is n a t u r a l l y r e l a t e d to t h e F r e n c h a n d E n g l i s h s o u r c e s
edited by Stablein.
(ii) Texts
T h e m o s t o b v i o u s t e x t u a l a n d m u s i c a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of h y m n s is t h e i r s t r o p h i c f o r m
a n d m e t r i c a l r e g u l a r i t y . I n v i e w of t h i s f o r m a l s i m p l i c i t y a n d t h e r e l a t i v e l y s m a l l
n u m b e r of m e l o d i e s r e q u i r e d , it is h a r d l y s u r p r i s i n g t h a t m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n w a s n o t
thought necessary i n early sources. The last strophe of t h e h y m n is u s u a l l y a
p a r a p h r a s e of t h e d o x o l o g y (the s a m e d o x o l o g y - s t r o p h e c o u l d b e u s e d f o r a n y n u m b e r
of h y m n s i n t h e s a m e m e t r e ) . ' A m e n ' is u s u a l l y s u n g at t h e e n d .
A l a r g e n u m b e r of d i f f e r e n t p o e t i c m e t r e s m a y b e f o u n d , p a r t i c u l a r l y a m o n g e a r l y
h y m n s : asclepiads, d i s t i c h s ( u s u a l l y i n p r o c e s s i o n a l h y m n s ) , a n d so o n (Stablein
s u r v e y s the c o m m o n e s t m e t r e s i n MGG). B u t t h e m a j o r i t y of h y m n s are w r i t t e n i n o n e
of t w o metres.
I a m b i c d i m e t e r x - ^ - x - ^ - f o u r t i m e s ) is t h e m e t r e of t h e f o u r h y m n s a t t r i b u t e d
to S t A m b r o s e , a n d s u c h p o e m s w e r e f r e q u e n t l y k n o w n as ' A m b r o s i a n i ' . S t r o p h e s are
of f o u r l i n e s , a n d t h e r e are t y p i c a l l y f o u r o r e i g h t s t r o p h e s i n a h y m n . S t a b l e i n r e c k o n e d
t h a t t w o - t h i r d s of t h e r e p e r t o r y uses t h i s m e t r e . ( M e t r e s are e x p l a i n e d b e l o w , 1 1 . 2 7 . )
S a p p h i c m e t r e w a s t h e m o s t p o p u l a r of t h e a n t i q u e m e t r e s u s e d i n m e d i e v a l h y m n s .
E a c h s t r o p h e h a s t h r e e f u l l l i n e s a n d a final h a l f - l i n e (as a d o n i c ) :
-\j (3 t i m e s )
— KJ w —
(iii) Music
M a n y h y m n s are t h r o u g h - c o m p o s e d , w i t h o u t r e m a r k a b l e m u s i c a l f e a t u r e s . Others
h a v e s i m p l e repeat structures (aaba o r a b c a , for example). I n many cases—as a
n a t u r a l c o m p l e m e n t to s o m e repeat s t r u c t u r e s — t h e h i g h e s t n o t e s o f t h e s t r o p h e c o m e
i n the t h i r d l i n e , before the r e t u r n to the t o n i c . I n general h y m n s lack s u c h m u s i c a l
f e a t u r e s as r e p e a t e d r e c i t i n g n o t e s , r e m i n i s c e n t o f t h e d e l i v e r y of p r o s e t e x t s . Quite
o f t e n n o s t r o n g t o n a l c e n t r e is a p p a r e n t , a n d t h e l i n e s m a y c a d e n c e o n u n e x p e c t e d
notes.
Christe qui lux es et dies ( O H 3 0 , N H 12) h a s b e e n s u n g at C o m p l i n e s i n c e t h e t i m e
of t h e ' O l d H y m n a l ' . I t s ' o r i g i n a l ' m e l o d y c a n n o t b e d e t e r m i n e d — i f i n d e e d it m a k e s
sense t o t h i n k o f o n e at a l l , f o r t u n e s are so r e a d i l y i n t e r c h a n g e a b l e . It is g i v e n i n
E x . I I . 15.1 w i t h its c o m m o n e s t m e l o d y ( N o . 9 i n S t a b l e i n ' s e d i t i o n ) . It is t h e o n l y
text f o r t h i s m e l o d y — a n u n u s u a l s i t u a t i o n . T h e last l i n e of m e l o d y r e p e a t s t h e first.
T h e h i g h e s t n o t e , G , o c c u r s i n t h e t h i r d l i n e , t h o u g h t h e r a n g e is so l i m i t e d t h a t t h i s
m a k e s o n l y a s u b t l e i m p r e s s i o n . E v e n s o , t h i s s m a l l g e s t u r e is n e c e s s a r y , i s p r e p a r e d
f o r i n fact, b y t h e r e p e t i t i v e s e c o n d l i n e . It is n o t u n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c t h a t t h e m e l o d y
s t a r t s o n a n o t e a b o v e t h e final, a l t h o u g h t h e D final d o e s n o t s e e m s e r i o u s l y i n d o u b t .
M o r e u n p r e d i c t a b l e t o n a l l y is Somno refectis artubus ( N H 14), u s u a l l y s u n g d u r i n g
75. Hymns 143
~+ 9 * 9—9 9 9 * 9 *
Christe qui lux es et di-es noctis tenebras detegis
^ ? W
* m
* S W k
9 4 * * £9^ • 9 Wli
9 4
lu-cisque lumen crede-ris lumen b e - a - t u r n predicans.
;
nobis pa-ter ca-nenti-bus ad-es-se te deposcimus.
i
144 <fo • ' «.
i* » . t - . . _
if
v * » * m
—
Pange lingua glo-ri - o - si p r e - l i - u m certami - nis
i
et super crucis trophe-o die tri-umphum nobi-lem
_C Cj E fi 0£,
E x . I I . 15.6. F r o m processional h y m n Ardua spes mundi (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 904, fo. 136 ) r
P •
Christe
* " « ^ *"
e - xaudi nos pro-pi-ti-us mi-se-re-re.
^- -«
(choir) Ar-du-a ..
7^-
• * 9 w w
99 » i
• • •+ r
* » f* •
9
sancta M a - r i - a tu-is.
o-ra pro famu-lis
> " **
(choir) A r - d u - a ..
P (soloists) A n - g e - l e summe D e - i
9 ~r=9-
9 — ' ^ 9* «
Micha-el m i - s e - r e - r e c i - t o nostri
* ,' . « * 9 4* •
ad-iuuet et G a b r i - e l atque pi-us Rapha-el.
(choir) Christe . . .
A u d o e n u s . T h e s a m e m e l o d y is u s e d f o r t h e r e f r a i n a n d t h e s t r o p h e s ( s o m e o t h e r
processional h y m n s have t w o different m e l o d i e s ) .
11.16. C H A N T S F O R T H EO R D I N A R Y O F M A S S
I n t h e s t u d y of c h a n t , t h e t e r m ' o r d i n a r y o f m a s s ' u s u a l l y s i g n i f i e s t h o s e c h a n t s w h o s e
t e x t s r e m a i n t h e s a m e f r o m o n e m a s s to t h e n e x t , t h a t i s , K y r i e , Gloria, Credo,
S a n c t u s , a n d A g n u s D e i . T h e r e are a f e w o t h e r u n v a r y i n g c h a n t s w h i c h are s u n g at
festal masses: t h e a n t i p h o n s Asperges me (outside Eastertide) a n d Vidi aquam
egredientem ( d u r i n g Eastertide) with their psalm verses; these are not c o n s i d e r e d
further here. T h e s p e c i a l case of t h e v e r s i c l e Ite missa est a n d its r e l a t i o n , the
Benedicamus domino v e r s i c l e at t h e c l o s e o f o f f i c e h o u r s , a r e d i s c u s s e d b r i e f l y at t h e
e n d of t h i s s e c t i o n . L o o k i n g at t h e l i t u r g y of m a s s as a w h o l e , h o w e v e r , t h e o r d i n a r y
c o m p r i s e s all texts w h i c h r e m a i n the same f o r each m a s s : not o n l y the chants b u t the
p r a y e r s as w e l l .
A l t h o u g h t h e t e x t s of t h e five m a i n o r d i n a r y c h a n t s r e m a i n t h e s a m e , t h e y w e r e set
to n u m e r o u s d i f f e r e n t m e l o d i e s . T h e s e w e r e o f t e n a s s o c i a t e d w i t h p a r t i c u l a r feasts o r
grades of l i t u r g i c a l c e l e b r a t i o n . E a r l y sources are n o t o f t e n specific about the
assignment of the chants, b u t there seems little d o u b t that each c h u r c h w o u l d have its
o w n established customs i n this respect, even before rubricated collections became
c o m m o n i n t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y . L a r g e n u m b e r s of t r o p e v e r s e s are k n o w n f o r a l l
the o r d i n a r y chants, excepting only the C r e d o . T h e s e often refer specifically to
p a r t i c u l a r feasts a n d t h u s m a k e t h e c h a n t ' p r o p e r ' r a t h e r t h a n ' o r d i n a r y ' . ( T r o p e s f o r
o r d i n a r y c h a n t s are d i s c u s s e d b e l o w , 1 1 . 2 3 . )
S h o r t s e c t i o n s are n o w d e v o t e d t o e a c h of t h e five c h i e f o r d i n a r y c h a n t s . It s h o u l d
be n o t e d i n a d v a n c e , h o w e v e r , that m u c h r e s e a r c h , t r a n s c r i b i n g , a n d a n a l y s i n g n e e d s
to b e d o n e b e f o r e a r o u n d e d p i c t u r e of t h e s e c h a n t s c a n b e m a d e u p . F o r m a n y y e a r s
t h e b e s t - k n o w n m e l o d i e s h a v e b e e n t h o s e e d i t e d i n t h e S o l e s m e s / V a t i c a n Kyriale sen
ordinarium missae of 1 9 0 5 , w h i c h then passed i n t o t h e V a t i c a n Graduale and
Solesmes Liber usualis. E i g h t e e n sets w e r e p u b l i s h e d , c o m p r i s i n g K y r i e , Gloria,
Sanctus, a n d A g n u s , p l u s f o u r C r e d o s e t t i n g s (later i n c r e a s e d t o s e v e n ) a n d o t h e r
chants 'ad l i b i t u m ' — e l e v e n K y r i e s , three G l o r i a s , three Sanctus, and two Agnus.
T h e s e chants represent o n l y a fraction of the m e d i e v a l r e p e r t o r y , h o w e v e r , a n d the
vast m a j o r i t y r e m a i n u n a v a i l a b l e f o r s t u d y . It is f a i r to p o i n t o u t that m a n y m e l o d i e s
h a d o n l y a l o c a l c i r c u l a t i o n — m a n y are k n o w n f r o m b u t a s i n g l e s o u r c e — a n d t h e m o s t
p o p u l a r are a v a i l a b l e i n t h e V a t i c a n s e l e c t i o n . B u t u n t i l m o r e are k n o w n it w i l l b e
d i f f i c u l t t o j u d g e w h a t is t y p i c a l of t h e r e p e r t o r y as a w h o l e , o r of p a r t i c u l a r p e r i o d s
a n d areas, a n d w h a t is e c c e n t r i c .
T h e g r o u n d w o r k f o r f u t u r e s t u d y has b e e n e s t a b l i s h e d b y t h e c a t a l o g u e s p r o d u c e d
on t h e b a s i s o f t h e m i c r o f i l m c o l l e c t i o n at E r l a n g e n - N u r e m b e r g U n i v e r s i t y , b y
L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i , B o s s e , T h a n n a b a u r , a n d S c h i l d b a c h . T h e l a c k of B r i t i s h s o u r c e s
in the c o l l e c t i o n , a n d c o n s e q u e n t l y i n the catalogues, has been m a d e g o o d by H i l e y
Chants for the Ordinary of Mass 149
A t o n e p e r i o d o r a n o t h e r it has b e e n t h e c u s t o m f o r t h e w h o l e c o n g r e g a t i o n to s i n g t h e
o r d i n a r y c h a n t s . I n t h e e a r l y c e n t u r i e s t h i s w a s c e r t a i n l y t h e case, a n d t h e q u e s t i o n as
to w h e t h e r a n y m e l o d i e s m i g h t h a v e s u r v i v e d f r o m t h i s t i m e has f a s c i n a t e d scholars
f o r m a n y y e a r s . S o m e s i m p l e m e l o d i e s , s u c h as m i g h t h a v e b e e n s u n g b y t h e p e o p l e ,
h a v e i n d e e d c o m e d o w n t o u s . Y e t t h e s o u r c e s w h i c h c o n t a i n t h e m are i n v a r i a b l y l a t e ,
l a t e r t h a n t h o s e f o r m o r e e l a b o r a t e c h a n t s . A d e g r e e of c a u t i o n is t h e r e f o r e necessary
w h e n j u d g i n g t h e c l a i m s t o a n t i q u i t y of t h e s e c h a n t s . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , it has to b e
remembered t h a t o u r e a r l y s o u r c e s are n e a r l y a l l c a n t o r s ' m a n u s c r i p t s , c o n t a i n i n g
m u s i c f o r t h e t r a i n e d s c h o l a a n d e s p e c i a l l y f o r s o l o i s t s . S h o u l d w e e x p e c t t h e m to
r e c o r d c o n g r e g a t i o n a l c h a n t s ? W e are n o t b e i n g a s k e d to s u b s c r i b e t o t h e b e l i e f t h a t
e l a b o r a t e c h a n t s g r e w o u t of s i m p l e o n e s : t h a t w o u l d b e a n a i v e l y s i m p l i s t i c v i e w of
p l a i n c h a n t h i s t o r y . T h e q u e s t i o n is o n e of f u n c t i o n . C h a n t s u n d e r g o c h a n g e s , o r n e w
c h a n t s are c o m p o s e d , w h e n t h e l i t u r g i c a l c o n d i t i o n s c h a n g e . W h e n t h e s c h o l a t a k e s
o v e r t h e s i n g i n g of a c h a n t f r o m t h e c o n g r e g a t i o n (it is s t i l l a c t i n g i n l i e u of the
congregation), then we should expect different music to develop. But if the
c o n g r e g a t i o n s t i l l s a n g t h e c h a n t s , at least o c c a s i o n a l l y , t h e r e w o u l d h a v e b e e n no
p r e s s u r e to c h a n g e . I n t h e s e c i r c u m s t a n c e s c h a n t s m i g h t w e l l h a v e s u r v i v e d t h r o u g h
c e n t u r i e s of u n w r i t t e n t r a d i t i o n . A s W a g n e r s a i d of A g n u s V a t i c a n X V I I I , o n e of t h e
s i m p l e c h a n t s i n q u e s t i o n : ' T h e i n d i c a t i o n i n t h e S o l e s m e s b o o k s t h a t it o r i g i n a t e d i n
t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y is c e r t a i n l y w r o n g . It m a y w e l l be t h a t it d o e s n o t o c c u r i n a n y
e a r l i e r n o t a t e d c h a n t - b o o k ; b u t t h a t is n o t d e c i s i v e as f a r its age is c o n c e r n e d . Is o u r
p r e f a c e t o n e o n l y as o l d as its e a r l i e s t w r i t t e n o c c u r r e n c e ? ' ( W a g n e r I I I , 448).
S t y l i s t i c a n a l y s i s h a s s e e m e d to o f f e r i n s i g h t s i n t o t h e p r o b l e m . T h u s L e v y (1958—
63) has m a d e a b o l d a t t e m p t to l i n k a S a n c t u s m e l o d y to o t h e r s t y l i s t i c a l l y s i m i l a r
c h a n t s , B y z a n t i n e as w e l l as W e s t e r n , t o r e v e a l a ' m o d a l a r e a ' f r o m w h i c h t h e s i n g i n g
of t h e w h o l e B y z a n t i n e o r d i n a r y is d e r i v e d a n d t h e a n a p h o r a as w e l l ( t h a t i s , t h e p r a y e r s
b e g i n n i n g w i t h the preface, of w h i c h t h e S a n c t u s is a p a r t , t h e m e m o r i a l of the
i n c a r n a t i o n a n d w o r d s of i n s t i t u t i o n ) . I n t h e case of K y r i e a n d A g n u s , l i t a n i e s h a v e
b e e n a d d u c e d as e v i d e n c e .
I n w h a t f o l l o w s s o m e a t t e n t i o n is t h e r e f o r e p a i d to p o s s i b l e e a r l y m e l o d i e s . A f e w
e x a m p l e s f r o m t h e c e n t r a l r e p e r t o r y of t h e t e n t h to t w e l f t h c e n t u r i e s are d i s c u s s e d
(the b i g g e s t c o l l e c t i o n s n e a r l y a l l date f r o m t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y ) , a n d o n e o r t w o q u i t e
d i f f e r e n t l a t e r c h a n t s (the f i f t e e n t h c e n t u r y m a r k s a n e w h i g h p o i n t i n p r o d u c t i o n ) are
also i n c l u d e d .
A p a r t f r o m those i n the V a t i c a n b o o k s , m e l o d i e s have a p p e a r e d rather h a p h a z a r d l y
in facsimile or modern editions. The following may be consulted (mentioning
f a c s i m i l e s o n l y of m a n u s c r i p t s i n d i a s t e m a t i c n o t a t i o n ) . T w o R o m a n c o l l e c t i o n s are
available, the t r a n s c r i p t i o n f r o m R o m e , B i b l i o t e c a A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a , V a t . lat. 5319
in M M M A 2, a n d t h e f a c s i m i l e of B o d m e r C . 74 edited by L u t o l f (1987). The
B e n e v e n t a n m a n u s c r i p t B e n e v e n t o , B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e V I . 3 4 , is g i v e n i n f a c s i m i l e
i n P a l M u s 15. T r a n s c r i p t i o n s b y B o e of the B e n e v e n t a n r e p e r t o r y are i n t h e c o u r s e of
p u b l i c a t i o n . A f a c s i m i l e of a N o n a n t o l a m a n u s c r i p t has b e e n p u b l i s h e d b y V e c c h i
( 1 9 5 5 ) . F r e n c h s o u r c e s are p o o r l y r e p r e s e n t e d , o n l y t h e C h a r t r e s m e l o d i e s i n P a l M u s
17 b e i n g a v a i l a b l e . O n the o t h e r h a n d , t w o f a c s i m i l e s of S a r u m c h a n t s h a v e been
p u b l i s h e d , i n Graduale Sarisburiense a n d M M S 4 , a n d an e d i t i o n has b e e n m a d e b y
S a n d o n (1984). F o r E a s t e r n sources we have M a r x e r ' s t r a n s c r i p t i o n s f r o m St Gall,
S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 546 ( 1 9 0 8 ) a n d t h o s e f r o m o t h e r m a n u s c r i p t s b y S i g l ( 1 9 1 1 ) , a n d t h e
f a c s i m i l e of t h e Graduale Pataviense of 1511.
F e w e a r l y s o u r c e s i n d i c a t e w h a t m u s i c w a s u s e d f o r s i n g i n g t h e v e r s i c l e he missa est
a n d its r e s p o n s e Deo gratias. It a p p e a r s to h a v e b e e n p o p u l a r to a d a p t a K y r i e m e l o d y
f o r t h e p u r p o s e , o r t o s h a r e a m e l o d y w i t h t h e o f f i c e v e r s i c l e Benedicamus domino
(also s o m e t i m e s s u n g at m a s s ) . T h e B e n e d i c a m u s l i k e w i s e r e l i e d h e a v i l y o n b o r r o w e d
m u s i c , f o r e x a m p l e , t h e m e l i s m a s of o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r i e s . ( S e e H a r r i s o n 1963, 74-6;
H u g l o 1982, ' D e b u t s ' ; R o b e r t s o n 1988.)
11.17. K Y R I E E L E I S O N
(i) K y r i e eleison as a L i t a n y
(ii) K y r i e eleison after the Introit at Mass
(iii) Early Melodies
(iv) Italian M e l o d i e s
(v) Melodic Types
(vi) Later Melodies
v ! Q*~k
Domi-ne De-us om-nipo- -tens patrum nostro- -rum. Ky-ri-e ...
O n e c o m p o s i t i o n w i t h t h i s f o r m a p p e a r s a m o n g the K y r i e s of e a r l y R o m a n sources.
T h i s is t h e K y r i e w i t h L a t i n v e r s e s b e g i n n i n g Devote canentes, in the manuscript
R o m e , B i b l i o t e c a A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a , V a t . l a t . 5 3 1 9 . O n l y Kyrie eleison is s u n g as a n
i n v o c a t i o n , n o t Christe eleison. ( I n o t h e r s o u r c e s , h o w e v e r , Christe is s u n g — s e e B o e
1990, ' I t a l i a n ' ; the K y r i e is e d i t e d b y M e l n i c k i i n M M M A 2 , 587 a n d b y B o e 1989,
7 4 . ) A s B o e has p o i n t e d o u t , t h i s K y r i e m a y , i n s o m e f o r m o r o t h e r , b e v e r y a n c i e n t ,
f o r its s e v e n t h L a t i n v e r s e is a p e t i t i o n a g a i n s t t h e A r i a n h e r e s y , w h i c h i n R o m e at
least w a s d e f e a t e d as e a r l y as the f o u r t h c e n t u r y .
T h e u s u a l p l a c e f o r a l i t a n y i n t h e E a s t w a s a f t e r the l e s s o n s at m a s s , a n d h o w it c a m e
to o c c u p y its R o m a n p o s i t i o n a f t e r t h e i n t r o i t is u n c l e a r . It is f o u n d t h e r e i n O r d o
Romanus I (early eighth century), no longer, it s e e m s , a song for the whole
congregation, b u t one for the schola, w h o sang invocations u n t i l the p o n t i f f gave the
s i g n a l to s t o p . O n l y the s i m p l e G r e e k t e x t is m e n t i o n e d , b u t t h e p o s s i b i l i t y c a n n o t be
e x c l u d e d that f u r t h e r verses were sometimes s u n g . T h a t is c e r t a i n l y t h e i m p o r t of
r e m a r k s i n t h e l e t t e r of G r e g o r y I ( d . 604) to B i s h o p J o h n of S y r a c u s e : Gregory
w r i t e s t h a t i n R o m e Kyrie is s u n g as o f t e n as Christe, a n d that o n non-festal days o n l y
the G r e e k text w a s s u n g , n o t the l o n g e r verses s u n g o n o t h e r o c c a s i o n s ; t h e schola
s i n g s first a n d t h e c o n g r e g a t i o n answers.
O r d o R o m a n u s I V , a F r a n k i s h r e c e n s i o n ( s u r v i v i n g i n a S a i n t - A m a n d source) of
p r e v i o u s R o m a n o r d i n e s o f t h e late e i g h t h c e n t u r y , h a s t h e n u m b e r o f p e t i t i o n s f i x e d
at n i n e . T h i s is p r e s u m a b l y t h e f o r m w i t h w h i c h w e are f a m i l i a r :
p o i n t e d o u t , f o r s e v e r a l m e l o d i e s t h e first r e c o r d e d a p p e a r a n c e h a s t h e m w i t h L a t i n
v e r s e s . W e h a v e n o p r o o f that t h e m e l o d y w a s first c o n c e i v e d f o r t h e G r e e k t e x t a l o n e .
A n d i n v i e w of G r e g o r y ' s statement a n d t h e e x i s t e n c e o f n u m e r o u s t y p e s of l i t a n y
i n v o l v i n g b o t h G r e e k a n d L a t i n verses, it seems p r u d e n t to a d m i t the p o s s i b i l i t y that
n e w K y r i e s m i g h t b e c o m p o s e d f r o m t h e start w i t h L a t i n text.
D i s c u s s i o n of the various ways i n w h i c h c o m b i n a t i o n s of G r e e k a n d L a t i n verses
w e r e m a d e is p o s t p o n e d u n t i l t h e s e c t i o n o n t r o p e s (see 11.23. v i i i ) .
( i i i ) Early Melodies
F r o m B j o r k ' s s u r v e y of t h e earliest s o u r c e s ( 1 9 7 9 - 8 0 ) it i s c l e a r t h a t v e r y f e w m e l o d i e s
were k n o w n all over E u r o p e at t h e e a r l i e s t period for which w e have definite
i n f o r m a t i o n , t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y . T h e best k n o w n w e r e t h e f o l l o w i n g ( n u m b e r s f r o m
L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i ' s catalogue, followed b y the n u m b e r i n m o d e r n V a t i c a n b o o k s ) :
55 ( V a t . a d l i b . V I ) , 68 ( V a t . X I V ) a n d 155 ( V a t . X V ) . E a r l y R h e n i s h a n d E a s t e r n
s o u r c e s also h a v e : 39 ( V a t . I ) , 144, a n d 151 ( V a t . X V I I I ) , w h i l e W ' e s t e r n sources
h a v e : 4 7 ( V a t . V I ) , 102 ( V a t . a d l i b . I ) , a n d 124. T h e n u m b e r i n c r e a s e d r a p i d l y i n
s u b s e q u e n t c e n t u r i e s , as M e l n i c k i ' s c a t a l o g u e s h o w s . ( I t l i s t s 2 2 6 m e l o d i e s , a n d as
more sources are s u r v e y e d m o r e melodies m a y be a d d e d . ) M a n y were of l o c a l
s i g n i f i c a n c e o n l y . T h e m o d e r n V a t i c a n b o o k s have a s e l e c t i o n of m e l o d i e s of w i d e l y
d i f f e r i n g age a n d p r o v e n a n c e ( H u g l o 1 9 5 8 ) .
It is n o t c l e a r i f t h e r e s u r v i v e a m o n g t h e o l d e s t r e c o r d e d m e l o d i e s a n y c o m p o s i t i o n s
f r o m earlier centuries. It w o u l d n o t b e easy f o r a n y s i m p l e m e l o d i e s s u c h as t h e
c o n g r e g a t i o n m i g h t h a v e s u n g to h a v e s u r v i v e d w h e n t h e s c h o l a a s s u m e d t h e s i n g i n g
for themselves, and during the further period through to t h e e a r l i e s t sources
( t h e m s e l v e s ^ d e s i g n e d t o reflect t h e s i n g i n g of t h e s c h o l a ) . M a n y of t h e e a r l y m e l o d i e s
g i v e t h e i m p r e s s i o n of b e i n g s o p h i s t i c a t e d , c a r e f u l l y d e s i g n e d p i e c e s , w h i c h speak
rather for c o m p o s i t i o n by F r a n k i s h musicians.
Kyrie 55 (Vat. ad lib. VI) d i s p l a y s f e a t u r e s t y p i c a l of e a r l y Kyrie melodies
(Ex. II. 17.2). T h e f o r m of the p i e c e is A B A C D C E F E x , w h e r e E x s i g n i f i e s an
e x t e n d e d v e r s i o n of E . T h e c o m p o s e r sets o u t v e r y d e l i b e r a t e l y to e x p l o r e d i f f e r e n t
r e g i s t e r s , so that B has a l o w e r t e s s i t u r a t h a n A , D is l o w e r t h a n C , F t h a n E . T h e r e is
a l s o a g r a d u a l r i s e t h r o u g h the t h r e e m a i n s e c t i o n s . A rises to r , i n C the m e l o d y
t o u c h e s d f o r the first t i m e , w h i l e E m o v e s u p to t h e h i g h e r o c t a v e . T h e final e x t e n d e d
i n v o c a t i o n has itself a n A A B f o r m , a n o t u n c o m m o n w a y of b u i l d i n g t o w a r d s the
c l i m a x of t h e c o m p o s i t i o n .
A B
K y - ri - e eley-son. Ky - ri - e eleyson.
•St
1
C9 9-
'3 1 "
Ky - ri - e
T h i s s o r t of m e l o d i c d e s i g n , b a l a n c i n g l o w e r a g a i n s t h i g h e r p h r a s e s a n d g r a d u a l l y
p u s h i n g t o w a r d s h i g h e r m e l o d i c g o a l s , is also f o u n d i n m a n y e a r l y s e q u e n c e s , a n d
w h e n t h e K y r i e m e l o d y is s u n g w i t h a L a t i n t e x t , o n e s y l l a b l e p e r n o t e , like the
s e q u e n c e , the r e s e m b l a n c e is e v e n s t r o n g e r . ( O n e m i g h t c o m p a r e t h e last p h r a s e of
Ex. I I . 1 7 . 2 w i t h t h e last p h r a s e of the s e q u e n c e m e l o d y k n o w n as ' L y r a ' , commonest
text Eccepulchra, A n s e l m H u g h e s 1934, 5 4 ; o r w i t h the s e v e n t h a n d t h e last p h r a s e of
' H o d i e M a r i a v i r g o ' , text Aurea virga, Hughes, 45.)
Ex. I I . 17.3 s h o w s m e l o d y 68 i n L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i ' s c a t a l o g u e ( V a t . X I V ) . The
o v e r a l l s c h e m e is s i m p l e r : A A A B B B C C C x . T h e last d o z e n o r so n o t e s of A a n d B are
the s a m e , b u t B b e g i n s b y m o v i n g c o n f i d e n t l y u p w a r d to c , to be f o l l o w e d b y t h e e v e n
higher-lying C section. C h a r a c t e r i s t i c a l l y , t h e b r i e f e x p a n s i o n i n C x c o n s i s t s of a
p a r t i a l r e p e t i t i o n of w h a t has p r e c e d e d , i n c l u d i n g the s o - c a l l e d ' G a l l i c a n ' c a d e n c e ,
cdd.
T h e e x p a n d e d final i n v o c a t i o n is p a r t i c u l a r l y l i a b l e to v a r y i n g t r e a t m e n t i n d i f f e r e n t
m a n u s c r i p t s . E x . I I . 17.4 s h o w s m e l o d y 155 ( V a t . X V ) , b u t n o t a l l s o u r c e s h a v e t h e
154 //. Chant Genres
A B
9 ^
-"-^
• *—" m
m w
V um
C 4
Ky - r i - -e eleyson.
Cx, .
Ky-ri- -e eley-son.
A B
i
Kyri-e eley-son. Ky-ri - e eley-son.
Kyri - e eley-son.
last v e r s e i n t h e f o r m g i v e n h e r e . O n c e a g a i n t h e f o r m A B A C D C E F E x is u s e d , b u t
E x a c t u a l l y c o m b i n e s E a n d F . A , B , C , D , a n d E a l l h a v e t h e s a m e e n d i n g . A n d yet
a g a i n a c o n s i s t e n t p a t t e r n of h i g h e r a n d l o w e r p h r a s e s m a y b e o b s e r v e d . I n t h i s case
t h e p r o g r e s s i o n f r o m A to C to E is a c h i e v e d s i m p l y b y a d d i n g h i g h e r n o t e s at t h e s t a r t
of w h a t is t h e s a m e b a s i c p h r a s e throughout.
C o m p o s e r s evidently delighted i n the possibilities offered b y the thrice-three verse-
s c h e m e . A l l m a n n e r of r e p e t i t i o n p a t t e r n s a n d p a r t i a l c o r r e s p o n d e n c e between verses
m a y be d i s c o v e r e d .
( i v ) Italian Melodies
T h a t t h e s e t h r e e m e l o d i e s w e r e so p o p u l a r ( a n d a n u m b e r of o t h e r s r u n t h e m c l o s e
w h e n t h e g r e a t e r n u m b e r of s o u r c e s f r o m t h e e l e v e n t h a n d t w e l f t h c e n t u r i e s i s t a k e n
i n t o a c c o u n t ) s e e m s to i n d i c a t e t h a t t h e y a n s w e r e d w e l l to t h e g e n e r a l sense of h o w a
K y r i e s h o u l d b e s u n g . T h e i r f e a t u r e s are t y p i c a l of a l a r g e n u m b e r of e a r l y Kyrie
m e l o d i e s . B u t not all melodies have this character. E a r l y Italian K y r i e s , for e x a m p l e ,
s h o w little interest i n repetition schemes a n d t h e u p w a r d s u r g e s so n o t i c e a b l e i n
Ex. I I . 17.2. T h e a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d K y r i e w i t h L a t i n verses Devote canentes etc.,
s u n g to m e l o d y 77 i n L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i ' s c a t a l o g u e , h a s t h e s a m e m e l o d y f o r a l l
i n v o c a t i o n s ( a n d all L a t i n verses), a n d a static, repetitious q u a l i t y . So does m e l o d y 52,
a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e L a t i n v e r s e s Auctor celorum e t c . T h e s e t w o m e l o d i e s are g i v e n i n
Ex. II.17.5.
Kyrie 77 Kyrie 52
S i n c e t h e e a r l i e s t I t a l i a n s o u r c e s d a t e f r o m t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y (the e a r l i e s t R o m a n
o n e f r o m as late as 1 0 7 1 ) , t h e y are a u t o m a t i c a l l y e x c l u d e d f r o m t h e ' e a r l i e s t ' l a y e r .
T h i s n e e d n o t m e a n , h o w e v e r , t h a t t h e m e l o d i e s t h e y c o n t a i n are n e c e s s a r i l y less
a n c i e n t , o n l y t h a t t h e y c a n n o t b e p r o v e n t o b e s o . S t a b l e i n ( ' K y r i e ' , MGG, Ex. 9)
p r i n t s o n e m e l o d y ( L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i 84) f r o m a R o m a n s o u r c e t h a t is so s i m p l e
that it m i g h t b e c e n t u r i e s o l d ; o r it m i g h t b e a r e l a t i v e l y late c o m p o s i t i o n d e l i b e r a t e l y
m a d e s i m p l e f o r f e r i a l u s e , as L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i 7 s e e m s to h a v e b e e n .
F r o m L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i ' s c a t a l o g u e it c a n b e s e e n t h a t t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of m e l o d i e s
c o n t i n u e d u n a b a t e d i n t o t h e s i x t e e n t h c e n t u r y a n d b e y o n d . M a n y of t h e n e w e r i t e m s
b e a r t h e m a r k s of a later a g e : scale passages r u n n i n g t h r o u g h a f i f t h ( u s u a l l y f r o m o r
towards the f i n a l ) , b r o k e n c h o r d figures, a n d s u d d e n m o v e s to the u p p e r o c t a v e . A
n u m b e r are c o u c h e d i n a s o m e w h a t s e n t i m e n t a l ' F m a j o r ' i d i o m , l i k e t h e p o p u l a r ' D e
angelis' m e l o d y ( L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i 95, V a t . V I I I , k n o w n m o s t l y f r o m F r e n c h a n d
Italian sources). A m e l o d y of this type f o u n d i n eastern sources ( f r o m Germany,
S w i t z e r l a n d , A u s t r i a , B o h e m i a , e t c . ) is L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i 9 7 , r e p r o d u c e d h e r e i n
Ex. II.17.6.
im ____
_-t___
P K y - r i - e- -leyson.
11.18. G L O R I A I NE X C E L S I S D E O
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n
(ii) Recitation T y p e s
(iii) T h r o u g h - C o m p o s e d M e l o d i e s
Bosse 1955; Stablein, ' G l o r i a i n excclsis D e o ' , MGG; C r o c k e r , ' G l o r i a i n excelsis D e o ' ,
A G ; Boe 1990, Gloria.
(i) Introduction
( i i ) Recitation Types
O n e set of m e l o d i e s is d o m i n a t e d b y a s i n g l e r e c i t a t i o n n o t e w i t h n e i g h b o u r i n g t o n e s ,
d e l i v e r e d i n a h i g h l y i n f l e c t e d , e l e v a t e d m a n n e r w h i c h raises t h e m a b o v e t h e l e v e l o f ,
s a y , t h e i n t r o i t o r c o m m u n i o n p s a l m o d y h e a r d e l s e w h e r e i n t h e m a s s . E n d s of v e r s e s
are o f t e n m a r k e d b y c a d e n t i a l flourishes. W e c o u l d i m a g i n e the m e l o d i e s i n this s m a l l
g r o u p to b e m u s i c f o r t h e c h o i r , o r e v e n f o r s o l o i s t s .
The most important member of t h e g r o u p is G l o r i a 39 i n Bosse's catalogue,
s o m e t i m e s r e f e r r e d t o as ' G l o r i a p r i m u s ' o r ' G l o r i a A ' , u n f o r t u n a t e l y n o t i n c l u d e d i n
t h e V a t i c a n s e l e c t i o n . It is t h e g r a n d e s t a n d m o s t e x p a n s i v e of G l o r i a s . B o e ( 1 9 8 2 ) has
f o u n d a v e r s i o n o f it i n t h e O l d R o m a n E a s t e r V i g i l m a s s . S i n c e it is u s u a l l y f o u n d
w i t h trope v e r s e s — i t was s u n g m o r e f r e q u e n t l y w i t h tropes t h a n any other m e l o d y —
it is g i v e n e l s e w h e r e i n f u l l (see E x . 1 1 . 2 3 . 1 5 ) . S u f f i c e it h e r e t o p o i n t o u t its c h i e f
f e a t u r e s . T h e m e l o d y has t w o r e c i t a t i o n t o n e s . I n t h e first l i n e a n d o c c a s i o n a l l y l a t e r
the recitation is c e n t r e d on a (typically i n figures such as Gab a). Somewhat
d i s c o n c e r t i n g l y , t h e s e c o n d l i n e a n d m o s t s u b s e q u e n t l i n e s use F f r e q u e n t l y ( i n s u c h
p h r a s e s as aGF Ga a), w i t h bb as u p p e r a u x i l i a r y . T h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t c a d e n t i a l
m e l i s m a s are g i v e n i n E x . 1 1 . 1 8 . l a — d . T h e f i g u r e g i v e n as E x . 1 1 . 1 8 . l e , w h i c h is also
to b e f o u n d at t h e start of t h e v e r s e t o n e f o r m o d e 1 r e s p o n s o r i e s , a p p e a r s f r e q u e n t l y
from 'propter magnam' onwards.
Ex. I I . 18.1. C a d e n t i a l figures ( a - d ) and intonation figure (e) f r o m G l o r i a 39
a b c d
O t h e r e x a m p l e s of t h i s t y p e of m e l o d y m a y be seen i n B o s s e 13 a n d 2 2 ( V a t i c a n a d
lib. II a n d I I I ) , c e n t r e d a r o u n d Z ) , o r t h e m e l o d y f o r t h e G r e e k G l o r i a Doxa en
ipsistis theo ( H u g l o 1950, ' G l o r i a ' ) . T h e l a t t e r b e g i n s w i t h b as r e c i t i n g n o t e ( b u t e v e n
m o r e h e a v i l y o r n a m e n t e d t h a n G l o r i a 39) w i t h G a c as t h e c o m m o n i n t o n a t i o n . A f t e r
s e v e r a l l i n e s t h e c a d e n c e s b e g i n to f a l l o n E\ t h o u g h m o s t of t h e m e l o d i c movement
still c o n c e r n s the t e t r a c h o r d G-c.
T h e s i m p l e s t e x a m p l e of t h e t y p e is B o s s e 2, p r o b a b l y a s o u t h I t a l i a n m e l o d y ( e d .
B o e 1990, Gloria, 188) b u t g i v e n i n E x . I I . 18.2 f r o m o n e of its f e w n o r t h e r n s o u r c e s
( p r e s u m a b l y b r o u g h t b a c k to N o r m a n d y a f t e r t h e N o r m a n c o n q u e s t of s o u t h Italy
a n d S i c i l y ) . It w i l l be s e e n at o n c e t h a t p r a c t i c a l l y e v e r y p h r a s e opens w i t h the
i n t o n a t i o n F G a a n d e n d s a G. A g r e a t d e a l of w h a t h a p p e n s i n b e t w e e n s t a y s w i t h i n
the s a m e n a r r o w r a n g e . T h e use of a h i g h e r o p e n i n g f o r ' D o m i n e D e u s ' , ' D o m i n e f i l i ' ,
a n d ' C u m s a n c t o s p i r i t u ' m a y also be m e n t i o n e d . S i n c e it c o m e s f r o m a p a r t of I t a l y
w h e r e m u c h a n c i e n t , n o n - F r a n k i s h m a t e r i a l is p r e s e r v e d , o n e is t e m p t e d to see h e r e
o n e of t h e o l d e s t s u r v i v i n g G l o r i a m e l o d i e s . T h e s o u r c e s a r e , h o w e v e r , t o o late i n d a t e
to prove any hypothesis conclusively. In its usual northern version, which
c o r r e s p o n d s to V a t i c a n m e l o d y X I , it w a s c a t a l o g u e d b y B o s s e as m e l o d y 5 1 .
If s o m e f e a t u r e s r e c a l l t h e s i n g i n g of o f f i c e p s a l m s , o r r e s p o n s o r y v e r s e s , t h e above
m e l o d i e s n e v e r t h e l e s s r e m a i n e s s e n t i a l l y free of a n y s i m p l e , r e p e a t e d f o r m u l a . T h e y
are t o o e l a b o r a t e ( w i t h the e x c e p t i o n of m e l o d y 2) a n d t o o v a r i e d t o s u b s u m e under
p s a l m o d i c p r a c t i c e . T h e r e are, h o w e v e r , s e v e r a l o t h e r m e l o d i e s w h i c h c o m e c l o s e r to
simple psalmody, c o n s i s t i n g of h a r d l y m o r e than the constant repetition of one
m u s i c a l idea or f o r m u l a .
T h e b e s t - k n o w n e x a m p l e of t h i s t y p e of m e l o d y is B o s s e 43 ( V a t i c a n X V ) . E a c h
v e r s e b e g i n s E G a , r e c i t e s o n a w i t h i n f l e c t i o n s d o w n t o G o r u p to h, a n d c a d e n c e s
a G a G E.
M o r e a d v e n t u r o u s is B o s s e 25 ( V a t i c a n V ) , w i t h m o r e t h a n o n e m u s i c a l i d e a . I n t h e
t o p h a l f of t h e r a n g e c o m e s t h e p h r a s e G b cd db dcbaG ab aG G. T h i s is f o l l o w e d b y
a p h r a s e w h i c h d e s c e n d s i n t o the l o w e r h a l f of t h e r a n g e : caG aGEFED. The final is
a c h i e v e d t h r o u g h t h e p h r a s e D EFG GFa G . E a c h p h r a s e is of c o u r s e t r e a t e d quite
flexibly, to accommodate the varying numbers of syllables and their varied
accentuation patterns. T h e s e phrases, although deployed in a fashion resembling
s i m p l e p s a l m o d y , h a v e n o m u s i c a l r e s e m b l a n c e to p s a l m t o n e s . N o r has B o s s e 38
( V a t i c a n V I I I ) , the m e l o d y w h i c h makes a m u s i c a l p a i r w i t h the K y r i e 'de angelis'.
T h e y are b o t h m u c h l a t e r , a n d m u c h less w i d e l y k n o w n , t h a n B o s s e 4 3 .
18. Gloria in excelsis Deo
P 00 9* 0 m
00 4m m
G l o - r i - a in ex-celsis D e - o .
0 » M 0 * •* U
Laudamus
0
te.
fH§j *0 gb0 M
propter magnam glori-am tuam. Do - mine Deus rex celestis. De-us pater omnipotens.
Qui tollis peccata mundi. Miserere nobis. Qui tollis peccata mundi. Susci-pe
T » 0 £9 m m m § i f
0 . ^ & • - - -
0* 9
« W
^ 9 ,«
( i i i ) Through-composed Melodies
T h e m a j o r i t y of G l o r i a m e l o d i e s are t h r o u g h - c o m p o s e d . T h i s d o e s n o t e x c l u d e t h e
p o s s i b i l i t y of u s i n g r e c u r r e n t motifs, w h i c h stamp the m e l o d y w i t h a particular
character w i t h o u t s u g g e s t i n g t h e t e c h n i q u e of s i m p l e ( o r o r n a t e ) p s a l m o d y . E v e n
w h e n t h e m o t i f s e n c o m p a s s w h o l e p h r a s e s , t h e i r o r d e r is n o t p r e d i c t a b l e i n t h e w a y
t h a t t h o s e of B o s s e 25 a r e .
F e w m e l o d i e s a c t u a l l y l a c k r e c u r r e n t m o t i f s e n t i r e l y . B o s s e 2 4 ( V a t i c a n a d l i b . I) is
a w e l l - k n o w n e x a m p l e . M o r e t y p i c a l is B o s s e 56 ( V a t i c a n I V ) , t h e m o s t p o p u l a r of a l l
G l o r i a m e l o d i e s . T h e f i n a l , E, is h e a r d at t h e e n d of p r a c t i c a l l y e v e r y p h r a s e , b u t it is
not t r e a t e d as a r e c i t i n g n o t e . A v a r i e t y of m u s i c a l ideas l e a d s i n t o i t , f r o m b e l o w (ED
C D E) a n d a b o v e (GE Ga GF E) } the latter sometimes p r e c e d e d b y a h i g h e r - l y i n g
m o t i f (G a c a). T h e a r t i s t r y of t h e c o m p o s i t i o n lies i n t h e j u d i c i o u s s e l e c t i o n of o n e
m o t i f o r a n o t h e r f o r t h e v a r i o u s v e r s e s of t h e t e x t , b a l a n c i n g h i g h e r a g a i n s t l o w e r ,
a m p l i f y i n g w h e r e necessary, as w i t h t h e m o r e e x p a n s i v e c a d e n c e h e a r d f o u r t i m e s :
DFGaGFG E.
A n o t h e r e x a m p l e of t h i s t y p e of m e l o d y is t h e l i t t l e - k n o w n B o s s e 5 , f o u n d i n
E a s t e r n E u r o p e a n s o u r c e s f r o m a r o u n d 1200 o n w a r d s ( E x . I I . 1 8 . 3 ) . T h e r e is n o n e e d
to a t t e m p t t o i s o l a t e a l l t h e m o t i f s w h i c h m a k e u p t h e b a s i c m e l o d i c m a t e r i a l ; i n a n y
case, s o m e i n s t a n c e s of t h e i r use m i g h t n o d o u b t be felt to b e fleeting coincidences
r a t h e r t h a n d e l i b e r a t e e m p l o y m e n t . T h e m o t i f EDEG for ' e x c e l S I S ' , for e x a m p l e ,
o c c u r s m a n y t i m e s t h r o u g h o u t , s o m e t i m e s s p l i t to a c c o m m o d a t e d i f f e r e n t s y l l a b l e s .
A r e these a l l c o n s c i o u s attempts to b i n d the piece together?
X z x
«# 0J0 , U fm
G l o - r i - a in excel-sis De-o. Et in t e r - r a pax ho-mi-ni-bus bo-ne u o - l u n - t a - t i s .
X ^ X X
a 9 0a
w
m m\ ^ - £1 - - • £± ^ _ M A m m £• *0* -
• —*4 , 0 0 , *• s *
G r a - t i - a s a-gi-mus ti-bi propter magnam tu-am glori-am. Domine De-us rex celestis
j+ # 9 « w
#*
Deus pater omni-po-tens. Domi-ne f i - l i u - n i - g e n i - t e Iesu Christe a l - t i s - s i - m e .
= « 0 0 4
As 7^0— 0a—
a 9 0'9
**9 m
§
*m 0 1*0 '09^ 9
0 • ' * •
Qui se - des ad dex - teram p a - t ris mi - se - rere nobis. Quoniam tu solus
a x .
p
90*+*
^0-^9 ^9-^9
11.19. S A N C T U S
(i) T h e O l d e s t M e l o d i e s
(ii) O t h e r M e l o d i e s
206 ) v
P A - gy - os
C, f"l jf* f±
A - gy - os
fr*S
A - gy - os
0*0 ^ 0*4
o the - os
0' 0
m
f*
is-ky-ros
+ #•#
sa-ba - oth
P *
pli-nis
*0 9
9
u-ra-nus
»«0 '
ke-y-gitin
* ' • *0 f,
do-xi su
00, i *
P ^ ^
Eulo-gi-me-nos
(0 f **m ^
o entho-me-nos
4* f* **9 ' 9 9 w
en o-nomati k y - r i - o s
m
*0 f0 000 « "# #» 9
JL—/li), I0**
\tV —~ ~ '0 00 0-— —~0) m
0 0 *0— *0 000 0w-m^m0
San - ctus. (3 times) Do--mi-nus De - us sa - ba - oht.
* /a «a ^ ^ ^ ~ ^ ~ ^ -\ ^ /m m.; J\ m - ^ MMI _ _
f/Tv - " "~ 0" w
#i
Ple-ni sunt ce - li et terra glo - ri - a tu - a. Osan-na in excelsis.
M e l o d y 154 ( V a t i c a n I ) , w i d e l y k n o w n i n F r a n c e a n d I t a l y , is p e r h a p s t h e o n l y
o t h e r m e l o d y w h i c h c a n r e a l l y b e c a l l e d p o p u l a r . It f o l l o w s t h a t t h e r e p e r t o r y as a
w h o l e is v e r y d i f f u s e , l i k e t h a t of o t h e r o r d i n a r y of m a s s c h a n t s , m o s t m e l o d i e s h a v i n g
p u r e l y l o c a l c u r r e n c y . S o m e of the o l d e s t m e l o d i e s are n o t r e p r e s e n t e d i n t h e a b o v e
l i s t . I n t h r e e t e n t h - c e n t u r y s o u r c e s , f o r e x a m p l e ( t h e s e a n d s e v e r a l o t h e r of t h e o l d e s t
s o u r c e s are n o t c o v e r e d b y T h a n n a b a u r ) , w e find t h e f o l l o w i n g :
C a m b r i d g e , C o r p u s C h r i s t i C o l l e g e 473 ( W i n c h e s t e r ) : 1 1 1 , 154, 155, 2 1 6 , 223
P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1118 ( A q u i t a i n e ) : 8 9 , 1 1 1 , 2 1 6 , 2 2 3 ( p l u s o n e n o t
in Thannabaur)
St Gall, S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 381 (St Gall): 154, 216 (plus one not i n T h a n n a b a u r ,
possibly 153)
L i k e t h e r e p e r t o r i e s of K y r i e s a n d A g n u s , S a n c t u s c o l l e c t i o n s w e r e r a t h e r s m a l l
b e f o r e t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , w h e n a d e l i b e r a t e e f f o r t s e e m s to h a v e b e e n m a d e to
p r o v i d e a set of c h a n t s f o r t h e f e s t a l l i t u r g y . A f t e r t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y p r o d u c t i o n
slackened, u n t i l a n e w peak was reached i n the fifteenth c e n t u r y .
M o s t early m e l o d i e s s h o w some relationship between the v a r i o u s verses. T h e t w o
s e t t i n g s of ' H o s a n n a i n e x c e l s i s ' are n a t u r a l l y o f t e n t h e s a m e , a n d m a t e r i a l f r o m t h e
f i r s t v e r s e m a y r e a p p e a r l a t e r i n the p i e c e . T h e t h r e e ' S a n c t u s ' a c c l a m a t i o n s o f t e n
s t a n d a p a r t , t h o u g h t h e i r m u s i c t o o m a y be r e d e p l o y e d f o r t h e t e x t t h a t f o l l o w s .
S a n c t u s 6 8 , t r a n s c r i b e d i n E x . I I . 1 9 . 2 , is a f a i r l y t y p i c a l e x a m p l e . T h e m u s i c f o r
t h e first ' S a n c t u s ' r e c u r s at ' P l e n i s u n t ' a n d ' B e n e d i c t u s ' . T h e m o v e m e n t f r o m G to d
a n d b a c k a g a i n at ' S a n c t u s d o m i n u s D e u s ' is h e a r d a g a i n d u r i n g ' O s a n n a ' a n d ' q u i
v e n i t ' . P e r h a p s t h e s h o r t p h r a s e f o r ' g l o r i a t u a ' is a n e c h o of ' D e u s s a b a o t h ' . The
m e l o d y has a c h a r a c t e r q u i t e d i f f e r e n t f r o m that of t h e G r e e k S a n c t u s a n d the I t a l i a n
m e l o d y g i v e n i n E x . I I . 1 9 . 1 . T h e first ' S a n c t u s ' stays w i t h i n t h e s e g m e n t G—b, the
s e c o n d t o u c h e s <:, a n d t h e n t h e t h i r d rises t o d> a g r a d u a l u n f o l d i n g w h i c h is c a r r i e d
o n e s t e p f u r t h e r l a t e r o n i n ' D o m i n i ' . T h e r e are also l i t e r a l r e p e a t s , i n ' s a b a o t h ' a n d
the m e l i s m a after ' g l o r i a t u a ' .
O- -san - na in ex-celsis.
,j, r j r J
San-
<fth i .1 -ctus san-
f f JfJ r
f
-ctus san-
i J j jTr r f
TTh J J f r r tut p AM rf J s
Dominus D e - -us sa- -ba-oth. Pleni sunt celi et terra g l o - r i - a tu-
O-
f J r -sanna
f
c fin fe xfc eJl - f f i J J f f l
r
P -sis.
fifi Hll
Benedictus Marie f i - l i - u s
p qui
O f uenit
J inf nomine
f J J do-
Tf
s f r f f rf j
-mi-ni. O- -sanna in excel-
11.20. A G N U S D E I
I n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e e a r l i e s t m e l o d y o r m e l o d i e s f o r t h e A g n u s D e i r u n s i n t o t h e s a m e
p r o b l e m s as f o r t h e o t h e r o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s . A c c o r d i n g t o t h e Liberpontificalis,
S e r g i u s I ( 6 8 7 - 7 0 1 ) i n t r o d u c e d t h e c h a n t i n t o the R o m a n m a s s , as a p i e c e s u n g b y
b o t h c l e r g y a n d p e o p l e t o a c c o m p a n y the b r e a k i n g of t h e b r e a d . W h e t h e r o r n o t t h e
attribution is s e c u r e , the approximate date can be supported indirectly. Ordo
R o m a n u s I ( e a r l y e i g h t h c e n t u r y ) also u n d e r s t a n d s it to be a f r a c t i o n c h a n t , b u t s u n g
b y t h e s c h o l a . O r d o R o m a n u s I I I — t h e r e l e v a n t p a r t is F r a n k i s h a n d d a t e s f r o m the
t h i r d q u a r t e r of t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y — i n d i c a t e s t h a t t h e s i n g i n g c o n t i n u e s u n t i l the
f r a c t i o n c e r e m o n y is c o m p l e t e d , r a t h e r i n t h e w a y t h e e a r l y i n t r o i t , K y r i e , a n d o t h e r
chants were performed. Shortly after this, however, a number of C a r o l i n g i a n
d o c u m e n t s h a v e t h e c h a n t s u n g d u r i n g t h e k i s s of p e a c e o r c o m m u n i o n i t s e l f . There
arose c o n c u r r e n t l y t h e p r a c t i c e of u s i n g p i e c e s of u n l e a v e n e d b r e a d , a n d c o m m u n i o n
by the entire c o n g r e g a t i o n was a b a n d o n e d . T h e fraction ceremony d i m i n i s h e d in
s i g n i f i c a n c e . T h i s s e e m s to h a v e r e s u l t e d i n a s h i f t i n g of t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e A g n u s
t o w a r d s c o m m u n i o n a n d c u r t a i l m e n t of its l e n g t h , r e s t r i c t i n g it to t h e t h r e e p e t i t i o n s
w i t h w h i c h w e are f a m i l i a r . T h i s is its f o r m i n t h e earliest e x t a n t d o c u m e n t w h i c h is
s p e c i f i c i n s u c h d e t a i l s , t h e A m i e n s s a c r a m e n t a r y P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat.
9432 (ninth century, second half). (Facsimile in Atkinson 1977, 10; Atkinson
p r o v i d e s a d e t a i l e d r e v i e w of t h e e v i d e n c e s u m m a r i z e d h e r e . )
T h e earliest m u s i c a l s o u r c e s are s o m e w h a t l a t e r ( t a b l e i n A t k i n s o n , 13), a n d f r o m
t h e s e it is c l e a r t h a t o n l y o n e m e l o d y h a d E u r o p e - w i d e c u r r e n c y at a n e a r l y date,
no. 226 i n S c h i l d b a c h ' s catalogue, V a t i c a n I I . I f w e are l o o k i n g f o r a h y p o t h e t i c a l
s i m p l e m e l o d y of t h e t y p e w h i c h m i g h t h a v e b e e n s u n g b y t h e c o n g r e g a t i o n , r e p e a t e d
as o f t e n as n e c e s s a r y , a c c o r d i n g to t h e o l d e r p r a c t i c e , w e m i g h t d o u b t w h e t h e r t h i s is
it, o r at least w h e t h e r it a p p e a r s i n its f o r m e r s t a t e . It has b e e n s u g g e s t e d t h a t t w o
s i m p l e r m e l o d i e s m a y be p a r t i c u l a r l y a n c i e n t : S c h i l d b a c h 101 ( V a t i c a n X V I I I ) has
long been designated the o l d e s t m e l o d y , p a r t l y b e c a u s e of its s i m p l i c i t y , p a r t l y
b e c a u s e it f o l l o w s e a s i l y f r o m t h e p r e c e d i n g d i a l o g u e ( T a x d o m i n i . . . E t c u m s p i r i t u
t u o ' — s e e W a g n e r I I I , 4 4 9 ) , p a r t l y b e c a u s e of m u s i c a l i d e n t i t y (the t e x t is d i f f e r e n t )
w i t h t h e ' A g n u s D e i ' s e c t i o n of the l i t a n y of t h e s a i n t s ( S t a b l e i n ; GR 198, LU 838).
S t a b l e i n also d i r e c t e d a t t e n t i o n to t h e R o m a n v e r s i o n of t h e m e l o d y (registered
s e p a r a t e l y b y S c h i l d b a c h as n o . 9 8 ) , w h i c h a p p e a r s i n t w o R o m a n s o u r c e s , Vatican
L i b r a r y , V a t . l a t . 5 3 1 9 a n d A r c h i v i o S a n P i e t r o B . 7 9 . W h e t h e r the m e l o d y is m u c h
o l d e r t h a n t h e e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s — w h i c h are m u c h later t h a n t h o s e f o r m e l o d y 2 2 6 —
r e m a i n s o p e n to q u e s t i o n .
T h e o l d e s t R o m a n s o u r c e , B o d m e r C . 7 4 , has a n o t h e r r e l a t i v e l y s i m p l e m e l o d y
w h i c h b e l o n g s to t h e I t a l i a n t y p e of c h a n t d i s c u s s e d a b o v e i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h the
K y r i e , G l o r i a , a n d S a n c t u s . A s B o e ( 1 9 8 2 ) has s h o w n , it b e l o n g e d to t h e O l d R o m a n
E a s t e r V i g i l m a s s . E x . 11.20.1 g i v e s t h i s m e l o d y (not i n S c h i l d b a c h ) , a n d m e l o d y 2 2 6 .
T h e g r e a t e r r a n g e a n d v a r i e t y of the l a t t e r are o b v i o u s .
Many A g n u s melodies may be c o m p a r e d w i t h K y r i e s i n that they suggest a
t r i p a r t i t e f o r m . F o r t h e a b o v e e x a m p l e s o n l y o n e v e r s e is c o p i e d o u t , to b e s u n g t h r e e
times. O t h e r melodies m a y have a contrasting central verse, g i v i n g an A B A f o r m , or
e v e n t h r e e d i f f e r e n t verses ( f o r e x a m p l e , V a t i c a n X I , S c h i l d b a c h 2 2 0 ) . Furthermore,
t h e r e is o f t e n a s i m i l a r i t y of r a n g e f o r ' A g n u s D e i ' a n d ' m i s e r e r e n o b i s ' , w h e r e a s ' q u i
t o l l i s p e c c a t a m u n d i ' w i l l rise t o a h i g h e r l e v e l , g i v i n g a n A B A s h a p e to t h e verse.
T h u s V a t i c a n X V I I , S c h i l d b a c h 34, has t h e o v e r a l l f o r m A B A A ' B A A B A , t h e o n l y
E x . 11.20.1. O l d R o m a n A g n u s ( C o l o g n y , B i b l . B o d m e r i a n a C . 74, fo. 1 2 5 ) ; A g n u s 226 v
Cologny
jL ^T+O—0*0* 0*0 m—•—•—w—0m0 0—W+TZ—#g
JL
v*9 m £0 m ^wV+m'm
Schildbach Vatican
34 X V I I (less w e l l k n o w n i n F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d )
101 XVIII
114 IX
136 IV
164 XVI
209 X V
220 II
D E F G
Kyrie 30 17 21 31
Sanctus 31 20 23 26
Agnus 36 19 27 19
A s a n e x t r e m e e x a m p l e i n t h e F - m o d e v e i n , E x . I I . 2 0 . 2 g i v e s m e l o d y 144, f o u n d i n
a few fifteenth- and sixteenth-century sources. T h e mensural notation indicates a
168 //. Chant Genres
flJ .1 r ii
Ag- -nus De - i qui tollis peccata mun-di mise-re-re
do- -na
11.21. C R E D O
* 0 m
M 9
9 9 9 0 9
* • » / 9
m * *- * G m w0 0 m * w ° 9
•
<r x
i
v . •* »
de D e - o uero genitum non factum homo-u-si-o patris per quern omni-a facta sunt
9
— w 9 v 9 V
qui propter nos et propter nostram salutem descendit et incarna - tus est de spiritu sancto
Z Z &, 3C
~*0 9 0 0
in-de uenturus in g l o - r i - a iudica-re uiuos et mortuos cuius regni non erit finis
x *
# ' *m
* • w
M
# * U , " m * 0 9* 9
* * 9
^ 9
m m
' u^
9 ^ ^ p
Qui propter nos homines, et propter nostram salutem descen - dit de coe-lis.
i l - - . • 1
• ••
Et incarnatus est de Spiritu Sancto ex Maria Virgine: E T H O M O F A C T U S EST.
Crucifixus etiam pro nobis: sub Pontio Pilato passus, et sepultus est. Et resurrexit tertia
(i) Introduction
(ii) E a r l y Sequences w i t h Parallel-Verse S t r u c t u r e
(iii) N o t a t i o n ; P e r f o r m a n c e ; Partially T e x t e d M e l o d i e s
(iv) Short A p a r a l l e l Sequences
(v) Italian Sequences
(vi) T h e E a r l y H i s t o r y of the Sequence
(vii) T h e R h y m e d Sequence
(i) Introduction
T h e o r i g i n s of t h e s e q u e n c e are so m u c h d i s p u t e d t h a t I h a v e c h o s e n to p r e s e n t first a n
a c c o u n t of t h e s e q u e n c e s w h i c h a p p e a r i n b o o k s of t h e n i n t h to e l e v e n t h c e n t u r i e s , t h e
' f i r s t e p o c h ' of s e q u e n c e - w r i t i n g . T h e e v i d e n c e a b o u t t h e e a r l y h i s t o r y of t h e s e q u e n c e
is r e v i e w e d i n s e c t i o n v i b e l o w .
S e q u e n c e s w e r e s u n g at least f r o m t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d after t h e a l l e l u i a at m a s s
o n f e a s t - d a y s ( s o m e t i m e s also e l s e w h e r e i n t h e l i t u r g y , f o r e x a m p l e as a s u b s t i t u t e f o r
the Vespers hymn). W h i l e a n a l l e l u i a at a less i m p o r t a n t c e r e m o n y would be
p e r f o r m e d a l l e l u i a — v e r s e — a l l e l u i a , o n a h i g h feast t h e p a t t e r n w o u l d b e a l l e l u i a —
verse—sequence. (See, f o r e x a m p l e , the r u b r i c s i n s o m e S a r u m b o o k s of t h e later
M i d d l e A g e s : D i c k i n s o n 1861-83, cols. 9 - 1 0 . , )
M o s t s e q u e n c e s w e r e c o n s t r u c t e d i n p a i r e d v e r s i c l e s , e a c h l i n e of m u s i c s u n g t w i c e
to d i f f e r e n t w o r d s . ( I n s o m e s e q u e n c e s n o t a l l v e r s i c l e s are p a i r e d . ) S o m e pieces,
w h i c h m a y be c a l l e d s e q u e n c e s b e c a u s e of t h e i r l i t u r g i c a l f u n c t i o n ( t h e y f o l l o w t h e
a l l e l u i a at m a s s o n f e a s t - d a y s ) , are m u c h s h o r t e r a n d are n o t c o n s t r u c t e d i n p a r a l l e l
versicles (section i v ) .
T h e e a r l y s o u r c e s of s e q u e n c e s are v e r y d i s p a r a t e i n b o t h c h a r a c t e r a n d c o n t e n t s .
T h e d i s c u s s i o n of t h e e a r l y o r ' f i r s t - e p o c h ' s e q u e n c e b e l o w is r e s t r i c t e d to a f e w of t h e
c o m p o s i t i o n s w h i c h b e l o n g to t h e p e r i o d u p to a b o u t 1 0 0 0 . A b o u t 150 m e l o d i e s w e r e
u s e d i n d i f f e r e n t p a r t s of E u r o p e u p to t h i s t i m e . M a n y of t h e m s e e m t o h a v e b e e n
l o c a l c o m p o s i t i o n s w h i c h d i d not t r a v e l o u t s i d e a p a r t i c u l a r a r e a . T h e number of
m e l o d i e s k n o w n ' i n t e r n a t i o n a l l y ' , that is i n b o t h w e s t a n d east F r a n c i a , is s m a l l , o n l y
about t h i r t y . S i n c e most m e l o d i e s were s u n g w i t h d i f f e r e n t texts i n the d i f f e r e n t areas,
t h e n u m b e r of t e x t s k n o w n i n t e r n a t i o n a l l y i n t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y w a s p r a c t i c a l l y n i l ,
t h o u g h t h e t o t a l n u m b e r of t e x t s w a s a l r e a d y q u i t e c o n s i d e r a b l e .
L i t t l e is k n o w n a b o u t t h e e a r l y stages of t h e I t a l i a n s e q u e n c e t r a d i t i o n , b u t it s e e m s
as if t h e n o t i o n t h e r e of w h a t c o n s t i t u t e d a s e q u e n c e w a s r a t h e r d i f f e r e n t f r o m t h a t
p r e v a l e n t i n t h e n o r t h . I t a l i a n c o m p o s i t i o n s are t r e a t e d b r i e f l y i n a separate section
below (v).
I have used t h e t e r m 'sequence' to refer to t h e genre i n general, w i t h o r w i t h o u t
text. If I have w a n t e d to be specific, I have referred to 'sequence melodies' and
'sequence texts'. O t h e r w r i t e r s (see H u s m a n n 1 9 5 4 , ' S e q u e n z u n d Prosa') have
p r e f e r r e d t o r e s e r v e t h e w o r d ' s e q u e n c e ' f o r the m e l o d y a l o n e , c a l l i n g t h e t e x t ' p r o s e ' .
A l t h o u g h t h i s c o r r e s p o n d s t o t h e p r a c t i c e o f s o m e m e d i e v a l m a n u s c r i p t s , it w a s n o t a
u n i v e r s a l c u s t o m . ( I k n o w o f n o w i t n e s s e a r l i e r t h a n the s e v e n t e e n t h c e n t u r y t o t h e use
of t h e w o r d sequela f o r a s e q u e n c e m e l o d y : see G a u t i e r 1886, 14.)
A A • G* <* ** £b * '
Alle- - l u - ia.
P Virgi-num O r e - g i - n a te ca - nimus M a - r i - a
T u sa-lus orbis al - ma tu ce - li por-ta facta
per quam fulsere cla-ra mundo lu - mi - na.
per te se-cu-lo ui - ta omni d e - d i - t a .
P
-9-
Ji A M. M . fi fi I\ «T
2 Diuina robusto tetrachorda plectro docta manus perite faciat.
Resultet uirtutum pia lira Deo sonans nunc dramata dulcissona.
r ^ f y fl r
3 Ast armonia hec diuina sonore uirtutum liquidissima.
Mixta castitas est quas intra in sede locata mixto lidica.
7 A/f A. £
7 1 K cT hA A. r. y
— _ — — _ — 0 — ^ ~ •—^
• * * . . . ,
0 0
to f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n of t h e c o r r e s p o n d e n c e s b e t w e e n t h e m e l o d i e s I h a v e n u m b e r e d
t h e l i n e s i n a s p e c i a l w a y . T h e e a s t e r n v e r s i o n , Sancti baptiste ( E x . 1 1 . 2 2 . 5 ) , is t h e
m o r e r e g u l a r l y p a r a l l e l i n s t r u c t u r e , t h o u g h t h e r e is a s l i g h t i r r e g u l a r i t y i n v e r s e 4 , a n d
3X is l i k e a m o d i f i e d r e p e a t of o n e v e r s i c l e o n l y o u t of v e r s e 3 . T h e w e s t e r n v e r s i o n ,
Organicis canamus ( E x . I I . 2 2 . 4 ) , has n o t h i n g to c o r r e s p o n d w i t h v e r s e I X of Sancti
baptiste—or s h o u l d o n e say t h a t v e r s e 1 of Organicis c o r r e s p o n d s to v e r s e I X , n o t
verse 1, of Sancti baptiste*? V e r s e 4 of Organicis is c o m p l e x . Its m e l o d y m a y b e
represented by the f o r m u l a A A B , A A B , A A C , C D , w h e r e D is a c t u a l l y t h e s a m e as
the e n d o f v e r s e 3 , t r a n s p o s e d u p a f o u r t h . C o m p a r e d to t h i s o n e m i g h t say t h a t Sancti
baptiste i g n o r e s t h e first A , e x c e p t f o r t h r e e n o t e s i n a s c e n d i n g o r d e r , w h i c h r e a p p e a r
at t h e e n d of t h e l i n e . S t r e t c h i n g a p o i n t , o n e m i g h t t h u s r e p r e s e n t t h e v e r s e as
A'ABA', ABA'. F i n a l l y , i n Organicis v e r s e 5 is b u t a s i n g l e v e r s i c l e , a n d r u n s s t r a i g h t
into verse Z .
S o m e o f t h e d i f f e r e n c e s w i t h i n c o r r e s p o n d i n g verses are a l s o of i n t e r e s t . T h e r i s e
i n t o a h i g h e r r e g i s t e r so o b v i o u s i n Organicis d o e s n o t h a p p e n i n Sancti baptiste. Both
176 II. Chant Genres
~9 * ^ * #
_r + 4
* • *
v • —•—9
permiscens singulis di - a - t e s s a - r o n ... melli-flu-am me-lo-di-am.
A . o que a - l i - i s decenter compo-si - ta reddet su-auem simpho-ni-am.
M # 9
9 9) * 9ZL 0 * * * 0 .11
(4)
, # ' f_ , o # ' ' i l : « ' * * * » ' * m .
T r e - i - ci - a.
-W —90-
A-
E x . I I . 2 2 . 5 . Sequence Sancti baptiste (St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l . 546, f o . 124 ) r
i mm 9
* * ' *~
Sancti bap-tis-te Christi preco-nis.
i • 9 • ^ • * #
Solem-ni - a ce-le-brantes mori-bus ipsum se-quamur.
Ut ad ui-am quam predixit asseclas su - os per-ducat.
i — • * ' »
D e - u o - t i te sanctissi-me ho-minum
Ap-parensque Z a c h a - r i - e G a - b r i - e l
IX
~9 "
Tu qui prepa-ras f i - d e - l i - u m corda
Te depos-cimus ut c r i - m i - n a nostra
— 9 — w — w —
Ne quid deui-um uel l u - b r i - c u s Deus in e - is i n - u e - n i - a t .
Et f a - c i - nora c o n - t i - n u - a pre-ce stude-as a b - s o l - u e - r e .
3X
A - m i - c e Christi Io-hannes.
v e r s i o n s get as f a r as h i g h d, b u t o n l y Organicis p r e s s e s o n t o g , h e n c e t h e d i f f e r e n c e of
a f o u r t h at t h e f i n a l c a d e n c e . A l m o s t e q u a l l y n o t i c e a b l e is t h e w a y i n w h i c h v e r s e s 1
a n d 2 i n Organicis h a v e a t h r e e - n o t e c a d e n c e f r o m the s u b - f i n a l , CDD> w h i c h is a b s e n t
i n Sancti baptiste. T h e c a d e n c e is v e r y c o m m o n i n s e q u e n c e s , s o m e w h a t m o r e so i n
t h e w e s t t h a n t h e east, a n d is r e p u t e d to b e of ' G a l l i c a n ' o r i g i n . T h e t e x t of Organicis
has c o n s t a n t l i n e - e n d i n g s i n ' a ' , w h i c h is u s u a l i n t h e w e s t e r n r e p e r t o r y , whereas
Sancti baptiste d o e s n o t , w h i c h is u s u a l f o r N o t k e r a n d s o m e o t h e r e a s t e r n w r i t e r s .
J u s t h o w t h e d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n t h e t w o v e r s i o n s arose is o p e n to d e b a t e . T h e r e is
c l o s e a g r e e m e n t a b o u t h o w verses s u c h as 3 a n d 4 s h o u l d p r o c e e d . Is t h e ' G a l l i c a n '
c a d e n c e o r i g i n a l o r a l a t e r s t y l i z a t i o n ? M a n y c o p i e s of Organicis (for e x a m p l e , the one
presented b y C r o c k e r 1977, 288) have a d o u b l e - v e r s i c l e verse 5. Is t h a t a later
r e g u l a r i z a t i o n of t h e m e l o d y ? C r o c k e r ( 1 9 6 7 , ' S e q u e n c e s ' , a n d e s p e c i a l l y 1977) argues
f o r c e f u l l y that r e g u l a r p a r a l l e l i s m w a s o f t e n i m p o s e d u p o n s e q u e n c e s at a l a t e r stage i n
t h e i r f o r m a t i o n . Q u i t e o f t e n it is the e a s t e r n v e r s i o n s w h i c h are less r e g u l a r l y p a r a l l e l ,
a n d s e v e r a l of C r o c k e r ' s p r e s e n t a t i o n s s h o w h o w v e r s e s , s i n g l e v e r s i c l e s , o r s e g m e n t s
w i t h i n versicles, m a y have been a d d e d i n the west, whereas the eastern versions
p r e s e r v e a n e a r l i e r i r r e g u l a r state of the m e l o d y . ( S e e e s p e c i a l l y C r o c k e r 1977, c h s . 3 -
4.)
T h e great v a r i e t y of f o r m d i s p l a y e d i n t h e e a r l y s e q u e n c e r e p e r t o r y m a k e s t h e c h o i c e
of w h a t to m e n t i o n h e r e s o m e w h a t a r b i t r a r y . T h e o b v i o u s l y n o n - G r e g o r i a n c h a r a c t e r
of t h e m e l o d i e s h a s t e m p t e d s o m e w r i t e r s to s u s p e c t the i n f l u e n c e of s e c u l a r m u s i c , f o r
e x a m p l e i n t h e s e q u e n c e w i t h text Plangant cigni o r Clangant cigni ( a n d v a r i o u s l a t e r
t e x t s ) , e n t i t l e d ' P l a n c t u s c i g n i ' i n s o m e sources (see S t a b l e i n 1962, ' D i e S c h w a n e n k l a g e ' ,
also S t a b l e i n 1975, 1 1 4 ; t h e m e l o d y is also i n A n s e l m H u g h e s 1934, 6 3 ) . T h i s is o n e of
m a n y s e q u e n c e s w h i c h h a v e a n o n - r e l i g i o u s t i t l e ; o t h e r s are n a m e d a f t e r musical
i n s t r u m e n t s (see H o l s c h n e i d e r 1 9 7 5 ) . S a c r e d t i t l e s are u s u a l l y a l l e l u i a i n c i p i t s .
The r e p e t i t i o n of s e g m e n t s of verses is v e r y c o m m o n i n s e q u e n c e s . In some
m e l o d i e s , w h o l e v e r s e s are r e p e a t e d ( e . g . , Laudes dec, C r o c k e r 1977, c h . 3 ; a l s o t h e
m e l o d y ' H i e r o n i m a ' o r ' F r i g d o l a ' , C r o c k e r 1977, c h . 6; a n d t h e m e l o d y of Lau dum
cannina, a s e q u e n c e f o r S t B e n e d i c t , g i v e n i n H u g h e s 1934, 3 7 ) . S p e c i a l i n t e r e s t has
f o c u s e d o n a f e w m e l o d i e s w h e r e a g r o u p of v e r s e s is r e p e a t e d as a b l o c k . A n e x a m p l e
of t h i s is t h e w e l l - k n o w n m e l o d y c a l l e d v a r i o u s l y ' C h o r u s ' , ' C o n c o r d i a ' , e t c . , with
t e x t s s u c h as t h e e a s t e r n Hanc concordifamulatu ( a t t r i b u t e d to N o t k e r of S t G a l l ) a n d
the w e s t e r n Epiphaniam domino (the m e l o d y is d i s c u s s e d i n S t a b l e i n 1964 and
C r o c k e r 1977, c h . 5 ; see also H a n d s c h i n 1954, 154). A t its m o s t r e p e t i t i v e ( n o t a l l
v e r s i o n s of the m e l o d y d i s p l a y t h i s s c h e m e ) , i n Gaude eia unica, it has t h e f o r m X ,
A B C , A B C B , A , Y ( w h e r e X a n d Y are t h e n o n - r e p e a t e d v e r s e s o f t e n f o u n d at t h e
start a n d e n d of e a r l y s e q u e n c e s ) . A s h o r t e r e x a m p l e is t h e less w e l l k n o w n Pur a deum
( E x . 1 1 . 2 2 . 6 ) (also k n o w n w i t h t e x t s De sancto lohanne a n d Pangat simul eia, all
r e s t r i c t e d to t h e area of n o r t h F r a n c e a n d E n g l a n d ; S t a b l e i n 1978 thought Pange
simul w a s t h e o r i g i n a l , p e r h a p s c o m p o s e d b y H u c b a l d ) . T h e m o s t o b v i o u s f e a t u r e of
t h e m e l o d y is t h e l a r g e - s c a l e repeat i n v o l v i n g a l l the c e n t r a l s e c t i o n of t h e m e l o d y .
A d d e d to t h e f a c t t h a t t h e last h a l f of v e r s e 1 r e a p p e a r s i n v e r s e 4, t h i s m e a n s that
22. Sequences
V ^ 9
# 9
* • -9^ -f ~r
Quos se - ui - ti - a H e - r o - d i s da - re ne-ci ius-serat.
Cum e x - t i n g u e - r e n i - t i - t u r il-lum qui uitam da-re ue-nerat.
i s -
i * * -
w
~r - -r +
O Christi miran-da semper et in is-tis gra-ti - a.
Pro se passis e - t e r - n a quibus est largitus premi - a.
—9 • *H ^ — 9
* *^ —9 * Z+P *
n e a r l y a l l t h e m u s i c is r e c a l l e d at o n e p o i n t o r a n o t h e r . W h a t is m o r e , t h e m u s i c of t h e
recapitulated m i d d l e section contains internal repetitions, and also r e l a t e s to the
o u t s i d e v e r s e s : 3 S is t h e s a m e as 3 V a n d t h e s e s t a r t l i k e t h e o t h e r p h r a s e s i n v e r s e 3;
3 W a n d 3 X a r e t h e s a m e ; t h e c a d e n c e of 3 W a n d 3 X is t h a t of v e r s e 2.
Pura deum, o r r a t h e r i t s o t h e r t e x t Pange simul, w a s h a i l e d b y W i n t e r f e l d ( 1 9 0 1 ) as
a n e x a m p l e of t h e s o - c a l l e d ' s e q u e n c e w i t h d o u b l e c u r s u s ' . W h e t h e r it s h o u l d b e so
l i n k e d w i t h t h e o t h e r m e m b e r s of t h i s g r o u p is o p e n to q u e s t i o n , i n v i e w of t h e fact
t h a t , u n l i k e t h e o t h e r s , it s e e m s to h a v e b e e n at h o m e i n the l i t u r g y f r o m t h e s t a r t a n d
c o n t a i n s m a n y m e l o d i c resemblances to o t h e r l i t u r g i c a l sequences. T h e d o u b l e - c u r s u s
g e n r e is d i s c u s s e d b e l o w ( I I . 2 4 . i i ) .
S e v e r a l t h i n g s , t h e n , p l a y a p a r t i n m a k i n g a s e q u e n c e r e c o g n i z a b l e b y its m u s i c a l
s t y l e . T h e p a r a l l e l - v e r s e s t r u c t u r e , a n d t h e t e x t - s e t t i n g o n t h e p r i n c i p l e of o n e s y l l a b l e
per note, are t h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t f e a t u r e s , and then perhaps recurrent f i g u r e s at
c a d e n c e s a n d a f e w o t h e r p o i n t s . R e p e a t e d n o t e s are r a t h e r r a r e , a n d t h e r e is t h u s a
constant i m p r e s s i o n of m o v e m e n t , o c c a s i o n a l l y l o c k e d i n c i r c l e s of r e p e a t e d motifs
b u t m o r e often p u s h i n g p u r p o s e f u l l y t o w a r d s a clear m e l o d i c g o a l : the frequent surges
u p a f i f t h i n t o a n e w r a n g e are the m o s t o b v i o u s m a n i f e s t a t i o n s of t h i s . T h e m e l o d i c
g o a l s r e f e r r e d to are u s u a l l y l i m i t e d to t h e final, w i t h o c c a s i o n a l l y a h i g h e r final w h i c h
s u p e r s e d e s the first, a n d s o m e t i m e s also t h e l o w e r f o u r t h o r fifth. T h i s tonal single-
m i n d e d n e s s c r e a t e s a n i m p r e s s i o n of r a t h e r i n s i s t e n t e n t h u s i a s m ; t h e m e l o d i e s r a r e l y
s o u n d r e f l e c t i v e f o r l o n g , e s p e c i a l l y n o t w h e n t h e t e x t s are s u n g , f o r t h e d e c l a m a t i o n
of t h e w o r d s i n s y l l a b i c f a s h i o n t e n d s to e m p h a s i z e i n d i v i d u a l n o t e s at t h e e x p e n s e of
t h e m e l o d i c p h r a s e as a w h o l e .
S e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s w e r e r e c o r d e d i n a n u m b e r of d i f f e r e n t w a y s . I n s o m e early
sources the melodies alone are c o p i e d , w i t h o u t texts, for example in Chartres,
B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 47 ( P a l M u s 11) a n d S t G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 4 8 4 (Crocker
1977, p i . 5 ; S t a b l e i n , ' S e q u e n z ' , MGG, p i . 2 ) . A n o t h e r of the e a r l i e s t m a j o r sources,
by contrast, Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, lat. 1240, has what became the
c o m m o n e s t m e t h o d : e a c h s y l l a b l e of t e x t c a r r i e s its o w n n o t a t i o n a l s i g n . I n a d d i t i o n to
t h e l a t t e r , m o s t e a r l y W e s t F r a n k i s h s o u r c e s h a v e a c o l l e c t i o n of m e l o d i e s a l o n e (see
Crocker 1977, pis. I—II and Crocker, 'Sequence', A G , 142;
r
also Frere 1894,
Winchester; H o l s c h n e i d e r 1978; S t a b l e i n 1975, 115, 117).
E a s t F r a n k i s h m a n u s c r i p t s u s u a l l y p l a c e m e l o d y a n d text s i d e b y s i d e i n p a r a l l e l
c o l u m n s , w h e r e b y e a c h p h r a s e of the m e l o d y ( a n d t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g p a r t of t h e t e x t )
is g i v e n a n e w l i n e . T h e i n t e r n a l c o n s t r u c t i o n of t h e s e q u e n c e is m a d e p a r t i c u l a r l y
clear. (See S t a b l e i n , ' S e q u e n z ' , M G G , p i . 1 a n d S t a b l e i n 1975, 185, b u t e s p e c i a l l y
H a u g 1987).
A few sources, such as Rome, Biblioteca Angelica 123 (PalMus 18), have
a l t e r n a t i n g v e r s e s of t e x t a n d m e l o d y a l o n e . A f e w n o r t h F r e n c h s o u r c e s (such as
L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 263 a n d C a m b r a i , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 78) give
t h e c o m p l e t e m e l o d y i m m e d i a t e l y after t h e c o m p l e t e t e x t .
W h e t h e r the n o t a t i o n of m e l o d y a n d t e x t s e p a r a t e l y i n t h e s e w a y s reflects s o m e s o r t
of a l t e r n a t i n g p e r f o r m a n c e (text—melisma—text—melisma, a n d so o n ) has been
much debated (see e.g. Husmann, 1954, 'Sequenz und Prosa' and Smits van
Waesberghe 1957 ' O v e r het o n s t a a n ' ) . A systematic s u r v e y of r u b r i c s i n l i t u r g i c a l
m a n u s c r i p t s m i g h t h e l p c l a r i f y t h e m a t t e r , t h o u g h s u c h r u b r i c s are rare b e f o r e t h e
thirteenth century. (The s i t u a t i o n is t h u s less s a t i s f a c t o r y than for the prosula,
d i s c u s s e d b y K e l l y 1985, ' M e l i s m a and Prosula'.)
T h e p r o b l e m of t h e d o u b l e n o t a t i o n , w i t h a n d w i t h o u t t e x t , is p a r t i c u l a r l y c r i t i c a l
i n t h e case of a s m a l l n u m b e r of s e q u e n c e s w h e r e i n the m i d s t o f the melismatic
v e r s i o n a f e w t e x t e d p h r a s e s are to be f o u n d . T h e s e p h r a s e s also a p p e a r e m b e d d e d i n
t h e c o m p l e t e t e x t f o r t h e w h o l e s e q u e n c e . If a n o t h e r t e x t is p r o v i d e d f o r t h e s e q u e n c e
m e l o d y , t h e n t h e s a m e p h r a s e s are u s e d a g a i n : t h e y go w i t h t h e m e l o d y . T h e i r o r i g i n ,
f u n c t i o n , a n d m a n n e r of p e r f o r m a n c e are a l l p u z z l i n g a n d h a v e i n s p i r e d a g o o d d e a l of
s p e c u l a t i o n (see B l u m e i n A H 4 9 ; v o n d e n S t e i n e n 1 9 4 6 - 7 , 2 0 5 - 2 0 ; H u s m a n n 1954,
'Sequenz u n d Prosa', 7 7 - 9 1 ; Stablein 1961, 'Fruhgeschichte', 8-33). The use of
p a r t i a l t e x t s s e e m s r e s t r i c t e d to F r a n c e ( a n d n o r t h S p a i n ) a n d E n g l a n d ; t h e f a s h i o n
for s u c h pieces persisted longer i n A q u i t a i n e t h a n elsewhere. ( F o r an u n u s u a l S p a n i s h
e x a m p l e see H u s m a n n , 1 9 6 1 , ' E c c e p u e r p e r a ' . ) It is not at a l l c l e a r h o w a n a l t e r n a t i m
s y s t e m of p e r f o r m a n c e , o r i n d e e d a n y o t h e r s y s t e m , w o u l d a c c o m m o d a t e t h e s e s p e c i a l
verses. (See, for example, H u s m a n n 1954, 'Sequenz u n d Prosa', 86; on a peculiar
m e t h o d of n o t a t i n g t h e s e q u e n c e Terribilis rex alme w i t h p a r t i a l t e x t Gloria victoria,
e t c . i n B e n e v e n t a n s o u r c e s , see S t a b l e i n 1 9 6 1 , ' F r u h g e s c h i c h t e ' , 21.)
A l l e a r l y s e q u e n c e c o l l e c t i o n s are d o m i n a t e d b y c o m p o s i t i o n s w h e r e d o u b l e v e r s i c l e s
p r e d o m i n a t e , a n d w h e r e t h e n u m b e r of v e r s e s is at least five a n d o f t e n t e n o r m o r e :
t h i s m e a n s t h a t t h e n u m b e r of n o t e s , e v e n i g n o r i n g a l l r e p e a t s , o f t e n s u r p a s s e s 200,
a n d i n t h e l a r g e s t s e q u e n c e s , s u c h zsFulgenspreclara ( A n s e l m H u g h e s 1934, n o . 2 3 ) ,
m a y pass 3 0 0 . B u t m o s t e a r l y c o l l e c t i o n s also i n c l u d e a s m a l l e r n u m b e r of quite
different melodies lacking parallel-versicle structure and usually no more than about
s e v e n t y n o t e s l o n g . W i t h o u t t h e c l e a r s t r u c t u r a l f e a t u r e s of t h e l a r g e r s e q u e n c e , t h e y
s o u n d s i m p l y l i k e a n a l l e l u i a j u b i l u s , a n d i n d e e d , a l t h o u g h s o m e of t h e m h a v e a s m a l l
a m o u n t of i n t e r n a l p h r a s e r e p e t i t i o n , t h i s d o e s n o t go b e y o n d w h a t o n e w o u l d e x p e c t
of an a l l e l u i a j u b i l u s .
A m o n g t h e 150 o r so s e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s k n o w n u p t o r . 1 0 0 0 , o n l y t w e n t y f a l l i n t o
t h e s h o r t a p a r a l l e l c a t e g o r y ; a n d o n l y o n e w a s w i d e l y k n o w n ( t h a t is i n W i n c h e s t e r ,
A q u i t a i n e , a n d e a s t e r n s o u r c e s ) : t h a t k n o w n as ' E x c i t a d o m i n e ' , w i t h t e x t Qui regis
sceptra, i n t h e w e s t , a n d as ' L a u d a t e D e u m [ o m n e s a n g e l i ] ' , w i t h t e x t Angelorum ordo
sacer, i n t h e east ( t h e t i t l e s r e f e r t o t h e a l l e l u i a s w h i c h b e g i n l i k e t h e s e q u e n c e ; b o t h
h a v e the s a m e m e l o d y ) . M o s t h a v e b e e n s u r v e y e d b y K o h r s ( 1 9 7 8 ) .
E x . 1 1 . 2 2 . 7 s h o w s t h r e e s h o r t a p a r a l l e l s e q u e n c e s w h i c h take as t h e i r s t a r t i n g p o i n t
Alleluia Ostende. T h e first s e q u e n c e w a s w i d e l y k n o w n i n t h e e a r l y p e r i o d , a n d w a s
u s u a l l y s u n g w i t h t h e t e x t Precamur nostras. T h e o t h e r t w o are k n o w n o n l y f r o m
P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1084 ( A q u i t a i n e , late t e n t h c e n t u r y ) , f r o m w h i c h
m a n u s c r i p t a l l t h r e e are e d i t e d , w i t h t h e t i t l e s g i v e n t h e r e . E x . I I . 2 2 . 7 is o r d e r e d as
follows:
E x . I I . 2 2 . 7 . Alleluia Ostende a n d associated sequences ( P a r i s , B i b l . N a t . lat. 776 ( a - b ) a n d
1084 ( c - f ) )
P
776 f.5v
a
Al - l e - -lu- -ia.
776 f.5v
P -am da nobis.
m
1084 f.l97v 'Precamur'
$ Al - l e - -lu- -ia.
1084 f.221r
9mfn
e
Al - l e - -lu- -ia.
***** M** .
Z
Al - l e - -lu- -ia.
(a) Alleluia, with jubilus
(b) V e r s e Ostende nobis
(c) Sequence (first)
(d) T e x t Precamur nostras f o r (c)
(e) Sequence (second)
(/) Sequence (third)
T h e p i t c h o f t h e n e u m e s o f P a r i s 1084 is n o t a l w a y s c e r t a i n ( c f . K o h r s 1 9 7 8 , 1 5 0 ) .
B u t t h e e s s e n t i a l f a c t is c l e a r e n o u g h , t h a t t h e o n l y m e l o d i c c o r r e s p o n d e n c e between
a l l e l u i a a n d s e q u e n c e s l i e s i n t h e i r o p e n i n g . T h e r e are n o i n t e r n a l r e p e t i t i o n s i n t h e first
s e q u e n c e ( r ) , b u t s e q u e n c e (e) b e g i n s w i t h a r e p e a t e d p h r a s e , a n d s e q u e n c e (/) has
t w o r e p e a t e d p h r a s e s . B o t h (e) a n d (/) e n d u n e x p e c t e d l y o n a n a, a n d it m i g h t b e
h y p o t h e s i z e d t h a t t h e m e l o d y s h o u l d b e c o m p l e t e d b y s i n g i n g t h e j u b i l u s of t h e
a l l e l u i a . T h e e f f e c t of t h e t e x t Precamur nostras is s i m i l a r t o t h a t of a n a l l e l u i a
prosula.
B r u n n e r a n d J o n s s o n h a v e r e c e n t l y e m p h a s i z e d t h a t t h e r e g u l a r i t y so c o n s p i c u o u s i n
( a n d o c c a s i o n a l l y i m p o s e d u p o n ) s e q u e n c e s i n n o r t h e r n l a n d s w a s n o t as i m p o r t a n t a
criterion for Italian composers or redactors. Several s e q u e n c e s of I t a l i a n origin
d i s p l a y c o n s i d e r a b l e i r r e g u l a r i t y o f s t r u c t u r e , a n d I t a l i a n v e r s i o n s of w i d e l y k n o w n
s e q u e n c e s are o f t e n less r e g u l a r t h a n n o r t h e r n v e r s i o n s . S t a b l e i n ( 1 9 6 4 , 3 7 9 ) w a s
t e m p t e d to speak of a 'degeneration of t h e s e q u e n c e - p r i n c i p l e [i.e. parallel-verse
s t r u c t u r e ] i n t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e l i t a n y o r p s a l m o d y ' . I n I t a l i a n s e q u e n c e s o n e finds
f r e q u e n t s i n g l e s , as o p p o s e d t o t h e r e g u l a r d o u b l e s of m o s t n o r t h e r n p i e c e s , o r e v e n a
disregard for paired versicles. T h e s t r i c t l y s y l l a b i c w o r d - s e t t i n g of t h e n o r t h e r n
c o m p o s i t i o n s s e e m s a l s o t o b e less i m p o r t a n t ; t w o n o t e s are o f t e n c o u p l e d f o r a s i n g l e
s y l l a b l e , a n d n o t e s are s o m e t i m e s r e p e a t e d t o a c c o m m o d a t e e x t r a s y l l a b l e s .
E v e n m o r e s t r i k i n g is t h e a p p e a r a n c e of a s m a l l n u m b e r of s e q u e n c e s w h i c h d i s p l a y
t r a c e s of w h a t m i g h t b e c a l l e d a v a r i a t i o n t e c h n i q u e . H e r e t h e s a m e m e l o d y is u s e d ,
w i t h v a r i a t i o n s , f o r m o s t v e r s e s of t h e c o m p o s i t i o n . L e v y ( 1 9 7 1 ) w a s t h e first t o d r a w
a t t e n t i o n t o t h i s , i n a n a n a l y s i s of t h e s e q u e n c e s Lux de luce a n d Hodie dominus Iesus
Christus. A t h i r d s e q u e n c e of t h i s t y p e , Alma fulgens, has been cited b y B r u n n e r ( i n
an u n p u b l i s h e d p a p e r , M i l a n , 1984; f o r a b i b l i o g r a p h y of sequences i n Italian sources
see B r u n n e r 1 9 8 5 ) .
M a n y northern compositions were sung i n Italy, a n d many sequences i n the more
u s u a l m a n n e r w e r e c o m p o s e d i n I t a l y . T h e e x a m p l e s m e n t i o n e d h e r e are r a r e . Y e t t h e
I t a l i a n t y p e is h i s t o r i c a l l y s i g n i f i c a n t . It is r e l a t e d t o t h e I t a l i a n p r a c t i c e of c o m p o s i n g
K y r i e verses w i t h L a t i n t e x t , w h e r e t h e s a m e m e l o d y is u s e d f o r a l l v e r s e s ; a n d a
n u m b e r of t r o p e d A g n u s D e i c h a n t s are also c o n s t r u c t e d i n t h e s a m e w a y (see b e l o w
II.23.viii andxi).
E x . I I . 2 2 . 8 s h o w s Sancte crucis celebremus, w h i c h betrays its I t a l i a n o r i g i n b y the
184 II. Chant Genres
la (fy , , w
* m *' ' ~ ' • * ' 9
* fi> . f* ^ =
lb
P Signa - culum triumphalem per quern sa-lu-tis sacramentum.
2a
PP = * '
m
Sumpsimus culpam que protoparenti e-um e-ramus e-xules facti pa-tri-e.
2b
. v——
Redempti ergo graci-as a-gamus per lignum que sancte redemit crucis.
3a
I Et m e - r i - t i s nos quamuis in-digni ui-si-tauit g r a - t u - i - t a de pi-e-ta-te.
3b
4a , * . • A . IP 1
4b
P Salue presente humilem ple-be in laude tu-a ho - di - e congregatam.
c o m p l e t e d a r o u n d 8 8 0 , f o r it w a s d e d i c a t e d t o B i s h o p L i u t w a r d o f V e r c e l l i , c o u n s e l l o r
and a r c h - c h a n c e l l o r of the emperor C h a r l e s the F a t , i n 884.
Several manuscripts preface the collection with a remarkable prooemium,
a p p a r e n t l y w r i t t e n b y N o t k e r to e x p l a i n a n d d e d i c a t e h i s w o r k t o L i u t w a r d ( c r i t i c a l
e d i t i o n a n d G e r m a n t r a n s l a t i o n i n v o n d e n S t e i n e n 1948, E n g l i s h t r a n s l a t i o n s C r o c k e r
1977, 1 a n d ' S e q u e n c e ' , NG\ see also t h e d i s c u s s i o n i n H u s m a n n 1954, 'St G a l l e r ' ) .
The gist of it is t h a t N o t k e r as a boy had difficulty remembering 'melodiae
l o n g i s s i m a e ' — w h i c h i n the context m u s t m e a n s e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s — a n d w o n d e r e d
w h a t c o u l d b e d o n e to m a k e t h e m easier to l e a r n . A m o n k , fleeing f r o m the s a c k of
Jumieges i n w h a t is n o w N o r m a n d y , c a m e t o S t G a l l w i t h a c h a n t - b o o k i n w h i c h
N o t k e r s a w that t e x t s h a d b e e n c o m p o s e d to fit t h e s e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s ( ' v e r s u s a d
sequentias erant modulati'). Notker thought he c o u l d c o m p o s e better texts. He
s h o w e d h i s first a t t e m p t s to h i s m a s t e r I s o f o r c o r r e c t i o n ( I s o s e e m s to h a v e been
f a m i l i a r w i t h t h e t e c h n i q u e of t e x t i n g m e l i s m a s ) , t h e n w e n t o n to p r o d u c e a w h o l e
collection. H i s master M a r c e l l u s h a d t h e m c o p i e d out i n d i v i d u a l l y o n rolls to be
shared out a m o n g the c h o i r b o y s for l e a r n i n g .
I n s u p p o r t of N o t k e r ' s s t o r y , it has b e e n d e m o n s t r a t e d that t e x t s f o u n d i n t h e west
Frankish repertory lie b e h i n d some of Notker's compositions (Crocker 1977).
Sometimes he r e w o r k e d ideas i n p r e v i o u s t e x t s , sometimes he d e v e l o p e d his o w n
original ideas.
If v o n d e n S t e i n e n ' s list of N o t k e r ' s t e x t s is a c c u r a t e , t h e r e are f o r t y t e x t s t o t h i r t y -
t h r e e m e l o d i e s ; e i g h t t e x t s are f o r e i g h t s h o r t , a p a r a l l e l m e l o d i e s ; n o n e c o n t a i n s p e c i a l
verses (partially texted melodies). This compares with twenty-nine melodies in
C h a r t r e s 47 ( t e n s h o r t a p a r a l l e l , n o s p e c i a l v e r s e s ) , a n d w i t h t h i r t y t e x t s f o r t w e n t y -
nine melodies in Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, lat. 1240 (no short aparallel
sequences, four w i t h special phrases; listed in v o n den Steinen 1946-7, 126 and
C r o c k e r 1958, ' R e p e r t o r y ' , 1 5 4 - 5 ) . T h u s t h e r e is n o u n i f o r m i t y b e t w e e n these c r u c i a l
e a r l y w i t n e s s e s as to t h e t y p e of s e q u e n c e t h e y f a v o u r .
N o r is t h e r e a n y u n i f o r m i t y i n t h e a s s i g n m e n t of s e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s to p a r t i c u l a r
f e a s t - d a y s (see, f o r e x a m p l e , T a b l e I V i n C r o c k e r 1977, 4 0 4 - 5 ) . T h e i m p r e s s i o n is t h a t
it w a s o f t e n t h e t e x t w h i c h m a d e a s e q u e n c e p r o p e r to a p a r t i c u l a r feast ( s e v e r a l t e x t s are
nevertheless neutral in this respect, being generally laudatory, celebratory, or
christological w i t h o u t i m p l y i n g a connection w i t h any particular feast). T h e m e l o d y , by
c o n t r a s t , c o u l d b e e m p l o y e d f o r a n y feast as t h e a u t h o r of t h e t e x t t h o u g h t fit.
I n a d d r e s s i n g trie v e x e d q u e s t i o n of t h e c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n a l l e l u i a a n d s e q u e n c e , it
is o f t e n f o r g o t t e n that t h e a l l e l u i a m e l o d i e s t h e m s e l v e s c a n h a v e h a d l i t t l e l i t u r g i c a l
fixity before the n i n t h c e n t u r y . A l l e l u i a a n d sequence m a y w e l l have f o l l o w e d parallel
paths, b o t h starting f r o m a small repertory, perhaps o n l y a d o z e n melodies for each
g e n r e , t h e verses of t h e a l l e l u i a a t t a c h i n g it to s p e c i f i c o c c a s i o n s , t e x t s d o i n g the s a m e
for the s e q u e n c e . T h e c o m p o s i t i o n of d i f f e r e n t m e l o d i e s , v e r s e s , a n d t e x t s d i d n o t
p r o c e e d u n i f o r m l y across E u r o p e . B y the t i m e N o t k e r ' s h y m n - b o o k was c o m p l e t e d
( r . 8 8 0 ) a n d t h e e a r l y c o l l e c t i o n s of west F r a n k i s h t e x t s w e r e m a d e ( c . 9 3 0 f o r P a r i s
1 2 4 0 ) , c o n s i d e r a b l e d i v e r g e n c e e x i s t e d b e t w e e n t h e l i t u r g i c a l a s s i g n m e n t s of s e q u e n c e
melodies in different areas of Europe. Whatever connections may have existed
b e t w e e n p a r t i c u l a r s e q u e n c e s a n d a l l e l u i a s , these g r a d u a l l y d i s s o l v e d , a l t h o u g h t h e y
a r e s t i l l d e t e c t a b l e i n a f e w cases i n t h e late n i n t h - to t e n t h - c e n t u r y r e p e r t o r y that has
survived.
T h e state o f t h e O l d R o m a n a l l e l u i a r e p e r t o r y (earliest m u s i c a l c o d i f i c a t i o n o n l y i n
the eleventh c e n t u r y , h o w e v e r ) a n d the M i l a n e s e repertory ( m u s i c a l r e c o r d o n l y f r o m
t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y , h o w e v e r ) l e n d s s o m e s u p p o r t to t h i s h y p o t h e s i s . T h e Roman
r e p e r t o r y h a d o n l y t h r e e w i d e l y u s e d m e l o d i e s , w i t h s o m e t w e l v e o t h e r s u s e d less
o f t e n , eight of t h e m once o n l y . A t M i l a n , the same m e l o d y was s u n g o n p r a c t i c a l l y all
m a j o r f e a s t s , s u p p l e m e n t e d b y e x t r a melodiae f o r festal o c c a s i o n s (see V I 1 1 . 4 ) . In
c o m p a r i s o n w i t h these, the chief d i s t i n g u i s h i n g F r a n k i s h - G r e g o r i a n d e v e l o p m e n t s
w o u l d b e t h e r a p i d m u l t i p l i c a t i o n of a l l e l u i a a n d s e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s i n t h e n i n t h
century and the p r o v i s i o n of texts for the sequences. (On supposed melodic
r e l a t i o n s h i p s b e t w e e n a l l e l u i a a n d s e q u e n c e , see H u s m a n n 1955, 1956 ' A l l e l u i a , V e r s
und Sequenz', 1956, ' M a t e r - G r u p p e ' , 1956, ' I u s t u s u t p a l m a ' . )
C r o c k e r has argued o n several occasions a g a i n s t t h i s t r a i n of t h o u g h t (see, for
e x a m p l e , 1 9 7 7 , 4 0 0 ) . F o r h i m , t h e s e q u e n c e is e s s e n t i a l l y a n e w c r e a t i o n of t h e n i n t h
c e n t u r y , a r i s i n g o u t of t h e m u s i c a l i m p u l s e s a n d a m b i t i o n s of F r a n k i s h m u s i c i a n s a n d
o n l y g r a d u a l l y a s s i m i l a t e d to t h e a l l e l u i a of m a s s . T h e r e is t h u s n o n e e d to e s t a b l i s h
connections with hypothetical alleluia repertories, o r to e x p l a i n a w a y c o n f l i c t i n g
l i t u r g i c a l a s s i g n m e n t s of m e l o d i e s . F u r t h e r m o r e , w h i l e a l l o w i n g f o r t h e p o s s i b i l i t y of
c o n t r a f a c t t e x t s , it b r i n g s t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of m e l o d y a n d t e x t i n t o s a m e p e r i o d , i n fact
m a k e s t h e m p a r t of t h e s a m e c o m p o s i t i o n a l p r o c e s s . T h u s C r o c k e r b e l i e v e s o n l y t h e
short aparallel melodies were used i n the mass before the m i d - n i n t h c e n t u r y . The
larger s e q u e n c e s b e l o n g to a r a d i c a l l y different creative effort.
A n i n d i c a t i o n of h o w t h i n g s m i g h t h a v e p r o c e e d e d is s u g g e s t e d b y t h e case of t h e
m e l o d y ' M a t e r ' , already discussed by H u s m a n n but revisited by B o w e r (1982). B o w e r
was able to i d e n t i f y an alleluia melody (Schlager catalogue 274) which shares
s i g n i f i c a n t a m o u n t s of m u s i c a l m a t e r i a l w i t h t h e s e q u e n c e , but w h i c h cannot be
s h o w n t o be a n y o l d e r t h a n t h e s e q u e n c e . S o u r c e s f o r b o t h date o n l y f r o m t h e l a t e r
ninth century.
It is n e v e r t h e l e s s p o s s i b l e to i m a g i n e a c o m p r o m i s e e x p l a n a t i o n , o n e w h i c h sees t h e
a l l e l u i a as t h e g e n r e f r o m w h i c h the sequence d e v e l o p e d b u t does not d e n y the
o r i g i n a l i t y of m u c h of t h e n e w r e p e r t o r y . T h e r a p i d a n d c o n c u r r e n t e x p a n s i o n of b o t h
alleluia a n d sequence repertories i n the n i n t h c e n t u r y w h i c h I have e n v i s a g e d , i n t o the
d o z e n s of m e l o d i e s k n o w n b y <r.900, a n d t h e h u n d r e d s k n o w n b y c . 1 0 0 0 , a l l o w s b o t h
for a c o n n e c t i o n w i t h the alleluia a n d energetic a n d i n s p i r e d new c o m p o s i t i o n . ( N o n e
of t h e s e d e v e l o p m e n t s w a r r a n t s t h e d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e s e q u e n c e as a ' t r o p e ' of t h e
alleluia.)
C r o c k e r has a r g u e d t h a t m o s t s e q u e n c e s b e g a n l i f e as t h e o r i g i n a l c r e a t i o n s of a
p o e t / m u s i c i a n c o m p o s i n g t e x t a n d m u s i c t o g e t h e r . D i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n o n e v e r s i o n of
a m e l o d y a n d a n o t h e r w o u l d t h e r e f o r e be t h e r e s u l t of d e l i b e r a t e r e v i s i o n . Y e t the
differences b e t w e e n eastern a n d w e s t e r n v e r s i o n s of m a n y ' i n t e r n a t i o n a l l y ' k n o w n
m e l o d i e s o f t e n s u g g e s t s t h e e n d r e s u l t of o r a l t r a n s m i s s i o n of t h e m e l o d y a l o n e (see
Exx. 11.22.4-5 above). Here perhaps are s o m e of the f e w , o l d melodies which
c i r c u l a t e d i n d i f f e r e n t f o r m s i n d i f f e r e n t areas, b e f o r e b e i n g t e x t e d . T o p r o v i d e a t e x t
w o u l d u s u a l l y b e t o fix t h e s h a p e of a m e l o d y i n o n e of i t s d i f f e r e n t f o r m s . Further
texts composed in a particular area would then normally copy the familiar
arrangement of verses a n d syllable-count i n each verse.
Since sequence melodies often s o u n d very u n - G r e g o r i a n , explanations of their
o r i g i n h a v e o f t e n i n v o l v e d n o n - G r e g o r i a n m u s i c . S t a b l e i n b e l i e v e d t h a t s o m e at least
i n c o r p o r a t e d a s t r o n g s e c u l a r e l e m e n t , p a r t i c u l a r l y E - m o d e m e l o d i e s ( m o s t are i n G o r
D ) like ' P l a n c t u s c i g n i ' . Parallels have n a t u r a l l y been d r a w n b e t w e e n t h e sequences
a n d s e c u l a r f o r m s e m p l o y i n g t h e d o u b l e - v e r s i c l e s c h e m e : t h e l a i a n d t h e e s t a m p i e (see
Handschin 1929; Spanke 1938; and Stablein 1962, 'Schwanenklage'), b u t lack of
c o n t e m p o r a r y m u s i c a l evidence about the secular forms remains a barrier. B y z a n t i n e
i n f l u e n c e is n o t n o w t h o u g h t t o h a v e b e e n a m o t i v a t i n g f a c t o r , f o r a l t h o u g h B y z a n t i n e
p i e c e s w i t h o c c a s i o n a l t e x t u a l p a r a l l e l i s m e x i s t , t h e i r m u s i c is n o t s y l l a b i c b u t h i g h l y
o r n a t e . S t a b l e i n ( ' S e q u e n z ' , M G G , 5 3 1 ) also p o i n t e d to e x a m p l e s of I r i s h s a c r e d t e x t s
w ith t e x t u a l p a r a l l e l i s m , b u t n o m u s i c f o r t h e m s u r v i v e s .
T
—•— — 9 — — — _ — 0 — — 0 — —
9 9 9
-Z—0T-9— r ' 0
* 9
• * ' * 9
-r-
Die nobis Ma - ri - a quid ui - di-sti in ui - a Sepulchrum Christi uiuentis
A n - g e - l i - c o s testes s u - d a - r i - u m et uestes Surrexit Christus spes nostra
et g l o - r i - a m ui - di re-sur-gentis.
pre-cedit su-os in G a - i l - l e - a m .
— * * *
Credendum est magis so-li Ma-ri-e ue-ra-ci quam Iu-de-o-rum tur-be f a l - l a - c i .
Scimus Christum surrexisse a m o r t u - i s ue-re tu nobis uictor rex m i - s e - r e - r e .
E u r o p e . It p r o v e d p o p u l a r e n o u g h t o w i t h s t a n d t h e p o s t - T r i d e n t i n e p r u n i n g e x e r c i s e
i n t h e s i x t e e n t h c e n t u r y a n d is o n e of o n l y f i v e s e q u e n c e s f o u n d i n m o d e r n V a t i c a n
books.
R e g u l a r r h y t h m is n o t a f e a t u r e of Victimae paschali, b u t can be f o u n d i n some
s e q u e n c e s c o m p o s e d s h o r t l y a f t e r w a r d s . Congandentes exultemus ( E x . 1 1 . 2 2 . 1 0 ) is
f o u n d i n m a n u s c r i p t s f r o m a b o u t 1100 o n w a r d s a n d m a y h a v e b e e n c o m p o s e d i n
r e s p o n s e t o t h e b r i n g i n g of t h e r e l i c s of S t N i c h o l a s of M y r a t o B a r i i n 1 0 8 7 . M o s t of
t h e t w e l v e verses are i n r e g u l a r a c c e n t u a l v e r s e , b u t v e r s e s 4 a n d 5 are n o t . I n v e r s e 6
t h e l i n e s are t r o c h a i c w i t h 8 + 8 4 - 7 s y l l a b l e s e a c h ; t h e r h y m e s c h e m e f o r e a c h d o u b l e
v e r s e is A A B C C B , w h i c h became the most p o p u l a r scheme of a l l i n s u b s e q u e n t
c e n t u r i e s . L i k e m a n y e a r l i e r s e q u e n c e s , Congandentes m o v e s u p t o a h i g h e r r e g i s t e r at
v e r s e 7, c a d e n c i n g t h e n c e f o r t h a l w a y s o n a i n s t e a d of D. T h e ' G a l l i c a n ' c a d e n c e is
l i k e w i s e a n o t h e r f e a t u r e c o m m o n t o m a n y of b o t h t h e o l d e r a n d t h e n e w e r s e q u e n c e s .
Hodie me lux diei ( E x . 1 1 . 2 2 . 1 1 ) is o n e of t h e e a r l i e s t c o m p l e t e l y r e g u l a r s e q u e n c e s ,
p r o b a b l y w r i t t e n i n t h e first h a l f of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y . S i n c e a l l v e r s e s are o f t h e s a m e
l e n g t h a n d m e t r i c a l / r h y t h m i c p a t t e r n , t h e e f f e c t is t h a t of a t e n - s t r o p h e h y m n with
five d i f f e r e n t m e l o d i e s . It t o o m o v e s g r a d u a l l y h i g h e r f r o m i t s p l a g a l o p e n i n g v e r s e , t o
a i n verse 2, d i n v e r s e 3 . V e r s e 4 r e l a x e s a l i t t l e b e f o r e t h e c l i m a c t i c v e r s e 5 , t w o of
w h o s e p h r a s e s start o n h i g h d. T h e first p h r a s e of verse 5 is t h e s a m e as t h e s e c o n d of
v e r s e 3 , a n d t h e c a d e n c e of t h a t p h r a s e is a l r e a d y p r e s e n t at t h e e n d o f t h e first p h r a s e
of v e r s e 3 . T h e c a d e n c e of verse 1, p h r a s e 2 r e a p p e a r s i n v e r s e 5 , p h r a s e 2 . S u c h
melodic cross-references a n d e c h o e s are n o t , of c o u r s e , absent from the older
sequence. B u t n o w that verses were composed of regular short phrases, the
possibilities for e x p l o i t i n g t h e m were greater. A l l lines e n d F E D C D . Another new
f e a t u r e , i n c o m p a r i s o n w i t h t h e o l d s e q u e n c e , is t h e f r e q u e n t o c c u r r e n c e o f t w o o r
m o r e notes p e r s y l l a b l e .
A l a r g e n u m b e r of r h y m i n g s e q u e n c e s h a v e c h a n g e s o f m e t r e . T h i s m i g h t b e s e e n
b o t h as t h e c o u n t e r p a r t of t h e c o n s t a n t l y c h a n g i n g l i n e - l e n g t h s of t h e o l d e r s e q u e n c e ,
a n d as a d i s p l a y of t e c h n i c a l a c c o m p l i s h m e n t . T h e r e are i n d e e d s e v e r a l dazzling
e x a m p l e s of m e t r i c a l v a r i e t y . T h e y c a n b e f o u n d i n s e v e r a l of t h e o l d e s t rhyming
sequences, s u c h as Stola iocunditatis ( w h i c h still has one n o n - a c c e n t u a l verse),
Mane prima sabbati ( f o r M a r y M a g d a l e n e ) , a n d Laudes crucis at toll am us ( f o r t h e
finding of t h e T r u e C r o s s , p e r h a p s w r i t t e n f o r t h e r e c e p t i o n of a f r a g m e n t o f t h e T r u e
C r o s s at N o t r e - D a m e , P a r i s , i n 1 1 0 9 : see H u s m a n n , ' N o t r e - D a m e - E p o c h e ' , MGG,
1 7 0 6 ; also W e i s b e i n 1 9 4 7 ) . T h e m e l o d y of Laudes crucis b e c a m e t h e m o s t p o p u l a r of
all those for r h y m e d sequences, being used b y T h o m a s A q u i n a s for the C o r p u s
C h r i s t i s e q u e n c e Lauda Sion salvatorem, also f o u n d i n m o d e r n V a t i c a n b o o k s . A v a s t
n u m b e r of c o n t r a f a c t a are k n o w n . M o s t v e r s e s p r o c e e d i n t h e 8 + 8 4 - 7 s c h e m e , b u t
v e r s e 3 is as f o l l o w s :
3a 8 + 8 + 7 + 4 + 3 + 3 + 4 + 3+ 3 + 7
3b 8 + 8 + 7 + 7 + 7 +7
V e r s e s 9 a n d 10 are 8 + 8 + 8 + 7, v e r s e 11 is 8 + 8 4- 8 4- 8 4- 7. N o t a l l c o n t r a f a c t a
follow this plan exactly.
Paranymphus salutat virginem (Ex. 1 1 . 2 2 . 1 2 ) also has a 4 + 3 + 3 l i n e , r i g h t at
the beginning. (The scheme was very popular i n the rhymed office.) Thereafter
h a r d l y t w o verses have the same s c h e m e . T h e h a b i t of e n d i n g a v e r s e w i t h a f o u r -
s y l l a b l e w o r d is b e s t k n o w n f r o m t h e C h r i s t m a s s e q u e n c e Letabundus. T h e inclusion
£
Qui in cu-nis adhuc iacens seruando i e - i u - n i - a .
A p a - p i l - l i s cepit summa p r o m e - r e - r i gau-di - a.
£
Quidam naute na-ui - gan - tes et contra fluctu-um s e - u i - c i - a m luctantes
lam de u i - t a de-spe-ran - tes in tan-ti p o - s i - t i p e - r i - c u - l o clamantes
i na-ui pe - ne d i s s o - l u - t a .
uo-ce dicunt omnes u-na.
( E x . 11.22.10 com.)
Nos qui sumus in hoc mundo ui - ti - o - rum in profundo iam passi nau-f ra-gi - a.
G l o - r i - o - s e Nycho-la - e ad s a - l u - t i s portum trahe u - b i pax et g l o - ri - a.
» 0
+ •
H o - d i - e r - n e lux di - e - i c e - l e - b r i s in matris D e - i a-gitur me-mo-ri-a.
Decan-temus in hac d i - e semper uir-gi-nis M a - r i - e laudes et pre-co-ni-a.
(k> * , . _ * * «; s & ^ 0 s r , =
V 0
* W—^—m ^ # #
• 9 • 9
Pa-ranymphus sa-lutat uir-gi-nem no-ui partus as-signans ordinem.
1
O Ma-ri-a ne for-mides pre-be fi-dem qui-a f i - d e s potens in hoc o - p e - r e .
O Ma-ri-a sis s e - c u - r a nu-tu De-i" p a - r i - t u - r a si-neui-ri fe-de-re.
la-cet in p r e - s e - p i - o .
nos iu-ua nos re-ge nos uer-bo prote - ge nobis car-ne si-mi-lis.
-ft : (y
£K — * 9m ^» 0 00 ^ Z * 00 1 M 3*
s
3 M _
—0 9 M 1
« Z K
—*—* « •—*—* 1—•—»—=—
O M a - r i - a mater D e - i spe respu-it in te r e - i tu post Deum nostre s p e - i
Ihesu pi - e Ihe-su fortis Ihe- su nostre dux cohor-tis fac nos es-se t u - e sortis
V • • 9 9 • 0 ^ • * 0 ** #
^>
fi - d u - c i - a.
in glo - r i - a tu-ematris gra-ti-a. A-men.
i
Af-fluens de - li - ci - is Dauid re-gis f i - l i - a
H o - d i - e cu-bi-culum re-gis Hester susci-pit
£ - * > - -^
spon-si fertur brachi-is ad c e - l i s e - d i - l i - a
se d a - r e pe - ri - culum quo hos-ti-lis e f - f i - c i t
9— • # ^ • 9 w ** *
et a - m i - c a prope-rat sponsum quo ab-i - e-rat querens inter ly - li - a.
P
Aman instans fraudibus p e c c a - t i ru-den-tibus mortem mundo conticit.
ut sit pax e c - c l e - s i - e .
plus precuneus su-peris.
P Te transmittit hodi - e
x 0
tellus ce-li c u - r i - e
p M W w-— W 9
Dauid r e - g i s T h e c u - i - t e m
Ut f u - g a - t i r e - u o - c e m u r et prostra-ti sus-ci-temur ad e - t e r - n a gaudi - a
H e - l y - s e - i Su-na-mi-tem.
u - b i es in g l o - ri - a
c o n t e m p o r a r y F r e n c h l a i s ( b u t w i t h o u t t h e first- a n d s e c o n d - t i m e e n d i n g s o f t h e l a i ;
lais a l s o h a v e f a r m o r e v e r s e s . ) M e l o d i c a l l y t h e p i e c e b e t r a y s i t s o r i g i n b y t h e c o n s t a n t
use o f t h e c a d e n c e figure EFEDE, w h i c h w e have seen i n a n a l l e l u i a f r o m this p a r t o f
E u r o p e ( E x . I I . 1 4 . 7 ) a n d w h i c h is also t o b e f o u n d i n n u m e r o u s o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s
chants (see f o r e x a m p l e t h e g r o u p g i v e n b y S t a b l e i n , ' A g n u s D e i \ M G G , c o l s .
150 f f . ) , a n d o t h e r g e n r e s , as w e l l as s e c u l a r s o n g s .
11.23. T R O P E S
Introduction
A d d e d M e l i s m a s in Introits
A d d e d Melismas in Glorias
A d d e d Responsory M e l i s m a s
Prosulas for Offertories and A l l e l u i a s
Responsory Prosulas
O t h e r Prosulas
K y r i e s w i t h L a t i n text, K y r i e Prosulas, and K y r i e T r o p e s
Benedicamus C h a n t s w i t h E x t e n d e d T e x t , Prosulas, and T r o p e s
Introit, O f f e r t o r y , and C o m m u n i o n T r o p e s ; Sequence T r o p e s
G l o r i a , Sanctus, and A g n u s T r o p e s
Farsed lessons, C r e d o s , and Paternoster
(i) Introduction
(a) t h e a d d i t i o n of a m u s i c a l p h r a s e , a m e l i s m a , w i t h o u t a d d i t i o n a l t e x t ;
(b) t h e a d d i t i o n of a t e x t , a p r o s u l a , w i t h o u t a d d i t i o n a l m u s i c ;
(c) t h e a d d i t i o n of a n e w verse of c h a n t , c o m p r i s i n g b o t h text a n d m u s i c .
O d e l m a n ( 1 9 7 5 ) , i n a s u r v e y of t h e r u b r i c s i n the s o u r c e s t h e m s e l v e s , s h o w e d h o w
t h e t e r m ' t r o p e ' ( i n its v a r i o u s L a t i n f o r m s ) a n d o t h e r s s u c h as versus, laudes, prosa,
prosula, verba, w e r e a p p l i e d to v a r i o u s t y p e s of c h a n t f o r the m a s s ( n o t h o w e v e r , f o r
o f f i c e c h a n t s s u c h as r e s p o n s o r i e s ) . M e d i e v a l usage w a s not u n i f o r m .
W h a t e v e r t h e t y p e of t r o p e , t h e y w e r e p r a c t i c a l l y a l l c o m p o s e d to e m b e l l i s h c h a n t s
f o r t h e g r e a t f e a s t - d a y s of t h e c h u r c h y e a r . M a n y r e a s o n s f o r the m e d i e v a l i n t e r e s t i n
t h e s e p i e c e s h a v e b e e n d i s c u s s e d (see f o r e x a m p l e G y 1 9 8 3 ) , b u t first a n d foremost
w o u l d s e e m to h a v e b e e n t h e s i m p l e d e s i r e to m a k e m o r e s p l e n d i d a n d s o l e m n the
p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e l i t u r g y ( p a r t i c u l a r l y m a s s ) o n the m o s t i m p o r t a n t d a y s of t h e y e a r .
W h a t e v e r t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e of t r o p e s as d i d a c t i c , t h e o l o g i c a l , p o e t i c m a t e r i a l , a n d so
f o r t h , t h e i r p r i m e e f f e c t o n the l i t u r g y is to m a k e it l o n g e r ( p e r f o r m a n c e of a t r o p e d
i n t r o i t c a n last o v e r t e n m i n u t e s ) , to g i v e r i c h e r o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s o l o s i n g e r s , o f t e n i n
a l t e r n a t i o n w i t h t h e c h o i r ( m o s t t r o p e s are f o r s o l o i s t s , a n d t h e g e n r e s t r o p e d are
m o s t l y c h o r a l c h a n t s ) , a n d g e n e r a l l y h e i g h t e n the r i c h c o m p l e x i t y of t h e c e r e m o n i a l
( a l t h o u g h w e k n o w r a t h e r l i t t l e a b o u t the d e t a i l of t h e r i t u a l p e r f o r m a n c e of t r o p e d
chants).
- / - / / A J r / F A / J / A -
Tro.
Int.
. / / , / / / . / . / / - A - - / „ / . / / -
Tro.
Int.
<A J)K / 1?
Tro. 5sc
Int.
SPI-RI-TU SA - PI - E N - T I - E E T IN - T E L - L E C T U S .
. / /* . s r . r + -A - fi . / fi r /* - 1°
Int.
Int.
V *' '* 9 m 9 9 9 9 9 9
' 9 9
i
fr
/ / ? < / / / / / . / -
Ps.
E T N U N C E T SEMPER ET IN S E C U L A S E C U L O R U M . A-MEN.
w h i c h m a y m e a n t h a t it o r i g i n a t e d at S t G a l l o r a r e l a t e d c e n t r e . T h e t e x t l e s s m e l i s m a s
have been associated w i t h the r e p o r t of E k k e h a r d I V of S t G a l l (Casus St Gallic
c h . 4 6 : M G H , Scriptores rerum Sangallensium, 101) t h a t T u o t i l o (a m o n k at S t G a l l
i n t h e late n i n t h a n d e a r l y t e n t h c e n t u r y ) c o m p o s e d t r o p e m e l o d i e s f o r t h e rotta
( p r o b a b l y a t y p e of p s a l t e r y ) .
W e i s s n o t i c e d that i n a v e r y f e w cases a d d i t i o n a l t r o p e v e r s e s w e r e also e x t e n d e d b y
m e l i s m a s ; t h a t is a n o t h e r w a y of ' t r o p i n g a t r o p e ' . (See W e i s s 1964, ' T r o p i e r t e ' ; also
M M M A 3 , n o . 10, p . 1 3 — t h e c e n t r a l m e l i s m a is n o t p r e s e n t i n a l l s o u r c e s — a n d the
c o m m e n t a r y to n o . 153, p . 403.)
The p r i n c i p l e of a d d i n g festal m e l o d i c e x t e n s i o n s to t r a d i t i o n a l c h a n t s s e e m s to
r e c u r t h r o u g h o u t t h e h i s t o r y of p l a i n c h a n t . W e a k l a n d ' s a n d H u g l o ' s b e l i e f t h a t i n t r o i t
m e l i s m a s w e r e t h e o l d e s t p a r t s of t h e t r o p e r e p e r t o r y c a n n o t b e s u b s t a n t i a t e d , nor
Stablein's idea that the m e l o d y of E x . 11.23.1 above contains e c h o e s of secular
minstrelsy.
O t h e r e x a m p l e s of s u c h m e l i s m a s m a y be f o u n d i n t h e G l o r i a r e p e r t o r y , b o t h i n
G e r m a n - S w i s s m a n u s c r i p t s and i n F r e n c h ones. I n the G e r m a n - S w i s s sources, this
t y p e of G l o r i a t r o p e p r e d o m i n a t e s , i n d e e d R o n n a u ( 1 9 6 7 , Tropen, 197) s t a t e d t h a t a l l
t h e G l o r i a t r o p e s he b e l i e v e d to h a v e o r i g i n a t e d i n S t G a l l w e r e of t h i s t y p e ; w h e r e a s
f o r F r e n c h o n e s a d d e d verses of text a n d m u s i c t o g e t h e r are m u c h m o r e c o m m o n . A s
i n t h e case of t h e i n t r o i t m e l i s m a s , G e r m a n - S w i s s s o u r c e s s o m e t i m e s h a v e t e x t s f o r
t h e i r G l o r i a m e l i s m a s . T h e q u e s t i o n a l w a y s arises w i t h t h i s s o r t of d o u b l e t r o p i n g : is
it c e r t a i n t h a t t h e m e l o d i c t r o p e s p r e c e d e d t h e p r o v i s i o n of a t e x t ( o r p r o s u l a , w i t h o n e
syllable per note)? c o u l d not b o t h have been c o n c e i v e d t o g e t h e r ? S e v e r a l of the
St Gall sets of melismas have n o texts, which suggests that texts were indeed
additions.
T h e t h r e e F r e n c h G l o r i a t r o p e s of the t y p e w h e r e b o t h m e l i s m a a n d p r o s u l a e x i s t
have been d i s c u s s e d b y R o n n a u ( 1 9 6 7 , Tropen, 188-96, with transcriptions and
facsimiles).
A n o t h e r m e l i s m a c o n n e c t e d w i t h the G l o r i a t r o p e r e p e r t o r y is of a d i f f e r e n t t y p e .
W i t h i n t h e t r o p e verse Regnum tuum solidum permanebit in eternum several sources
have a l o n g m e l i s m a o n the syllable 'per-'. M a n y m a n u s c r i p t s also have a text for this
m e l i s m a , o r m o r e t h a n o n e t e x t . ( F o r d i s c u s s i o n , see R o n n a u 1 9 6 7 , Tropen, 179-87
a n d R o n n a u 1967, ' R e g n u m ' . ) T h e s e 'Regnum p r o s u l a s ' , as t h e y are o f t e n c a l l e d i n
m o d e r n l i t e r a t u r e , a l t h o u g h t r a c e a b l e b a c k to the e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s ( P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e
N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 2 4 0 ) , m a y s a f e l y be s a i d to p o s t - d a t e t h e m e l i s m a to w h i c h t h e y are
fitted, s i n c e t h e m e l i s m a is a c t u a l l y b o r r o w e d f r o m a s e q u e n c e m e l o d y , t h e o n e c a l l e d
' O s t e n d e ( m a i o r ) ' i n e a r l y F r e n c h a n d E n g l i s h s o u r c e s (text Salus eterna, etc.) and
' A u r e a ' i n G e r m a n - S w i s s o n e s (text Clare sanctorum, by Notker Balbulus). R o n n a u
a d d u c e d s e v e r a l r e a s o n s f o r s u p p o s i n g that t h e Regnum verse a n d i t s m e l i s m a w e r e
very o l d ( n i n t h c e n t u r y ) : association w i t h G l o r i a ' A ' , Bosse n o . 39; association w i t h
t h e t r o p e set Laus tua; t h e fact t h a t b o t h e a r l y ' w e s t e r n ' a n d e a r l y ' e a s t e r n ' sources
k n o w b o t h t h e s e c h a n t s a n d t h e Regnum v e r s e . ( F o r e x a m p l e s , see b e l o w , s e c t i o n x i . )
T h e Regnum m e l i s m a is h e a r d c l i m a c t i c a l l y i n o n e of t h e last t r o p e v e r s e s of a
G l o r i a , a final flourish n o t d i s s i m i l a r i n its effect to t h e m e l i s m a s w h i c h so o f t e n c r o w n
t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of a f e s t a l r e s p o n s o r y . L i k e r e s p o n s o r y m e l i s m a s , t h e Regnum and
o t h e r c l i m a x m e l i s m a s w e r e f r e q u e n t l y t e x t e d , a n d are t h u s m e n t i o n e d b e l o w i n t h e
sections dealing w i t h prosulas.
A t least o n e i m p o r t a n t m e l i s m a c a n b e d a t e d s e c u r e l y to the e a r l y n i n t h c e n t u r y , o n
t h e r e p o r t o f A m a l a r i u s of M e t z , w r i t i n g £ . 8 4 0 . H e s t a t e d that:
I n the last responsory [of matins of St J o h n the Evangelist], that is In medio ecclesiae, i n
contrast to the practice for the other responsories, a neuma triplex is s u n g , and its verse
a n d doxology are also p r o l o n g e d by neumas, in contrast w i t h usual c u s t o m . . . T h e r e f o r e
because the responsory is s u n g three times by the succentors [before and after the verse
a n d after the doxology] the n e u m a is threefold . . . F u r t h e r m o r e , m o d e r n singers s i n g
this neuma i n the responsory Descendit de caelis [for M a t i n s of C h r i s t m a s D a y ] at the
w o r d 'fabricae m u n d i ' , w i t h w h i c h w o r d the neuma may very aptly h a r m o n i z e .
P r o s u l a s are t h e t e x t s p r o v i d e d f o r m e l i s m a s o r p r e d o m i n a n t l y m e l i s m a t i c m u s i c . T h e
largest repertories that have c o m e d o w n to u s are f o r a l l e l u i a s , o f f e r t o r i e s , and
responsories.
T h e t e x t i n g of m e l i s m a t i c m u s i c , l i k e t h e a d d i n g of m e l i s m a s , s e e m s to g o b a c k at
least t o t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y . O n e of t h e earliest of a l l e x a m p l e s of m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n ,
M u n i c h , B a y e r i s c h e S t a a t s b i b l i o t h e k , e l m 9 5 4 3 , d a t a b l e to t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y ( p e r h a p s
e v e n t h e first h a l f of t h e c e n t u r y ) t r a n s m i t s a n a l l e l u i a p r o s u l a , Psalle modidamina for
A l l . Christus resurgens. (See Smits van Waesberghe 1957, ' O v e r het o n s t a a n ' a n d
1959, and Stablein 1963, 'Zwei Textierungen'; o n the early h i s t o r y of texting
m e l i s m a s , see S t a b l e i n 1961, 'Unterlegung'.)
E x . 1 1 . 2 3 . 2 uses t h r e e s o u r c e s , M a d r i d , B i b l i o t e c a N a c i o n a l 2 8 8 (from Palermo,
c . 1 1 0 0 ) , w i t h p i t c h e s d e r i v e d f r o m M o n t p e l l i e r , F a c u l t e d e M e d e c i n e H . 159 (Saint-
B e n i g n e at D i j o n , c. 1 0 2 5 ) , a n d P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 7 7 6 ( A l b i , s e c o n d
h a l f of t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ) . T h e e x a m p l e s h o w s o n e o f t h e v e r s e s ( t h e s e c o n d v e r s e
in each of t h e t h r e e s o u r c e s u s e d ) f o r t h e o f f e r t o r y Benedixisti (third Sunday of
A d v e n t ) . O n t h e last s y l l a b l e o f the verse a p p e a r s a m e l i s m a ( o n e o f v e r y modest
l e n g t h , c h o s e n f o r that r e a s o n : m a n y are far l a r g e r ) , a n d i n b o t h M a d r i d 2 8 8 a n d P a r i s
7 7 6 a p r o s u l a is also g i v e n f o r t h i s m e l i s m a . A l t h o u g h t h e t w o t e x t s d i f f e r , t h e y are
clearly c o m p o s e d i n the same w a y . B o t h start w i t h t h e p h r a s e ' d a n o b i s ' of the
o f f e r t o r y v e r s e , a n d t h e p r o s u l a of M a d r i d 2 8 8 e n d s w i t h ' d a n o b i s ' . (It c o u l d b e
a r g u e d t h a t ' t e n e b r i s ' is a s s o n a n t w i t h i t . ) A s m a n y s y l l a b l e s as p o s s i b l e i n b o t h t e x t s
h a v e b e e n m a d e a s s o n a n t w i t h ' - i s ' . T h e s y l l a b l e g r o u p i n g s r e f l e c t t h e n o t e g r o u p s of
t h e m u s i c — t h e n o t e g r o u p s are easier t o see i n t h e F r e n c h n e u m a t i c n o t a t i o n of
M a d r i d 2 8 8 , b u t e v e n i n t h e A q u i t a n i a n n o t a t i o n of P a r i s 7 7 6 t h e y are n o t d i f f i c u l t t o
o b s e r v e . P a r i s 7 7 6 reflects t h e n o t e g r o u p s m o r e f a i t h f u l l y at ' i n c a e l i s i n t e r r i s ' . B o t h
E x . 11.23.2. Verse Ostende nobis for offertory Benedixisti, w i t h prosulas Da nobis famutis
and Da nobis potenti ( M a d r i d , B i b l . N a c . 288, fo. 1 2 1 ; M o n t p e l l i e r , Faculte de M e d e c i n e H .
r
Madrid 288
i
Os-ten-de no-bis do-mine mi-se - r i - c o r - d i - am tu-am et s a - l u -
I
-ta-re tu- -urn da no - bis.
i
-ta-re tu- -um da no - bis.
•—•—•*—•—
promi-sis-ti Sanctis t u - i s da no-bis.
t e x t s e x p a n d i n a m o d e s t w a y t h e m e a n i n g of t h e p a r e n t o f f e r t o r y v e r s e , t a k e n f r o m
P s a l m 84 ( 8 5 ) :
i * . • » *****
- m ** * * ** • ~
-2—^ : f*—
# •— • • *
expulit e u m exinde.
Alleluia. T h e sea was shattered and the earth was terror-shaken w h e n the archangel
M i c h a e l came d o w n f r o m heaven. Prosula. A n g e l M i c h a e l and G a b r i e l and Raphael as
well and all the citizens of the heavens, the celestial host, together praise h i m w h o reigns
for ever. T h e sea, the mountains, rocks, and land were shattered and battered, and the
w o r l d was terror-shaken and grew afraid at the plague-bearing d r a g o n , the ancient
serpent w h o was cast out of heaven, engulfed below the earth. [ W h e n the archangel
M i c h a e l came d o w n f r o m heaven] on M o u n t G a r g a n o a victory for C h r i s t he fought w i t h
Satan, more savagely, and drove h i m out f r o m there. ( C f . D r o n k e 1985).
( v i ) Responsory Prosulas
H o f m a n n - B r a n d t 1971; K e l l y 1977.
T h e t e x t i n g of t h e t h r e e f o l d m e l i s m a s f o r t h e C h r i s t m a s r e s p o n s o r i e s is a p p a r e n t l y
l a t e r t h a n t h e p r o v i s i o n of e x t r a m e l i s m a s . ( T h e earliest s u r v i v i n g t e x t s are i n P a r i s
1084 a n d 1 1 1 8 , b o t h A q u i t a n i a n s o u r c e s o f t h e late t e n t h c e n t u r y ; f o r e d i t i o n s f r o m
v a r i o u s s o u r c e s , see S t a b l e i n , ' T r o p u s ' , M G G , E x . 9 , S t e i n e r 1 9 7 9 , K e l l y 1 9 8 8 . )
An i n t e r e s t i n g report places another example i n the tenth century. Hofmann-
B r a n d t ( 1 9 7 1 , i . 17) c i t e s a n a n o n y m o u s e l e v e n t h - c e n t u r y c h r o n i c l e r o f t h e b i s h o p s o f
Eichstatt in Bavaria, w h o says that a distinguished musician called Reginold
c o m p o s e d a n office f o r S t N i c h o l a s , a n d , after b e c o m i n g b i s h o p of E i c h s t a t t ( 9 6 6 - 9 1 ) ,
c o m p o s e d a f u r t h e r o f f i c e f o r E i c h s t a t t ' s first b i s h o p , W i l l i b a l d ( d . 7 8 7 ) . W e are t o l d
t h a t R e g i n o l d c o m p o s e d t h e o f f i c e w i t h l o n g r e s p o n s o r i e s , a n d p l a c e d m e l i s m a s at t h e
e n d o f t h e m ( ' i n fine n o t u l a s a p p o s u i t ' ) , a n d that h e t h e n p u t w o r d s b e n e a t h t h e
melismas i n the manner of a sequence: 'eisdemque notulis versiculos instar
sequentiarum s u b i u n x i t ' . ( A t least p a r t of R e g i n o l d ' s very r e m a r k a b l e trilingual
c o m p o s i t i o n h a s s u r v i v e d : see H o f m a n n - B r a n d t 1 9 7 1 , i . 1 7 - 2 3 . )
A p a r t f r o m i t s e a r l y d a t e , t h i s r e p o r t i s i n t e r e s t i n g b e c a u s e it s u g g e s t s t h a t t h e
m e l i s m a t i c ' c a d e n z a ' (the analogy is b o r r o w e d f r o m K e l l y 1974, 461) m i g h t have been
t h o u g h t d i s t i n c t e n o u g h f r o m t h e rest o f t h e r e s p o n s o r y t o h a v e b e e n ' p l a c e d t h e r e '
s p e c i a l l y , l i k e a j e w e l i n t h e c e n t r e o f a c r o w n , o n e m i g h t s a y ; a n d it s u g g e s t s also that
t h e p r o v i s i o n o f a t e x t f o r t h e m e l i s m a m i g h t b e m o r e o r less s i m u l t a n e o u s .
A l t h o u g h H o f m a n n - B r a n d t w a s able t o c a t a l o g u e no fewer than 732 responsory
p r o s u l a s , t h e i r d i s p e r s a l a m o n g t h e s u r v i v i n g m a n u s c r i p t s i s v e r y t h i n , i n t h e sense
that f e w prosulas became w i d e l y k n o w n , a n d very f e w m a n u s c r i p t s have m o r e than
about twenty prosulas (the largest c o l l e c t i o n is that i n Barcelona, Biblioteca de
C a t a l u n y a M . 6 6 2 , a C a t a l a n a n t i p h o n e r of t h e f o u r t e e n t h to fifteenth century, which
has f o r t y ; see A n g l e s 1 9 3 5 , 2 3 4 - 9 f o r s e v e r a l e x a m p l e s ; t h e m a n u s c r i p t h a s n o w b e e n
studied b y Bonastre 1982). O v e r 180 o f H o f m a n n - B r a n d t ' s 4 9 6 s o u r c e s actually
c o n t a i n b u t a s i n g l e p r o s u l a . V e r y m a n y are t h e s p e c i a l f e a t u r e o f a n o f f i c e c o m p o s e d
for a l o c a l saint a n d n o t k n o w n elsewhere. A s s o c i a t e d w i t h these p i o u s observances,
t h e r e s p o n s o r y p r o s u l a as a g e n r e s u r v i v e d w e l l b e y o n d t h e M i d d l e A g e s .
The prosula technique was restricted, as f a r as r e s p o n s o r i e s are c o n c e r n e d , to
d i s c r e t e m e l i s m a s . C l e a r repeat s t r u c t u r e s b e c a m e i n c r e a s i n g l y p o p u l a r as t i m e w e n t
o n , a n d it e v e n h a p p e n e d that a f r e s h l y c o m p o s e d p r o s u l a w i t h r e p e a t s t r u c t u r e m i g h t
s u p p l a n t a p r o s u l a i n less p o p u l a r s t y l e . T h e b e s t - k n o w n e x a m p l e o f t h i s o c c u r r e d i n
t h e S t N i c h o l a s o f f i c e (see C h a r l e s J o n e s 1963 a n d H o f m a n n - B r a n d t ) . H e r e a m o d e s t
m e l i s m a o c c u r s o n t h e w o r d ' S o s p e s ' at t h e e n d o f t h e r e s p o n s o r y Ex eius tumba. The
m e l i s m a is a n i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e r e s p o n s o r y as i t is t r a n s m i t t e d i n s c o r e s o f s o u r c e s .
V e r y r a r e l y , i t a p p e a r s t o h a v e b e e n t e x t e d ( w i t h t h e p r o s u l a Sospes nunc efficitur—
b u t t h i s p r o s u l a is f o u n d o n l y i n t w o s o u r c e s o f t h e e l e v e n t h t o t w e l f t h c e n t u r y f r o m
Saint-Maur-les-Fosses, near Paris, Paris, Bibliotheque N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 12044 a n d
12584). From the eleventh century onward, however, we have sources for a
r e p l a c e m e n t m e l i s m a a n d text, w h i c h w a s u s u a l l y p e r f o r m e d i n place of t h e m o d e s t
f o r m e r m e l o d y d u r i n g t h e final r e p e a t o f t h e r e s p o n d (after t h e d o x o l o g y ; at l e a s t , t h i s
is i t s u s u a l p l a c e , a n d t h e u s u a l p l a c e f o r a p r o s u l a ) . T h e n e w t e x t , Sospitati dedit
egros, i s i n r e g u l a r fifteen-syllable trochaic lines, w i t h a m e l o d i c repeat s c h e m e A A B B
C C D D (the o r i g i n a l 'Sospes' m e l i s m a has n o repeat s t r u c t u r e ) .
206 //. Chant Genres
R. Be-a - tus N i - c h o - l a - -us iam trium -pho p o - t i - tus nouit su-is f a - -mul
1 lar-gi- -ci-o- -nem. *I1- -li ni-mi- -rum t o - t a nos de- -uo-ti-o - ne
*• *l 9*
——w~
=; . , ft ,
yM. wZ. w.
Glo-ri-a patri et fi-li - o et spi - ri - tu - i san - cto. (Repeat from
•Illi)
R. O ma-ter nos - tra ter sancta quaterque be-a - ta. *Cum prece de - uo-ta
9
0 * *KJ> « y
9 r 11
famulantum s u s c i - p e uo-ta.
f T% IT *3 M
Y ^ — *9 ''4 00 &
V. Iam Christo iun - eta sponsoque tu-o soci - a- -ta. (Repeat from
*Cum prece)
• • • — r n
9 — ^ — & — — » _^ # — a r i n r | ~
9 0 #
# ^ 9 # #
* V # 9
* ' 9
-9- * ' * "
Te laudantes in t e r - r a res-pi-ce. E. At-que nostra clementer susci-pe uota.
p 9 ' Vi * 0**99 9
"W
^
*9^ 90 ** 9
^ O
^
f
«J
^
# = =
,
(Repeat from
Glo- -ri-a pa - tri et fi-li-o et s p i - r i - -tu - i sancto. *Cum prece)
—0 1" z 0 0
• ~0s 9
TU SOLUS ALTISSIMUS.
^ 9 9
" 9 9 0 0 9 9
\ 0 i'4
—0 0m » m0 9 r 00
00 rm—w—w—w* ?t f0*m +Vi -
"f 9 9* 9
^ • 0 *0+0* 0 0
* ~ 0
& ^ ' * v 0
*• - * —
Sal-ue uir-go uir- -gi-num.
^ ^ ' #
• • 9
* +> 0 #
£7*
M a - r i - a uir-go i n - t r o c e - d e pro nobis ad do - minum. E.
Et pi - a pre-ce ro-ga De-um poten-ter per omni - a. E.
>* s - T . . ,0... s ^ * M -ill
-fa
9
~ '0 ~ ~ m *0 9 9
% U 9
*# 9W
f9 9 0
Sfr . & » 4 « a =
1. K y - r i - e- -lei - son.
3. K y - r i - e- -lei - son.
I
2. Te decet laus cum tripudi - o pa-ter summe un-de te pe-timus e-leyson.
2. K y - r i - e- -leison
4. Christe- -lei-son
6. Christe- ..... - l e i - son.
* • 9 • T —
5. Qui canunt ante te tu pre-cibus a n - n u - e et no-bis semper e-ley-son.
• 9
^* 9 *•§ •*
5. Christe- -lei-son.
M #
M
0 * * 9 * 9 M
* 9 , 4 S * A
9 * {**9?9M fx ««6
P
-nenter u - n a uo-ce e - l e y - s o n . K y - ri - e-
-lei - son.
( v i i i ) Kyries with Latin Text, Kyrie Prosulas, and Kyrie Tropes
Q u e s t i o n s a b o u t w h a t is a d d e d m a t e r i a l a n d w h a t c o n s t i t u t e s t h e o r i g i n a l f o r m o f t h e
c h a n t a r e p a r t i c u l a r l y p r e s s i n g i n t h e case o f m a n y K y r i e s . W a s e a c h K y r i e w i t h L a t i n
t e x t s o c o m p o s e d i n t h e b e g i n n i n g , o r w a s t h e t e x t a d d e d as a p r o s u l a t o t h e o r n a t e
melody? I f t h e earliest sources already have the Latin text, then w e have n o
d o c u m e n t a r y e v i d e n c e for s u p p o s i n g the u n t e x t e d v e r s i o n existed earlier. C r o c k e r a n d
p a r t i c u l a r l y B j o r k have s u p p o r t e d this reasoning w i t h stylistic a r g u m e n t s .
Ex. I I . 2 3 . 7 is a transcription f r o m L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 263 ( L a o n ,
t w e l f t h c e n t u r y ) of a K y r i e w i t h L a t i n text w h o s e t r a n s m i s s i o n goes b a c k to b o t h early
w e s t a n d east F r a n k i s h m a n u s c r i p t s . A l t h o u g h t h e y a r e n o c e r t a i n test o f p r o s u l a
t e c h n i q u e , the s y l l a b l e - a n d n o t e - g r o u p s do not suggest that this text has b e e n fitted to
a pre-existent m e l o d y . M o r e i m p o r t a n t t h a n that t h e s y l l a b l e - g r o u p s d o not f o l l o w the
n o t e - g r o u p s i n this particular source (other sources s h o w n o better correspondence) is
t h e f a c t t h a t v e r s e s w i t h t h e s a m e m e l o d y (1 = 3 , 4 = 6 , 7 + 8 = 9) d o n o t h a v e t h e s a m e
s y l l a b l e - g r o u p s . A g a i n s t this c o u l d be a d d u c e d t h e e assonance i n verses 5 a n d 6.
T h e K y r i e w i t h text Kyrie fons bonitatis ( E x . I I . 2 3 . 8 ) i s m u c h m o r e a r t f u l i n t h e s e
r e s p e c t s . T h e c o r r e s p o n d e n c e o f n o t e - a n d s y l l a b l e - g r o u p s i s q u i t e s t r i k i n g , as also t h e
constant e r h y m e s . T h i s m a y s i m p l y reflect t h e taste o f t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , as
o p p o s e d t o t h a t o f t h e n i n t h . B u t i t p o s s i b l y r e f l e c t s also t h e fact t h a t t h e t e x t — w e
c o u l d j u s t i f i a b l y c a l l it a p r o s u l a — a p p e a r s i n t h e m a n u s c r i p t t r a d i t i o n l a t e r t h a n t h e
m e l o d y . T h e e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s , f r o m W i n c h e s t e r a n d A r r a s , o f t h e late t e n t h a n d e a r l y
e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , d o n o t h a v e t h e L a t i n t e x t . ( P r e v i o u s l y a v a i l a b l e Variae preces,
1 6 5 - 7 , Cantus selecti, 8 1 * — 8 2 * , Graduale Sarisburiense, 2 * v , together w i t h several
other K y r i e s of this type.)
Q u i t e d i f f e r e n t i n i m p a c t are t h e t r o p e v e r s e s s o m e t i m e s p r o v i d e d f o r these a n d
other melodies, w h i c h were largely u n k n o w n u n t i l the examples i n Bjork's articles
a p p e a r e d ( p r i n c i p a l l y B j o r k 1980, ' K y r i e T r o p e ' , w h i c h c o n t a i n s p r a c t i c a l l y all that
can be reconstructed). S u c h trope verses contrast m u s i c a l l y w i t h t h e n i n e i n v o c a t i o n s
of t h e m a i n c h a n t . B j o r k ( 1 9 8 0 , ' K y r i e T r o p e ' , T a b l e 2) l i s t s s o m e t w o d o z e n t r o p e s ,
w h i c h a r e d i s t r i b u t e d t h i n l y o v e r e a r l y m a n u s c r i p t s f r o m a l l areas o f E u r o p e . I n e a r l y
S w i s s - G e r m a n sources this type of K y r i e is p r e f e r r e d , w h i l e F r e n c h ones c o n t a i n a
m u c h g r e a t e r p r o p o r t i o n o f K y r i e s w i t h L a t i n t e x t ( o r p r o s u l a s ) . M a n y f e l l o u t o f use
b e f o r e b e i n g r e c o r d e d i n staff n o t a t i o n .
W h i l e m a n y o f these tropes consist of b u t a single i n t r o d u c t o r y verse, others make
u p a set o f e i g h t v e r s e s d e p l o y e d b e t w e e n t h e n i n e i n v o c a t i o n s o f t h e m a i n c h a n t . A
f e w sets c o n t a i n t h r e e v e r s e s , d i s t r i b u t e d as i n E x . I I . 2 3 . 9 . T h e set a p p e a r s h e r e w i t h
Kyrie 55 ( i n L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i 1 9 5 5 ) , also t h e base melody of E x . II.23.7.
M e l o d i c a l l y it b o t h c o m p l e m e n t s i t a n d c o n t r a s t s w i t h i t , s o m e t i m e s a w k w a r d l y : t h e
verse Iterum dicamus rises t o d, p r e p a r i n g u s f o r t h e h i g h e r - l y i n g Christe invocations,
b u t t h e n s u b s i d e s o n t o t h e f o r m e r l o w p i t c h e s . T h e last t r o p e v e r s e , Et submissis
vultibuSy a g a i n p r e p a r e s f o r t h e m o v e t o h i g h e r p i t c h e s i n t h e f i n a l K y r i e .
212 IL Chartt Genres
1
sancti pre-di - xerunt prophete e - ley - son.
a n - g e - l o r u m decantat a-pex e - ley - son.
ad te p i - e Ihe - su clamantes e - lei - son.
£
4. Christe- -lei - son. (also after 5. and 6.)
£
7. K y - r i - e spi - ritus alme co-herens pa-tri natoque u - n i - u s u - si - e consis-tendo
8. K i - ri - e qui bapti-zato in Iorda - nis unda Christo effulgens speci-e colum-bi-na
9. K y - r i - e ig-nis diui-ne pecto-ra nostra succende ut digni p a - r i - t e r procla-ma-re
U 9
A n u m b e r o f I t a l i a n K y r i e s w i t h L a t i n v e r s e s are c o m p o s e d w i t h t h e s a m e m e l o d y
t h r o u g h o u t , that is, for all the acclamations a n d the a l t e r n a t i n g L a t i n verses. The
result is not u n l i k e the t y p e of l i t a n y m e n t i o n e d i n s e c t i o n I I . 1 7 . i a b o v e . (See Bjork
1980, ' E a r l y Settings' and especially Boe 1989 for examples.) T h e r e is a c o n n e c t i o n
h e r e w i t h o t h e r g e n r e s as c u l t i v a t e d b y I t a l i a n m u s i c i a n s : s e q u e n c e s w i t h t h e same
m e l o d y for all verses have b e e n m e n t i o n e d above ( I I . 2 2 . v ) and other t r o p e d o r d i n a r y
E x . I I . 2 3 . 9 . K y r i e 55 w i t h trope verses Christe redemptor, etc. (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 9 0 3 , fo.
166 ) v
* * * *
Christe redemptor m i s e - r e - r e no-bis k i r - r i - e - lei - son
** 9-
£ "*—• * * 9
*** 9
— -*** 9
I - t e - r u m dicamus omnes Christe elei-son et rogemus Christum deum una uoce dicentes.
P
4.6.CHRISTE
9
'
E L E I S O N . 5. CHRISTE
~9
E
*0 9
- LEISON.
i
AM—,—V.——rfv— .f\ #<q 39*h *4m *0S »j
9. KIR - R I - E E-LEISON.
M a n y early Benedicamus chants have not simply the two phrases of text 'Benedicamus
d o m i n o . D e o gracias', but longer texts. O f the seventeen examples w h i c h H u g l o dates
in the tenth or eleventh centuries, eleven have extended text. A r e these to be regarded
as t r o p e s of a p r e - e x i s t i n g c h a n t , o r p r o s u l a s f o r a m e l i s m a t i c c h a n t , o r are t h e y a n
e s p e c i a l l y e l a b o r a t e t y p e of B e n e d i c a m u s , c o m p o s e d e x p r e s s l y i n t h a t w a y , p e r h a p s
f o r f e s t a l l i t u r g i e s r a t h e r t h a n ferias? I n m a n y cases w e s h a l l p r o b a b l y n e v e r k n o w ,
s i n c e t h e y s u r v i v e as unica (for e x a m p l e , m a n y of t h o s e in Paris, Bibliotheque
N a t i o n a l e , lat. 8 8 7 , d i s c u s s e d b y A r l t 1970, Darstellungsband, 161-6).
Some of t h e c o m p o s i t i o n s c a n be r e g a r d e d as p r o s u l a s i n t h a t the m e l o d y is
b o r r o w e d f r o m e l s e w h e r e , a n d a n e w t e x t f i t t e d . S e v e r a l K y r i e m e l o d i e s w e r e u s e d as
B e n e d i c a m u s c h a n t s i n t h i s w a y , at least f r o m t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d ; so w a s the
' F l o s A l i u s ' m e l o d y , a m e l i s m a f r o m t h e r e s p o n s o r y Stirps Iesse. T h i s is f o u n d w i d e l y ,
b o t h w i t h the s i m p l e B e n e d i c a m u s t e x t , w i t h ' B e n e d i c a m u s d o m i n o , a l l e l u i a , a l l e l u i a '
( a n E a s t e r t i d e a d a p t a t i o n ) , a n d also w i t h l o n g e r t e x t s , f o r e x a m p l e : ' B e n e d i c a m u s f l o r i
o r t o de s t i r p e Iesse d i e h o d i e r n a , q u a p r o c e s s i t virga virgo d o m i n o ' (Arlt 1970,
Darstellungsband, 169).
P r o s u l a s e e m s to d e s c r i b e less w e l l t h e t e c h n i q u e of Eia nunc pueri (Arlt, 165),
w h i c h is not c o n s i s t e n t l y s y l l a b i c . A l t h o u g h it m a y be t h e t e x t i n g of a pre-existent
m e l o d y , it s e e m s less l i k e l y that a B e n e d i c a m u s m e l o d y w i t h o u t e x t e n d e d t e x t lies
b e n e a t h t h i s c o m p o s i t i o n , f o r t h e n o n e w o u l d e x p e c t t h e w o r d ' B e n e d i c a m u s ' t o start
the piece ( E x . 11.23.10).
E x . 11.23.10. Benedicamus chant Eia nunc pueri (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 887, fo. 46 ) r
-p _^#^ 9
9 w
9 • 9—^7—9 9—
l
e - o quod regit as-tra pontum et ar-ua nunc et in se - cla al- -le- - l u - ia.
f.46v
* * WW
*U ^ 9 #
* 0 ^ * 9
* * '* *
••••
al-tis-si-mo.
f.46r
V • #
*%>«t Ul+ft 9
U* ^ •% m ^ £p 4
T h e e a r l i e s t r e c o r d e d c o m p o s i t i o n of i n t r o i t t r o p e s , if t h e t e s t i m o n y is t r u s t w o r t h y , is
b y T u o t i l o of S t G a l l ( k n o w n b e t w e e n 895 a n d 9 1 2 ) , w h o is s a i d b y t h e S t Gall
c h r o n i c l e r E k k e h a r d I V (c.990-1060) to have c o m p o s e d the i n t r o d u c t o r y verses
Hodie cantandus est i n his youth ('plane iuvenis'—MGH, Poetae Latini aevi
Carolini, iv. 1096; see also M G H , Scriptores rerum Sangallensium, 80—see
Ex. 11.23.14 below). M a n u s c r i p t sources for them survive o n l y f r o m the tenth
c e n t u r y o n w a r d ( P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1240, A q u i t a i n e , s e c o n d quarter
of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y , is t h e e a r l i e s t ) , b u t t h e r e s e e m s l i t t l e r e a s o n t o d o u b t t h a t t h e y
were w e l l k n o w n i n the n i n t h . It s h o u l d nevertheless be noted that a l m o s t n o i n t r o i t
t r o p e s w e r e k n o w n i n b o t h e a r l y ' w e s t e r n ' a n d e a r l y ' e a s t e r n ' s o u r c e s , s o t h a t i t is n o t
p o s s i b l e to postulate a c o m m o n basic layer o n w h i c h later d i v e r s e c o l l e c t i o n s were
built.
Introit tropes were w r i t t e n i n great numbers during the tenth a n d eleventh
centuries, offertory a n d c o m m u n i o n tropes i n smaller quantities ( m a n y churches,
i n c l u d i n g most Italian ones, appear to have ignored offertory a n d c o m m u n i o n tropes
a l m o s t e n t i r e l y ) . T h e r e p e r t o r y is v a s t . T a k i n g i n d i v i d u a l t r o p e v e r s e s as u n i t s , t h e r e
are 1 , 0 4 4 f o r t h e i n t r o i t , 2 5 0 f o r t h e o f f e r t o r y , a n d 113 f o r t h e c o m m u n i o n i n C T I
a n d I I I , t h a t i s , f o r t h e C h r i s t m a s a n d E a s t e r p a r t s of t h e c h u r c h y e a r . T h e r e is a
decline i n sources f r o m the twelfth century, and very few f r o m the thirteenth century
o r l a t e r . T h i s i s c r i t i c a l i n s o m e areas, s i n c e v e r y few n o r t h F r e n c h a n d G e r m a n t r o p e
r
c o l l e c t i o n s w i t h staff n o t a t i o n h a v e s u r v i v e d .
T r o p e s f o r the introit, offertory, a n d c o m m u n i o n (and the other chants discussed
b e l o w i n s e c t i o n s ( x i ) a n d ( x i i ) ) take t h e f o r m of e x t r a verses p l a c e d b e f o r e o r a m o n g
the phrases of t h e m a i n c h a n t . T h e a r r a n g e m e n t in Table 1 1 . 2 3 . 1 is r e a s o n a b l y
t y p i c a l , f o r t h e E a s t e r i n t r o i t Resurrexi, i n the tropers f r o m W i n c h e s t e r , C a m b r i d g e ,
C o r p u s C h r i s t i C o l l e g e 4 7 3 a n d O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , B o d l e y 7 7 5 (late t e n t h a n d
e a r l y e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y r e s p e c t i v e l y ) ( f o r f u l l t e x t s see F r e r e 1 8 9 4 , Winchester and
P l a n c h a r t 1 9 7 7 ) . T h e t r o p e i n c i p i t s a r e g i v e n i n l o w e r case, m a i n c h a n t i n c i p i t s i n
capitals (cf. St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 376 i n G a u t i e r 1886, 139). A l t h o u g h i n the
W i n c h e s t e r s o u r c e s t h e s e v e n t e e n v e r s e s are l a i d o u t i n t h i s s y t e m a t i c w a y , t h a t is n o t
t h e case i n a l l s o u r c e s . Some sources (for example, P a r i s 1118) have rather the
c h a r a c t e r o f a n a n t h o l o g y . A n d t h e s t y l i s t i c d i s p a r i t y b e t w e e n t h e t r o p e v e r s e s so
neatly a r r a n g e d b y t h e W i n c h e s t e r redactor shows that logic has b e e n i m p o s e d u p o n
w h a t i s a n u n s t a b l e r e p e r t o r y . S o m e of t h e verses are h e x a m e t e r s : t h e g r o u p f o r t h e
s e c o n d s i n g i n g of t h e i n t r o i t b e g i n n i n g Ecce pater, t h e n the trope f o r the first p s a l m
v e r s e Fregit inferni, a n d t h e n the g r o u p for the second s i n g i n g of the i n t r o i t b e g i n n i n g
Virgine progenitus.
T r o p e v e r s e s i n p o e t i c m e t r e o f o n e k i n d o r a n o t h e r are n o t at a l l u n c o m m o n .
H e x a m e t e r s d o m i n a t e t h e field ( i n C T I , 4 0 - 2 it is s t a t e d t h a t o v e r 2 0 0 o f t h e 7 6 6
v e r s e s i n t h e v o l u m e are h e x a m e t e r s ) , a n d elegiac d i s t i c h s , p e n t a m e t e r s , a n d even
v e r s e s l i k e A m b r o s i a n h y m n s t r o p h e s are also t o b e f o u n d . S t o t z ( 1 9 8 2 ) discusses
examples i n sapphics.
E x . 1 1 . 2 3 . 1 2 i l l u s t r a t e s s o m e of t h i s v a r i e t y . It is a t r a n s c r i p t i o n of t h e t r o p e s f o r t h e
i n t r o i t In medio ecclesiae, f o r S t J o h n t h e E v a n g e l i s t ' s D a y (27 D e c e m b e r ) . A t r o p e d
v e r s i o n of this i n t r o i t has already b e e n g i v e n above ( E x . 11.23.1), w h e r e S t G a l l a n d
P i s t o i a m a n u s c r i p t s h a d a n i n t r o d u c t o r y m e t r i c a l verse f o l l o w e d b y s e v e r a l verses
w h i c h s e e m t o h a v e o r i g i n a t e d as m e l i s m a t i c e x t e n s i o n s of t h e i n t r o i t m e l o d y . T h e
W i n c h e s t e r c o l l e c t i o n of verses is q u i t e d i f f e r e n t . T h e r e are a l m o s t as m a n y v e r s e s as
for t h e E a s t e r i n t r o i t above, except that the d o x o l o g y and the s e c o n d p s a l m verse have
n o t r o p e . T h e first t r o p e is a r h y m i n g p a i r of t r o c h a i c fifteen-syllable l i n e s ; v e r s e 5 is a
T a b l e 11.23.1. Tropes for the Easter introit R e s u r r e x i
in Winchester sources
r
Frope verse M a i n chant
h e x a m e t e r . E a c h t r o p e o r set of t r o p e verses h a s i t s o w n h i s t o r y , p a r t of w h i c h c a n b e
s u r m i s e d f r o m t h e s o u r c e s k n o w n f o r these c o m p o s i t i o n s (see C T I a n d P l a n c h a r t
1 9 7 7 ) . T h e s i t u a t i o n m a y b e s u m m a r i z e d as f o l l o w s .
T r o p e verses 1 - 3 are f o u n d d e p l o y e d i n t h e s a m e w a y i n s o u r c e s f r o m a l l o v e r
E u r o p e , some of the notable exceptions b e i n g t h e tropers f r o m S t G a l l , S t E m m e r a m
at R e g e n s b u r g , a n d B e n e v e n t o .
Trope verse 4 is u n i q u e to E n g l a n d , a p p e a r i n g o n l y i n t h e t w o W i n c h e s t e r
m a n u s c r i p t s a n d i n L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , C o t t o n C a l . A . x i v (early eleventh
c e n t u r y ) . N o t r a n s c r i p t i o n i n t o m o d e r n n o t a t i o n is t h e r e f o r e possible.
T r o p e verses 5 - 7 a p p e a r i n o n l y a f e w F r e n c h a n d G e r m a n s o u r c e s , a n d also i n
several I t a l i a n ones. T h e t w o Italian tropers f r o m the R a v e n n a area ( P a d u a , B i b l i o t e c a
C o m u n a l e A . 4 7 a n d M o d e n a , B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e 0 . 1 . 7 ) a d d t w o v e r s e s t o t h e set,
b u t c a n be used i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 1084 (the o n l y
A q u i t a n i a n t r o p e r t o b e of h e l p ) to suggest p i t c h e s f o r t h e W i n c h e s t e r neumes.
T r o p e v e r s e s 8 - 1 0 are f o u n d i n F r e n c h s o u r c e s o n l y , a p a r t f r o m I v r e a , Biblioteca
C a p i t o l a r e 6 0 ( w h i c h i n a n y case has a h i g h p r o p o r t i o n of F r e n c h m a t e r i a l ) . P r o v i n s ,
B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 12 ( f r o m C h a r t r e s , t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y ) a n d P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e
Nationale, n.a.l. 1235 ( f r o m Nevers, twelfth century) are m o s t convenient for
deriving pitches.
E x . 11.23.12. T r o p e verses Ecce iam lohannes, etc. ( O x f o r d , B o d l . L i b . B o d l e y 7 7 5 , f o . 3 5 )
v
n / / • f> n . i _ ( J
_ i J I P J P .
TI fa* . « . - ^ . C+z
f
n, • J P P 1 if . . . P • 7 I P /
. ? * <i o & . , . , u #E
cu-i Christus a m - p l i - o - r a do-na credens m i - s t i - c a .
f J I . P ... I I I /
T2
^. .
. , .Jl I
12
3
13
H
STOLA GLORI - E IN - DUIT E - UM.
Sacro fonte potauit et uerbi Dei gratiam in toto terrarum orbe diffudit.
: \ \ i i
-5 i
Gra-ti - a cel-sa D e - i lo-hannis pee-tus ad-implens. (II as above)
J i i p J P > i" i j i% . J . .
T7
^ • W W 9
M l
Dox.(iy m jk * • * # ; ^ * # ; ft • # * # # # * **
£• * *^ r* m M m s a m m Cm
E T N U N C E T SEMPER E T IN S E C U L A S E C U L O R U M AMEN.
. J p p. /i J> J J 1
J i r /> p p . . J . c p r- i J 1
i
T9
*^ ' ^
Qui f l u - e n - t a e - u a n - g e - l i - i de ip - so sa - cro p e c - t o - r e hausit. (12 as above)
, i J J I p J J» J I r- /» y J I p. . , j-'' f .
Ps2
jf. J
. . J' i J r J P r r . \ J N A ' P i
ft ,J f /• J- . J f r / / J- .
T I B fc» . . »'i . * -
V
Et hunc ad ae - ter-num ho - di - e uocans con - ui - ui - urn. (13 as above)
Principal secondary sources for the trope verses: Provins Bibliotheque Municipale 12
(1-2, 8-10); Paris Bibliotheque Nationale lat.1084 (3, 5-7); Rome Biblioteca
Casanatense 1741 (11-13)
T r o p e verses 1 1 - 1 3 s u r v i v e o u t s i d e E n g l a n d o n l y i n N o n a n t o l a m a n u s c r i p t s . It is
fortunate that these have diastematic notation.
If o n e w e r e t o g u e s s at t h e p l a c e o f o r i g i n o f t h e s e v e r s e s , o n e m i g h t s u g g e s t n o r t h
F r a n c e f o r verses 1 - 3 , W i n c h e s t e r itself f o r 4, n o r t h F r a n c e a g a i n f o r 5 - 7 a n d F r a n c e
f o r 8 - 1 0 ; f o r 1 1 - 1 3 it seems d i f f i c u l t to m a k e e v e n a g u e s s . T h i s is s p e c u l a t i o n . W h a t
is m o r e i m p o r t a n t is t h a t it i n d i c a t e s t h a t t h e W i n c h e s t e r r e d a c t o r p r o b a b l y h a d m o r e
t h a n o n e e x e m p l a r t o h a n d ; t h e s e i n t h e i r t u r n p r o b a b l y d e r i v e d f r o m a v a r i e t y of
e x e m p l a r s ; m o r e o v e r , n e w c o m p o s i t i o n s w o u l d c o n t i n u a l l y e n t e r t h e r e p e r t o r y , as
t h e y d i d at W i n c h e s t e r i t s e l f ( v e r s e 4 ) . T h e r e s u l t is a f a s c i n a t i n g v a r i e t y of 'case
histories'. (Planchart 1977 is a m a g i s t e r i a l d i s c u s s i o n of t h e case h i s t o r i e s o f t h e
Winchester tropes; Planchart 1981 c o n s i d e r s t h e m e t h o d s a n d p r o b l e m s of s u c h
research; see a l s o P l a n c h a r t 1977, i i . 1 0 4 - 1 0 o n the v e r s i o n of E x . 11.23.12 i n
H u s m a n n 1959, 1 3 8 - 9 . )
C o m p a r i s o n of almost a n y t w o sources for the same trope reveals n u m e r o u s s m a l l
v a r i a n t s . T h e s e a r e n o t u s u a l l y o f m a j o r m u s i c a l i m p o r t a n c e , e x c e p t i n so f a r as t h e y
suggest that the r e c o r d e d v e r s i o n s rarely seem to be c o p i e d f r o m a n y a u t h o r i t a t i v e
' o r i g i n a l ' e x e m p l a r . Instead, the way i n w h i c h the redactor of the source u n d e r s t a n d s a
t r o p e , h e a r s it w i t h h i s i n n e r e a r , p e r f o r m s it i n i t s d u e s e a s o n , is m o r e i m p o r t a n t at
t h e m o m e n t t h e c o p y is m a d e t h a n e x a c t a d h e r e n c e t o a n e x e m p l a r . S o m e t i m e s t h e
d e v i a t i o n b e t w e e n s o u r c e s is so w i d e as t o s u g g e s t t h a t t h e t r o p e is b e i n g c o p i e d
w i t h o u t a n y r e f e r e n c e to a n e x e m p l a r (see M M M A 3, 39, 123, o r a n e x t r e m e case,
2 9 4 ) . A n d o c c a s i o n a l l y t h e m u s i c of t w o d i f f e r e n t s o u r c e s w i l l b e so d i s s i m i l a r t h a t o n e
m a y s p e a k o f t w o d i f f e r e n t m e l o d i e s (see M M M A 3, 197, also t h e s t u d i e s b y W e i s s
1964, ' P r o b l e m ' , a n d 1 9 6 7 ) . T h e g r e y areas b e t w e e n ' s i m i l a r ' a n d ' d i f f e r e n t ' are
sometimes a l i t t l e h a r d t o d e f i n e ( f o r a p e n e t r a t i n g d i s c u s s i o n see T r e i t l e r 1982
' O b s e r v a t i o n s ' ) . O c c a s i o n a l l y s i m i l a r m u s i c is u s e d f o r d i v e r g e n t t e x t s ( M M M A 3 , 6 2 ) .
T h e w a y s i n w h i c h t r o p e verses i n t r o d u c e , a m p l i f y , e x p l a i n t h e c h a n t s to w h i c h
they are attached have been well surveyed b y H u s m a n n (1959), Stablein (1963,
' V e r s t a n d n i s ' ) , P a u l E v a n s ( 1 9 7 0 , Early Trope) a n d S t e i n e r ( ' T r o p e ' , NG), as w e l l as
in numerous articles on individual tropes. H u s m a n n emphasized their role as
i n v i t a t i o n s to b e g i n the s i n g i n g of a c h a n t , c o m m e n t i n g that this w a s s o m e t h i n g they
s h a r e d w i t h m a n y C h r i s t i a n l i t u r g i c a l f o r m s , e a s t e r n as w e l l as w e s t e r n ( t h o s e f o r t h e
G l o r i a , S a n c t u s , a n d A g n u s ate discussed i n the next s u b s e c t i o n ; even t h e T e D e u m
w a s g i v e n a n i n t r o d u c t o r y t r o p e at S t G a l l : see G a u t i e r 1 8 8 6 , 1 7 0 ) . M u l l e r ( 1 9 2 4 - 5 ,
5 6 6 - 7 ) p o i n t e d o u t t h e i r c l o s e s i m i l a r i t y i n t h i s r e s p e c t t o t h e ( s p o k e n ) p r e f a c e s at t h e
b e g i n n i n g of the mass of the G a l l i c a n rite. S o m e B y z a n t i n e c o u n t e r p a r t s are discussed
by S t r u n k ( 1 9 7 0 ) . M u s i c a l relations b e t w e e n trope a n d base c h a n t h a v e also been
discussed by Stablein, E v a n s , a n d Sevestre ( C T I a n d 1980). S o m e of the more
o b v i o u s p o i n t s m a y be i l l u s t r a t e d w i t h reference once again to E x . 11.23.12.
I n t r o i t s c u s t o m a r i l v u s e verses d r a w n f r o m t h e B o o k o f P s a l m s , o r sometimes
another O l d Testament book. Since these c o n t a i n no direct references to N e w
Testament e v e n t s , a l l c o n n e c t i o n s b e t w e e n a n i n t r o i t t e x t a n d t h e d a y o n w h i c h it is
s u n g — C h r i s t m a s , E a s t e r , S t Peter's D a y , or w h a t e v e r — a r e b y s p e c i a l i n f e r e n c e (it
was c e n t r a l to C h r i s t i a n belief that the O l d T e s t a m e n t c o n t a i n e d n u m e r o u s references
to t h e c o m i n g o f C h r i s t ) . A s f a r as t h e t e x t is c o n c e r n e d , E x . 11.23.12 is t y p i c a l o f
m a n y t r o p e s i n t h a t it e s t a b l i s h e s a n u n a m b i g u o u s c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n i n t r o i t t e x t a n d
f e a s t - d a y . T h e i n t r o i t is a d a p t e d f r o m E c c l e s . 15: 5 - 6 i n the A p o c r y p h a , verses w h i c h
i n t h e i r o r i g i n a l c o n t e x t h a d n o t h i n g t o d o w i t h p r e a c h i n g t h e G o s p e l . O n c e p l a c e d at
t h e s t a r t of m a s s f o r S t J o h n the E v a n g e l i s t , they i m m e d i a t e l y take o n a special
significance, a n d for the believer they b e c o m e one m o r e a m o n g the m y r i a d threads
w o v e n i n t o t h e g r e a t d e s i g n i n w h i c h t h e c o m i n g of C h r i s t w a s t h e c u l m i n a t i o n of a l l
t h e p r e v i o u s h i s t o r y of m a n k i n d . B u t t h e t r o p i s t goes b e y o n d t h i s i n f e r r e d m e a n i n g o f
t h e i n t r o i t , a n d s p e l l s o u t i n c l e a r t e r m s w h o s e f e a s t - d a y it i s , r e f e r r i n g also t o J o h n ' s
r o l e as e v a n g e l i s t a n d as t h e b e l o v e d d i s c i p l e t o w h o m C h r i s t o n t h e c r o s s e n t r u s t e d h i s
mother Mary.
A l t h o u g h t h e t r o p e v e r s e s are m u s i c a l l y c o m p a t i b l e w i t h t h e i n t r o i t , t h e y c a n n o t b e
s a i d t o m i r r o r its s t y l e to a n y s i g n i f i c a n t e x t e n t . N o w h e r e i n t h e m d o w e find the
r e i t e r a t e d Fs ( r e p e r c u s s i v e n o t e s ) of t h e i n t r o i t a n t i p h o n , n o r d o t h e y e c h o t h e FFFC
c a d e n c e o f ' i n t e l l e c t u s ' n o r t h e r i s e ac at ' e u m ' , a n d i n t h e p s a l m v e r s e s . T h e w a y i n
w h i c h b o t h i n t r o i t a n d t r o p e s s k i p o v e r E is s i m p l y a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of c h a n t melodies
g e n e r a l l y , not s o m e t h i n g w h i c h l i n k s these i n any significant w a y . S t a b l e i n (1963,
' V e r s t a n d n i s ' , 9 1 ) s a i d t h a t t r o p e s w e r e a s o r t of ' p s e u d o - ' o r ' n e o - G r e g o r i a n ' c h a n t .
The texts of the trope verses in Ex. 11.23.12 are t y p i c a l of many which
c o m p l e m e n t , b u t d o n o t l e a d s t r o n g l y i n t o t h e i n t r o i t t e x t at a n y p o i n t . O t h e r t e x t s d o
l e a d o n , i n s u c h a w a y t h a t t h e i r t e x t s are i n n o w a y s e l f - s u f f i c i e n t . F o r e x a m p l e , the
t r o p e set Deus pater filium suum f o r t h e C h r i s t m a s i n t r o i t Puer natus est reads as
follows:
T h i s h a p p e n s a l s o to b e o n e of m a n y t r o p e s i n w h i c h a s t r o n g m u s i c a l l i n k s e e m s to
exist b e t w e e n t r o p e a n d m a i n c h a n t . Several tropes for this i n t r o i t b e g i n w i t h the s a m e
m e m o r a b l e r i s e of a fifth as the i n t r o i t i t s e l f (cf. M M M A 3, 2 9 1 - 3 , 299, 3 0 2 - 3 ; see
also Stablein 1963, 'Verstandnis' for d i s c u s s i o n of several other examples, and
c o m m e n t s i n W e i s s 1 9 6 5 ) . E x . 1 1 . 2 3 . 1 3 i l l u s t r a t e s t h i s . A n d y e t , as T r e i t l e r ( 1 9 8 2 ,
' O b s e r v a t i o n s ' , 92) has p o i n t e d o u t , s u c h a m e l o d i c p r o f i l e is c o n v e n t i o n a l among
m o d e 7 m e l o d i e s (cf. i n t r o i t s Aqua sapientiae, Oculi mei y Respice domine for the same
rise of a fifth—the w h o l e t e x t u a l a n d m e l o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n Puer natus est and
t h e Deus pater t r o p e set is e x p l o r e d i n d e p t h b y A r l t 1982).
A l t o g e t h e r e x c e p t i o n a l s e e m s to b e t h e use of a s e q u e n c e , t h e s h o r t a p a r a l l e l Ecce
iam Christus (melody 'Ostende ( m i n o r ) ' , as a n i n t r o i t t r o p e (see Strehl 1964 and
Weiss 1965).
O n e set of i n t r o i t t r o p e s (if t h a t is w h a t o n e s h o u l d a l l t h e m ) s t a n d s a p a r t f r o m t h e
main chant. These are the Versus ante officium, relatively long compositions,
c o n s i s t i n g of s e v e r a l verses w r i t t e n for alternating sets of s i n g e r s . In Cambrai,
B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 75 ( f r o m S a i n t - V a a s t at A r r a s , e a r l y e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ) s u c h
p i e c e s are l a b e l l e d ' A d p r o c e s s i o n e m ' , i m p l y i n g t h a t t h e y w e r e p a r t o f t h e pre-mass
procession rather than the mass i n t r o i t .
E x . 11.23.13. T r o p e verse Deus pater filnun suum ( P a n s , B i b l . N a t . L a t . 1119, f o . 5 ) a n d
r
E x . 11.23.14. I n t r o d u c t o r y verses Hodie cantandus est, etc. a n d start of i n t r o i t Puer natus est
( G r a z , U n i v . - B i b l . 807, fos. 167 , 14 ) r r
f.!67r
v *
9 4
#
• & Q * * •
Ho- -di - e can-tandus est no-bis pu-er quern gignebat in-ef - fa - bi - li - ter
I
Quis est is-te puer quern tarn magnis preconi-is dignum uoci-f e-ra-mi - ni
~9 • 0—
di-ci-te no-bis ut col-lauda-to-res es-se p^o s - s9i - m us.
p * v * *~
Hie e- -nim est quern pre-sa-gus et e-lectus symnis-ta D e - i ad terras
^ ^ s ~
uen-tu-rum preuidens longe an - te preno-ta-uit sic - que pre-di-xit.
f.l4r
M u c h o f t h e t i m e , h o w e v e r , o n e h a s t h e i m p r e s s i o n of a h i g h l y o r n a t e recitation
a r o u n d a o r bb y t o o fluid f o r c o n v i n c i n g l a b e l l i n g . S i g n i f i c a n t l y , t h e t w o t r o p e v e r s e s
w h i c h c a n n o t b e e x p l a i n e d i n t h i s w a y a r e t w o u n i q u e to P a r i s 1 0 5 0 8 : Misertus esto
nostri a n d Nobis in tern's ( T 6 a n d T 8 ) .
Like several other genres f o r w h i c h t r o p e verses were p r o v i d e d , Glorias have
i n t r o d u c t o r y v e r s e s w h i c h s t a n d apart f r o m t h e rest (see K e l l y , 1984).
A m o n g a n interesting g r o u p of rather a b n o r m a l c o m p o s i t i o n s n o t i c e d b y S t e p h a n
( 1 9 5 6 ) i s a G l o r i a w h o s e t r o p e verses a r e t h e C h r i s t m a s s o n g Dies est leticie (in
Prague, U n i v e r s i t y L i b r a r y V I . C . 20, a fifteenth- to s i x t e e n t h - c e n t u r y song-book
f r o m P r a g u e ) , b u t t h i s is e v i d e n t l y a late s p o r t . T h e s a m e i s t r u e of t h e S a n c t u s w i t h
the song Surrexit Christ us hodielChrist ist erstanden as t r o p e (in Erlangen,
Universitatsbibliothek 464, a fifteenthHcentury south G e r m a n miscellany). A pair of
f u l l - b l o w n vernacular tropes were added o n fos. 2 9 9 - 3 0 0 v v
of L i m o g e s , B i b l i o t h e q u e
M u n i c i p a l e 2 (a g r a d u a l of t h e f o u r t e e n t h c e n t u r y f r o m F o n t e v r a u l t ) : t h e S a n c t u s
t r o p e Beau's peres a n d t h e A g n u s t r o p e Cist aigneaus. ( T h e manuscript's compiler
e v i d e n t l y h a d a special interest i n v e r n a c u l a r chants, f o r t w o F r e n c h epistle farses
appear elsewhere i n the source—see section (xii) below.) E v e n more e x t r a o r d i n a r y
t h a n t h e s e i s t h e u s e o f a G e r m a n d a n c e ( i f S t e p h a n is r i g h t ) as a t e x t l e s s Sanctus
trope, apparently notated mensurally i n E r l a n g e n 464.
O bone rex ( W ) Pax salus et vita (W) Pax salus et vita ( W ) Rex s e c u l o r u m d o m i n e
GRATIAS AGIMUS
Plebs tua ( W )
PROPTER MAGNAM
Sanctam maiestatem ( W ) Sanctam maiestatem (W)
DOMINE DEUS
Pax salus et vita ( W ) D a pacem famulis ( W )
DEUS PATER
D a pacem famulis (W) A e t e r n a m c u m Sanctis
DOMINE FILI
Pioque tuo amorc Q u i solus habes (W) M i s e r t u s esto
IESU CHRISTE
Aeternam c u m Sanctis
DOMINE DEUS
M a g n u s et fortis
AGNUS DEI
Rex pacificus ( W )
FI LI US PATRIS
R e d e m p t o r universi ( W )
QUI TOLLIS
Suscipe n u n c ( W ) Rex s e c u l o r u m d o m i n c
QUI TOLLIS
Rex s e c u l o r u m d o m i n e Pax salus et vita ( W )
SUSCIPE DEPRECATIONEM
Q u i super astra ( W ) Caeli terraeque N o b i s in terris
QUI SEDES
O decus o m n i u m ( W ) O etcrni sapientia
QUONIAM TU
E r o s poli ( W ) Aeterni sapientia T u lux via
TU SOLUS DOMINUS
Prolis O r u t i l i s ( W ) T u lux via O virtus honor
TU SOLUS ALTISSIMUS
Patri equalis A u d i clemens S c e p t r u m t u u m ( + prosula)
IESU CHRISTE
Q u i solus abes ( W ) Rex regum ( + melisma)
CUM SANCTO SPIRITU
Q u i unus i d e m q u e (VV)
IN GLORIA DEI
No Gloria melody is indicated in Paris 1240 or Paris 1121. Oxford 775 has Gloria 12, Paris 10508 has Gloria 39. (W) = wandering verse. T h e Sceptnan tuum
prosula has the same melody as the Regmmt melisma and its prosulas. T h e Rex region melisma (in Oxford 775) is one of rather few melismas in the Gloria
trope repertory which have a melody different from Regnum.
E x . 11.23.15. G l o r i a 39 w i t h trope verses O laudabilis rex, etc. and S c e p t r u m p r o s u l a Lumen
eternum (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 10508, fos. 2 3 , 37 ) v r
f.23v
GLO-RI-A IN EX-CEL-SIS DE - O.
_x tr
1 #
T5 fa* m 0li fl g. , #
i*** *1 s » « f V, • 9 , m ^ 0 i 9
T7
^ "* *^ * "
Pax sa - lus et u i - t a ho-minum ti - bi glo - ri - a.
1 # "
T8 (§5
X tr
_ _ _—
*3 j » ,
. ^
et glo-ri - a o m - n i - u m u i - t a mo-ri uo-lu-is-ti pro cunctis O bo-ne rex.
3
( E x . I I . 2 3 . 1 5 corn.)
§ §
Sponse t u - e di - uo pi - a - mi - ne. E.
* ' * &
Perma-ne-bit in e-ternum. IE- -SU CHRISTE.
A - MEN.
—-# •* w
U *' w
" r '—* w
* i± %9
fo •—
SANCTUS Fi - li - us om-ni -po-tens per quern patris est pi-e uel - le.
y #
• — • 9 #
• • V *-
Omnes tu-a gra-ti-a quos a morte re - demis-ti per-pe-tu - a.
( E x . 11.23.19 c o m . )
9 9 0 9 0
9 9 ^ • * # * * 9 B ^ 9 9 + S ' ~ *• +~
Tecum nos r e - s u s c i - t a . Tecum in ce-lis col-lo ca. Et re-gni lar - gi-re consor-ti - a.
Te er-go de-posci-mus. Ut cum iudex ad-ue-ne-ris. Cunctorum dis-cerne-re m e - r i - t a .
£ 9 • 9—«—a—#——«—• — — —•— 9
P — " 9 +
Martyr Christi grati - a
9 • • * ' • 9
cuius mortem sequens habes et gaudi - a.
' *9—9-
P — # m -
tecum i l - l o ha-bi-turum g a u - d i - a .
m
w 9 9 9 ^ 9 9 • 9 • • 9 9
V • ##
9 ** 9W* +0 99+ *> •* 9 w
Pro cun-ctis de - ductus ad im - mo-lan-dum fu - i - sti ut ag-nus
* ** # #
* N 9 9
+> " m
9" •+> " #*V u 9
'6 "9-
V — # #
o #K* +Q 9
• J ' **V " ***** * J *
-# —" • — — • — * —
MI-SE- -RE- -RE NO - BIS.
' V 9 §
v * — — V * v 0 6 9
v * • -9* 9
*
An- -tiquus pla - stor et ae-ter-ne ui - te dispo-si-tor MISERERE
9
+* ~* +9 9 W
" ' * m
* 9
* J* 9*>9^ *9 *9 +w*S *
No-stro- -rum cri - mi-num sor - des ab-lu - e O Ihesu Christe MISERERE
V ^ r V ^ » • '9 9 * *• v
^ *# #
— • * * v ^ , ^ ^ ' w #
— ^ * -9 —
I t a l i a n b o o k s p r e f e r a n o t h e r a r r a n g e m e n t , one w h i c h u n d o u b t e d l y r e f l e c t s a r e a l
d i f f e r e n c e i n p e r f o r m a n c e p r a c t i c e . H e r e the t r o p e v e r s e r e m a i n s o u t s i d e t h e A g n u s
verse. ( I v e r s e n i n C T 4 m a k e s clear these a n d other regional variations i n p r a c t i c e . )
E x . 11.23.18 d i s p l a y s b o t h this a n d another fashion cultivated by Italian m u s i c i a n s ,
t h a t of r e u s i n g t h e m u s i c of t h e m a i n c h a n t f o r the t r o p e v e r s e s . W h e n t h i s h a p p e n s
m o r e t h a n o n c e f o r t h e s a m e m e l o d y , t r o p e s w i t h i d e n t i c a l m u s i c r e s u l t . T h e use of a
23. Tropes 233
E x . 11.23.18. A g n u s 81a w i t h trope verses Ad dextram patris, etc. and Rumanian genus, etc.
(Benevento, A r c h . C a p . 34, fo. 181", and 35, f o . 199 ) r
Benevento 34
i
;4
A d i f f e r e n t w a y of e l a b o r a t i n g c h a n t s o n s p e c i a l feasts w a s e m p l o y e d f r o m t h e t w e l f t h
c e n t u r y o n w a r d f o r lessons a n d s o m e o t h e r c h a n t s , e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e h i g h l y i n d i v i d u a l
l i t u r g i e s of s u c h feasts as C i r c u m c i s i o n k n o w n f r o m B e a u v a i s , S e n s , L a o n , a n d o t h e r
c e n t r e s (see a b o v e , 1 . 9 ) . P h r a s e s of p r e - e x i s t e n t c h a n t s w e r e i n s e r t e d i n t o t h e l e s s o n .
S u c h a n i n s e r t i o n is o f t e n r e f e r r e d to a s f a r s a , b o t h i n t h e M i d d l e A g e s a n d i n m o d e r n
w r i t i n g s , a l t h o u g h ' f a r s e ' c a n r e f e r to o t h e r t y p e s of t r o p i n g as w e l l . T h e e p i s t l e of
m a s s w a s the c h a n t m o s t o f t e n f a r s e d : o v e r f o r t y e x a m p l e s are k n o w n ( n e a r l y a l l
listed, w i t h sources, a n d w i t h the epistle tone they a c c o m p a n y , i n S t a b l e i n , ' E p i s t e P ,
MGG\ see also H u g l o , ' E p i s t l e ' , NG). T h e G o s p e l , b y contrast, was left u n a d o r n e d
( S t a b l e i n , ' E v a n g e l i u m ' , MGG cites t h r e e e x a m p l e s o n l y , a l l f o u n d i n G e r m a n a n d
Swiss sources). T h e Paternoster, N i c e n e creed, a n d ( f r o m C o m p l i n e ) the A p o s t l e s '
C r e e d w e r e also f a r s e d .
The range of farsed chants sometimes present i n the festal offices can be
appreciated b y listing those i n the m a n u s c r i p t c o n t a i n i n g the S e n s Circumcision
office:
f o r C i r c u m c i s i o n : P a t e r n o s t e r a n d A p o s t l e s ' C r e e d at C o m p l i n e ; G l o r i a , epistle,
c r e e d at m a s s
for St S t e p h e n : epistle
for St J o h n : epistle
for I n n o c e n t s : epistle
( F a r s e d c h a n t s p r e s e n t i n t h e festal o f f i c e s of S a n t i a g o , S e n s , a n d B e a u v a i s are e d i t e d
i n W a g n e r 1 9 3 1 , V i l l e t a r d 1907, a n d A r l t 1970 respectively.)
£
p. 3
ET IN IHESUM CHRISTUM FILIUM EIUS U N I C U M . Natum an-te se - c u - l a .
y
PASSUS SUB PONTIO PILATO. Ip - se po-tes-ta-te tra-di-ta.
( E x . 11.23.19 cont.)
C R E D O IN SPIRITUM SANCTUM.
0 * * • 9
0 0 0 £* * 9 9
0
, • 9 m m
~ *• *; . * ? #; m , s
P r o b a b l y the most w i d e l y k n o w n farsed epistle was the one s u n g all over Europe
(see sources in A H 49, 171 and Stablein 1975, 61, n. 601) on Christmas Eve,
C h r i s t m a s D a y , o r C i r c u m c i s i o n , w h o s e i n t r o d u c t o r y v e r s e s are Laiides Deo die am
per secula, seemingly made f o r the p u r p o s e , i n alcaic metre, a n d s u n g to a s i m p l e
r e p e a t i n g m u s i c a l p h r a s e ( E x . 1 1 . 2 3 . 2 0 ) . ( S o m e s o u r c e s r e a d Laudem a n d / o r die ant.)
24. Latin Liturgical Songs 237
E x . 11.23.21. Start of farsed lesson w i t h verses Ce que Ysaies nos escrit, etc. ( L i m o g e s , B i b l .
M u n . 2, f o . 4 6 )
v
en re - meenbran-ce
9-
£ ' *w *
nos me-ismes et tout ... le mo
9
rit.
1. car il . . . en hor-te et semont
2. qui trois meunieres de clar - tez nos a d o u . . . ciel hu - i a - por tez.
11.24. L A T I N L I T U R G I C A L S O N G S
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n
(ii) V e r s u s i n E a r l y A q u i t a n i a n M a n u s c r i p t s ; Versus w i t h ' D o u b l e C u r s u s '
(iii) T w e l f t h - C e n t u r y S o n g s : T e x t u a l and M u s i c a l Style
(iv) T w e l f t h - C e n t u r y S o n g s : L i t u r g i c a l F u n c t i o n
(i) Introduction
B e n e d i c a n i u s c h a n t s w i t h e x t r a text s u p p l e m e n t i n g t h e b a s i c ' B e n e d i c a m u s d o m i n o :
D e o gratias' have already been m e n t i o n e d ( I I . 2 3 . i x ) . B y the t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y s u c h
c o m p o s i t i o n s were often m a d e w i t h texts h a v i n g r h y m e a n d often regular r h y t h m i c
j ^ r e s s , f e a t u r e s of n e w c o m p o s i t i o n i n m a n y g e n r e s d u r i n g t h a t p e r i o d . T h e t e x t s are
o f t e n strojDhuic, a n d s o m e h a v e r e f r a i n s . V e r y o f t e n t h e n e w s t y l e of the t e x t ( r h y m e
a n d r e g u l a r s t r e s s - p a t t e r n s ) is m a t c h e d b y a n ^ w j r i u ^ e m p h a s i z i n g s t e p s of a
t h i r d ( t e r t i a n m e l o d i c sty^ , p r e s e n t i n g t h e fifth a n d o c t a v e a b o v e t h e finalas . m e l o d i c
goals, with free a n d r a p i d movement t h r o u g h the chosen range, a tendency to
c o m p a r t m e n t a l i z e m o v e m e n t of i n d i v i d u a l p h r a s e s i n t o o n e o r o t h e r s e g m e n t of t h e
o c t a v e , a n d t h e c o u p l i n g of s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s to t h o s e n o t e s w h i c h f o r m t h e t o n a l
backb(^ne_C3f the music. Some pieces refer to l i t u r g i c a l f o r m u l a s o t h e r than the
B e n e d i c a m u s t e x t ; a l a r g e n u m b e r are free of l i t u r g k a i r e f e r e n c e s . M e d i e v a l n a m e s f o r
t h e s e c o m p o s i t i o n s i n c l u d e versus, conductus, cantilena, a n d cantio. Hg|£ t h e y are
called songs.
These songs share some character^ and rjijcQXj^ssional hymns
( 1 1 . 1 5 ) . L i k e t h e s o n g s , h y m n s h a v e p o e t i c texts, i n s t r o p h i c f a r r a , a n d sometimes
r e g u l a r r h y t h m , w i t h r e l a t i v e l y s i m p l e m u s i c . ProcessiojialJFiin^ctjfjn a n d ^X9P.-he.~ p l u s -
r e f r a i n s t r u c t u r e are f u r t h e r l i n k s . T h e n e w c o m p o s i t i o n s d i d not^ h o w e v e r , p e n e t r a t e
t h e t r a d i t i o n a l c y c l e of o f f i c e h y m n s to a n y s i g n i f i c a n t extent.
For many of the twelfth-century songs a furj^tipn has to be surmised from
circumstantial, evidence. The same is also true of some other sacred songs in
A q u i t a n i a n s o u r c e s of t h e n i n t h to e l e v e n t h c e n t u r i e s , d i s c u s s e d b r i e f l y h e r e before
t h e t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y r e p e r t o r y is a d d r e s s e d .
P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 1154 is a m a n u s c r i p t f r o m A q u i t a i n e p r o b a b l y of
the second h a l f of t h e ninth century, whose contents i n c l u d e (fos. 98-143) an
i m p o r t a n t jcollection of L a t i n poems, s o m e of w h i c h w e r e n o t a t e d (probably not
b e f o r e t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y ) . M o s t of t h e p i e c e s are ca\\zd jij£rsus i n the m a n u s c r i p t ,
others ritmus, cannen, planctus ( f o r t w o l a m e n t s ) , hymnus ( t w o of t h e m are the
p r o c e s s i o n a l h y m n s Pange lingua a n d Tellus ac ethra), a n d o n e Jfrrosa (a l i t u r g i c a l
s e q u e n c e f o r S t M a r t i a l , Concelebremus sac?am). S e v e r a l of t h e p i e c e s are.abecedary
h y m n s , that is, s j r o p h i c c o m p o s i t i o n s w h e r e each s t r o p h e b e g i n s w i t h a d i f f e r e n t
Jetter, p r o g r e s s m ^ A w i d e r a n g e o f . c l a s s i c a l m e t r e s is
r e p r e s e n t e d i n t h e c o l l e c t i o n , a n d t h e use of ^ ^ g i a n c e ^ i s s t r i k i n g l y c o m m o n .
O n l y f o u r of t h e s e p i e c e s h a v e b e e n f o u n d e l s e w h e r e as l i t u r g i c a l i t e m s , a n d t h e
o n l y reason f o r m e n t i o n i n g t h e rest is that their c o m p o s i t i o n a l techniques were
p r e s u m a b l y k n o w n t o , a n d m i g h t h a v e s e r v e d as m p j l e j s for„..the w r i t e r s of l i t u r g i c a l
p i e c e s . T h o s e f o u n d i n l i t u r g i c a l m a n u s c r i p t s are t h e t w o p j o c e s s i p n a j . f e y m n s a n d t h e
s e q u e n c e j u s t m e n t i o n e d , w h i c h are c o p i e d t o g e t h e r at t h e e n d of t h e c o l l e c t i o n , a n d
a n o t h e r s e q u e n c e , , ^ w c ^ Paule. M a n y of t h e w o r k s are ^sacred at least i n a g e n e r a l
sense; some are tqpical, secular w o r k s (inventory and b i b l i o g r a p h y i n S p a n k e
v 1931).
S e v e r a l of t h e p o e m s are a t t r i b u t e d t o G o t t s c h a l k , P a u l i n u s of A q u i l e i a , a n d B o e t h i u s .
S c a t t e r e d i t e m s of t h i s sort are f o u n d i n o t h e r s o u r c e s . ( S e e F a l l o w s , ' S o u r c e s , M S ,
I I I , 2 : S e c u l a r M o n o p h o n y , L a t i n ' , NG.) I n n u m b e r s t h e y are m o r e t h a n o u t w e i g h e d
b y the fifty ' G o l i a r d ' s o n g s i n the ' C a m b r i d g e S o n g b o o k ' ( C a m b r i d g e , U n i v e r s i t y
L i b r a r y G g . v . 35, c o p i e d i n t h e m i d - e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y at S t A u g u s t i n e ' s abbey,
C a n t e r b u r y , f r o m a R h e n i s h exemplar), certainly a j ^ o i l a r r e p e r t o r y , b u t again one
whose poetic technique^ may not taj^k the
g r e a t m a j o r i t y of t h e p i e c e s , n o _ t r a n s c r i p t i o n is p o s s i b l e .
T h e i m p o r t a n c e of t h e s e w o r k s i n t h e h i s t o r y of l i t u r g i c a l m u s i c h a s p e r h a p s b e e n
e x a g g e r a t e d , s i n c e — u n l e s s m o r e of t h e w o r k s c a n b e s h o w n to h a v e f u l f i l l e d a r o l e i n t h e
l i t u r g y — t o v i e w t h e m as a n y m o r e t h a n p o s s i b l e m o d e l s f o r l i t u r g i c a l c o m p o s i t i o n s
seems over-enthusiastic. A c o n s i d e r a b l e b o d y of l i t e r a t u r e has n e v e r t h e l e s s arisen
a r o u n d s o m e of t h e m , i n p a r t i c u l a r SgMCje^Pgule, a n d o n e o t h e r p i e c e , Dulce cannen,
l a b e l l e d ' V e r s u s d e ^ c q . ^ M ^ ^ r i t i o . T h e s e are t h e t w o e x a m p l e s i n P a r i s 1 1 5 4 of w h a t h a s
,
t h e m o n u m e n t a l l y of. the, s e q u e n c e .
E x . 1 1 . 2 4 . 1 , t h e o p e n i n g of Sancte Paide pastor hone, s h o w s h o w the v e r s u s i n
P a r i s 1154 ( s u c h as c a n be t r a n s c r i b e d , that is) s e e m to p r o c e e d i n ^shojrt versicles
w h i c h are i n ^ £ e l a ^ j m i ^ i c a j l y . ^ o j i n e ^ i n t h e p o e m is l o n g e r t h a n e l e v e n s y l l a b l e s
( i n Rex caeli n o m o r e t h a n t h i r t e e n s y l l a b l e s ) , a n d the^ayerage l e n g t h is m u c h s h o r t e r .
T h e o v e r a l l m u s i c a L f o r m o f t h e p i e c e , f o l l o w i n g de G o e d e ' s r e c o n s t r u c t i o n , i s :
\AA BI BI C C B2 B2 DI D2
/A A BI BI C C B2 B2 D3 D4
J B3
B u t t h i s is o n l y p a r t of t h e s t o r y . A s c a n be seen f r o m t h e t r a n s c r i p t i o n ( w h i c h is of
AA B1B1 C C B 2 B 2 i n t h e a b o v e s c h e m e ) e a c h , v e r s e . i s c o m p o s e d of s m a l l e r l i n e s ,
Jndicate^^ * n
t h e t r a n s c r i p t i o n . ( T h e v e r s i o n of t h e ' D ' s e c t i o n i n P a r i s
1154 is c o r r u p t a c c o r d i n g to S p a n k e , 1 9 3 1 , a n d t h u s t h e r e c o n s t r u c t i o n p r e s e n t e d b y
E x . I I . 2 4 . 1 . Start of versus Sancte Panic pastor bone (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 1154, f o l . 129 ; v
Sancte Pau-le pastor bo-ne Vas e-lectum do-mini Predi-ca-tor gen-ti-um e-gregi-e
Quern Damasco propinquantem Lux di - u i - n a su - bi - to Circumful-sit his uerbis interrogans
^
51
|i § m w • *
I
Omni-um condi-tor Qui te quoque condi-di ex ni - hi - lo
Uocis uim ce-li-ce Mox fu-tu-rus doctor in e c - c l e - s i - am
i —» ;
Se-minans
•—*
fi-de-i
; •—"
Dog-mata c a - t h o - l i - c e Nu-merum credenti-um
- ~
Accu-mulans
31
i
A t - q u e uoce fa-mu-lorum Pu - ra mente pos-tulantum
E-ius pro s a - l u - t e semper S u p p l i - c a - r e r e - g i nostro
d e G o e d e 1 9 6 5 , L X I is h y p o t h e t i c a l . F o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h i s a n d o t h e r s u c h
p i e c e s see a l s o S t a b l e i n 1978.)
S o m e of t h e s t y l i s t i c c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of t h e ^ a r i y s e c u l a r v e r s u s ( t h o u g h n o t t h e d o u b l e -
cjuxsu^jclea) are also f o u n d i n t h e s o n g s of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y . W h e t h e r it w a s t h a t
poetic a n d m u s i c a l resources previously considered appropriate o n l y for secular songs
were now brought i n t o l i t u r g i c a l use is not clear. (Such p o e t s as Abelard—see
W e i n r i c h , ' A b e l a r d , NG,
5
a n d H u g l o 1979, ' A b e l a r d ' — c o n t r i b u t e d to b o t h l i t u r g i c a l
and secular repertories.) A n o t h e r question, w h i c h m i g h t seem to s t a n d the p r e v i o u s
i d e a o n i t s h e a d , is w h e t h e r t h e l i t u r g i c a l s o n g s of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y e x e r c i s e d a n y
i n f l u e n c e o n t h e v e r n a c u l a r l y r i c s of t h e j r o i i b a d o u r s . T h e m a t t e r is r e a l l y b e y o n d t h e
s c o p e of t h i s b o o k , b u t r e a d e r s m a y l i k e to c o n s i d e r f o r t h e m s e l v e s w h e t h e r o r n o t the
t y p i c a l f e a t u r e s of t h e L a t i n l i t u r g i c a l s o n g s d e s c r i b e d h e r e are s t r o n g l y r e f l e c t e d i n
t h e v e r n a c u l a r r e p e r t o r i e s . ( N o w r i t e r has s u b j e c t e d b o t h t e x t u a l a n d m u s i c a l f e a t u r e s
of b o t h r e p e r t o r i e s t o a n a d e q u a t e a n a l y s i s . S t a r t i n g - p o i n t s i n the v a r i o u s areas are
provided by Spanke 1 9 3 0 - 1 a n d 1936, T r e i t l e r 1967, A r l t 1970.)
Ex. 1 1 . 2 4 . 2 is a t y p i c a l e x a m p l e of a t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y l i t u r g i c a l s o n g , o n e w h i c h
i n c l u d e s the w o r d s ' B e n e d i c a m u s d o m i n o ' a n d ' D e o gratias', fitted neatly into the
rhyme-scheme of t h e p o e m , i n the e x t e n d e d t h i r d a n d s i x t h s t r o p h e s of t h e piece.
M e j o d i c m o v e m e n t is a l m o s t c o m p l e t e l y t e r t i a n f o r t h e first f o u r l i n e s of t h e p i e c e . A t
first t h e t r i a d a—c—e is s t r e s s e d , t h e n a f t e r t h e r a p i d d e s c e n t to l o w D a n d C t h e r e is
s o m e g e n t l e p l a y i n g o f f of the D-F i n t e r v a l a g a i n s t the C-F-G t r i a d u p o n w h i c h the
piece finally settles. The i a n i b i c ^ x h y t h m o f the text is so p e r v a s i v e that slight
i r r e g u l a r i t i e s ( a c c o r d i n g t o c l a s s i c a l L a t i n u s a g e ) s e e m i r r e l e v a n t . T h e q u a n t i t i e s are
less r e g u l a r i n a l t e r n a t i n g s h o r t a n d l o n g . Y e t it is n o t i c e a b l e that, tW-Qrnote groups
al\yaysiall o n w h a t are.felt s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s , i n t h e _ ^ o n d _ h a l f of e a c h s t r o p h e .
W h e t h e r t h i s r e f l e c t s a p e r f o r m a n c e i n _c,nntin11niis._iip-heat 6/8 r h y r h m ^ i s o f course
o p e n to q u e s t i o n . W h a t is b e y o n d d i s p u t e is t h e r e g ^ j l ^ r h y ^ t h m i c n a t u r e of t h e t e x t ,
w h i c h the m u s i c h i g h l i g h t s rather than disguises. (Regular note-grouping in the
o p p o s i t e s e n s e , w h e r e it is the u n s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s w h i c h are g i v e n t w o - n o t e g r o u p s ,
c a n a l s o b e f o u n d , f o r e x a m p l e i n Dei sapientia, A r l t 1970, Editionsband, 148.)
*3 ' <i * ^
Nostra-que li - b e - r a - ci - o ser-pentis ex a - cu - le - o.
fir
3. a Sponsus uti de thalamo preceteris formosior
b ita de matris utero processit orbis conditor.
c Pro seculi remedio effectus est Deus homo.
F
c Quo c i r c a nos in iubilo B E N E D I C A M U S DOMINO.
4. a O matris alme uiscera repleta Dei gracia
b que genuerunt talia tanta sacrata pignora.
c Beata quoque ubera que puer ille sugxerat.
T h i s s i m p l e a n d d i r e c t m e l o d i c i d i o m is t h e p r e f e r r e d s t y l e o f w h a t m a y b e c a l l e d
the N o r t h F r e n c h t r a d i t i o n i n this i n t e r n a t i o n a l repertory, represented b y t h c s o u r c e s
w i t h festal offices f r o m L a o n ^ Sens, a ^ (1.9) a n d a l s o t h e e a r l i e r t r o p e r s
f r o m N o r m a n S i c i l y ( M a d r i d , B i b l i o t e c a N a c i o n a l 288, 2 8 9 , a n d 19421), a l l of w h i c h
m a n u s c r i p t s date f r o m t h e t w e l f t h o r e a r l y t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y . A q - u i t a n i a n . t w e 1 f t h -
centjan^ sources occasionally record much more florid compositions. Letabundi
iubilemus, E x . I I . 2 4 . 3 , is f r o m P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 1 3 9 , w h e r e i t
begins a series of pieces headed 'lc incoant Benedicamus' ('Here begin the
B e n e d i c a m u s p i e c e s ' ) , a l t h o u g h t h e t e x t of t h i s p a r t i c u l a r p i e c e m a k e s n o r e f e r e n c e t o
t h e r i t u a l w o r d s . ( I n t h e L e P u y o f f i c e it is r u b r i c k e d as a ' c o n d u c t u s ' . )
T h e t e x t of Letabundi iubilemus is c l e a r l y of t h e n e w e r t y p e , w i t h lkte.4e.ngths
far j r n c j m ^ j a r i e d than in E x . II.24.2 (' = stressed or half-stressed at l i n e - e n d s ;
= unstressed):
Letabundi iubilemus
Accurate celehremus
C h r i s t i natalitia
s u m m a leticia
c u m gratia
produxit
gratanter mentibus
fidelibus
inluxit.
T h e t e x t c o n s i s t s of t h r e e . r e g u l a r s t r o p h e s , set i n a n , A B A ( d a c a p o ) m u s i c a l f o r m .
B u t t h e t e x t u a l s i m i l a r i t y of t h e t h r e e s t r o p h e s is q u i t e o b s c u r e d b y t he^ ve r y o r n a t e
s e t t i n g f o r t h e c e n t r a L s t r o p h e ( i n t h i s s o u r c e , t h o u g h n o t i n t h e L e P u y v e r s i o n ) , as i f
t h e c o m p r e s s e d e n e r g y of t h e s y l l a b i c l i n e s s u d d e n l y e x p l o d e s i n a v i r t u o s o v o c a l
display. C h a i n s of t h i r d s are m u c h less p r o m i n e n t , p a r t l y b e c a u s e o f t h e ornate
s u r f a c e of t h e m e l o d y , t h o u g h the s t r o n g K-G a n d a-c-e c h a i n s of t h e f i r s t three
l i n e s , a n d a-c-e i n ' q u o d i n n o b i s ' a n d ' a r c a n u m ' , are h e a r d c l e a r l y e n o u g h . H o w e v e r ,
if t h e n o t e - g r o u p i n g s w i t h i n t h e m e l i s m a s reflect p h r a s i n g i n p e r f o r m a n c e , t h e n o t h e r
t h i r d s m a y b e a u d i b l e : i n ' ( E r u c t a ) v i t ' f o r e x a m p l e , c-e,f-d, e-c, d-b, etc. A n d such
p r o g r e s s i o n s as t h a t at ' v i s a c e r b u m ' , partially concealed b y the text, are also of
gra-tanter menti-bus f i - d ze - l +~
—9 i-bus in- -lu - xit.
conceptum e - d i - d i t nec perdi-dit pu- -do-rem. (Fine)
E - rue - ta - ui-
0W 9
4 §0
Y
quod in n o - b i s ha- -bu- -it quod di-u la-tu-it tunc pa-tu-it
000
ar - ca-
J
—
M 0 0M M
_ _
-num.
(Da Capo al P^ine)
significance: G-b, a-c, b-d, c-e. A n important element i n the setting of the
' E r u c t a v i t ' s t r o p h e is t h e r o u l a d e cde-fed-edc-dc i n one permutation or another.
G e n e r a l s p e a k i n g , t h e B e n e d i c a m u s s o n g s are t h e less a d v e n t u r o u s i n p o e t i c m e t r e
a n d f o r m , a n d f e w B e n e d i c a m u s s o n g s are i n florid m u s i c a l s t y l e , w h e r e a s s o n g s wiTh~
f r e e t e x t s o f t e n d i s p l a y r h y t h m i c a n d m e l o d i c d e s i g n s of c o n s i d e r a b l e b r i l l i a n c e . T h e
e x t r a v a g a n c e c a n b e p u r e l y d i y t h m i c , as injVatus[est, natus est ( E x . I I . 2 4 . 4 ) , w h e r e
t h e r e p e t i t i v e m e l o d y h i g h l i g h t s , b y i t s v e r y naivete, t h e i r r e s i s t i b l e d r i v e of t h e
p o e m . T h e piece has t w o large s t r o p h e s , w i t h n u m e r o u s . i n t e r n a l x e p e a t s , w h i c h l i n k it
i n d i r e c t l y to c o m p o s i t i o n s like E x . 11.24.1 above.
i
Z-t FP
_j ^ w w ——
w
3E
f f — w — m
— • — • — w 9— — n —
1. et m o - r i - t u r mors et mo - r i - t u r mors.
2. ut a d - i u - u e t nos ut ad - iu-uet nos.
. P o e t i c e x u b e r a n c e o f a d i f f e r e n t k i n d is d i s p l a y e d \riJ2a.Jaiidis homo ( A r l t 1970,
D a r s t e l l u n g s b a n d , 212), where the r e j 3 e j i t i ^ : suggesting an almost rapt
amazerr^nt_at_the w o n d e r of the I n c a r n a t i o n .
R e f r a i n s o n g s a r e a n o t h e r c h a r a c t e r i s t i c f e a t u r e of t h e r e p e r t o r y . E x x . I I . 2 4 . 5 - 7 s h o w
three e x a m p l e s . I n E x . 11.24.5 the r e f r a i n consists s i m p l y of line e n d i n g s .
« 9—•—— — w
9 — ^ r *
Ma-ri- -e et cor-dibus et uo-ci-bus et a c - t i - b u s pro-ma-
% • *- * ^ *
-tur Ma - ri-am uox Ma - riam cor Ma - nam sensus mens uigor
i
proclament hac in di- -e et fi - li-um Ma - ri-
(full text A H 20 no. 149 p.119)
# ^ #
— w
— —^ — — _ — — 9
N o s te p r e - i a m que t ' re-mem-bre de nos quant tri-a-ras los mais d ' a n t r e los bos.
' B e n e d i c a m u s ' r u b r i c , a n d i n fact a n n o u n c e s that a l e s s o n is a b o u t to be r e a d . A n d t h i s
is t h e first of m a n y t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y e x a m p l e s of s o n g s e v i d e n t l y i n t e n d e d to i n t r o d u c e
t h e r e a d i n g of a l e s s o n . ( O n e h a s a l r e a d y b e e n g i v e n a b o v e as E x . I I . 2 4 . 6 . )
T h e r i t u a l w o r d s w i t h w h i c h t h e l e c t o r asks t h e o f f i c i a n t ' s b l e s s i n g b e f o r e r e a d i n g a
l e s s o n i n t h e o f f i c e is t h e v e r s i c l e jfube domne benedicere (LU 1 1 9 - 2 1 ) . A n d the w o r d s
' J u b e d o m n e ' d o i n d e e d a p p e a r at t h e e n d of o n e s o n g , Congandentes iubilemus, in
t h e x N o r m a n - S i c i l i a n t r o p e r M a d r i d 2 8 9 ( c a l l e d a conductus i n t h e m a n u s c r i p t — i t is
t h e e a r l i e s t s o u r c e to c a r r y t h i s w o r d as a r u b r i c , w h i c h is e q u i v a l e n t to t h e word
versus i n P a r i s 1 1 3 9 ) . A s w i t h t h e ' T J J a u t e m ' s o n g , t h e m u s i c o f t h e o r i g i n a l t o n e is
n o t u s e d . Thrtejube s o n g s also a p p e a r i n t h e s o - c a l l e d ' C o d e x C a l i x t i n u s ' ( S a n t i a g o
de C o m p o s t e l a ) , d a t i n g f r o m t h e J 1 6 0 s , s o m e t w e n t y years later t h a n M a d r i d 289 (ed.
W a g n e r 1 9 3 1 , 3 9 - 4 0 , 9 4 - 6 , a l l c a l l e d ' C o n d u c t u m ' a n d e n d i n g ' L e c t o r lege et d e r e g e ,
q u i regit o m n e , die l u b e d o m n e ' ) .
Of all songs apparently designed to introduce a l e s s o n , ^Resonet in tone t. w a s
e v i d e n t l y t h e m o s t p o p u l a r . W i t h its final strophe:
11.25. L I T U R G I C A L D R A M A S
(i) L i t u r g y and D r a m a
(ii) T h e Quern queritis Dialogue
(iii) Easter Ceremonies f r o m the E l e v e n t h C e n t u r y O n w a r d
(iv) C h r i s t m a s and E p i p h a n y C e r e m o n i e s ; Rachel's and M a r y ' s L a m e n t s
(v) R h y m e d C e r e m o n i e s ; the ' F l e u r y P l a y b o o k ' ; the Ludus Danielis
A g r e a t p a r t of t h e l i t u r g y is m e d i t a t i o n a l ; t h e s e q u e n c e of o f f i c e h o u r s , a n d t h e first
p a r t of m a s s , t h e A n t e - c o m m u n i o n o r M a s s of t h e C a t e c h u m e n s . P r a y e r a n d p r a i s e are
j o i n e d to r e a d i n g s f r o m s a c r e d t e x t s to i n s p i r e d e v o t i o n a n d r e c o l l e c t i o n of G o d ' s w o r k
i n t h e w o r l d . T h e s e c o n d p a r t of m a s s , t h e M a s s of t h e F a i t h f u l , is o f a d i f f e r e n t
character, a c o m m e m o r a t i o n of t h e L a s t S u p p e r i n w h i c h p r i e s t a n d congregation
p e r f o r m again the s i m p l e a n d essential actions first p e r f o r m e d b y C h r i s t a n d his
d i s c i p l e s . A t a t i m e w h e n c o m m u n i o n f o r m o s t of t h o s e p r e s e n t w a s r a r e (as it w a s
t h r o u g h o u t t h e M i d d l e A g e s ) , o n e m a y ask h o w m u c h t h e m a s s w a s t h o u g h t of as a
commemorative r i t u a l act a n d h o w m u c h as a s p e c t a c l e p e r f o r m e d t o i n s p i r e the
d e v o t i o n of n o n - p a r t i c i p a n t s . W h a t e v e r t h e case m a y b e , t h e p r i n c i p l e ' D o t h i s i n
r e m e m b r a n c e of m e ' c o u l d b e e x t e n d e d to j u s t i f y o t h e r a c t i o n s . T h u s at t h e p r o c e s s i o n
o n P a l m S u n d a y , b r a n c h e s w e r e c a r r i e d a n d t h e p e o p l e c a l l e d ' H o s a n n a ' , j u s t as w h e n
Christ entered Jerusalem (see Amalarius' remarks: Hanssens, ii. 58-9, cited by
H a r d i s o n 1965, 111). T h e w a s h i n g of t h e feet at the M a n d a t u m c e r e m o n y is a n o t h e r
example. Here p a r t i c u l a r e v e n t s are not merely the subject of meditation and
interpretation, but re-enacted.
A number of s y m b o l i c acts r u n p a r a l l e l to these l i t e r a l r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s . The
D e p o s i t i o n c e r e m o n i e s , w h e r e t h e h o s t o r a c r o s s w a s b u r i e d o n G o o d F r i d a y , to b e
b r o u g h t u p a g a i n o n E a s t e r D a y , are s y m b o l i c r e - e n a c t m e n t s of C h r i s t ' s b u r i a l a n d
r e s u r r e c t i o n (see Y o u n g 1933, c h . 4). H a r d i s o n g i v e s a m p l e d e m o n s t r a t i o n of the
p r o p e n s i t y of A m a l a r i u s (a f e w o t h e r w r i t e r s f o l l o w h i m ) to i n t e r p r e t e l e m e n t s of t h e
l i t u r g y s y m b o l i c a l l y , t h o u g h it is u n l i k e l y t h a t a l l w e r e o r i g i n a l l y i n t e n d e d to be
symbolic.
A m a l a r i u s ' w r i t i n g s are o n e m a n i f e s t a t i o n of a d e s i r e d e t e c t a b l e i n m a n y a s p e c t s of
n i n t h - a n d t e n t h - c e n t u r y l i t u r g i c a l p r a c t i c e to m a k e t h e l i t u r g y m o r e v i v i d l y present
and topical. T h e a d d i t i o n of t r o p e v e r s e s to i n t r o i t s a n d o t h e r c h a n t s is another
e x a m p l e , w h e r e p r e v i o u s l y n e u t r a l t e x t s are e x p l i c i t l y k e y e d to p a r t i c u l a r t h e m e s . It is
perhaps against t h i s b a c k g r o u n d t h a t t h e a d d i t i o n of a n e w r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a l act,
c e n t r e d o n t h e Quern queritis d i a l o g u e , s h o u l d be u n d e r s t o o d .
I n v i e w o f the m o d e r n connotations of t h e words 'drama' and 'play', I have
generally avoided them, for the r o u g h l y e q u i v a l e n t m e d i e v a l t i t l e ludus is rare.
M e d i e v a l t e r m s , w h e r e p r e s e n t , are u s u a l l y officiian o r ordo. T h i s m a y b e t r a n s l a t e d as
' c e r e m o n y ' , a w o r d w h i c h r e m a i n s e v o c a t i v e of t h e l i t u r g i c a l c o n t e x t .
S o m e t i m e i n t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y a n a d j u n c t to t h e E a s t e r l i t u r g y w a s c o m p o s e d , a
s i m p l e d i a l o g u e b e t w e e n a n angel a n d the M a r y s v i s i t i n g C h r i s t ' s t o m b o n Easter
m o r n i n g , t h e f a m o u s Quern queritis d i a l o g u e . A b o u t its o r i g i n a n d t h e w a y i n w h i c h it
was first p e r f o r m e d w e are i g n o r a n t . T h a t it a c h i e v e d w i d e d i s t r i b u t i o n a l r e a d y i n t h e
t e n t h c e n t u r y s u g g e s t s t h a t it w a s c o m p o s e d i n t h e n i n t h , b u t i n t h i s , as i n its p l a c e of
o r i g i n , s c h o l a r s are i n d i s a g r e e m e n t ( f r o m a n e x t e n s i v e l i t e r a t u r e o n t h e s u b j e c t m a y
be c i t e d d e B o o r 1 9 6 7 ; R a n k i n 1985, 'Quern queritis'; Davril 1986). In the tenth-
c e n t u r y s o u r c e s it c o u l d c l e a r l y o c c u p y o n e of s e v e r a l d i f f e r e n t p l a c e s i n t h e l i t u r g y .
Sometimes it a p p a r e n t l y p r e c e d e d t h e I n t r o i t Resurrexi of M a s s o n E a s t e r Day.
S o m e t i m e s it w a s p a r t of t h e p r o c e s s i o n b e f o r e m a s s , w h i c h c o u l d c o n v e n i e n t l y m a k e
a s t a t i o n b y a ' s e p u l c h r e ' w h e r e t h e d i a l o g u e w o u l d be s u n g . S i n c e m o s t e a r l y s o u r c e s
l a c k s p e c i f i c r u b r i c s , it is u s u a l l y i m p o s s i b l e to d i s t i n g u i s h b e t w e e n t h i s u s a g e a n d t h e
p r e v i o u s . A n o t h e r p l a c e w a s at t h e e n d of t h e N i g h t Office on Easter morning,
f o l l o w i n g t h e last r e s p o n s o r y ( u s u a l l y Dum transisset sabbatum, which appropriately
sets t h e s c e n e ) , a n d p r e c e d i n g t h e T e D e u m . ( O n t h e v a r i o u s l i t u r g i c a l a s s i g n m e n t s ,
see M c G e e 1 9 7 6 , a n d B j o r k 1980, 'Dissemination'.)
T h e d i a l o g u e appears i n m a n y f o r m s , w h e r e extra verses u s u a l l y precede and/or
s u c c e e d a r e l a t i v e l y s t a b l e c o r e . ( W h a t c o n s t i t u t e s t h e ' o r i g i n a l ' c o r e is a l s o t h e s u b j e c t
of c o n t r o v e r s y . ) T h e v e r s i o n i n E x . 1 1 . 2 5 . 1 has o n e e x t r a v e r s e b e f o r e (Hora est) and
o n e a f t e r (Alleluia) t h e Quern queritis exchange. O t h e r s o u r c e s h a v e Quern queritis
a n d lesum Nazarenum a f o u r t h l o w e r , i n D - m o d e (as i n t h e n e x t e x a m p l e , Ex.
1 1 . 2 5 . 2 ) . T h e n e x t v e r s e s , Non est hie a n d Ite nuntiate . . . surrexit, are t h e n i n t h e
same D-mode, but s o u n d relatively higher, like an exultant climax. The word
' d i c e n t e ' is n o t a l w a y s p r e s e n t , for it s i m p l y p r o v i d e s a l i n k t o t h e n e x t v e r s e . It is
w o r t h n o t i n g t h e m u s i c a l s i m i l a r i t i e s b e t w e e n Quern queritis a n d lesion Nazarenum:
b o t h b e g i n a n d e n d w i t h s u b - p h r a s e s c a d e n c i n g F-G (C-D in transposition), while in
b e t w e e n c o m e s a s u b - p h r a s e w h i c h begins b y o u t l i n i n g the t r i a d F-a-c.
A s a g l a n c e at t h e t e x t e d i t i o n i n C T 3, 2 1 7 - 2 3 w i l l s h o w , t h e first v e r s e Hora est
psallite c a n b e f o u n d n o t o n l y i n I t a l i a n b u t also i n F r e n c h , C a t a l o n i a n , a n d G e r m a n
sources, though the d i s t r i b u t i o n is t h i n . The d i s t r i b u t i o n of Alleluia resurrexit
dominus is e q u a l l y w i d e , a n d a l i t t l e less t h i n . S o m e s o u r c e s h a v e a d d i t i o n a l v e r s e s
after it, some have the i n t r o i t Resurrexi. In the Pistoia source used for the
transcription (two Pistoia manuscripts are the only ones with this particular
c o m b i n a t i o n o f v e r s e s ) t h e r e is n o u n e q u i v o c a l r u b r i c . It s e e m s t h a t o n e g r o u p o f
singers, r e p r e s e n t i n g the angels, has t a k e n u p a p o s i t i o n b e h i n d t h e a l t a r ( i n the
c l o s e l y s i m i l a r c e r e m o n y f r o m P i a c e n z a t h e y are l e d b y t h e c a n t o r : see Y o u n g 1933,
i . 2 1 6 ) , w h i l e t h e s c h o l a , r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e M a r y s , s i n g s i n t h e c h o i r . F o r t h e final v e r s e
all c o m e t o g e t h e r i n t h e c h o i r . J u s t w h e n t h i s c e r e m o n y w o u l d h a v e b e e n s u n g is n o t
25. Liturgical Dramas 253
* # s 0 ' - ' +~
R scola
/
Cm
\\) f
# # • 9 w
^ • • * * * *f? *
Non est hie sur-re-xit sic-ut pre-di - xe - rat
- m — 0 — > /=0~
i- -te nun-ti - a - te qui-a sur-re-xit di-cen-tes.
c l e a r : i n P i a c e n z a it f o l l o w e d T e r c e , w h i c h m e a n s at t h e p o i n t w h e n t h e p r o c e s s i o n
before mass w o u l d have b e e n m a d e . It seems l i k e l y t h e r e f o r e that these c h a n t s w e r e
t h e last t o b e s u n g b e f o r e m a s s i t s e l f , a n d w o u l d h a v e b e e n f o l l o w e d b y t h e i n t r o i t .
(See t h e m o r e e x p l i c i t r u b r i c s f r o m o t h e r I t a l i a n c h u r c h e s g i v e n b y Y o u n g , i . 2 1 5 - 1 6
a n d 2 2 8 - 9 , M c G e e , 1 2 - 1 3 . ) B u t i n t h i s case t h e y d o n o t l e a d d i r e c t l y i n t o Resurrexi
as a t r o p e .
It m u s t b e a d m i t t e d t h a t o n l y o n e o f t h e m a n y v e r s e s w h i c h w e r e u s e d t o c o n c l u d e
the l i t t l e c e r e m o n y c l e a r l y n e e d s a s u c c e e d i n g t e x t : t h i s is Eia carissimi verba canite
Christi w h i c h i n t w o s o u r c e s l e a d s i n t o Resurrexi, i n another into the T e D e u m , a n d
i n a f o u r t h m a n u s c r i p t h a s n o i n d i c a t i o n of t h e n e x t c h a n t . T r a d i t i o n a l liturgical
a n t i p h o n s ( t h e i r t e x t , t h a t i s , if n o t a l w a y s t h e i r m u s i c ) are s o m e t i m e s i n c l u d e d i n t h e
scene. A g r o u p of sources f r o m the R h i n e - M o s e l area, a n d W i n c h e s t e r , h a v e Surrexit
dominus de sepulchro ( C I O 5079), some Swiss and south G e r m a n ones have Surrexit
enim sicut dixit ( 5 0 8 1 ) , W i n c h e s t e r has Cito euntes ( 1 8 1 3 ) a n d Venite et videte
( 5 3 5 2 ) . A n o t h e r v e r s e is c l e a r l y not s u n g b y t h e M a r y s , f o r it sets t h e s c e n e as w e l l ,
b e i n g a l i t e r a l s e t t i n g of M a r k 16: 3 : ' E t d i c e b a n t a d i n v i c e m : Q u i s r e v o l v e t n o b i s
l a p i d e m ab o s t i o m o n u m e n t i ? A l l e l u i a , a l l e l u i a . ' It is i n fact a n o t h e r o f f i c e a n t i p h o n
(CAO 2697) drafted into a new setting.
A l u c h m o r e e x p l i c i t l y representational t h a n the P i s t o i a version a n d the o t h e r Italian
o n e s j u s t m e n t i o n e d is t h e v e r s i o n k n o w n f r o m late t e n t h - c e n t u r y England. The
complete text with notation is p r e s e r v e d i n the two tropers from Winchester,
C a m b r i d g e , C o r p u s C h r i s t i C o l l e g e 473 a n d O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , B o d l e y 775,
and a full d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e ceremony survives i n two copies of t h e Regularis
Concordia, g u i d e - l i n e s for E n g l i s h m o n a s t i c life d r a w n u p i n the w a k e of a c o u n c i l
h e l d at W i n c h e s t e r c . 9 7 3 . T h i s a l l - i m p o r t a n t d e s c r i p t i o n says s p e c i f i c a l l y t h a t the
c e r e m o n y is p e r f o r m e d ' i n i m i t a t i o n of t h e a n g e l s e a t e d o n t h e t o m b a n d of t h e w o m e n
c o m i n g w i t h p e r f u m e s to a n o i n t t h e b o d y of J e s u s ' (Regularis Concordia, ed. Symons
1953, 50). T h e m o n k r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e a n g e l has a s y m b o l i c p a l m i n h i s h a n d , t h e
t h r e e b r e t h r e n w h o are t h e M a r y s c o m e 'as t h o u g h s e a r c h i n g f o r s o m e t h i n g ' .
O n e s h o u l d n o t o v e r - e m p h a s i z e t h e n a t u r a l i s m of the s c e n e . T h e monks wear
l i t u r g i c a l v e s t m e n t s a n d c a r r y t h u r i b l e s i n s t e a d of r e a l o i n t m e n t s . T h e c e r e m o n y is
not a historical reconstruction of past events, but a v i v i d d e m o n s t r a t i o n to the
c o m m u n i t y t h a t C h r i s t is r i s e n , t h e r e a n d t h e n . W h e n the s c e n e is o v e r T e D e u m is
s u n g , w i t h t h e b e l l s of t h e c h u r c h r i n g i n g t h e w h i l e . W h a t is i n t e n s e l y m o v i n g a b o u t
t h i s s t a r k l y s i m p l e s c e n e h a s n o t h i n g to d o w i t h t h e c h a r a c t e r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n w h i c h is
t h e e s s e n c e of m o d e r n d r a m a , b u t c o m e s f r o m t h e d i s t i l l a t i o n of t h e E a s t e r miracle
into a few brief utterances. Realism is marginal, would even have been an
impoverishment, for the m o r e specific the r e p r e s e n t a t i o n , the m o r e the symbolic
o v e r t o n e s are l o s t . N o t h i n g i n the b i b l i c a l n a r r a t i v e suggests that the a n g e l h o l d s a
p a l m , b u t it b r i n g s to m i n d J e s u s ' t r i u m p h a l e n t r y i n t o J e r u s a l e m a w e e k e a r l i e r , b i n d s
t h e s c e n e to t h e e v e r - p r e s e n t s a c r e d h i s t o r y . T o d r e s s the m o n k s i n w o m e n ' s g a r m e n t s
w o u l d m a k e t h e m t o t a l l y f o r e i g n to t h e r e l i g i o u s c o m m u n i t y . W h e n t h e a n g e l s i n g s
' V e n i t e et v i d e t e l o c u m ' h e is n o t m e r e l y e n u n c i a t i n g t h e b i b l i c a l t e x t , b u t a c t u a l l y
s i n g i n g a l i t u r g i c a l a n t i p h o n w i t h that t e x t , m a k i n g the c e r e m o n y p a r t o f t h e e t e r n a l
liturgical cycle.
W e are e x c e p t i o n a l l y f o r t u n a t e i n h a v i n g so e a r l y a d e s c r i p t i o n of the c e r e m o n y , f o r
e a r l i e r c o p i e s of t h e t e x t a n d m u s i c ( a n d m a n y l a t e r o n e s ) are q u i t e u n s p e c i f i c i n t h i s
r e s p e c t . T h e q u e s t i o n of w h e t h e r the s c e n e w a s a c t e d m o r e o r less r e a l i s t i c a l l y f r o m
the beginning is, however, beside the point, for not even the most specific
d e s c r i p t i o n s , s u c h as t h e W i n c h e s t e r o n e , a i m f o r r e a l i s m .
Sources of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y , a n d m a n y l a t e r o n e s , d o n o t g o b e y o n d t h e core
d i a l o g u e , u s u a l l y w i t h a few a c c o m p a n y i n g verses. A l r e a d y d u r i n g this early p e r i o d
t h e v e r s e s w e r e a d a p t e d f o r o t h e r s e a s o n s , C h r i s t m a s (Quern queritis in presepe—
m a i n l y F r e n c h a n d N o r t h I t a l i a n s o u r c e s ) a n d A s c e n s i o n (Quern credit is super astra
ascendisse—mainly French sources).
Verse Mark 16
Q u i s revolvet 3
Ecce lapis revolutus cf. 4-5
Nolite timere cf. 6
Quern queritis —
Hiesum Nazarenum —
N o n est h i e 6
V e n i t e et v i d e t e cf. 6
Ecce locus 6
Ite d i c i t e 7
. . . precedet vos 7
Ibi e u m videbitis 7
F r o m t h e n o n the t e x t is n e w c o m p o s e d , t h o u g h the M a r y s r e p e a t t h e w o r d s of t h e
a n g e l as t h e y g o to t e l l the g o o d n e w s .
The way i n w h i c h the expansion of t h e older dialogue has been effected is
sometimes a l l t o o c l e a r l y v i s i b l e . T h e t r a d i t i o n a l a n t i p h o n Venite et videte already
p a r a p h r a s e s t h e angel's i n v i t a t i o n to see the p l a c e w h e r e J e s u s h a d l a i n . Ecce locus, the
b i b l i c a l t e x t u n a l t e r e d , is a l m o s t s u p e r f l u o u s , t h o u g h w e m a y i m a g i n e a p a u s e b e t w e e n
t h e t w o as t h e M a r y s a p p r o a c h the p l a c e m o r e c l o s e l y . ( T h e l a m e n t at t h e s t a r t e n d s
w i t h a n i n c i p i t f o r the Quis revolvet v e r s e , as if the s c r i b e w a s c o p y i n g f r o m t w o
d i f f e r e n t e x e m p l a r s a n d d i d not a m a l g a m a t e t h e m w h o l l y s u c c e s s f u l l y . I h a v e o m i t t e d
the i n c i p i t i n the example.)
E x . I I . 2 5 . 2 . Visitatio sepulchri ( M a d r i d , B i b l . N a c . V . 2 0 - 4 , f o . 102 v
— — — « — ^ #—9
He-u con-so-la-ti - o nostra ut quid mortem sustinu-it.
Insimul omnes Uersus Marie mulierum
- * #• * • ^ 0 * 9
* v ^ #
3 -p * • • ^ ^ & ^ F ^ ~ = :
O De-us Quis re-uol-uet no-bis l a - p i - d e m ab h o s t i - o m o - r r u - m e n - t i .
Mulieres
)
• + 0
'* i 7 i
• -S** 9 f w
^ * * * ~
Hiesum Na-za - re - num c r u - c i - fi-xum que-ri - mus O ce-li-co-le.
Angelus
9 * 0 # f ^ ^ m * 0
B m
m ^ ]Jj
Non est hie sur-re-xit si-cut predi-xe-rat ue - ni - te et ui - de - te locum u - bi
00 fi
* *' • * 9 3
# 0 4
-*> 0
'* 0
*
po-si-tus e-rat do-minus. Ec-ce lo-cus u-bi po - su - e-runt e-um.
Jfr * • +x # * ' 4 f 0 0
* -+> • # # # #
*
I - te di-ci-te d i s - c i - p u - l i s eius quia sur-re-xit de se-pulchro et ec-ce
-0 '0 # 0
9
9 9 « 9
— 9 *^ *
A few pages later i n the manuscript further parts of the Easter story are
represented. T h e s e are t h e e n c o u n t e r of t w o d i s c i p l e s w i t h t h e r i s e n C h r i s t o n the
r o a d to E m m a e u s , t h e ' P e r e g r i n u s ' ( p i l g r i m ) e p i s o d e , so c a l l e d b e c a u s e t h e t w o d o n o t
r e c o g n i z e C h r i s t at f i r s t , b e l i e v i n g h i m to be a p i l g r i m ( L u k e 2 4 : 13-32). Although
Christ disappears at t h e e n d of t h e s c e n e , he t h e n r e t u r n s i n o r d e r to s h o w the
d i s c i p l e s h i s w o u n d s ( L u k e 2 4 : 3 6 - 9 ) . T h e n e x t e p i s o d e i n t h e m a n u s c r i p t is M a r y
M a g d a l e n e ' s e n c o u n t e r w i t h C h r i s t ( J o h n 2 0 : 1 1 - 1 8 ) . F i n a l l y , d o u b t i n g T h o m a s is
portrayed (John 20: 24-9).
T h e d i s t r i b u t i o n i n o t h e r m a n u s c r i p t s of s e t t i n g s of t h e s e e p i s o d e s is s o m e w h a t
p a t c h y . P e r e g r i n u s p l a y s are f a i r l y w i d e s p r e a d . M a r y M a g d a l e n e e p i s o d e s textually
a n d m u s i c a l l y r e l a t e d to t h i s o n e are r a r e l y f o u n d o u t s i d e n o r t h F r e n c h a n d E n g l i s h
s o u r c e s ; s i m i l a r s c e n e s are p r e s e n t i n s o u r c e s f r o m G e r m a n y a n d f r o m B o h e m i a b u t
w e r e c o n c e i v e d q u i t e i n d e p e n d e n t l y . A s c e n e w i t h T h o m a s is g i v e n i n o n l y f o u r o t h e r
m a n u s c r i p t s : T o u r s , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 927 ( f r o m n o r t h F r a n c e o r E n g l a n d ) ,
P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , n . a . l . 1064 (from Beauvais), Orleans, Bibliotheque
M u n i c i p a l e 201 (the ' F l e u r y P l a y b o o k ' ) , a n d M u n i c h , Bayerische Staatsbibliothck,
e l m 4 6 6 0 a ( ' C a r m i n a B u r a n a ' ) ; i n the B e a u v a i s v e r s i o n t h e t e x t is v e r s i f i e d . N a t u r a l l y
t h e r e is a c o m m o n r e c o u r s e i n t h e s e s o u r c e s to d i a l o g u e d r a w n d i r e c t l y f r o m the
g o s p e l s . W h a t t e n d s t o s e p a r a t e t h e m is (a) the n o n - b i b l i c a l m a t e r i a l they i n c l u d e ,
(b) t h e m u s i c a l s e t t i n g , a n d (c) t h e c a s t i n g of t h e text i n t o v e r s e .
T h e r e is n o s p a c e h e r e f o r a f u l l d e m o n s t r a t i o n of a l l t h e s e p o i n t s . F o r t u n a t e l y , t h e
M a r y M a g d a l e n e e p i s o d e has b e e n l u c i d l y a n a l y s e d b y R a n k i n ( 1 9 8 1 , ' M a r y ' ) . W e
have a l r e a d y seen that l i t u r g i c a l a n t i p h o n s m a y be u s e d i n these scenes, understandable
e n o u g h w h e n so m u c h of t h e b i b l i c a l t e x t w a s set i n l i t u r g i c a l c h a n t s of t h i s s e a s o n
(one needs o n l y to browse t h r o u g h the Easter section of, say, the Antiphonale
monasticum f o r t h i s to b e c o m e a p p a r e n t ; see B r o c k e t t 1 9 7 7 - 8 . ) W h a t is p a r t i c u l a r l y
i n t e r e s t i n g is t h a t , as R a n k i n s h o w s , s o m e v e r s i o n s of t h e s c e n e r e t a i n t h e t r a d i t i o n a l
m e l o d i e s for the a n t i p h o n s thus d r a f t e d i n t o use, w h i l e others replace t h e m with
n e w l y c o m p o s e d m u s i c ( R a n k i n 1981, ' M a r y ' , T a b l e 2 o n p . 252).
The i n c o r p o r a t i o n of p r e - e x i s t i n g m a t e r i a l raises questions about the musical
c o n s i s t e n c y of t h e c o m p o s i t i o n . T h e T h o m a s s c e n e , as g i v e n i n M a d r i d V . 2 0 - 4
(Ex. II.25.3), includes four liturgical antiphons:
AM CAO mode
Vidimus dominum D
N i s i videro D
D a t a est m i c h i 465 2099 G
Pax vobis! 0 Thoma D
Misi digitum 480 3782 G
Q u i a vidisti me 479 4513 G
S u r r e x i t d o m i n u s de s e p u l c h r o 5079 E
A s m e n t i o n e d a b o v e , t h e last i t e m h a d p r e v i o u s l y b e e n u s e d i n t h e s i m p l e d i a l o g u e
s c e n e . A c o n f l i c t b e t w e e n it a n d t h e o t h e r t r a d i t i o n a l a n t i p h o n s is u n d e r s t a n d a b l e , b u t
w h y w e r e Nisi videro a n d Pax vobis n o t also m a d e i n G - m o d e ?
E x . I I . 2 5 . 3 . T h o m a s scene ( M a d r i d , B i b l . N a c . V . 2 0 - 4 , f o l . 107 ) v
Thomas autem non erat cum illis decern discipulis qui sunt in medio choro sed ueniens
ex auerso ad illos decern discipulos et stabit. Qui surgentes dicant ei tribus uicibus:
i
tr ^ 0 0
*• *
Vi-di-mus do-mi-num.
Thomas respondit:
#—• ^ *
Ni-si ui-de-ro in manibus e-ius fi-xuram cla-uo-rum et mittam digitum meum
• ' &0
• *** 0 0
* Vfc,
et pedes meos et af-fer manum tu-am et mitte in ia-tus meum et no-li
es - se in-credu-lus sed f i - d e - l i s al-le - lu-ia.
i
F ^ * »
Mi-si di - gi-tum meum in f i - x u - r a m cla-uorum et manum me-um in la-tus e-ius
* - ^ * # * «
et d i - x i d o - m i - n u s me-us et D e - u s me-us al-le-lu-ia.
Tribus uicibus dicat Dominus meus adorans. Et hoc facto dicat Ihesus Thome:
& . . . " • • » . . -
Qui-a ui-disti me Thomas cre-di - di - sti be-a-ti qui non ui-derunt et cre-di-derunt
P le - l u - i a al le - lu - ia a l - l e - l u - ia.
S u c h i n c o n s i s t e n c y , i f w e a r e t o r e g a r d i t as s u c h , m a y s t i l l p e r s i s t w h e n t h e s c e n e i s
v e r s i f i e d a n d set t o n e w m u s i c . T h e B e a u v a i s v e r s i o n has t h e f o l l o w i n g t o n a l s t r u c t u r e :
Tunc ueniat Thomas qui defuerat. Et stanti in medio dicant ei duo pro aliis:
P —
U e - r e Thoma u i - d i - m u s do-minum
qui destru-xit mortis i m - p e - r i - u m . Quibus Thomas:
1
y 9——• ^ 4 3 j—-— • w--
Ni-si fi-xu-ram clauorum ui - de - ro et d i - g i - t o uulnus p a l - p a - u e - r o
... at-que manum in la-tus mi-se-ro hoc s c i - a - t i s nunquam c r e d i - d e - r o .
i •
Mulieres
v ^ . . •
Quis revolver no-bisab o s - t i - o l a - p i - d e m quern tegere sanctum cernimus sepulchrum.
Angelus
4 *' *Q
Non est hie quern queri-tis sed ci - to e - un-tes nun-ci - a - te dis-ci - pu - lis e - ius
~9 9—9 * 9
-^7-9 9
^ 9
#—«•—j—
et di - centem: qui-a sur-re-xit Ie-sus.
Petrus et Ioannes
—_— —_— m . . - - -
Cur-rebant du-o si-mul: et il-le a-li-us dis-ci - pu - lus pre-cu-currit c i - t i - us
9
— ^ > • #
— • * &—• • •
Pe-tro et ve-nit pri-or ad mo-numentum al-le-lu-ia.
Petrus et Ioannes cum sudario
9
U %9 • ^ %• 9
** 9 9 ^ i 9
•
9 •» • ^ 4> 9 • 9 9
Maria Chorus
r ' * ' * • i* # ^ + *
Sepulchrum Christi v i - v e n t i s : et glo-ri - a vi - di re - sur-gentis. Die no-bis...
Maria Chorus
y - • . ^ * 9
* + • - ^ •
A n - g e - l i - c o s testes: su - da-ri-um et vestes. Die no-bis.
Maria
e m p i r e u p o n t h e I t a l i a n c h u r c h w a s s t r o n g , p r o b a b l y i n t h i s case w h e n t h e A u g s b u r g
c a n o n H e i n r i c h w a s p a t r i a r c h of A q u i l e i a ( 1 0 7 7 - 8 4 ) . Its l a t e r r a p i d d i f f u s i o n c a n t h e n
be f o l l o w e d t h r o u g h the various ecclesiastical reform movements i n the German
c h u r c h of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y .
A m u c h b i g g e r r e p e r t o r y of l a m e n t s exists l a r g e l y o u t s i d e t h e l i t u r g y a n d is g e n e r a l l y
s u b s u m e d u n d e r t h e L a t i n t e r m p l a n c t u s . A s w e l l as m a n y s e c u l a r p l a n c t u s , L a t i n a n d
v e r n a c u l a r (see t h e c a t a l o g u e b y Y e a r l e y 1981 a n d e d i t i o n s i n Y^earley 1 9 8 3 ) , t h e r e are
a c o n s i d e r a b l e n u m b e r of l a m e n t s of the V i r g i n M a r y at t h e f o o t of t h e c r o s s ( G e r m a n
' M a r i e n k l a g e n ' ) . A l t h o u g h the c i r c u m s t a n c e s of t h e i r p e r f o r m a n c e are n o t always
c l e a r , it s e e m s t h a t s u c h l a m e n t s w e r e o f t e n s u n g , at least i n G e r m a n y a n d n o r t h I t a l y ,
beneath the c r u c i f i x o n G o o d F r i d a y . A n a p p r o p r i a t e l i t u r g i c a l p l a c e w a s a f t e r t h e
r e p r o a c h e s d u r i n g the A d o r a t i o n of the C r o s s . T w o e a r l y c o m p o s i t i o n s of t h i s s o r t ,
E x . I I . 2 5 . 6 . Lamentatio Rachelis (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 1139, fo. 32 ) v
Lamentatio Rachelis
Angelus
CM
9 m m m
• * f. 9
9 9
/ 9 9
R h y m e d s o n g s h a v e a l r e a d y b e e n r e f e r r e d to s e v e r a l t i m e s . I n d r a m a t i c presentations
t h e y first a p p e a r i n c o n s i d e r a b l e n u m b e r s i n an A q u i t a n i a n m a n u s c r i p t of t h e e a r l y
t w e l f t h c e n t u r y , P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1139. B e n e d i c a m u s songs and
similar pieces f r o m the m a n u s c r i p t h a v e b e e n c i t e d i n 1 1 . 2 4 . T h e d r a m a s are the
following:
fo. 32 v
Lamentatio Rachelis Latin strophes
fo. 5 3 r
Hoc est de mulieribus Quern queritis dialogue
fo. 53 r
Sponsus L a t i n and Occitan strophes
fo. 55 v
[Ordo prophetarum] Latin strophes
^ r * — ^ #—9 • *—
He- -u mi-se-ri quid f a - c i - m u s quid di - c i - m u s qui-a per-di-dimus
9
9 9 9 - #
m
9 ^ 9 9
9ZZ
quern custo - di - mus. De ce-lo ue-nit an - gelus qui di-xit mu-li - e - ri-bus
1 # — , *f—_ w
Uos R o m a - n i mi-li-tes -0
pre-cium a• c - c i - p9i - t e
9~ et o m - n i - b u s di - ci - te
£
F '— —• ^ — *
quod uobis s u b - l a - t u r n est.
Milites simul respondeant
• *9 « jp— — • —*—9
Pro quo genti-les fu-i-mus se-pulchrum custo-di-ui-mus magnum sonum audi-ui-mus
^9 ^ 9 S
et in terram ce - ci - di-mus.
Item dicat Pilatus
* + ^ + ^ * 9
• 9 • ^ 9 9 *
Legem non ha-bu-istis sed menti-ri po-tes-tis quod disci-pu - li ue-ne-runt
P et e-um sustu-lerunt.
Milites simul respondent
<* ~* 9 9 • * 9
# m * • * * • * • * 9
0 m • • W 9
— —_——•#
9 ^ • •
Hec e r - g o uo-lo ut sint uestra mu-ne-ra ne uos creda - tis a - l i q u a mendati-a
A d domos uestras i - te nunc cum gaudi-o et que ui-dis-tis te - g i - t e si-lenti - o
s que
= •—
uos se-ducant
9 ' w ~*J~ w—^
et pe - ri - re fa - ci-ant.
f y
_-
y
I unc e n t .
-0 ,j , ^ w m
3
V 9 —,
Qui-bus d i - x i t an-ge-lus in ues-te al - ba.
R e - s u r - r e - xit do-mi-nus mor-te cal-ca-ta.
:*fc
^7—* • *"
Se de - monstrat pos-te - a for-ma pre-cla - ra.
Di - lectis d i s - c i - p u - l i s in G a - l i - le - a.
9 9 «
9 W M
9 9 T 9
Comes factus in-ere-pat la-tens in ui - a.
Et scriptu - ra re - se - rat pi - us ar - cha - na.
Si - bi laus et glo - ri - a.
(Principes)
i
_^ •
Daniel
•
t e r t i a n f r a m e w o r k a n d t h e d e l a y i n g of the t o n i c c u n t i l t h e v e r y e n d of t h e song
(Ex. 11.25.9).
Of the other elements mentioned up until now, there is l i t t l e q u o t a t i o n of
t r a d i t i o n a l c h a n t ( t w o L e n t e n r e s p o n s o r i e s , Merito hec patimur a n d Emendemus in
melius, w h e n D a r i u s ' e n v i o u s c o u n s e l l o r s are a b o u t to be flung to t h e l i o n s ) , a n d ,
a l t h o u g h t h e r e are s t r o p h i c s o n g s other than the c o n d u c t u s , t h e r e is n o t h i n g to
resemble the r e p e t i t i o n technique of Sponsus a n d the m i r a c l e p l a y s i n t h e Fleury
P l a y b o o k . T h e text is m o s t l y r h y m e d w i t h r e g u l a r r h y t h m , set i n m u s i c of a d m i r a b l e
d i r e c t n e s s . W h e r e a s m u c h of the T o u r s a n d F l e u r y m u s i c m o v e s at t h e l e i s u r e l y p a c e
of t r a d i t i o n a l c h a n t , D a n i e l o f t e n s l i p s i n t o s y l l a b i c , p a t t e r n e d p h r a s e s . C o n s i d e r , f o r
e x a m p l e , t h e s o n g o f the e n v i o u s c o u n s e l l o r s as t h e y i n f o r m D a r i u s t h a t D a n i e l is
w o r s h i p p i n g h i s o w n g o d ( E x . 1 1 . 2 5 . 1 0 ) . I n t h e first l i n e t h e r e are t h r e e d e s c e n d i n g
melodic thirds (bracketed); and F o c c u r s three times o n stressed s y l l a b l e s ; the same
h a p p e n s i n the t h i r d l i n e , w i t h three G s . I n D a r i u s ' reply the t h i r d s r e c u r .
T h i s c l e a r l y r h y t h m i c , p a t t e r n e d m u s i c is c o m p l e m e n t e d b y a f e w i t e m s i n a less
insistent style. W h e n the counsellors h a v e h a d t h e i r w a y , a n d D a n i e l has been
c o n d e m n e d to the l i o n s ' d e n , he l a m e n t s as s h o w n i n E x . 1 1 . 2 5 . 1 1 . T h e l i n e s r h y m e
b u t t h e i r m e t r e is o b s c u r e d b y the ' H e u ' e x c l a m a t i o n s a n d b y d e v i a t i o n s f r o m s y l l a b i c
s e t t i n g . I g n o r i n g t h e e x c l a m a t i o n s , w e h a v e l i n e s of verses of 5 + 9, 5 + 9, 7 + 8, a n d
a g a i n 5 + 8 s y l l a b l e s . T h e s u d d e n c h a n g e i n t o t h e v e r y h i g h e s t r e g i s t e r is r h e t o r i c a l l y
i n s p i r e d . S o are t h e s w o o p s d o w n t h r o u g h the c o m p l e t e o c t a v e cc to c i n l i n e s 1 a n d
7-8 ( r u n n i n g o v e r t h e l i n e - e n d ) , a n d p e r h a p s t h e d e s c e n t to a a n d bb f o r ' d a m n a t i o ' .
T h e c o m p a r t m e n t a l i z a t i o n of p h r a s e s i n t o e i t h e r the l o w e r o r t h e u p p e r p a r t of t h e
o c t a v e ( o n l y c a n d g c a d e n c e s are u s e d ) is t y p i c a l of t w e l f t h - a n d thirteenth-century
pieces.
272 //. Chant Genres
(Consiliarii)
-9 v * * 0 • # _^ 0 0
#
Nunquid Dari obser-ua-ri sta-tu-is - ti om-nibus
Qui o - ra-re uel ro-ga-re quicquam a n u - m i - n i b u s
w
—.
Ni te de-um
.
il-lum re-um da-remus
9
—
9
•^
le-o-nibus
m (Rex)
Ve-re ius-si
• r
# #
me om-nibus
* • *
ad-o-ra-ri
*
a
" * *
gen-tibus.
S, ^ ^>
4. cur me d a - b i t ad la - ce - randum.
T h e Lucius Danielis is a u n i q u e a n d , to m o d e r n s e n s i b i l i t i e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y h a p p y
m i x o f s t y l e s . N o o t h e r w o r k of t h e p e r i o d m o v e s w i t h s u c h d i r e c t n e s s a n d e n e r g y .
E v e n i n its t i m e it m u s t h a v e s e e m e d e x t r a v a g a n t , not least m u s i c a l l y . L i t t l e of t h e
l i t u r g i c a l s p i r i t i n f o r m s i t , a l t h o u g h it e n d s w i t h T e D e u m . It s t a n d s at t h e o p p o s i t e
e n d of t h e s c a l e f r o m t h e P e r e g r i n u s c e r e m o n i e s , w i t h t h e i r c o p i o u s use of b i b l i c a l a n d
l i t u r g i c a l m a t e r i a l . It s e e m s to h a v e h a d n o s u c c e s s o r s , a n d i n d e e d , t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of
n e w d r a m a t i c l i t u r g i c a l c e r e m o n i e s of a n y k i n d f e l l o f f r a p i d l y after t h e thirteenth
century.
11.26. O F F I C E S W I T H V E R S E T E X T S
T h e s u b j e c t of t h e f o l l o w i n g r e m a r k s is t h e offices f o r s a i n t s w i t h a n t i p h o n s a n d
responsories w r i t t e n i n verse f o r m . T h e t o p i c is s o m e w h a t d i f f i c u l t t o d e f i n e a n d
n a m e . W e are n o t d e a l i n g w i t h a n e w l i t u r g i c a l g e n r e , f o r t h e c o m p o s i t i o n s i n q u e s t i o n
f o r m a n o r m a l p a r t of t h e o f f i c e ; o n l y t h e i r p o e t i c t e c h n i q u e d i s t i n g u i s h e s t h e m f r o m
o t h e r a n t i p h o n s a n d r e s p o n s o r i e s . N o r are w e d e a l i n g w i t h a n e w t y p e of m u s i c . W h i l e
it is t r u e t h a t t h e c h a n t s of v e r s i f i e d o f f i c e s are u s u a l l y a r r a n g e d i n m o d a l o r d e r , o f f i c e s
w i t h p r o s e t e x t s c a n also be f o u n d w h o s e c h a n t s are i n m o d a l o r d e r . O t h e r m u s i c a l
f e a t u r e s of l a t e r m e d i e v a l v e r s i f i e d o f f i c e s , d i s c u s s e d b r i e f l y b e l o w , are n o t e x c l u s i v e to
t h e m , b u t c a n be f o u n d i n o t h e r c h a n t s of t h e s a m e p e r i o d . N o r d o e s t h e u s u a l t e r m
' r h y m e d o f f i c e ' s e e m a d e q u a t e to c o n t a i n t h e w h o l e a r e a , f o r r h y m e is o n l y o n e a s p e c t
of p o e t i c t e c h n i q u e w h i c h c a n be f o u n d i n t h e o f f i c e s . It is c e r t a i n l y t r u e t h a t t h e vast
m a j o r i t y of v e r s i f i e d o f f i c e s w e r e w r i t t e n f r o m t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d i n a c c e n t u a l
r h y m i n g v e r s e , b u t m a n y e a r l i e r o f f i c e s u s e d r h y m e m o r e f r e e l y o r n o t at a l l — o n e
finds assonance, s i n g l e r a t h e r t h a n d o u b l e r h y m e , o r r h y m e d p r o s e ; s o m e t e x t s are
metrical rather than accentual. Thus the increasing and finally e x c l u s i v e use of
a c c e n t u a l r h y m i n g texts is a m a t t e r of s t y l i s t i c c h a n g e , n o t of a n e w l i t u r g i c a l o r
m u s i c a l f o r m . It r u n s p a r a l l e l to t h e use of a c c e n t u a l r h y m i n g v e r s e i n c o n d u c t u s
( w h i c h was a new genre), alleluias, sequences, and liturgical dramas.
T h e t e r m histona is u s e d f o r t h e r h y m e d as f o r t h e n o n - r h y m e d o f f i c e .
T h e s i z e of t h e r e p e r t o r y is v e r y l a r g e , b u t r a t h e r f e w o f f i c e s w e r e w i d e l y k n o w n .
The reasons are o b v i o u s . T h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t s a i n t s , c o m m e m o r a t e d throughout
E u r o p e , a l r e a d y h a d offices w i t h o l d p r o s e t e x t s . S a i n t s of lesser, l o c a l i m p o r t a n c e
m i g h t use c h a n t s f r o m t h e C o m m o n of S a i n t s , b u t m a n y c o m p o s e r s w e r e i n s p i r e d t o
c o m p o s e a n e w o f f i c e f o r the p a t r o n s a i n t of t h e t h e i r c h u r c h o r d i o c e s e , u s i n g m o d e r n
poetic techniques. The majority of offices with verse t e x t s are therefore local
demonstrations of piety. O n l y a few became widely k n o w n , such as those for
St T h o m a s of C a n t e r b u r y , St Francis, a n d S t D o m i n i c (the latter t w o naturally
p r o m u l g a t e d by their respective religious orders), w h i c h stimulated contrafacta for
other saints, that is, the same m u s i c was u t i l i z e d for new texts. J a m m e r s ( 1 9 2 9 - 3 0 )
s u r v e y e d n i n e t y - n i n e offices i n sources f r o m the R h i n e area. O f these seventeen were
w i d e l y o r f a i r l y w i d e l y k n o w n o u t s i d e t h a t a r e a , e i g h t w e r e p r o m u l g a t e d b y o n e of t h e
r e l i g i o u s o r d e r s , t w e l v e w e r e k n o w n i n a r e s t r i c t e d a r e a , i n c u d i n g at least p a r t of t h e
R h i n e l a n d , w h i l e t h e r e m a i n i n g s i x t y - t w o w e r e s u n g i n o n l y a h a n d f u l of c h u r c h e s o r
even just one. T h e s e figures s e e m t y p i c a l of t h e g e n e r a l p i c t u r e of d i s t r i b u t i o n , as
i n d e e d t h e y w o u l d b e f o r m a n y t y p e s of r e l a t i v e l y n e w l i t u r g i c a l m a t e r i a l .
O n e o r t w o i s o l a t e d m e t r i c a l o f f i c e a n t i p h o n s a n d r e s p o n s o r i e s , s u c h as t h e a n t i p h o n
Solve iubente Deo f r o m t h e o f f i c e f o r S t P e t e r (text i n h e x a m e t e r s , AM 9 9 3 , AS 412;
m a y be p r e - C a r o l i n g i a n . O t h e r m e t r i c a l or r h y m i n g o r otherwise p o e t i c a n t i p h o n s a n d
r e s p o n s o r i e s are o c c a s i o n a l l y to be f o u n d a m o n g s a i n t s ' o f f i c e s of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y .
H u c b a l d of S a i n t - A m a n d ( d . 930) is c r e d i t e d o n i n d i f f e r e n t a u t h o r i t y w i t h a n u m b e r
of t e x t s ( A H 13, 133 f f . , 2 0 0 f f . , 225 f f . ; A H 2 6 , 230 f f . ) . H e a p p e a r s t o h a v e a b e t t e r
c l a i m t o t h e a n t i p h o n s o f a S t P e t e r o f f i c e w h i c h has s u r v i v e d i n t r a n s c r i b a b l e n o t a t i o n
(see W e a k l a n d 1 9 5 9 ) . T h i s o f f i c e is n o t v e r s i f i e d . A n o t h e r e x a m p l e , e x c e p t i o n a l b o t h
b e c a u s e it w a s n o t c o m p o s e d i n h o n o u r of a l o c a l s a i n t a n d b e c a u s e it w a s a d o p t e d a l l
o v e r E u r o p e , is t h e T r i n i t y o f f i c e c o m p o s e d b y B i s h o p S t e p h e n of L i e g e (901-20).
( P a r t s o f t h e T r i n i t y o f f i c e are i n m o d e r n s e r v i c e - b o o k s , s u c h as A M 535 f f . ; f a c s i m i l e s
of a m e d i e v a l o n e A S 2 8 6 f f . ; a n u m b e r of t h e s e e a r l y t e x t s are d i s c u s s e d a n d e d i t e d b y
Jonsson 1968; t h e r e are f a c s i m i l e s of e l e v e n t h - c e n t u r y m e t r i c a l o f f i c e s i n D e l a p o r t e
1957 a n d 1 9 5 9 - 6 0 . )
It r e m a i n s t o b e s e e n to w h a t e x t e n t t h e m u s i c of t h e s e e a r l y o f f i c e s d i f f e r s f r o m t h a t
of t h e rest o f t h e r e p e r t o r y . E v e n at t h i s e a r l y date the p i e c e s m a y be a r r a n g e d i n
m o d a l o r d e r , as, f o r e x a m p l e , i n the T r i n i t y o f f i c e :
modes
Vespers antiphons 1-5
N i g h t Office antiphons 1-8, 7
N i g h t Office responsories 1-8, 1
L a u d s a n t i p h o n s ( w h i c h a l l h a v e verses) 1 - 5
R. Vi-dens Ro- -me uir be-a- -tus Anglo- -rum for-te pu - e-ros
i
be-ne in-quid be-ne An-gli uul-tu nitent ut an- -ge-li.
I
O- -portet il- -lis monstra-ri i- -ter sa - l u - -tis
-ter- -ne.
#• * *• • #w #
9 * ** W^Z
The m u s i c of t h e r e s p o n d , b y c o n t r a s t w ith t h a t of t h e v e r s e , o w e s
T
practically
n o t h i n g t o the m e l o d i c i d i o m s of m o d e 2 r e s p o n s o r i e s . A m o n g o t h e r u n - G r e g o r i a n
f e a t u r e s o n e c o u l d p i c k o u t the t w o ' G a l l i c a n ' c a d e n c e s ( ' p u e r o s ' , ' a n g e l i ' ) a n d t h e final
c a d e n c e . T h e figure at ' a n g e l i ' is c o n v i n c i n g e n o u g h i n its f u n c t i o n as a c a d e n c e , b u t it
c a n b e f o u n d i n t e r n a l l y as w e l l , i n t h e first l i n e . T w o t u r n s as at ' b e a t u s ' c a n b e f o u n d
i n t h e t r a d i t i o n a l r e p e r t o r y , b u t n o t t h r e e as at ' i l l i s ' . T h e n t h e r e are t h e C-E-G
t r i a d s , at ' A n g l o r u m ' a n d t w i c e at ' i t e r s a l u t i s ' . T h e f a c t t h a t a l l b u t t w o l i n e s c a d e n c e
o n D is also t y p i c a l f o r t h i s p e r i o d , so t h a t t h e p h r a s e s t e n d t o b e c o m e p r e o c c u p i e d
w i t h t h e t o n a l s p a c e a b o v e a n d b e l o w D: compare 'bene i n q u i d ' a n d ' v u l t u nitent ut',
' b e n e A n g l i ' a n d ' a n g e l i ' . T h e t e n d e n c y to r e p e t i t i o n m a y e x t e n d o v e r l i n e - e n d s , so
that ' v i r b e a t u s A n g l o r u m f o r t e p u e r o s ' is s i m i l a r to ' i l l i s m o n s t r a r i i t e r s a l u t i s e-'.
E x . 11.26.2. A n t i p h o n Gregorius vigiliis ( A n n c c y , privately owned m a n u s c r i p t , fo. 140'
— - ,
^ ~
4 u
-** 9 4 w 9 9 4
-+* 4
Gre - go - ri - us ui - gi - li - is con-fectus et ie - iu - ni - is
+r J* ** 94
* ^ +i 4
*
et si mar-ce-bat cor- -po-re ex spe ui - ge - bat a - ru - me. Seculorum am en.
p V - —
irvi - - 'm mm
j-—-
"V • • • #
Gau-de fe- -lix pa-rens Y s - p a - n i - a no - ue pro - le dans mundo g a u - d i - a
-—V
« r*
9
sed tu ma-gis plau-de Bo-no-ni-a tan - ti patris do - t a - t a glo - ri - a
CM M __ _
9* •
ra\ _# >»__-> # _^
^ — —= r
^ * 1
" - «» # ^ r .
f.296r
f.297r
s - ^ • " -» * »
u - bi pie-no po-cu-lo gustat quod s i - t i - u i t .
f.297r
, * * H E
Dominic
D o - c u - mentis ar - ti - um e - r u - d i - t u s sa - tis
P trans-i - it ad
«
stu - di - um
u—
summe
—^
ue - ri - ta-tis.
Thomas
**i f 4
«; * (
* V 9
* ' *** jo *
T h e s h o r t n e s s of b r e a t h e v i d e n t i n t h e a n t i p h o n s j u s t d i s c u s s e d , o r p e r h a p s b e t t e r
t h e c o n c e n t r a t i o n o n s h o r t , s e l f - c o n t a i n e d l i n e s , e x t e n d s also to r e s p o n s o r i e s . Since
t h e y are m o r e o r n a t e , i n t h e sense that s i n g l e s y l l a b l e s o f t e n h a v e m e l i s m a s , it
f r e q u e n t l y transpires that a self-contained m u s i c a l phrase m a y c o v e r n o m o r e t h a n a
s i n g l e w o r d , o r e v e n a s i n g l e s y l l a b l e (see S t a b l e i n 1975, 163). E x . I I . 2 6 . 5 gives the
f o u r t h r e s p o n s o r y of t h e m o n a s t i c o f f i c e of S t T h o m a s . W h i l e o n e m i g h t a r g u e f o r a
single m u s i c a l phrase e n c o m p a s s i n g b o t h T o s t sex' a n d 'annos', others seem relatively
s e l f - c o n t a i n e d : ' r e d i t ' , ' v i r ' , a n d ' s t a b i l i s ' , a n d o b v i o u s l y ' t h e s a u r u m ' . T h e s e are e a c h
27. Metre, Accent, Rhythm, and Rhyme 279
R. Post sex an- -nos re- -dit uir sta- -bi - lis
9 » •
T» %j|^
W
w
9 9 •
•}j**9* m
9 ^ — 9 9~~
-9 *9
r«t*» ^ 9 9
~r—9±, • — — ^* • 9
se pro gre - ge dat pas-tor no-bi-lis. Christo..
0 •* 9* lj * ^* 94° 9 "
c o m p a r a b l e w i t h l i n e s of a n t i p h o n s , b u t are n o w l a r g e l y m e l i s m a t i c r a t h e r t h a n b r o k e n
u p b y c h a n g e s of s y l l a b l e .
A l t h o u g h t h e r h y t h m i c s c h e m e s e m p l o y e d i n t h e s e t e x t s are t h e s a m e as i n r h y m e d
sequences a n d L a t i n songs, t h e r e is n o o p p o r t u n i t y h e r e f o r s t r e s s e d syllables to
d o m i n a t e t h e t o n a l i t y , as t h e y d o i n s y l l a b i c o r n e a r - s y l l a b i c pieces.
11.27. M E T R E , A C C E N T , R H Y T H M , A N D R H Y M E I N
L I T U R G I C A L T E X T S
M o s t l i t u r g i c a l t e x t s are p r o s e , t a k e n f r o m ( o r c o m p o s e d to b e c o m p a t i b l e with)
b i b l i c a l p r o s e t e x t s s u c h as the B o o k of P s a l m s . V e r s e h a s , n e v e r t h e l e s s , a n i m p o r t a n t
p l a c e i n t h e l i t u r g y , a n d a n y s u r v e y of p l a i n c h a n t m u s t of n e c e s s i t y r e f e r t o t e c h n i c a l
a s p e c t s of L a t i n v e r s e : m e t r e , stress o r a c c e n t , r h y t h m , r h y m e , v e r s e - f o r m s , a n d so
o n . I o f f e r h e r e a v e r y b r i e f i n t r o d u c t i o n to s o m e of t h e s e m a t t e r s , b e a r i n g i n m i n d
t h a t s p e c i a l i s t s t h e m s e l v e s are d i v i d e d o v e r m a n y i s s u e s r e f e r r e d t o , s u c h as t h e n a t u r e
of a c c e n t a n d i c t u s , a n d t h e n a t u r e a n d p r o g r e s s of t h e c h a n g e f r o m m e t r i c a l to
accentual verse.
It w a s c o m m o n i n c l a s s i c a l t i m e s to a c c o m p a n y t h e r e c i t a t i o n of p o e t i c t e x t s , i n
p r i v a t e o r i n t e a c h i n g , w i t h r h y t h m i c m o v e m e n t s , of t h e h a n d o r a w a n d . E a c h f o o t
w a s r e c k o n e d to h a v e t w o p a r t s : t h e arsis ('raising') a n d thesis ('setting down'),
r e f e r r i n g to u p w a r d a n d d o w n w a r d m o v e m e n t of t h e h a n d o r s t i c k . M a r k i n g of t h e
feet i n t h i s w a y w a s r e f e r r e d to as m a r k i n g t h e ' b e a t ' (ictus, percussio, or plausus).
G r a m m a r i a n s a n d a u t h o r s of treatises o n p r o s o d y d o n o t a g r e e as to h o w it w a s d o n e ,
s o m e c a l l i n g e a c h m o v e m e n t , arsis o r t h e s i s , a n i c t u s , s o m e a s s i g n i n g o n e ' b e a t ' t o t h e
u p + d o w n c o m b i n a t i o n , a n d s o m e t a k i n g a p a i r of feet i n o n e b e a t . T h e r e is a l s o
d i s a g r e e m e n t as to h o w t h e i c t u s w a s m a r k e d , if at a l l , i n t h e d e c l a m a t i o n of t h e t e x t s .
A n d it is n o t k n o w n if t h e b e a t s w e r e s p a c e d at r e g u l a r i n t e r v a l s , so t h a t , f o r e x a m p l e ,
a t r o c h e e t o o k u p t h e s a m e t i m e i n p e r f o r m a n c e as a s p o n d e e , p e r h a p s i n t h i s w a y :
trochee = spondee
d o t t e d c r o t c h e t -f q u a v e r = c r o t c h e t + crotchet
I n c l a s s i c a l L a t i n , i c t u s a n d s t r e s s w e r e i n d e p e n d e n t of e a c h o t h e r , a n d n e i t h e r s e e m
to h a v e b e e n s t r o n g l y h e a r d i n p e r f o r m a n c e . ( B e a r e 1957, 57-65 summarizes the
problems a n d disagreement over ictus.)
T h e m o s t c o m m o n c l a s s i c a l m e t r e s i n l i t u r g i c a l p o e t r y are t h e f o l l o w i n g ( f o r o t h e r s
see N o r b e r g 1958, ch. V ) :
(or)
(6) t h e e l e g i a c d i s t i c h ( d i s t i c h = t w o v e r s e s , i . e . a c o u p l e t ) , w h e r e a h e x a m e t e r is
f o l l o w e d b y a d a c t y l i c p e n t a m e t e r . T h e p e n t a m e t e r is i n t w o h a l v e s : t h e first h a l f has
t w o feet, e i t h e r d a c t y l s o r s p o n d e e s , p l u s o n e l o n g s y l l a b l e ; t h e s e c o n d h a l f has t w o
dactyls and one further syllable:
( o r ) - - - -
(c) t h e s a p p h i c s t a n z a , w h o s e last l i n e is c a l l e d a n a d o n i u s :
1-3 trochee, spondee, d a c t y l , trochee, trochee or spondee
4 dactyl, trochee or spondee
(the b e s t - k n o w n e x a m p l e is p r o b a b l y t h e h y m n Ut que ant laxis, a t t r i b u t e d to P a u l t h e
Deacon).
(d) t h e a s c l e p i a d , i n its c a t a l e c t i c ( w a n t i n g a final s y l l a b l e ) o r m i n o r f o r m :
spondee, d a c t y l , l o n g syllable, d a c t y l , trochee or spondee, l o n g syllable
(e) v a r i o u s t r o c h a i c a n d i a m b i c t r i m e t e r s ( h a v i n g t h r e e p a i r s of feet) o r t e t r a m e t e r s
( h a v i n g f o u r p a i r s of f e e t ) ; a v e r y p o p u l a r o n e w a s the t r o c h a i c t e t r a m e t e r catalectic,
o r t r o c h a i c s e p t e n a r i u s , c a l l e d t h e r h y t h m of t h e R o m a n l e g i o n s ' m a r c h i n g - s o n g s :
(or) - - - -
H e x a m e t e r s h a v e a l o n g h i s t o r y i n l i t u r g i c a l p o e t r y . T h e y are e v e n to be f o u n d
a m o n g t h e p r a y e r t e x t s i n t h e s o - c a l l e d M o n e M a s s e s ( G a l l i c a n , e d . M o n e 1850 and
M o h l b e r g , E i z e n h o f e r , a n d S i f f r i n 1958), t h o u g h not i n R o m a n f o r m u l a r i e s . M a n y
t r o p e t e x t s of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d are i n h e x a m e t e r s , a n d so are s o m e t e x t s i n
t r a d i t i o n a l g e n r e s , f o r e x a m p l e t h e M a r i a n i n t r o i t Salve sancta parens.
A m o n g l y r i c s t a n z a s , o n e a s s o c i a t e d w i t h t h e n a m e of S t A m b r o s e w a s f a r m o r e
p o p u l a r t h a n a n y c l a s s i c a l m o d e l a m o n g c o m p o s e r s of o f f i c e h y m n s . T h i s is i n i a m b i c
d i m e t e r ( i . e . h a v i n g t w o p a i r s of i a m b s ; s p o n d e e s are a l l o w e d f o r t h e first a n d t h i r d
i a m b s ) . A m b r o s e ' s p o e t r y is s t i l l m e t r i c a l , r a t h e r t h a n r h y t h m i c a l : s t r e s s is n o t r e g u l a r
a n d does not c o i n c i d e w i t h l o n g s y l l a b l e s :
et t e m p o r u m d a s t e m p o r a , ut a l l e v e s fastidium.
T h e s a m e l a c k of c o r r e s p o n d e n c e b e t w e e n l o n g a n d s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s c a n be s e e n i n
V e n a n t i u s F o r t u n a t u s ' Pange lingue gloriosi (trochaic tetrameter catalectic):
t i i t t
Pange l i n g u a g l o r i o s i p r o e l i u m c e r t a m i n i s
I I I i i
et s u p e r c r u c i s t r o p a e o d i e t r i u m p h u m n o b i l e m
/ t t i i i
Incomparabiliter
c u m iocunditate
gaudeamus pariter
in hoc sollempnitate
I n festis b e a t o r u m
h u i u s et a l i o r u m .
( S e e N o r b e r g 1958, c h . V I f o r a w i d e r a n g e of e x a m p l es of o t h e r patterns.)
I r e f e r r e d a b o v e to a ' r i t h m u s ' as a p o e m i n a c c e n t u a l r a t h e r t h a n m e t r i c a l v e r s e .
A c t u a l l y , e v e n t h i s m a t t e r is d i s p u t e d , f o r i n a n u m b e r of p o e m s n e i t h e r m e t r i c a l feet
nor recognizable stress-patterns seem to be present. It h a s b e e n suggested (see
Suchier 1950; C r o c k e r 1958, ' M u s i c a ' , 9) t h a t t h e b a s i c idea w a s to c o n t r o l the
n u m b e r of s y l l a b l e s i n e a c h l i n e , r e g a r d l e s s of q u a n t i t y o r s t r e s s , e x c e p t p e r h a p s at
cadences ( e n d of line o r caesura). T h e t h e o r y of a ' s y l l a b l e - c o u n t i n g ' o r ' n u m e r i c a l '
poetry c i r c u m v e n t s the need to e x p l a i n a p p a r e n t e r r o r s o r i r r e g u l a r i t i e s i n early-
medieval prosody.
It is a m o o t p o i n t w h e t h e r o r n o t t h e m e t r i c a l a c c e n t s ( t h e ' i c t u s ' ) o r t h e s t r e s s -
accents were reflected in musical performance or notation. Tropes written in
h e x a m e t e r s a n d o t h e r m e t r e s u s u a l l y h a v e m u s i c t o o o r n a t e to a l l o w a n y a p p r e c i a t i o n
o f t h e q u a n t i t i e s of t h e t e x t . I n s y l l a b i c t e x t - s e t t i n g s s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s c o u l d i n t h e o r y
b e h i g h l i g h t e d b y stress i n p e r f o r m a n c e . A n d s i n c e s t r e s s - p a t t e r n s r e p l a c e d patterns
of l o n g a n d s h o r t s y l l a b l e s , o n e m i g h t a r g u e t h a t it w o u l d b e i l l o g i c a l t o p o s i t a s y s t e m
of m u s i c a l r h y t h m w h e r e s t r e s s e d s y l l a b l e s t o o k l o n g n o t e s a n d u n s t r e s s e d syllables
took short ones. It is t r u e that some late-medieval sources d o notate hymns,
sequences, a n d other poetic genres m e n s u r a l l y , with long a n d short notes (for
e x a m p l e t h e L a s H u e l g a s m a n u s c r i p t , e d . A n g l e s 1931 a n d G o r d o n A n d e r s o n 1 9 8 2 ;
a n d M i c h a e l b e u e r n C a r t . 1 ; see L i p p h a r d t 1 9 8 0 ) . Y e t these m a y b e late exceptions
w h i c h prove the rule.
(ii) Rhyme
R h y m e also u n d e r w e n t a s u b s t a n t i a l c h a n g e i n t h e e a r l y M i d d l e A g e s . I t w a s u s e d i n
classical poetry o n l y f o r special effect, b e c a m e c o m m o n a m o n g h y m n w r i t e r s i n the
fifth a n d sixth centuries, h e l d its o w n d u r i n g the C a r o l i n g i a n renaissance (despite its
'unclassical' character), and reached a b r i l l i a n t apogee i n the songs f o r the festal
l i t u r g i e s of t h e t w e l f t h a n d t h i r t e e n t h centuries.
'Rhyme' here s h o u l d be u n d e r s t o o d i n the broad sense, i n c l u d i n g assonance
( s i m i l a r i t y of v o w e l s ) as w e l l as i d e n t i t y o f w h o l e s y l l a b l e s . N o t u n t i l t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y
d i d p u r e m o n o s y l l a b i c r h y m e b e c o m e at a l l c o m m o n , a n d d i s y l l a b i c r h y m e is h a r d l y
found before the eleventh (the sequence Victimae paschali laudes is a n early
e x a m p l e ) . N e i t h e r a s s o n a n c e n o r r h y m e is p a r t i c u l a r l y c o m m o n a m o n g t h e i t e m s i n
medieval hymn collections. Ambrose's hymns d o n o t use i t , w h i l e Venantius
F o r t u n a t u s ' d o so o c c a s i o n a l l y (Pange lingua, c i t e d a b o v e , has r a t h e r r a r e a s s o n a n c e s ,
w h i l e Vexilla regisprodeunt is r e g u l a r l y a s s o n a n t ) . A solis ortus cardine of S e d u l i u s i n
t h e fifth c e n t u r y is w o r t h q u o t i n g as a n e x a m p l e o f a n a b e c e d a r y h y m n ( e a c h s t r o p h e
b e g i n s w i t h a d i f f e r e n t l e t t e r of t h e a l p h a b e t ) w i t h a r h y m e w h i c h is c o n s i s t e n t l y
present t h o u g h not i n a consistent pattern:
a n d t h e f o l l o w i n g d i s t i c h s o n t h e O c t a v e ( C T 1, 137, 146):
C l a s s i c a l o r a t o r s m a d e u s e of m e t r i c a l p a t t e r n s i n p r o s e . A s e n t e n c e - e n d i n g ( c l a u s u l a )
e m p l o y e d a r e c o g n i z a b l e a n d a p p r o v e d s u c c e s s i o n of l o n g a n d s h o r t s y l l a b l e s . W h e n
accentual rather t h a n m e t r i c a l verse became c o m m o n , the m e t r i c a l sentence-endings
w e r e t r a n s f o r m e d i n t o a c c e n t u a l o n e s . I n e f f e c t it w a s a l w a y s t h e t w o final w o r d s ( t h e
s e p a r a t i o n is i n d i c a t e d b y I b e l o w ) t h a t w e r e a f f e c t e d . The commonest patterns
a p p e a r to h a v e b e e n :
Metrical Accentual
'cursus planus' I— w
'. ' .'.
'cursus tardus, durus'or'ecclesiasticus' I— w
- '. '
'cursus velox' (most popular) I —^— '.. '
'cursus trispondaicus' — ! w w
— '. '
( F o r r h y t h m i n c l a s s i c a l p r o s e , see N o r d e n 1 9 2 3 ; i n m e d i e v a l p r o s e N i c o l a u 1930 a n d
J a n s o n 1 9 7 5 ; see also B e a r e 1957, 193-205.)
A n o t h e r o r a t o r i c a l d e v i c e w a s p r o s e r h y m e , w h e r e p a i r s of c o l a ( p h r a s e s , separated
by speech-pauses) h a d e n d - r h y m e . (See Norden 1923, A n h a n g I; and especially
P o l h e i m 1 9 2 5 . ) I n t h e l i t u r g y it is best k n o w n f r o m t h e p r a y e r s of t h e G a l l i c a n a n d
e s p e c i a l l y M o z a r a b i c r i t e s (see P o r t e r 1958, 49).
T e C h r i s t u s i n c r u c e t r i u m p h a n s m a t r i suae dedit c u s t o d e m ,
U t v i r g o v i r g i n e m servares atque c u r a m suppeditares.
C r o c k e r ( 1 9 5 8 , ' R e p e r t o r y ' ) m a d e t h e s u g g e s t i o n that a r t - p r o s e , w i t h t h e r e p e r t o r y of
o r n a m e n t s (tropi) s u c h as t h o s e j u s t o u t l i n e d , w a s a f o r m a t i v e i n f l u e n c e i n t h e e a r l y
s e q u e n c e , a s u g g e s t i o n t h a t h a d t h e a d v a n t a g e o f t r e a t i n g t h e p r o s e t e x t s of s e q u e n c e s o n
t h e i r o w n t e r m s r a t h e r t h a n as d e r i v a t i v e s of a m u s i c a l f o r m ( p r o s u l a s ) . C r o c k e r also
p o i n t e d to the p o s s i b i l i t y of ' i s o c o l o n ' (or 'antithesis') t e c h n i q u e , that is, i d e n t i c a l clause
l e n g t h s , i n t h e r e p e r t o r y o f t r o p i at t h e w r i t e r ' s d i s p o s a l ; a n d h e h a s r e p e a t e d l y s t r e s s e d
that there are n u m e r o u s irregularities i n the double-versicle structure of e a r l y
s e q u e n c e s . T h e e f f e c t of t h e s e o b s e r v a t i o n s is t o n a r r o w t h e g a p b e t w e e n a r t - p r o s e a n d
early sequence texts. D e s p i t e this, the double-versicle arrangement seems too insistent
f o r t h e s e q u e n c e t o b e r e g a r d e d as a r t - p r o s e p u r e a n d s i m p l e . H o w e v e r , t h e r e s o u r c e s o f
t h e l a t t e r w e r e n o d o u b t o c c a s i o n a l l y e x p l o i t e d i n t h e c r e a t i o n of s e q u e n c e t e x t s .
Ill
111.1. I N T R O D U C T I O N
T h e b o o k s i n w h i c h t h e p l a i n c h a n t h a s b e e n r e c o r d e d s i n c e C a r o l i n g i a n t i m e s are
d i v e r s e i n n a t u r e a n d c o m p l e x i n c o n t e n t . T h i s is c h i e f l y b e c a u s e d i f f e r e n t b o o k s
c o n t a i n m a t e r i a l f o r d i f f e r e n t p a r t s of t h e l i t u r g i c a l r o u n d a n d f o r t h e use of d i f f e r e n t
personages involved in the celebration. The possible combinations are quite
n u m e r o u s , a n d at d i f f e r e n t t i m e s a n d p l a c e s a m u l t i t u d e of d i f f e r e n t s e l e c t i o n s of
m a t e r i a l h a v e b e e n m a d e . S o m e i m p o r t a n t d i s t i n c t i o n s w h i c h s h o u l d be b o r n e i n
m i n d are:
1. b e t w e e n b o o k s c o n t a i n i n g t e x t s a n d m u s i c to b e r e c i t e d o r s u n g , a n d b o o k s of
i n s t r u c t i o n s as to h o w t h e l i t u r g y is to b e c e l e b r a t e d ;
2. between books for the mass, books for the office, and books for other
ceremonies;
3. b e t w e e n b o o k s f o r the p r i e s t o r o t h e r o f f i c i a n t , b o o k s f o r t h e c a n t o r , a n d b o o k s
for o t h e r p e r s o n s .
T h e c h i e f c o n c e r n of t h i s s e c t i o n of t h e b o o k is n a t u r a l l y w i t h s o u r c e s c o n t a i n i n g
m u s i c , w h i c h u s u a l l y m e a n s the c a n t o r ' s b o o k s . B u t c h a n t s m i g h t a l s o b e r e c o r d e d
e l s e w h e r e . F o r e x a m p l e , t h e g r a d u a l , p r e c i s e l y b e c a u s e it is a c a n t o r ' s b o o k , d o e s n o t
u s u a l l y c o n t a i n the m u s i c for the priest's r e c i t a t i o n of the c a n o n of m a s s . A n d the
c h a n t s f o r c e r e m o n i e s p e r f o r m e d b y a b i s h o p are u s u a l l y t o b e f o u n d i n a p o n t i f i c a l ,
a l t h o u g h m o s t are c h o i r c h a n t s . T h e n a g a i n , c h a n t - b o o k s m i g h t b e c o m b i n e d i n
v a r i o u s w a y s w i t h b o o k s c o n t a i n i n g t e x t s . T h e later m e d i e v a l m i s s a l a n d b r e v i a r y are
c o m b i n a t i o n s of t h i s s o r t , t h o u g h n o t t h e o n l y o n e s :
c o m b i n e d i n the m i s s a l :
g r a d u a l ( c h a n t s of m a s s )
s a c r a m e n t a r y ( p r a y e r s of m a s s )
e p i s t o l a r y a n d e v a n g e l i a r y ( l e s s o n s of m a s s )
c o m b i n e d i n the b r e v i a r y :
a n t i p h o n e r (office chants)
psalter
hymnal
collectar (office prayers)
h o m i l i a r y , l e c t i o n a r y , passionary (office lessons)
S o m e k n o w l e d g e of l i t u r g i c a l b o o k s o t h e r t h a n t h o s e w i t h o n l y m u s i c is d e s i r a b l e
because they m a y c o n t a i n valuable i n f o r m a t i o n about the l i t u r g i c a l c o n t e x t i n w h i c h
t h e c h a n t w a s s u n g , o r i n d i c a t e b y text i n c i p i t t h e state of t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y . O l d e r
t h a n a n y c h a n t - b o o k are a n u m b e r of o r d i n e s , o r b o o k s of i n s t r u c t i o n a b o u t h o w t h e
l i t u r g y w a s p e r f o r m e d . T h e s e o f t e n d e s c r i b e t h e p a r t p l a y e d b y t h e c h o i r i n the l i t u r g y
d u r i n g a p e r i o d (the e i g h t h a n d n i n t h c e n t u r i e s ) w h e n first-hand m u s i c a l e v i d e n c e is
l a c k i n g . M a n y l a t e r m e d i e v a l o r d i n a l s , t h e d e s c e n d a n t s of t h e e a r l i e r o r d i n e s , s p e c i f y
e x a c t l y w h i c h c h a n t s are t o be s u n g o n w h i c h o c c a s i o n s . T h i s m a y b e i n v a l u a b l e if w e
h a v e f e w o r n o o t h e r b o o k s f r o m the c h u r c h w h e r e t h e o r d i n a l w a s u s e d .
It g o e s w i t h o u t s a y i n g t h a t s o m e k n o w l e d g e of t h e l i t u r g y , a n d p a r t i c u l a r l y of h o w
the m a t e r i a l is d i s p o s e d o v e r t h e c h u r c h y e a r , is e s s e n t i a l w h e n d e a l i n g w i t h l i t u r g i c a l
b o o k s . T h e r e v e r s e is a l s o to s o m e e x t e n t t r u e . T h e r e is n o b e t t e r w a y t o d i s c o v e r t h e
i n t r i c a c i e s of t h e m e d i e v a l l i t u r g y a n d e n t e r i n t o its m o d u s o p e r a n d i t h a n b y l e a r n i n g
to find o n e ' s w a y a r o u n d m e d i e v a l l i t u r g i c a l m a n u s c r i p t s .
V o g e l ( 1 9 8 6 ) is a n e x c e l l e n t i n t r o d u c t i o n to t h e s t u d y of e a r l y m e d i e v a l l i t u r g i c a l
sources other t h a n m u s i c - b o o k s and office-books (sizeable lacunae), w i t h exhaustive
bibliographies. Its s t r e n g t h lies i n t h e c o v e r a g e of e a r l y o r d i n e s , sacramentaries,
l e c t i o n a r i e s , a n d p o n t i f i c a l s , b u t it i g n o r e s c h a n t s o u r c e s a l m o s t c o m p l e t e l y . N o r d o e s
it d e s c r i b e h o w t h e m a t e r i a l i n t h e b o o k s is p u t t o g e t h e r , that is, w h i c h p i e c e f o l l o w s
which, h o w the s e a s o n s of t h e l i t u r g i c a l year are disposed, in short, what the
n e w c o m e r to m e d i e v a l m a n u s c r i p t s m i g h t find w h e n he o r she first e n c o u n t e r s the
s o u r c e s t h e m s e l v e s . A h e r o i c a t t e m p t at t h i s w a s m a d e , h o w e v e r , b y A n d r e w H u g h e s
( 1 9 8 2 ) . E x p e r i e n c e s h o w s t h a t H u g h e s ' s b o o k is m o s t u s e f u l as a r e f e r e n c e t o o l a n d
support for advanced studies. It deals chiefly w i t h later medieval missals and
b r e v i a r i e s ( t h e l a t t e r are u n d o u b t e d l y a m o n g t h e m o s t c o m p l e x of a l l s e r v i c e - b o o k s ) ,
a n d is a m i n e of i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t t h e l i t u r g y . It g i v e s a n u m b e r of b r i e f t a b l e s of
contents of s e l e c t e d sources ( 3 9 0 - 4 0 8 ) . G a m b e r ' s Codices liturgici contains basic
b i b l i o g r a p h i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t o v e r 1,500 e a r l y l i t u r g i c a l s o u r c e s . H u g l o ' s r e c e n t
s u r v e y ( 1 9 8 8 , Livres) s u p p l e m e n t s h i s n u m e r o u s a r t i c l e s o n i n d i v i d u a l t y p e s of b o o k
in A G .
r
III.2. O R D I N E S R O M A N I
A n d r i e u 1 9 3 1 - 6 1 ; V o g e l 1986, 135-224.
R o m e f r o m as e a r l y as t h e s e v e n t h c e n t u r y , a p r a c t i c e w h i c h b e c a m e r o y a l p o l i c y i n
t h e m i d - e i g h t h c e n t u r y ( V o g e l , 1 4 7 ) . C a r e f u l a n a l y s i s has r e v e a l e d w h i c h o r d i n e s are
liturgically compatible w i t h w h i c h sacramentaries. Some reflect p a p a l usage (the
L a t e r a n c h u r c h ) , s o m e t h e p r a c t i c e of o t h e r c h u r c h e s i n o r a b o u t R o m e (such as
S t P e t e r ' s at t h e V a t i c a n ) . T h e b i g g e s t g r o u p s d e s c r i b e , r e s p e c t i v e l y : t h e c e l e b r a t i o n
of m a s s (Ordines I - X ) , s p e c i a l r i t u a l s t h r o u g h o u t t h e y e a r s u c h as processions,
rogations, the ceremonies of Holy Week, etc. (Ordines XX-XXXIII), and
ordinations ( X X X I V - X L ) . T h e o r d i n e s v a r y g r e a t l y i n l e n g t h . O n e of t h e earliest,
O r d o R o m a n u s I (trans. A t c h l e y 1 9 0 5 ) , g i v e s a v e r y f u l l d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e p a p a l
e u c h a r i s t i n t h e e a r l y e i g h t h c e n t u r y , w h i c h c a n be s h o w n to h a v e b e e n k n o w n i n
F r a n c i a b y a b o u t 7 5 0 . O t h e r s are m u c h s h o r t e r .
A l t h o u g h the O r d i n e s R o m a n i contain no m u s i c , a n d i n d e e d do not often give m o r e
t h a n text i n c i p i t s for the few chants they may m e n t i o n , they contain important
i n f o r m a t i o n f o r t h e m u s i c o l o g i s t . T h e y m a y r e v e a l t h e v a r i o u s r o l e s of s o l o i s t s a n d
c h o i r i n t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of c h a n t s . T h e y are e s p e c i a l l y v a l u a b l e w h e n p u t s i d e b y s i d e
w i t h o t h e r w i t n e s s e s to e a r l y R o m a n u s a g e , f o r e x a m p l e , t h e w r i t i n g s of A m a l a r i u s of
M e t z , a n d c a n be c o m p a r e d w i t h the m u c h later R o m a n c h a n t - b o o k s for l i t u r g i c a l
peculiarities. This is t h e case, for example, with Ordo Romanus XII, a brief
d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e o f f i c e w h i c h m e n t i o n s a n u m b e r of c h a n t s b y i n c i p i t . ( A n d r i e u ' s
edition points out the correspondences w i t h A m a l a r i u s ' description.) O n e i m p o r t a n t
s o u r c e of o r d i n e s , B r u s s e l s , B i b l i o t h e q u e R o y a l e 1 0 1 2 7 - 1 0 1 4 4 , a l s o has a c o p y of the
c h a n t t e x t s of m a s s to b e s u n g t h r o u g h o u t t h e y e a r , i n o t h e r w o r d s a g r a d u a l w i t h o u t
m u s i c . T h e c o n t e n t s of t h e m a n u s c r i p t , t h e f a m o u s ' B l a n d i n i e n s i s ' ( s o - c a l l e d b e c a u s e
it b e l o n g e d to St Peter's abbey o n M o n t - B l a n d i n at G h e n t ) are as f o l l o w s (see
A n d r i e u , i . 9 1 - 6 ) . t h e f o l i o n u m b e r s g i v e a n i d e a of the l e n g t h of t h e t e x t s .
ff. l - 7 9
r v
c a n o n i c a l t e x t s , e x t r a c t s of c o r r e s p o n d e n c e of p o p e s
79 v
O r d o R o m a n u s 1 3 : list of t h e b o o k s of t h e b i b l e t o be r e a d d u r i n g
the N i g h t Office
80 -82 r r
e n d of a treatise o n the e c c l e s i a s t i c a l computus
82 -84 v r
B e d e o n t h e o r d e r i n g of E a s t e r ferias
84 -85 r r
O r d o R o m a n u s 2 6 : o r d e r i n g of s e r v i c e s f r o m t h e fifth S u n d a y of
L e n t to H o l y Saturday
85 -86 r r
O r d o R o m a n u s 3 : s i x s h o r t R o m a n a n d P r a n k i s h p o i n t s of l i t u r g i c a l
practice
86 -88 r v
O r d o R o m a n u s 14: l i s t of r e a d i n g s f o r the o f f i c e at S t P e t e r ' s , Rome
88 -89 v v
O r d o R o m a n u s 3 0 B : a r r a n g e m e n t of the o f f i c e f r o m T h u r s d a y of
H o l y W e e k to t h e S a t u r d a y after Easter
90 -115 r r
gradual
115 -121 r v
o r d o for i n i t i a t i n g a sick c a t e c h u m e n
121 — 1 2 4 v r
blessings for holy objects a n d substances
125 — 1 3 5 r r
p r o p e r prayers for eleven masses
S o m e of t h e m a t e r i a l i n t h e O r d i n e s w a s e v e n t u a l l y t a k e n u p i n t h e r u b r i c s of o t h e r
t y p e s of b o o k , a n d f r o m t h e t w e l f t h to t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y o r d i n a l s a p p e a r w i t h m u c h
f u l l e r l i s t i n g o f i t e m s to b e p e r f o r m e d at s e r v i c e s t h r o u g h o u t t h e y e a r . M u c h of t h e
c e r e m o n i a l d e s c r i b e d i n t h e O r d i n e s R o m a n i w a s to be p e r f o r m e d b y t h e p o p e , o r at
least a bishop, and was therefore subsumed i n the pontifical. Andrieu's O r d o
R o m a n u s L w a s a c t u a l l y c o p i e d s i d e b y s i d e w i t h t h e R o m a n o - G e r m a n p o n t i f i c a l of
t h e 9 5 0 s , w h i c h b e c a m e s t a n d a r d i n t h e E m p i r e a n d i n R o m e i t s e l f . It is a s o m e w h a t
heterogeneous m i s c e l l a n y of c u r r e n t a n d a r c h a i c R o m a n c e r e m o n i e s , together with
c o m m e n t a r y , a collector's book rather than p u r e l y for l i t u r g i c a l use.
111.3. S A C R A M E N T A R I E S A N D L E C T I O N A R I E S
(i) Sacramentaries
(ii) Lectionaries
(i) Sacramentaries
A c o p y of t h e G r e g o r i a n s a c r a m e n t a r y i n its late-seventh-century s t a t e a p p e a r s to
h a v e b e e n k n o w n to A l c u i n of T o u r s ( d . 8 0 4 ) , c h i e f l i t u r g i c a l a d v i s e r to C h a r l e m a g n e ;
p e r h a p s it c a m e w i t h o t h e r b o o k s h e h a d s e n t f r o m h i s h o m e c i t y of Y o r k i n 7 9 7 . It
t h e n b e c a m e k n o w n t o S t B e n e d i c t o f A n i a n e ( d . 8 2 1 ) , the-great r e f o r m e r a n d a d v i s e r
of L o u i s t h e P i o u s , a n d to A r n o , b i s h o p of S a l z b u r g ( 7 8 5 - 8 2 1 ) , f o r m e r a b b o t of
S a i n t - A m a n d a n d a f r i e n d of b o t h A l c u i n a n d B e n e d i c t ; it w a s u s e d i n t h e c o m p i l a t i o n
of t h e S a c r a m e n t a r y of T r e n t or S a l z b u r g ( e d . R e h l e a n d G a m b e r 1970, 1973).
I n its m i d - e i g h t h - c e n t u r y state t h e G r e g o r i a n s a c r a m e n t a r y w a s c o p i e d a n d s e n t b y
H a d r i a n I ( 7 7 2 - 9 5 ) t o C h a r l e m a g n e b e t w e e n 784 a n d 7 9 1 . T h i s m a n u s c r i p t , w h i c h
w a s k e p t at A a c h e n as a n e x e m p l a r for further copies, has n o t s u r v i v e d , b u t a
t r a n s c r i p t i o n m a d e f o r B i s h o p H i l d o a r d of C a m b r a i i n 8 1 1 - 1 2 s t i l l e x i s t s (Cambrai
B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 164). (See the e d i t i o n by Deshusses 1971-9.)
It is c l e a r f r o m t h i s (i) t h a t w e o w e o u r k n o w l e d g e of t h e s e R o m a n s a c r a m e n t a r i e s to
F r a n k i s h c h u r c h m e n , (ii) a n u m b e r of c o n f l i c t i n g types were c i r c u l a t i n g s i m u l t a n e o u s l y
i n F r a n c i a , t o w h i c h w e s h o u l d a d d t h e m a t e r i a l b r o u g h t f r o m R o m e m o r e o r less
p r i v a t e l y i n t h e f o r m of libelli.
T h e r e also s u r v i v e f r o m e i g h t h - c e n t u r y F r a n c i a f o u r G a l l i c a n s a c r a m e n t a r i e s w h i c h
c o n t a i n s m a l l a m o u n t s of R o m a n m a t e r i a l , the so-called ' M i s s a l e G o t h i c u m ' , ' M i s s a l e
F r a n c o r u m ' , 'Missale G a l l i c a n u m vetus' and 'Missale Bobbiense'.
T h e s a c r a m e n t a r y s e n t b y H a d r i a n at C h a r l e m a g n e ' s r e q u e s t w a s i t s e l f i n s u f f i c i e n t
f o r F r a n k i s h p u r p o s e s . I n s t e a d o f t h e e x p e c t e d f o r m u l a r i e s f o r the c y c l e of S u n d a y s
a f t e r C h r i s t m a s , E p i p h a n y , E a s t e r , a n d P e n t e c o s t , the ' H a d r i a n u m ' c o n t a i n e d m e r e l y
a p o o l of p r a y e r s to c h o o s e f r o m as r e q u i r e d . It also l a c k e d p r a y e r s f o r consecrations
and votive masses, which the Franks were accustomed to seeing in previous
sacramentaries. It c o n t a i n e d , i n f a c t , o n l y w h a t the p o p e h i m s e l f w o u l d h a v e r e q u i r e d
w h i l e celebrating i n the L a t e r a n a n d the stational churches of t h e c i t y of Rome.
B e n e d i c t of A n i a n e t h e r e f o r e c o m p i l e d an official supplement ( w i t h an engagingly
frank preface: trans. Vogel, 87-8). The a d m i x t u r e s of G e l a s i a n m a t e r i a l i n the
s u b s e q u e n t g e n e r a t i o n s of G r e g o r i a n s a c r a m e n t a r i e s b e a r w i t n e s s t o t h e less t h a n t o t a l
s u c c e s s w i t h w h i c h C h a r l e m a g n e p r o m u l g a t e d ' R o m a n ' u s e , at least as f a r as t h e
s a c r a m e n t a r y is c o n c e r n e d . S u c c e s s w a s i n a n y case h a r d l y f e a s i b l e , g i v e n t h e n a t u r e
o f t h e m a t e r i a l s a n d t h e i m p o s s i b i l i t y of p u b l i s h i n g ' c o r r e c t ' b o o k s .
The r e l e v a n c e of a l l t h i s t o t h e h i s t o r y of p l a i n c h a n t m a y b e s t a t e d as f o l l o w s .
R o m a n m a t e r i a l of several different types c a m e n o r t h b o t h p i e c e m e a l a n d i n m o r e
c o m p r e h e n s i v e c o d i c e s . Is t h i s h o w t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y , at least f o r m a s s , w a s a l s o
t r a n s m i t t e d ? S i n c e it s e e m s u n l i k e l y t h a t m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n w a s u s e d u n t i l l a t e r i n t h e
ninth century, w e s h o u l d presumably i m a g i n e books c o n t a i n i n g just chant texts,
i n t e r m i n g l i n g t o a g r e a t e r o r lesser e x t e n t w i t h p r e v i o u s p r a c t i c e . I t m a y b e t h a t t h e
d a t e o f t h e f i r s t r e c e n s i o n of t h e g r a d u a l , c o n t a i n i n g c h a n t t e x t s f o r t h e y e a r ' s c y c l e o f
m a s s e s , w a s c o m p i l e d at a b o u t t h e s a m e t i m e as t h e first s u c h s a c r a m e n t a r y . W e h a v e
no firm e v i d e n c e for this, h o w e v e r . O n e c a n go n o f u r t h e r t h a n to suggest that t h e
h i s t o r y of t h e t w o b o o k s m a y h a v e r u n p a r t l y p a r a l l e l .
The sacramentary as a s e p a r a t e b o o k g r a d u a l l y w e n t o u t o f u s e a f t e r t h e late
e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , b e c o m i n g part of the m i s s a l . B e f o r e a n d d u r i n g that t i m e , v a r i o u s
combinations of sacramentary, lectionary, and/or g r a d u a l w e r e m a d e . T h e s e are
d i s c u s s e d b e l o w w h e r e t h e m i s s a l is d e s c r i b e d . A n u m b e r o f e a r l y s a c r a m e n t a r i e s have
chant-text incipits written i n their margins, sometimes notated (two examples:
O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , B o d l e y 579, the ' L e o f r i c M i s s a l ' , text e d . W a r r e n , 1883;
and Diisseldorf, Universitatsbibliothek D 1, f a c s . Jammers 1952; Stablein 1975,
107).
N o c l a s s i f i c a t i o n of p o s t - C a r o l i n g i a n s a c r a m e n t a r i e s has b e e n c a r r i e d o u t — t h e task
is o f c o u r s e i m m e n s e — t h o u g h c o m p a r i s o n s o f b o o k s f r o m s p e c i f i c a r e a s h a v e b e e n
m a d e (for e x a m p l e , b y B r i t i s h scholars w h o s e w o r k appears i n the v o l u m e s of t h e
Henry Bradshaw Society).
(ii) Lectionaries
The lessons t o b e r e a d at m a s s w e r e t a k e n f r o m t h e B i b l e a n d w e r e k n o w n as
'pericopes'. T h e y were recorded i n one of several w a y s . T h e B i b l e c o u l d be m a r k e d u p
w i t h crosses o r other signs i n the m a r g i n to i n d i c a t e the passages to b e r e c i t e d . L i s t s of
p e r i c o p e s w e r e also d r a w n u p , k n o w n as c a p i t u l a r i e s , w h e r e i n c i p i t s a n d e x p l i c i t s w e r e
r e c o r d e d . L a t e r t h e l e s s o n s w e r e c o p i e d o u t s e p a r a t e l y i n l e c t i o n a r i e s (a g e n e r a l t e r m
for b o o k s w i t h lessons for mass), p e r h a p s d i v i d e d b e t w e e n t h e e p i s t o l a r y (lessons f r o m
the E p i s t l e s , s u n g b y the subdeacon) a n d t h e e v a n g e l i a r y (lessons f r o m t h e G o s p e l s ,
s u n g b y the d e a c o n ) . A n o t h e r early n a m e f o r t h e l e c t i o n a r y , o r list of r e a d i n g s d e r i v e d
f r o m a p r e - e x i s t i n g l e c t i o n a r y , is comes (Liber comitis, Liber commicus).
I n t h e e a r l y c e n t u r i e s s c r i p t u r a l passages w o u l d h a v e b e e n c h o s e n m o r e o r less o n a n
ad hoc b a s i s , a n d n o t b e f o r e t h e late f o u r t h c e n t u r y is t h e r e g o o d e v i d e n c e t h a t y e a r l y
c y c l e s o f lessons w e r e o r g a n i z e d . T h e e x a m p l e o f M u s a e u s of M a r s e i l l e s h a s j u s t b e e n
m e n t i o n e d . M u c h of t h e o t h e r s u r v i v i n g e v i d e n c e of t h i s p e r i o d a l s o c o m e s from
G a u l : t h e i n f o r m a t i o n to be g l e a n e d f r o m t h e s e r m o n s of B i s h o p C a e s a r i u s of A r i e s
( 5 0 2 - 4 3 ) a n d t h e Expositio antiquae liturgiae gallicanae, a n d t h e e a r l i e s t of a l l
surviving Latin service-books: the palimpsest Gallican lectionary W o l f e n b u t t e l ,
H e r z o g - A u g u s t - B i b l i o t h e k , W e i s s e n b u r g 76, d a t i n g f r o m the fifth to s i x t h c e n t u r y
( e d . D o l d , 1 9 3 6 ) . T h e W o l f e n b u t t e l s o u r c e is d o u b l y i m p o r t a n t b e c a u s e t e x t i n c i p i t s
of c h a n t s to b e s u n g a f t e r t h e l e s s o n s are also i n c l u d e d ( D o l d , x c i v f f . ) . A l s o n o n -
R o m a n is t h e n e x t e a r l i e s t s o u r c e , t h e e p i s t o l a r y of C a p u a ( e d . R a n k e 1 8 6 8 ) , w r i t t e n
c . 545 f o r V i c t o r of C a p u a , t a k e n to E n g l a n d p r o b a b l y b y A b b o t H a d r i a n of N i s i d a ,
w h o w a s o n e o f t h e c o m p a n i o n s of A r c h b i s h o p T h e o d o r e of C a n t e r b u r y , a n d l a t e r
u s e d b y S t B o n i f a c e ) . A n o t h e r f a m o u s c o d e x is t h e L i n d i s f a r n e G o s p e l s , w r i t t e n c\700
at L i n d i s f a r n e b u t b a s e d o n a N e a p o l i t a n e x e m p l a r ( e d . S k e a t 1871-87).
The non-Roman Latin liturgies had three readings at mass (from the Old
T e s t a m e n t , the N e w T e s t a m e n t , a n d the G o s p e l s , respectively), a n d this m a y have
b e e n t h e o r i g i n a l usage i n R o m e as w e l l . T h e e a r l i e s t R o m a n w i t n e s s is t h e c a p i t u l a r y
o r comes of W i i r z b u r g ( c . 7 0 0 b u t b a s e d o n a m o d e l of t h e t i m e of G r e g o r y t h e G r e a t ,
d . 6 0 4 ; e d . M o r i n 1910 a n d 1 9 1 1 ) . F o r s o m e m a s s e s t h i s s o u r c e h a s t h r e e l e s s o n s , b u t
it s e e m s p o s s i b l e t h a t t h e e x t r a l e s s o n is a d u p l i c a t e (see M a r t i m o r t 1 9 8 4 ) . It w a s u n t i l
r e c e n t l y w i d e l y h e l d t h a t t h e g r a d u a l a n d a l l e l u i a (or t r a c t ) of the m e d i e v a l m a s s m i g h t
f o r m e r l y have been separated by another lesson (for otherwise there w o u l d be no
p o i n t i n h a v i n g t w o c h a n t s h e r e ) , b u t l a t e l y it has b e e n a r g u e d t h a t t h e g r a d u a l i t s e l f
o r i g i n a t e d as a p s a l m r e a d i n g ( M c K i n n o n 1 9 8 7 ; see t h e d i s c u s s i o n i n V I 1.5 b e l o w ) .
F r o m at least t h e s e v e n t h c e n t u r y , at a n y r a t e , t w o l e s s o n s s e p a r a t e d b y c h a n t s e e m s to
have been the rule i n R o m e .
It s e e m s t h a t t h e s e l e c t i o n of e p i s t l e s a n d t h e s e l e c t i o n of g o s p e l s w e r e made
i n d e p e n d e n t l y of e a c h o t h e r a n d i n d e p e n d e n t l y of t h e c h a n t s a n d p r a y e r s of m a s s . A t
least, no system combining them a l l a c c o r d i n g to a l o g i c a l principle has been
d i s c o v e r e d . T h e h i s t o r y of t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n of the l e s s o n s , w h i c h c a n b e t r a c e d b a c k to
a n e a r l i e r d a t e t h a n t h a t of p r a y e r s a n d c h a n t s , m a y t h r o w l i g h t o n t h e l a t t e r . For
e x a m p l e , t h e l e s s o n s f r o m S e p t u a g e s i m a to E a s t e r a p p e a r to h a v e b e e n o r g a n i z e d
before t h e t i m e of G r e g o r y the Great ( d . 604) and remain constant thereafter.
C h a v a s s e ( 1 9 5 2 ) has d e m o n s t r a t e d t h a t t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of the l e c t i o n a r y r e s e m b l e s
t h a t of t h e g r a d u a l , r a t h e r t h a n t h e s a c r a m e n t a r y .
O f the m a n y different arrangements, R o m a n and n o n - R o m a n , for w h i c h witnesses
s u r v i v e f r o m t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y , a F r a n k i s h - G r e g o r i a n t y p e first r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h e
Comes of M u r b a c h ( e d . W i l m a r t 1913) e m e r g e d as t h e b a s i s of l a t e r m e d i e v a l u s a g e .
I n t h i s case, u n l i k e t h a t of the s a c r a m e n t a r y , n o d o c u m e n t of p a p a l usage was
s o l i c i t e d f r o m R o m e , a n d t h e r e a d i n g s w e r e a r r a n g e d t o fit t h e l i t u r g i c a l occasions
required by the F r a n k i s h - G e l a s i a n sacramentary.
L e c t i o n a r i e s w e r e c o m b i n e d w i t h s a c r a m e n t a r i e s and/or g r a d u a l s i n a n u m b e r of
w a y s , c u l m i n a t i n g i n t h e m i s s a l s of t h e later M i d d l e A g e s . T h e s e are d i s c u s s e d b r i e f l y
below (111.9). As with the sacramentary, no c l a s s i f i c a t i o n of p o s t - C a r o l i n g i a n
m a n u s c r i p t s ( a p a r t f r o m late s o u r c e s of t h e o l d e r t y p e s ) has b e e n a c c o m p l i s h e d .
III.4. G R A D U A L S ( M A S S A N T I P H O N E R S ) A N D C A N T A T O R I A
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n
(ii) G r a d u a l s w i t h o u t N o t a t i o n
(iii) N o t a t e d G r a d u a l s
B a m b e r g , Staatsbibliothek, l i t . 6: see B a m b e r g 6
Benevento, A r c h i v i o C a p i t o l a r e 3 3 : P a l M u s 20
Benevento, A r c h i v i o Capitolare 34: P a l M u s 15
Bratislava, etc., f r a g m e n t s : Missale notatum Strigoniense
C h a r t r e s , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 4 7 : P a l M u s 11
D a r m s t a d t , Hessische L a n d e s - u n d H o c h s c h u l b i b l i o t h e k 1946: Echtemacher Sakra-
rnentar und Antiphonar
E i n s i e d e l n , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 121 (sequentiary o m i t t e d ) : P a l M u s 4
G n i e z n o , A r c h i w u m A r c h i d i e c e z j a l n e 149: Missale planarium . . . Gnesnensis
G r a z , U n i v e r s i t a t s b i b l i o t h e k 807: P a l M u s 19
L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 2 3 9 : P a l M u s 10
L e i p z i g , U n i v e r s i t a t s b i b l i o t h e k 391 (sequentiary o m i t t e d ) : W a g n e r 1 9 3 0 - 2
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 12194 (without sequentiary): Graduale Sarisburiense
M o n t p e l l i e r , Faculte de M e d e c i n e I I . 159: P a l M u s 8
Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e 903 (troper and sequentiary o m i t t e d ) : P a l M u s 13
P a n s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e 9 0 4 : L o r i q u e t et al 1907
Passau, p r i n t e d gradual of 1511: Graduale Pataviense
R o m e , Biblioteca A n g e l i c a 123: P a l M u s 18
R o m e , Biblioteca A p o s t o l i c a Vaticana, V a t . lat. 10673: P a l M u s 14
St G a l l , Stiftsbibliothek 339: P a l M u s 1
St G a l l , Stiftsbibliothek 359: P a l M u s 11/2
St Petersburg, S a l t y k o v - S h c h e d r i n P u b l i c L i b r a r y O . v . I. 6: T h i b a u t 1912
Vasteras, p r i n t e d gradual of c . 1 5 1 3 : Graduale Arosiense
V i e n n a , N a t i o n a l b i b l i o t h e k , ser. nov. 2700 (with an office a n t i p h o n e r ) : Antiphonar von
St. Peter
private collection, the ' M o n t - R e n a u d m a n u s c r i p t ' ( w i t h an a n t i p h o n e r ) : P a l M u s 16
private collection of M a r t i n B o d m e r C . 74 ( O l d R o m a n ) : L u t o l f 1987
E D I T I O N S :
(i) Introduction
A l t h o u g h b o o k s c o n t a i n i n g c h a n t t e x t s f o r m a s s p r o b a b l y e x i s t e d as e a r l y as a n y o t h e r
mass b o o k s , t h e y have s u r v i v e d i n m u c h s m a l l e r n u m b e r s . T h e earliest e v i d e n c e for
t h e m t h a t w e h a v e is p o s s i b l y G e n n a d i u s ' r e f e r e n c e , a l r e a d y m e n t i o n e d ( I I I . 3 ) , to the
b o o k s c o m p i l e d b y M u s a e u s of M a r s e i l l e s ( d . c . 4 6 0 ) at t h e r e q u e s t of his b i s h o p
V e n e r i u s ( d . 452), t h o u g h he m a y m e a n o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r i e s , r a t h e r t h a n t h e g r a d u a l
r e s p o n s o r i e s of m a s s . A t t h e e n d of t h e s a m e c e n t u r y , h o w e v e r , a p p e a r s t h e first c o p y
o f m a s s c h a n t t e x t s to h a v e s u r v i v e d , t h e i n c i p i t s c o p i e d a f t e r v a r i o u s l e s s o n s i n the
palimpsest G a l l i c a n lectionary Wolfenbuttel, H e r z o g - A u g u s t - B i b l i o t h e k , Weissenburg
7 6 ( e d . D o l d 1 9 3 6 ) . D o l d w a s w i t h great d i f f i c u l t y a b l e t o d e c i p h e r s i x t e e n of t h e s e
i n c i p i t s , s o m e of w h i c h c o r r e s p o n d w i t h l a t e r g r a d u a l o r o f f e r t o r y t e x t s . T h e y may
r e f e r t h e u s e r a c r o s s to a n o t h e r b o o k c o n t a i n i n g t h e c o m p l e t e c h a n t t e x t s , u n l e s s w e
are t o a s s u m e t h a t t h e s e w e r e k n o w n b y h e a r t .
T h e first e v i d e n c e f o r t h e e x i s t e n c e of c h a n t - b o o k s i n R o m e i t s e l f i s b y r e p o r t o n l y
a n d c o n s i d e r a b l y l a t e r . A t t h e s a m e t i m e as B e d e w a s w r i t i n g h i s h i s t o r y of t h e E n g l i s h
c h u r c h a n d people (completed 731), E g b e r t , a m e m b e r of t h e N o r t h u m b r i a n r o y a l
f a m i l y , was o r d a i n e d deacon i n R o m e a n d was t h e n a p p o i n t e d b i s h o p of Y o r k (c.732).
I n a letter of 735 w h i c h still s u r v i v e s , B e d e a d v i s e d E g b e r t to a p p l y f o r the p a l l i u m ,
w h i c h he o b t a i n e d ; he d i e d i n 7 6 6 . H i s b r o t h e r E a d b e r h t h a d b e c o m e k i n g i n 7 3 8 , a n d
w i t h his s u p p o r t Egbert f o u n d e d a cathedral school i n Y o r k , where A l c u i n was a p u p i l
a n d e v e n t u a l l y m a s t e r . I n t w o p l a c e s i n E g b e r t ' s Dialogus ecclesiasticus institutionis
( P L 8 9 , 3 7 7 - 4 5 1 ) he r e f e r s to a c h a n t b o o k ( ' l i b e r a n t i p h o n a r i u s ' ) a n d s a c r a m e n t a r y
('liber missalis') w h i c h he h a d p r e s u m a b l y seen i n R o m e . H e s h a r e d the p o p u l a r belief
t h a t t h e i r a u t h o r w a s G r e g o r y t h e G r e a t a n d t h a t A u g u s t i n e h a d b r o u g h t c o p i e s to
E n g l a n d o v e r a c e n t u r y e a r l i e r : '. . . b e a t u s G r e g o r i u s i n s u o a n t i p h o n a r i et m i s s a l i
libro per paedagogum nostrum beatum A u g u s t i n u m transmisit ordinatum et
r e s c n p t u m . . .' ( P L 89, 4 4 0 - 2 , c i t e d G e v a e r t 1890, 80-1 and A s h w o r t h 1958).
C o n t e m p o r a r y e v i d e n c e is to be f o u n d i n t h e c a n o n s of t h e C o u n c i l o f C l o v e s h o e
(747):
T h e r e f e r e n c e to a R o m a n e x e m p l a r c o v e r s e a c h of t h e t y p e s o f b o o k m e n t i o n e d , f o r
the b a p t i s m a l rites, for the mass ( p r e s u m a b l y a s a c r a m e n t a r y ) , and for chant. The
feasts of t h e Sanctorale, g o v e r n e d b y t h e m a r t y r o l o g y , are to b e sung with the
a p p r o p r i a t e p s a l m o d y a n d c h a n t s . T h e r e is n o d e f i n i t e i m p l i c a t i o n t h a t e i t h e r t h i s
c h a n t - b o o k o r t h o s e seen b y E g b e r t c o n t a i n e d n o t a t i o n .
The first g r a d u a l s (or m a s s a n t i p h o n e r s ) w h i c h have c o m e d o w n to us all lack
n o t a t i o n a n d w e r e w r i t t e n i n n o r t h F r a n c e . T h e y w e r e e d i t e d b y H e s b e r t in AMS and
t h e i r date a n d p r o v e n a n c e h a v e b e e n s u m m a r i z e d b y F r o g e r ( 1 9 7 8 , ' C r i t i c a l ' ) . I list
t h e m here w i t h the c u s t o m a r y sigla.
Brussels, Bibliotheque Royale 10127-10144 (B = Blandiniensis), abbey of St
Peter o n M o n t - B l a n d i n , G h e n t ; late e i g h t h c e n t u r y ; the m a n u s c r i p t also contains
O r d i n e s R o m a n i (see a b o v e , III.2).
Z u r i c h , Z e n t r a l b i b l i o t h e k , R h e i n a u 30 ( R = R h e n a u g i e n s i s ) , N i v e l l e s ; 7 9 0 s ; the p a r t s
of c h a n t s s u n g b y s o l o i s t s ( g r a d u a l v e r s e s , etc.) are n o t g i v e n ; t h e m a n u s c r i p t a l s o
contains a F r a n k i s h - G e l a s i a n sacramentary.
P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 12050 ( K = C o r b i e n s i s ) , a b b e y of C o r b i e ; 8 5 0 s ;
t h e m a n u s c r i p t a l s o c o n t a i n s a G r e g o r i a n s a c r a m e n t a r y w i t h B e n e d i c t of A n i a n e ' s
s u p p l e m e n t , c o p i e d f o r R o d r a d u s of C o r b i e .
M o n z a , B a s i l i c a S . G i o v a n n i C I X ( M = M o d o e t i e n s i s ) , N E F r a n c e ; s e c o n d half of
n i n t h c e n t u r y ; t h e m a n u s c r i p t has o n l y s o l o i s t s ' c h a n t s .
P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 17436 ( C = C o m p e n d i e n s i s ) , a b b e y of S a i n t -
Medard at Soissons (see Froger 1980), later at t h e abbey of S a i n t - C o r n e i l l e at
C o m p i e g n e ; s e c o n d h a l f of n i n t h c e n t u r y ; t h e m a n u s c r i p t also c o n t a i n s a n office
a n t i p h o n e r , t h e e a r l i e s t s u c h to h a v e s u r v i v e d ; s o m e t i m e s k n o w n as t h e ' A n t i p h o n e r
of C h a r l e s t h e B a l d ' , i n t h e b e l i e f t h a t it w a s p r e s e n t e d b y C h a r l e s ( d . 8 7 7 ) to S a i n t -
Corneille.
Paris, Bibliotheque Sainte-Genevieve 111 (S = Silvanectensis), w r i t t e n at the
m o n a s t e r y of S a i n t - D e n i s f o r t h e c a t h e d r a l of S e n l i s ; 8 7 7 - 8 2 ; t h e m a n u s c r i p t a l s o
contains a sacramentary.
A n u m b e r o f f r a g m e n t a r y s o u r c e s also b e l o n g to t h i s e a r l y g r o u p , of w h i c h t h e m o s t
i m p o r t a n t are p e r h a p s t h e L u c c a f r a g m e n t s of t h e late e i g h t h c e n t u r y , w h i c h have
o f f i c e c h a n t s as w e l l ( / I M S , X X I V - X X V I ; F r o g e r 1979, 'Fragment').
T h e m a n u s c r i p t s d o not all r e c o r d chants i n the same w a y . T h e M o n z a s o u r c e has
o n l y g r a d u a l s , a l l e l u i a s , a n d t r a c t s ( a n d of these o n l y the t r a c t s are c o n s i s t e n t l y w r i t t e n
o u t i n f u l l ) a n d c a n t h e r e f o r e be d e s i g n a t e d as a e a n t a t o r i u m . T h e N i v e l l e s b o o k (R)
by contrast has o n l y texts s u n g b y the c h o i r .
A s already m e n t i o n e d , these m a n u s c r i p t s have no n o t a t i o n , a l t h o u g h the C o r b i e
gradual has letters i n d i c a t i n g the mode of chants (see below, I I I . 14). They
n e v e r t h e l e s s t e l l us a g r e a t d e a l a b o u t t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of the r e p e r t o r y . P a r t i c u l a r l y
i n t e r e s t i n g are t h o s e sections where they differ f r o m one another or lack chants
r e g u l a r l y p r e s e n t i n l a t e r b o o k s . T h e r e is s p a c e h e r e to m e n t i o n o n l y a f e w of t h e s e
p e c u l i a r i t i e s (see t h e e x h a u s t i v e s t u d y i n MLS).
M o s t s t r i k i n g is t h e d i s u n i t y i n t h e a s s i g n m e n t of a l l e l u i a s to t h e v a r i o u s m a s s e s . In
several places the B l a n d i n i e n s i s s i m p l y gives the rubric 'alleluia quale volueris',
m e a n i n g t h a t t h e s i n g e r m u s t at t h i s p o i n t d i p i n t o a p o o l of s u i t a b l e a l l e l u i a s g a t h e r e d
e l s e w h e r e ( i n t h i s case at t h e e n d of t h e m a n u s c r i p t ) . T h i s h a p p e n s i n E a s t e r w e e k , f o r
t h e S u n d a y s a f t e r E a s t e r , W h i t s u n w e e k , a n d t h e S u n d a y s after W h i t s u n t i d e . T h e r e is
t h e g r e a t e s t d i s p a r i t y b e t w e e n l a t e r b o o k s i n t h e i r a s s i g n m e n t of a l l e l u i a s to t h e s e
o c c a s i o n s . T h e g r a d u a l s of t h e s u m m e r S u n d a y s also d i s p l a y p e c u l i a r i t i e s of o r d e r i n g ,
w h i c h has g i v e n r i s e t o e x t e n s i v e d i s c u s s i o n (see H e s b e r t 1 9 3 2 - 3 ; P a l M u s 14, 124—
44; Chavasse 1952; R a y m o n d L e R o u x 1962; Chavasse 1984).
T h e R o m a n m a s s a n t i p h o n e r s k n o w n to t h e F r a n k s h a d a n u m b e r of f e a t u r e s w h i c h
w e r e a l t e r e d b y t h e m , b u t w h i c h c a n be f o u n d i n s o m e l a t e r G r e g o r i a n s o u r c e s . T h u s
M h a s t h e R o m a n o f f e r t o r y f o r S t M i c h a e l In conspectu angelorum i n s t e a d of t h e
F r a n k i s h Stetit angelus. Huglo ( 1 9 5 4 , ' V i e u x - r o m a i n ' ) d r e w u p a l i s t of Roman
characteristics and identified their presence i n several later sources, mostly from
central Italy.
On the other hand, all Frankish books include a mass for St Gorgonius
(9 S e p t e m b e r ) , a n o n - R o m a n c u s t o m i n i t i a t e d w h e n h i s r e l i c s w e r e b r o u g h t to M e t z
b y B i s h o p C h r o d e g a n g d u r i n g t h e r e i g n of P i p p i n t h e S h o r t (751-68).
It m a y b e a s k e d h o w t h e F r a n k s , s e e m i n g l y a r d e n t l y e n g a g e d i n i m i t a t i n g R o m a n
u s e as c l o s e l y as p o s s i b l e , felt at l i b e r t y to d e v i a t e o c c a s i o n a l l y f r o m w h a t t h e y f o u n d
i n R o m a n b o o k s . T h e a n s w e r m i g h t b e a l o n g t h e l i n e s of t h e a p o l o g i a p r e s e n t e d b y
B e n e d i c t of A n i a n e , p r e f a c i n g h i s s u p p l e m e n t to t h e G r e g o r i a n s a c r a m e n t a r y : \ . .
t h e r e are o t h e r l i t u r g i c a l m a t e r i a l s w h i c h H o l y C h u r c h f i n d s i t s e l f o b l i g e d t o use b u t
w h i c h the aforesaid F a t h e r [ G r e g o r y ] o m i t t e d because he k n e w they h a d already b e e n
p r o d u c e d b y o t h e r p e o p l e . . .'
( i i i ) Notated Graduals
T h e e a r l i e s t n o t a t e d g r a d u a l s to h a v e s u r v i v e d are f r o m t h e e n d of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y :
C h a r t r e s , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 47 ( d e s t r o y e d i n 1 9 4 4 ; f a c s i m i l e P a l M u s 11),
from Brittany.
St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 359 ( P a l M u s 11/2), f r o m S t G a l l ; t h e m a n u s c r i p t is a
c a n t a t o r i u m , w i t h soloist's chants o n l y .
L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 2 3 9 ( P a l M u s 10), f r o m L a o n .
E q u a l l y early fragments h a v e also s u r v i v e d f r o m t h e s e areas ( t h a t i s , B r i t t a n y ,
G e r m a n y , a n d n o r t h F r a n c e ) , b u t the e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s f r o m o t h e r areas are s o m e w h a t
l a t e r . E n g l a n d , as m i g h t be e x p e c t e d a f t e r t h e d e v a s t a t i o n w r e a k e d b y t h e D a n i s h
i n v a s i o n s of t h e e i g h t h a n d n i n t h c e n t u r i e s , is r e p r e s e n t e d first i n t h e late tenth
c e n t u r y . T h e e a r l i e s t s u r v i v i n g g r a d u a l s f r o m A q u i t a i n e are f r o m t h e e a r l y e l e v e n t h
c e n t u r y , b u t t h r e e t r o p e r s of the t e n t h c e n t u r y s u r v i v e . N o t a t e d I t a l i a n s o u r c e s are
p r a c t i c a l l y non-existent before the e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y .
B y t h e t i m e of t h e a p p e a r a n c e of t h e first notated graduals, the assignment of
p a r t i c u l a r c h a n t s to p a r t i c u l a r m a s s e s w a s f a i r l y s t a b l e , t h e m a i n d i f f e r e n c e s between
sources b e i n g the f o l l o w i n g :
1. t h e c h o i c e of a l l e l u i a s f o r t h e E a s t e r a n d W h i t s u n t i d e s e r i e s ;
2 . t h e c h o i c e of p s a l m verses f o r i n t r o i t a n d o f f e r t o r y ;
3 . t h e c h o i c e of c h a n t s f o r s a i n t s ' d a y s ; t h e s e c o u l d b e t a k e n f r o m t h e c o m m o n
p o o l , i n w h i c h case d i f f e r e n t s o u r c e s m i g h t m a k e a d i f f e r e n t c h o i c e , o r ( r a r e l y )
newly composed.
I n t h e s o u r c e s of the Sextuplex t h e r e is n o c o m m o n p o o l , e x c e p t f o r f o u r m a s s e s f o r
a ' p o n t i f e x ' i n K a n d S o n l y . N o r is t h e r e o n e i n m a n y o t h e r e a r l y s o u r c e s . T h e r e is
s i m p l y a c r o s s - r e f e r e n c e f r o m t h e o n e s a i n t to a n o t h e r w h e r e t h e a p p r o p r i a t e m a s s is to
be f o u n d . A s the S a n c t o r a l e b e c a m e m o r e heavily p o p u l a t e d , h o w e v e r , the frequent
c r o s s - r e f e r r i n g b e c a m e i n c o n v e n i e n t , a n d t h e c h a n t s w e r e e v e n t u a l l y t r a n s f e r r e d to a
C o m m u n e S a n c t o r u m s e c t i o n at t h e e n d of t h e g r a d u a l .
Another way in which graduals might d i f f e r is i n t h e i r i n t e r w e a v i n g of the
T e m p o r a l e a n d S a n c t o r a l e . F r o m l a t e r s e r v i c e - b o o k s w e are u s e d to t h e p l a c i n g of a l l
s a i n t s ' feasts e x c e p t t h o s e i m m e d i a t e l y f o l l o w i n g C h r i s t m a s i n a s e c t i o n of t h e i r o w n .
T h e R o m a n p a t t e r n as f o u n d i n , f o r e x a m p l e , R o m e , B i b l i o t e c a A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a ,
V a t . l a t . 5 3 1 9 ( M M M A 2 ) , is g i v e n i n T a b l e III.4.1.
Temporale Sanctorale
Temporale Sanctorale
A d v e n t Sundays 1-2
St L u c y (13 Dec.)
Advent Sunday 3
E m b e r Week
Christmas
St Stephen (26 D e c . ) to St Silvester (31 Dec.)
S u n d a y after C h r i s t m a s
Epiphany
1st S u n d a y after E p i p h a n y
St F e l i x (14 Jan.)
2 n d S u n d a y after E p i p h a n y
St M a r c c l l u s (16 Jan.) to St A g n e s (21 Jan.)
3rd S u n d a y after E p i p h a n y
St Vincent (22 Jan.) to A n n u n c i a t i o n of the B V M
(25 M a r . )
Septuagesima to the 4th Sunday
after Easter
S S T i b u r t i u s and V a l e n a n u s (14 A p r . ) to St P u d e n t i a n a or
Potentiana (19 M a y )
Ascension
S u n d a y after A s c e n s i o n
St U r b a n (25 M a y )
W h i t S u n d a y and W h i t s u n week
S S M a r c e l l i n u s and Peter (2 June) to St A n d r e w (30 N o v . )
T r i n i t y Sunday
Sundays 1-24 after the Octave w
of W h i t Sunday
T a b l e 111.4.3. Separate Temporale and Sanctorale in later medieval use
c o n t a i n processional chants, w h i c h , t h o u g h not part of the mass itself, were often the
p a r t o f t h e l i t u r g y w h i c h i m m e d i a t e l y p r e c e d e d m a s s (see 1 . 7 ) . N o t a l l b o o k s f o l l o w
the Sarum pattern exactly, of c o u r s e . Paris books, for example, put even the
C h r i s t m a s s a i n t s ' feasts i n t h e S a n c t o r a l e . S o m e t i m e s t h e y e a r b e g a n w i t h a s a i n t o t h e r
t h a n S t A n d r e w . G r a d u a l s w h i c h also i n c l u d e t r o p e s , o r d i n a r y of m a s s m e l o d i e s , a n d
s e q u e n c e s h a v e d i f f e r e n t w a y s of d e p l o y i n g t h e m a t e r i a l : w h i l e m o s t p l a c e t h e m i n
separate sections (or have a separate b o o k f o r t h e m ) , several I t a l i a n b o o k s have t h e m
a m o n g the p r o p e r chants f o r particular masses. T h e brief d e s c r i p t i o n s b y E m e r s o n
( ' S o u r c e s , M S , I I ' , NG) i n d i c a t e m a n y of these d i f f e r e n c e s .
A p a r t f r o m d i f f e r e n c e s o f o r g a n i z a t i o n o r c h o i c e o f c h a n t s , g r a d u a l s also d i f f e r f r o m
o n e a n o t h e r i n t h e i r m u s i c a l r e a d i n g s , b e c a u s e of o r a l t r a n s m i s s i o n a n d t h e f r e e d o m of
l o c a l c a n t o r s t o n o t a t e t h e m e l o d i e s as t h e y u n d e r s t o o d t h e m , r a t h e r t h a n s l a v i s h l y
f o l l o w i n g a n e x e m p l a r . T h e e n d r e s u l t is a h o s t of d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n s o u r c e s . Some
are v e r y o b v i o u s d i f f e r e n c e s , s u c h as a q u i t e d i f f e r e n t m e l o d y ; t h e vast m a j o r i t y a r e
t r i v i a l as f a r as t h e b a s i c s h a p e a n d c h a r a c t e r o f t h e m e l o d y i s c o n c e r n e d .
A little over t h i r t y years ago the m o n k s of S o l e s m e s began p u b l i c a t i o n of m a t e r i a l
f o r a n e w c r i t i c a l e d i t i o n o f t h e g r a d u a l w i t h G r e g o r i a n m e l o d i e s , u n d e r t h e t i t l e Le
Graduel rornain. A l i s t o f n e a r l y 7 5 0 s o u r c e s a p p e a r e d first, w i t h b r i e f d e s c r i p t i o n s .
T h e n the results were p u b l i s h e d of several c o m p a r i s o n s of the sources w i t h one
another, c a r r i e d o u t b y i s o l a t i n g places w h e r e the m e l o d i c readings t e n d e d to s h o w
d i s p a r i t y . B y c o u n t i n g t h e n u m b e r of a g r e e m e n t s b e t w e e n s o u r c e s at t h e s e ' l i e u x
v a r i a n t s ' it w a s p o s s i b l e t o g r o u p t h e s o u r c e s i n t o f a m i l i e s . ( F o r f u r t h e r w o r k o f t h i s
k i n d , see H i l e y 1 9 8 0 - 1 a n d 1 9 8 6 , T h u r s t a n ' . ) O n e of t h e m o s t s t r i k i n g r e s u l t s t o
emerge f r o m the Solesmes investigation was the remarkable u n a n i m i t y between
G e r m a n sources, c o m p a r e d w i t h the relatively f r a g m e n t e d picture for France and
I t a l y (see b e l o w , IX.3).
A s c a n b e s e e n e v e n f r o m the f e w m a n u s c r i p t s of t h e Sex tuple x, early books of
c h a n t t e x t s w e r e o f t e n c o u p l e d to s a c r a m e n t a r i e s o r l e c t i o n a r i e s . C h a n t i n c i p i t s w e r e
also g i v e n i n m a n y e a r l y s a c r a m e n t a r i e s . A s s o u r c e s of m a s s c h a n t s , graduals and
c a n t a t o r i a w e r e l a t e r j o i n e d b y n o t a t e d m i s s a l s , b u t p e r s i s t e d as i n d e p e n d e n t t y p e s of
h o o k u n t i l t h e e n d of t h e M i d d l e A g e s .
111.5. A N T I P H O N E R S ( O F F I C E A N T I P H O N E R S )
(i) T h e Earliest A n t i p h o n e r s
(ii) T y p e s of M a n u s c r i p t and C a l e n d r i c O r g a n i z a t i o n
(iii) C o m p a r i s o n of Sources
F A C S I M I L E S :
A l t h o u g h t h e a m a l g a m a t i o n of o f f i c e a n d m a s s c h a n t s i n a g r a d u a l - a n t i p h o n e r is v e r y
rare, the presence of b o t h g r a d u a l a n d a n t i p h o n e r b e t w e e n t h e s a m e c o v e r s of a
m e d i e v a l m a n u s c r i p t is n o t u n k n o w n . T h e c o m p l e m e n t i n g of c h a n t s b y o f f i c e l e s s o n s
a n d o t h e r t e x t s p r o d u c e d t h e b r e v i a r y , w h i c h is d i s c u s s e d b e l o w . A t t h e s a m e t i m e
some parts of the office c h a n t repertory were copied separately: i n psalters and
h y m n a l s , b o t h also d i s c u s s e d b e l o w . A n o t h e r category w i t h i n the g e n e r a l a n t i p h o n e r
class is t h e d i u r n a l , w h e r e o n l y t h e c h a n t s f o r t h e d a y h o u r s are r e c o r d e d . T h e great
b u l k o f t h e m a t e r i a l to b e r e c o r d e d p r o m p t e d s e v e r a l s u c h s u b d i v i s i o n s a n d s u b s p e c i e s
of b o o k . S i n c e s u c h b o o k s o f t e n i n c l u d e d not o n l y chants b u t also lessons a n d p r a y e r s ,
t w o e x a m p l e s are d i s c u s s e d b e l o w i n t h e s e c t i o n o n b r e v i a r i e s ( I I I . 1 0 ) .
T h e a r r a n g e m e n t of T e m p o r a l e a n d S a n c t o r a l e i n a n t i p h o n e r s is u s u a l l y d i f f e r e n t
from that of graduals. The responsories and antiphons for the Sundays after
W h i t s u n t i d e are u s u a l l y c o p i e d s e p a r a t e l y f r o m e a c h o t h e r , p e r h a p s r e f l e c t i n g t h e fact
that the chants had once been assembled in different books. Benedictus and
M a g n i f i c a t a n t i p h o n s f o r m another g r o u p sometimes c o p i e d separately. T h e tones for
p s a l m s a n d c a n t i c l e s , b e i n g so u n i v e r s a l l y f a m i l i a r , are r a r e l y f o u n d , at a n y r a t e i n
e a r l i e r a n t i p h o n e r s , a n d are u s u a l l y p l a c e d i n a s u p p l e m e n t at t h e e n d of t h e b o o k .
T h e y are l i k e l y to a p p e a r i n c l o s e p r o x i m i t y t o a t o n a r y , a n d are t h u s o c c a s i o n a l l y
g i v e n i n b o o k s w h i c h o t h e r w i s e c o n t a i n n o o f f i c e c h a n t s , s u c h as t h e S a i n t - M a r t i a l
tropers P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 909 a n d 1121.
T w o d i f f e r e n t a r r a n g e m e n t s of t h e c h a n t s m a y be s e e n i n T a b l e I I I . 5 . 1 . T h e t w o
s o u r c e s r e p r e s e n t e d a r e : H a r t k e r ' s a n t i p h o n e r , S t G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 , of
t h e c l o s i n g y e a r s of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y ( f a c s i m i l e , P a l M u s 11/2; t e x t e d i t i o n , CAO 2),
and L u c c a , Biblioteca Capitolare 601, f r o m t h e a b b e y o f S t P e t e r at P o z z u o l i , a
manuscript of the early t w e l f t h century (facsimile, P a l M u s 9). Both books are
m o n a s t i c , t h o u g h that is n o t of r e l e v a n c e to t h e w a y t h e y e a r is o r g a n i z e d . (Both
e d i t i o n s h a v e t a b l e s s e t t i n g o u t t h e o r d e r i n w h i c h t h e c h a n t s a p p e a r : P a l M u s 11/2,
p p . 6 1 * - 6 2 * ; P a l M u s 9, p p . 1 6 * - 2 0 * , w h i c h also g i v e s t h e n u m b e r o f c h a n t s f o r e a c h
o c c a s i o n . ) It w i l l be n o t i c e d t h a t n e i t h e r m a n u s c r i p t c o n t a i n s a p s a l t e r o r a h y m n a l .
N o t e v e n i n c i p i t s f o r h y m n s are g i v e n .
306 ///. Liturgical Books and Plainchant Sources
St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 L u c c a , Biblioteca C a p i t o l a r e 601
t h e B o o k o f K i n g s , f o r t h e first S u n d a y a f t e r W h i t s u n t o first S u n d a y i n A u g u s t
the B o o k of W i s d o m , f o r A u g u s t
t h e B o o k o f J o b , f o r t h e first h a l f of S e p t e m b e r
t h e B o o k s of T o b i t , J u d i t h , a n d E s t h e r , f o r t h e rest o f September
the B o o k of M a c c a b e e s , for October
the B o o k s of t h e P r o p h e t s , for N o v e m b e r
In any antiphoner the number of p r o p e r c h a n t s naturally varies greatly from
o c c a s i o n to o c c a s i o n . T h e p r o v i s i o n for A s c e n s i o n t i d e i n the L u c c a c o d e x is t y p i c a l :
1 i g i l of Ascension
L a u d s : B e n e d i c t u s a n t i p h o n (text i n c i p i t o n l y : a l r e a d y a v a i l a b l e elsewhere)
Ascension Day
first Vespers: antiphon for psalms; responsory (incipit only); versicle (incipit
only); Magnificat antiphon
N i g h t O f f i c e : i n v i t a t o r y ; s i x a n t i p h o n s , v e r s i c l e , a n d f o u r r e s p o n s o r i e s f o r t h e first
N o c t u r n ; the same for the second N o c t u r n (versicle incipit only); antiphon,
versicle (incipit o n l y ) , a n d four responsories f o r the t h i r d N o c t u r n
L a u d s : five a n t i p h o n s ; s h o r t r e s p o n s o r y ; v e r s i c l e ; B e n e d i c t u s a n t i p h o n
L i t t l e H o u r s : versicles (incipits only) for T e r c e , Sext, a n d N o n e
second Vespers: antiphon (incipit o n l y ) ; short responsory; versicle (incipit o n l y ) ;
Magnificat antiphon
Friday after Ascension Day
N i g h t O f f i c e : I n v i t a t o r y ; one a n t i p h o n ( i n c i p i t o n l y ) f o r e a c h o f t h e first a n d s e c o n d
Nocturns
L a u d s : antiphon for psalms; Benedictus antiphon (incipit only)
L i t t l e H o u r s : a n t i p h o n for P r i m e ; versicles (incipits only) f o r T e r c e , Sext, a n d
None
Sunday after Ascension Day
L a u d s : Benedictus antiphon
second Vespers: Magnificat antiphon
U n d e r s t a n d i n g w h a t has been o m i t t e d a n d has to b e d r a w n f r o m t h e c o m m o n p o o l ,
a n d w h e r e t o find i t , p o s e s c o n s i d e r a b l e p r o b l e m s t o t h e u n i n i t i a t e d .
( i i i ) Comparison of Sources
A s i n t h e case o f t h e g r a d u a l , m u c h t i m e a n d e f f o r t h a s b e e n d e v o t e d t o s t u d y i n g t h e
relationships between sources, b y c o m p a r i n g their selection of c h a n t s a n d (to a lesser
e x t e n t so far) t h e v a r i a n t r e a d i n g s of t h e i r t e x t s a n d m e l o d i e s . A s a g l a n c e at t h e t w e l v e
m a n u s c r i p t s w h o s e t e x t s w e r e e d i t e d b y H e s b e r t (CAO 1 - 2 ) w i l l s h o w , t h e s e l e c t i o n o f
c h a n t s f o r t h e a n t i p h o n e r is m u c h less s t a b l e t h a n f o r t h e g r a d u a l , a n d t h e s a m e is t r u e
of t h e i r m e l o d i e s . T h e v a r i a n c e i n t e x t s e l e c t i o n p r o m p t e d H e s b e r t t o c a r r y o u t a
massive survey of 800' s o u r c e s (including breviaries as well as antiphoners),
c o m p a r i n g t h e i r r e s p o n s o r i e s f o r t h e f o u r S u n d a y s o f A d v e n t (CAO 5 a n d 6 ; see a l s o
O t t o s e n 1986). S i m i l a r repertory c o m p a r i s o n s have been made b y R a y m o n d L e R o u x
f o r t h e a n t i p h o n s of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e a n d L a u d s at C h r i s t m a s a n d 1 J a n u a r y (1961),
r e s p o n s o r i e s of E p i p h a n y t i d e ( 1 9 6 3 ) , a n d t h e r e s p o n s o r i e s of t h e T r i d u u m Sacrum
a n d E a s t e r ( 1 9 7 9 ) . T h e s e s u r v e y s h a v e p r o v e d s t r i k i n g l y c a p a b l e of i s o l a t i n g f a m i l i e s
of r e l a t e d s o u r c e s : t h o s e b e l o n g i n g to t h e s a m e c h u r c h o r d i o c e s e , t h o s e l i n k e d b y
m o n a s t i c r e f o r m m o v e m e n t s , t h o s e of t h e r e l i g i o u s o r d e r s , a n d so o n ( a p a r t f r o m t h e
l e n g t h y d i s c u s s i o n s i n CAO 5 a n d 6, see also H e s b e r t 1 9 8 0 , ' A n t i p h o n a i r e d e l a C u r i e ' ,
1980, ' A n t i p h o n a i r e d ' A m a l a r ' , 1980, ' S a r u m ' , 1982, ' A n t i p h o n a i r e s monastiques
i n s u l a i r e s ' , 1982, ' M a r i n e s de P a q u e s ' , a n d R a y m o n d L e R o u x 1967). A classic s t u d y
of a b r a n c h of t h e t r a d i t i o n , w i t h f a c s i m i l e s of s u r v i v i n g f r a g m e n t s , was made by
G j e r l ^ w ( 1 9 7 9 ) f o r t h e c h u r c h of N i d a r o s . ( F o r e x t e n d e d s t u d i e s o f t h e c o n t e n t s of
i n d i v i d u a l a n t i p h o n e r s , see O s s i n g 1 9 6 6 , L e d w o n 1 9 8 6 , M o l l e r 1990.)
M u s i c a l c o m p a r i s o n s have taken place o n a m u c h smaller scale, understandably
enough, c o n s i d e r i n g the d a u n t i n g magnitude of the repertory. Udovich (1980)
p r o v i d e s p a r a l l e l t r a n s c r i p t i o n s of t h e M a g n i f i c a t a n t i p h o n s f r o m t h e f e r i a l o f f i c e i n
nineteen sources. U n d e r w o o d ( 1 9 8 2 ) has c o m p a r e d v a r i a n t r e a d i n g s i n a n t i p h o n s
f r o m a h a n d f u l of E n g l i s h s o u r c e s w i t h a v i e w t o e s t a b l i s h i n g t h e p a t t e r n of t h e i r
i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s (see a l s o H i l e y 1 9 8 6 , ' T h u r s t a n ' ) .
III.6. P S A L T E R S , H Y M N A L S , C O L L E C T A R S , O F F I C E
L E C T I O N A R I E S
(i) Psalters
(ii) H y m n a l s
(iii) Collectars
(iv) Office L e c t i o n a r i e s
(i) Psalters
T h e L a t i n t e x t o f t h e p s a l t e r o r B o o k of P s a l m s , l i k e t h e text of t h e B i b l e as a w h o l e ,
was not unified for all times a n d places. I n the early centuries several Latin
6. Psalters, Hymnals, Collectars, Lectionaries 309
t r a n s l a t i o n s of t h e B i b l e o r p a r t s of it w e r e c u r r e n t , m a d e f r o m t h e G r e e k S e p t u a g i n t .
T h e r e w a s n o s p e c i a l u r g e n c y to i m p o s e u n i f o r m i t y , f o r L a t i n d i d n o t r e p l a c e G r e e k
as t h e l a n g u a g e o f t h e l i t u r g y u n t i l t h e late f o u r t h c e n t u r y . T h e m a i n r i t e s of W e s t e r n
E u r o p e , M i l a n e s e , M o z a r a b i c , etc. h a d t h e i r o w n t r a n s l a t i o n s . A s f a r as t h e p s a l t e r is
c o n c e r n e d , t h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t t y p e s are t h e f o l l o w i n g .
(i) T h e R o m a n P s a l t e r . O n c e a t t r i b u t e d to S t J e r o m e , t h i s v e r s i o n is s t i l l u s e d i n
St Peter's, R o m e , a n d was u s e d b o t h i n other R o m a n c h u r c h e s a n d elsewhere i n Italy
u n t i l its r e p l a c e m e n t b y t h e G a l l i c a n P s a l t e r u n d e r P i u s V ( 1 5 6 6 - 7 2 ) . A d o p t e d b y t h e
Franks f r o m R o m a n exemplars, it w a s also t h e b a s i s of c h a n t s s u n g at m a s s , in
G r e g o r i a n as i n R o m a n c h a n t .
(ii) T h e G a l l i c a n Psalter. M a d e by St Jerome r.392 f r o m the Hexapla O l d
Testament of O r i g e n , t h i s b e c a m e v e r y p o p u l a r i n G a u l , p e r h a p s p a r t l y u n d e r t h e
i n f l u e n c e of G r e g o r y of T o u r s a n d l a t e r of A l c u i n . F r o m t h e C a r o l i n g i a n p e r i o d t h i s
w a s t h e t r a n s l a t i o n u s e d f o r t h e s i n g i n g of t h e o f f i c e i n m o s t c h u r c h e s o u t s i d e S p a i n
and Italy.
( i i i ) T h e H e b r e w P s a l t e r . A n e w t r a n s l a t i o n m a d e b y J e r o m e c . 4 0 0 as p a r t of h i s
t r a n s l a t i o n of a l l t h e b o o k s of the B i b l e f r o m t h e H e b r e w . J e r o m e ' s w o r k f o r m s t h e
g r e a t e r p a r t of t h e V u l g a t e B i b l e ( ' e d i t i o v u l g a t a ' = ' c o m m o n o r p o p u l a r e d i t i o n ' ) , b u t
the G a l l i c a n P s a l t e r was already too p o p u l a r to d i s p l a c e a n d was therefore i n c l u d e d i n
t h e V u l g a t e i n a l l l a n d s e x c e p t I t a l y (the R o m a n P s a l t e r ) a n d S p a i n (the H e b r e w ) .
I n o r d e r to a d a p t t h e b i b l i c a l p s a l t e r f o r l i t u r g i c a l u s e , v a r i o u s m e a s u r e s were
a d o p t e d . T h e p s a l m s m i g h t b e left i n t h e i r u s u a l o r d e r , o r t h e y m i g h t c o p i e d i n a
r e a r r a n g e d o r d e r to fit t h e w e e k l y o f f i c e c y c l e . T h e rearrangement w o u l d take a
d i f f e r e n t f o r m a c c o r d i n g to w h e t h e r t h e s e c u l a r ( o r R o m a n ) c u r s u s w a s b e i n g f o l l o w e d
o r t h e m o n a s t i c c u r s u s . If t h e p s a l m s w e r e left i n t h e i r u s u a l o r d e r t h e n n o t e s i n t h e
m a r g i n m i g h t i n d i c a t e o n w h i c h d a y a n d at w h i c h h o u r t h e y w e r e t o b e s u n g . M a n y
p s a l t e r s c o n t a i n n o t j u s t t h e t e x t s of t h e p s a l m s b u t also t h o s e of t h e c a n t i c l e s , s u n g i n
a s i m i l a r f a s h i o n at t h e s a m e s e r v i c e s . A n d t h e m o s t c o m p l e t e t y p e o f l i t u r g i c a l p s a l t e r
c o n t a i n s the a n t i p h o n s w h i c h a c c o m p a n y the p s a l m s , also i n v i t a t o r i e s , a n d p e r h a p s
h y m n i n c i p i t s (for w h i c h pieces a f u l l h y m n a l w o u l d be needed) a n d the short lessons
a n d v e r s i c l e s w i t h r e s p o n s e s . T h e w h o l e m a t e r i a l n e c e s s a r y to s i n g t h e w e e k l y o f f i c e
w o u l d t h e n be present.
S u c h m a t e r i a l is n o t o f t e n g i v e n i n a n t i p h o n e r s a n d b r e v i a r i e s . I t w a s c o n v e n i e n t to
have it in a separate book, because the weekly office cycle was performed
i n d e p e n d e n t l y of t h e festal c y c l e , b r e a k i n g o f f w h e n e v e r a f e a s t - d a y i n t e r v e n e d a n d
r e s u m i n g w h e n t h e f e a s t - d a y w a s o v e r . A s S t e i n e r r e m a r k s , ' t h e P r o p e r of t h e T i m e
a n d of t h e S a i n t s . . . is e s s e n t i a l l y a m o r e o r less l e n g t h y s e r i e s o f i n t e r r u p t i o n s i n t o
[the S u n d a y a n d f e r i a l ] O f f i c e ' ( ' P s a l t e r ' , NG).
No facsimile of a l i t u r g i c a l p s a l t e r with notated chants has been published.
L e r o q u a i s ( 1 9 4 0 - 1 ) describes a large n u m b e r . T h e sections c o v e r i n g the w e e k l y office
i n t h e Antiphonale Romanum a n d t h e Antiphonale monasticum present the psalter i n
o r d e r as s u n g b u t o m i t t h e N i g h t O f f i c e , w h i l e t h e Liber usualis first sets o u t the
V e s p e r psalms a n d M a g n i f i c a t i n all eight p s a l m tones b u t w i t h o u t a n t i p h o n s , then
p r o c e e d s t o t h e h o u r s o n S u n d a y e x c e p t f o r the N i g h t O f f i c e , w h i c h are g i v e n i n f u l l ,
t h e n to the L i t t l e H o u r s o n w e e k d a y s . T h e n e w Psalterium monasticum of 1981
restores the N i g h t Office (called V i g i l s ) .
(ii) Hymnals
The h y m n a l was the other chant-book for the office hours more often copied
separately f r o m the a n t i p h o n e r than i n c l u d e d i n it. O c c a s i o n a l l y a h y m n a l f o r m s part
of quite a different book: Paris 1235, for e x a m p l e , is a g r a d u a l with a large
s u p p l e m e n t a r y section g i v i n g tropes, sequences, a n d o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s chants for the
m a i n f e a s t s ; i n b e t w e e n t h e s e c o m e a p r o c e s s i o n a l , a c o l l e c t i o n of s h o r t r e s p o n s o r i e s , a
tonary, and a h y m n a l .
T h e arrangement of h y m n a l s u s u a l l y r e s e m b l e s t h a t of a n t i p h o n e r s . T h e hymns
f o r t h e w e e k l y o f f i c e u s u a l l y a p p e a r at E p i p h a n y t i d e . T h e m u c h - r e p e a t e d C o m p l i n e
hymns will be g i v e n at t h e b e g i n n i n g of the collection. A s an example of the
a r r a n g e m e n t of a t h i r t e e n t h - c e n t u r y h y m n a l , the S a r u m m a n u s c r i p t O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n
L i b r a r y , L a u d l a t . 95 m a y b e d e s c r i b e d . T h e r e are 100 h y m n s , d i s t r i b u t e d as f o l l o w s
( o n l y f o r t h e first f e w are t h e a s s i g n m e n t s g i v e n i n d e t a i l ) :
1 first S u n d a y of A d v e n t : V e s p e r s
2 C o m p l i n e e x c e p t o n d o u b l e feasts a n d d u r i n g L e n t
3 first S u n d a y of A d v e n t : N i g h t O f f i c e
4 first S u n d a y of A d v e n t : L a u d s
5 Christmas Eve: Vespers
6. Psalters, Hymnals, Collectars, Lectionaries 311
6 C o m p l i n e o n d o u b l e feasts e x c e p t o n t h e A n n u n c i a t i o n of t h e B V M a n d
f r o m E a s t e r to W h i t s u n t i d e
7 Christmas: Night Office
8 Christmas: L a u d s and Vespers
9 St S t e p h e n : Vespers and N i g h t Office
10 E p i p h a n y : Vespers a n d N i g h t Office
11 Epiphany: Lauds
12-19 first S u n d a y a f t e r E p i p h a n y : first V e s p e r s , N i g h t O f f i c e , L a u d s , P r i m e
T e r c e , Sext, N o n e , second Vespers
20-37 M o n d a y to S a t u r d a y : Night Office, Lauds, Vespers (no Vespers on
Saturday)
38-65 Q u a d r a g e s i m a S u n d a y to t h e first S u n d a y a f t e r t h e O c t a v e of Pentecost
66-88 S a n c t o r a l e f r o m S t V i n c e n t (22 J a n . ) to S t J o h n t h e E v a n g e l i s t (27 Dec.)
with a supplement
89-98 C o m m o n of S a i n t s
99-100 D e d i c a t i o n of t h e C h u r c h
Stablein's e d i t i o n of t h e c o n t e n t s of s e v e r a l h y m n a l s , w i t h o t h e r miscellaneous
items, i n M M M A 1 is t h e s i n g l e m o s t i m p o r t a n t r e f e r e n c e t o o l f o r t h e s u b j e c t , a n d
c o n t a i n s a l i s t of o v e r 3 6 0 sources. M a n y of t h e s e are a n t i p h o n e r s , b r e v i a r i e s , or
psalters w i t h attached h y m n a l s . T h e earliest extant h y m n a l s , w h i c h have n o m u s i c a l
n o t a t i o n , d a t e b a c k to t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y ; t h e e a r l i e s t n o t a t e d c o l l e c t i o n s are f r o m t h e
e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y . W h i l e G n e u s s ( 1 9 6 8 ) has a n a l y z e d a n u m b e r o f e a r l y c o l l e c t i o n s a n d
e s t a b l i s h e d t h e i r i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s , M o b e r g ( 1 9 4 7 ) has c a r r i e d o u t a l m o s t t h e o n l y
comparable w o r k o n later b o o k s . T h e earliest c o l l e c t i o n s , r e f e r r e d t o as t h e O l d
H y m n a l t y p e I, u n i t e i n a b r o a d w a y t h e m o n a s t i c u s e s b o t h of G a u l ( S t C a e s a r i u s o f
A r i e s ) a n d Italy (St B e n e d i c t ) a n d c a n be l i n k e d to the A m b r o s i a n r e p e r t o r y . Two
r e c a s t i n g s o f t h e O l d H y m n a l are t h e n t r a c e a b l e : t h e O l d H y m n a l t y p e I I is f o u n d i n
F r a n k i s h s o u r c e s of t h e e i g h t h a n d n i n t h c e n t u r i e s ; t h e N e w F l y m n a l , w h i c h m a y b e
c o n n e c t e d w i t h t h e r e f o r m s of S t B e n e d i c t of A n i a n e ( d . 8 2 1 ) is f o u n d i n F r a n k i s h
sources f r o m the ninth century onwards and constitutes the basis of m o s t later
c o l l e c t i o n s . A n e x c e p t i o n is t h e h y m n a l of t h e C i s t e r c i a n s , w h i c h w a s a c o n s c i o u s
a t t e m p t to r e t u r n to t h e s u p p o s e d h y m n s of S t A m b r o s e : M i l a n e s e s o u r c e s w e r e u s e d
f o r t h e p u r p o s e , t h o u g h t h e y h a d t o b e s u p p l e m e n t e d b y o t h e r s b e t t e r k n o w n to t h e
F r e n c h m o n k s (see t h e d i s c u s s i o n i n W a d d e l l 1 9 8 4 ) .
(iii) Collectars
T h e c o l l e c t a r ( o r o r a t i o n a l ) is a b o o k c o n t a i n i n g t h e c o l l e c t s a n d o f t e n also t h e s h o r t
lessons (capitula or chapters) used i n the office h o u r s . T h e same person usually
r e c i t e d b o t h . O n e e a c h o f t h e s e p r a y e r s a n d l e s s o n s w a s s a i d at e a c h o f t h e d a y h o u r s ,
t h a t i s , at a l l e x c e p t t h e N i g h t O f f i c e . T h e l e s s o n f o l l o w e d t h e p s a l m s , t h e c o l l e c t c a m e
at the e n d . C o l l e c t a r s c o m m o n l y i n c l u d e o t h e r m a t e r i a l as w e l l , s u c h as t h e v e r s i c l e
and response and incipits for antiphons, responsories, and h y m n s . If the book
p r o v i d e s t h e c h a n t s i n f u l l it has b e c o m e , i n e f f e c t , a s o r t of d i u r n a l .
The earliest s u r v i v i n g collectar is n o t f o r the R o m a n b u t f o r t h e O l d S p a n i s h
(Mozarabic) rite: the so-called Verona Orational from the early eighth century
(Verona L X X X I X ; e d . V i v e s a n d C l a v e r a s 1946).
T w o fine collectars f r o m eleventh-century E n g l a n d s h o w what the collectar m i g h t
encompass.
III.7. S E Q U E N T I A R I E S ,T R O P E R S , A N D K Y R I A L E S
R I S M B / V / l ; E m e r s o n , 'Sources, M S , I F , A G .
F A C S I M I L E S O F M A N U S C R I P T S C O N T A I N I N G S E Q U E N C E S , T R O P E S , A N D O R D I N A R Y - O F -
M A S S C H A N T S W I T H T R O P E S :
E D I T I O N S W I T H M U S I C :
T h e r e are f e w w r i t t e n traces of s e q u e n c e s o r t r o p e s i n t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y , t h o u g h t h e y
w e r e c e r t a i n l y s u n g t h e n . T h e e a r l i e s t t r o p e a n d s e q u e n c e c o l l e c t i o n s of m o d e r a t e s i z e
to h a v e s u r v i v e d are i n m a n u s c r i p t s of t h e b e g i n n i n g of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d s .
A l t h o u g h t h i s is n o t so d i f f e r e n t f r o m t h e s i t u a t i o n of o t h e r c h a n t s , the textual
t r a d i t i o n of t h e l a t t e r g o e s m u c h f u r t h e r b a c k . T h e c o l l e c t i o n of s e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s i n
C h a r t r e s , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 47 ( B r i t t a n y , late n i n t h c e n t u r y ) , t h e s e q u e n c e s
a n d t r o p e s i n P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1240 ( L i m o g e s , 9 3 0 s ) a n d t h e t r o p e s
i n V i e n n a , N a t i o n a l b i b l i o t h e k 1609 (Freising? early tenth century) stand near the
b e g i n n i n g of t h e w r i t t e n t r a d i t i o n .
Sequences, tropes, and ordinary-of-mass chants had their o w n i n d i v i d u a l history
a n d t h e i r o w n special f u n c t i o n w i t h i n the l i t u r g y , a n d hence were o f t e n c o p i e d i n
collections separately f r o m other chants. Sometimes they were g r o u p e d alongside
e a c h o t h e r , so t h a t c o m b i n e d v o l u m e s of ' s p e c i a l ' m a t e r i a l w e r e c r e a t e d . T h e s e m i g h t
i n c l u d e o t h e r c h a n t s as w e l l , s u c h as o f f e r t o r y v e r s e s , a l l e l u i a s , p r o c e s s i o n a l chants,
l i t u r g i c a l d r a m a s , a n d so o n . T h e u s u a l n a m e f o r s u c h a b o o k is ' t r o p e r ' , a l t h o u g h
tropes i n the strict s e n s e are not the only components. Books c o n t a i n i n g only-
s e q u e n c e s , o r s e q u e n t i a r i e s , are less c o m m o n ; a n d b o o k s c o n t a i n i n g o n l y o r d i n a r y - o f -
m a s s c h a n t s , k n o w n at least s i n c e t h e s i x t e e n t h c e n t u r y as k y r i a l e s , are e v e n r a r e r . O n
t h e o t h e r h a n d , a f t e r t h e c l a s s i c a l t r o p e s f o r t h e p r o p e r c h a n t s of m a s s h a d f a l l e n o u t of
use i n t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y , it is c o m m o n to find c o m b i n e d s e q u e n t i a r i e s a n d k y r i a l e s .
T h e use o f t h e t e r m ' t r o p e r ' f o r these c o l l e c t i o n s is less a p p r o p r i a t e , f o r u s u a l l y t h e
o n l y t r o p e s p r e s e n t are a f e w f o r the o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s .
M o s t o f t h e s p e c i a l m a t e r i a l is f o r s o l o i s t s to s i n g . B y a n a l o g y w i t h t h e o l d e r b o o k
c o n t a i n i n g t h e s o l o i s t s ' p a r t s of t h e p r o p e r - o f - m a s s c h a n t s ( g r a d u a l a n d a l l e l u i a v e r s e s ,
t r a c t s ) , t h e t r o p e r is s o m e t i m e s r e f e r r e d to as a c a n t a t o r i u m ; it is b e t t e r to a v o i d t h i s
usage.
L i k e s e q u e n c e s a n d o r d i n a r y c h a n t s , m o s t t r o p e s are f o r the m a s s . J u s t as f r e q u e n t
as t h e c o l l e c t i o n of t h e s p e c i a l c h a n t s i n a b o o k a p a r t is t h e i r i n c l u s i o n i n t h e g r a d u a l
( o r l a t e r i n t h e m i s s a l ) . S i n c e t r o p e s f o r t h e o f f i c e are r e s t r i c t e d to p r o s u l a s f o r t h e
m e l i s m a s of r e s p o n s o r i e s , t h e a n t i p h o n e r w a s e a s i l y a b l e to take t h e s e i n t o its f o l d , a n d
c o l l e c t i o n s of p r o s u l a s i n t r o p e r s are n o t c o m m o n . W h e n s e q u e n c e s , tropes, and
o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s w e r e i n c l u d e d i n an e x p a n d e d g r a d u a l , they w e r e u s u a l l y
c o p i e d i n s e c t i o n s of t h e i r o w n . S o m e m a n u s c r i p t s , h o w e v e r — m a i n l y I t a l i a n — g i v e
tropes and ordinary chants at the a p p r o p r i a t e l i t u r g i c a l p l a c e a m o n g t h e proper
c h a n t s . S e q u e n c e s c a n o c c a s i o n a l l y be f o u n d a m o n g t h e p r o p e r c h a n t s o u t s i d e I t a l y as
well.
The general t r e n d w a s a w a y f r o m s e p a r a t e c o l l e c t i o n s of s p e c i a l m a t e r i a l and
t o w a r d s its i n t e g r a t i o n i n t o t h e g r a d u a l o r m i s s a l . A f t e r t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y t r o p e r s
are r a r e , p a r t l y a l s o b e c a u s e t r o p i n g itself f e l l o u t of f a s h i o n .
T h e m a n u s c r i p t s d e s c r i b e d b y H u s m a n n i n R I S M B / V / l , Tropen- und Sequenzen-
handschriften, d o not i n c l u d e graduals ( w i t h one or t w o exceptions) or a n t i p h o n e r s .
N o r e p r e s e n t a t i v e l i s t i n g of s e q u e n c e s o u r c e s is a v a i l a b l e , t h o u g h a p r o v i s i o n a l o n e
c o u l d b e c o m p i l e d b y c o m b i n i n g H u s m a n n ' s i n f o r m a t i o n w i t h t h a t i n IJ? Graduel
romain, II: I^es Sources, w h i c h c o v e r s g r a d u a l s a n d m i s s a l s . F o r t h e p r o p e r t r o p e s of
m a s s , t h e r e are c o m p r e h e n s i v e lists of s o u r c e s i n C o r p u s T r o p o r u m 1 a n d 3 ( n i n e t y -
two in the latter). Ordinary-of-mass chants are e q u a l l y d i v i d e d b e t w e e n tropers,
graduals, and missals, again u s u a l l y collected i n sections apart, but occasionally
amalgamated w i t h t h e p r o p e r c h a n t s , o r at least c u e d to t h e i r a p p r o p r i a t e l i t u r g i c a l
place b y an i n c i p i t . Between t h e m , the catalogues of L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i ( 1 9 5 5 ) ,
Bosse (1955), R o n n a u (1967), T h a n n a b a u r (1962), and S c h i l d b a c h (1967), s u p p l e -
m e n t e d b y H i l e y ( 1 9 8 6 , ' O r d i n a r y ' ) , list o v e r 5 0 0 s o u r c e s of o r d i n a r y c h a n t s . 496
s o u r c e s of r e s p o n s o r y p r o s u l a s are l i s t e d b y H o f m a n n - B r a n d t ( 1 9 7 1 ) .
T h e c h i e f c o n t e n t s of f e w m o r e o r less t y p i c a l s o u r c e s m a y b e l i s t e d b r i e f l y , i n o r d e r
to g i v e a n i d e a o f t h e i r n a t u r e a n d v a r i e t y .
(a) Tropers
1. O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , B o d l e y 775 ( O l d M i n s t e r , W i n c h e s t e r , m i d - e l e v e n t h
century):
graduals a n d p r o p e r tropes for the w h o l e year, s o m e t i m e s w i t h alleluias. F o r each
mass the u s u a l o r d e r i s : trope verses for the i n t r o i t , g r a d u a l verse, a l l e l u i a (often
o n l y i n c i p i t ) , t r o p e verses f o r t h e o f f e r t o r y , t r o p e v e r s e s f o r t h e c o m m u n i o n
ordinary-of-mass chants, troped then untroped
alleluias for the w h o l e year
tracts
sequence melodies
sequence texts, notated
A t t h e b e g i n n i n g , a f t e r the s e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s , a n d at t h e e n d are f u r t h e r s e q u e n c e s
and o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s chants, most w i t h tropes, a d d e d i n the t w e l f t h c e n t u r y .
2. Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, elm 14322 (abbey of St Emmeram,
Regensburg, 1030s):
litany h y m n s , Exultet
notated sequence texts w i t h melodies i n m a r g i n
graduals and tracts
alleluias
proper tropes
ordinary-of-mass chants (Kyries, troped then untroped, Glorias, troped then
untroped, etc.)
o f f e r t o r y v e r s e s ( o n l y the i n c i p i t of t h e r e s p o n d is g i v e n )
Ite m i s s a est chants
3. M a d r i d , B i b l i o t e c a N a c i o n a l 2 8 8 ( c h a p e l of t h e N o r m a n r u l e r s of s o u t h I t a l y a n d
Sicily, r.1100):
tonary
processional
Kyries, troped then untroped
Glorias, troped then untroped
alleluias
sequences
offertory verses, some w i t h prosulas
Sanctus, troped then untroped
Agnus, troped then untroped
responsory prosulas
B e n e d i c a m u s chants, some w i t h tropes, Benedicamus songs
liturgical dramas
o f f i c e s of S S J u l i a n , E g i d i u s , a n d M a r y M a g d a l e n e
4. Paris, Bibliotheque N a t i o n a l e , lat. 909 ( a b b e y of S a i n t - M a r t i a l at Limoges,
c. 1 0 2 5 - 3 0 ) :
proper tropes
c h a n t s f o r t h e o r d i n a r y of m a s s , t r o p e d t h e n u n t r o p e d ( K y r i e s a n d start of G l o r i a s
lost)
sequences
tracts
c o m m u n i o n p s a l m verses
processional
alleluias
offertory verses
tonary
office a n t i p h o n s for s u m m e r S u n d a y s , T r i n i t y office
B e t w e e n t h e p r o p e r t r o p e s a n d o r d i n a r y c h a n t s m a t e r i a l w a s a d d e d w h i c h i n c l u d e s the
o f f i c e s of S S M a r t i a l , V a l e r i a , a n d A u s t r i c l i n i a n u s of L i m o g e s .
5. P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1118 ( A u c h ? , late 1 0 t h c):
c o m b i n e d proper tropes and ordinary-of-mass chants, distributed in liturgical order
feast b y feast
tonary
prosulas (alleluia and offertory prosulas, also the Fabrice mundi responsory
prosulas, all i n liturgical order)
sequence melodies
notated sequence texts
6. P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 10508 ( a b b e y of S a i n t - E v r o u l t , N o r m a n d y ,
early 12th c.):
i n c i p i t s for i n t r o i t , o f f e r t o r y , and c o m m u n i o n t h r o u g h o u t the year
K y r i e s , troped then untroped
Glorias, troped then untroped
s e q u e n c e s , o f t e n w i t h g r a d u a l a n d a l l e l u i a f o r the m a s s i n q u e s t i o n
Sanctus, troped then untroped
A g n u s , troped then untroped
T h e rest of t h e m a n u s c r i p t c o n t a i n s s i x t h e o r y t r e a t i s e s , i n c l u d i n g G u i d o of A r e z z o ' s
Micrologus.
7. R o m e , Biblioteca Casanatense 1741 ( a b b e y of N o n a n t o l a , late 11th c.):
ordinary-of-mass chants (Kyries, troped then untroped, Glorias, troped then
untroped, etc.)
fraction antiphons
expanded eantatorium. F o r each mass the o r d e r is u s u a l l y : t r o p e verses l o r the
i n t r o i t , g r a d u a l , t r a c t ( i n L e n t , e t c . ) , a l l e l u i a p r o s u l a , s e q u e n c e , antiphona ante
evangelium, trope verses f o r t h e offertory, trope verses f o r the c o m m u n i o n .
(b) Graduals
8. M o d e n a , B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e O . I . 7 ( F o r l i m p o p o l i , n e a r R a v e n n a , 11th— 12th
I n 2 a n d 4 e a c h g e n r e is s e p a r a t e ; i n 1 o n l y t h e g r a d u a l s a n d p r o p e r t r o p e s are
i n t e g r a t e d . P r o p e r a n d o r d i n a r y tropes are c o m b i n e d i n 5 . S e q u e n c e s are to s o m e
extent combined with graduals a n d alleluias i n 6. M o r e comprehensive is the
i n t e g r a t i o n i n 7, b e f o r e 8 a m a l g a m a t e s t h e m a t e r i a l c o m p l e t e l y . I n 3 a n d 6 i t m a y b e
seen that the v a r i o u s chants have been p l a c e d i n t h e i r correct l i t u r g i c a l o r d e r ( K y r i e ,
G l o r i a , sequence, Sanctus, etc.), t h o u g h the collections are n o t a m a l g a m a t e d w i t h one
a n o t h e r . T h e r e a r e c o l l e c t i o n s of p r o c e s s i o n a l c h a n t s i n 3 , 4 , a n d 9 ; t o n a r i e s i n 3 , 4 ,
a n d 5 (and t h e o r y treatises i n 6 ) ; a n d saints' offices i n 3 a n d 4 .
III.8. P R O C E S S I O N A L S
III.9. M I S S A L S
S A C R A M E N T A R I E S W I T H C H A N T INCIPITS I N M A R G I N :
III.10. B R E V I A R I E S
O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , R a w l . L i t . e. 1* and G o u g h L i t . 8: T o l h u r s t 1932-43
p r i n t e d b r e v i a r y of Salisbury, 1531: Procter and W o r d s w o r t h 1 8 7 9 - 8 6
p r i n t e d b r e v i a r y of Y o r k , 1476: L a w l e y 1 8 8 0 - 3
III.11. C O M P E N D I A
T h e d i v i s i o n of o f f i c e f r o m m a s s w a s n o t p r a c t i s e d i n the M o z a r a b i c o r M i l a n e s e r i t e s ,
a n d their l i t u r g i c a l books amalgamate w h a t i n G r e g o r i a n usage w o u l d have been the
a n t i p h o n e r a n d g r a d u a l . T h i s is rare a m o n g G r e g o r i a n s o u r c e s , t h o u g h a n u m b e r of
early sources juxtapose an unnotated g r a d u a l a n d an a n t i p h o n e r : A l b i , Bibliotheque
M u n i c i p a l e 44 and Paris, Bibliotheque N a t i o n a l e , lat. 1 7 4 3 6 , b o t h of t h e ninth
c e n t u r y , are t w o s u c h . T h e ' M o n t - R e n a u d m a n u s c r i p t ' ( P a l M u s 16) is a b o o k of
s i m i l a r sort of t h e m i d - t e n t h c e n t u r y ( p r o b a b l y f r o m C o r b i e ) , to w h i c h n o t a t i o n w a s
then added about half a century later. P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e M a z a r i n e 384 (Saint-Denis,
e a r l y e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ) c o n t a i n s b o t h a n o t a t e d g r a d u a l a n d a l i s t o f c h a n t s of t h e
a n t i p h o n e r . P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 2 5 8 4 is a c o m b i n e d a n t i p h o n e r a n d
g r a d u a l (the a n t i p h o n e r t e x t e d i t e d b y H e s b e r t , CAO 2) o f t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y f r o m
Saint-Maur-les-Fosses. A g a i n , t h e t w o s e c t i o n s are n o t a m a l g a m a t e d . T h e b o o k a l s o
i n c l u d e s a t o n a r y . It f o l l o w s C l u n i a c u s e , s i g n i f i c a n t i n v i e w of t h e a p p a r e n t interest'
of the C l u n i a c s i n c r e a t i n g c o m p e n d i a to i n c l u d e t h e e n t i r e l i t u r g y .
S u c h c o m p e n d i a seem to h a v e b e e n attempts to c o d i f y t h e c o m p l e t e u s e of a
p a r t i c u l a r c h u r c h f o r r e f e r e n c e p u r p o s e s . T h e y w o u l d h a v e b e e n of p a r t i c u l a r v a l u e t o
the precentor of t h e c h u r c h , w h o n o r m a l l y h a d c h a r g e of t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of the
liturgy.
O n e of t h e e a r l i e s t c o m b i n e d n o t e d b r e v i a r y - m i s s a l s is C l u n i a c : R o m e , Biblioteca
Casanatense 1907, from San Salvatore on Monte A m i a t e , of t h e early eleventh
c e n t u r y . A n o t h e r C l u n i a c e x a m p l e is t h e c o m b i n e d n o t e d b r e v i a r y - m i s s a l of L e w e s ,
f r o m the t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y , C a m b r i d g e , F i t z w i l l i a m M u s e u m 369. A l t h o u g h a t h i c k
b o o k w i t h 517 f o l i o s , it u s e s a m i n u t e s c r i p t , p e r h a p s so t h a t it w o u l d be p o r t a b l e , f o r
use as a correctorium w h e n t h e p r i o r of L e w e s v i s i t e d o t h e r E n g l i s h C l u n i a c h o u s e s
(see Leroquais, 1935; H o l d e r , 1985). A n o t h e r C l u n i a c c o m b i n e d breviary-missal,
w i t h o u t n o t a t i o n , has s u r v i v e d f r o m P o n t e f r a c t o r W e n l o c k : L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y ,
A d d . 4 9 3 6 3 . ( F o r a f u r t h e r n o t e d b r e v i a r y - m i s s a l , n o t C l u n i a c , see S a l m o n 1964.)
T h e n e w e r r e l i g i o u s o r d e r s also e s t a b l i s h e d m a s t e r e x e m p l a r s of t h e i r l i t u r g y . P a r t
of t h e Cistercian exemplar survives i n D i j o n , Bibliotheque M u n i c i p a l e 114 (see
C h o i s s e l e t a n d V e r n e t 1989, p i . 1 a f t e r p . 5 2 f o r t h e o r i g i n a l l i s t of c o n t e n t s ) . The
master e x e m p l a r for the w h o l e D o m i n i c a n order still survives i n R o m e , S a n t a S a b i n a
X I V . l i t . 1, t h e ' C o d e x of B l e s s e d H u m b e r t of R o m a n s ' . T h i s i m m e n s e b o o k (997
f o l i o s m e a s u r i n g 48 X 3 2 c m . ) w a s c o m p i l e d r . 1 2 6 0 to c o d i f y t h e l i t u r g y r e v i s e d b y
H u m b e r t of R o m a n s , m a s t e r - g e n e r a l of t h e o r d e r , 1 2 6 4 - 7 7 . L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y ,
Add. 23935 contains the same material ( m i n u s the o r d i n a l , b r e v i a r y , a n d private
m i s s a l ) i n s m a l l f o r m a t , p r e s u m a b l y f o r use as a correctorium o n visitations i n the
English province.
T h e f o u r t e e n s e c t i o n s of t h e S a n t a S a b i n a m a n u s c r i p t are t i t l e d as f o l l o w s :
Ordinarium
Martyrologium
Colleetarium
Processionarium
Psalterium
Breviarium ( f o r p r i v a t e r e c i t a t i o n of t h e o f f i c e , w i t h only short lessons, psalm
i n c i p i t s , a n d so o n )
L e c t i o n a r i u m (for the office)
Antiphonarium
Graduale
P u l p i t a r i u m ( f o r o n e , t w o , o r f o u r f r i a r s , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e l i t u r g i c a l g r a d i n g of t h e
services, i n t h e p u l p i t i n m i d - c h o i r ; it c o n t a i n s i n v i t a t o r i e s , r e s p o n s o r y verses,
g r a d u a l v e r s e s , t r a c t s , a n d the L i t a n y of t h e S a i n t s )
Missale conventuale (for H i g h Mass)
Epistolarium
Evangelistarium
M i s s a l e m i n o r u m a l t a r i u m (for p r i v a t e masses)
P o n t i f i c a l s are b o o k s c o n t a i n i n g t h e t e x t s f o r s e r v i c e s p e r f o r m e d b y a b i s h o p o u t s i d e
mass and the office: dedication of the church, confirmation, ordination and
c o n s e c r a t i o n s , b l e s s i n g s of s a c r e d o b j e c t s , the s a c r i n g a n d c r o w n i n g o f m o n a r c h s , a n d
so o n . C h a n t s are s u n g at t h e s e c e r e m o n i e s — t h e s e r i e s of a n t i p h o n s s u n g d u r i n g t h e
l e n g t h y c e r e m o n y f o r t h e d e d i c a t i o n of a c h u r c h are n o t a b l e — a n d t h e s e are f r e q u e n t l y
n o t a t e d i n p o n t i f i c a l s . S e v e r a l o f t h e earliest e x a m p l e s of n e u m a t i c n o t a t i o n s u r v i v e i n
pontificals, for they were often splendidly decorated and carefully preserved from
early times.
T h e e a r l y d e v e l o p m e n t of t h e p o n t i f i c a l has b e e n i l l u m i n a t e d b y R a s m u s s e n ( 1 9 7 8 )
a n d its h i s t o r y d e s c r i b e d b y V o g e l , w i t h e m p h a s i s o n t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of t h e R o m a n -
G e r m a n t y p e first c o m p i l e d at S t A l b a n s a b b e y , M a i n z , i n t h e 9 5 0 s a n d a d o p t e d i n
R o m e w i t h i n a few years u n d e r i m p e r i a l i n f l u e n c e . (See the e d i t i o n s b y V o g e l a n d
E l z e , 1963, a n d A n d r i e u 1 9 3 8 - 4 1 . F o r d e s c r i p t i o n s of p o n t i f i c a l s i n F r e n c h l i b r a r i e s
see L e r o q u a i s 1 9 3 7 ; f o r E n g l i s h o n e s see F r e r e 1 9 0 1 ; the t e x t s of n u m e r o u s p o n t i f i c a l s
h a v e b e e n e d i t e d , p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t h e series of t h e H e n r y B r a d s h a w S o c i e t y . )
O n e s p e c i a l a c t i o n of a b i s h o p w a s to p r o n o u n c e a b l e s s i n g at M a s s a f t e r t h e L o r d ' s
P r a y e r a n d b e f o r e Pax domini semper vobiscum. C o l l e c t i o n s of t h e s e benedictions
h a v e b e e n p r e s e r v e d f r o m t h e M i d d l e A g e s , i n b o o k s k n o w n as b e n e d i c t i o n a l s . Some
b e n e d i c t i o n a l s f o r the use of a b b o t s have also s u r v i v e d . (See B a u d o t , ' B e n e d i c t i o n n a i r e ' ,
DACL; e d i t i o n s b y M o e l l e r 1 9 7 1 - 9 , a n d s e v e r a l v o l u m e s i n t h e s e r i e s of t h e H e n r y
Bradshaw Society.)
T h e c o u n t e r p a r t of t h e p o n t i f i c a l f o r p r i e s t s is the r i t u a l o r m a n u a l , w h i c h c o n t a i n s the
m a t e r i a l for n o n - e p i s c o p a l f u n c t i o n s outside mass a n d the office. P r o m i n e n t a m o n g
t h e f o r m u l a r i e s are b e n e d i c t i o n s of a l l sorts a n d t h e s e r v i c e s f o r b a p t i s m , marriage,
and burial. Early rituals are often found in combination with collectars or
sacramentaries, w h i c h g a v e t h e t e x t s to be r e c i t e d b y the p r i e s t d u r i n g t h e o f f i c e or at
m a s s r e s p e c t i v e l y . S o m e r i t u a l s r e f l e c t i n g m o n a s t i c use also s u r v i v e .
II 1.13. O R D I N A L S A N D C U S T O M A R I E S
N e i t h e r m e d i e v a l n o r m o d e r n n o m e n c l a t u r e is c o n s i s t e n t o n t h i s p o i n t , b u t a g e n e r a l
d i s t i n c t i o n m a y b e m a d e b e t w e e n (i) o r d i n a l s , w h i c h r e g u l a t e t h e p e r f o r m a n c e o f t h e
l i t u r g y , s p e c i f y w h i c h i t e m s are t o b e p e r f o r m e d a n d s o m e t i m e s t h e m a n n e r o f t h e i r
performance (singers i n v o l v e d , position, etc.), a n d (ii) customaries, w h i c h regulate
t h e a d m i n i s t r a t i v e o r g a n i z a t i o n a n d w a y of l i f e of a r e l i g i o u s c o m m u n i t y , s e c u l a r o r
monastic. T h e ordinal may give invaluable i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e r e p e r t o r y of a
particular c h u r c h , a n d m a y even contain notated chant i n c i p i t s , as w e l l as g i v i n g
details affecting performance. S p e c i a l i t e m s s u c h as l i t u r g i c a l d r a m a s , o r t h e use of
p o l y p h o n y , m a y b e d e s c r i b e d . T h e c u s t o m a r y m a y e x p l a i n t h e d u t i e s a n d t r a i n i n g of
the cantor a n d singers.
M o s t s u r v i v i n g o r d i n a l s date f r o m t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y o r l a t e r . T h i s is also t h e
period when service-books were first regularly provided with copious rubrics
g o v e r n i n g t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e l i t u r g y , a n d it is n o d o u b t s y m p t o m a t i c o f a g e n e r a l
d e s i r e t o c o d i f y a s p e c t s of t h e l i t u r g y p r e v i o u s l y left t o t h e p r a c t i c a l k n o w l e d g e of
those i n v o l v e d .
N o d i s t i n c t i o n i s m a d e b e t w e e n c u s t o m a r i e s a n d o r d i n a l s i n t h e h a n d l i s t of s o u r c e s
f o r o v e r 120 i n s t i t u t i o n s l i s t e d i n Le Graduel romain I I , 1 8 9 - 9 6 . O t h e r s are g i v e n b y
H a n g g i (1957, x x v - x x x v i ) a n d J a c o b (1970). A m o n g m o d e r n editions those i n the
series C o r p u s c o n s u e t u d i n u m m o n a s t i c a r u m ( C C M ) a n d H e n r y B r a d s h a w S o c i e t y a r e
the m o s t i m p o r t a n t . S e e also A n g e r e r ( 1 9 7 7 ) a n d F a s s l e r (1985).
III.14. T O N A R I E S
(i) D e f i n i t i o n a n d F u n c t i o n
(ii) T y p e - M e l o d i e s for the E i g h t M o d e s
(iii) H o w P s a l m T o n e s were Specified
(i) manuscripts:
L e i p z i g , U n i v e r s i t a t s b i b l i o t h e k 1492 (15th-c. copy of a R e i c h e n a u e x e m p l a r of c . 1 0 7 5 ) :
Sowa 1935
M e t z , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 351 ( M e t z , 9th c . ) : L i p p h a r d t 1965
Naples, Biblioteca Nazionale V I I I . D . 14 ( A u v e r g n e , 12th c . ) : D M A A . I
Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 1118 ( A u c h ? , late 10th c.) a n d 1121 ( L i m o g e s , early
11th c ) : C . T . Russell 1966
Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 12050 ( C o r b i e , 9th c ) : reconstructed i n AMS, c x x i i i -
c x x v i ; cf. the reconstruction co-ordinated w i t h the M o n t - R e n a u d m a n u s c r i p t and
L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 118 in H u g l o 1971, Tonaires, 94-101
Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 13159 (for S a i n t - R i q u i e r , late 8 t h or 9 t h c . ) : H u g l o
1952, ' T o n a i r e ' , H u g l o 1971, Tonaires, 2 6 - 8 , Planer 1970
R o m e , Biblioteca A p o s t o l i c a Vaticana, P a l . lat. 1346 ( G e r m a n , 12th— 13th c ) : D o n a t o
1978
St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k , 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 (St G a l l , late 10th c ) : facs. P a l M u s II/l
various S a r u m sources: F r e r e 1898-1901
T o n a r i e s c o m p i l e d f r o m the contents of medieval antiphoners were p u b l i s h e d i n P a l M u s
9 and 12 and U d o v i c h 1985
(ii) theorists:
pseudo-St B e r n a r d of C l a i r v a u x : Tonale sancti Bernardi: G S ii. 265-77; P L 182,
1154 ff.
Berno of R e i c h e n a u : G S i i . 7 9 - 9 1
F r u t o l f of M i c h e l s b e r g : V i v e l l 1919
Jerome of M o r a v i a : C S I . 1 - 9 4 ; Cserba 1935
J o h n ('Cotton or 'of A f f l i g h e m ' or of Passau): C S M 1; trans. B a b b 1978
O d o of A r e z z o : G S i . 2 4 8 - 8 ( i n t r o d u c t i o n ) ; C S i i . 8 1 - 1 0 9
O d o r a n n u s of S e n s : B a u t i e r et al. 1972
Petrus de C r u c e of A m i e n s : C S i . 2 6 2 - 8 ; C S M 29
p s e u d o - O d o i n S a i n t - D i e , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 42 ( F r a n c i s c a n , 14th c . ) : C S i i . 1 1 7 -
42
R e g i n o of P r u m : C S i i . 3 - 7 3
R u d o l f of S a i n t - T r o n d or F r a n c o of L i e g e : Quaestiones in rnusica: S t e g l i c h 1911
W a l t e r O d m g t o n : C S i . 1 8 2 - 2 5 0 ; C S M 14 ~
E x . I I I . 14.1. Extract f r o m a tonary, part of the t h i r d tone (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 776, fo. 152 ) r
INCIPIT T E R C I U S T O N U S
P Iustus germinabit. Tollite portas prin(cipes). Uideo uirum. Leto animo. Sancti qui sperant.
V A R I E T A S .II.
8> •*
Quando natus est. Qui de terra est. Surrexerunt autem. Hierusalem Iherusalem.
—0—0; +—09
Ualerius igitur. Beatus Uincentius.
V A R I E T A S .III.
0 09 +m 0 B — y 00 +* #
Seculorum A - m e n . Ecce concipies. Hec est quern nesciui. Ascendit Simon Petrus.
m
.1111.
.V.
Quasi u-nus de. M a r i - a e r - g o . Domum istam. Pastor bonus. Ego sum pastor. Simon Petrus.
M o n z a , B a s i l i c a S . G i o v a n n i C . 12/75 ( g r a d u a l a n d a n t i p h o n e r , M o n z a , e a r l y 1 1 t h c.)
London, British Library, A d d . 30850 (monastic antiphoner, Santo Domingo de
S i l o s , e a r l y 1 2 t h c . ; f a c s i m i l e Antiphonale Silense)
E i c h s t a t t , B i s c h o f l i c h e s O r d i n a r i a t s a r c h i v , p o n t i f i c a l of B i s h o p G o n d e k a r I I (1057—
75) ( t h e i n c l u s i o n of a t o n a r y i n a p o n t i f i c a l is a l t o g e t h e r unique)
S e v e r a l a u t h o r s of t h e o r e t i c a l t r e a t i s e s also c o m p i l e d t o n a r i e s . R e g i n o , a b b o t of
P r u m a n d l a t e r of S t M a r t i n i n T r i e r , w r o t e a treatise a n d t o n a r y c . 9 0 1 f o r A r c h b i s h o p
R a d b o d of T r i e r , i n t h e f o r m of a l e t t e r to R a d b o d . R e g i n o ' s is t h e first t o n a r y b y a
k n o w n a u t h o r . T h e t r e a t i s e of B e r n o , a b b o t of R e i c h e n a u 1 0 0 8 - 4 8 , w a s w r i t t e n f o r
A r c h b i s h o p P i l g r i m of C o l o g n e ( 1 0 2 1 - 3 6 ) .
It m a y be p o i n t e d o u t , i n v i e w of t h e c o n f u s i o n p r e s e n t i n t h e o l d e r l i t e r a t u r e , t h a t
O d o , a b b o t of a m o n a s t e r y i n A r e z z o i n t h e late t e n t h c e n t u r y , d o e s n o t c o m e i n t o t h i s
c a t e g o r y . O d o a p p e a r s to h a v e b e e n t h e a u t h o r of the m o s t w i d e l y k n o w n of I t a l i a n
tonaries ( C S i i . 7 8 - 1 0 9 , e d i t e d f r o m P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 10508, f r o m
Saint-Evroult, twelfth century, unfortunately a version far removed from the
archetype). B u t h e d i d n o t c o m p o s e t h e w e l l - k n o w n t r e a t i s e Dialogus de rnusica
(written by an a n o n y m o u s m o n k i n n o r t h Italy, early eleventh c e n t u r y ; G S i . 2 5 2 -
6 4 ) . T h e t o r t u o u s h i s t o r y of t h e s e t e x t s w a s e l u c i d a t e d b y H u g l o ( 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires,
1 8 2 - 2 2 4 , a n d 1 9 6 9 ) . T h e m i s a t t r i b u t i o n s so r i f e i n t h i s case r e s u l t f r o m t h e c o m m o n
practice of including tonaries in compilations of theoretical writings. Such a
c o m p i l a t i o n is M u n i c h , B a y e r i s c h e S t a a t s b i b l i o t h e k , e l m 1 4 2 7 2 , c o n t a i n i n g B o e t h i u s ,
Musica enchiriadis, Commemoratio brevis, Alia rnusica, and a treatise on the
m o n o c h o r d , as w e l l as a t o n a r y ( S t E m m e r a m at R e g e n s b u r g , m i d e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ) .
T h e o r i s t s w h o d i s c u s s the e i g h t - m o d e system f r e q u e n t l y cite e x a m p l e s , w h i c h m a y
amount almost to a s m a l l t o n a r y i n t h e m s e l v e s , t h o u g h rarely g i v i n g the actual
r e c i t a t i o n t o n e s . T h e c e l e b r a t e d a n o n y m o u s treatise Musica enchiriadis (north-east
F r a n c e , late n i n t h c e n t u r y ) , f o r e x a m p l e , g i v e s t h e i n c i p i t of j u s t o n e a n t i p h o n p e r
mode. T h e tenth-century E i n s i e d e l n s o u r c e of t h e Enchiriadis, E i n s i e d e l n , Stifts-
b i b l i o t h e k 79, t h e n t a k e s t h e step of a t t a c h i n g a p r o p e r t o n a r y to t h e treatise (see
H u g l o 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 6 2 ) — o r o n e m i g h t say t h a t the treatise has b e e n b r o u g h t i n as
a p r e f a c e f o r t h e t o n a r y , s i n c e m a n y t o n a r i e s c a r r y a n i n t r o d u c t o r y text e x p l a i n i n g the
m o d e s . ( F o r a n o t h e r e x a m p l e , w h e r e passages of the treatise Dialogus de rnusica are
drafted into the tonary of the fifteenth-century Utrecht antiphoner Utrecht,
B i b l i o t h e e k d e r R i j k s u n i v e r s i t e i t 4 0 8 , see H u g l o 1971, Tonaires, 183. T h e t w e l f t h -
century tonary i n the Utrecht antiphoner Utrecht 406 borrows from both the
Dialogus a n d B e r n o of R e i c h e n a u : see H u g l o 1971, Tonaires, 203.) E v e n c l o s e r to the
t o n a r y i n s p i r i t is t h e Commemoratio brevis ( e d . B a i l e y 1 9 7 9 ) , 'a v e r i t a b l e t r e a t i s e o n
p s a l m o d y ' , as H u g l o p u t s it ( 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 64).
O n e c o m m o n l y a d d u c e d r e a s o n f o r t h e c o m p i l a t i o n of t h e s e l i s t s of c h a n t s i n t o n a l
o r d e r is t h a t t h e y w e r e a c o n v e n i e n t c o d i f i c a t i o n , f o r t h e p u r p o s e s o f r e f e r e n c e and
l e a r n i n g , of t h e t o n e a n d d i f f e r e n t i a to be u s e d w h e n s i n g i n g a p s a l m w i t h each
a n t i p h o n l i s t e d . G i v e n t h e h u g e n u m b e r of a n t i p h o n s u s e d d u r i n g t h e l i t u r g i c a l y e a r
( 3 , 0 0 0 o r m o r e ) , a n d t h e r e s t r i c t e d n u m b e r of t o n e s a n d e n d i n g s ( a r o u n d f o r t y ) , it is
n o t s u r p r i s i n g t h a t m u s i c i a n s felt t h e n e e d to set d o w n i n s o m e c o n v e n i e n t f o r m t h e
d e c i s i o n s a b o u t i n t o n a t i o n s w h i c h t h e y w e r e a c c u s t o m e d to t a k i n g . B u t t h i s s i m p l e
e x p l a n a t i o n is n o t a d e q u a t e f o r a l l t y p e s of t o n a r y .
T h e o r d e r i n w h i c h t h e c o m p i l e r of a t o n a r y e n c o u n t e r e d t h e c h a n t s w o u l d h a v e
been a l i t u r g i c a l one. M o s t tonaries, once they have b r o k e n d o w n the o r i g i n a l o r d e r
into g r o u p s b y tone a n d differentia, disturb the l i t u r g i c a l o r d e r no f u r t h e r . Thus
w i t h i n each g r o u p there remains a liturgical succession. F o r e x a m p l e , the n i n t h -
c e n t u r y M e t z t o n a r y M e t z , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 351, lists the f o l l o w i n g t w e n t y -
t w o a n t i p h o n s u n d e r t h e t h i r d d i f f e r e n t i a (or diffinitio, as t h e m a n u s c r i p t c a l l s it) o f
tone 3 ( t a k e n f r o m e d n . b y L i p p h a r d t , 1965, 34-5; * denotes addition). I have
a p p e n d e d the l i t u r g i c a l occasion for each chant:
G ab b, G a Gb b, e t c .
G G Gc a G, e t c .
a m i x t u r e of t h e t w o p r e v i o u s ?
i n t r o i t s a n d c o m m u n i o n s : m o d e s 1 to 8 (that i s , i n t r o i t s m o d e 1, c o m m u n i o n s m o d e
1, i n t r o i t s m o d e 2, c o m m u n i o n s m o d e 2, etc.)
a l l e l u i a s : m o d e s 1 to 8
tracts: m o d e 8
g r a d u a l s : m o d e s D to G ( n o s e p a r a t i o n of a u t h e n t i c f r o m p l a g a l m o d e s )
o f f e r t o r i e s : as f o r g r a d u a l s
tracts: mode 2
F o r t w o g r o u p s of p i e c e s , the r a n g e is s p e c i f i e d i n t h e m a r g i n , a n d t h e r e is also a n
i n d i c a t i o n as to w h e t h e r t h e p i e c e uses B o r B b — t h e s e are u n i q u e to t h i s s o u r c e .
W i t h i n e a c h m o d a l g r o u p , t h e c h a n t s are o r d e r e d a c c o r d i n g to t w o m o r e c r i t e r i a : (i)
a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i r s t a r t i n g n o t e , f r o m l o w e s t u p w a r d s ; ( i i ) t h e n , a c c o r d i n g to t h e i r
h i g h e s t n o t e . T h i s r e m a r k a b l e m a n u s c r i p t m a y be r e g a r d e d as a m a s t e r c o p y of t h e
repertory, of a special k i n d , o r g a n i z e d not a c c o r d i n g to l i t u r g i c a l p r i n c i p l e s b u t
abstract m u s i c a l ones.
T h e n a m e t o n a r y is also u s e d f o r a s i m p l e set of p s a l m t o n e s o r o t h e r t o n e s , w i t h o u t
i n d i c a t i o n of any of the chants w h i c h c o n t r o l t h e i r use.
T h e a i m of b r i n g i n g to m i n d s o m e of the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c m e l o d i c c o n t o u r s of m e l o d i e s
i n a p a r t i c u l a r m o d e s e e m s also to lie b e h i n d t h r e e p e c u l i a r sets of c h a n t s k n o w n
a l m o s t e x c l u s i v e l y f r o m t o n a r i e s a n d t h e o r e t i c a l s o u r c e s . T h e y are p l a c e d at t h e h e a d
of e a c h g r o u p of a n t i p h o n s o r o t h e r c h a n t s i n a p a r t i c u l a r m o d e .
1. T h e first, p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t r i g u i n g , set of p h r a s e s ( o n l y a b o u t a d o z e n n o t e s i n
length) has p e c u l i a r p s e u d o - G r e e k texts: ' N o n a n o e a n e ' , ' N o e a g i s ' , etc.
2. A s e c o n d set of l o n g e r m e l o d i e s r e s e m b l e s s i n g l e - p h r a s e a n t i p h o n s i n m e l o d i c
s t y l e , a n d t h e y h a v e L a t i n t e x t s w h i c h a l l u d e to t h e n u m b e r of t h e i r t o n a l g r o u p . T h u s
for t o n e 1, t h e c h a n t u s u a l l y g i v e n is Primum quaerite regnum Dei ( ' F i r s t seek ye t h e
k i n g d o m of G o d ' , c f . M a t t . 6 : 3 6 ) . A d i f f e r e n t set of s u c h c h a n t s i s f o u n d i n S t G a l l ,
Stiftsbibliothek 390-391 and related sources, where the first text is Primum
mandatum amor Dei est ( ' T h e first c o m m a n d m e n t is t h e l o v e of G o d ' , c f . D e u t . 6:5).
A n o t h e r set f o u n d i n l a t e r G e r m a n s o u r c e s is g i v e n i n H u g l o 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 421.
3. F i n a l l y , b o t h the L a t i n a n d the p s e u d o - G r e e k c h a n t s may be suffixed b y a
m e l i s m a o r n e u m a , c o v e r i n g s i m i l a r m e l o d i c g r o u n d . ( O n t h e v a r i o u s m e a n i n g s oT
' n e u m a ' see b e l o w , I V . I . i i i . )
332 ///. Liturgical Books and Plainchant Sources
A U T E N T U S PROTUS A U C T O R I T A S PRIMA
w wjf „
i
PLAGA DEUTERI
0 w
m *• » w
P L A G A TRITI
E x . I I I . 1 4 . 2 is a t r a n s c r i p t i o n of a l l t h r e e sets of m e l o d i e s as t h e y a p p e a r i n t h e e a r l y
t e n t h - c e n t u r y L i m o g e s t r o p e r P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 1 1 2 1 . T h e n e u m a is
a t t a c h e d to b o t h t h e p s e u d o - G r e e k a n d the L a t i n p i e c e s . A f t e r e a c h b a t c h o f t y p e -
m e l o d i e s c o m e s a set o f a n t i p h o n , r e s p o n s o r y , i n t r o i t , a n d c o m m u n i o n i n c i p i t s .
B a i l e y , w h o has s t u d i e d a n d m a d e a c r i t i c a l e d i t i o n of a l l the t h r e e sets o f t y p e -
melodies from a comprehensive range of s o u r c e s , dates the i n t r o d u c t i o n of the
p s e u d o - G r e e k p h r a s e s to t h e e a r l y n i n t h c e n t u r y (see B a i l e y , 1974, 5 - 8 ) , and believes
( w i t h o t h e r s c h o l a r s ) t h a t t h e y are of B y z a n t i n e o r i g i n . A u r e l i a n of R e o m e , w h o is t h e
f i r s t to m e n t i o n t h e m , i n t h e m i d n i n t h c e n t u r y , s p e a k s of t h e m as B y z a n t i n e ; a n d
m e l o d i e s of r e m a r k a b l y s i m i l a r t y p e are k n o w n f r o m B y z a n t i n e s o u r c e s ( a l b e i t of the
t w e l f t h c e n t u r y a n d l a t e r ) , the echemata (see R a a s t e d 1966, a n d t h e p a r a l l e l c o p i e s i n
H u g l o 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 3 8 4 a n d B a i l e y 1974, 12). B a i l e y p o i n t s o u t t h a t t h e B y z a n t i n e
echemata m i g h t be s u n g b y a cantor to b r i n g to m i n d the characteristic melodic
i d i o m s of a m o d e , b e f o r e h e e m b a r k e d u p o n a l i t u r g i c a l i t e m ; a s i m i l a r f u n c t i o n m a y
be i n t e n d e d f o r these W e s t e r n echemata.
T h e n e u m a e are p r o b a b l y s l i g h t l y later i n date, w h i l e t h e L a t i n c o m p o s i t i o n s are
not k n o w n f r o m earlier than the m i d tenth century.
Of all the type-melodies, only the neumae were used l i t u r g i c a l l y , as s p e c i a l
p r o l o n g a t i o n s of t h e a n t i p h o n s f o r t h e B e n e d i c t u s , M a g n i f i c a t , a n d Q u i c u n q u e v u l t ,
a n d f o r t h e f i n a l a n t i p h o n s of V e s p e r s , L a u d s , a n d t h e n o c t u r n s o f M a t i n s (see F r e r e
1898, i i . 2 0 9 , f o r the i n s t r u c t i o n i n S a r u m o r d i n a l s ) . I n t i m e they seem to have
a c q u i r e d a n a l m o s t m y s t i c a l s i g n i f i c a n c e , as r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f t h e ' b r e a t h ' o f t h e H o l y
S p i r i t (see H u g l o 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 3 8 9 ) . N o t s u r p r i s i n g l y , p e r h a p s , i n the context of
e x t r a v a g a n t l i t u r g i e s of t h e l i e d e F r a n c e of t h e t w e l f t h a n d t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s , t h e y
a c q u i r e d p r o s u l a texts a n d p o l y p h o n i c u p p e r voices ( m o t e t s i n the M o n t p e l l i e r a n d
B a m b e r g m a n u s c r i p t s ) . N e w m e l o d i e s of s i m i l a r t y p e m i g h t e v e n b e c o m p o s e d . I n
L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 2 6 3 , c o n t a i n i n g a festal E p i p h a n y l i t u r g y , t h e k y r i a l e
is p r e c e d e d b y a set o f t o n e s f o r t h e G l o r i a o f t h e i n t r o i t . T o e a c h t o n e a m e l i s m a i s
a t t a c h e d , a n d t h e n t h e r e f o l l o w s a p r o s u l a f o r t h e m e l i s m a . E x . I I I . 14.3 g i v e s t h o s e
f o r t o n e s 5 a n d 6 ( 1 - 5 are s h o r t , 6 - 8 l o n g ) .
T h e t o n a r y i s o n l y o n e of s e v e r a l w a y s i n w h i c h t o n e s a n d d i f f e r e n t i a e w e r e c o d i f i e d .
V e r y m a n y a n t i p h o n e r s a c t u a l l y c o p y after e a c h a n t i p h o n t h e start o r e n d i n g t o b e
u s e d , o v e r s o m e a b b r e v i a t i o n of t h e ' G l o r i a p a t r i ' s u c h as 'e u o u a e' ( ' s E c U l O r U m
A m E n ' ) , or s i m p l y ' A m e n ' . M a n y o l d sources use code n u m b e r s (I to V I I I ) o r letters
to i n d i c a t e t h e s a m e t h i n g . F o r e x a m p l e , t h r e e g r a d u a l s o f t h e e a r l y t e n t h c e n t u r y ,
none o r i g i n a l l y i n t e n d e d to have notation, P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e lat. 12050
(Corbie), Mont-Renaud (Corbie, notated later in tenth century), and Laon,
B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 118 ( S t D e n i s ) , use t h e f o l l o w i n g s y s t e m to i n d i c a t e t h e
p s a l m tone to be u s e d f o r i n t r o i t a n d c o m m u n i o n ( c o m p l e t e i n t e g r a t e d lists i n H u g l o
1971, Tonaires, 94-101):
A P or A P R = Authentus Protus
P P , P L P , or P L P R = Plagalis Proti
AD = Authentus Deuterus
P D or P L D = Plagalis D e u t e r i
ATr = Authentus Tritus
PTr = Plagalis T r i t i
ATD = Authentus Tetrardus
P T D or P 1 T D = Plagalis T e t r a r d i
A n i m p o r t a n t g r o u p of S w i s s sources (studied b y O m l i n , 1934, w i t h a d d i t i o n s b y
H u g l o 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 2 3 2 - 5 1 ) uses v o w e l s t o i n d i c a t e t h e t o n e s : a , e, i , o , u , H , y,»
Co, a n d c o n s o n a n t s f o r t h e d i f f e r e n t i a e : b , c, d , g , h , k, p , q . T h i s s y s t e m is f i r s t s e e n
334 ///. Liturgical Books and Plainchant Sources
QUINTUS T O N U S
3 ^
SEXTUS TONUS
i Pa-ter e - t e r n u s
hi tres u-nus Deus a quo cuncta salus perso-nis tribus est ui-gor u-nus
i n t h e e a r l y e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , i n t h e t o n a r y a t t a c h e d to H a r t k e r ' s a n t i p h o n e r ( S t G a l l ,
S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 c o p i e d , f o r t u n a t e l y b e f o r e H a r t k e r ' s w o r k lost m a n y pages,
in St G a l l 3 8 8 ) , t h e n i n m a n y later S t G a l l s o u r c e s , and books from Rheinau,
E n g e l b e r g , E i n s i e d e l n , D i s e n t i s , a n d also f r o m c h u r c h e s i n s o u t h G e r m a n y , A u s t r i a ,
a n d n o r t h Italy. T h e system s u r v i v e d into the seventeenth century a n d was actually
r e v i v e d i n t h e Antiphonale monasticum secundum traditionem Helveticae Congrega-
tions Benedictinae of 1 9 4 3 .
The Breton gradual Chartres, B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 47 ( c . 9 0 0 ) uses R o m a n
n u m e r a l s to specify introit tones, as d o m a n y m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s . B u t it also uses a
s h o r t h a n d m e t h o d of i n d i c a t i n g t h e m e l o d i c p e c u l i a r i t i e s of s o m e m e l o d i e s . Huglo
( 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 105—8) e x p l a i n s t h e m o s t c o m m o n e n t r i e s as f o l l o w s :
15. Identifying and Describing Chant-Books 335
I I I . 15. I D E N T I F Y I N G A N D D E S C R I B I N G C H A N T - B O O K S
E a c h d i f f e r e n t t y p e of l i t u r g i c a l b o o k has its o w n c o n t e n t a n d c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s . W i t h o u t
c l a i m i n g t o c o v e r a l l i m p o r t a n t p o i n t s , I a t t e m p t h e r e a b r i e f s u m m a r y of t h e f e a t u r e s
of c h a n t - b o o k s w h i c h are c u s t o m a r i l y t h e o b j e c t of i n v e s t i g a t i o n , a n d o n w h i c h o n e
h o p e s to f i n d i n f o r m a t i o n i n c a t a l o g u e s , i n v e n t o r i e s , a n d h a n d l i s t s .
T h e t h r e e m o s t i m p o r t a n t p i e c e s of i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t t h e b o o k a r e : t h e t y p e of
b o o k ; its p r o v e n a n c e ; i t s d a t e . M a n u s c r i p t s o u r c e s a l m o s t n e v e r c a r r y a n y t i t l e o r
e x p l i c i t to m a k e t h e s e c l e a r .
T h e t y p e of b o o k is o f c o u r s e d e t e r m i n e d b y i t s c o n t e n t s , w h i c h after t h e p r e c e d i n g
chapters h a r d l y needs f u r t h e r c o m m e n t . E x p e r i e n c e shows, h o w e v e r , that missals a n d
b r e v i a r i e s s h o u l d a l w a y s b e d e s c r i b e d as ' n o t e d ' o r ' w i t h o u t n o t a t i o n ' , a n d t h e e x t e n t
of t h e n o t a t i o n m a d e c l e a r .
The date is partly a matter of palaeography, the accurate chronological
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h e t e x t a n d m u s i c s c r i p t s . P a r t l y it is a m a t t e r of e s t i m a t i n g t h e
s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e s a i n t s r e p r e s e n t e d i n the S a n c t o r a l e o r k a l e n d a r , o r t h e d a t e o f t h e
latest i t e m s i n t h e s o u r c e .
T h e b i g g e s t p r o b l e m s are o f t e n p o s e d b y t h e p r o v e n a n c e of t h e s o u r c e . A t h r e e f o l d
d i s t i n c t i o n m a y be o b s e r v e d here, between:
1. t h e d e r i v a t i o n of t h e s o u r c e , t h a t i s , the l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n t o w h i c h it b e l o n g s ;
2 . t h e p l a c e w h e r e it w a s p r e p a r e d , w h i c h m a y b e d i f f e r e n t f r o m
3 . t h e p l a c e w h e r e it w a s u s e d .
T h u s R o u e n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 277, a n o t e d m i s s a l of t h e mid-thirteenth
c e n t u r y , c a n be s h o w n t o h a v e b e e n c o p i e d i n P a r i s ( B r a n n e r 1 9 7 7 ) , b u t f o l l o w s t h e
use of R o u e n c a t h e d r a l a n d w a s p r e s u m a b l y p r e p a r e d f o r use t h e r e .
R u b r i c a t e d b o o k s m a y c o n t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t the personages i n v o l v e d i n the
p e r f o r m a n c e of, f o r e x a m p l e , the c e r e m o n i a l of H o l y W e e k . F o r e x a m p l e , i f a b i s h o p
a n d ' c l e r i c i ' are i n v o l v e d , t h e b o o k w o u l d h a v e b e e n u s e d i n a c a t h e d r a l r a t h e r t h a n a
m o n a s t e r y . F o r g r a d u a l s a n d m i s s a l s t h e d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w e e n s e c u l a r a n d m o n a s t i c use
is o f t e n d i f f i c u l t to m a k e . K a l e n d a r a n d l i t a n i e s (if p r e s e n t ) a n d t h e S a n c t o r a l e s h o u l d
be i n s p e c t e d t o see i f p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n is p a i d to m o n a s t i c saints (especially
St B e n e d i c t a n d h i s sister St Scholastica). O f f i c e b o o k s w i l l n a t u r a l l y f o l l o w either
secular o r R o m a n cursus o r the monastic cursus. O t h e r clues m a y be gleaned f r o m
processional ceremonies, f o r e x a m p l e t h o s e of P a l m S u n d a y , w h i c h v i s i t d i f f e r e n t
s t a t i o n s o r c h u r c h e s ; t h e s e m a y b e s p e c i f i e d i n t h e s o u r c e . T h e date o f t h e s e r v i c e f o r
t h e d e d i c a t i o n o f t h e c h u r c h m a y also b e m a r k e d i n t h e k a l e n d a r o r b e d e d u c i b l e f r o m
its p o s i t i o n i n t h e S a n c t o r a l e , a n d i n r a r e i n s t a n c e s t h i s c a n l e a d to a n i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f
the p r o v e n a n c e of the s o u r c e .
T h e s a i n t s t o w h o m a t t e n t i o n i s p a i d are i m p o r t a n t e v i d e n c e f o r t h e d e r i v a t i o n a n d
d e s t i n a t i o n o f a s o u r c e , n o t so m u c h t h o s e w h o w e r e u n i v e r s a l l y v e n e r a t e d , s u c h as t h e
a p o s t l e s o r e a r l y m a r t y r s , as s a i n t s o f p u r e l y l o c a l i m p o r t a n c e . T h e y m a y b e f o u n d i n
three places: (i) i n t h e k a l e n d a r ; psalters, missals, a n d breviaries often have a
k a l e n d a r , whereas g r a d u a l s , a n t i p h o n e r s , tropers d o n o t ; (ii) the litanies of the saints
in Holy Week a n d Ascension week; (iii) the Sanctorale; not only graduals a n d
a n t i p h o n e r s (as w e l l as m i s s a l s a n d b r e v i a r i e s ) h a v e a S a n c t o r a l e , b u t also c o l l e c t i o n s
of s e q u e n c e s a n d t r o p e s . A l t h o u g h a p s a l t e r h a s n o S a n c t o r a l e , it m a y b e j o i n e d t o a
h y m n a l w h i c h does.
R e p e r t o r i a l c o m p a r i s o n s b e t w e e n s o u r c e s are a p o w e r f u l t o o l f o r t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f
d e r i v a t i o n a n d d e s t i n a t i o n . A l t h o u g h it w o u l d be possible to list the c o m p l e t e contents
of a s o u r c e a n d c o m p a r e it w i t h o t h e r s , i n p r a c t i c e i t is n e c e s s a r y t o b e s e l e c t i v e a n d
concentrate o n those parts of the repertory w h i c h most o f t e n d i f f e r f r o m source to
s o u r c e . A s f a r as c h a n t s a r e c o n c e r n e d , t h e f o l l o w i n g m a y b e p i c k e d o u t .
For mass:
1. A l l e l u i a s , i n c l u d i n g t h e i r m e l o d i e s , w h i c h m a y b e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h t h e a i d o f
Schlager's catalogue (1965). T e x t i n c i p i t s of t h e series for Easter week a n d t h e
S u n d a y s thereafter, WTiitsun week a n d the S u n d a y s thereafter should always be
n o t e d . L i s t s f o r c o m p a r i s o n w i t h other sources have been a c c u m u l a t e d b y various
scholars b u t are u n f o r t u n a t e l y not available i n p r i n t i n large n u m b e r s (for e x a m p l e s
see H u s m a n n 1 9 6 2 ' S t u d i e n ' , a n d H i l e y 1980-81).
2. S e q u e n c e s , i n c l u d i n g , f o r r h y m e d sequences, their melodies (the melodies of
older sequences d o not vary).
3. O r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s m e l o d i e s , a n d tropes, w h i c h s h o u l d be identified w i t h the a i d
of t h e c a t a l o g u e s of L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i ( 1 9 5 5 ) , B o s s e ( 1 9 5 5 ) , T h a n n a b a u r (1962),
and S c h i l d b a c h (1967), s u p p l e m e n t e d b y H i l e y (1986, ' O r d i n a r y ' ) .
4. T r o p e s a n d a n y o t h e r festal m a t e r i a l .
T h e w a y i n w h i c h r e p e r t o r y c o m p a r i s o n s c a n i l l u m i n a t e t h e d e r i v a t i o n of a s o u r c e
m a y b e d e m o n s t r a t e d w i t h the a i d of t h e t w e l v e s o u r c e s e d i t e d i n CAO. L e t us assume
for the moment that the p r o v e n a n c e of t h e g r a d u a l a n d a n t i p h o n e r p u b l i s h e d i n
f a c s i m i l e i n P a l M u s 16, t h e ' M o n t - R e n a u d m a n u s c r i p t ' , is u n k n o w n . I n o r d e r to
e s t a b l i s h t h e a f f i l i a t i o n s of the m a n u s c r i p t w e s h o u l d i d e a l l y c o m p a r e it w i t h as m a n y
m a n u s c r i p t s as p o s s i b l e , w h i c h is w h a t D o m H e s b e r t d i d i n v o l u m e s 5 a n d 6 of CAO
( m a n u s c r i p t 326/728). F o r p r e s e n t p u r p o s e s t h e t w e l v e s o u r c e s e d i t e d i n CAO 1 and 2
w i l l suffice.
The responsories of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e f o r S t A n d r e w (30 November) provide a
s u i t a b l e p o i n t of c o m p a r i s o n . T h e t w e l v e s o u r c e s of CAO 1-2 have between them
sixteen different responsories (formulary 120, 117). I have given them i n Table
I I I . 15.1 i n the order i n w h i c h they appear i n the oldest source, the Compiegne
g r a d u a l - a n t i p h o n e r Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 17436. F i g u r e s indicate the
order i n w h i c h they appear i n the other manuscripts. T h e M o n t - R e n a u d m a n u s c r i p t
( f o . l l l - ) a p p e a r s i n the last c o l u m n .
r v
Table 111.15.1 Responsories in the Night Office of St Andrew: C A O and the Mont-Renaud
manuscript
C B E M V H R D F S L MR
D u m de/per-ambulant 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Venite post me 2 2 7 2 2 2 2
Mox ut vocem 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3
Oravit sanctus Andreas 4 10 11 9 8 7 3 10 8
Homo dei 5 3 4 6 4 3 4 4 5 5 4 4
0 beata/bona crux 6 7 5 7 5 7 8 7 6 6 9 7
Doctor bonus 7 4 3 4/5 3 4 5 5 4 4 7 5
Expandi manus 8 5 6 8 6 5 10 10 8 7 10
Salve crux 9 6 9 6 7 6 10 10 8 6
Dilexit Andream 10 8 8 9 8 9 12 11 12 12 11 11
Vir iste 11 9 7 11 9 10 11 12 11 8 12
Cum videret/vidisset 12 8 6 3 11 5
D u m penderet 13
Videns/Vidit crucem 14 11 10 10 6
Beatus Andreas de cruce 9 9 9 9
Cives apostolorum 12
I n m o s t s o u r c e s t h e r e s p o n s o r i e s are g r o u p e d f o r t h e t h r e e n o c t u r n s i n t h r e e , f o u r s ,
or l a r g e r g r o u p s , s o m e t i m e s r e f l e c t i n g the s e c u l a r o r R o m a n c u r s u s , s o m e t i m e s the
m o n a s t i c , b u t s o m e t i m e s w i t h s e v e r a l ' e x t r a ' r e s p o n s o r i e s , w h i c h c o u l d b e s e l e c t e d as
the p r e c e n t o r s a w fit. T h i s is m o s t o b v i o u s l y t h e case i n t h e C o m p i e g n e g r a d u a l -
a n t i p h o n e r . It has a l m o s t a l l the r e s p o n s o r i e s f o u n d e l s e w h e r e . T h r e e of t h e sources
s i m p l y c o p y a l l r e s p o n s o r i e s t o g e t h e r after the a n t i p h o n s . ( T h e s h e l f - m a r k s of the
sources are g i v e n at t h e start of I I I . 5 ; o n l y t h e i r p r o v e n a n c e is g i v e n h e r e ; ' G \
D u r h a m B. III. 11, h a s a l a c u n a at t h i s p o i n t . )
c = Compiegne 4 + 3 + 7
B = Bamberg 3 + 3 + 3
E = Ivrea 3 + 3 + 5
M = Monza 4 + 4 + 3
V = Verona 3 + 4 + 4
H = St G a l l (Hartker) 3 + 3 + 4
R = Rheinau 4 + 4 + 4
D = Saint-Denis 12
F = Saint-Maur-des-Fosses 4 + 4 + 4
S - Silos 4 + 4 + 4
L = Benevento 12
M R = the M o n t - R e n a u d m a n u s c r i p t 12
It m a y b e s e e n t h a t o n l y o n e o t h e r m a n u s c r i p t has t h e o r d e r of r e s p o n s o r i e s i n t h e
Mont-Renaud book, a n d that is t h e Saint-Denis antiphoner. The Mont-Renaud
source m a y also c o m e f r o m S a i n t - D e n i s , or, s l i g h t l y m o r e l i k e l y , f r o m C o r b i e , w h o s e
l i t u r g y a n d c h a n t w e r e i n m o s t r e s p e c t s i d e n t i c a l w i t h t h a t of S a i n t - D e n i s . S o t h e l i t t l e
test c a r r i e d o u t h e r e a c c o r d s w i t h o t h e r f i n d i n g s a b o u t t h e m a n u s c r i p t . ( I t m a y be s a i d
t h a t n o t e v e r y f o r m u l a r y finds t h e s e t w o s o u r c e s i n a g r e e m e n t . )
It l o o k s as if t h e m a n u s c r i p t s a l l select r e s p o n s o r i e s f r o m a c o m m o n p o o l of
f a v o u r i t e c o m p o s i t i o n s , p r a c t i c a l l y a l l of w h i c h w e r e a l r e a d y a v a i l a b l e e a r l y i n t h e
n i n t h c e n t u r y (at least i n t i m e f o r t h e C o m p i e g n e s o u r c e to i n c l u d e t h e m ) . S o the
c o m p a r i s o n s h e d s a l i t t l e l i g h t o n t h e h i s t o r i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t of t h e r e p e r t o r y , w h i c h
o n e c o u l d f o l l o w f u r t h e r b y c o n s u l t i n g the O l d R o m a n s o u r c e s .
T h e i m p o r t a n c e of c o m p a r i s o n o f m u s i c a l v a r i a n t s c a n n o t be o v e r e s t i m a t e d . Not
o n l y d o t h e y act as a l i t m u s test f o r t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s b e t w e e n s o u r c e s , t h e y c o n s t i t u t e
v a l u a b l e e v i d e n c e as to t h e m o d e of t r a n s m i s s i o n of c h a n t . T h e o n l y e x t e n s i v e w o r k so
f a r c a r r i e d o u t is t h a t of t h e m o n k s of S o l e s m e s , r e p o r t e d i n Le Graduel romain IV,
for p r o p e r chants of m a s s . (For examples of w o r k o n o t h e r m a s s chants, office
antiphons, and sequences, see U n d e r w o o d 1982 and Hiley 1980-1 and 1986,
'Thurstan'.) This w o r k is l a b o r i o u s , f o r its e f f e c t i v e n e s s depends both on the
a c c u m u l a t i o n of a l a r g e n u m b e r o f p o i n t s of m u s i c a l v a r i a n c e a n d t h e i r t r a c k i n g
t h r o u g h a l a r g e n u m b e r of s o u r c e s .
M u c h of t h e i n f o r m a t i o n e l i c i t e d b y the a b o v e m e t h o d s of i n v e s t i g a t i o n has to be
r e p o r t e d i n a r t i c l e s r a t h e r t h a n b r i e f c a t a l o g u e d e s c r i p t i o n s of s o u r c e s , t h o u g h t h e
latter can s u m m a r i z e the most important points. Catalogue descriptions should,
h o w e v e r , i n c l u d e a c o d i c o l o g i c a l a n d palaeographical d e s c r i p t i o n of the source a n d
d e s c r i b e t h e n a t u r e a n d e x t e n t of t h e m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n . ( T h e l a t t e r p o i n t is o f t e n
o v e r l o o k e d : f o r e x a m p l e , has a m i s s a l n o t a t i o n o n l y f o r t h e c a n o n of t h e m a s s , o r f o r
75. Identifying and Describing Chant-Books 339
IV.1. I N T R O D U C T I O N
(i) P r e l i m i n a r y
(ii) T h e S i g n s i n M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159
(iii) N e u m e
(i) Preliminary
In this chapter first the notational signs used i n the earliest chant sources are
d i s c u s s e d , t h e s i g n s g e n e r a l l y k n o w n as n e u m e s . It is n o t easy t o c o m e t o g r i p s w i t h
t h e d i f f e r e n t s t y l e s of n o t a t i o n , t h e i r b e g i n n i n g s a n d h i s t o r i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t , w i t h o u t
s o m e b a s i c k n o w l e d g e o f t h e s y s t e m o r s y s t e m s i n v o l v e d . F i r s t of a l l , t h e r e f o r e , a b r i e f
d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e s i g n s i n o n e p a r t i c u l a r m a n u s c r i p t is g i v e n , a m a n u s c r i p t c h o s e n (a)
b e c a u s e it is a v a i l a b l e f o r f u r t h e r s t u d y i n f a c s i m i l e i n a m o d e r n t r a n s c r i p t i o n , a n d (b)
b e c a u s e i t h a s a l e t t e r n o t a t i o n , s p e c i f y i n g p i t c h e s , as w e l l as t h e s i g n s commonly
k n o w n as n e u m e s , w h i c h s p e c i f y m o d e o f d e l i v e r y . T h i s is t h e w e l l - k n o w n D i j o n
tonary, Montpellier, Faculte d e M e d e c i n e F I . 159 ( P a l M u s 8 ; Hansen 1974). It
s h o u l d be clear f r o m the outset, h o w e v e r , that o t h e r s o u r c e s h a v e s i g n s f o r w h i c h
t h e r e is n o c o u n t e r p a r t i n M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159, a n d that i t has s o m e w h i c h t h e y m a y
lack, a n d that n o t w o m a n u s c r i p t s c o r r e s p o n d exactly i n the w a y they e m p l o y the
signs.
O t h e r s t y l e s o f m u s i c - w r i t i n g are t h e n i l l u s t r a t e d , a f t e r w h i c h t h e b e g i n n i n g s of
n o t a t i o n are d i s c u s s e d , a t o p i c w h i c h has c a u s e d m u c h c o n t r o v e r s y , n o t least i n t h e
last f e w y e a r s . T h e n t h e r h y t h m i c n u a n c e s i n d i c a t e d i n t h e r e f i n e d n o t a t i o n of s o m e
i m p o r t a n t e a r l y s o u r c e s are d i s c u s s e d . A f t e r that t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f p i t c h - n o t a t i o n
f r o m t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d is t r e a t e d . S o m e s y s t e m s f o u n d o n l y i n t h e o r e t i c a l
treatises are m e n t i o n e d , and then the notations of t h e l a t e r Middle Ages and
subsequent centuries. F i n a l l y , a f e w t h o u g h t s are h a z a r d e d a b o u t p e r f o r m a n c e a n d
transcription.
A l t h o u g h it has b e c o m e c u s t o m a r y to c a l l t h e e a r l y n o t a t i o n a l s i g n s ' n e u m e s ' , t h e w o r d
w a s m o r e o f t e n u s e d i n a d i f f e r e n t sense i n t h e e a r l y M i d d l e A g e s , t o m e a n a m e l o d i c
p h r a s e . A n e u m a c o u l d be as s h o r t as o n e n o t e o r as l o n g as 101 n o t e s . T h e m e a n i n g of
t h e t e r m is d i s c u s s e d b e l o w . L i k e C a r d i n e ( 1 9 6 8 , e t c . ) I h a v e u s u a l l y s p o k e n s i m p l y of
'signs'.
T h e p r i m a r y f u n c t i o n of m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n is u s u a l l y r e g a r d e d as t h e i n d i c a t i o n of
p i t c h , b u t t h i s w a s e v i d e n t l y n o t t h e case w i t h t h e e a r l i e s t n o t a t i o n s . It is e s s e n t i a l to
r e a l i z e t h a t t h e m u s i c r e p r e s e n t e d w a s a l r e a d y k n o w n b y h e a r t as f a r as its t o n a l i t y a n d
pitch content were concerned. The notation reminded the singer of details of
phrasing, r h y t h m , a n d d y n a m i c , together w i t h some refinements of performance
associated with the use of t h e s i g n s k n o w n as t h e oriscus and quilisma, whose
significance is n o t n o w fully clear. E v e n after n o t a t i o n b e g a n to be used, most
p e r f o r m a n c e of c h a n t c o n t i n u e d f r o m m e m o r y . A n o t a t e d b o o k w a s f o r r e f r e s h i n g t h e
m e m o r y , f o r recordation as it w a s k n o w n , i n t h e s o n g - s c h o o l o r b e f o r e a p a r t i c u l a r
service. W e s h o u l d not, therefore, e x p e c t e a r l y m a n u s c r i p t s t o t e l l us t h e s a m e as
m o d e r n e d i t i o n s s u c h as t h e Graduate o r Antiphonale Romanum, nor regard their
n o t a t i o n as s o m e s o r t o f p r i m i t i v e , g r o p i n g , a n d flawed s t a r t o n a l o n g r o a d t o u l t i m a t e
perfection.
1. single notes
A. II virga
B . L (relatively h i g h i n range)
C. L punctum
2. L - H pes, podatus J j •*
4. L - M - I I , etc. scandicus ; ; f
7. L - H - L torculus ^ J 1
> •'" ^
8. H - L - H porrectus ^ ,sa
12. H - H - L trigon
A . followed by a p u n c t u m
B . joined to the p u n c t u m
C . followed by a virga
4» /
»3c H 158 13c 156 10 7 (A f i + 1c IA U 1C 7 1c
J J * 4 I : J ' . I | . ^ .
2^=
E-go sum ui - tis ue - ra et uos pal - mi - tes qui manet in me
U U IA % 16 3 2 13A 1A 1C Z 13A 1 1c 7 16
15e IA *r % 16 1A IA 4 1A V ) A 1 A 3
o l l t 1
/ I I.-' h/ /I
#jr^
al - l e - - l u - ia al - l e - -lu- -ia.
virga L a t . : 'staff
punctum L a t . : 'point'
pes L a t . : 'foot'
podatus f r o m G k . pous> poclus: 'foot'
clivis f r o m L a t . clivus: 'slope'
flexa p o s s i b l y a n a b b r e v i a t i o n of L a t . a c c e n t ' c i r c u m f l e x a '
scandicus f r o m L a t . scandere: 'ascend'
climacus f r o m G k . klimax: 'ladder'
pes s u b b i p u n c t i s a pes w i t h t w o lower p u n c t a
torculus L a t . ' s c r e w of a w i n e - p r e s s '
porrectus L a t . 'stretched out'
porrectus flexus a porrectus turned back d o w n
torculus resupinus a torculus turned back up
bivirga, trivirga t w o , three virgae
bistropha, tristropha t w o , three apostrophes
trigon f r o m G k . trigonon: 'triangle'
oriscus f r o m G k . horos: 'limit'?
quilisma f r o m G k . kylisma: 'rolling action'
epiphonus f r o m G k . epi 4- phone: 'added sound'
cephalicus f r o m G k . kephalis: 'little head'
ancus f r o m G k . agkon: 'curve'
(iii) Neume
T h e r e are t w o L a t i n s p e l l i n g s of t h e w o r d , w i t h m e a n i n g s r e a l l y d i s t i n c t b u t o f t e n
c o n f u s e d i n t h e M i d d l e A g e s : t h e L a t i n w o r d neuma ( f r o m the same w o r d i n G r e e k )
m e a n s a ' g e s t u r e ' ; pneuma (also f r o m t h e s a m e w o r d i n G r e e k ) m e a n s ' b r e a t h ' . The
latter f o r m was c o m m o n l y used to s i g n i f y the H o l y S p i r i t , a n d t h i s m e a n i n g b e c a m e
a p p l i e d b y t r a n s f e r e n c e t o n e u m a , t h u s l i n k i n g m u s i c to t h e d i v i n e c r e a t i v e force
itself.
A l t h o u g h n e u m a d i d e v e n t u a l l y c o m e to m e a n a n o t a t i o n a l s i g n , t h a t w a s n o t i t s
p r i m a r y m u s i c a l m e a n i n g . M o r e o f t e n it w a s u s e d to r e f e r t o a s o u n d i n g m e l o d y , o r
p h r a s e , i n p a r t i c u l a r o n e w h i c h has n o w o r d s . A m a l a r i u s o f M e t z , w r i t i n g a b o u t 830,
s p e a k s i n a w e l l - k n o w n passage a b o u t a neuma triplex, a set of t h r e e m e l i s m a s , t e x t l e s s
m e l o d i e s , a d d e d to c e r t a i n r e s p o n s o r i e s of the N i g h t O f f i c e ( e d . H a n s s e n s i i i . 5 4 - 5 ) .
T h e t e x t l e s s m e l o d y of t h e s e q u e n c e w a s also o f t e n r e f e r r e d t o as t h e neuma:
IV.2. R E G I O N A L S T Y L E S
T h i s c h a p t e r g i v e s b r i e f d e s c r i p t i o n s of s o m e of t h e m o r e i m p o r t a n t t y p e s of c h a n t
n o t a t i o n . I t w i l l b e r e c o g n i z e d , of c o u r s e , that s o u r c e s h a b i t u a l l y c l a s s i f i e d t o g e t h e r d o
n o t a l w a y s u s e a b s o l u t e l y i d e n t i c a l s h a p e s . T h e s i g n s g i v e n i n t h e t a b l e s b e l o w are
c o p i e d f r o m o n e m o r e o r less t y p i c a l m a n u s c r i p t , r a t h e r t h a n b e i n g r e g u l a r i z e d o n t h e
b a s i s o f t h e g e n e r a l i t y o f s o u r c e s . N o r is an a t t e m p t m a d e t o g i v e a l l t h e v a r i a n t s h a p e s
w i t h i n e a c h s o u r c e : o n l y t h e m o s t c o m m o n are s e l e c t e d .
(i) French and Gennan Notation (see Plates 4, 6-8)
Facsimiles:
B a m b e r g , Staatsbibliothek l i t . 6 (German/St G a l l ) : see B a m b e r g 6
E i n s i e d e l n , Stiftsbibliothek 121 (German/St G a l l ) : P a l M u s 4
M o n t p e l l i e r , Faculte de M e d e c i n e H . 159 ( F r e n c h ) : P a l M u s 8
Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e M a z a r i n e 384 ( F r e n c h ) : M M S 5
St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 339 (German/St G a l l ) : P a l M u s 1
St G a l l , Stiftsbibliothek 359 (German/St G a l l ) : P a l M u s II/2
St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 (German/St G a l l ) : P a l M u s II/l
private c o l l e c t i o n , the M o n t - R e n a u d manuscript ( F r e n c h ) : P a l M u s 16
A l t h o u g h c o m m o n l y r e g a r d e d as d i s t i n c t , F r e n c h a n d G e r m a n s i g n s a r e s i m i l a r i n
m a n y b a s i c w a y s . T h e h a b i t of c l a s s i f y i n g t h e m a p a r t has c o m e a b o u t b e c a u s e w h e r e a s
u p - s t r o k e s o f t h e p e n i n F r e n c h n o t a t i o n are m o r e o r less v e r t i c a l , t h o s e o f G e r m a n
s o u r c e s are u s u a l l y s l a n t e d . F u r t h e r m o r e , t h e d e s e r v e d l y h i g h d e g r e e o f a t t e n t i o n p a i d
t o t h e m o s t i n t e r e s t i n g s o u r c e s of G e r m a n n o t a t i o n , t h e S t G a l l m a n u s c r i p t s , w i t h a
w e a l t h of n o t a t i o n a l d e t a i l n o t f o u n d i n F r e n c h s o u r c e s , h a s c r e a t e d t h e i m p r e s s i o n of
a system w h i c h is d i f f e r e n t f r o m that of F r e n c h n o t a t i o n . If, h o w e v e r , St Gall
n o t a t i o n is r e g a r d e d as e x c e p t i o n a l , and a comparison is m a d e between simpler
G e r m a n a n d F r e n c h e x a m p l e s , t h e s i m i l a r i t i e s are o b v i o u s .
T a b l e I V . 2 . 1 sets o u t t h e u s u a l f o r m s f o r F r e n c h a n d G e r m a n n o t a t i o n , b u t p l a c e s
b e t w e e n t h e m t h e f o r m s f o u n d i n a n i n t e r m e d i a t e area, as it w e r e . T h e s o u r c e s o n
w h i c h t h e t a b l e is b a s e d are t h e M o n t - R e n a u d m a n u s c r i p t ( f r o m C o r b i e , late t e n t h
century), L e i p z i g , U n i v e r s i t a t s b i b l i o t h e k , R e p . I . 93 ( f r o m t h e M o s e l a r e a , tenth
c e n t u r y ) , a n d L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 19768 ( f r o m M a i n z , t e n t h century).
This table m a y be c o m p a r e d with Table I V . 1.1 i n the previous section, for
M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 b e l o n g s to t h i s f a m i l y of n o t a t i o n s .
T h e varieties of F r e n c h notation f o u n d i n C l u n i a c sources have been s u r v e y e d b y
H o u r l i e r ( 1 9 5 1 , ' R e m a r q u e s ' ) . T h e n o t a t i o n of t h e S t G a l l s o u r c e s h a s l o n g b e e n t h e
s u b j e c t of i n t e n s i v e s t u d y . B e c a u s e of its e s p e c i a l l y s o p h i s t i c a t e d c h a r a c t e r s o m e of i t s
f e a t u r e s are d i s c u s s e d b e l o w , I V . 3 a n d I V . 5 .
(ii) Palaeofrankish, Laon, Breton, and Aquitanian Notations (see Plates 1-3)
Facsimiles:
Diisseldorf, Universitatsbibliothek D . 1 (Palaeofrankish): J a m m e r s 1952
L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 239 ( L a o n ) : P a l M u s 10
Chartres, B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 47 ( B r e t o n ) : P a l M u s 1
Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e Nationale lat. 903 ( A q u i t a n i a n ) : P a l M u s 13
1. virga • / /
2. p u n c t u m • - -
3. clivis • P A
4. pes j
• J I
5. porrectus
V / y
6. t o r c u l u s •• I n •P- r
7. c l i m a c u s •• (•• /: /- /:
•
i / / /
8. scandicus
9. q u i l i s m a J / J
10. oriscus M s i
11. liquescents
• > So
O 0
o r J
b e l i e v i n g i t t o b e t h e o l d e s t t y p e of n o t a t i o n d e v e l o p e d i n t h e F r a n k i s h empire.
I n s t e a d of w r i t i n g p e s a n d c l i v i s w i t h t w o d i s t i n c t m o v e m e n t s of t h e p e n , t h i s n o t a t i o n
uses o n l y o n e s l a n t i n g o r s l i g h t l y c u r v e d s t r o k e . T h e p o r r e c t u s a n d t o r c u l u s also t e n d
to f o r m a s i n g l e a r c o r a n g l e , r a t h e r t h a n a t r i p a r t i t e figure. Q u i l i s m a and oriscus do
n o t a p p e a r t o b e p r e s e n t i n t h e earliest e x a m p l e s . S i n c e so m a n y o f t h e e x a m p l e s are
brief, often entered in manuscripts not originally designed to c o n t a i n notation,
generalizations about t h e s i g n s are s o m e w h a t hazardous. Those entered in Table
I V . 2 . 2 are c o p i e d f r o m D i i s s e l d o r f , U n i v e r s i t a t s b i b l i o t h e k D . 1 ( f r o m P K o r v e y , t e n t h
century).
The area w h e r e Palaeofrankish n o t a t i o n w a s u s e d is also t h a t where so-called
' M e s s i n e ' s i g n s w e r e u s e d . T h e n a m e ' M e s s i n e ' r e f e r s t o t h e s u p p o s e d o r i g i n of t h e
t y p e i n M e t z , f a m o u s i n t h e e a r l y n i n t h c e n t u r y f o r its c h a n t . N o ninth-century
n o t a t e d s o u r c e s f r o m M e t z h a v e s u r v i v e d , a n d i n d e e d , t h o s e f r o m l a t e r c e n t u r i e s are
also r e l a t i v e l y scarce. C o r b i n ( 1 9 7 7 , a n d ' N e u m a t i c N o t a t i o n s ' , NG) argued that
'Lorraine' was a better name for the type, since the area where it w a s u s e d
corresponded to the ancient t e r r i t o r y of L o t h a r i n g i a ( f r o m w h i c h descends the
m o d e r n n a m e ' L o r r a i n e ' ) . ' L o r r a i n e ' is, however, no m o r e a p p r o p r i a t e than the n a m e
'Messine'. M a p IV.2.1 shows the centres f r o m w h i c h sources w i t h this notation
survive. Neither the ninth-century kingdom nor the tenth-century duchy of
L o t h a r i n g i a i n c l u d e d t h e m o r e w e s t e r l y c e n t r e s , s u c h as L i l l e , Noyon, L a o n , or
R e i m s ; b u t t h e y d i d i n c l u d e c i t i e s s u c h as T r i e r a n d A a c h e n , a n d o t h e r t e r r i t o r y as f a r
as t h e R h i n e w h e r e t h e n o t a t i o n w a s u n k n o w n . T h e a r e a c o r r e s p o n d s b e t t e r , t h o u g h
s t i l l n o t e x a c t l y , w i t h t h e a r c h d i o c e s e of R e i m s . M e t z is o n i t s p e r i p h e r y . I n t h i s b o o k
I have c a l l e d it ' L a o n ' n o t a t i o n , after its most f a m o u s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e , manuscript
L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 2 3 9 , a n d b e c a u s e L a o n is r e a s o n a b l y c e n t r a l t o t h e
a r e a . ( F o r a s u r v e y of s o u r c e s see H o u r l i e r 1 9 5 1 , ' M e s s i n e ' . )
T h e m o s t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c f e a t u r e of L a o n n o t a t i o n is t h e s m a l l h o o k o f t e n u s e d f o r t h e
p u n c t u m (sometimes c a l l e d a n u n c i n u s ) . T h e v i r g a is u s u a l l y a l o n g flat S shape,
1. virga •
M
2. p u n c t u m • -
•*> :
3. clivis •
1;
4. pes r
• J
i! J /
5. porrectus ••• V .r
t •V
6. torculus rs
4
A
• 0
••
7. climacus
• \
: I H :: W
8. scandicus • / ,
/ /
r
/ f r
t r
9. q u i l i s m a / i r
J
10. oriscus
i
,^ so
11. liquescents 0 • r o/ 1 J
M a p I V . 2 . 1 . Centres where L a o n notation was used
r a t h e r t h a n a s t r a i g h t l i n e ; it is h a r d l y e v e r seen e x c e p t i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h the
p u n c t u m , t o f o r m a pes o r o t h e r s i g n .
T h e n o t a t i o n of the m a n u s c r i p t L a o n 2 3 9 is of a c o m p l e x i t y a n d s o p h i s t i c a t i o n
c o m p a r a b l e o n l y w i t h t h a t of the S t G a l l m a n u s c r i p t s , a n d m o r e is s a i d a b o u t it b e l o w
(IV.3 and IV.5).
French-German n o t a t i o n s t a r t s its c l i v i s w i t h a n u p w a r d s t r o k e , b u t L a o n a n d
B r e t o n n o t a t i o n b e g i n i n s t e a d w i t h a s h o r t , a l m o s t h o r i z o n t a l m o v e m e n t of t h e p e n ,
s o m e t i m e s a s h a l l o w a r c w h i c h is c u r v e d i n t o w a r d s t h e f o l l o w i n g d o w n - s t r o k e . B r e t o n
notation takes its n a m e f r o m the area of north-west Frence, Brittany, whence
practically a l l its s o u r c e s originate. (For a survey of s o u r c e s , see Huglo 1963,
' D o m a i n e ' . ) I n m a n y r e s p e c t s it b e a r s a r e s e m b l a n c e to L a o n n o t a t i o n , t h o u g h m u c h
m o r e c o m p a c t i n o v e r a l l a p p e a r a n c e , a n d l a c k i n g the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c L a o n h o o k . It d o e s
n o t h a v e a q u i l i s m a . T w o s i g n s are u s e d i n p l a c e s w h e r e , f r o m o t h e r m a n u s c r i p t s , o n e
w o u l d e x p e c t t o see a q u i l i s m a o r o r i s c u s , b u t t h e c o n v e n t i o n s g o v e r n i n g t h e i r u s e i n
Breton notation are s l i g h t l y d i f f e r e n t . Table IV.2.2 shows the Breton signs of
Chartres, Bibliotheque M u n i c i p a l e 47 (late ninth century; destroyed in 1944:
f a c s i m i l e i n P a l M u s 11).
A l t h o u g h m a n y notations use c o m b i n a t i o n s of disjunct p u n c t a a n d v i r g a e as a
s p e c i a l v a r i a n t i n s t e a d of t h e i r m o r e u s u a l c o n j u n c t f o r m s f o r c l i v i s , flexa, e t c . , f e w g o
as f a r as t o m a k e t h e d i s j u n c t f o r m s t h e r u l e . T h i s is s o , h o w e v e r , w i t h A q u i t a n i a n
s i g n s (see t h e s u r v e y i n P a l M u s 1 3 , b y F e r r e t t i ) . A g a i n t h e v i r g a is u s u a l l y f o u n d o n l y
' i n c o m p o s i t i o n ' w i t h o t h e r e l e m e n t s . T h e s i g n s i n T a b l e I V . 2 . 2 are d r a w n f r o m P a r i s ,
B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 0 8 4 ( P A u r i l l a c , t h e n L i m o g e s , late t e n t h century).
It w i l l b e n o t i c e d that L a o n , B r e t o n , a n d A q u i t a n i a n n o t a t i o n s a l l r i s e d i a g o n a l l y
and fall vertically (compare the c l i m a c u s a n d scandicus forms).
Facsimiles:
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 30850 (north S p a n i s h ) : Antiphonale Silense
R o m e , B i b l i o t e c a A n g e l i c a 123 ( B o l o g n a ) : P a l M u s 18
Studies:
Barezzani 1981 (Brescia).
1. virga • 1 •
2. p u n c t u m • - -
/I
3. clivis • f U n
4. pes • J J • J J
5. porrectus ••• 4 |i d rJ
6. torculus •# CO
\/l
7. climacus [•- />
j
***
8-. scandicus
9. q u i l i s m a J J
10. oriscus M - ft
11. liquescents o •
Facsimiles:
Benevento, A r c h i v i o Capitolare 33 (Beneventan): P a l M u s 20
Benevento, A r c h i v i o C a p i t o l a r e 34 (Beneventan): P a l M u s 15
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 34209 ( M i l a n e s e ) : P a l M u s 5
L u c c a , B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e 601 (central Italian): P a l M u s 9
R o m e , B i b l i o t e c a Casanatense 1741 ( N o n a n t o l a n ) : V e c c h i 1955
R o m e , B i b l i o t e c a A p o s t o l i c a Vaticana, V a t . lat. 10673 (Beneventan): P a l M u s 14
private collection of M a r t i n B o d m e r , C . 74 ( R o m a n ) : L u t o l f 1987
Studies:
H u g l o et al. 1956 (Milanese)
y
M o d e r i n i 1970 ( N o n a n t o l a )
Besides F r e n c h or G e r m a n shapes, o t h e r n o t a t i o n s w e r e also a d o p t e d i n I t a l y . A t
Como, L a o n s i g n s i n f l u e n c e d the n o t a t i o n (see S e s i n i 1 9 3 2 ) , B r e t o n o n e s at P a v i a
( H u g l o 1963, ' D o m a i n e ' ) . D i s j u n c t f o r m s ( n o t at first s i g h t s i m i l a r to A q u i t a n i a n
s i g n s , h o w e v e r ) w e r e p r e f e r r e d i n the v e r y i n d i v i d u a l s t y l e p r a c t i s e d at N o n a n t o l a .
This is b u t one of m a n y centres whose notation does not reflect the influences
d i s c e r n i b l e i n its r e p e r t o r y , f o r the m o n a s t e r y t o o k o v e r m u c h of t h e German/Swiss
t r o p e a n d s e q u e n c e r e p e r t o r y . T h e n o t a t i o n is r e l a t e d to t h a t f o u n d at T o r c e l l o , a n d
also a p p e a r s o c c a s i o n a l l y i n V e r o n a m a n u s c r i p t s . T h e s i g n s i n T a b l e I V . 2 . 4 are d r a w n
from Rome, Biblioteca Casanatense 1741 (twelfth century). A p e c u l i a r feature of
N o n a n t o l a n n o t a t i o n is t h e w a y i n w h i c h l e t t e r s i n the t e x t w e r e p r o v i d e d w i t h l o n g
e x t e n s i o n s to a h e i g h t a p p r o p r i a t e f o r the n o t e b e i n g s u n g ( w h i c h c o u l d o n l y b e d o n e ,
of c o u r s e , f o r the first n o t e of e a c h s y l l a b l e ) .
S o u r c e s f r o m m a n y I t a l i a n c e n t r e s h a v e h a r d l y s u r v i v e d at a l l b e f o r e t h e t i m e w h e n
s t a f f - n o t a t i o n c a m e i n t o use ( e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y o r l a t e r ) . G e n e r a l l y s p e a k i n g , t h e use of
a staff o f t e n s e e m s to h a v e a f f e c t e d the n o t a t i o n a l s i g n s , c a u s i n g t h e a p p e a r a n c e of
1. virga • 1 1 1 1 /
2. p u n c t u m • <
• -
4. pes ] I 1 J 1 J
5. porrectus V V y A] 1/ i -v
6. torculus •• 4 A A A A
[A 1
• A A
7. climacus i -
8. scandicus
1 / } ? J J
9. q u i l i s m a w J
ft
10. oriscus
11. liquescents o
ro
•
J i f 7 f
more o b v i o u s heads and other precisely placed p e n - m a r k s . Sources f r o m M i l a n s h o w
t h i s , t h e i r s i g n s o f t e n b e i n g l i t t l e g r o u p s o f t i n y w a v e d s t r o k e s , j o i n e d b y fine l i n e s .
(See examples in Table IV.2.4, from the twelfth-century manuscript Milan,
Sant'Ambrogio M . 29.)
M a n y I t a l i a n s o u r c e s are d i s t i n g u i s h e d b y a c o n j u n c t s c a n d i c u s , a n d t h e h o r i z o n t a l
b a r at t h e start of t h e c l i v i s is a n o t h e r d i a g n o s t i c f e a t u r e . I n m o s t r e s p e c t s t h e r e is l i t t l e
to c h o o s e , as f a r as t h e b a s i c s h a p e of the s i g n s is c o n c e r n e d , b e t w e e n t h e m a j o r i t y of
s o u r c e s w r i t t e n s o u t h of a l i n e d r a w n b e t w e e n L u c c a i n t h e west a n d R a v e n n a i n t h e
east, e x c e p t i n g t h o s e t y p e s a l r e a d y m e n t i o n e d . F o r w a n t of a m o r e a c c u r a t e t e r m , I
have referred to this family as central Italian notation. Of course, there are
differences, s u c h as t h e g r e a t v a r i e t y of l i q u e s c e n t shapes i n m a n u s c r i p t s of the
M o n t e c a s s i n o a n d B e n e v e n t o a r e a . V a r i a t i o n i n s u c h m a t t e r s as t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e
p e n o f t e n has a s t r o n g e f f e c t o n t h e v i s u a l aspect of the s i g n s . O n e w o u l d n o t r e a d i l y
c o n f u s e t h e b o l d s t r o k e s of l a t e r B e n e v e n t a n s o u r c e s f o r a n y o t h e r s .
A l o n g s i d e the N o n a n t o l a a n d M i l a n examples already m e n t i o n e d , T a b l e IV.2.4
gives some t y p i c a l shapes f r o m sources f r o m R a v e n n a ( P a d u a , B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e
A. 47, twelfth century), Pistoia, Biblioteca Capitolare C. 121 (Pistoia, twelfth
c e n t u r y ) , R o m e , B i b l i o t e c a A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a , V a t . l a t . 5319 ( O l d R o m a n , t w e l f t h
c e n t u r y ) , a n d t h e r e g i o n of B a r i ( R o m e , Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Vat. lat.
1 0 6 7 3 , e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ) . T h e v a r i a t i o n b e t w e e n s o u r c e s i n the a n g l e of a s c e n t a n d
descent is i m p o r t a n t (particularly i n the climacus; the Milanese source usually
descends v e r t i c a l l y , b u t after a t o r c u l u s the p o i n t s c o n t i n u e d i a g o n a l l y ) .
(v) Examples
r
a
ll 2• 1 1 —w
Wore. « 1 1 ^ ^ J
i
i —I—
Be - a--tus il -le seruus cum ue--ne- rit do -mi mus e- ius
J
e
4
1
Paris •
ft ft ^ 9 1 Tf
—4--4-J i - 1 (V 1 •—-L
quern
ll 1 i - I I P. i I fl
i i'
• •• 2 M
i•
w «
i *)
•
1
I " •
' " 1 r
1
•.
et pulsa--uerit ia--nu--am in-uenerit e--um ui--gi-lantem.
et
. J J «• • m %
C 1 (V g
r
• 1 J « 1
f
f
y-lA/ 6 7 1 , b a s e d o n t h e S t G a l l v e r s i o n . ) T h e W o r c e s t e r s o u r c e is g e n e r a l l y c l o s e r to
w h a t is i n d i c a t e d b y t h e s i g n s of t h e C o r b i e m a n u s c r i p t ( l i q u e s c e n t f o r m 4- p u n c t u m
f o r Hie, e t c . ; see a l s o t h e d i f f e r e n c e s i n w o r d i n g ) . B u t it d o e s n o t u s u a l l y e m p l o y t h e
p u n c t u m ( s q u a r e ) as o p p o s e d to the v i r g a ( s q u a r e w i t h t a i l ) . T h e S a i n t - D e n i s s o u r c e
is n o t so c l o s e t e x t u a l l y a n d m e l o d i c a l l y , b u t m a k e s use of t h e p u n c t u m f o r t h e l o w
notes.
N o t a l l n o t a t i o n s use t h e v i r g a as a n i s o l a t e d n o t e . E x . I V . 2 . 2 g i v e s t h e c o m m u n i o n
Quis dabit ex Sion f r o m five d i f f e r e n t m a n u s c r i p t s . A t t h e f o o t are t h e p i t c h e s g i v e n i n
l e t t e r n o t a t i o n b y the e l e v e n t h - c e n t u r y m a n u s c r i p t f r o m S a i n t - B e n i g n e at Dijon,
Montpellier, F a c u l t e de M e d e c i n e H . 1 5 9 ; a b o v e it are t h e n e u m e s of t h e same
m a n u s c r i p t (occasionally d i f f e r i n g s l i g h t l y f r o m the letters). A b o v e t h e s e are the
n e u m e s of f o u r o t h e r m a n u s c r i p t s of t h e late n i n t h to t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r i e s . T h e r e is
no isolated virga i n either P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 776 ( A q u i t a n i a n ) or
L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 2 3 9 ( L a o n ) . T h e a p o s t r o p h a (see 3 a n d 40) is to b e
f o u n d o n l y i n E i n s i e d e l n , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 121 (German) and Montpellier H . 159
( F r e n c h ) . T h e r e is n o q u i l i s m a (see 41) i n Chartres, Bibliotheque Municipale 47
( B r e t o n ) , a n d o n l y M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 uses t h e o r i s c u s ( e n d of 3 6 , m i d d l e o f 4 4 ) .
356 IV. Notation
1 r — r r
^ r r r
" A r ^ x
/yr , r J
A I m . / i h . f A A I Z 1
/ . //yi / i
A 99* m m # y #g g »; # f f #;
# # ff jgE
Quis da - bit ex Si - on sa - lu - ta - re Is - ra - e) cum a - uer-
• - - ,\
0
4 A ,
c - / J - - / «/ Y
r
r
L r
/ , j r 1
J) r r> r
r
r c/ r
L /•
E - - / / y - «/ / / /> / S - / c/ ry
a-
/
M / / / 7 . / / / / j
f7 IS
23 25 2b 27 31
C ^« / ' •4 •1-1 • -t
r
L r V? f
r A
1
E / A - »» n
i
er - / _-/•. _ 4 4 ft A t/>
M ! J", A I / ni /. ///
35 3b 37 It 35
— • » ^
cob et le - ta - bi - tur Is - ra - el.
IV.3. L I Q U E S C E N C E , O R I S C U S , Q U I L I S M A ; O T H E R
S P E C I A L S I G N S
L o o k i n g o n c e a g a i n at E x . I V . 2 . 1 , o n e n o t i c e s t h a t t h e r e a r e n o l i q u e s c e n t s i g n s i n t h e
S a i n t - D e n i s version, a n d o n l y one i n the Worcester c o p y , at ' i l l e ' . T h e Corbie
m a n u s c r i p t h a s t h a t o n e , a n d o t h e r s at ' s e r ( v u s ) ' , ' c u m ' , ' e i ( u s ' ) , a n d 'et'. S i g n s f o r
l i q u e s c e n c e o c c u r m o s t o f t e n w h e r e i n t h e t e x t t h e r e is a c o n j u n c t i o n o f a l i q u i d
c o n s o n a n t f o l l o w e d b y a n o t h e r c o n s o n a n t . T h e t w o /'s o f ' i l l e ' , ' r v ' i n ' s e r v u s ' , a n d ' m v '
i n ' c u m v e n e r i t ' are t y p i c a l e x a m p l e s . D i p h t h o n g s u s u a l l y c a l l f o r t h a l i q u e s c e n t s i g n ,
as at ' e i u s ' . Q u i t e o f t e n o n l y o n e c o n s o n a n t m a y b e p r e s e n t . I t is n o t u n c o m m o n also
to f i n d l i q u e s c e n t s w i t h t h e s y l l a b l e 'et', a n d t h e r e are o t h e r i n s t a n c e s w h e r e n e i t h e r a
l i q u i d c o n s o n a n t n o r a d i p h t h o n g seems to be i n v o l v e d . T h i s m a y , h o w e v e r , i n d i c a t e
that the consonants i n q u e s t i o n were actually liquescent w h e n the m a n u s c r i p t was
b e i n g w r i t t e n — s u c h d i f f e r e n c e s of p r o n u n c i a t i o n are s t i l l c o m m o n t o d a y f r o m a r e a t o
a r e a , so t h a t , f o r e x a m p l e , i n B e r l i n g is p r o n o u n c e d l i k e a n E n g l i s h j ; : ' W e n n d i e
J e m s e n s p r i n g e n uber Berjesjipfel . . .'
T h e m a n n e r of p e r f o r m a n c e of l i q u e s c e n t s i g n s is n o t e n t i r e l y c l e a r . A p a s s i n g - n o t e
of s o m e sort s e e m s to b e i n v o l v e d , s i n c e m a n y m a n u s c r i p t s w i l l r e c o r d a n o r d i n a r y
n e u m e ( s a y , of t w o n o t e s ) w h e r e o t h e r s h a v e a l i q u e s c e n t ( o n e n o t e 4- ' p a s s i n g - n o t e ' ) .
T h e l i q u e s c e n t n o t e itself m a y i n s o m e cases h a v e b e e n s u n g ' t h r o u g h ' t h e c o n s o n a n t ,
as it w e r e , v o c a l i z e d to /, m, n, o r r ( t h e m o s t c o m m o n s i t u a t i o n s ) . A s G u i d o o f A r e z z o
s a i d : ' A t m a n y p o i n t s n o t e s l i q u e s c e l i k e t h e l i q u i d l e t t e r s , so t h a t t h e i n t e r v a l f r o m
o n e n o t e t o a n o t h e r is b e g u n w i t h a s m o o t h g l i d e a n d d o e s n o t a p p e a r t o h a v e a
s t o p p i n g p l a c e e n r o u t e ' ( t r a n s . B a b b 1978, 7 2 ) .
Comparisons between sources indicate that the use of l i q u e s c e n t signs was
i n c o n s i s t e n t , as i n E x . I V . 2 . 1 . T h i s t o o is s t a t e d b y G u i d o , w h o continues: 'If,
h o w e v e r , y o u w i s h to p e r f o r m [an e x a m p l e ] m o r e f u l l y , n o t l i q u e s c i n g , n o h a r m is
d o n e , i n d e e d , it is o f t e n m o r e p l e a s i n g . ' S o t h e s i g n s a r e t h e r e as r e m i n d e r s , t h o u g h n o
t w o scribes w o u l d p u t t h e m i n exactly the same places, r a t h e r i n the w a y that t h e
r h y t h m i c n u a n c e s d i s c u s s e d b e l o w ( I V . 5 ) are n o t r e c o r d e d i d e n t i c a l l y i n d i f f e r e n t
m a n u s c r i p t s . M o n t p e l l i e r , F a c u l t e d e M e d e c i n e H . 159 s e e m s t o b e a m o d e r a t e l y
g e n e r o u s s o u r c e , b u t is e a s i l y s u r p a s s e d b y , f o r e x a m p l e , t h e e a r l y S t G a l l s o u r c e s , a n d
e s p e c i a l l y b y t h o s e of s o u t h e r n I t a l y , w h i c h h a v e a n u n r i v a l l e d v a r i e t y of l i q u e s c e n t
shapes.
T h e w r i t t e n f o r m of t h e n o t e i n s q u a r e n o t a t i o n of t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y a n d l a t e r
c a m e t o b e c a l l e d t h e plica ('fold').
(ii) Quilisma
Wiesli 1966.
T h e sign-tables d e p i c t t h e q u i l i s m a as a w a v y s h a p e e n d i n g i n a l o n g e r ascending
s t r o k e . T h i s is t r a n s l a t e d as t w o n o t e s i n t h e M o n t p e l l i e r l e t t e r n o t a t i o n , t h e f i r s t b e i n g
t h e s p e c i a l w a v y o n e , t h e s e c o n d h i g h e r . T h e n a m e s e e m s to r e f e r to t h e w a v y n o t e i n
particular.
I n m o s t m a n u s c r i p t s t h e q u i l i s m a is n e a r l y a l w a y s u s e d f o r the m i d d l e n o t e i n a n
ascending-third formation, sometimes o n l y f o r a m i n o r t h i r d . T h e n a m e s e e m s to
d e r i v e f r o m t h e G r e e k kylisma ( ' r o l l i n g ' ) , kylio ('to r o l l ' ) . M e d i e v a l w r i t e r s o n m u s i c
do not elucidate its n a t u r e very m u c h . F o r example, i n t h e m i d d l e of t h e ninth
c e n t u r y , w h e n n o t a t i o n itself w a s r e l a t i v e l y r a r e , A u r e l i a n of R e o m e uses t h e w o r d
tremula t o d e s c r i b e a p a s s a g e u s u a l l y later n o t a t e d w i t h a q u i l i s m a . S p e a k i n g of t h e
g r a d u a l Exultabunt sancti V . Cantate domino, at t h e p a s s a g e b e g i n n i n g 'can[ticum
n o v u m ] ' h e s a y s ( C h . X I I I ) : '. . . flexibilis est m o d u l a t i o , d u p l i c a t a , q u a e i n f l e x i o n e
t r e m u l a e m i t t i t u r v o x n o n g r a v i s s o n o r i t a s . . . ' ( ' . . . t h e m e l o d y is f l e x i b l e , repeated,
w h e r e a s o u n d , n o t l o w , is g i v e n f o r t h w i t h a t r e m u l o u s i n f l e x i o n . . . ' ) . E x . IV.3.1
gives the s i g n s i n M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159, Laon, Bibliotheque M u n i c i p a l e 239, and
St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 359.
It has b e e n s u g g e s t e d t h a t t h e q u i l i s m a m i g h t i n v o l v e a p o r t a m e n t o d e l i v e r y , o r o n e
w i t h s e m i t o n e steps f i l l i n g i n the larger intervals, or a g r u p p e t t o o r n a m e n t . I n those
m a n u s c r i p t s w h e r e its use is r e s t r i c t e d to the m i n o r - t h i r d p r o g r e s s i o n , it c o n s t i t u t e s a
s i g n f o r t h e s e m i t o n e s t e p , a n d m a y t h e r e f o r e h a v e b e e n u s e d s p e c i f i c a l l y to l o c a t e the
melody tonally. T h e i d e a t h a t the q u i l i s m a w a s p r i m a r i l y of r h y t h m i c significance
( W i e s l i , C a r d i n e 1968, e t c . ) d o e s not s e e m s u f f i c i e n t to e x p l a i n the s p e c i a l s h a p e of the
sign.
suggested
transcription
suggested
transcription
notation
(iii) Oriscus
E x . I V . 3 . 2 . E x a m p l e s of oriscus
exalta-bis
. J * - - . r -
St.Gall 359 p. 104
C a r d i n e 1968.
A n u m b e r of s p e c i a l s i g n s p e c u l i a r t o t h e S t G a l l m a n u s c r i p t s a n d t h o s e c l o s e l y r e l a t e d
to t h e m a p p e a r t o i n v o l v e t h e o r i s c u s . A v i r g a f o l l o w e d b y a n o r i s c u s w a s u s u a l l y r u n
t o g e t h e r i n t o o n e s i g n , t h e v i r g a s t r a t a . T h i s s i g n h a s also b e e n c a l l e d t h e f r a n c u l u s ,
b u t H u g l o ( 1 9 5 4 , ' N o n a s ' , 65) q u e s t i o n s t h e c o r r e c t n e s s of this i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . T h e
n a m e f o r t h i s s i g n o n t h e l o n g e r s i g n - t a b l e is g u t t u r a l i s ( ' t h r o a t y ' ) , w h i c h m a y i m p l y
some special vocal effect.
O n t h e s h o r t e r s i g n - t a b l e , t h e o r i s c u s f o l l o w e d b y a p u n c t u m is c a l l e d a p r e s s u s
m i n o r , the v i r g a strata f o l l o w e d b y a p u n c t u m a pressus m a i o r .
A p e s f o l l o w e d b y a n o r i s c u s is r u n t o g e t h e r i n t o o n e s i g n , c a l l e d a p e s s t r a t u s , j u s t
as h a p p e n s t o t h e v i r g a a l o n e .
The pes quassus appears t o b e a p e s of w h i c h the first note is a n o r i s c u s .
S o m e t i m e s , h o w e v e r , t h r e e n o t e s are f o u n d i n o t h e r s o u r c e s , so that t h e p e s q u a s s u s
w o u l d b e a p e s w i t h a n e x t r a o r i s c u s b e t w e e n t h e t w o n o r m a l n o t e s . It i s o f t e n f o u n d at
the b e g i n n i n g of phrases i n m o d e 3 introits, where other m a n u s c r i p t s have a n E-E-F
o p e n i n g . S o t h e s e m i t o n e s t e p is a g a i n i n v o l v e d .
T h e s a l i c u s is a t h r e e - n o t e a s c e n d i n g figure w h e r e t h e m i d d l e n o t e i s a n o r i s c u s . I t s
n a t u r e is p u z z l i n g , b e c a u s e it c a n b e f o u n d i n s i t u a t i o n s w h e r e o t h e r s o u r c e s have:
(a) t w o u n i s o n n o t e s f o l l o w e d b y a h i g h e r o n e ; (b) a n o r m a l s c a n d i c u s , t h a t i s , t h r e e
n o t e s i n a s c e n d i n g o r d e r ; (c) a q u i l i s m a i n t h r e e - n o t e a s c e n d i n g f o r m a t i o n . C a r d i n e
( 1 9 6 8 ) b e l i e v e d i t s c h i e f s i g n i f i c a n c e w a s r h y t h m i c , a n d t h a t t h e o r i s c u s , as u s u a l i n
C a r d i n e ' s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , d i r e c t e d r h y t h m i c weight o n to the s u c c e e d i n g note. To
d i s t i n g u i s h it f r o m t h e q u i l i s m a , w h i c h C a r d i n e i n t e r p r e t e d s i m i l a r l y , h e p o i n t e d t o i t s
t o n a l p o s i t i o n : t h e o r i s c u s e l e m e n t i n t h e s a l i c u s f a l l s c h i e f l y o n / a n d c, t h e w a v y
e l e m e n t of t h e q u i l i s m a b y c o n t r a s t f a l l s c h i e f l y o n E a n d b; f u r t h e r m o r e , t h e n o t e
preceding the wavy element i n t h e q u i l i s m a is u s u a l l y l o n g o r s t r e s s e d . (See the
c o m p a r i s o n s p u b l i s h e d b y W i e s l i 1966, c h . 6 ; s t u d i e s of t h e s a l i c u s i n L a o n 2 3 9 a n d
S t G a l l 3 5 9 h a v e b e e n p u b l i s h e d b y P i c o n e 1977 a n d P o n c h e l e t 1 9 7 3 , r e s p e c t i v e l y . )
W i t h o u t a t t e m p t i n g to adjudicate a m o n g the different possible interpretations here,
the m o s t c o m m o n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s associated w i t h a l l the n e u m e s i n v o l v i n g the o r i s c u s ,
a n d also t h e q u i l i s m a , are (i) f r e q u e n t o c c u r r e n c e at t h e s e m i t o n e s t e p , ( i i ) s p e c i a l
v o c a l d e l i v e r y , ( i i i ) C a r d i n e ' s i d e a o f r h y t h m i c d r i v e to t h e s u c c e e d i n g n o t e . T h e s i g n s
are g i v e n i n T a b l e I V . 3 . 1 , w h i c h s h o w s t h e S t G a l l f o r m , t h e u s u a l e q u i v a l e n t s i n
L a o n 239, a n d the f o r m of t r a n s c r i p t i o n used i n this b o o k .
W a g n e r c a l l e d a l l t h e l i q u e s c e n t n e u m e s a n d those i n v o l v i n g a p o s t r o p h e , o r i s c u s ,
q u i l i s m a , w i t h t h e t r i g o n as w e l l , ' H a k e n n e u m e n ' ( ' h o o k - n e u m e s ' ) , because i n the
S t G a l l s o u r c e s t h e i r s h a p e s n e a r l y a l w a y s i n c l u d e at least o n e s m a l l s e m i c i r c l e o r h o o k
4. The Origins of Chant Notation
St G a l l Laon Transcription
virga strata/gutturalis r
pressus m i n o r r.
pressus maior r- •\
pes stratus T
• •
pes quassus </
/ *
salicus 0
( W a g n e r I I , c h . 8 ) . T h u s t h e a p o s t r o p h e ( u s e d p r i n c i p a l l y S t G a l l , less f r e q u e n t l y i n
o t h e r F r e n c h - G e r m a n n o t a t i o n s ) is u s e d p r i n c i p a l l y f o r r e p e a t e d n o t e s o n c a n d o t h e r
p i t c h e s at t h e s e m i t o n e , i n s u c h c h a n t s as g r a d u a l s . T h e t r i g o n ( t h r e e d o t s set o u t i n
t r i a n g u l a r f o r m a t i o n ) w a s u s e d f o r a f i g u r e s u c h as b-c-a o r c-c-a. T h e s e signs all
derived, Wagner believed, f r o m the apostrophe sign (*Haken' in G e r m a n ) . For
W a g n e r t h e i r f r e q u e n t o c c u r r e n c e at t h e s e m i t o n e s t e p w a s c r u c i a l , a n d he b e l i e v e d
that c h r o m a t i c progressions, perhaps even i n v o l v i n g quarter-tones, were indicated.
While one must certainly reckon with the possibility that the m a t c h i n g of the
p l a i n c h a n t r e p e r t o r y t o t h e d i a t o n i c scale m a y h a v e b e e n i m p e r f e c t , so t h a t many
m e l o d i e s i n c l u d e d n o n - d i a t o n i c p r o g r e s s i o n s , t h e e v i d e n c e of t h e p l a i n c h a n t s o u r c e s
t h e m s e l v e s h a s so far b e e n i n c o n c l u s i v e , a n d t h e s t a t e m e n t s of m e d i e v a l w r i t e r s o n
m u s i c too i n s u b s t a n t i a l to s u p p o r t W a g n e r ' s t h e o r y .
A l t h o u g h the neumes discussed i n this section have been c a l l e d 'special' (sometimes
' o r n a m e n t a l ' ) , t h e y are f u l l y i n t e g r a t e d i n t o the n o t a t i o n of t h e e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s . It is
o n l y f r o m t h e m o d e r n p o i n t of v i e w — t h e y h a d g e n e r a l l y f a l l e n o u t o f use b y t h e e n d
of t h e M i d d l e A g e s — t h a t t h e y are ' a b n o r m a l ' , b e c a u s e it is h a r d to m a t c h t h e m to t h e
u n e q u i v o c a l b u t r e s t r i c t e d v o c a b u l a r y of later n o t a t i o n .
IV.4. T H E O R I G I N S O F C H A N T N O T A T I O N
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n
(ii) E a r l y E x a m p l e s
(iii) E a r l y References to N o t a t i o n
(iv) Parallel Systems
(a) Prosodic A c c e n t s
(b) P u n c t u a t i o n
(c) E k p h o n e t i c N o t a t i o n
(d) Byzantine N o t a t i o n
(v) T h e ' C h e i r o n o m i c ' T h e o r y
(vi) T h e E a r l y T r a n s m i s s i o n of Chant
(vii) S o m e C o n c l u s i o n s
(i) Introduction
T h e o r i g i n s of m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n are o b s c u r e . F o u r m a i n t y p e s of e v i d e n c e m a y be
c o n s i d e r e d . T h e first is t h e e v i d e n c e of a c t u a l e x a m p l e s of m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n . H o w o l d
are t h e y ? a n d d o e s a n y t h i n g a b o u t t h e m suggest a p r e v i o u s stage of d e v e l o p m e n t ? The
s e c o n d t y p e of e v i d e n c e is t h e i n f o r m a t i o n g i v e n a b o u t n o t a t i o n b y m e d i e v a l w i n t e r s .
T h e t h i r d lies i n t h e e x i s t e n c e of p a r a l l e l o r c o m p a r a b l e s y s t e m s of s i g n s to g u i d e v o c a l
p e r f o r m a n c e , w h i c h m i g h t p o s s i b l y h a v e s u g g e s t e d o r l e d to the n e u m a t i c n o t a t i o n of
W e s t e r n c h a n t : p u n c t u a t i o n signs, oratorical accents, B y z a n t i n e ekphonetic n o t a t i o n ,
B y z a n t i n e c h a n t n o t a t i o n . T h e f o u r t h t y p e of e v i d e n c e is c i r c u m s t a n t i a l . T h e earliest
n o t a t i o n is a r e c o r d of p l a i n c h a n t m e l o d i e s . T h e s e m e l o d i e s h a d p r e v i o u s l y been
p e r f o r m e d , l e a r n e d , a n d t r a n s m i t t e d w i t h o u t t h e a i d of a n y w r i t t e n r e c o r d ( a n d t h u s
t h e y c o n t i n u e d , to a c o n s i d e r a b l e e x t e n t ) . I n t h e s e c i r c u m s t a n c e s , o n e w o u l d e x p e c t
d i f f e r e n t s i n g e r s t o p e r f o r m the m e l o d i e s i n d i f f e r e n t w a y s . A n d c o n v e r s e l y , w h e n a
written transmission b e c a m e n o r m a l , one would e x p e c t the differences to have
d i m i n i s h e d , o r e v e n d i s a p p e a r e d . If w e c o m p a r e o u r m e d i e v a l m a n u s c r i p t s , d o w e see
e v i d e n c e of t h e u n i t y a t t r i b u t a b l e to w r i t t e n t r a n s m i s s i o n , o r t h e v a r i e t y p r o d u c e d b y
oral tradition?
( i i ) Early Examples
W e h a v e m a n y a c c o u n t s of t h e p a i n s t a k e n b y t h e F r a n k i s h r u l e r s of t h e e i g h t h a n d
n i n t h c e n t u r i e s to m a k e R o m a n l i t u r g y a n d its c h a n t n o r m a t i v e i n t h e i r r a p i d l y
b r o a d e n i n g e m p i r e . T o t h i s e n d it w o u l d o b v i o u s l y h a v e b e e n u s e f u l if t h e F r a n k s
c o u l d h a v e o b t a i n e d f r o m R o m e w r i t t e n c o p i e s of t h e m u s i c w h i c h h a d to b e s u n g i n
t h e i r c h u r c h e s . B u t w e r e t h e y a b l e to a c q u i r e s u c h c o p i e s ? It has b e e n s u g g e s t e d t h a t
t h e y w e r e a v a i l a b l e as e a r l y as 7 4 7 , f o r i n t h e r e c o r d s of t h e S y n o d of C l o v e s h o e
( s o m e w h e r e i n B r i t a i n ) r e f e r e n c e is m a d e to v a r i o u s a s p e c t s of w o r s h i p , including
c h a n t , w h i c h are to b e p e r f o r m e d a c c o r d i n g to a w r i t t e n R o m a n e x e m p l a r (see a b o v e ,
I I I . 4 ) . F r o m t h e c o n t e x t it is n o t , h o w e v e r , c e r t a i n t h a t t h e r e f e r e n c e is t o n o t a t e d
books.
There is a s i m i l a r d i f f i c u l t y i n i n t e r p r e t i n g the instruction in Charlemagne's
Admonitio generalis of 7 8 9 t h a t b o y s s h o u l d b e t a u g h t , a m o n g o t h e r t h i n g s , nota—
' s i g n s ' , b u t o f w h a t s o r t ? ( M G H Capitularia regum franco7*um r i . 6 0 ) . T h e w o r d is
f o u n d q u a l i f i e d b y a g l o s s (121) w h i c h c o n n e c t s it w i t h t h e notarius, the secretary,
r a t h e r t h a n t h e w r i t e r of m u s i c , w h i c h i m p l i e s s i m p l y t h a t t h e b o y s s h o u l d b e t a u g h t
h o w t o w r i t e . N o r d o w e find c l e a r r e f e r e n c e s t o m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n i n t h e Institutiones
cdnonicorum r e s u l t i n g f r o m t h e C o u n c i l s of A a c h e n of 8 1 6 a n d 8 1 7 , a n d these d o
i n c l u d e s e c t i o n s o n t h e d u t i e s of t h e c a n t o r ( M G H Concilia aevi Karolini, i , Pars 2,
414).
F r o m t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y c o m e o u r first F r a n k i s h t r e a t i s e s o n m u s i c , a n d f o r t h e first
t i m e t h e r e are d i s t i n c t r e f e r e n c e s to m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n . I n d e e d , b y t h e e n d of t h e
century, when Hucbald of S a i n t - A m a n d w r o t e h i s De harmonica institutione,
d i f f e r e n t t y p e s of n e u m e s w e r e c l e a r l y i n use ( G S i . 117, B a b b , 3 6 - 7 ) . B a c k i n t h e
middle of the century, Aurelian of Reome's treatise Musica disciplina clearly
e n v i s a g e s t h e p r e s e n c e of w r i t t e n m u s i c a l s i g n s : ' P l a g i s p r o t i m e l o d i a . . . h a b e t
n o t a r u m f o r m a s . . .' ( C S M 2 1 , x i x . 34, t r a n s . P o n t e 1968, 48) a n d ' h a e c c o n s i s t i t
figura n o t a r u m . . .' ( x i x . 4 2 , P o n t e 1968, 49).
It h a s b e e n s u g g e s t e d t h a t s o m e of A u r e l i a n ' s r e f e r e n c e s to a c u t e a n d c i r c u m f l e x
a c c e n t s also r e f e r to w r i t t e n s i g n s , b u t t h i s is n o t e x p l i c i t l y s t a t e d : t h e passages r e a d
m o r e e a s i l y if w e a s s u m e that t h e v o c a l i n f l e x i o n , b u t n o t a w r i t t e n r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of i t ,
is m e a n t ( x i x . 1 0 - 1 1 , P o n t e 1968, 47).
T h e e v i d e n c e of d o c u m e n t a r y r e f e r e n c e s , t h e r e f o r e , s e e m s to i n d i c a t e b e g i n n i n g s i n
the first h a l f of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y , w h i c h is t h e s a m e p e r i o d as s u g g e s t e d b y t h e
surviving neumes themselves.
T h r e e p a r a l l e l s y s t e m s of s i g n s w h i c h i n d i c a t e f e a t u r e s of v o c a l d e l i v e r y h a v e b e e n
c o m p a r e d w i t h n e u m a t i c n o t a t i o n a n d p u t f o r w a r d as its p r e d e c e s s o r . T h e s e are t h e
p r o s o d i c accents of classical G r e e k literature, the p u n c t u a t i o n signs used i n c o p y i n g
texts of the early M i d d l e A g e s , a n d the e k p h o n e t i c signs used to indicate the d e l i v e r y
of l i t u r g i c a l l e s s o n s .
T a b l e I V . 4 . 1 . Prosodic accents
tonoi toni
prosodeia oxeia £ accentus acutus
" bareia ^ " gravis
" perispomene " circumflexus
(oxybareia) (later /v)
chronoi tempora
" makra h " longus
" bracheia H " brevis
pneumata spirit us
daseia asper (later L c )
" psile lenis (later j 3 )
pathe variationes
apostrophos \J v apostrophus
hyphen \ conjunctio
diastole (hypodiastole) j separatio
(b) Punctuation
E a r l y m e d i e v a l p u n c t u a t i o n s y s t e m s h a v e also b e e n c i t e d as p o s s i b l e c a t a l y s t s f o r t h e
n e w m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n . E i t h e r the s i g n s c o u l d h a v e b e e n t a k e n o v e r l i t e r a l l y , w i t h
m o d i f i c a t i o n s of s h a p e o r s i g n i f i c a n c e , o r the g e n e r a l p r i n c i p l e of m a r k i n g s y n t a c t i c
u n i t s w i t h a s i g n m i g h t also h a v e b e e n of i m p o r t a n c e . C h a n t s i n g e r s m a d e w i d e use of
w e l l - k n o w n m e l o d i e s w h i c h c o u l d be a d a p t e d to m a n y d i f f e r e n t t e x t s . P u n c t u a t i o n
m i g h t t h e r e f o r e g u i d e t h e a p p l i c a t i o n of s t a n d a r d m e l o d i c p h r a s e s t o u n i t s of t e x t .
(See B i s c h o f f 1986, 224-5.)
G r a m m a r i a n s o f a n t i q u i t y u p to I s i d o r e of S e v i l l e u s e d a p o i n t , p l a c e d l o w , i n t h e
m i d d l e , o r h i g h , t o i n d i c a t e p a u s e s of d i f f e r e n t l e n g t h :
c o m m a (short pause) »
c o l o n ( m e d i u m pause)
p e r i o d u s ( e n d of a s e n t e n c e )
In C a r o l i n g i a n times two systems were prevalent:
usual later
Carolingian Carolingian (Tsidorian')
short pause « L •
l o n g pause « y ) y !
A v a r i e t y of s i g n s f o r t h e q u e s t i o n m a r k w e r e k n o w n (see B i s c h o f f 1 9 8 6 , 1 9 7 ) , s o m e of
w h i c h bear a distinct resemblance to o n e of t h e s e v e r a l q u i l i s m a s i g n s :
, N
«S y r
^> • • •n> •of
-
Makra
Bracheia o
Kathiste
Syrmatike Syrma*
Paraklitike V Paraklitike*
Daseia 1- LC
Psile H J D
Apostrophos Hypokrisis > > Katabasma*
i )
Teleia Stavros* +
Hyphen Synemba Klasma*
Diastole
:
not recognized by all experts
signs were superfluous. There seems little evidence, therefore, to suggest that
W e s t e r n n e u m a t i c n o t a t i o n m i g h t h a v e u s e d e k p h o n e t i c s i g n s as a s p r i n g b o a r d f o r t h e
development of its s y s t e m . (For examples see Sunol 1935, 181; Jammers 1965,
T a f e l n , 1 0 5 ; E k b e r g , ' E k p h o n e t i c N o t a t i o n ' , NG 1 0 2 ; R a n k i n i n F e n l o n 1982, 90-4.)
S o f a r I h a v e s u g g e s t e d t h a t (a) t h e earliest s p e c i m e n s of c h a n t n o t a t i o n d a t e b a c k t o
t h e e a r l y n i n t h c e n t u r y ; (b) the earliest u n e q u i v o c a l r e f e r e n c e s to n o t a t i o n c o m e f r o m
A u r e l i a n of R e o m e , w r i t i n g a r o u n d 850 (the c o m p l i c a t e d c o m p o s i t i o n a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n
of A u r e l i a n ' s t r e a t i s e m a k e c a u t i o n a d v i s a b l e ) ; (c) s o m e of t h e m a t e r i a l s w h i c h m i g h t
h a v e h e l p e d i n the d e v e l o p m e n t of a b a s i c a l l y n e w f a n g l e d n o t a t i o n i n t h e W e s t w e r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e C a r o l i n g i a n p e r i o d : the a c c e n t s of c l a s s i c a l p r o s o d y a n d p u n c t u a t i o n
s i g n s , w i t h a f a i n t p o s s i b i l i t y that B y z a n t i n e e k p h o n e t i c s i g n s o r e v e n t h e b e g i n n i n g s
of B y z a n t i n e m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n m i g h t h a v e e x i s t e d to s p u r t h e i m a g i n a t i o n of the
Franks.
Before n o t a t i o n w a s e m p l o y e d to c o d i f y c h a n t m e l o d i e s , a n d p r o v i d e a n a i d to
l e a r n i n g a n d p r e s e r v a t i o n , the m u s i c w a s p e r f o r m e d f r o m m e m o r y . T h i s state of
a f f a i r s c a n a c t u a l l y be d e d u c e d f r o m the s t y l e of the m u s i c i t s e l f . A l a r g e p a r t of t h e
c h a n t r e p e r t o r y c o n s i s t s of m e l o d i e s w h i c h h a v e b e e n a d a p t e d t o fit d i f f e r e n t t e x t s ,
o r w h i c h use s t o c k w a y s of b e g i n n i n g a n d c a d e n c i n g , a n d s h a r e c o m m o n w a y s of
d e l i v e r i n g t e x t s o f a p a r t i c u l a r t y p e . It m i g h t h a v e b e e n e x p e c t e d f r o m this that
s i n g e r s w o u l d h a v e h a d s o m e r o o m f o r m a n o e u v r e i n the p e r f o r m a n c e of s u c h c h a n t s .
S o that for the p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e tract Jubilate deo (Ex. II.5.4), for example,
d i f f e r e n t m a n u s c r i p t s — r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e d e c i s i o n s of d i f f e r e n t c a n t o r s a b o u t h o w t h i s
t e x t s h o u l d b e p e r f o r m e d — w o u l d e m p l o y d i f f e r e n t f o r m u l a s , at least o c c a s i o n a l l y , so
t h a t t h e r e w o u l d b e a c e r t a i n a m o u n t of i n t e r c h a n g e b e t w e e n G l , G 2 , a n d so o n , as
t h e s t a n d a r d p h r a s e s of E x . I I . 5 . 4 are l a b e l l e d . B u t t h i s is n o t s o . A l l s o u r c e s d r a w
u p o n t h e s a m e t r a d i t i o n a l p h r a s e s at the s a m e t i m e , f o l l o w t h e s a m e p r o c e d u r e w h e n
t h e l e n g t h of t h e t e x t is d i f f e r e n t , a n d at first s i g h t , s e e m m u c h m o r e l i k e c o p i e s of t h e
same exemplar than different rememberings and reproductions.
A n d y e t d i f f e r e n c e s , s m a l l b u t p e r s i s t e n t , are to be f o u n d . T h e y c o n c e r n l i q u e s c e n t
n o t e s , as w e m i g h t e x p e c t , a n d t h e use of s u c h s i g n s as t h e q u i l i s m a a n d o r i s c u s , h o w
IO d e a l w i t h n o t e s at t h e s e m i t o n e step ( f o r e x a m p l e : a pes be o r t w o v i r g a e <:<:?), a n d so
o n . In other w o r d s , they c o n c e r n surface detail, not basic structure.
O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , s o m e o t h e r t y p e s of c h a n t s h o w b i g g e r d i f f e r e n c e s between
s o u r c e s , f o r e x a m p l e , m a n y a n t i p h o n s (see t h o s e t r a n s c r i b e d b y U d o v i c h 1980 and
Fickett 1983).
T h i s r e i n f o r c e s t h e i m p r e s s i o n t h a t w e h a v e to d o n o t w i t h a r e p e r t o r y t r a n s m i t t e d i n
w r i t i n g , b u t o n e r e m e m b e r e d a n d later c o d i f i e d d i f f e r e n t l y i n d i f f e r e n t p l a c e s . For
s o m e c h a n t s t h e l e a r n i n g p r o c e s s h a d b e e n so t h o r o u g h a n d e x a c t , t h e p r o c e d u r e s f o r
r e m e m b e r i n g so d i l i g e n t l y r e h e a r s e d , t h a t h a r d l y a n y d i f f e r e n c e c a n b e s e e n b e t w e e n
s o u r c e s . F o r o t h e r c h a n t s t h e r e m e m b e r i n g w a s n o t so u n i f o r m . ( F o r m u c h v a l u a b l e
c o m p a r a t i v e m a t e r i a l , w i t h d i s c u s s i o n , see V a n d e r W e r f 1 9 8 3 . )
( v i i ) Some Conclusions
W h e n t r y i n g to d e c i d e w h e n t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y w a s first s y s t e m a t i c a l l y c o d i f i e d w i t h
musical notation, one should bear in mind that early manuscripts were not
' p e r f o r m i n g s c o r e s ' i n t h e m o d e r n sense, b u t w o r k s f o r s t u d y a n d r e f e r e n c e . There
m u s t a l w a y s h a v e b e e n a g r e a t e r o r lesser d i s c r e p a n c y b e t w e e n t h e m u s i c s u n g i n
c h u r c h a n d t h e m a s t e r e x e m p l a r i n t h e s o n g - s c h o o l , at least i n s o l o i s t s ' m u s i c .
If o u r e a r l i e s t m a n u s c r i p t s are i n d e p e n d e n t of e a c h o t h e r — c o n t a i n i n g different
r e a d i n g s , as w e l l as u s i n g a d i f f e r e n t n o t a t i o n — t h e n t h e y d o n o t s u g g e s t a d a t e f o r t h e
b e g i n n i n g s of notation a n y e a r l i e r t h a n t h e i r a c t u a l date of c o p y i n g . F o r their
p a r t i c u l a r c h u r c h e s t h e y m i g h t w e l l b e the first s u c h b o o k s e v e r m a d e . W h a t e v e r t h e
p r e v i o u s uses of n o t a t i o n , it d o e s n o t s e e m to have b e e n u s e d f o r a w h o l e g r a d u a l
b e f o r e t h e late n i n t h c e n t u r y ( a n d n o t u n t i l a c e n t u r y l a t e r f o r o f f i c e c h a n t s ) . W e m i g h t
envisage a p e r i o d w h e n the various notation-types were b e c o m i n g established, i n the
n i n t h c e n t u r y , a n d w e r e t h e n finally e m p l o y e d f o r a m a j o r c o d i f y i n g p r o j e c t , t h e w h o l e
mass repertory.
If, as L e v y b e l i e v e s , a s t a n d a r d e x e m p l a r e x i s t e d e a r l i e r , p e r h a p s c o m p i l e d at
C h a r l e m a g n e ' s i n s t i g a t i o n , t h e n later c a n t o r s a n d s c r i b e s m u s t h a v e felt f r e e t o c o p y i t
(a) u s i n g their o w n locally developed notations a n d (b) incorporating their own
' i n t e r p r e t a t i o n ' of d e t a i l s s u c h as t h o s e m e n t i o n e d a b o v e . I n o t h e r w o r d s , t h e y w o u l d
b e w o r k i n g p a r t l y f r o m m e m o r y , p a r t l y f r o m a n e x e m p l a r . T h i s w a y of m a k i n g c h a n t -
b o o k s m i g h t w e l l h a v e b e e n o n e of the c o m m o n e s t t h r o u g h o u t t h e M i d d l e A g e s , f o r a n
e x a c t l y a n a l o g o u s s i t u a t i o n arose i n the e l e v e n t h a n d t w e l f t h c e n t u r i e s w h e n c h u r c h e s
a l l o v e r E u r o p e w a n t e d t o m a k e n e w r e c o r d s of t h e i r r e p e r t o r y i n s t a f f - n o t a t i o n .
T h e e s s e n c e o f e a r l y c h a n t n o t a t i o n m u s t l i e , as T r e i t l e r has i n d i c a t e d , i n i t s a b i l i t y
t o l i n k t h e a p p r o p r i a t e v o c a l g e s t u r e to the text b e i n g d e l i v e r e d . T h i s is easiest to
e n v i s a g e i n t h e case of h i g h l y s t a n d a r d i z e d m e l o d i c u n i t s . T r e i t l e r uses r e s p o n s o r y
v e r s e s t o i l l u s t r a t e the t e c h n i q u e ( T r e i t l e r 1984, 172, r e p r o d u c e d f r o m R a n k i n 1 9 8 4 ) .
T h e e x a m p l e s of p s a l m v e r s e s f r o m i n t r o i t s p r o v i d e d b y H u c k e ( 1 9 8 5 ) c a n b e r e a d as a
parallel demonstration. In Ex. IV.4.1 are the o p e n i n g s of s o m e mode 3 introits
a l r e a d y c i t e d above (11.11: c o m p a r e E x . I I . 11.1). I transcribe the v e r s i o n s i n the
Graduate triplex.
Be -ne - di - ci - te
— *
Re - pie - a - tur
I -r**
E -
#
go au- -tem
P —
Vo - cem
r - * — 0
io-cun-di -
-
ta-tis
—
W e c o u l d i m a g i n e a s c e n a r i o s o m e t h i n g l i k e the f o l l o w i n g . T h e c a n t o r k n o w s t h a t a
m o d e 3 m e l o d y is t r a d i t i o n a l l y s u n g f o r the f o l l o w i n g t e x t s : Repleatur os meum (GT
2 4 6 ) , Ego autem sicut oliva (GT 424), Vocem iocunditatis (GT 229), and Benedicite
dominum (GT 607). H e w i l l be a i m i n g f o r c as the r e c i t i n g n o t e i n the first phrase,
u s u a l l y a c h i e v e d d i r e c t l y f r o m G \ o r w i t h an o r n a m e n t a l g e s t u r e a r o u n d G a n d a, and,
if t h e t e x t w a r r a n t s i t , s o m e p r e l i m i n a r y m o v e m e n t a r o u n d D a n d E. T h a t i s , he w i l l
k n o w a n u m b e r of s t e r e o t y p e d o p e n i n g s a p p r o p r i a t e f o r i n t r o i t s i n t h i s m o d e . The
neumatic notation reminds h i m w h i c h o p e n i n g is best f o r e a c h particular text.
Benedicite dominum is the s i m p l e s t , f o r o n l y o n e u p w a r d m o v e m e n t is i n d i c a t e d .
Repleatur os meum has t h r e e a s c e n d i n g g e s t u r e s , w h i c h m u s t be f o r EFE, DG y a n d Gc
respectively. The ornamental flourish on l
au[tem]' i n Ego eutem is instantly
r e c o g n i z a b l e , a n d the m o r e l e i s u r e l y p r o g r e s s of Vocem iucunditatis is a l s o , i n its w a y ,
q u i t e c l e a r , f o r it is b o u n d to s t a r t w i t h Ef \ DC, the a r r i v a l at c is u n m i s t a k a b l e , a n d
i n b e t w e e n Zs, G a n d a are a l m o s t c e r t a i n l y the o n l y n o t e s a v a i l a b l e . T h e notation
t h e r e f o r e g u i d e s t h e c o n t r o l l e d d e l i v e r y of the text t o w a r d s t h e first s t r u c t u r a l c r u x .
(The l e n g t h of its stay t h e r e is also c l e a r i n t h i s n o t a t i o n f r o m t h e apostrophes,
associated i n t h i s m o d e p r i n c i p a l l y w i t h c.) It does n o t s p e c i f y p i t c h e s : t h e matrix
f r o m w h i c h t h e y w i l l be d r a w n is a l r e a d y k n o w n . It s p e c i f i e s w h a t w o r d s b e l o n g t o t h e
o p e n i n g g e s t u r e , a n d h o w t h e s y l l a b l e s are d i s p o s e d w i t h i n i t , i t s f u n c t i o n therefore
r e s e m b l i n g t h a t of p u n c t u a t i o n m o r e t h a n t h a t of m o d e r n p i t c h n o t a t i o n . B u t it is v e r y
h i g h l y d e v e l o p e d t y p e of p u n c t u a t i o n s y s t e m , o n e w h i c h i n d i c a t e s n o t s i m p l y t h e
m a i n syntactic d i v i s i o n s i n t h e t e x t b u t t h e s h a p i n g of m u c h d e t a i l w i t h i n those
d i v i s i o n s . A n d , if s o m e s i g n s h a v e b e e n s u g g e s t e d b y p u n c t u a t i o n s i g n s , o t h e r s may
w e l l h a v e c o m e f r o m o r a t o r i c a l a c c e n t s , o r s i m p l y f r o m a s e n s e o f t h e c o n t o u r of a
m e l o d y ( D u c h e z 1979, 'Representation').
Once the decision had been t a k e n to r e c o r d e a c h a n d e v e r y m o v e m e n t of the
m e l o d y , t h e l a t t e r a s p e c t of c h a n t n o t a t i o n b e c a m e p r e d o m i n a n t . T h e fact t h a t no
s i n g l e p o i n t of d e p a r t u r e l e a d s t o a c o m p l e t e r e p e r t o r y of s i g n s f o r c h a n t n o t a t i o n , a n d
that different centres e m p l o y e d different styles of w r i t i n g , suggests a p e r i o d of
v i g o r o u s b u t c o n t r o l l e d , n e w i n i t i a t i v e . I n t h i s c o n t e x t it s e e m s u n n e c e s s a r y t o l o o k
outside the C a r o l i n g i a n r e a l m for a pre-existing system.
W e m i g h t see t h e e a r l y h i s t o r y of n o t a t i o n i n t h r e e p r i n c i p a l s t a g e s . A d i a s t e m a t i c
n o t a t i o n is b e s t a d a p t e d to r e p r e s e n t t h e s t a n d a r d i d i o m s a n d f o r m u l a s of t h e e a r l i e s t
' G r e g o r i a n ' l a y e r of m u s i c . Its use b e c a m e m o s t u r g e n t p r e c i s e l y w h e n t h e o l d m u s i c a l
types were increasingly being challenged by newer, n o n - f o r m u l a i c , c o m p o s i t i o n s . F o r
these, p i t c h - n o t a t i o n was eventually indispensable. T h e t h i r d stage, the s p e c i f i c a t i o n
of r h y t h m , w a s n o t n e e d e d u n t i l t h e m u s i c f o r t w o o r m o r e v o i c e s b o t h m o v i n g i n
r e g u l a r r h y t h m h a d to be c o o r d i n a t e d ; t h i s stage c o n c e r n s not plainchant but the
P a r i s i a n p o l y p h o n y of the t w e l f t h to t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y .
IV.5. T H E N O T A T I O N OF R H Y T H M
The n o t a t i o n of s e v e r a l e a r l y c h a n t m a n u s c r i p t s i n c l u d e s i n d i c a t i o n s of r h y t h m i c
differentiation between individual notes or groups of notes. Richest in such
i n d i c a t i o n s are t h e e a r l y s o u r c e s from Switzerland and south Germany (such as
St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 359 a n d 3 3 9 , f r o m S t G a l l , E i n s i e d e l n , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 121,
from Einsiedeln, and Bamberg, Staatsbibliothek, lit. 6 f r o m Regensburg) and L a o n ,
B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 2 3 9 , b u t v e r y m a n y o t h e r m a n u s c r i p t s i n d i c a t e at least s o m e
d e g r e e o f r h y t h m i c d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n . T h e r e are s e v e r a l w a y s i n w h i c h t h i s w a s d o n e : (a)
the n o r m a l shape of a s i g n w a s a l t e r e d i n s u c h a w a y as t o s u g g e s t a r h y t h m i c
a l t e r a t i o n , (b) i n t h e E a s t e r n m a n u s c r i p t s , e x t r a e l e m e n t s w e r e a d d e d t o t h e n o r m a l
s i g n s , u s u a l l y t h e s h o r t b a r k n o w n as t h e e p i s e m a , (c) t h e w a y i n w h i c h s e v e r a l n o t e s
were c o m p r e h e n d e d i n one sign was altered, separating what m i g h t have been joined
a n d j o i n i n g w h a t m i g h t h a v e b e e n s e p a r a t e , (d) s o - c a l l e d ' s i g n i f i c a t i v e l e t t e r s ' were
placed adjacent to the s i g n .
T h e m e d i e v a l t a b l e s of m u s i c a l s i g n s are l a t e r t h a n t h e e a r l y s o u r c e s j u s t m e n t i o n e d ,
a n d it i s n o t s u r p r i s i n g t h a t t h e y p r o v i d e n o e x p l a n a t i o n of d u r a t i o n a l s i g n i f i c a n c e .
O n l y the Italian tables i n M o n t e c a s s i n o , A r c h i v i o d e l l a B a d i a 318 ( C o u s s e m a k e r 1852,
p i . X X X V I I ; F e r r e t t i 1 9 2 9 , 193, p i . I I ) a n d F l o r e n c e , B i b l i o t e c a M a g l i a b e c c h i a n a F .
3. 565 ( F e r r e t t i , 195) i n d i c a t e a d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n : t h u s i n M o n t e c a s s i n o 3 1 8 w e find
percussionalis brevis (a d o t o r p u n c t u m ) a n d percussionalis longa (a d a s h or
tractulus).
T h e m e a n i n g o f t h e s i g n i f i c a t i v e l e t t e r s , at least as t h e y w e r e u n d e r s t o o d at S t G a l l , is
g i v e n i n a l e t t e r a t t r i b u t e d t o N o t k e r (see P a l M u s 4 , 10 a n d P I . 5 . B - D ; a l s o S u n o l
1935, 1 3 4 ; NG 13, 1 3 2 ; c r i t i c a l e d i t i o n b y F r o g e r 1962). St G a l l t r a d i t i o n a s c r i b e d
their i n v e n t i o n to the R o m a n cantor ' R o m a n u s ' , w h o was s u p p o s e d to have b r o u g h t
c h a n t - b o o k s f r o m R o m e to S t G a l l i n the e i g h t h c e n t u r y . H e n c e the n a m e ' R o m a n i a n
l e t t e r s ' , c o i n e d b y S c h u b i g e r ( 1 8 5 8 ) . B u t w e h a v e n o c o n t e m p o r a r y e x p l a n a t i o n of
the other features m e n t i o n e d above. T h e o n l y w a y i n w h i c h w e c a n a p p r o x i m a t e l y
u n d e r s t a n d t h e n o t a t i o n is b y c a r e f u l c o m p a r i s o n of t h e s o u r c e s a m o n g themselves.
S i g n i f i c a t i v e l e t t e r s c a n b e f o u n d i n m a n y m a n u s c r i p t s u p to t h e e a r l y eleventh
c e n t u r y f r o m d i f f e r e n t areas o f E u r o p e , i n B r e t o n a n d A q u i t a n i a n s o u r c e s a n d t h e
early Winchester manuscripts, for example. But they are commonest i n the
abovementioned Eastern and L a o n manuscripts. Smits van Waesberghe's special
s t u d y o f t h e m ( 1 9 3 8 - 4 2 ) r e p o r t e d t h a t E i n s i e d e l n 121 c o n t a i n e d t h e s t a g g e r i n g t o t a l
of 3 2 , 3 7 8 s i g n i f i c a t i v e l e t t e r s . N o t k e r ' s letter a s c r i b e d a m e a n i n g to a l m o s t e v e r y l e t t e r
of t h e a l p h a b e t , b u t s e v e r a l c a n n o t b e t r a c e d i n e x t a n t m a n u s c r i p t s , o r are v e r y r a r e .
P r e f e r e n c e s n a t u r a l l y d i f f e r f r o m o n e area to a n o t h e r , a n d w e h a v e n o N o t k e r to
e x p l a i n t h e s y s t e m i n , s a y , L a o n 2 3 9 . N o t a l l t h e l e t t e r s r e f e r t o r h y t h m i c p r o p e r t i e s of
p e r f o r m a n c e , s o m e c o n c e r n i n g d y n a m i c o r m e l o d i c features. T h e c o m m o n e s t i n the
E a s t e r n s o u r c e s are t h e f o l l o w i n g :
/ = levate: rise to a h i g h e r p i t c h
.9 = sursum: a s c e n d to a h i g h e r p i t c h
rhythmic: c = cito o r celeriter: quickly
/ = trahete o r tenete: drag, hold
x = expectate: wait
T h e p r e f e r e n c e s o f L a o n 2 3 9 are f o r t h e f o l l o w i n g :
melodic: eg = egualiter: at t h e s a m e p i t c h
h = humi liter: at a l o w p i t c h
s = sursum = a s c e n d to a h i g h e r p i t c h
rhythmic: a = augete: lengthen
c = cito o r celeriter: quickly
n or o r nt = naturaliter: normal
t = trahete o r tenete: drag, hold
m f / *e f t
f
* r
in la - bi - is me - is pronun-ti - a- -ui
R h y t h m i c d i f f e r e n t i a t i o n d e p e n d s a l m o s t e n t i r e l y o n c a n d t. T h e y are t h e k e y to
u n d e r s t a n d i n g the n o t a t i o n a l signs that have b e e n altered f r o m t h e i r u s u a l f o r m or
given an e p i s e m a , for a fairly consistent correspondence ( t h o u g h it is b y n o means
c o m p l e t e ) c a n b e s e e n b e t w e e n t h e use of, o n the o n e h a n d , t h e l e t t e r c a n d t h e n o r m a l
shapes f o r signs, a n d , o n the other h a n d , the letter / a n d the altered o r s u p p l e m e n t e d
s h a p e s . T y p i c a l n o r m a l a n d a l t e r e d s h a p e s i n S t G a l l n o t a t i o n are g i v e n i n E x . I V . 5 . 2 ,
t o g e t h e r w i t h t w o p a s s a g e s horn Alleluia Pascha nostrum, w i t h the signs i n St Gall
359 a n d 3 3 9 a n d i n E i n s i e d e l n 1 2 1 .
T h e l e t t e r c is a l w a y s u s e d i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t h e n o r m a l s i g n s , w h e r e a s t h e l e t t e r t
is u s u a l l y a l l i e d to a n e p i s e m a ( i n t h e s a m e o r o n e of t h e o t h e r s o u r c e s ) . Striking
c o n f i r m a t i o n of t h e sense of the e p i s e m a s c o m e s f r o m t h e n o t a t i o n o f L a o n 2 3 9 . This
376 IV. Notation
normal modified
clivis /) 4 /f /r
pes J
porrectus rv
torculus J\ jl J) j] JU y
climacus /: >: X A A A
/
scandicus
f *
359 / / JK »A / AA „n /._ / J[ /_ _ j y
JL
^
» #
* • ^ #
s o u r c e d o e s n o t h a v e e p i s e m a s , b u t m a k e s m u c h m o r e f r e q u e n t use of t h e l e t t e r s a a n d
/, b o t h m e a n i n g a l e n g t h e n i n g of s o m e s o r t . E x . I V . 5 . 3 g i v e s first the ' n o r m a l ' a n d
t h e ' l o n g e r ' s i g n s i n L a o n 2 3 9 , t h e n the s a m e e x t r a c t s horn Alleluia Pascha nostrum.
O n e i m p o r t a n t f e a t u r e of the s e c o n d p a r t of E x . I V . 5 . 2 i n p a r t i c u l a r is t h a t the
n o t e s are g r o u p e d i n e x a c t l y t h e s a m e w a y — s i n g l e n o t e s , t w o s , t h r e e s , a n d so o n — i n
a l l t h e s o u r c e s . T h e p h r a s i n g of the m e l o d y w a s o b v i o u s l y i m p o r t a n t e n o u g h t o h a v e
b e e n t r a n s m i t t e d w i t h a f a i r degree of u n i f o r m i t y . I n a s t r i k i n g l y l a r g e n u m b e r o f
5. The Notation of Rhythm
normal 1
longer
r r
clivis r X. 1x
• r
/
pes J j-
porrectus y
r J
r
r
V
r
r
torculus .A
. r
• r
climacus * r r r
/
r
/
r
/
scandicus
re*r *f Jh) ^ A J» ^
M
.* As-
P Al-le - lu- -ia.
immo-la-
est
i n s t a n c e s , t h e g r o u p e n d s w i t h a l o n g e r n o t e . T h e r h y t h m i c s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e p o i n t of
s e p a r a t i o n b e t w e e n t h e g r o u p s h a s b e e n s t u d i e d i n d e p t h b y C a r d i n e ( h i s t e r m f o r it
was ' c o u p u r e n e u m a t i q u e ' ) .
It i s e n l i g h t e n i n g to o b s e r v e t h e c o n s i s t e n c y w i t h w h i c h o n e of t h e s t a n d a r d p h r a s e s
of t h e r e p e r t o r y is r e p r o d u c e d i n these e a r l y s o u r c e s . E x . I V . 5 . 4 g i v e s a s t a n d a r d
p h r a s e f r o m t h e g r a d u a l s of m o d e 5 ( p h r a s e F I i n A p e l ' s a n a l y s i s ) w i t h t h e n e u m e s o f
L a o n 2 3 9 a n d S t G a l l 3 5 9 . T h e n o t a t i o n is g i v e n c o m p l e t e f o r t h e p h r a s e i n Iustus
non conturbabitufy whereas for five o t h e r g r a d u a l s o n l y d e v i a t i o n s are recorded.
( T h r e e o f t h e m are n o t p r e s e n t i n L a o n 2 3 9 . ) T h e l a c k of d i s a g r e e m e n t is o b v i o u s .
T h e q u e s t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y a r i s e s , h o w s l o w is s l o w (tenete o r augete) a n d h o w fast
is fast (cito o r celeriter)} T h e r e is u n f o r t u n a t e l y n o c l e a r a n s w e r . A n d w i t h h o w m a n y
g r a d a t i o n s of d u r a t i o n d o w e h a v e t o r e c k o n ( h o w e v e r a p p r o x i m a t e l y ) ? — t w o (since
t h e s i g n s o n t h e i r o w n , w i t h o u t l e t t e r s , c a n be r o u g h l y d i v i d e d o n l y i n t o ' n o r m a l ' a n d
' l o n g e r ' ) , o r p e r h a p s m o r e ? D o t h e s i g n i f i c a t i v e letters s i m p l y w a r n a b o u t s o m e t h i n g
E x . I V . 5 . 4 . A standard phrase f r o m mode 5 graduals ( A p e l E l ) w i t h L a o n and St G a l
notation
Iustus conturbabitur
G T 476 P frk
qui-a
^
do-
^
- m i - nus
*^
fir-
J
i n t h e n o t a t i o n a n y w a y , o r d o t h e y m a r k a n e x t r a d e g r e e of s l o w n e s s o r fastness? W h a t
s h a d e s of d i f f e r e n c e d i v i d e t h e s i g n s g i v e n i n E x . I V . 5 . 5 ?
It is n o t i c e a b l e t h a t i n t h e E a s t e r n s o u r c e s c is u s e d f a r m o r e w i t h t h e c l i v i s t h a n
w i t h the pes, whereas i n L a o n c appears only w i t h the pes.
Ex. IV.5.5. Possible gradations of duration in pes and clivis ( L a o n and St G a l l notations)
Laon r F
St. Gal
«/
/
/
* J- A
Laon ' 1
X. x c
St.Gall n n /) n
5. The Notation of Rhythm 379
Some writers have argued that the shorter and longer notes stand i n a strict
m e n s u r a l r e l a t i o n s h i p to o n e a n o t h e r , so t h a t M u r r a y ( 1 9 6 3 ) t r a n s c r i b e d t h e above
p a s s a g e f r o m All. Pascha nostrum as s h o w n i n E x . IV.5.6.
p i ilf J
77f ff i Tr fJr tUjO f H
tT tE
Tf f
fUj
j
J
Al-le-lu- -ia.
-tus est
- !>• »1 a—
7
i J J u. 1
\, 7
-y 7
Al-lelu - ia.
-J? V f — L
f - r - >
P f 9—- m PM 1 m * —fl— F"
IN «r
9
^ — * , , ^ , T . «7> i
f t l »"*• r» ***** 'f' tz
immo-la-if^Tff
f P ifrf g ffffif
JL f ff -T^~g—>f f m f > ~f # f ^
—* V
* J *• J -J—^—
-tus est
Interesting approaches to t h e r h y t h m of o f f i c e a n t i p h o n s h a v e b e e n d e v e l o p e d by
J a m m e r s ( 1 9 3 7 ) a n d L i p p h a r d t ( 1 9 5 0 ) . T h e m o s t v a l u a b l e p a r t o f t h e i r w o r k has
c o n s i s t e d i n c o m p a r i n g a n t i p h o n s of the s a m e m e l o d i c f a m i l y i n o r d e r to see if t h e y
had a c o m m o n r h y t h m i c t r a d i t i o n , u s i n g the e v i d e n c e of t h e n o t a t i o n i n H a r t k e r ' s
a r . t i p h o n e r , S t G a l l 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 ( P a l M u s I I / l ) . T h i s has h e l p e d e s t a b l i s h c o n v e n t i o n s f o r
the r e l a t i o n s h i p s b e t w e e n t h e s i g n s f o r s i n g l e n o t e s a n d t h o s e f o r m o r e t h a n o n e n o t e ,
at least i n p r e d o m i n a n t l y s y l l a b i c passages. J a m m e r s provided transcriptions of
(among other chants) antiphons from Gevaert's Themes 1-11, Lipphardt from
T h e m e 2 9 . B r i e f e r d e m o n s t r a t i o n s of the s a m e p r i n c i p l e c a n be f o u n d i n C a r d i n e ' s
w ) r k ( f o r e x a m p l e i n Semiologie gregorienne, c h . 3). Consider Ex. IV.5.8, which
develops one of L i p p h a r d t ' s e x a m p l e s .
If w e a s s u m e t h a t t h e m e l o d y p r o c e e d s i n b a s i c a l l y e q u a l n o t e s , w e c a n see t h a t t h e
a r g u l a r p e s at t h e b e g i n n i n g of p h r a s e t w o e q u a l s t w o s y l l a b l e s w i t h s i n g l e n o t e s . The
v i r g a w i t h e p i s e m a f o r ' [ s a ] c r a [ t a ] ' l i k e w i s e s e e m s e q u i v a l e n t to t w o s i m p l e v i r g a e . S o
a h o t h e c l i v i s w i t h e p i s e m a at t h e e n d of the t h i r d p h r a s e , w h i c h i n t u r n s u g g e s t s t h a t
the c l i v i s w i t h c i n p h r a s e t w o s h o u l d be t w i c e as f a s t . A t t h e b e g i n n i n g of phrase
three, it is p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e r e s t i n g to see h o w the s a m e n o t e s a r e a d a p t e d to t w o
s y l l a b l e s (a ' s l o w ' pes a n d ' s l o w ' c l i v i s ) , t h r e e s y l l a b l e s ( ' s l o w ' pes a n d t w o v i r g a e ) , f o u r
s y l l a b l e s ( f o u r s i m p l e n o t e s ) o r e v e n five s y l l a b l e s ( ' g l o r i - ' w i t h a r , t h a t is q u i c k l y ) . It
is n o t d i f f i c u l t t o m a k e a t r a n s c r i p t i o n i n 2/4 o r 4/4 t i m e of t h e s e a n t i p h o n s ( L i p p h a r d t
opts q u i x o t i c a l l y f o r 6/4), a r r a n g i n g stressed s y l l a b l e s to c o i n c i d e w i t h t h e b e g i n n i n g s
of b a r s . O n e w o n d e r s if t h e m e l o d y h a d a n i n h e r e n t r h y t h m , so t o s p e a k , f o r w h i c h
Ex. IV.5.8. A n t i p h o n s w i t h the same m e l o d y (notation of St G a l l 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 , P a l M u s 11/1;
p i t c h e s d e r i v e d f r o m B a m b e r g , S t a a t s b i b l . l i t . 25)
r
P
/ J
P
/ J r / /
- » — * —
Pa - ra- -dy - si por- -te per te nobis a - -per-tae jsunt
- / V / _
-9 *—
Post partum -go in- -ui-o- - l a - ta per-man - s i s - t i
/ / /
-e
% - * i
/r
r
et bene- -dic- -tus fructus uentris tu- -i.
n / y / / _ / / /
$— — :
fo * —
v—-—1 —# —
da -hi uir- -tu- -tern contra hostes tu- -OS.
mi -
n
/ / /r - / ( / /
0 - /•
/
fo *-0 -#—# — —
• » — • *
v 1 —# - — -*^9
^* -#
su - per choros an-ge- -lo- -rum ad cae - les- -ti-a reg- -na.
n / / / / / - /
Q
I t o — » — —•
9
* 0 « 4 —#—
-la in- -tere- -mis- -ti in u - n i - -uerso mun- -do.
- / / /». / */ - / / / —4
so-
o
W
—• —•— -#
/
9
* # ^3 I — —•
ho - d i - -e glori- -o- -sa cum a n - g e - -lis tri — -um- -phas.
/ - /T / / - /
0 quae
(fa
W 1
i— 0 1 • m -•j [ \ - 0 — _ — i L—0 1
De- geni- -trix in-ter - c e - d e pro no - bis.
t h e s e t e x t s w e r e d e l i b e r a t e l y c o m p o s e d . O r w e r e t h e r e t r a d i t i o n a l w a y s of ' r h y t h m i c i z -
i n g ' t e x t s to b r i n g t h e m i n t o l i n e w i t h t h i s a n d o t h e r m e l o d i c s c h e m e s ? It has to b e s a i d
t h a t t h i s g r o u p of a n t i p h o n s d i s p l a y s a m o r e r e g u l a r s t r u c t u r e t h a n m a n y o t h e r s , a n d
attempts to find similar rhythmic schemes elsewhere often appear improbable.
F u r t h e r m o r e , different performance conventions m a y have existed for m o r e ornate
chants.
B e t h a t as it m a y , C a r d i n e d e v e l o p e d a t h e o r y of s y l l a b i c e q u i v a l e n c e , r e l a t i n g t h e
l e n g t h of n o t e s t o t h e n o r m a l d e l i v e r y of a s y l l a b l e w i t h a s i n g l e n o t e . T h i s t i m e - u n i t is
t h e ' s y l l a b i c b e a t ' ( ' t e m p s s y l l a b i q u e ' ) . S u c h a n o t e is n o r m a l l y n o t a t e d i n S t Gall
s o u r c e s as a n o r d i n a r y v i r g a o r t r a c t u l u s . It c a n be l e n g t h e n e d w i t h a n e p i s e m a or
shortened b y the letter 'c'. T h e a n g u l a r pes a n d t h e c l i v i s w i t h e p i s e m a are then
e q u i v a l e n t to t w o s y l l a b i c beats, whereas the n o r m a l pes a n d c l i v i s w i l l represent
shorter durations.
( i i i ) Cardine s y
'Gregorian Semiology'
Breves must not be slower than is fitting for breves; nor may longs be distorted i n erratic
haste and made faster than is appropriate for longs. But just as all breves are short so
must all longs be u n i f o r m l y l o n g , except at the divisions, w h i c h must be s u n g w i t h
similar care. A l l notes w h i c h are long must correspond r h y t h m i c a l l y w i t h those w h i c h are
not l o n g t h r o u g h their proper inherent durations, and any chant must be p e r f o r m e d
entirely, f r o m one end to the other, according to this same r h y t h m i c scheme. In chant
w h i c h is s u n g q u i c k l y this p r o p o r t i o n is maintained even though the melody is slowed
towards the e n d , or occasionally near the beginning (as i n chant w h i c h is sung slowly a n d
c o n c l u d e d in a q u i c k e r m a n n e r ) . F o r the longer values consist of the shorter, and the
shorter subsist i n the longer, and i n such a fashion that one has always twice the d u r a t i o n
of the other, neither more or less. W h i l e singing, one choir is always answered by the
other i n the same t e m p o , and neither may sing faster or slower. ( E d . Bailey 1979, 103.)
(v) Conclusions
W h a t e v e r t h e t r u t h b e h i n d t h e m a t t e r , s o m e r e s e r v a t i o n s are i n o r d e r . It s e e m s m o s t
u n l i k e l y t h a t p r a c t i c e w a s u n i f o r m e v e r y w h e r e . It is t r u e t h a t s o u r c e s are i n g e n e r a l
s u r p r i s i n g l y u n i f o r m i n t h e i r g r o u p i n g of n o t e s a n d e v e n i n t h e p l a c i n g of s u c h s p e c i a l
features as q u i l i s m a s . A n d t h e correspondences between L a o n 239 and Eastern
sources ( a n d o t h e r e a r l y s o u r c e s to v a r y i n g d e g r e s s ) i n m a t t e r s of r h y t h m i c d e t a i l
c a n n o t be o v e r l o o k e d . B u t the agreement is g e n e r a l , n o t e x a c t . A n y c l a i m t o have
i d e n t i f i e d an ' a u t h e n t i c ' p e r f o r m a n c e t r a d i t i o n s h o u l d be treated w i t h c a u t i o n .
A n o t h e r p o i n t has b e e n r a i s e d b y H u c k e ( 1 9 5 8 , ' R h y t h m u s ' ) : c a n w e n e c e s s a r i l y
a s s u m e t h a t a l l t y p e s of c h a n t w e r e s u n g i n the s a m e w a y ? W e c o u l d at least i m a g i n e a
d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n , say, h y m n s , a n t i p h o n s , a n d r e s p o n s o r i e s , to m e n t i o n o n l y t h e
o f f i c e c h a n t s . A n d t h e a u t h o r of t h e Commemoratio brevis repeatedly mentions variety
even w i t h i n the antiphons, for e x a m p l e :
(i) F r o m the N i n t h C e n t u r y to W i l l i a m of D i j o n
(ii) G u i d o of A r e z z o
(iii) S t a f f - N o t a t i o n i n D i f f e r e n t L a n d s
I n C h . V , w h e r e w r i t i n g s o n m u s i c t h e o r y w h i c h c o n c e r n p l a i n c h a n t are d i s c u s s e d ,
t h e c r u c i a l i m p o r t a n c e is e m p h a s i z e d of t h e w a y i n w h i c h t h e p l a i n c h a n t r e p e r t o r y w a s
m a t c h e d w i t h the p i t c h - s y s t e m b o r r o w e d t h r o u g h B o e t h i u s f r o m classical teaching,
t h e G r e e k G r e a t e r P e r f e c t S y s t e m . T h e l i n k s e e m s to h a v e b e e n m a d e i n t h e n i n t h
c e n t u r y : at least, its c l e a r e s t e a r l y f o r m u l a t i o n is f o u n d i n t h e w r i t i n g s o f H u c b a l d of
S a i n t - A m a n d (d. 930); a n d t h e g r o u p of t r e a t i s e s u s i n g d a s i a n notation—Musica
enchiriadis, Scolica enchiriadis, a n d Commemoratio brevis—possibly earlier than
H u c b a l d , also use a p i t c h - s y s t e m . D a s i a n n o t a t i o n is a p i t c h - n o t a t i o n , a n d H u c b a l d
t o o p r o p o s e d t h e use of a p i t c h - s p e c i f i c n o t a t i o n . H i s i d e a w a s to use a s e r i e s of l e t t e r s
(borrowed from the Alypian 'vocal' and 'instrumental' letters, again through
B o e t h i u s ) , w h i c h w o u l d b e p l a c e d b y t h e s i d e of t h e t r a d i t i o n a l n o t a t i o n . H u c b a l d w a s
quite explicit about the reason for wanting both notations: the t r a d i t i o n a l signs
i n d i c a t e d p h r a s i n g , l o n g e r o r s h o r t e r n o t e s , t r e m b l i n g n o t e s , a n d so o n , w h i l e t h e
l e t t e r s w o u l d m a k e c l e a r t h e p i t c h of t h e n o t e s .
A l t h o u g h the dasian p i t c h - s y m b o l s enjoyed a certain restricted c u r r e n c y i n some
b r a n c h e s of t h e t h e o r e t i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , t h e y w e r e n e v e r u s e d i n r e g u l a r chant-books.
(They are discussed i n the next section with other notations used only in the
t h e o r e t i c a l l i t e r a t u r e . ) H u c b a l d ' s set of s y m b o l s d o e s n o t s e e m to h a v e b e e n t a k e n u p
at a l l . B u t f r o m t h e l a t t e r y e a r s of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y t h e r e s u r v i v e a n u m b e r of s o u r c e s
s u p p l i e d w i t h p i t c h - s y m b o l s . I n s t e a d of the d a s i a n s y m b o l s , o r H u c b a l d ' s e v e n m o r e
a r c a n e o n e s , s i m p l e l e t t e r s of t h e a l p h a b e t w e r e u s e d .
O n e of t h e e a r l i e s t d o c u m e n t s of t h i s n a t u r e is t h e f a m o u s W i n c h e s t e r m a n u s c r i p t
containing organal voices, C a m b r i d g e , C o r p u s C h r i s t i College 473. I n the fascicle
w h e r e s e q u e n c e t e x t s w i t h t h e i r m u s i c are c o p i e d , s e v e r a l c o m p o s i t i o n s are p r o v i d e d
w i t h a l p h a b e t i c l e t t e r s s i d e b y s i d e w i t h the u s u a l s i g n s . L e t t e r s are p r o v i d e d o n l y f o r
t h e first of t h e d o u b l e v e r s i c l e s , f o r the m u s i c r e p e a t s i t s e l f i n t h e s e c o n d v e r s i c l e .
C o n v e n t i o n a l c a d e n c e s are o f t e n left w i t h o u t l e t t e r s . (See H o l s c h n e i d e r 1968 and
1 9 7 8 . ) T h e s e r i e s of l e t t e r s c o i n c i d e s n o t w i t h o u r m o d e r n A-G b u t w i t h a scale
s t a r t i n g o n C . T h u s t h e W i n c h e s t e r A-B-C is m o d e r n C-D-F, a n d so o n . This
a r r a n g e m e n t of letters was already d e s c r i b e d by B o e t h i u s , a n d H u c b a l d too m e n t i o n s
h y d r a u l i c o r g a n s w h o s e l o w e s t n o t e w o u l d be o u r C , a n d w h o s e scale c o r r e s p o n d s t o
o u r m o d e r n m a j o r s c a l e . H u c b a l d does not a c t u a l l y a s s i g n l e t t e r s to t h i s s c a l e , but
Holschneider and others have connected the W i n c h e s t e r letter-notation with the
f a m o u s W i n c h e s t e r o r g a n d e s c r i b e d b y W u l f s t a n , w h o w a s also p r o b a b l y t h e c o p y i s t
of t h e r e l e v a n t p o r t i o n of C a m b r i d g e 4 7 3 . C o i n c i d e n t a l l y , t h i s t y p e of l e t t e r - n o t a t i o n
is a g a i n u s e d f o r a s e q u e n c e i n S t G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 3 8 0 (p. 176, Cannen suo
dilecto). W h e t h e r t h e n o t a t i o n w a s p r i m a r i l y to a i d v o c a l p o l y p h o n y , o r i n s t r u m e n t a l
performance, remains unclear.
The earliest evidence that some chant-books may have been provided with
a l p h a b e t i c n o t a t i o n c o r r e s p o n d i n g to m o d e r n n o m e n c l a t u r e c o m e s f r o m I t a l y . I n t h e
first c h a p t e r of t h e a n o n y m o u s Dialogus de musica ( o n c e a t t r i b u t e d t o O d o of C l u n y ) ,
w r i t t e n i n I t a l y at t h e e n d of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y , t h e a u t h o r r e c o m m e n d s that the
a p p r o p r i a t e p i t c h - l e t t e r s d e d u c e d f r o m the m o n o c h o r d be c o p i e d against any a n t i p h o n
t h a t h a s to b e l e a r n e d . T h e t e a c h e r w i l l p i c k o u t t h e m e l o d y o n t h e m o n o c h o r d , w r i t e
the pitch-letters into the b o o k , the p u p i l w i l l then learn b y p l a y i n g the m e l o d y o n the
m o n o c h o r d , r e a d i n g f r o m t h e p i t c h - l e t t e r s . T h i s r e p l a c e s t h e o l d m e t h o d of l e a r n i n g
b y l i s t e n i n g to t h e t e a c h e r s i n g i n g , ' a n d a f t e r a f e w m o n t h s ' t r a i n i n g , t h e y are a b l e t o
d i s c a r d the s t r i n g a n d s i n g b y sight alone, w i t h o u t h e s i t a t i o n , m u s i c they have never
h e a r d ' ( t r a n s . S t r u n k 1950, 105).
M o s t s u r v i v i n g b o o k s w i t h l e t t e r n o t a t i o n are n o t I t a l i a n , h o w e v e r , b u t French.
The m o s t f a m o u s is t h e D i j o n t o n a r y , M o n t p e l l i e r , F a c u l t e d e M e d e c i n e H . 159,
w r i t t e n i n the first h a l f of t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , p r o b a b l y at t h e m o n a s t e r y of S a i n t -
B e n i g n e at D i j o n . I t s n o t a t i o n has a l r e a d y b e e n u s e d t o e x e m p l i f y F r e n c h n o t a t i o n at
t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h i s c h a p t e r . Its g e n e s i s is b o u n d u p w i t h t h e a c t i v i t i e s of t h e g r e a t
abbot William of Saint-Benigne, an Italian from Volpiano in Lombardy. After
s t u d y i n g a n d t a k i n g t h e m o n k ' s h a b i t i n n o r t h I t a l y he e n t e r e d the monastery of
Cluny, a n d i n 990 was made abbot of Saint-Benigne, with the commission of
r e f o r m i n g its o b s e r v a n c e s . I n 1001 he w a s i n v i t e d b y D u k e R i c h a r d I I of N o r m a n d y
to r e v i v e m o n a s t i c l i f e i n t h e d u c h y . T h e r e s u l t s of t h i s r e f o r m c a n b e t r a c e d c l e a r l y i n
the chant-books of D i j o n a n d N o r m a n d y (see below, IX.5), a n d the alphabetic
n o t a t i o n that is f o u n d i n t h e M o n t p e l l i e r m a n u s c r i p t c a n be s e e n i n a n u m b e r of
N o r m a n m a n u s c r i p t s (see Corbin 1955, a n d , f o r t h e f u l l e s t l i s t of s o u r c e s so f a r ,
B r o w n e 1981). T h e alphabet r u n s f r o m a t o p , c o r r e s p o n d i n g to m o d e r n c o n v e n t i o n
as f o l l o w s :
E x . I V . 6 . 1 . A l p h a b e t i c notation a-p
a b c d e f g h i i k l m n o p
It is p o s s i b l e t h a t W i l l i a m l e a r n t t h e i d e a of u s i n g a l p h a b e t i c n o t a t i o n i n I t a l y . T h e
a-p s y s t e m is a l s o m e n t i o n e d b y t h e t h e o r i s t O d o r a n n u s of S e n s ( 9 8 5 - 1 0 4 6 ) i n a l e t t e r
of 1032 o r 1033 ( e d . B a u t i e r et al. 2 1 3 - 1 4 and cited b y B r o w n e 1981, 12).
P r a c t i c a l l y all the sources u s i n g this notation c o n t a i n relatively little m u s i c , a saint's
office, a few antiphons or h y m n s , a n d so o n , m a n y a d d e d i n b l a n k s p a c e i n a
m a n u s c r i p t p r e p a r e d f o r o t h e r p u r p o s e s . T h e flyleaves of t h e H e r e f o r d n o t e d b r e v i a r y
H e r e f o r d , C a t h e d r a l C h a p t e r L i b r a r y P . 9. v i i , h o w e v e r , appear to be the r e m a i n s of a
c o m p l e t e a n t i p h o n e r n o t a t e d i n t h i s w a y (see F r e r e 1 8 9 4 - 1 9 3 2 , Bibliotheca i , p i . 2).
T h e f a m o u s M o n t p e l l i e r m a n u s c r i p t is b y f a r t h e m o s t c o m p r e h e n s i v e s o u r c e i n t h e
g r o u p , c o n t a i n i n g t h e c o m p l e t e p r o p e r c h a n t s of m a s s , a r r a n g e d i n t o n a l o r d e r . I t a l s o
s u r p a s s e s t h e o t h e r s o u r c e s i n t h e s o p h i s t i c a t i o n of i t s a l p h a b e t i c n o t a t i o n , c o n t a i n i n g
special signs for liquescence, the oriscus, a n d the q u i l i s m a , a n d five other signs, w h i c h
h a v e g a i n e d s o m e n o t o r i e t y . T h e y o c c u r w h e r e o n e w o u l d e x p e c t t o f i n d t h e l e t t e r s at
semitone steps i n the scale (see T a b l e IV.6.1). S o o n after the d i s c o v e r y of t h e
m a n u s c r i p t V i n c e n t (1854) c l a i m e d that they represented quarter-tones, a claim
w h i c h received c o m p r e h e n s i v e support f r o m G m e l c h (1911). F r o g e r , h o w e v e r , has
s h o w e d t h e e v i d e n c e to b e i n s u b s t a n t i a b l e (1978, ' Q u a r t s ' ) . A n a l t e r n a t i v e e x p l a n a t i o n ,
t h a t t h e y are r e p r e s e n t l o n g e r n o t e s , c a r r i e s r a t h e r l i t t l e c o n v i c t i o n . T h e s i g n s r e m a i n
mysterious.
at£ V
at£ ^
at a (below bb) P
at b 1
ate _J
A l t h o u g h it d o e s n o t s e e m to b e r e l a t e d to t h e l a t t e r s i g n s , a n o t h e r notational
feature d r a w s a t t e n t i o n to the semitone steps i n c h a n t . I n a n u m b e r of e l e v e n t h - a n d
t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y F r e n c h a n d E n g l i s h sources the p u n c t u m o c c u r r i n g o n the l o w e r note
of t h e s e m i t o n e s t e p w a s g i v e n a s p e c i a l s h a p e , u s u a l l y r a t h e r l i k e t h e u n c i n u s o f L a o n
n o t a t i o n . It is f o u n d i n t h e staffless n o t a t i o n of s o m e n o r t h F r e n c h ( m o s t l y N o r m a n )
s o u r c e s of t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , a n d i n b o o k s w i t h s t a f f - n o t a t i o n ( w h e r e it w a s ,
s t r i c t l y s p e a k i n g , r e d u n d a n t ) i n N o r m a n a n d E n g l i s h b o o k s of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y
(see P l a t e 1 0 ) . I t is also t o b e f o u n d i n e l e v e n t h - to t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y A q u i t a n i a n
m a n u s c r i p t s (see C o l e t t e 1 9 9 0 ) , a n d p a s s e d t h e n c e i n t o S p a i n a n d P o r t u g a l , w h e r e it
s u r v i v e d u n t i l t h e e n d of t h e M i d d l e A g e s ( C o r b i n 1 9 5 2 , Musique).
(i i) Gu ido of Arezzo
T h e p r e s s u r e t o a d o p t a p i t c h - s p e c i f i c n o t a t i o n f o r c h a n t - b o o k s w a s so g r e a t , i t s e e m s ,
t h a t n o s o o n e r w a s t h e i n k d r y o n t h e f i r s t a l p h a b e t i c a l l y n o t a t e d b o o k s , so t o s p e a k ,
t h a n a n o t h e r t y p e of n o t a t i o n w a s i n v e n t e d , G u i d o of A r e z z o ' s s t a f f - n o t a t i o n . A s is
w e l l k n o w n , t h i s b e c a m e t h e b a s i s of t h e m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n u s e d i n W e s t e r n E u r o p e f o r
c e n t u r i e s t o c o m e . G u i d o t e l l s h o w h e c a m e to i n v e n t t h e n o t a t i o n , a n d h o w h e w a s
s u b s e q u e n t l y c a l l e d t o R o m e b y J o h n X I X ( 1 0 2 4 - 3 3 ) to d e m o n s t r a t e i t , i n a l e t t e r t o a
f o r m e r f e l l o w m o n k , M i c h a e l , i n t h e a b b e y of P o m p o s a ( n o r t h of R a v e n n a ) (GS i i . 43,
t r a n s . S t r u n k 1950, 121 f f . ) . T h e n o t a t i o n i t s e l f is d e s c r i b e d i n w h a t a p p e a r s to h a v e
b e e n c o n c e i v e d as t h e f o r e w o r d to t h e a n t i p h o n e r (GS i i . 34; D M A A.Ill; trans.
S t r u n k 1950, 117 f f . ) . A l t h o u g h n o m a n u s c r i p t s s u r v i v e w h i c h c a n b e l i n k e d d i r e c t l y
with Guido, h i s i n t e n t i o n s are fairly clear. Stave-lines were scratched onto the
p a r c h m e n t w i t h a d r y s t y l u s , the F - l i n e was c o l o u r e d r e d a n d the r - l i n e y e l l o w .
G u i d o ' s c h o i c e of F a n d c as t h e p r i n c i p l e p i t c h e s to b e i d e n t i f i e d is u n d e r s t a n d a b l e ,
for t h e s e m a r k t h e u p p e r n o t e of a s e m i t o n e s t e p . A s a n a l t e r n a t i v e w a y of d e s i g n a t i n g
t h e p i t c h o f t h e l i n e s , o r i n a d d i t i o n to c o l o u r i n g t h e l i n e s , t h e l e t t e r s F a n d c c o u l d be
set at t h e s t a r t of t h e s t a v e as c l e f s . G u i d o d o e s n o t s p e c i f y t h e n u m b e r of s t a v e - l i n e s :
most o f t e n f o u r were e m p l o y e d , for this n u m b e r a c c o m m o d a t e s m e l o d i e s w i t h the
r a n g e o f u p t o a n i n t h , s u f f i c i e n t f o r m o s t p u r p o s e s , w h i l e e x t r a n o t e s c a n be d e a l t w i t h
by c h a n g i n g the clef or c o l o u r e d line.
A l t h o u g h G u i d o d o e s n o t state it o u t r i g h t , it is p o s s i b l e ( a n d h a p p e n e d i n p r a c t i c e )
for a c o l o u r e d l i n e to b e d r a w n t h r o u g h a s p a c e : f o r a c h a n t w i t h h i g h t e s s i t u r a , i f t h e
l i n e f o r m i d d l e C is c o l o u r e d y e l l o w , t h e n t h e r e d / a b o v e it w i l l f a l l i n a s p a c e . M a n y
early sources with staff-notation use other colours—green is c o m m o n — a n d it
e v e n t u a l l y b e c a m e g e n e r a l practice to d r a w f o u r lines i n b l a c k ( s o m e t i m e s red) i n k a n d
use c l e f s a l o n e t o d e s i g n a t e p i t c h . Practice w i t h clefs also v a r i e d . Some sources
d i l i g e n t l y p l a c e a l e t t e r a g a i n s t e v e r y l i n e . F a n d c are b y f a r t h e m o s t c o m m o n , a n d
s o m e t i m e s h i g h g is f o u n d . M u c h r a r e r is a g a m m a - c l e f f o r t h e l o w e s t G. English
m a n u s c r i p t s u s e D a n d bb clefs m o r e f r e q u e n t l y t h a n their c o n t i n e n t a l n e i g h b o u r s ,
and e v e n fet| is u s e d as a c l e f .
S m i t s v a n W a e s b e r g h e ( 1 9 5 1 , ' N o t a t i o n ' ) , f o l l o w i n g t h e e a r l y h i s t o r y of G u i d o n i a n
n o t a t i o n i n the strict sense t h r o u g h a range of b o t h I t a l i a n a n d f o r e i g n sources, c o u l d
list a l m o s t n o n e of t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y . O n e of t h e e a r l i e s t is t h e O l d R o m a n g r a d u a l
of 1 0 7 1 , B o d m e r C . 74 ( f a c s i m i l e e d . L u t o l f 1 9 8 7 ) . S t a f f - n o t a t i o n e v e n i n a g e n e r a l
sense b e c a m e t h e n o r m o n l y i n t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y , at least i n F r a n c e , E n g l a n d , a n d
Italy.
In at least one c u r i o u s instance, the so-called ' W o l f f h e i m A n t i p h o n a l ' (now
U n i v e r s i t y of C a l i f o r n i a at B e r k e l e y 7 4 8 ) , t h e staff w a s u s e d f o r a n e u m a t i c n o t a t i o n
w h i c h w a s n o t p l a c e d a c c u r a t e l y u p o n i t ; i n o t h e r w o r d s , t h e s t a v e s m i g h t as w e l l
never have been d r a w n i n ( W a g n e r 1926; E m e r s o n 1 9 5 8 - 6 3 ) .
T h e s h a p e of t h e s i g n s d e p l o y e d o n t h e stave c o n t i n u e d to v a r y f r o m a r e a to a r e a , f o r
t h e t r a d i t i o n a l s i g n s c o u l d s i m p l y be set o u t i n t h e n e w w a y o n t h e p a g e . O n l y i n
G e r m a n l a n d s d o e s t h e a d o p t i o n of s t a f f - n o t a t i o n s e e m t o h a v e e n t a i l e d a r a d i c a l
change. Many G e r m a n scribes r e m a i n e d f a i t h f u l to t h e o l d e r staffless notation
c e n t u r i e s a f t e r it h a d b e e n a d o p t e d i n m o s t o t h e r c e n t r e s . T h e fourteenth-century
g r a d u a l s of P a s s a u , S t F l o r i a n , a n d S e c k a u , f o r e x a m p l e , are s t i l l w r i t t e n w i t h o u t
staves (see t h e c o n v e n i e n t l i s t i n Le Graduel romain II, 158-71). G e r m a n notation
was u s u a l l y strongly s l o p i n g i n character, and relatively few m a n u s c r i p t s show a
vertical d u c t u s . B u t for staff-notation the vertical a l i g n m e n t became almost u n i v e r s a l .
A s t r i k i n g e x a m p l e of t h e c h a n g e i n a p p e a r a n c e of G e r m a n n o t a t i o n s c a n be s e e n
w i t h i n a s i n g l e s o u r c e , the a n t i p h o n e r f r o m P e t e r s h a u s e n n e a r K o n s t a n z , K a r l s r u h e ,
B a d i s c h e L a n d e s b i b l i o t h e k , L X A u g . , p r o b a b l y d e p e n d e n t o n the m o n a s t i c t r a d i t i o n
of R e i c h e n a u . The m a n u s c r i p t was f r o m the b e g i n n i n g notated in staff-notation,
o r i g i n a l l y f i n e l i t t l e s l o p i n g s i g n s of the t w e l f t h c e n t u r y . A t t h e e n d of t h e m a n u s c r i p t
t h e O f f i c e of the D e a d w a s n o t a t e d i n a d i f f e r e n t h a n d , s t i l l fine b u t w i t h p r a c t i c a l l y
v e r t i c a l d u c t u s . S o m e of t h i s s u r v i v e s , b u t i n the f o u r t e e n t h c e n t u r y m u c h w a s e r a s e d
a n d r e p l a c e d b y u p r i g h t ' G o t h i c ' f o r m s . T o g e t h e r w i t h several a d d i t i o n s , these scripts
p r o v i d e a f a s c i n a t i n g c r o s s - s e c t i o n of h a n d s ( s t u d i e d b y H a i n 1925).
There appears t o o to h a v e b e e n a distinct rapprochement between the newer
G e r m a n n o t a t i o n a n d t h e l a t e r stages of L a o n n o t a t i o n , so t h a t i n at least s o m e areas it
is p o s s i b l e to s p e a k of h y b r i d f o r m s . T h e s i g n s s h o w n i n T a b l e I V . 6 . 2 c a n a l l b e f o u n d
i n v a r y i n g m i x t u r e s , a ' L a o n ' flexa s i d e b y s i d e w i t h a ' G e r m a n ' v i r g a , f o r e x a m p l e .
T h e ' G e r m a n ' v i r g a , l o o k i n g s o m e w h a t l i k e a h o r s e s h o e n a i l , has g i v e n its n a m e t o
t h i s p h a s e of G e r m a n n o t a t i o n as a w h o l e : ' H u f n a g e l s c h r i f t ' . I n l a t e r c e n t u r i e s it w a s
c o m m o n l y w r i t t e n w i t h a b r o a d - n i b b e d p e n (as w e r e o t h e r late m e d i e v a l n o t a t i o n s ) ,
a n d i n t h i s f o r m is also k n o w n as ' G o t h i c ' n o t a t i o n .
single notes A ; t •
pes ^
clivis n n
porrectus IP ru
scandicus A +++
climacus \ K
•
4
*•
M a n u s c r i p t s s h o w i n g p r e d o m i n a n t l y or even c o m p l e t e l y L a o n f o r m s were w r i t t e n
i n m a n y G e r m a n c e n t r e s : L e i p z i g ( P a l M u s 3, P I . 174) a n d H i l d e s h e i m ( P I . 175), for
e x a m p l e . F o r r e a s o n s w h i c h are n o t yet c l e a r , L a o n n o t a t i o n w a s u s e d i n a g r o u p of
s o u r c e s u s u a l l y assigned to K l o s t e r n e u b u r g (for e x a m p l e , G r a z , U n i v e r s t a t s b i b l i o t h e k
8 0 7 : P a l M u s 19, w h i c h n e v e r t h e l e s s has G e r m a n s t r o p h i c i ) . F u r t h e r east a n d n o r t h
o t h e r f o r m s r e l a t e d to L a o n a n d G e r m a n n o t a t i o n s w e r e u s e d . T y p i c a l of B o h e m i a n
s o u r c e s is a z i g z a g f o r m of the pes a n d s c a n d i c u s , w h i l e H u n g a r i a n s o u r c e s o f t e n h a v e
a s o r t of d o u b l e p u n c t u m at the h e a d of a c l i m a c u s ( p r e s u m a b l y d e s c e n d e d f r o m a
r i g h t - f a c i n g v i r g a ) . S i g n s s i m i l a r to s o m e of these c a n a c t u a l l y be s e e n i n s o u t h a n d
central Italian sources, a n d t h e p o s s i b i l i t y of i n f l u e n c e f r o m t h a t q u a r t e r should
perhaps be c o n s i d e r e d . (See the remarks on East E u r o p e a n notation i n S z e n d r e i
1985.)
M u c h w o r k r e m a i n s t o b e d o n e o n t h e r e g i o n a l v a r i e t i e s of E a s t e r n n o t a t i o n s . In
p a r t i c u l a r , t h e s i t u a t i o n i n G e r m a n y , A u s t r i a , a n d S w i t z e r l a n d r e m a i n s to b e c l a r i f i e d .
O n the other h a n d , H u n g a r i a n sources have been magisterially s u r v e y e d a n d classified
b y S z e n d r e i (1983 a n d 1988, w i t h o v e r 130 p l a t e s ) a n d the m a i n l i n e s of i n v e s t i g a t i o n
f o r t h e E a s t as a w h o l e s k e t c h e d o u t ( S z e n d r e i 1 9 8 6 ) . C e n t r e s of i n f l u e n c e n e e d to b e
i d e n t i f i e d , for e x a m p l e a m o n g the religious orders, w h i c h m i g h t e x p l a i n the a d o p t i o n
of d i f f e r e n t s i g n s i n d i f f e r e n t c h u r c h e s a n d the r e a s o n s f o r s u c h p h e n o m e n a as t h e
' i n v a s i o n ' of ' G e r m a n ' t e r r i t o r y b y ' L a o n ' f o r m s .
IV.7. T H E O R I S T S ' N O T A T I O N S
Crocker 1979.
A b r i e f s u r v e y is g i v e n h e r e of n o t a t i o n a l s y s t e m s f o u n d o n l y i n w r i t i n g s o n m u s i c
t h e o r y of the e a r l y M i d d l e A g e s . T h e y are of as m u c h r e l e v a n c e to c h a n t t h e o r y as t o
t h e n o t a t i o n of p l a i n c h a n t f o r s e r v i c e - b o o k s . T h e o r i s t s ' n o t a t i o n s a n d n o t a t i o n s for
practical purposes were naturally related; but theorists felt the n e e d t o illustrate
t h e o r e t i c a l c o n c e p t s w i t h u n a m b i g u o u s p i t c h s y m b o l s e a r l i e r t h a n s i n g i n g - m a s t e r s felt
t h e n e e d to g i v e t h e i r p u p i l s p i t c h - s p e c i f i c c h a n t - b o o k s to s t u d y .
T h e earliest s y s t e m s , f o u n d i n the n i n t h c e n t u r y , h a v e a l r e a d y b e e n mentioned.
H u c b a l d ' s n o t a t i o n , w h i c h s e e m s to h a v e h a d n o o t h e r u s e r s , uses t h e s i g n s s h o w n i n
E x . I V . 7 . 1 . T h e y w e r e b o r r o w e d i n the first i n s t a n c e f r o m B o e t h i u s ( i v . 3 - 4 ) , who
w a s r e p r o d u c i n g t h e n o t a t i o n of the G r e e k w r i t e r A l y p i u s ( 3 r d - 4 t h c. A D ; see W a r r e n
A n d e r s o n , ' A l y p i u s ' , NG\ J a n 1895, 3 6 9 ; I s o b e l H e n d e r s o n 1957, 3 5 8 ; P o t i r o n 1957;
Babb 1978, 9, 3 8 ) . H u c b a l d a p p l i e d these s i g n s to t h e n o t e s of t h e G r e e k Greater
P e r f e c t S y s t e m . F o r t h e m o s t p a r t , he, a n d m a n y w r i t e r s s u b s e q u e n t l y , r e f e r r e d to t h e
n o t e s of the G r e e k s y s t e m b y t h e i r G r e e k n a m e s , also g i v e n i n E x . I V . 7 . 1 . I n p r o s e
d i s c u s s i o n s this r e m a i n e d the preferred m e t h o d for w e l l over a c e n t u r y . T h e real
a d v a n t a g e of p i t c h - s y m b o l s w a s i n d i a g r a m s a n d m u s i c a l e x a m p l e s , w h e r e t h e r e w a s
often little r o o m for the c u m b e r s o m e Greek names. It is i m p o r t a n t to r e a l i z e that
7. Theorists ' Notations
E x . I V . 7 . 1 . H u c b a l d s letter-notation
hb ht
P
I'n'Y MUE C I M P C FB r h U E 0 I
H u c b a l d d i d n o t use t h e A - G n o m e n c l a t u r e . I n f a c t , t h e m o d e r n e q u i v a l e n t p i t c h e s
s h o w n i n E x . I V . 7 . 1 c o u l d h a v e s t a r t e d w i t h a n y n o t e , as l o n g as t h e s e q u e n c e o f t o n e s
and semitones was preserved.
T h e s a m e is t r u e f o r t h e d a s i a n n o t a t i o n e m p l o y e d i n t h e ' E n c h i r i a d i s ' g r o u p of
t r e a t i s e s : Musica enchiriadis, Scolica enchiriadis, Commemoratio brevis de tonis et
psalmis modulandis, a n d a few other brief texts (all e d i t e d b y H a n s S c h m i d 1 9 8 1 ) .
The a u t h o r of Musica enchiriadis ( u s u a l l y d a t e d to t h e late n i n t h c e n t u r y ) first
d e s c r i b e s a series of t e t r a c h o r d s w i t h r e f e r e n c e to t h e i r i n t e r v a l l i c s t r u c t u r e , then
d e s i g n a t e s t h e i n d i v i d u a l p i t c h e s w i t h t h e d a s i a s i g n s . If w e t a k e l o w G as t h e m o d e r n
e q u i v a l e n t of t h e l o w e s t n o t e , t h e scale s h o w n i n E x . I V . 7 . 2 e m e r g e s . N e a r l y a l l t h e
s i g n s are d e r i v e d f r o m t h e G r e e k a s p i r a n t s i g n , t h e daseia (modern 'h' sound), which
is g i v e n e x t r a c u r l s a n d s t r o k e s ( l i k e s a n d c) y a n d t u r n e d u p s i d e - d o w n a n d b a c k to
front.
tetrachords:
g graves
finales
supenores
excellentes
residui
T h e p r e s e n c e of l o w Bb, h i g h /#, a n d ct\ a n d t h e a b s e n c e of m i d d l e bb, remain
s o m e t h i n g of a p u z z l e . S i n c e f e w of the m u s i c a l e x a m p l e s t o u c h o n t h e e x t r e m e s of t h e
r a n g e , t h e o u t e r c h r o m a t i c notes are n o t u s u a l l y a p r o b l e m i n t h e t r e a t i s e s t h e m s e l v e s .
N o t e v e r y n o t e h e r e has a c o r r e s p o n d i n g o c t a v e , h o w e v e r , so that w h e n t h e a u t h o r
d i s c u s s e s o c t a v e d o u b l i n g s he s i m p l y o m i t s t h e d a s i a n s i g n s if n e c e s s a r y ( S c h m i d , 2 7 ,
3 2 , e t c . ) . P h i l l i p s ( 1 9 8 4 ) has a r g u e d that t h e n o t e s w e r e i n t e n d e d t o c r e a t e a m o r e
flexible system than the G r e e k d i a t o n i c series for the r e c o r d i n g of chants with
c h r o m a t i c notes.
T h e v a r i o u s d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a n d d i a g r a m s i n B o e t h i u s ' treatise e m p l o y a n u m b e r of
a l p h a b e t i c s e r i e s . F o r e x a m p l e , at o n e p o i n t B o e t h i u s g i v e s a d i a g r a m i n c l u d i n g a l l t h e
n o t e s of t h e G r e a t e r a n d L e s s e r P e r f e c t S y s t e m , n o t o n l y f o r t h e d i a t o n i c g e n u s b u t
i n c l u d i n g t h e c h r o m a t i c a n d e n h a r m o n i c g e n e r a as w e l l . T o d e n o t e a l l t h e s e p i t c h e s , a
series r u n n i n g f r o m A to Z , A A to L L w a s r e q u i r e d . I f t h e n o t e s of t h e d i a t o n i c s c a l e
are e x t r a c t e d f r o m t h e c o m p l e t e series, the f o l l o w i n g s c a l e is r e p r e s e n t e d :
E x . I V . 7 . 3 . Boethius' pitch-letters
A B C E H I M 0 X Y CC 00 FF KK LL
i
M £J 2Z —-
P A B C D E F G a b c d e f g i ( 5 c cl e )
IV.8. P R I N T E D C H A N T - B O O K S
C h a n t first a p p e a r e d i n p r i n t e d b o o k s i n s e v e r a l f o r m s . T h e c r e a t i o n of m u s i c a l t y p e
( o r a n y o t h e r m e a n s of p r i n t i n g m u s i c ) w a s v e r y t i m e - c o n s u m i n g . M o v a b l e t y p e c o u l d
be p r e p a r e d e i t h e r w i t h s t a v e - l i n e s f o r e a c h c h a r a c t e r , o r p r i n t e d i n a s e c o n d r u n o n to
staves already p r e p a r e d , b o t h c u m b e r s o m e p r o c e d u r e s . N o t s u r p r i s i n g l y , m a n y early
p r i n t e d l i t u r g i c a l b o o k s s i m p l y left s p a c e f o r staves a n d m u s i c to b e w r i t t e n i n l a t e r b y
h a n d . O t h e r s h a d p r i n t e d staves b u t n o n o t e s . S u c h p a r t i a l l y h a n d w r i t t e n b o o k s c a n
be f o u n d as late as t h e e i g h t e e n t h c e n t u r y .
T h e earliest use of m o v a b l e m u s i c a l t y p e a p p e a r s to h a v e b e e n f o r a g r a d u a l p r i n t e d
p r o b a b l y i n C o n s t a n c e i n 1473. T h e d a t i n g d e p e n d s u p o n t h e fact t h a t t h e s a m e t y p e
w a s u s e d to p r i n t t h e text of a b r e v i a r y f r o m C o n s t a n c e , a n d o n e c o p y of t h i s e x i s t s
w i t h r u b r i c s e n t e r e d i n 1 4 7 3 . (See A . H . K i n g , 1968, w i t h t w o p l a t e s f r o m t h e o n l y
c o m p l e t e e x e m p l a r , i n t h e B r i t i s h L i b r a r y ; also M o l i t o r 1904, p i . I I , f r o m f r a g m e n t s
i n T u b i n g e n , U n i v e r s i t a t s b i b l i o t h e k . ) T h e earliest d a t a b l e b o o k w i t h p r i n t e d m u s i c is
the Missale of 1476 p r i n t e d i n R o m e b y U l r i c h H a n of I n g o l s t a d t ( M o l i t o r 1904, p i . I ;
396 TV. Notation
T tone
% x x x % \ x x x k -i £ e r r $ y x $ l i
i
x
T f T T T s f ? d T s T J U T J J T T S I J T
P
A A A s i A e ^ S T s r x a s A J e 5 A e ^ f T
___ s — * « 1 •—-*—«—« ! i ft—z * • • r i
•—*—w
T $ x x i £ . Jx^ * * x x | T x x e
p
d
S S r 5 T T T S
Graduale 1898
1
• —
1
— • — • • -
ha 1 •
•
_
• • *f» •
1»» A * — v i * 1
* — k—
i Graduale 1911
>—•-
IV.9. M O D E R N T R A N S C R I P T I O N
(iii) T r a n s c r i p t i o n f r o m Staffless N o t a t i o n s
F r o m t h e f o r e g o i n g c h a p t e r s it w i l l h a v e b e c o m e c l e a r t h a t c h a n t n o t a t i o n w a s f r o m
the s t a r t q u i t e d i f f e r e n t i n c h a r a c t e r f r o m m o d e r n n o t a t i o n . T h e a b s e n c e of p i t c h i n
t h e e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s p r e s e n t s s p e c i a l p r o b l e m s of t r a n s c r i p t i o n , f o r to a r r i v e at any
pitch-specific interpretation one must have recourse to another manuscript (or
m a n u s c r i p t s ) , o f t e n c o n s i d e r a b l y l a t e r i n date t h a n o n e ' s m a i n s o u r c e . Y e t o n e must
p r e s e r v e as m u c h as p o s s i b l e of t h e o r i g i n a l , p o s s i b l y to t h e e x t e n t of m a k i n g a l i t e r a l
c o p y of its n o t a t i o n a l signs.
Even the later forms of c h a n t n o t a t i o n c o n t a i n l i t t l e of t h e information about
performance practice that we normally expect from a musical score, such as
i n d i c a t i o n s of t e m p o and dynamic. They share this c o n d i t i o n w i t h p r a c t i c a l l y a l l
m e d i e v a l m u s i c a n d a g o o d d e a l of later m u s i c as w e l l . M u s i c s u n g a l l d a y a n d e v e r y
d a y c o u l d h a r d l y i n c l u d e e x t r a v a g a n t p e r f o r m a n c e p r a c t i c e s , f o r a c c o r d i n g t o its v e r y
nature chant was sung in a traditional way, which needed no specification.
C u s t o m a r i e s a n d o r d i n a l s t h e r e f o r e c o n t a i n p l e n t y of i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t w h o s h a l l s i n g
w h a t c h a n t s , o n w h a t o c c a s i o n , a n d w h e r e i n the c h u r c h . B u t n i c e t i e s of p e r f o r m i n g
s t y l e w e r e n o t c o m m i t t e d to w r i t i n g . If s u c h a s p e c t s of p e r f o r m a n c e as r h y t h m , a n d
e v e n p i t c h , are left o u t of a c c o u n t i n the n o t a t i o n , it is o n l y to b e e x p e c t e d t h a t o t h e r
f e a t u r e s s h o u l d also b e l a c k i n g .
It has t o b e a d m i t t e d , t h e r e f o r e , that we k n o w very little a b o u t the performing
styles of m e d i e v a l c h a n t . In fact it is o n l y s i n c e the advent of sound-recording
techniques—first used for plainchant at the 1904 Gregorian Congress in Rome
(Discant Recordings D I S 1 - 2 ) — t h a t w e c a n t r a c e the h i s t o r y of c h a n t performance
i n s o m e of its m o s t e s s e n t i a l a s p e c t s : r h y t h m , d y n a m i c , v o i c e p r o d u c t i o n , a n d so o n .
This is n o t the case, of c o u r s e , w i t h t h e n e w t y p e s of c h a n t w h i c h arose i n the
s e v e n t e e n t h c e n t u r y a n d l a t e r . O n F r e n c h chant figure, for e x a m p l e , we have both
p r a c t i c a l m a n u a l s a n d the e y e w i t n e s s a c c o u n t s of o u t s i d e r s (see below, X . 6 ) . But
t h e r e is n o u n b r o k e n l i n e of t r a d i t i o n b a c k to t h e M i d d l e A g e s .
The m e t h o d of c h a n t p e r f o r m a n c e is c l e a r l y of g r e a t i m p o r t a n c e i n the church
t o d a y . P l a i n c h a n t has b e e n s i n g l e d o u t b y s e v e r a l s t a t e m e n t s f r o m t h e H o l y S e e i n
t e r m s s u c h as 'the c h i e f a n d s p e c i a l s a c r e d c h a n t of t h e R o m a n C h u r c h ' (Sacred Music
and Liturgy, § 1 6 ) , a n d c h u r c h m u s i c i a n s have felt a special d u t y to s i n g the ' r i g h t '
n o t e s i n t h e ' r i g h t ' w a y . T h e m u s i c o l o g i s t has t h e l u x u r y of n o t h a v i n g to d e c i d e o n
w h a t is ' r i g h t ' , i n d e e d c a n n o t e v e n see the p r o b l e m i n s u c h t e r m s . T h i s b o o k s t r e s s e s
r a t h e r t h e v a r i e t y w h i c h is to b e f o u n d i n m e d i e v a l ( a n d l a t e r ) c h a n t - b o o k s . If one
s e e k s to r e c r e a t e a p a r t i c u l a r m e l o d i c o r r h y t h m i c t r a d i t i o n (say t h a t of S t G a l l ) f o r
m o d e r n u s e , t h a t is to select b u t o n e t r a d i t i o n o u t of a m u l t i t u d e .
T h i s b o o k is n o t a m a n u a l of m o d e r n p l a i n c h a n t p e r f o r m a n c e , f o r w h i c h o n e m u s t
l o o k to s u c h b o o k s as t h o s e b y A g u s t o n i a n d G o s c h l ( 1 9 8 7 ) , o r at least t a k e n o t e of t h e
d i r e c t i o n s p r e f a c i n g the Solesmes/Vatican e d i t i o n s . E v e n to s k e t c h a h i s t o r i c a l s u r v e y
of w h a t is k n o w n a b o u t c h a n t p e r f o r m a n c e i n p a s t c e n t u r i e s w o u l d n e e d a b o o k of its
o w n . ( F o r s o m e r e c e n t c o n t r i b u t i o n s , see B e r r y 1 9 6 5 - 6 ; D y e r 1 9 7 8 ; B r u n n e r 1982.)
Instead, a brief consideration is g i v e n to t h r e e p o i n t s of p a r t i c u l a r r e l e v a n c e to
performance practice and transcription.
A n y c h a n t r e c o r d e d i n a n y s o u r c e is a n e l e m e n t i n t h e w o r s h i p of a p a r t i c u l a r c h u r c h .
T h u s t h e i n t r o i t Puer natus est nobis i n the m a n u s c r i p t P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e ,
l a t . 9 0 4 has t o be u n d e r s t o o d as p a r t of the l i t u r g y f o r H i g h M a s s o n C h r i s t m a s D a y i n
R o u e n cathedral i n the t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y . W e c a n , if w e l i k e , s i m p l y r e g a r d the
v e r s i o n i n t h a t s o u r c e as t y p i c a l f o r the M i d d l e A g e s as a w h o l e , b u t it c a n n o t be
assumed a p r i o r i that all other medieval m a n u s c r i p t s t r a n s m i t the m e l o d y like P a r i s
9 0 4 . W e m i g h t also a s s u m e t h a t t h e i n t r o i t w a s p e r f o r m e d i n m o r e o r less t h e s a m e
w a y i n m o s t c h u r c h e s t h r o u g h o u t the y e a r . B u t e x p e r i e n c e s h o w s that one s h o u l d
e x p e c t s p e c i a l o r d i n a n c e s to a p p l y at the m o s t i m p o r t a n t m a s s of C h r i s t m a s D a y , a n d
these m a y n o t be t h e s a m e at R o u e n as at o t h e r c h u r c h e s . S i n c e P a r i s 904 has a
q u a n t i t y of r u b r i c s , w e are b e t t e r i n f o r m e d f o r t h i r t e e n t h - c e n t u r y R o u e n t h a n w e are
for, say, tenth-century St Gall. F o r further information we s h o u l d consult any
ordinals that m a y have s u r v i v e d f r o m R o u e n (they m a y not be thirteenth-century
o n e s , h o w e v e r ; i n fact t h e r e are at least n i n e , r a n g i n g i n d a t e f r o m t h e late t h i r t e e n t h
to the f i f t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s : see Le Graduel romain II, 195). T h e s e c o n s i d e r a t i o n s are of
course e s p e c i a l l y r e l e v a n t i f o n e w i s h e s t o r e c o n s t r u c t t h e w h o l e l i t u r g y o f a m e d i e v a l
c h u r c h . E v e n i f o n l y t h e c h a n t is i m p o r t a n t f o r t h e i n v e s t i g a t i o n i n h a n d , it s h o u l d s t i l l
be b o r n e i n m i n d t h a t a m e d i e v a l s o u r c e r e c o r d s o n l y w h a t w a s u n d e r s t o o d t o b e
' r i g h t ' at a p a r t i c u l a r p l a c e a n d t i m e .
(ii) Transcription
F o r a n y t r a n s c r i p t i o n f r o m a staffless n o t a t i o n o n to t h e m o d e r n s t a v e , a s o u r c e h a s t o
be s e l e c t e d to suggest possible pitches. T h e later s o u r c e (or sources) s h o u l d be
a c k n o w l e d g e d , e v e n w h e n it is a m o d e r n S o l e s m e s / V a t i c a n b o o k . I d e a l l y o n e w o u l d
find a s o u r c e i n s t a f f - n o t a t i o n w h o s e m e l o d i c t r a d i t i o n is as c l o s e as p o s s i b l e to the
e a r l i e r m a n u s c r i p t . T h e m o n k s of S o l e s m e s w o r k i n g o n l^e Graduel romain have had
t o w r e s t l e w i t h t h i s p r o b l e m . W h e r e a s t h e e a r l i e r Graduale a n d Antiphonale cite no
m a n u s c r i p t s o u r c e s t o j u s t i f y t h e g i v e n p i t c h e s , t h e n e w p r o j e c t h a s first i d e n t i f i e d the
m o s t i m p o r t a n t e a r l y m a n u s c r i p t s w i t h staffless n o t a t i o n , a n d t h e n m a t c h e d e a c h one
w i t h a s o u r c e w i t h s t a f f - n o t a t i o n (see F r o g e r 1 9 7 8 , E d i t i o n ; B e r r y 1 9 7 9 ) .
T h e c o p i o u s d e t a i l of s o m e of t h e earliest s o u r c e s o f t e n d e m a n d s s p e c i a l s o l u t i o n s .
T h e b e s t , b u t also t h e m o s t c u m b e r s o m e , is to c o p y t h e s i g n s o f t h e e a r l i e r m a n u s c r i p t
o v e r t h e s t a v e f o r t h e t r a n s c r i p t i o n . A s e a r l y as 1876 M i c h a e l H e r m e s d o r f f i s s u e d a
Graduale w i t h n e u m e s p r i n t e d o v e r t h e s t a v e . T h e i n v a l u a b l e Graduale triplex is an
example of this m e t h o d , with t w o sets of h a n d w r i t t e n n e u m e s over the typeset
n o t a t i o n . O t h e r w i s e s o m e m e a n s h a s t o b e d e v i s e d of r e p r e s e n t i n g i n t h e t r a n s c r i p t i o n
s u c h f e a t u r e s as s i g n i f i c a t i v e l e t t e r s , e p i s e m a s , a n d t h e d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w e e n p u n c t u m
a n d t r a c t u l u s ( p u n c t u m a n d u n c i n u s ) . It s e e m s u n w i s e t o i g n o r e a n y d e t a i l of the
d o c u m e n t b e i n g t r a n s c r i b e d , especially w h e n o n e is u n s u r e of its precise significance.
PLATES
FACSIMILES OF C H A N T BOOKS
I N T R O D U C T I O N
Plate 1. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , H a r l e y 1117
Plate 2. Oxford, Bodleian Library, L a t . liturg. d . 3
Plate 3. L o n d o n , British L i b r a r y , E g e r t o n 857
Plate 4. L o n d o n , British Library, Harley 110
Plate 5. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 30850
Plate 6. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 19768
Plate 7. O x f o r d , Bodleian L i b r a r y , Canonici l i t u r g . 350
Plate 8. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A r u n d e l 156
Plate 9. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , R o y a l 8, C . x i i i
P l a t e 10. Cambridge, U n i v e r s i t y L i b r a r y , L . 2 . 10
Plate 11. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 10335
P l a t e 12. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , E g e r t o n 3511
P l a t e 13. L o n d o n , British L i b r a r y , A d d . 29988
P l a t e 14. L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 17302
P l a t e 15. O x f o r d , University College 148
P l a t e 16. O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , L a t . l i t u r g . a. 4
P l a t e 17. E d i n b u r g h , U n i v e r s i t y L i b r a r y 33
P l a t e 18. L o n d o n , British L i b r a r y , printed book I B . 8668
S^fuj-.tutc > i n f . V D n c r c Ant SiAK.i^tujp.cn.iuv lUutn-V^citnirr illi xefk«"iermT (
•«»•• -< c 5 K} *
y
"i i L f " °
r
' •• 1'
r
^V^' r
b e i m m j?re tiuem ctrrl>be-ri> rutn cjmjt « ^ - r a T i * i cimi
: y J • r ^y* . _ 1/ : 9y . ^ i . • < : : „
nt rrmrit^Tf u i *zpnf -rrmlnplt * c m m m o - p ^ o p i m tutticu dtnef
tie v u u t prapbaruie- fpi r r r i i pot tcnf-pLurimo Ac
i r/ . 4t y - y ;/ ^ '
fit titn i p f i o " ' ' ' b i x x i t n v*c p r * * r :
det
i ciilecTt> fe t^ciatr^ Anr
ro-
A -
r">i
n c ctn^nuir J l r x i t r p t c n corp^T^/
-> -f' :
f -) : n y - . . f - y -3 ~j . . . s i : J) ) f J
a n d St G u t h l a c (fos. 6 5 - 6 6 ) . r v
( T h e start of t h e C u t h b e r t o f f i c e m a y b e s e e n i n
P a l M u s 2, p i . 8 1 ; f o . 6 3 r
is i n B r i g g s 1890, n o . 6 a n d p a r t of it i n S u n o l 1 9 3 5 , p i . 8 2 . )
It therefore contained material for both r e a d i n g a n d s i n g i n g , a n d s e r v e d as a
s u p p l e m e n t to t h e o t h e r o f f i c e - b o o k s of t h e c h u r c h f o r w h i c h it w a s w r i t t e n .
A t t h e s t a r t of t h e p a g e are t h e final r e s p o n s o r i e s of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e . T w o are g i v e n
s i m p l y as t e x t c u e s (Iuravit dominus, Magnificavit ilium) because they w o u l d have
b e e n a v a i l a b l e c o m p l e t e i n t h e s e c t i o n f o r t h e c o m m o n of s a i n t s i n a n a n t i p h o n e r . T h e
f i n a l r e s p o n s o r y b e g i n s o n l i n e 2, a n d is c o p i e d c o m p l e t e : R . O beatum presulem
Cuthberhtum V . Admirandus cunctis operibus.
A f t e r the r u b r i c IN MATUTINIS LAUDIBUS t h e r e f o l l o w five a n t i p h o n s f o r t h e p s a l m s
t o b e s u n g at L a u d s : Cristi fortis hie athleta, Qui de rupe prompsit aquam, In
episcopatu suo, Hinc tanguntur artis sacri, a n d Mox pater suos affatur. T h e rubric IN
EVANGELIA a n n o u n c e s t h e a n t i p h o n f o r t h e B e n e d i c t u s c a n t i c l e , Languor ad crescens
in dies. The last a n t i p h o n , O magne presul Cuthberhte, is f o r t h e M a g n i f i c a t at
V e s p e r s or for subsequent commemorations.
The t e x t s of t h e chants are r h y m e d (end-stressed), as f o r e x a m p l e the first
antiphon:
C r i s t i fortis hie athleta
ac verus anachorita
m u n d i tempsit haec infima
quo caeli caperet s u m m a .
T h e s e are c l a s s i c B r e t o n n e u m e s , f u l l y c o m p a r a b l e w i t h t h o s e f r o m B r i t t a n y i t s e l f .
T h e f o l l o w i n g m a y be n o t i c e d :
i t t _ % [ ^ _ _ __ ;
—9 ' ~ ~ ~~
qui gra-ti-a di-ui-ni mu-neris ui- -gens mul-ti - p l i -
O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , L a t . l i t u r g . d . 3, fo. 3 . F r a g m e n t of a c o m b i n e d lectionary
r
T h i s fragment was originally one page, with text and music set out i n two columns. It
was then cut down to a suitable size for making guard leaves for a later manuscript. It
was f o l d e d d o w n the m i d d l e , but part of the initial N can be seen on the left of the
f o l d . T e x t and music are missing up above what is now preserved, so altogether only
7
cr n b i red Airnt r u «
4 *
ftrur
v D
1.vim
/ *
a
1 * * ' * * f V *
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , E g e r t o n 857, f o . 5 2 . G r a d u a l , f r o m N o y o n , 11 th— 12th c.
v
F a c s i m i l e s o f o t h e r p a g e s w i l l b e f o u n d i n NG x v i i . 6 2 2 ( m a s s e s 1 7 4 - 8 0 ) ; Briggs
1890, n o . 8 ( m a s s e s 1 3 5 - 6 ) ; P a l M u s 3 , p i . 158 ( m a s s e s 1 3 - 1 5 ) .
The n e u m e s a r e n o t i n a l l i n s t a n c e s e x a c t l y of t h e L a o n t y p e , h a r d l y s u r p r i s i n g
w h e n t h e c h i e f p o i n t of reference, m a n u s c r i p t L a o n 2 3 9 , is o l d e r b y t w o centuries.
T h e f a v o u r i t e s i n g l e n o t e is m o r e l i k e a s h o r t , s l o p i n g , G e r m a n v i r g a w i t h a h e a d t o
t h e l e f t , a n d t h e t r u e L a o n u n c i n u s i s l a r g e l y a b s e n t , e x c e p t f o r l o w n o t e s at t h e s t a r t
of a g r o u p , w h e r e there is little space f o r a l o n g s t e m . T h e L a o n virga, like a n
e l o n g a t e d S, i s n o t u s e d , b u t t h e p e s l o o k s r a t h e r l i k e t h i s . ( T h e p e s is s o m e w h a t rare
i n L a o r i n o t a t i o n , u n c i n u s 4- v i r g a b e i n g p r e f e r r e d . ) T h e flexa i s l i k e w i s e p r e f e r r e d t o
a p a i r o f v e r t i c a l l y a l i g n e d u n c i n i ; it r e s e m b l e s m o r e t h e F r e n c h t h a n t h e L a o n f o r m .
The circular q u i l i s m a a n d oriscus like a double o c a n b o t h be seen i n f o l l o w i n g
t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f t h e c o m m u n i o n Gustate et videte. T o a r r i v e at a p l a u s i b l e v e r s i o n ,
o n e s h o u l d i f p o s s i b l e c o m p a r e t h e n e u m e s w i t h a l a t e r m a n u s c r i p t i n staff n o t a t i o n
f r o m N o y o n . L u c k i l y o n e s u c h h a s s u r v i v e d : A b b e v i l l e , B i b l i o t h e q u e m u n i c i p a l e 7, a
n o t a t e d m i s s a l o f t h e 13th—14th c e n t u r y , w h i c h t h e r e f o r e g u i d e d t h e c h o i c e o f p i t c h e s
i n t h e t r a n s c r i p t i o n . ( C o m p a r e t h e v e r s i o n i n t h e Liber usualis o r Graduale Romanum
at ' G u s T A t e ' a n d ' Q U O n i a m ' . )
r / r r r rrr . S / y r / . >|- Jl , JI A
P -w-
be-a - tus uir qui
^
spe-rat in e- -o.
inc omnia, o f fojnca/ . J P
K /. - • ••/,/ • / / " • r /
^ •
AO D t f c c m c caulammcam d o r flfi*f
teM*?' fit*t
K
tf: P< "P jn\
" 1 p t ^
•/»/,. //"V /
" pdrtimnum aunuatc^cauia ton
/» ^ /L • P f A . v J.
1
J J
i qpTCCfefpcmv lmptuf ludicarc p o p u
At ' •/ °" • •
>
i-P 1 ltl' " J ! 1
•;; ., " -••
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , H a r l e y 110, fo. 56 . F r a g m e n t of a g r a d u a l , f r o m W i n c h e s t e r ,
r
A s w i t h P l a t e 2, t h e use of t h i s l e a f f o r b i n d i n g a later b o o k h a s r e s u l t e d i n t h e l o s s o f
valuable notation, i n t h i s case o n t h e left-hand side. T h e s u r v i v i n g labels ' C O '
(Commanio) a n d ' R G ' (Responsorium gradale) show 7
that the fragment is f r o m a
g r a d u a l , a n d c o n s u l t a t i o n of a m o d e r n e d i t i o n b r i n g s o n e t o t h e m a s s e s f o r M o n d a y
a n d T u e s d a y after P a s s i o n S u n d a y . T h e chants are:
i Do - minus uir-tu-
rex
u*.
i - 1
- J > /'/ . . W J . r f • 7
ft ?« fft A *
Cp i -t tt - • . f; : - 1
**' - *
.^|*uiMkjsBrduafttaiiyii*--fcaftciiu^yivtrunif * a - a i r .toft**' O i l n a f c l a a i , ^
. ? , i" / . . 7
• * ^ ' - • •
^ ; ;
, ' • " * . j . :
.- -...:.v
; 1 !
' , J
S i l o s , 11th c. S p a n i s h neumes (northern type). T h e plate shows office chants for Easter
D a y , w i t h the Quern queritis dialogue added at the foot.
T h e e n t i r e t e x t of t h e m a n u s c r i p t has b e e n e d i t e d b y H e s b e r t (CAO 2, m a n u s c r i p t S ) ,
a n d p u b l i s h e d i n f a c s i m i l e (Antiphonale Silense).
T h e c h a n t s are G r e g o r i a n , n o t M o z a r a b i c , b u t t h e o l d S p a n i s h n o t a t i o n u s e d f o r
M o z a r a b i c c h a n t s has b e e n r e t a i n e d , i n p r e f e r e n c e t o t h e A q u i t a n i a n n e u m e s f o u n d i n
some comparable S p a n i s h sources ( a n d i n t h e a d d i t i o n s to t h e first pages of this
manuscript).
A f t e r t h e f i n a l r e s p o n s o r y o f the N i g h t O f f i c e (Dum transisset sabbatum, l i n e 3)
t h e r e is a t e x t i n c i p i t f o r t h e T e D e u m ( l i n e 7 ) . A c r o s s i n t h e m a r g i n d i r e c t s t h e s i n g e r
to t h r e e l i n e s a d d e d at the f o o t of t h e p a g e , t h e Quern queritis d i a l o g u e . T h e rest o f t h e
m a i n t e x t is t a k e n u p w i t h L a u d s a n t i p h o n s .
V e r s e a n d G l o r i a f o r the r e s p o n s o r y Dum transisset use a v e r s i o n of t h e s t a n d a r d
t o n e f o r m o d e 4 . T h e first h a l f is e a s i l y t r a n s c r i b e d , b u t f o r t h e rest o n e w o u l d h a v e t o
l o c a t e a n a n t i p h o n e r of t h e s a m e t r a d i t i o n w i t h d i a s t e m a t i c notation.
A p r o v i s i o n a l t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f the E a s t e r d i a l o g u e m i g h t b e a t t e m p t e d w i t h t h e a i d
of c o n t e m p o r a r y A q u i t a n i a n m a n u s c r i p t s ( P a u l E v a n s 1970, Early, 155, M M M A 3.
246); b u t s o m e t e x t v a r i a n t s ( s u c h as ' l o q u u t u s est' i n s t e a d of ' p r a e d i x e r a t ' ) are r a r e ,
a n d a f t e r 'o c e l i c o l e ' the m e l o d y f o l l o w s an i n d i v i d u a l l i n e .
I fkt-m crut'if fccium ce^e^ni^mlt^
v l fUii-tut a t c r f n w c u t a , ' I J
fee c v t u f p r r r ^ o x a ^ -ctbit?Uc<x*
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 19768, f o l . 16 . T r o p e s a n d sequences, f r o m the
v
P /) <S (»
line „ ~ (Plate 18)
10 4j f g » P
A(l)-(l)e-(l)u - i- C l a - r e sanctorum se-na-tus a - posto-lo-rum
Si *
11
12
rector-que regnorum
Br&h /= A A
u ^ E c - c l e - s i - a - r u m mores et uitam m o d e - r a - r e
jy^ /~? Que per doctrinam tuam f i - d e - l e s sunt u-bi-que
sTi m—-—z
A n t h i - o - c u s et Remus concedunt t i - b i
- UnfhtmtAsJhi rcppulir aoru/fctrc temf £ corn*
0 j £ u 1 h d n t fajmlilvLUL murimb'Amft^
vnfuamono nofrtibut* auuf fol\mi<i xxltbjxnmff
^ y t / * " r
* " ^ s r
' " S * J j U
f y***y*^j> r
J/t/f- r'J f S* /f J* * y /f r* _ ^ r ^ / st „ f r
ry Lorn* weoccelftf deo inxxri^y^xiiorntriibuf bone uohxrtv^ctf
s zt /* y* / ~ 4y* ' ' , y / / _ - ^ ^ ^ -
/ A -/ - . A r» A J A M ^ . - S f*. J* A , /i r° A
*** i& , 9 #3 £ % £2* # $ f **• fr* **4 M *j fib mj
1?
Vtf^idcjgiw Otigr^I^oti eifc Vic quern qumns to C O T euniif ttim
* J ft + JP ~ *< * * *• p * J* t *
lufhae avrr ftputauii txb&airr aur tttUt^nxtm abctfcm: no
u
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A r u n d e l 156, f o . 3 5 . G r a d u a l , sacramentary, and lectionary,
r
j i ^ r - r^ M t \ tj i f i m
- '
1
' 1 f
' v 1 1
0 ^ -! !
-1*11 ^ 1 m
. «3* " I ****' *
J 1 1 1 * 1 1 II . J 1 . 1 JJ 1
P Con-di-tor
•—*—# ^
ge-neris
*—
hu-mani
#—f*—# ^
redemptor
s
i-dem-que
f* *
1 1 1 - 1 1 . 1 C/l . . 1 1 j / J (1 fli., /
9 w 9
' W
* 0 0 ~* '*0 -
Sal-ua-re ue-nis-ti nos. e.
1 \ - A . n . t 1 x y tt J
' i , ft * <i /» A ^ =
* 9 • * * m
f* -
Nasci d i g - n a - t u s de u i r - g i - n e e.
*i C $
* « • • i* 9± *i * * & # *'* 9
** P _ „
Et nunc De-us et homo regnans O do-mi-ne do-minator Per-ma-nebit in e-ternum.
ifntrttiobtf^nctiprdttctlraxpc. X pc aridities.
Jl Bjl i 6 S t H 1 H A >-c
tit. pit. o. pt. ro. fi. nm. gut* fi. Jft. cofo. longxf. c f # .
cf)ttc.
a 6 mftiiilhfi
c d t f 5
iitif orncinim*(ltcir
h I k I m nbamo pdimpf)'.
qrf v
ujc j) a , poihtamtrmincrfmm ctrtic <\-
7
T h i s p o n t i f i c a l is o n e of a g r o u p of c l o s e l y r e l a t e d m a n u s c r i p t s w r i t t e n i n t h e c e n t u r y
o r so a f t e r t h e N o r m a n C o n q u e s t of E n g l a n d . T h e t e x t of o n e of t h e m w a s e d i t e d b y
W i l s o n ( 1 9 1 0 ) , a n d t h e p a g e s h o w n h e r e , p a r t of the c e r e m o n y f o r t h e D e d i c a t i o n of a
C h u r c h , c o r r e s p o n d s l a r g e l y to p . 105 of h i s e d i t i o n . T h e e n d of a l i t a n y is v i s i b l e at
t h e t o p of t h e p a g e . T h e n e x t t h r e e l i n e s ( w r i t t e n i n r e d i n k , t h o u g h t h i s is h a r d l y
detectable i n t h e p h o t o g r a p h ) are a r u b r i c s a y i n g t h a t t h e b i s h o p s h a l l r i s e f r o m
p r a y i n g f o r t h e n e x t p a r t of t h e c e r e m o n y , a n d i n s t r u c t i n g h i m o n t h e o p e n i n g w o r d s .
T h e p r a y e r ( ' O r a t i o ' ) Magnificare domine follows. O n line 9 another rubric begins,
f o r t h e b i s h o p m u s t n o w t r a c e t h e G r e e k a l p h a b e t w i t h h i s c r o z i e r (cambuta) f r o m the
left ( i . e . n o r t h ) e a s t e r n c o r n e r to t h e r i g h t w e s t e r n c o r n e r of t h e c h u r c h , s i n g i n g t h e
a n t i p h o n Fundamentum aliud. T h e G r e e k a l p h a b e t is s p e l t o u t f o r h i m i n t h e m i d d l e
of t h e p a g e : n o t o n l y are t h e s h a p e s d e p i c t e d that h e m u s t t r a c e , b u t a g u i d e to
p r o n u n c i a t i o n is also g i v e n . T h e b i s h o p t h e n traces t h e L a t i n a l p h a b e t f r o m t h e r i g h t
eastern t o t h e left w e s t e r n c o r n e r of t h e c h u r c h , s i n g i n g t h e a n t i p h o n Hec aula
accipiat.
A l t h o u g h m a n y p r o b l e m s of t r a n s c r i p t i o n d i s a p p e a r w i t h t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n of t h e
staff, m a n u s c r i p t s d o n o t lose a l l t h e i r i n d i v i d u a l i t y of s c r i p t a n d a r r a n g e m e n t . The
use of a w a v y p u n c t u m f o r a n o t e b e l o w the s e m i t o n e s t e p , t h e m i - n e u m e (see IV.6.1),
is c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of m a n y N o r m a n a n d E n g l i s h s o u r c e s of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y : t h e r e is
one i n the first a n t i p h o n at ' N E m o ' . T h e use of a b - f l a t c l e f i n b o t h a n t i p h o n s is
t y p i c a l l y E n g l i s h . T h e o p e n i n g of t h e first a n t i p h o n is g i v e n i n t r a n s c r i p t i o n .
\%0t ^d#l< TA B f D E £ 6 3 h c 4 e f $ A i
\A I I 0 U A & t ff uAZIO. tt A ,
if 61173 if
e i o a a c t
i U A £ & $ UA £ I
f •6 p A <•? A A 4, A i 6 4 c t c J
i tn^ium
4 rtfren&nf tmnferev nelmfmvr mfona?
e d c d c A c 6 A c h £ A f e 0
London, British L i b r a r y , A d d . 10335, fo. 9 . r
T h e o r e t i c a l writings and tonary, n o r t h
Italy, early 12th c. Italian notation on d r y - p o i n t lines, and alphabetic notation. T h e plate
shows part of G u i d o of A r e z z o ' s Micrologus.
T h e r a t h e r w i d e v e r t i c a l s p a c i n g of t h e n o t e s at the t o p of t h e p a g e is c a u s e d b y t h e use
of t h e l i n e s s c r a t c h e d f o r text as s t a v e - l i n e s .
G u i d o o f A r e z z o ' s f a m o u s t r e a t i s e Micrologus has b e e n e d i t e d b y G e r b e r t ( G S i i . 2 -
24) a n d S m i t s v a n W a e s b e r g h e ( C S M 4 ) , a n d t r a n s l a t e d i n t o E n g l i s h b y B a b b ( 1 9 7 8 ,
57-83).
T h e p a s s a g e e x p l a i n s G u i d o ' s p e c u l i a r m e t h o d of c o m p o s i n g c h a n t s b y d e r i v i n g
n o t e s f r o m t h e v o w e l s of t h e text to b e s u n g . T h e t e x t Sancte Iohannes has j u s t b e e n
set i n t h i s m a n n e r , w h e r e b y t h e five v o w e l s a, e> /, o , a n d u c o r r e s p o n d to t h e n o t e s C -
G . B u t G u i d o i n t i m a t e s t h a t s u c h a s m a l l n u m b e r of n o t e s is r a t h e r h a m p e r i n g , a n d
he t h e n sets o u t a t a b l e a l l o w i n g g r e a t e r f r e e d o m of m e l o d i c m o v e m e n t . T h e w h o l e
scale f r o m F t o a is set o u t , a n d t h e five v o w e l s a s s i g n e d t w i c e o v e r , t h e s e c o n d t i m e a
t h i r d h i g h e r t h a n t h e first. A n e x a m p l e , Linguam refrenens, follows, in which G u i d o
has s t a y e d w i t h i n t h e c o m p a s s F-f s u i t a b l e f o r m o d e 7. G u i d o says t h a t he has a l l o w e d
a deviation f r o m the s y s t e m at t h e e n d ('In sola u l t i m a parte hoc argumentum
r e l i n q u i m u s ' ) i n o r d e r to b r i n g t h e m e l o d y b a c k to t h e t e t r a r d u s m o d e ('ut m e l u m s u o
t e t r a r d o c o n v e n i e n s r e d d e r e m u s ' ) ; b u t it is n o t c l e a r t o w h i c h n o t e h e is r e f e r r i n g . ( O n
Guido's 'automatic' method of composition, see Smits van Waesberghe 1951,
'Improvisation'.)
cnttt <rb*p cum <m«f(|r
1-> 1 /
I * «.»
*7
/ 1 "
• 1 / - - *
.« *
*. t t ~ I• /
F«j * F * *
1 J •
1 '
r -
" ^ «i ' r
' * *' i
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , E g e r t o n 35IL 1 (olirn Benevento, B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e , V I . 29),
fo. 174 . Sacramentary w i t h priest's chants notated, f r o m Benevento, 12th c.
v
T h e c h i e f c o n t e n t s of a s a c r a m e n t a r y are t h e p r o p e r p r a y e r s of m a s s : c o l l e c t , s e c r e t ,
a n d p o s t c o m m u n i o n . It m a y also c o n i t a i n t h e p r e f a c e s p r o p e r to v a r i o u s t y p e s o f feast
a n d s e a s o n s of t h e y e a r , a n d o c c a s i o n a l l y these s o l e m n c h a n t s are n o t a t e d . T h e page
s h o w n h e r e c o n t a i n s m o s t l y t h e prefaice ' I n f e s t i v i t a t i b u s ' , a n d t o w a r d s t h e e n d of t h e
r i g h t - h a n d c o l u m n begins the p r e f a c e ' I n s o l l e m n i t a t i b u s ' .
B o t h t e x t a n d m u s i c are w r i t t e n i n ithe c h a r a c t e r i s t i c B e n e v e n t a n s c r i p t s . T h e m u s i c
is n o t e l a b o r a t e a n d the f u l l a v a i l a b l e r a n g e of n e u m e s i s t h e r e f o r e n o t c a l l e d f o r .
S e v e r a l of t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c B e n e v e n i t a n l i q u e s c e n t n e u m e s are p r e s e n t :
$ . • • 1
- <• *
Per om-ni-a se - cu - la se - c u - l o - r u m . A-men. Domi - nus uo - bis-cum.
a
ma
r* • M * ml
• ^ f J v •« •
" W a r * . ; . . / V J V
n J
' W C i K
I
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 29988, fo. 7 4 . A n t i p h o n e r , R o m e , possibly St Peter's,
v
T h e V e s p e r s s e r v i c e c e l e b r a t e d b y t h e p o p e o n E a s t e r E v e , w i t h its m a g n i f i c e n t s e r i e s
o f G r e e k a n d L a t i n a l l e l u i a s , c o n s t i t u t e d o n e of t h e c h i e f g l o r i e s o f m e d i e v a l R o m a n
c h a n t u p u n t i l t h e 1 3 t h c e n t u r y . T h e f o r m of t h e w h o l e c e r e m o n y h a s b e e n set o u t b y
S t a b l e i n ( M M M A 2 , 1 1 1 * - 1 1 8 * ) , a n d s u c h of t h e m u s i c as a p p e a r s i n a n o t h e r R o m a n
s o u r c e , R o m e lat. 5319, is e d i t e d i n t h e s a m e v o l u m e . T h e s e r v i c e c o n s i s t s of s e v e r a l
p a r t s , p e r f o r m e d at d i f f e r e n t s t a t i o n s , h e n c e t h e m u l t i p l e s i n g i n g of t h e M a g n i f i c a t .
The side s h o w n here c o r r e s p o n d s to p p . 1 1 4 * - 1 1 6 * of S t a b l e i n ' s table (for the
p r e v i o u s s i d e of t h e m a n u s c r i p t see NG i . 488), n e a r t h e e n d of t h e first s t a t i o n . The
chants are:
l i n e of m u s i c
1: M a g n i f i c a t a n t i p h o n Cito euntes
(Second Station)
3: p r o c e s s i o n a l a n t i p h o n In die resurrectionis mee
5: a n t i p h o n Alleluia alleluia
6: Alleluia V . 1. O kyrios V . 2 . Ke gar estereosen
10: M a g n i f i c a t a n t i p h o n Venite et videte locum
P ~9~
In
—-*w>
*'*
di -
+-m
*'
e
-*V *TB
0* *' * *m m
re-sur-rec - ti-o-
******* **** **,
-nis me - e di-cit do - minus al-
2 4 "VM.
? ' •r * - " - t 2 . : 7
nf <p* ^ c i f l i n f t p u m m ? ^ m f Ci&ia fei?mmrra
e-"- • -
. #
. - . - l -
- "7
* »
• m * * « * •
ueriiec titan fiy rrncnhverbA rm$\: <\m&f$ieC^ jKildv
r 1
- . •
I " " . . \ - 1
• . . . ' ' • • i
L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 17302, fo. 8 . D i u r n a l , monastic, C a r t h u s i a n , 12th c.
r
T h e v a r i e t y o f s q u a r e ( o r q u a d r a t i c ) n o t a t i o n k n o w n b e s t n o w a d a y s is t h a t o f b o o k s
w r i t t e n i n P a r i s i n t h e s e c o n d h a l f of t h e 1 3 t h a n d t h e e a r l y 1 4 t h c e n t u r y , u s e d n o t
o n l y f o r p l a i n c h a n t b u t also, f o r p o l y p h o n i c m u s i c a n d t h e s o n g s of t h e t r o u b a d o u r s
a n d t r o u v e r e s , a n d t h e n a d a p t e d f o r t h e S o l e s m e s / V a t i c a n b o o k s of t h e last h u n d r e d
years. O t h e r varieties also e x i s t e d , i n c l u d i n g that s h o w n here. It i s i n fact more
c o n s i s t e n t l y s q u a r e t h a n t h e P a r i s i a n t y p e , f o r e v e n t h e c l i m a c u s is w r i t t e n w i t h t h r e e
square note-heads. Another variety of square notation found in a number of
C a r t h u s i a n b o o k s c a n b e seen i n L o n d o n , B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 3 1 3 8 4 ( B r i g g s 1890,
pi. 11), N a p l e s , B i b l i o t e c a N a z i o n a l e V I . E . 11 ( P a l M u s 2 , p i . 4 7 ) , and T o l e d o ,
A r c h i v o C a p i t u l a r 33. 24 ( P a l M u s 3, p i . 2 0 6 ) . E n g l i s h notators, o n the other h a n d ,
t e n d e d t o f a v o u r t h e use of l o z e n g e s (see P l a t e 15). C o m p a r e t h e f o l l o w i n g t y p e s :
pes 3 ;
clivis \ \ A
climacus ft \
porrectus V
N V
D , F , a, a n d c c l e f s m a y be seen o n t h i s p a g e , b u t n o n e of t h e d r y - p o i n t l i n e s h a s
been i n k e d i n .
T h e chants s h o w n here are:
(end of the O - a n t i p h o n s )
A . O oriens splendor (end only)
A. O Emmanuhel
A . O rex gentium
' I n l a u d i b u s ' ( L a u d s o f M o n d a y i n E m b e r W e e k of A d v e n t )
A . Querite dominum
A . Cum venerit filius hominis
A . Dies domini
A . Haurietis aquas
A . Gaude . . . (first w o r d o n l y )
T h e t e x t s of t h e O - a n t i p h o n s are of c o u r s e n o n - s c r i p t u r a l , b u t t h e s o u r c e s o f t h e
o t h e r a n t i p h o n s are i n d i c a t e d i n t h e m a r g i n : I s a i a h , S t L u k e , etc.
>//> i/,
/ jW < • 1. . L f
^ ^ dfori
f wton* j *^Ov n
(rtnr
e lfttfcffl*
_ ^ ) tfodf a*flC
. Mild UUttfiKVtt^mtifnt
__ ^ ^
muacf^uaitvn<«t<t&datitii^c>}eiKbn' r u n t iriKbu. i l M w i M l i - A
t»-twtotbmi«tuif
'JL- - - T t i . - 5 .
A s a l r e a d y m e n t i o n e d (see P l a t e 14), s o m e E n g l i s h n o t a t o r s o f t h e 1 3 t h c e n t u r y
f a v o u r e d t h e d i a m o n d o r l o z e n g e s h a p e as a b a s i c n o t a t i o n a l e l e m e n t . E v e n t h e h e a d of
t h e v i r g a t e n d s to s l a n t . T h e l i q u e s c e n t f o r m s c a n b e s e e n m o s t e a s i l y at ' e L E Y s o n ' :
*1 in *J . J
*
T h e o r i s c u s as a r e p e t i t i o n o f t h e p r e v i o u s note (as i n t h e p e s s t r a t u s ; c f . P l a t e 9) c a n
s t i l l be d e t e c t e d :
T h e t r a n s c r i p t i o n g i v e s t h e fifth v e r s e of t h e first K y r i e o n t h e p a g e ( l i n e 5 ) :
y i ^TH f*^ « * • / * u £* *
Christe- -ley-son.
T h i s i s t h e first page of a c o l l e c t i o n of K y r i e s , w i t h a n d w i t h o u t L a t i n v e r s e s ( l i s t e d
H i l e y 1 9 8 6 , ' O r d i n a r y ' , 3 9 ) . T h e r u b r i c s are s t i l l f a i n t l y d i s c e r n i b l e at t h e e n d o f l i n e s
1 and 10:
WG-5
• •-jt\ ; ^ —
— r ^ r r
'sfet--
O x f o r d , B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , L a t . L i t u r g . a. 4, f o . 130 . C h a n t s of the M i l a n e s e rite,
r
T h e s c r i b e o f t h i s m a n u s c r i p t , t h e p r i e s t F a z i o d e C a s t o l d i s , w r o t e at t h e e n d t h a t h e
had finished w o r k o n 31 J a n u a r y 1 3 9 9 , at t h e age o f 4 0 .
Hi sunt secuti i s a r e s p o n s o r y ' c u m i n f a n t i b u s ' , o n e of t h o s e s u n g a f t e r t h e h y m n at
V e s p e r s o n the most i m p o r t a n t saints' days (discussed b y M o n e t a - C a g l i o 1957). T h e
p e r f o r m a n c e o f t h e r e s p o n s o r y i n v o l v e d m u c h r e p e t i t i o n a n d t h e i n c l u s i o n of t w o l o n g
m e l i s m a s , t h e melodiae primae a n d melodiae secundae, d u r i n g the successive repeats
of the r e s p o n d . T h e o v e r a l l f o r m seems to have b e e n :
O r p o s s i b l y d u r i n g t h e final r e p e a t s , t h e r e s p o n d w a s s u n g c o m p l e t e b y t h e s o l o i s t a n d
complete again b y the schola, w i t h melodiae.
T h e s c h o l a w a s c o n s t i t u t e d b y t h e magister pueri and the boys themselves, hence
t h e n i c k n a m e o f s u c h r e s p o n s o r i e s . S o m e t i m e s a b o y m i g h t h a v e b e e n e n t r u s t e d also
w i t h the soloist's part.
T h e n o t a t i o n i n t h i s m a s s i v e b o o k (55 X 39 c m . ) is l a r g e e n o u g h f o r s i n g e r s t o
p e r f o r m f r o m , a n d p r e s e n t s n o d i f f i c u l t i e s of t r a n s c r i p t i o n . T h e s m a l l v i r g a - l i k e n o t e
w h i c h f o l l o w s a l a r g e r o n e o f t h e s a m e p i t c h , as i n l i n e 1 at ' p e r - T I N - G E - r e ' is a
r e p e a t e d n o t e , n o t a s i g n o f l i q u e s c e n c e . A t r a n s c r i p t i o n o f t h e Melodiae primae is
g i v e n . L i n e s d i v i d e t h e m e l o d y i n t o p h r a s e s , w h i c h I h a v e l a b e l l e d a~d\ it t r a n s p i r e s
t h a t t h e melodiae repeat themselves.
A*
m — • — • —
——99 S99 * * m 99
**~
i}•*
m
*9 \
—
^T#-J^V iTTN—^—SM* 'U\ 9^—
m 9 m
m
9
9 9 0
•-
9 9
M a r - t y - res
1/
)s ^ ^
1 -9* * f ##
#
9' g
~9 0 9*
9 V
(-res) -rent.
< t Jt ttft* * 11
4 1
-f J f
' K 1 p
M a n y g r a d u a l s c o n t a i n n o t o n l y the p r o p e r c h a n t s of m a s s b u t a l s o e v e r y t h i n g else t h a t
c a n t o r a n d s c h o l a s h o u l d s i n g : tropes (in the earlier M i d d l e A g e s ) , ordinary-of-mass
chants, and sequences. The present manuscript concludes with a collection of
o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s , s o m e of w h i c h are p r o v i d e d w i t h i n d i c a t i o n s f o r d i v i d i n g t h e
performance between c h o i r a n d o r g a n (the latter p r e s u m a b l y u s i n g t h e c h a n t as a
c a n t u s f i r m u s f o r i m p r o v i s a t i o n ) . T h e t w o G l o r i a s o n t h i s p a g e are e x a m p l e s of t h i s .
T h e m e l o d i e s are w e l l k n o w n as n o s . I a n d I X i n t h e V a t i c a n / S o l e s m e s service-books.
I n b e t w e e n c o m e s a K y r i e , w i t h t h e L a t i n r u b r i c ' D e d o m i n a i i ' (a s e c o n d K y r i e , o r
K y r i e - G l o r i a p a i r , for O u r L a d y ) , a n d , i n the m a r g i n , the D u t c h r u b r i c ' v a n onse
l i e f u e v r o u w ' . T h i s K y r i e - G l o r i a p a i r w e r e f r e q u e n t l y s u n g at M a r i a n m a s s e s , a n d are
assigned thus i n the Vatican/Solesmes service-books.
T h e n o t a t i o n i s c h a r a c t e r i z e d a b o v e a l l b y the v i r g a s h a p e d l i k e a horseshoe-nail
( ' H u f n a g e l ' ) . A t r a n s c r i p t i o n of t h e o p e n i n g of t h e K y r i e is g i v e n :
E a r l y p r i n t e d s e r v i c e - b o o k s w i t h m u s i c are n o d i f f e r e n t i n a r r a n g e m e n t f r o m t h e i r
m a n u s c r i p t p r e d e c e s s o r s . T h e p r e s e n t v o l u m e c o n t a i n s t h e p r o p e r c h a n t s of m a s s ,
t h e n a c o l l e c t i o n of s e v e n t e e n s e q u e n c e s (an e x t r e m e l y c o n s e r v a t i v e c o l l e c t i o n , i n
w h i c h Yictime paschali laudes, of t h e 11th c e n t u r y , is t h e m o s t r e c e n t i t e m ) , a n d
finally K y r i e - G l o r i a pairs, Sanctus, and A g n u s D e i chants.
T h e e n d of t h e s e q u e n c e f o r S t M a r t i n , Sacerdotem Christi, o c c u p i e s the first s i x
l i n e s o f t h e l e f t - h a n d p a g e . O n t h e last l i n e b e g i n s t h e s e q u e n c e f o r a p o s t l e s , N o t k e r ' s
Clare sanctorum senatus apostolorum, w h i c h w e h a v e s e e n i n a M a i n z v e r s i o n of s o m e
5 4 0 y e a r s e a r l i e r o n P l a t e 6.
Plainchant and Early M u s i c T h e o r y
V . l . I N T R O D U C T I O N
I n a g e n e r a l s e n s e a g r e a t p a r t of t h e t h e o r e t i c a l w r i t i n g of t h e M i d d l e A g e s is of
r e l e v a n c e t o t h e p l a i n c h a n t r e p e r t o r y . F o r e x a m p l e , m u c h c o u l d b e m a d e of t h e p l a c e
of ' m u s i c ' i n t h e h i s t o r y of i d e a s i n t h e M i d d l e A g e s , i n t h e m e d i e v a l c o s m o l o g y . B u t
t h i s is n o t t h e p l a c e f o r s u c h a d e m o n s t r a t i o n , a n d n o a t t e m p t c a n b e m a d e h e r e to
s u m m a r i z e all the possible t h e m e s . Instead, the f o l l o w i n g sections w i l l c o m m e n t o n a
restricted number of topics which touch directly u p o n chant composition and
practice. The two most i m p o r t a n t of these a r e : (i) t h e w a y i n w h i c h t h e chant
r e p e r t o r y w a s a l i g n e d w i t h t h e p i t c h s y s t e m of G r e e k a n t i q u i t y , a n d t h e c o n c o m i t a n t
c o u p l i n g of t h e m o d a l s y s t e m w i t h p a r t i c u l a r p i t c h e s ; a n d ( i i ) t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of
what constitutes the m o d a l character of p a r t i c u l a r c h a n t s . Some of the material
treated here borders on the speculative part of music theory (music as the
e m b o d i m e n t o f c e l e s t i a l h a r m o n y ) , s o m e of it o n t h e p e d a g o g i c a l ( h o w to n o t a t e
m u s i c , h o w to r e a d i t ) , b u t n o f u l l a c c o u n t of t h e s e is a t t e m p t e d .
T h e g r o w t h of a m u s i c - t h e o r e t i c a l l i t e r a t u r e f r o m t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d w a s
s t i m u l a t e d b y t w o f a c t o r s . T h e first w a s the i n t e r e s t i n a n d t h e d e s i r e t o e m u l a t e t h e
w r i t i n g s of late a n t i q u i t y t h a t h a d s u r v i v e d to the t i m e of the C a r o l i n g i a n r e n a i s s a n c e .
T h e s e c o n d w a s t h e n e e d to a b s t r a c t f r o m the p r a c t i c e of m u s i c i n t h e l i t u r g y s o m e
r u l e s to r e g u l a t e that p r a c t i c e a n d m a k e it m o r e u n i f o r m f r o m p l a c e to p l a c e .
T h e c o n c e p t of ' m u s i c a ' i n h e r i t e d b y t h e M i d d l e A g e s f r o m c l a s s i c a l a n t i q u i t y w a s
t h a t of m u s i c a l s c i e n c e r a t h e r t h a n p r a c t i c e . T h e G r e e k s t h e m s e l v e s d i d not w r i t e a b o u t
t h e i r o w n p r a c t i c a l m u s i c . S o it is not to be e x p e c t e d that ' m u s i c a ' , m u s i c t h e o r y ,
s h o u l d h a v e b e e n of d i r e c t r e l e v a n c e to C h r i s t i a n c h a n t . T h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y h a d of
c o u r s e g r o w n u p q u i t e i n d e p e n d e n t l y of any t h e o r e t i c a l s y s t e m , a n d it is i n t e r e s t i n g to
see how 7
medieval writers wrestled with the heritage of antiquity (mainly as
transmitted by Boethius), d r e w f r o m it w h a t w a s of p r a c t i c a l use i n the daily
p e r f o r m a n c e o f t h e l i t u r g y , a n d u s e d s o m e of its s i m p l e r d o c t r i n e s as the f o u n d a t i o n
for speculative theory, all i n a c o m p l e t e l y new intellectual and m u s i c a l e n v i r o n m e n t .
T h e o t h e r f a s c i n a t i n g p r o c e s s at w o r k t h r o u g h t h e n i n t h to t w e l f t h c e n t u r i e s is t h e
b r i n g i n g i n t o l i n e of t h e c h a n t repertory with w h a t h a d at first been theoretical
concepts, w h i c h t h e n e x e r t e d a r e t r o a c t i v e i n f l u e n c e o n c h a n t i t s e l f . It w a s a s h o r t
s t e p , t h o u g h a m o m e n t o u s o n e , f r o m t h e r e c o g n i t i o n t h a t t h e m a j o r i t y of c h a n t s i n
such and such a m o d e d i s p l a y e d t h i s o r that tonal behaviour, to the deliberate
a l t e r a t i o n of c h a n t s w h i c h , as i t w e r e , s t e p p e d o u t of l i n e w i t h t h e m a j o r i t y .
T h e n e x t s e c t i o n g i v e s a b r i e f a c c o u n t of t h e m u s i c a l t h e o r y of a n t i q u i t y w h i c h w a s
k n o w n to the early M i d d l e A g e s . Subsequent sections describe the w a y i n w h i c h the
p i t c h e s s u n g i n c h a n t w e r e a s s i g n e d places i n t h e G r e e k G r e a t e r a n d L e s s e r Perfect
S y s t e m , t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e g r o w t h of a l i t e r a t u r e a b o u t t h e m o d a l q u a l i t y of c h a n t s .
V.2. T H E L E G A C Y O F A N T I Q U I T Y
T h e p r i n c i p a l w r i t i n g s o n m u s i c of late a n t i q u i t y k n o w n t o t h e M i d d l e A g e s w e r e , i n
c h r o n o l o g i c a l o r d e r , t h o s e of C e n s o r i n u s ( 3 r d c ) , C a l c i d i u s ( 4 t h c ) , A u g u s t i n e (354—
430), M a c r o b i u s (early 5 t h c ) , M a r t i a n u s C a p e l l a (early 5 t h c . ) , B o e t h i u s (c.480-
r . 5 3 0 ) , C a s s i o d o r u s ( < \ 4 8 5 - c . 5 8 0 ) , a n d I s i d o r e o f S e v i l l e (c.599-636). O f these the
last f o u r w e r e t h e m o s t i n f l u e n t i a l , B o e t h i u s p r o v i d i n g b y f a r t h e m o s t substantial
b o d y of m a t e r i a l . C e n s o r i n u s , i n t h r e e c h a p t e r s o f h i s w o r k De die natali, mostly
b o r r o w i n g f r o m V a r r o (1st c ) , w a s c o n c e r n e d w i t h s p e c u l a t i v e m u s i c t h e o r y : m u s i c
a n d t h e c o s m o s , a n d its e t h i c a l i n f l u e n c e o n m a n ( C e n s o r i n u s , e d . R o c c a - S e r r a 1980,
e d . S a l l m a n n ; see also S a l l m a n n 1 9 8 3 ) . M a t e r i a l o f t h i s s o r t is c o m m o n to m o s t o f t h e
above writers a n d was repeated by many medieval authors. A l s o repeated i n the
M i d d l e A g e s , b u t h a r d l y e x p a n d e d , were explanations of the h a r m o n y of the spheres,
s u c h as t h e o n e i n M a c r o b i u s ' c o m m e n t a r y o n t h e Somnhim Scipionis of C i c e r o ( e d .
W i l l i s 1 9 7 0 , t r a n s . S t a h l 1 9 5 2 ) . L e s s c o m m o n l y e n c o u n t e r e d is t h e t y p e of m a t e r i a l i n
A u g u s t i n e ' s De musica ( P L 32. 1 0 8 1 - 1 1 9 4 , trans. T a l i a f e r r o 1947, K n i g h t 1949).
M u s i c is s e e n h e r e , as e l s e w h e r e , as a n e m b o d i m e n t o f p r o p o r t i o n . T h e c o n c e p t w a s
g e n e r a l l y i l l u s t r a t e d w i t h r e f e r e n c e to t h e h a r m o n i c i n t e r v a l s b e t w e e n notes—the
octave, fifth, f o u r t h , a n d so o n . B u t i n A u g u s t i n e ' s t r e a t i s e t h e p r o p o r t i o n s are t h o s e
d i s p l a y e d i n t h e m e t r e s a n d r h y t h m s of m e t r i c a l v e r s e (see C r o c k e r 1 9 5 8 , 'Musica').
Music's power over living b e i n g s — n o t only humans b u t also a n i m a l s a n d e v e n
p l a n t s — i s again a p r i n c i p a l p r e o c c u p a t i o n i n the m u s i c a l part of M a r t i a n u s C a p e l l a ' s
De nuptiis Philologiae et Mercurii, which then proceeds to b o r r o w m a t e r i a l by
Aristides Quintilianus (3rd-4th c.) o n the classification of m u s i c a l knowledge,
i n c l u d i n g its p i t c h e s , scale s y s t e m s , s p e c i e s , a n d i n t e r v a l s ( e d . W i l l i s , t r a n s . S t a h l ; see
also S t a h l 1 9 7 1 ) . T h e m u s i c - t h e o r e t i c a l texts of C a s s i o d o r u s ( e d . M y n o r s 1937) a n d
I s i d o r e ( e d . L i n d s a y 1911) are l i k e w i s e m a i n l y c o n c e r n e d w i t h t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f
m u s i c a l k n o w l e d g e i n g r o u p s of t o p i c s : of t h e t o p i c s t h e m s e l v e s t h e r e is r e l a t i v e l y l i t t l e
d i s c u s s i o n ( O n C a s s i o d o r u s see also H o l t z 1984, S t r u n k 1950; o n Isidore Strunk
1950.)
The classic e x p o s i t i o n of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n music, p r o p o r t i o n , a n d the
u n i v e r s e is i n P l a t o ' s Timaeus, k n o w n to t h e M i d d l e A g e s i n t h e r e w o r k i n g b y
C a l c i d i u s (ed. W a s z i n k 1962; W a s z i n k 1964; f o r P l a t o see A r n o u x 1 9 6 0 , Cornford
1 9 3 7 ) . H e r e it is e x p l a i n e d h o w t h e d e m i u r g e (easily t r a n s m u t e d b y l a t e r w r i t e r s i n t o
the C h r i s t i a n G o d ) created the w o r l d - s o u l f r o m a substance w h i c h c o m b i n e d that
w h i c h is i n d i v i s i b l e a n d u n c h a n g i n g ( e t e r n a l verities) a n d that w h i c h is d i v i s i b l e ,
m a t e r i a l , a n d subject to c h a n g e . T h i s substance was d i v i d e d into sections whose
lengths were i n strict p r o p o r t i o n a l r e l a t i o n s h i p w i t h each other, 1 : 2, 2 : 3 , 3 : 4 a n d
so o n . S i n c e t h e p r o p o r t i o n s w e r e t h o s e of P y t h a g o r e a n h a r m o n i c t h e o r y , m u s i c c o u l d
b e u n d e r s t o o d as a r e f l e c t i o n of t h e c r e a t i o n of the w o r l d a n d its d i v i n e o r d e r .
T h e d i v i n e o r d e r w a s r e f l e c t e d n o t o n l y i n the o r d e r i n g of t h e E a r t h a n d h e a v e n l y
b o d i e s , t h e m a c r o c o s m , b u t also i n m a n , the m i c r o c o s m , i n t h e b a l a n c e b e t w e e n his
s p i r i t u a l a n d p h y s i c a l b e i n g . H e n c e the i n f l u e n c e of m u s i c u p o n t h e state of h i s s o u l
a n d his behaviour.
A l t h o u g h B o e t h i u s ' De institutione musica ( e d . F r i e d l e i n 1867, t r a n s . B o w e r 1989)
includes chapters about music's ethical power, the harmony of the spheres,
P y t h a g o r a s ' d i s c o v e r y of m u s i c a l p r o p o r t i o n s (the s t o r y of the h a m m e r s of d i f f e r e n t
sizes i n the smithy) and other matter, its c h i e f substance is a comprehensive
e x p o s i t i o n o f p r o p o r t i o n a l t h e o r y , scales, a n d s p e c i e s . ( O n B o e t h i u s see a l s o B o w e r
1967, 1978, 1988, C a l d w e l l 1 9 8 1 , G i b s o n 1981, W h i t e 1981, C h a d w i c k 1 9 8 1 . ) M u c h
o f B o e t h i u s ' e x p o s i t i o n is set o u t w i t h r e f e r e n c e to the m o n o c h o r d , a m e t h o d t a k e n u p
i n t h e M i d d l e A g e s , at least b y t h o s e w r i t e r s w h o g o so f a r as t o d e m o n s t r a t e the
p h y s i c a l b a s i s of t h e s i m p l e p r o p o r t i o n s . B o e t h i u s a p p e a r s to h a v e w i s h e d to a t t e m p t a
s u m m a r y o f G r e e k m u s i c a l l e a r n i n g i n t h e L a t i n l a n g u a g e , at a t i m e w h e n t h e s u b j e c t s
of the q u a d r i v i u m ( a r i t h m e t i c , g e o m e t r y , m u s i c , a s t r o n o m y ) w e r e neglected i n f a v o u r
o f t h e r h e t o r i c a l a r t s , t h e t r i v i u m ( g r a m m a r , r h e t o r i c , a n d d i a l e c t i c ) , p a r t l y o u t of fear
that G r e e k l e a r n i n g w a s i n d a n g e r of b e i n g lost to the w o r l d of t h e late Roman
E m p i r e . H i s p l a n ( w h i c h r e m a i n e d u n c o m p l e t e d ) a p p e a r s t o h a v e b e e n a r e w o r k i n g of
N i c o m a c h u s ' h a n d b o o k of h a r m o n i c s , a lost i n t r o d u c t i o n to m u s i c b y N i c o m a c h u s ,
and Ptolemy's harmonics (Bower 1978).
B o e t h i u s ' d e m o n s t r a t i o n of t h e c o r r e c t i n t e r v a l s b e t w e e n t h e n o t e s w h i c h m a k e u p
the G r e e k G r e a t e r and Lesser Perfect S y s t e m w a s of great i m p o r t a n c e . Since he
d e m o n s t r a t e d n o t o n l y t h e i n t e r v a l s of t h e d i a t o n i c scale (the e q u i v a l e n t of, s a y , o u r
m o d e r n A-a\ w i t h o u t a c c i d e n t a l s ) , b u t also t h o s e of the c h r o m a t i c a n d e n h a r m o n i c
genera, Boethius p r o v i d e d far more information than was useful to medieval
m u s i c i a n s : at l e a s t , t h e r e w a s n o a t t e m p t i n the M i d d l e A g e s t o relate the i n t e r v a l s o f
t h o s e t w o g e n e r a to t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y . B o e t h i u s ' d i v i s i o n o f t h e m o n o c h o r d was
a c c o m p l i s h e d i n t w o s t a g e s , the first e s t a b l i s h i n g the first, s e c o n d , a n d f o u r t h n o t e s o f
e a c h t e t r a c h o r d , t h e s e c o n d stage filling i n t h e n o t e s w h i c h d i f f e r e d f r o m o n e g e n u s to
a n o t h e r . E x . V . 2 . 1 s h o w s h o w t h e first stage p r o c e e d e d , a n d t h e n g i v e s t h e s e c o n d -
stage d i v i s i o n of t h e h i g h e s t t e t r a c h o r d . F o r convenience, the m o d e r n equivalent
p i t c h e s A—a' are s h o w n b e n e a t h the l i n e r e p r e s e n t i n g the s t r i n g of t h e m o n o c h o r d .
T h e c o m p l e t e d i a t o n i c s c a l e , its c o m p o n e n t t e t r a c h o r d s , a n d t h e G r e e k n a m e s of e a c h
n o t e are g i v e n i n T a b l e V . 2 . 1 , a g a i n w i t h h y p o t h e t i c a l m o d e r n e q u i v a l e n t pitches.
E q u a l l y i m p o r t a n t w a s B o e t h i u s ' d e m o n s t r a t i o n of the d i f f e r e n t s p e c i e s of o c t a v e ,
2. The legacy of Antiquity
F i r s t d i v i s i o n of the m o n o c h o r d
I 1 1 1 ! I I ! I I I I
m • —w
1. take a s t r i n g len£rth AB
2. d i v i d e A B into 4 : CDE AB CB : DB : EB
d i v i d e A B by 9 : F AB : FB = 9 : 8
4. d i v i d e A B by 3 : G AB : GB = 3 2
5. d i v i d e C B by 4 : K CB : KB = 4 3
6. d i v i d e D B by 9 L DB : LB = 9 8
7. d i v i d e D B by 4 : M DB : MB = 4 : 3
8. d i v i d e D B by 3 : N DB : NB = 3 : 2
9. d i v i d e K B by 2 : X KB : XB = 2 : 1
ff KK LL
3E
K
A-~ tone
fifth a n d f o u r t h w h i c h c a n be f o u n d w i t h i n t h e s y s t e m (set o u t i n a d i f f e r e n t o r d e r
f r o m that f o u n d i n e x t a n t G r e e k w r i t i n g s ) . E a c h s p e c i e s is d i s t i n g u i s h e d b y the
arrangement of i n t e r v a l s w i t h i n i t . T h e i n t e r v a l of t h e f o u r t h , f o r e x a m p l e , occurs
b e t w e e n five p a i r s of n o t e s , m o d e r n e q u i v a l e n t s A-D, B-E, C-F, D - G , E-A. Since,
h o w e v e r , t h e s e m i t o n e f a l l s at the s a m e p o i n t i n t h e t e t r a c h o r d f o r A-D and D-G—it
446 V. Plainchant and Early Music Theory
T A B L E V . 2 . 1 . G r e a t e r a n d Lesser Perfect S y s t e m , D i a t o n i c G e n u s
f o r m s t h e m i d d l e s t e p o f t h e t h r e e — a n d at t h e s a m e p o i n t i n t h e t e t r a c h o r d f o r B-E
a n d E-A, t h e r e a r e o n l y t h r e e d i f f e r e n t species o f f o u r t h . I n E x . V . 2 . 2 t h e s p e c i e s of
fourth, fifth, a n d octave are g i v e n w i t h h y p o t h e t i c a l e q u i v a l e n t m o d e r n p i t c h e s , a n d
the s e m i t o n e s a r e m a r k e d w i t h t h e n u m b e r of t h e step at w h i c h t h e y o c c u r . T o t h i s
e x a m p l e h a v e also b e e n added the names of t h e e i g h t o c t a v e species. (Boethius
a c t u a l l y sets t h e s e o u t i n a d i f f e r e n t w a y , i m a g i n i n g t h e m a l l t o o c c u r b e t w e e n t h e
same t w o p i t c h e s w h e n t h e c o m p l e t e scale is i t s e l f t r a n s p o s e d t o d i f f e r e n t p i t c h l e v e l s :
see NG x i i . 379.) T h e difference between this nomenclature a n d the c o m m o n
m e d i e v a l o n e is d i s c u s s e d b e l o w .
J. A Pitch-System for Plainchant 447
E x . V . 2 . 2 . Species of intervals
V.3. A P I T C H - S Y S T E M F O R P L A I N C H A N T
(i) I n t r o d u c t i o n
(ii) H u c b a l d of S a i n t - A m a n d
(iii) T h e Enchiriadis G r o u p of Treatises
(i) Introduction
E c c l e s i a s t i c a l c h a n t p l a y s n o p a r t i n a n y of the w r i t i n g s r e f e r r e d t o i n t h e last s e c t i o n ,
a n d the first e v i d e n c e that m u s i c t h e o r y a n d t h e p r a c t i c e of c h a n t w e r e o n a c o n v e r g i n g
c o u r s e , so t o s p e a k , c o m e s w i t h the C a r o l i n g i a n r e n a i s s a n c e of t h e late e i g h t h a n d
n i n t h c e n t u r i e s . It is k n o w n , f o r e x a m p l e , that A l c u i n , C h a r l e m a g n e ' s c h i e f a d v i s e r o n
e d u c a t i o n a l m a t t e r s , c o n c e i v e d of a l i b e r a l arts p r o g r a m m e at t h e i m p e r i a l c o u r t a n d
p r o b a b l y i n t r o d u c e d it at h i s a b b e y of S t M a r t i n ' s , T o u r s ; t h e r e is e v i d e n c e of it at
O r l e a n s , u n d e r T h e o d u l f , a n d e s p e c i a l l y at F u l d a , u n d e r R h a b a n u s M a u r u s . The
r e v i v a l of c l a s s i c a l l e a r n i n g w a s e x a c t l y c o n t e m p o r a r y w i t h t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t of t h e
R o m a n l i t u r g y a n d its c h a n t i n t h e e m p i r e .
N e v e r t h e l e s s , o r i g i n a l n e w w r i t i n g a b o u t m u s i c t h e o r y is n o t f o u n d u n t i l t h e next
generations of s c h o l a r s , b e g i n n i n g w i t h A u r e l i a n of R e o m e , w h o s e treatise Musica
disciplina is u s u a l l y d a t e d r . 8 5 0 . A n o t h e r g r o u p o f s c h o l a r s w a s c o n n e c t e d i n v a r i o u s
ways w i t h t h e c o u r t of C h a r l e s the B a l d ( 8 2 3 - 7 7 , k i n g f r o m 8 4 0 , e m p e r o r f r o m 875),
a n d t h e s c h o o l s at S a i n t - A m a n d , L a o n , R e i m s , a n d A u x e r r e . T h e s e are J o h a n n e s
S c o t u s E r i u g e n a ( c . 8 1 0 - c . 8 7 7 ) , R e m i g i u s of A u x e r r e ( c . 8 4 1 - r . 9 0 0 ) , a n d H u c b a l d of
S a i n t - A m a n d (c.840-930). R e g i n o of P r i i m , w r i t i n g at t h e t u r n of t h e c e n t u r y , the
a n o n y m o u s t r e a t i s e k n o w n as Alia musica, a n d the Enchiriadis g r o u p of t r e a t i s e s
(Musica enchiriadis, Scolica enchiriadis, a n d t h e Commemoratio brevis de tonis et
psalmis modulandis) c o m p l e t e w h a t is a l t o g e t h e r a v e r y i m p o r t a n t , e v e n a s t o n i s h i n g
a c h i e v e m e n t i n c r e a t i n g a b o d y of n e w m u s i c t h e o r y , b o r r o w i n g o c c a s i o n a l l y f r o m t h e
a u t h o r i t i e s o f t h e past b u t o f t e n s t a r t l i n g l y i n d e p e n d e n t , a l l d a t a b l e to t h e s e c o n d h a l f
of the n i n t h c e n t u r y .
J o h a n n e s S c o t u s E r i u g e n a ( o r J o h n S c o t ) a n d R e m i g i u s of A u x e r r e left n o m u s i c
treatise i n t h e n o r m a l s e n s e . J o h a n n e s was b o r n i n I r e l a n d a b o u t 8 1 0 a n d c a m e to
F r a n c i a a b o u t 8 4 5 . H e is t h o u g h t t o h a v e t a u g h t g r a m m a r a n d d i a l e c t i c at t h e c o u r t of
C h a r l e s t h e B a l d ( t h o u g h t h e e x i s t e n c e o f a f o r m a l p a l a c e - s c h o o l is n o t s e c u r e : see
McKitterick 1983, 213-14, where Compiegne is p r o p o s e d as C h a r l e s ' s favourite
p a l a c e ) . H e w a s p e r h a p s t h e o n l y s c h o l a r of h i s age w h o h a d a m a s t e r y of G r e e k , a n d
i n the e a r l y 8 6 0 s h e t r a n s l a t e d s e v e r a l G r e e k w o r k s f o r the k i n g . M u s i c is t r e a t e d i n
John's w o r k o n l y p a r e n t h e t i c a l l y i n his m a s t e r w o r k o n transcendental philosophy,
Periphyseon o r De divisione naturae, and otherwise only i n his c o m m e n t a r y on
M a r t i a n u s C a p e l l a . M a r t i a n u s ' w o r k s e e m s first to h a v e b e c o m e k n o w n a g a i n d u r i n g
C h a r l e s ' s r e i g n , a f t e r a l o n g p e r i o d of o b l i v i o n (see H u g l o 1975, 142 f f . ) . Remigius
also c o m p o s e d a c o m m e n t a r y o n i t . ( O n J o h n see L u t z 1939, B o w e r 1971, Uhlfelder
1976, C o n t r e n i 1 9 7 8 ; o n R e m i g i u s see L u t z 1956, 1957, 1962-5.)
It m a y w e l l h a v e b e e n a m o n g the c i r c l e of R e m i g i u s a n d H u c b a l d t h a t e x a m p l e s of
plainchant were first used to illustrate theoretical concepts. Remigius, in his
c o m m e n t a r y o n M a r t i a n u s C a p e l l a , g l o s s i n g M a r t i a n u s ' d e f i n i t i o n of t h e symphoniae
( c o n s o n a n c e s ) , q u o t e s t h r e e i n t r o i t s to i l l u s t r a t e t h e i n t e r v a l s of t h e f o u r t h a n d fifth
(Tibi dixit cor meum a n d Deus in adiutorium meum both begin with a rising fourth,
Oculi mei semper w i t h a r i s i n g fifth). H u c b a l d g o e s f a r b e y o n d t h i s , h o w e v e r , c i t i n g
over sixty chant p a s s a g e s to i l l u s t r a t e i n t e r v a l s a n d s c a l e - s e g m e n t s . In this the
m o n o c h o r d p l a y s n o p a r t . T h e i n t e r v a l s , f o r e x a m p l e , are n o t e s t a b l i s h e d a c c o r d i n g to
t h e i r p r o p o r t i o n s i n t e r m s of l e n g t h o n the s t r i n g of t h e m o n o c h o r d ; H u c b a l d s i m p l y
cites eighteen examples w h i c h illustrate nine different intervals i n ascending and
d e s c e n d i n g m o t i o n . H e d o e s n o t at first n a m e t h e i n t e r v a l s i n q u e s t i o n , w i s h i n g o n l y
to e s t a b l i s h t h e s i m p l e n o t i o n t h a t t h e r e are i n t e r v a l s of d i f f e r i n g s i z e . H e t h e n s h o w s
h o w t h e l a r g e r i n t e r v a l s c o n s i s t of c o m b i n a t i o n s of t h e t o n e a n d s e m i t o n e . T h e nine
intervals w h i c h o c c u r i n the chant repertory are: s e m i t o n e , tone, m i n o r a n d major
t h i r d , perfect f o u r t h , t r i t o n e , perfect fifth, minor and major sixth.
T h e r u d i m e n t s w h i c h H u c b a l d is n e x t at p a i n s to d e m o n s t r a t e a r e : t h e consonant
i n t e r v a l s of t h e f o u r t h , fifth, o c t a v e , o c t a v e p l u s f o u r t h , o c t a v e p l u s fifth, a n d d o u b l e
o c t a v e ; a n d t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n a t o n e a n d a s e m i t o n e . I n t h e l a t t e r c o n n e c t i o n he
cites t w o e x a m p l e s of c h a n t passages w h i c h r u n t h r o u g h a h e x a c h o r d , with the
s e m i t o n e i n t h e m i d d l e : i n m o d e r n n o t a t i o n C-D-E-F-G-a a n d then the reverse, a-
G-F-E-D-C. T h i s c o r r e s p o n d s , says H u c b a l d , t o t h e a r r a n g e m e n t of s t r i n g s o n t h e
s i x - s t r i n g e d c i t h a r a , a n d he suggests that one s h o u l d practise w r i t i n g chants o n six
l i n e s , r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e s e s t r i n g s , w i t h the s e m i t o n e i n t h e r i g h t p l a c e (see E x . V.3.1).
it a p. e e
T / \ A / \ A
li in nun his t
p\/ p p\
1 \ /
T
* p
1 X
x
p p
s F.r
\ /V
Isra / \
v
n nn
\ /
p \
ft
T cp\ // hp do on \ // \sr
T \ /
est
E x . V . 3 . 3 . I n t r o i t Statuit ei as described bv H u c b a l d
Sta - tuit e-i do- -mi - nus tes - ta-men-tum pa - cis et prin - cipem fe-cit
It is n o w t h a t H u c b a l d i n t r o d u c e s the i d e a of p i t c h - s y m b o l s f o r t h e i n d i v i d u a l n o t e s
of the s c a l e . A s h a s a l r e a d y b e e n e x p l a i n e d ( I V . 5 ) , t h e s y m b o l s he s u g g e s t s were
b o r r o w e d f r o m A l y p i u s v i a B o e t h i u s , but not subsequently taken u p b y any other
w r i t e r . O n c e a g a i n , c h a n t e x a m p l e s are g i v e n , a m o n g t h e m the p s e u d o - G r e e k t y p e
melody for m o d e 1 ( E x . V.3.4).
3. A Pitch-System for Plainchant
E x . V . 3 . 4 . H u c b a l d ' s letter-notation
1 M PMP C F I M PC PM PC F
A l - l e - l u - ia N o - n e - n o - e - a - ne
In the manuscript Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale, lat. 7202 the treatise Musica
enchiriadis is a t t r i b u t e d to H u c b a l d , a n d i n G e r b e r t ' s e d i t i o n not o n l y that w o r k b u t
its Scolica a n d t h e t r e a t i s e k n o w n as Alia rnusica w e r e also c r e d i t e d t o H u c b a l d .
Muller (1884) and Muhlmann (1914) were able to disprove the attributions.
M e a n w h i l e , n o o t h e r a u t h o r has a p p e a r e d to c l a i m Musica enchiriadis (or the others),
a n d e v e n its date a n d p r o v e n a n c e are u n c l e a r (see P h i l l i p s 1984). U n t i l decisive
e v i d e n c e t u r n s u p , it is p r o b a b l y safe to r e g a r d it as a w o r k w r i t t e n i n north-east
F r a n c e o r w e s t G e r m a n y , p e r h a p s e v e n w i t h i n t h e o r b i t of H u c b a l d ' s a c t i v i t y , i n t h e
s e c o n d h a l f of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y .
Musica enchiriadis a n d t h e Scolica, w h i c h s u b j e c t s s o m e of t h e t o p i c s i n Musica
enchiriadis t o m o r e e x t e n d e d d i s c u s s i o n i n d i a l o g u e f o r m , are m o s t f a m o u s f o r t h e i r
d e m o n s t r a t i o n of o r g a n u m of v a r i o u s t y p e s . H u c b a l d also r e f e r r e d to o r g a n u m b y w a y
of i l l u s t r a t i n g t h e c o n c e p t of c o n s o n a n c e , a n d it has b e e n a r g u e d t h a t t h e m a i n p o i n t of
the discussion of organum i n Musica enchiriadis is to illustrate the perfect
c o n s o n a n c e s ( F u l l e r 1 9 8 1 ) . I n t h e first part of t h e t r e a t i s e , on the other h a n d , the
author presents eight chant examples, w h i c h are e a c h t y p i c a l o f o n e of t h e eight
ecclesiastical m o d e s . T h i s is d o n e b y m e a n s of t h e d a s i a n n o t a t i o n set o u t i n t h e
o p e n i n g c h a p t e r s of t h e b o o k (see a b o v e , I V . 7 ) . E a c h p a i r of e x a m p l e s is p r e c e d e d b y
a b r i e f f o r m u l a w h i c h r u n s t h r o u g h t h e n o t e s of o n e of the f o u r s p e c i e s of fifth
( m o d e r n e q u i v a l e n t s a-d, b-E, c-F, d-G: it s h o u l d be s t r e s s e d t h a t , as i n H u c b a l d ' s
w o r k , t h e a l p h a b e t i c s e r i e s w i t h w h i c h w e are f a m i l i a r is n o t c o n n e c t e d w i t h t h e d a s i a n
s y m b o l s ) . L i k e H u c b a l d ' s , the e x a m p l e s are set o u t o n l i n e s , t h o u g h h e r e t h e p i t c h o f
e a c h l i n e is m a d e c l e a r b y a d a s i a s i g n . T h e e x a m p l e s f o r t h e p r o t u s m o d e are s h o w n i n
Ex. V.3.5.
The Enchiriadis author, therefore, has an a p p r o a c h diametrically opposed to
H u c b a l d ' s s u b t l e a n d g r a d u a l m e t h o d . T h e p i t c h - s y m b o l s a p p e a r at t h e v e r y start o f
t h e w o r k so t h a t t h e a u t h o r c a n i m m e d i a t e l y i l l u s t r a t e w h a t e v e r c o n c e p t s h e c h o o s e
w i t h o u t r e c o u r s e to m e m o r i z e d c h a n t s .
W h i l e c h a n t is n o t t h e o n l y i n t e r e s t of the Enchiriadis a u t h o r , the Commemoratio
brevis is a v e r i t a b l e p l a i n c h a n t p r i m e r . N o t a t e d i n d a s i a n n o t a t i o n , a n d t h u s fixed i n
3. A Pitch-System for Plainchant 453
MJlePluJF/ ia/7 . 5
Lau/da/tyte/' Do/>mi/num^ de IP cae/>lis/\
J. a .
tf da r_£ num .
/ Lau DU de. Qae_ Lo_ e
p Do^ Li -j- aim \z
b caelis. c_a£ Lau da Deum
, \ l
#
— •—" •»—9—i — — 9 — — • — * + > * 0
* *
Al-le-lu - ia. L a u - d a - t e D o - m i n u m de ce-lis. Caeli cae-lorum lau-date Deum.
pitch notation over a century before pitch notation was used in chant-books
t h e m s e l v e s , are nearly seventy m u s i c a l examples f r o m the s t a n d a r d c h a n t repertory,
i n c l u d i n g t h e p s a l m - t o n e f o r m u l a s w i t h their m u l t i p l e cadences, a n d also the d i d a c t i c
m e l o d i e s associated w i t h the different m o d e s : N o e a n n e , N o e a i s , a n d so o n . T h e p l a n
is r o u g h l y as f o l l o w s :
(>) General
(») A u r e l i a n of R e o m e
(iii) R e g i n o of P r u m
(iv) Nomenclature
(v) G r e e k N a m e s and Octave Species
(vi) Italian T h e o r y : T h e Dialogus de musica
(vii) G u i d o of A r e z z o
(viii) South G e r m a n Writers
(IX) M o d a l Theory in South Germany
(x) Later Syntheses
(i) General
T h e earliest of t h e n i n t h - c e n t u r y w r i t e r s , A u r e l i a n of R e o m e , s h o w s v e r y clearly h o w
gross a d i v i s i o n e x i s t e d b e t w e e n t h e h e r i t a g e of c l a s s i c a l m u s i c t h e o r y a n d t h e n e e d s o f
p r a c t i c a l m u s i c i a n s . Wis Musica disciplina appears to have b e e n w r i t t e n i n the decade
b e f o r e 8 5 0 f o r B e r n a r d , a b b o t o f t h e m o n a s t e r y of S a i n t - J e a n - d e - R e o m e (not far f r o m
L a n g r e s i n e a s t e r n F r a n c e ) . F r o m t h e c o m p l i c a t e d m a k e - u p a n d t r a n s m i s s i o n i t is n o t
clear h o w m u c h A u r e l i a n h i m s e l f m a y h a v e c o n t r i b u t e d t o t h e t r e a t i s e i n i t s f u l l e s t
f o r m . ( F o r e x a m p l e , t h e s t a r t i n c h . 8, ' D e o c t o t o n i s ' , is f o u n d s e p a r a t e l y e l s w h e r e ,
b e i n g a t t r i b u t e d i n a thirteenth-century source, a n d thereafter b y G e r b e r t , to A l c u i n .
W h i l e that a t t r i b u t i o n is false, A u r e l i a n m a y not have w r i t t e n the passage. Other
m a t e r i a l is b o r r o w e d , s o m e t i m e s w i t h o u t m u c h a d a p t a t i o n , f r o m B o e t h i u s , C a s s i o d o r u s ,
a n d B e d e . ) T h e b e s t - k n o w n p a s s a g e s i n t h e treatise are t h o s e w h e r e A u r e l i a n e x p l a i n s
that Charlemagne added four modes to the u s u a l eight because the Greeks
(Byzantines) boasted that they h a d perfected the eight m o d e s ; w h e r e u p o n the G r e e k s
added f o u r m o r e t h e m s e l v e s ; a n d h o w A u r e l i a n asked a G r e e k the m e a n i n g of the
Noeanne syllables. (This actually constitutes some of o u r e a r l i e s t evidence that
Byzantine chant had a modal organization.) More important f o r the present
d i s c u s s i o n are t h e s u c c e e d i n g chapters, w h e r e he discusses m e l o d i e s b e l o n g i n g to the
(eight) different m o d e s i n p u r e l y practical terms.
A u r e l i a n ' s p a r t i c u l a r c o n c e r n is t h e l i n k b e t w e e n m a i n c h a n t a n d v e r s e i n i n t r o i t s ,
o f f e r t o r i e s , a n d c o m m u n i o n s at m a s s a n d r e s p o n s o r i e s a n d a n t i p h o n s of t h e o f f i c e .
T h e c l o s e s t t h e m a t i c p a r a l l e l is w i t h t h e Commemoratio brevis, b u t t h e m a n n e r of
p r e s e n t a t i o n is e n t i r e l y d i f f e r e n t , f o r A u r e l i a n d i s p o s e s o f n o p i t c h - n o t a t i o n . H e
begins, f o r e x a m p l e , b y d e s c r i b i n g the three cadences f o r the p s a l m tone used w i t h
mode 1 introits:
T h e first authentic mode has several varietates. F o r the introits it contains three
varietates, the first of w h i c h is t h i s : A n t . Gaudete in domino semper. T h e e n d of the
verse flows d i r e c t l y into the b e g i n n i n g (of the introit), and equals it, a n d is neither
p u s h e d u p w a r d s nor pressed d o w n .
T h e t h i r d c a d e n c e is e v i d e n t l y t h a t w h i c h w e find i n t h e S o l e s m e s / V a t i c a n b o o k s ,
a l t h o u g h t h e d e l a y o n F is j u s t as l o n g f o r Gaudete in domino. F o r the second introit,
h o w e v e r , t h e S o l e s m e s / V a t i c a n b o o k s h a v e the s a m e c a d e n c e as f o r Gaudete; Aurelian
h a s a d i f f e r e n t o n e i n m i n d ( r a r e l y f o u n d i n t h e m o d e r n b o o k s : see Salus autem, or
t h e l i s t o f i n t r o i t p s a l m - v e r s e t o n e s a m o n g the ' C o m m o n T o n e s of M a s s ' i n LU). The
t h r e e c a d e n c e s a n d b e g i n n i n g s of t h e i n t r o i t s are g i v e n i n E x . V . 4 . 1 .
9
~\ uJm 9
•*
*L 9
fl - ?
- •• * - *
E u o u a e lus - tus es do-mi-ne
Jf ^ ' m\ ^—s
&\ m
m -i fmj9 9 9 9 9
VLU • 1 999 Ob -w w~
m
#
E u o u a e Sus - ce - pimus De - us
It is n o t a l w a y s c l e a r to us n o w w h y t h i s o r t h a t c a d e n c e s h o u l d h a v e b e e n s e l e c t e d ,
a n d a g o o d d e a l of v a r i e t y e x i s t s b e t w e e n m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s i n t h i s r e s p e c t . E v i d e n t l y
Aurelian had also considered the matter, though his explanation is far from
convincing:
Because of this the m i n d of the eager reader is t r o u b l e d w h y one single tone s h o u l d have
so m a n y sorts of varieties (varietatum modos) . . . H e w h o wishes to k n o w e v e r y t h i n g
else about this science, h i m we send to ' m u s i c a ' (that is the science of m u s i c ) , and if he
washes to become versed i n the latter, let h i m t u r n his eyes to the consonance of
p r o p o r t i o n s and the contemplation of intervals, and also to the certitude of n u m b e r s .
D e s p i t e t h i s p r o n o u n c e m e n t , A u r e l i a n t h e n p r o c e e d s to o f f e r a m o r e d o w n - t o - e a r t h
e x p l a n a t i o n . T h i s is d o n e w i t h r e f e r e n c e to the tonus of t h e s e i n t r o i t s , w h i c h s e e m s to
c o r r e s p o n d to t h e c h i e f r e c i t i n g n o t e , a. I n Gaudete, he says, the t o n u s is r e a c h e d o n
t h e t h i r d s y l l a b l e of t h e i n t r o i t , ' - t e ' ; i n Iustus it o c c u r s o n t h e f i r s t s y l l a b l e , i n
Suscepimus o n the s e c o n d .
I t h a s p u z z l e d m o d e r n r e a d e r s that A u r e l i a n s h o u l d i n c l u d e o f f e r t o r i e s i n h i s
d i s c u s s i o n , f o r t h e verses of these c h a n t s , at least s i n c e t h e t i m e t h e y w e r e f i r s t
r e c o r d e d i n n o t a t i o n (late n i n t h c e n t u r y ) h a v e b e e n s u n g t o e l a b o r a t e m e l o d i e s . Y e t
A u r e l i a n says: ' Q u o d versus offertoriarum per tonos i n ipsis i n t r o m i t t a n t u r , cantor
n e m o (est) q u i d u b i t e t . ' ( ' N o cantor d o u b t s that the verses of the offertories are
a l l o w e d t o pass i n t o t h e o f f e r t o r i e s t h r o u g h t h e t h e t o n e s / ) T h i s h a s b e e n i n t e r p r e t e d
to m e a n t h a t o f f e r t o r y verses are s u n g to p s a l m t o n e s . B u t A u r e l i a n n e v e r d e s c r i b e s
c a d e n c e f o r m u l a s f o r t h e o f f e r t o r y v e r s e s , as he d o e s f o r t h e i n t r o i t s a n d c o m m u n i o n s .
H i s r e m a r k s r e s e m b l e t h o s e a b o u t t h e o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r i e s , a n d c o n c e r n t h e p o i n t at
w h i c h t h e v e r s e r e t u r n s to t h e r e s p o n s e : does it fit m u s i c a l l y a n d m a k e s e n s e t e x t u a l l y ?
B y tonus i n t h e a b o v e p a s s a g e , t h e r e f o r e , A u r e l i a n m a y s i m p l y h a v e m e a n t t h e r e c i t i n g
n o t e , o r o t h e r i m p o r t a n t n o t e , w h i c h h a d to be b o r n e i n m i n d w h e n e f f e c t i n g the
r e t u r n to t h e r e s p o n s e .
A t t h e e n d of h i s t r e a t i s e A u r e l i a n i n c l u d e s s o m e e d i f y i n g r e m a r k s a b o u t t h e e t h i c a l
p o w e r of m u s i c , a n d r e l a t e s , a m o n g other stories, one about a monk from Saint-
V i c t o r , n e a r L e M a n s , w h o m a d e a p i l g r i m a g e to the b a s i l i c a of S t M i c h a e l o n M o n t e
G a r g a n o o n t h e A d r i a t i c coast of I t a l y . T h e r e he w a s b l e s s e d b y h e a r i n g a n g e l s s i n g
the r e s p o n s o r y Gives apostolorurn V . Ernitte domine spiriturn. T h e m o n k w a s a b l e to
s i n g t h i s f r o m m e m o r y to t h e ' c l e r k s of the R o m a n c h u r c h ' ( ' R o m a n a e Ecclesiae
c l e r i c i s ' ) , w h o c h a n g e d t h e v e r s e to In ornnern terrarn. T h e way i n w h i c h A u r e l i a n can
m o v e f r o m m u s i c ' s p o w e r o v e r b i r d s a n d d o l p h i n s to a l e g e n d a b o u t the o r i g i n s of a
particular chant parallels the way i n w h i c h the rest of his treatise juxtaposes
borrowings from the musical knowledge of late antiquity with quite original
o b s e r v a t i o n s o n t h e p r a c t i c e of p l a i n c h a n t . T h i s is a c l e a r i n d i c a t i o n of the driving
force b e h i n d m u c h m e d i e v a l w r i t i n g o n m u s i c : the necessity of d e f i n i n g c o d e s of
p r a c t i c e , w i t h o r w i t h o u t r e f e r e n c e to ' m u s i c a ' i n the c l a s s i c a l s e n s e .
S o m e t h i n g of t h e s a m e d i c h o t o m y is p r e s e n t i n t h e t r e a t i s e of R e g i n o of P r u m . Since
the s e c o n d h a l f o f t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y , the m o n a s t e r y o f P r u m i n t h e E i f e l ( w e s t e r n
G e r m a n y ) h a d b e e n s o m e t h i n g of a r o y a l f o u n d a t i o n . A n e w m o n a s t e r y c h u r c h is s a i d
to h a v e b e e n d e d i c a t e d i n 7 9 9 b y P o p e L e o I I I i n C h a r l e m a g n e ' s p r e s e n c e . Emperor
L o t h a r I d i e d there i n 855, h a v i n g a s s u m e d the m o n k ' s habit six days p r e v i o u s l y . A s
m a n y as 3 0 0 m o n k s m a y h a v e l i v e d t h e r e at the peak of its e c c l e s i a s t i c a l a n d c u l t u r a l
a c h i e v e m e n t . B u t it s u f f e r e d g r i e v o u s l y at the h a n d s of t h e N o r t h m e n i n 8 8 2 a n d 8 9 2 .
Its r e c o v e r y w a s d u e to t h e l e a d e r s h i p of R e g i n o , a b b o t f r o m 8 8 2 to 8 9 9 . Its w e a l t h
m a d e it t h e o b j e c t of p o l i t i c a l i n t r i g u e , h o w e v e r , a n d i n 899 Counts Gerhard and
M a t f r e d of H a i n a u l t f o r c e d R e g i n o to leave a n d h a d t h e i r b r o t h e r R i c h a r i u s , a m e r e
b o y , m a d e a b b o t i n h i s p l a c e . R e g i n o r e m o v e d to T r i e r a n d p l a c e d h i m s e l f u n d e r t h e
protection of A r c h b i s h o p R a t h b o d . H e a c c o m p a n i e d the a r c h b i s h o p o n visitations,
r e s t o r e d t h e a b b e y o f S t M a r t i n , T r i e r , a n d d i e d i n t h e a b b e y of S t M a x i m i n i n 9 1 5 .
R e g i n o ' s w r i t i n g s f a l l i n t o t h e T r i e r p e r i o d . T h e Epistola de harmonica institutione
is c o u c h e d o n t h e f o r m of a letter t o R a t h b o d . It is l i n k e d to a t o n a r y w i t h the t i t l e
' O c t o t o n i d e m u s i c a e a r t i s c u m s u i s d i f f e r e n t i i s ' . I n a b o u t 9 0 6 h e w r o t e a b o o k of
c a n o n l a w , De ecclesiasticis disciplinis, f o r use d u r i n g v i s i t a t i o n s , d e d i c a t e d to t h e
p r i m a t e of t h e east F r a n k i s h c h u r c h a n d i m p e r i a l c h a n c e l l o r A r c h b i s h o p H a t t o of
M a i n z . I n a b o u t 9 0 8 R e g i n o c o m p l e t e d a c h r o n i c l e of t h e w o r l d , d e d i c a t e d to B i s h o p
A d a l b e r o of A u g s b u r g , t u t o r to t h e r o y a l c h i l d r e n . R e g i n o w a s o n e of the foremost
churchmen of his t i m e , a n d therefore a quite different figure f r o m the obscure
Aurelian.
An a s s e s s m e n t of h i s Epistola de harmonica institutione a n d its t o n a r y is a g a i n
c o m p l i c a t e d by the t r a n s m i s s i o n . B o t h have c o m e d o w n i n a l o n g e r a n d a shorter
f o r m . T h e t w o p r i n c i p a l s o u r c e s b o t h date f r o m t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y , b u t n e i t h e r s t e m s
directly f r o m Regino. Brussels, Bibliotheque Royale 2 7 5 0 - 6 5 (connected with the
B e l g i a n m o n a s t e r y of S t a v e l o t ) a p p e a r s to t r a n s m i t R e g i n o ' s t o n a r y i n its o r i g i n a l
s t a t e , b u t h a s a s h o r t v e r s i o n of the Epistola, one w h i c h restricts itself to p r a c t i c a l
musical matters. L e i p z i g , U n i v e r s i t a t s b i b l i o t h e k , R e p . I . 93 ( p r o b a b l y f r o m P r u m )
h a s a r e v i s e d v e r s i o n of t h e t o n a r y , a n d i n c l u d e s i n t h e Epistola s e v e r a l c h a p t e r s of
s p e c u l a t i v e m u s i c t h e o r y , w h i c h , as B o w e r ( 1 9 7 1 ) has s h o w n , d e p e n d o n t h e i d e a s of
John Scotus.
R e g i n o ' s t o n a r y is o n e of t h e largest to h a v e s u r v i v e d . T h i s p a i n s t a k i n g c o m p i l a t i o n
h a s a l r e a d y b e e n m e n t i o n e d b e c a u s e of t h e n u m e r o u s c h a n t s w h i c h R e g i n o r e c k o n e d
t o b e g i n i n o n e m o d e a n d e n d i n a n o t h e r . T h e w o r k is of t h e h i g h e s t v a l u e f o r o u r
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e m o d a l a s s i g n m e n t , b u t , d e s p i t e t h e Epistola, w e h a v e to s t u d y
the t o n a r y itself to d i s c o v e r the p r i n c i p l e s i n v o l v e d . R e g i n o , l i k e A u r e l i a n before h i m ,
d o e s n o t d e f i n e w h a t c o n s t i t u t e s m o d a l i d e n t i t y . T o see h o w t h i s w a s a t t e m p t e d i n t h e
Middle Ages we should first inspect the t e r m i n o l o g y d e v e l o p e d f r o m the ninth
century onward.
(iv) Nomenclature
H u c b a l d a n d t h e Enchiriadis t r e a t i s e s , a n d A u r e l i a n of R e o m e b e f o r e t h e m , were
a l r e a d y f a m i l i a r w i t h a n o m e n c l a t u r e f o r t h e e i g h t m o d e s . F o l l o w i n g t h e s p e l l i n g of
t h e Commemoratio brevis, the terms are:
r authentus , . , N
j r authentus , . . , r x
I n c h . 9 o f Musica enchiriadis o c c u r s o n e of t h e e a r l i e s t a p p l i c a t i o n s o f t h e n a m e s of
G r e e k peoples to the m o d e s :
Protus
Deuterus
Tritus
Tetrardus
Hypermixolydian
i Plagalis
T h e first e f f l o r e s c e n c e of m u s i c t h e o r y i n t h e C a r o l i n g i a n c e n t u r y t o o k p l a c e p r i m a r i l y
i n n o r t h - e a s t F r a n c e a n d t h e M o s e l l e a r e a , i n t h e late n i n t h c e n t u r y . F r o m t h e n e x t
f e w d e c a d e s less m a t e r i a l h a s c o m e d o w n t o u s , u n t i l at t h e e n d of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y
a n d i n t h e e a r l y e l e v e n t h t w o n e w g r o u p s of w r i t i n g s a p p e a r , f r o m I t a l i a n a n d s o u t h
G e r m a n writers respectively.
The I t a l i a n t e x t s are characterized by a strongly practical purpose, and are
evidently m o t i v a t e d by the need to t r a i n the a b i l i t y to relate heard and sung
melodies to written pitches. In some respects they are thus the successors to
Hucbald's writings.
The e a r l i e s t of t h e s e t e x t s is a n a n o n y m o u s t r e a t i s e written i n dialogue f o r m
p r o b a b l y i n L o m b a r d y i n t h e c l o s i n g y e a r s of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y . I t w a s f o r a l o n g t i m e
a t t r i b u t e d t o t h e f a m o u s a b b o t O d o of C l u n y ( d . 9 4 2 ) , f o r m e r p u p i l o f R e m i g i u s of
A u x e r r e , w h o is k n o w n to h a v e c o m p o s e d a n u m b e r of o f f i c e c h a n t s , b u t w h o c a n n o t
be s h o w n to have left any w r i t i n g s o n m u s i c t h e o r y . T h e g r o u n d s for the a t t r i b u t i o n
are s i m p l y t h a t t h e Dialogus m e n t i o n s the m o d a l c o r r e c t i o n s m a d e to the a n t i p h o n
O beatum pontificem b y a c e r t a i n a b b o t O d o . T h i s is n a t u r a l l y of n o c o n s e q u e n c e f o r
t h e a u t h o r s h i p of t h e Dialogus itself, b u t m e d i e v a l copies, a n d later G e r b e r t , p l a c e d
O d o ' s n a m e at t h e h e a d of t h e treatise a n d a s s u m e d O d o o f C l u n y t o b e t h e a b b o t i n
q u e s t i o n . T h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p of t h e w r i t i n g s i n v o l v e d i n t h i s c o m p l e x of m a t e r i a l
has b e e n c l a r i f i e d b y H u g l o ( 1 9 6 9 , 1 9 7 1 , ' P r o l o g ' ; see a l s o 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 183-224
and 'Odo', NG):
r A B C D E F G a b b C (
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 17 10 11 1
1. T a k e a length of string T X
2. d i v i d e T X by 9 : A T X : A X = 9:8
3. divide A X by 9: B A X : B X = 9:8
4. d i v i d e L X by 4 : C L X : C X = 4:3
5. d i v i d e A X by 4 : D A X - . C X = 4:3
6. divide B X by 4: E B X : E X = 4:3
7. divide C X by 4: F C X : F X = 4:3
8. d i v i d e T X by 2: G T X : G X = 2:1
9. d i v i d e A X by 2: a A X : a X = 2:1
10. d i v i d e B X by 2: i B X : b X = 2:1
11. d i v i d e CXby2: c C X : c X = 2:1
12. d i v i d e D X by 2 : d D X : d X = 2:1
13. d i v i d e E X b y 2 : e E X : e X = 2:1
14. d i v i d e F X b y 2 : f F X : f X = 2:1
15. d i v i d e G X b y 2 : g G X : g X = 2:1
a
16. d i v i d e a X b y 2 : a aXuX = 2:1
17. d i v i d e F X by 4 : b F X : b X = 4:3
p r e s u m a b l y b e n o t a t e d i n G . S t r u n k ( 1 9 5 0 , 112) g i v e s t h e v a r i o u s o p e n i n g s i n v o l v e d
(Odo's preferred opening should be emended, however). The scale-segments
i n v o l v e d are g i v e n i n E x . V . 4 . 3 .
i 4 1
t \ * -
9) 9
C h a p t e r 8 b e g i n s w i t h t h e w e l l - k n o w n d e f i n i t i o n of ' m o d e ' q u o t e d at t h e b e g i n n i n g
of t h i s s e c t i o n : t h e final d e t e r m i n e s t h e m o d e . N o t o n l y t h i s , it also g o v e r n s s t a r t i n g -
n o t e a n d r a n g e . T h e rest of t h e c h a p t e r a m p l i f i e s t h i s — o n e r e c o l l e c t s t h e e x a m p l e s at
t h e e n d of H u c b a l d ' s t r e a t i s e — b y e x p l a i n i n g t h a t t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of s t a r t i n g - n o t e t o
final s h o u l d b e t h a t of t h e s i x i n t e r v a l s e n u m e r a t e d p r e v i o u s l y ( m i n o r a n d m a j o r
s e c o n d , m i n o r a n d m a j o r t h i r d , f o u r t h , fifth) o r t h e u n i s o n . ( T h e o n l y e x c e p t i o n i s
t h a t m o d e 3 m e l o d i e s o f t e n b e g i n o n c , a m i n o r s i x t h a b o v e t h e final 2s.) Individual
p h r a s e s w i t h i n t h e c h a n t (distinctiones) h a d best e n d o n t h e final, w h i c h leads to the
rule: ' A chant belongs most to that mode towards which its d i s t i n c t i o n s m o s t
f r e q u e n t l y l e a d . ' C h a p t e r 9 defines the range of c h a n t s i n the v a r i o u s m o d e s ( E x . V . 4 . 4 ) .
Eight chapters, one for each mode, provide examples to illustrate the above
prescriptions.
Mode 1 Mode 2
T
Mode 3 Mode 4
Mode 5 Mode 6
_ /
It is c l e a r f r o m t h e r e m a r k s i n c h . 6 that t h e a u t h o r i s p e r f e c t l y r e a d y t o ' i m p r o v e '
c h a n t s w h o s e m o d a l i t y i s u n c e r t a i n , a n d it i s n o t s u r p r i s i n g t o r e a d i n t h e last c h a p t e r
of t h e d i a l o g u e t h a t c h a n t s w h i c h d o not obey the rules have been c o m p o s e d b y
'presumptuous and corrupt cantors' ('furtivam singularitatem a presumptoribus
v i t i a t i s q u e c a n t o r i b u s f a c t a m esse n o n d u b i t o ' . ) It is i n p r e c i s e l y t h i s c l i m a t e t h a t t h e
revisions of the chant repertory u n d e r t a k e n b y the C i s t e r c i a n s s h o u l d be u n d e r s t o o d .
T h e last p a r t o f t h e d i a l o g u e d e v e l o p s t h e i n t e r e s t i n g i d e a t h a t b y v i r t u e o f t h e
i n t e r v a l s o n e i t h e r s i d e o f i t , e a c h n o t e has a c e r t a i n m o d a l q u a l i t y . T h i s f o l l o w s f r o m
the c o n c e p t t h a t t h e f o u r finals, D, E y F, a n d G , d e f i n e t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e m o d e s i n
various ways. N o t e s w h i c h o c c u p y similar scale-segments to o n e of t h e f o u r finals
t h e r e f o r e s h a r e t h e i r m o d a l c h a r a c t e r . F o r e x a m p l e b e l o w A t h e r e is a t o n e , a b o v e it
t h e r e i s a t o n e , a s e m i t o n e a n d t w o w h o l e t o n e s ; that i s a l s o t r u e o f D. S o A ' p r e s e r v e s
the r u l e o f t h e first m o d e : therefore not without reason is i t c a l l e d first'. The
'similitudes' between notes a n d modes w h i c h the author enumerates are g i v e n i n
Ex. V.4.5.
78 12 4 56 12 34 56 78 12336 4 56812 34 56 78 12
( v i i ) Guido of Arezzo
E x . V . 4 . 6 . H y m n Ut queant laxis, G u i d o of A r e z z o
re-quirer do-mi-nus.
e x a m p l e , b u t s h o r t l y t h e s t u d e n t w i l l b e u s e d to m a k i n g t h e c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n c l e f s ,
c o l o u r e d l i n e s , a n d p a r t i c u l a r p i t c h e s , a n d be a b l e to r e a d at s i g h t f r o m t h e stave,
u s i n g the h e x a c h o r d o n l y o c c a s i o n a l l y for reference. T h i s w o u l d have b e e n far q u i c k e r
than l e a r n i n g b y rote f r o m a teacher, or f r o m notes p i c k e d out o n the m o n o c h o r d .
( A l t h o u g h he m i g h t have a t t a i n e d fluency i n r e a d i n g a l p h a b e t i c n o t a t i o n at s i g h t , t h a t
w o u l d not have taken a shorter t i m e t h a n r e a d i n g staff-notation.) T h e reverse process,
n o t a t i n g Diligite dominum w h e n it w a s a l r e a d y k n o w n f r o m m e m o r y , c o u l d p r o c e e d
e q u a l l y q u i c k l y t h r o u g h t h e i n t e r m e d i a r y of t h e h e x a c h o r d . T h e first p h r a s e w o u l d b e
m a t c h e d to t h e s y l l a b l e s re—re—ut—re—fa-mi-re, w h i c h w o u l d then be translated into
D-D-C-D-F-E-D in staff-notation.
G u i d o d o e s n o t m e n t i o n t h e s t e p s d e s c r i b e d a b o v e i n e v e r y d e t a i l . I h a v e t r i e d to
i m a g i n e h o w it w a s d o n e . N o r d o e s h e say h o w t h i s l e a r n i n g m e t h o d w a s a p p l i e d to
chants w i t h a w i d e range. S o o n after G u i d o hexachords were i m a g i n e d o n other notes
of t h e s c a l e , o n F ( w i t h b b , o r r o u n d b , h e n c e ' h e x a c h o r d u m m o l l e ' ) a n d o n G ( w i t h
bfc}, or square b, hence 'hexachordum d u r u m ' ) ; the hexachord on C was the
'hexachordum naturale'. O n e other pedagogical device subsequently attributed to
G u i d o is n o t m e n t i o n e d a n y w h e r e i n h i s w r i t i n g s : the ' G u i d o n i a n h a n d ' , w h e r e e a c h
n o t e of t h e s c a l e has a p o s i t i o n o n t h e fingers of t h e ( l e f t ) h a n d , w i t h i t s c o r r e s p o d i n g
h e x a c h o r d s y l l a b l e . T h e e a r l i e s t s o u r c e so far k n o w n , M o n t e c a s s i n o , A r c h i v i o d e l l a
B a d i a 318, o f t h e late e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , d i s p l a y s the r a n g e T - a , w i t h o u t h e x a c h o r d
syllables, b u t w i t h the letters T a n d S i n d i c a t i n g the i n t e r v a l s b e t w e e n p i t c h e s . The
e a r l i e s t h a n d s w i t h h e x a c h o r d s y l l a b l e s s e e m to b e s o m e w h a t l a t e r . F i g . V . 4 . 1 s h o w s
the hand in a Bavarian manuscript of t h e twelfth century, Munich, Bayerische
S t a a t s b i b l i o t h e k e l m 1 4 9 6 5 b , a n d t h e series of h e x a c h o r d s i n d i c a t e d o n i t . T h e h a n d
also i n d i c a t e s w h o l e t o n e a n d s e m i t o n e s t e p s , a n d a g a i n s t c e r t a i n o f t h e l e t t e r s are
g i v e n t h e m o d e s i n w h i c h t h o s e p i t c h e s are the d o m i n a n t ( r e c i t i n g ) n o t e ( c i r c l e d o n
m y c o p y f o r ease of i d e n t i f i c a t i o n ) . T h e d i r e c t i o n of r e a d i n g is g i v e n i n a s m a l l e r
a c c o m p a n y i n g d i a g r a m . (See S m i t s v a n W a e s b e r g h e 1969, 129 f o r f a c s i m i l e , 1 2 0 - 4 3
f o r h a n d s of a l l s o r t s ; also R u s s e l l 1 9 8 1 . )
B o t h t h e Regulae a n d t h e Micrologus a s s i g n m o d a l q u a l i t i e s to t h e n o t e s of t h e s c a l e ,
as t h e Dialogus h a d d o n e ( G u i d o ' s t e r m f o r the c o r r e s p o n d e n c e s b e t w e e n n o t e s , the
similitudo of t h e Dialogus, is affinitas). The longer d i s c u s s i o n i n the Micrologus
( c h . 7) i n t r o d u c e s t h e c o n c e p t of f o u r modi vocum ( l i t e r a l l y , 'the m o d e s of the n o t e s ' ,
F i g . V . 4 . 1 . G u i d o n i a n h a n d after M u n i c h , Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, e l m 14965b
p e r h a p s b e t t e r , ' t h e m o d a l q u a l i t i e s of t h e n o t e s ' ) . T h i s d e s c r i b e s q u i t e s i m p l y t h e
c o n s t e l l a t i o n of t o n e s a n d s e m i t o n e s a r o u n d e a c h n o t e o f t h e s c a l e s . S i g n i f i c a n t l y , e a c h
n o t e e x c e p t G is p l a c e d i n a h e x a c h o r d , a c l e a r l i n k w i t h t h e h e x a c h o r d a n d i t s ut-re-
mi s y l l a b l e s i n t h e ( l a t e r ) Epistola. G u i d o e n u m e r a t e s f o u r p a t t e r n s (see E x . V . 4 . 8 ) .
T h e i n t e n t i o n is o b v i o u s : i f w e c a n l o c a t e a n o t e i n o n e of t h e s e s c a l e - s e g m e n t s , then
w e c a n n o t a t e i t , o r s i n g i t , as t h e case r e q u i r e s .
T h e Micrologus also t r e a t s o t h e r t o p i c s c o v e r e d b y t h e Dialogus: t h e d i v i s i o n of t h e
monochord, the i n t e r v a l s f o u n d b e t w e e n notes i n p l a i n c h a n t (the s a m e as those
e n u m e r a t e d i n t h e Dialogus), t h e n a m e s of t h e m o d e s , t h e i r r a n g e , t h e i m p o r t a n c e of
470 V. Plainchant and Early Music Theory
E x . V . 4 . 8 . T h e modi vocurn, G u i d o of A r e z z o
*«°
I , , 1 ,, 1 ===
I n b u l k t h e I t a l i a n t h e o r e t i c a l l i t e r a t u r e of t h e t e n t h to e l e v e n t h c e n t u r i e s is e a s i l y
o v e r s h a d o w e d b y that w r i t t e n i n south G e r m a n y . F r o m F r a n c e rather little new
w r i t i n g is k n o w n , save f o r t h e t r e a t i s e b y O d o r a n n u s of S e n s ( 9 8 5 - 1 0 4 6 : see B a u t i e r
et al. 1972, a l s o V i l l e t a r d 1912, 1 9 5 6 ) . M e n t i o n s h o u l d a l s o be m a d e of t w o l e t t e r s
c o m m e n t i n g o n B o e t h i u s ' De institutione musica, a n d a treatise o n the measurement
of o r g a n - p i p e s a n d t h e d i v i s i o n of t h e m o n o c h o r d , b y G e r b e r t of A u r i l l a c (c.940-
1 0 0 3 ) , later P o p e S y l v e s t e r I I (see S a c h s 1972 a n d H u g l o , ' G e r b e r t d ' A u r i l l a c ' , NG).
T h e generally meagre q u a n t i t y of m a t e r i a l d o e s n o t m e a n , h o w e v e r , t h a t French
m u s i c i a n s n o l o n g e r s t u d i e d m u s i c t h e o r y . P r o o f that t h e y d i d c a n b e f o u n d i n
m a n u s c r i p t s like M u n i c h , Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, e l m 14272. T h i s was m o s t l y
c o p i e d at C h a r t r e s b y t h e m o n k H a r t v i c of t h e B e n e d i c t i n e a b b e y of S t E m m e r a m i n
Regensburg, a n d c o n t a i n s , a m o n g o t h e r t h i n g s , B o e t h i u s ' De institutione rnusica,
g l o s s e d p a r t l y b y F u l b e r t of C h a r t r e s ( b i s h o p 1 0 0 7 - 2 8 ) , a t o n a r y , w r i t i n g s o n t h e
t r i v i u m , t h e t h r e e m a i n t r e a t i s e s of the Enchiriadis g r o u p , a m o n o c h o r d tract, a n d the
Alia musica (see R I S M B/III/3, 110). I n R e g e n s b u r g it c o n t r i b u t e d s i g n i f i c a n t l y t o
the studies i n m u s i c theory w h i c h flourished t h e r e . Y e t , o n t h e w h o l e , w o r k s of t h e
o r i g i n a l i t y of t h o s e m e n t i o n e d h e r e d o n o t s e e m to h a v e b e e n w r i t t e n i n F r a n c e , or
h a v e b e e n l o s t . S m i t s v a n W a e s b e r g h e r e p e a t e d l y a s s e r t e d t h e e x i s t e n c e of a s c h o o l of
m u s i c t h e o r y i n L i e g e a n d n e i g h b o u r i n g areas, r e l a t e d t o t h e s o u t h G e r m a n t r a d i t i o n ,
t h o u g h the true p i c t u r e r e m a i n s s o m e w h a t unclear. T h e i m p o r t a n c e of t h e south
G e r m a n a r e a c a n b e j u d g e d f r o m T a b l e V . 4 . 2 , a l i s t of t h e m o r e i m p o r t a n t w r i t e r s a n d
w o r k s of the eleventh century.
T h e r e is c l e a r l y n o s p a c e h e r e to d i s c u s s a l l m e m b e r s of t h i s c o l o u r f u l g r o u p . It
c o n t a i n s s e v e r a l v e r y e m i n e n t c h u r c h m e n : B e r n o , m o n k of P r u m , c a l l e d i n 1008 by
t h e E m p e r o r H e n r y I I t o b e a b b o t of t h e f a m o u s a b b e y o n t h e R e i c h e n a u i n L a k e
Constance; W i l l i a m of H i r s a u , m o n k of S t E m m e r a m i n R e g e n s b u r g , from 1069
abbot of H i r s a u i n the B l a c k F o r e s t , f o u n t a i n h e a d of a g r e a t m o n a s t i c reforming
m o v e m e n t , t h e ' G e r m a n C l u n y ' ; T h e o g e r u s , m o n k of H i r s a u , a p p o i n t e d i n 1088 by
W i l l i a m to b e a b b o t of S t G e o r g e n i n t h e B l a c k F o r e s t , e l e c t e d b i s h o p of M e t z i n
1117, t h o u g h u n a b l e to o c c u p y t h e see; H o n o r i u s of A u g s b u r g , p e r h a p s t h e most
widely read popular theologian of his time. Other figures remain somewhat
m y s t e r i o u s . J o h a n n e s has b e e n i d e n t i f i e d i m p l a u s i b l y as a n E n g l i s h m o n k , o r as a b b o t
of t h e abbey of A f f l i g h e m n e a r Brussels; he w a s a l m o s t certainly Bavarian, and
p o s s i b l y w r o t e h i s t r e a t i s e f o r B i s h o p E n g e l b r e c h t of P a s s a u ( 1 0 4 5 - 6 0 : see H o h l e r
1980, 5 7 - 8 ) . O f A r i b o n o t h i n g c e r t a i n is k n o w n .
The contributions naturally vary widely in scope and interest. The material
c o n n e c t e d w i t h S t E m m e r a m i n R e g e n s b u r g e x e m p l i f i e s t h i s (it h a s b e e n e l u c i d a t e d
p r i n c i p a l l y b y B i s c h o f f ) . O t k e r is k n o w n o n l y as t h e a u t h o r of a d i a g r a m c a l l e d t h e
Ouadripartita figura (see B r o n a r s k i 1926, also S m i t s v a n W a e s b e r g h e 1969, 90),
a p p a r e n t l y f o r i d e n t i f y i n g o n t h e m o n o c h o r d the s p e c i e s of f o u r t h a n d fifth, a n d the
'chordae constitutivae' of each mode, that is, t h e notes whose modal character
i d e n t i f i e s t h e m w i t h e a c h m o d e , a c o n c e p t p e r h a p s b o r r o w e d b y A r i b o i n a d i a g r a m of
h i s o w n , n i c k n a m e d t h e ' C a p r e a ' . O t l o h ' s m u s i c a l a c t i v i t i e s are o v e r s h a d o w e d b y h i s
m a n y o t h e r i n t e r e s t s , b u t he a p p e a r s as W i l l i a m o f H i r s a u ' s p a r t n e r i n t w o d i a l o g u e
t r e a t i s e s , o n m u s i c a n d o n a s t r o n o m y ; he m a y b e a u t h o r o f a K y r i e t r o p e ; a n d h e
copied two music theory manuscripts, Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, elm
14523 ( w h i c h i n c l u d e s a l l G u i d o ' s w r i t i n g s ) a n d e l m 1 8 9 3 7 . W i l l i a m of H i r s a u ' s
c o n n e c t i o n w i t h S t E m m e r a m has a l r e a d y b e e n m e n t i o n e d . H e n r i c u s / H o n o r i u s of
A u g s b u r g also spent s e v e r a l y e a r s as m o n k i n R e g e n s b u r g . The p r e s e n c e of the
Enchiriadis t r e a t i s e s at S t E m m e r a m , i n a s o u r c e c o p i e d at C h a r t r e s , a n d O t l o h ' s c o p y
of G u i d o ' s w r i t i n g s , s h o w h o w c o s m o p o l i t a n m i g h t be the c u l t u r a l l i n k s of an
i m p o r t a n t B e n e d i c t i n e m o n a s t e r y i n its h e y d a y .
472 V. Plainchant and Early Music Theory
Reichenau:
P s e u d o - B e r n e l i n u s (before Berno)
Musica ( G S i)
Berno ( d . 1048) (see Oesch 1961)
Pro logus in ton an urn ( G S ii)
Tonarius
De consona tonorum diversitate ( D M A A.VI6)
De rnensura monochordi (?) ( D M A A . V i a )
H e r m a n n u s Contractus (1012-54) (see Oesch 1961)
De musica ( G S i i , E l l i n w o o d 1936)
Explicatio litterarum et signomm ( G S i i , E l l i n w o o d 1936)
Versus ad discernendurn cantuum ( G S i i , E l l i n w o o d 1936)
Liege?:
' W o l f - A n o n y m o u s ' (c. 1060)
De musica (Wolf 1893)
Franciscus of Liege (1047-83) or R u d o l f of S a i n t - T r o n d (c. 1070-1132)
Quaestiones in musica (Steglich 1911)
G u i d o ' s i n f l u e n c e e v e n t u a l l y b e c a m e v e r y s t r o n g i n s o u t h G e r m a n y , as e l s e w h e r e , b u t
B e r n o w a s w r i t i n g b e f o r e it h a d e f f e c t . N o r d o e s B e r n o use a n y p i t c h - n o t a t i o n , w h e r e
n e c e s s a r y r e f e r r i n g i n s t e a d t o t h e G r e e k p i t c h - n a m e s , p r o s l a m b a n o m e n o s a n d so o n .
T h e r e is n o e x p l i c i t c o n n e c t i o n w i t h s i g h t - s i n g i n g o r n o t a t i n g m u s i c . ( A l l passages
r e f e r r i n g to l e t t e r - n o t a t i o n i n G e r b e r t ' s e d i t i o n are i n t e r p o l a t i o n s , p r i n c i p a l l y f r o m
Gerbert's Anonymous I — G S i . 330: see O e s c h 1961, 8 4 - 9 0 ; o n the other h a n d ,
S m i t s v a n W a e s b e r g h e i n D M A A . V I r e f e r r e d to t h i s a u t h o r as B e r n o I.) T h e u s e o f
t h e m o n o c h o r d is e n v i s a g e d , as e m b o d i m e n t of t h e c l a s s i c a l scale s y s t e m , f o r e x a m p l e
when Berno recommends that certain antiphons be transposed up a fifth, for
otherwise they will be i m p o s s i b l e to locate o n the monochord ('Nisi enim hae
a n t i p h o n a e , Alias oves habeo, Domine qui operati sunt [ m e n t i o n e d i n t h e Dialogus de
musica], q u a e s e x t i t o n i s u n t , i n q u i n t u m t r a n s p o n a n t u r l o c u m , h o c est, a p a r y p a t e
m e s o n i n trite d i e z e u g m e n o n , n e q u a q u a m i n regulari m o n o c h o r d o servare p o t e r u n t
ordinem suum.')
B e r n o ' s p r i n c i p a l t r e a t i s e , c o n c e i v e d as p r o l o g u e to a t o n a r y , i s , a c c o r d i n g t o t h e
a u t h o r h i m s e l f , l a r g e l y a s u m m a r y of o l d e r r u l e s , as is m a d e c l e a r b y f r e q u e n t c i t a t i o n s
or p a r a p h r a s e s of H u c b a l d a n d , to a lesser e x t e n t , P s e u d o - B e r n e l i n u s ( G S i . 3 1 3 ) .
A p a r t f r o m c h . 4 , a s p e c u l a t i o n o n t h e s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e n u m b e r s 1, 2, 3, 4, a n d t h e i r
sum 10, it s t a y s w i t h i n t h e c o n f i n e s of b a s i c r u d i m e n t s , as a b r i e f a c c o u n t of h i s
d i s c u s s i o n of m o d a l i t y w i l l m a k e c l e a r . F r o m P s e u d o - B e r n e l i n u s c o m e s a d e s c r i p t i o n
of t h e m o d e s i n t e r m s of s c a l e - s e g m e n t s , i n fact as s p e c i e s of f o u r t h p l u s s p e c i e s of
fifth, j u s t as i n G u i d o ' s e x p o s i t i o n (see E x . V.4.8).
T h e r e are o b v i o u s s i m i l a r i t i e s w i t h t h e Alia musica w r i t i n g s . B e r n o ( G S i i . 69), i n
t h e w o r d s of P s e u d o - B e r n e l i u s , says that t h e m o d e s ' c o n s i s t o f these tetra- and
pentachords ('Protus constat ex p r i m a s p e c i e d i a p e n t e . . . ' ) . H i s ninth chapter
n e v e r t h e l e s s sets o u t g u i d e - l i n e s f o r r a n g e w h i c h are m o r e flexible t h a n the octaves
j u s t o u t l i n e d . W e s h o u l d t h e r e f o r e u n d e r s t a n d t h e s c a l e - s e g m e n t s as l o c i w i t h i n w h i c h
t h e c h a n t w i l l t y p i c a l l y m o v e . A f t e r d e a l i n g w i t h c h a n t s w h o s e m o d a l i t y is f o r o n e
reason or another unclear, Berno, like his Italian contemporaries, discusses the
r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n the final a n d the b e g i n n i n g s a n d e n d i n g s of t h e component
p h r a s e s of a c h a n t . H e also s p e a k s of t h e socialitatis foedus w h i c h exists b e t w e e n the
finals a n d n o t e s a f i f t h h i g h e r , a n d s o m e t i m e s a f o u r t h h i g h e r . A h o s t of e x a m p l e s are
a d d u c e d to s h o w h o w s o m e c h a n t s are best i m a g i n e d as b e i n g p l a c e d i n a d i f f e r e n t p a r t
of t h e t w o - o c t a v e s y s t e m , to take a d v a n t a g e of t h e sociales, rather t h a n e n d i n g o n the
normal finals. The c o m m u n i o n De fructu operum tuorum is a n e x a m p l e o f this
( d i s c u s s e d e x h a u s t i v e l y b y J a c o b s t h a l 1897, 5 2 - 6 2 , 1 3 6 - 7 8 , a n d b y B o m m 1929, 60-
2 , 9 7 - 1 0 3 ) . B e r n o r e g a r d s it as a m o d e 8 c h a n t , b u t says t h a t if o n e s t a r t s o n t h e f i n a l
( o u r G, h i s l i c h a n o s m e s o n ) a p r o b l e m i n v o l v i n g t h e s e m i t o n e arises i n t h e m i d d l e of
t h e c h a n t ; f o r t h i s r e a s o n t h e c h a n t s h o u l d b e a s s i g n e d to t h e p o s i t i o n a f o u r t h h i g h e r ,
our c.
T h e c o m m u n i o n as it is f o u n d i n t h e m o d e r n S o l e s m e s / V a t i c a n b o o k s h a s o u r
m o d e r n m a j o r t o n a l i t y . If o n e w a n t e d t o n o t a t e s u c h a p i e c e i n t h e M i d d l e A g e s
e n d i n g w i t h o n e of t h e f o u r r e g u l a r f i n a l s , it w o u l d h a v e to be p l a c e d o n F a n d use bb,
i n o t h e r w o r d s l i k e o u r m o d e r n F m a j o r . T h e c h a n t l i e s i n t h e l o w e r r e g i s t e r , a n d is
thus assigned to m o d e 6 ( F plagal) i n m o d e r n b o o k s . T h e reason for Berno's r e m a r k s
can b e seen if t h e v e r s i o n i n t h e D i j o n t o n a r y , M o n t p e l l i e r , F a c u l t e d e M e d e c i n e
H . 159, is i n s p e c t e d , f o r h e r e t h e c h a n t is i n d e e d n o t a t e d w i t h final o n c, a n d m a k e s
use of b o t h 6t| a n d bb in alternating phrases. T h e M o n t p e l l i e r m a n u s c r i p t actually
a s s i g n s t h e c o m m u n i o n to m o d e 6, w h e r e a s f o r B e r n o it is a m o d e 8 p i e c e . Whether
one regards the piece as F-mode (with hypothetical E\\ a n d Eb) or G-mode
( h y p o t h e t i c a l F t | a n d F%) a p p e a r s t o be a m a t t e r of taste, n o r m a l l y to be d e c i d e d w i t h
r e f e r e n c e to t h e e n d i n g : is t h e n o t e u n d e r t h e final i n t h e last p h r a s e a w h o l e t o n e ( G -
mode) or a semitone (F-mode)? ( A l t h o u g h b y this reasoning M o n t p e l l i e r s h o u l d have
c h o s e n m o d e 8, it n e v e r t h e l e s s a s s i g n s the p i e c e to m o d e 6 : is t h i s b e c a u s e i n G u i d o ' s
theory of a f f i n i t i e s G has no co-final?) The scale-segments used i n the Vatican/
S o l e s m e s v e r s i o n a n d i n M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 are g i v e n i n E x . V . 4 . 9 . ( T h e Cistercians
h a d a d i f f e r e n t s o l u t i o n . De fructu has at least o n e D cadence, a n d its o p e n i n g
r e s e m b l e s D - m o d e c o m m u n i o n s s u c h as Posuerunt mortalia. T h e Cistercian revision
e l i m i n a t e d t h e p a s s a g e s w i t h t h e Eblbb step, and strengthened the D - m o d e element,
e n d i n g the piece o n D a n d creating a m o d e 1 c o m m u n i o n . )
Vatican/Solesmes
&, "
Montpellier H.159 m
§ " =
Between Berno and the younger Reichenau monk Hermannus Contractus
( ' H e r m a n the C r i p p l e ' — s e e t h e m o v i n g b i o g r a p h i c a l s k e t c h b y h i s p u p i l B e r t h o l d ,
M G H (Scriptores) Annates et chronica aevi Salici, 267, PL 143, 25, Ger. trans.
Oesch 1961, 117) c a m e the i m p a c t of G u i d o ' s w r i t i n g s . T h a t is n o t t o say that
H e r m a n n u s ' t r e a t i s e is i n a n y w a y l i k e , say, the Micrologus in character. (For a
G e r m a n w o r k of t h a t n a t u r e o n e m u s t t u r n to J o h a n n e s ' C o t t o n ' . ) B u t Hermannus
u s e s p i t c h - l e t t e r s , a n d s o m e o f h i s t o p i c s reflect ideas i n G u i d o ' s w r i t i n g s . O f p r i m e
interest is H e r m a n n u s ' r e s p o n s e to G u i d o ' s h e x a c h o r d a l modi vocum, those scale-
s e g m e n t s w h i c h are d e c i s i v e f o r u n d e r s t a n d i n g the i n t e r v a l l i c r e l a t i o n of t h e final to
t h e s u r r o u n d i n g n o t e s . H e r m a n n u s ' e q u i v a l e n t are the sedes troporum, o r 'seats of t h e
m o d e s ' . T h e s e are d e t e r m i n e d b y t a k i n g e a c h of the f o u r t e t r a c h o r d s w h i c h m a k e u p
t h e d i a t o n i c s c a l e (to w h i c h W ' i l l i a m of H i r s a u a d d e d t h e s y n e m m e n o n tetrachord),
a n d a d d i n g a t o n e o n e i t h e r s i d e (see E x . V.4.10).
A n o t h e r d i f f e r e n c e f r o m G u i d o is H e r m a n n u s ' i n s i s t e n c e o n a d u a l m o d a l f u n c t i o n
f o r D ( a n d d). F o r t h e a u t h o r of t h e Dialogus and G u i d o D was p l a i n l y p r o t u s , a n d
o n l y A h a d t h e s a m e d i s p o s i t i o n of w h o l e t o n e s a n d s e m i t o n e s o n either side. But
H e r m a n n u s a s s i g n s m o d a l q u a l i t y o n the b a s i s of the p o s i t i o n of t h e n o t e i n t h e f o u r
t e t r a c h o r d s . T h u s A, D, a, a n d d h a v e p r o t u s q u a l i t y , B, E, b, a n d e h a v e deuterus
q u a l i t y , a n d so o n . D, w h i c h a p p e a r s as first n o t e of the finales a n d f o u r t h note of the
graves, t h e r e f o r e has d u a l q u a l i t y .
Ex. V.4.10. M o d a l qualities of notes, I l e r m a n n u s C o n t r a c t u s
modal quality
protus deuterus tritus tetrardus
P
P tinales-
y superior© 47
o 9
W 9
excellentes
p
synemmenon
3^=
It is t h e r e f o r e n o t s u r p r i s i n g t o find H e r m a n n u s a s s e r t i n g t h a t t h e t e t r a c h o r d s A-D
a n d D—G a r e d i f f e r e n t s p e c i e s o f f o u r t h . T h e A - D t e t r a c h o r d s t a r t s w i t h t h e p r o t u s
n o t e o f t h e graves a n d ends w i t h the p r o t u s note of t h e finales, whereas the D-G
t e t r a c h o r d s t a r t s w i t h t h e t e t r a r d u s n o t e of the graves a n d ends w i t h the tetrardus note
of t h e finales. T h e t e t r a c h o r d s h a v e q u i t e d i f f e r e n t m o d a l q u a l i t y a n d t h u s c o n s t i t u t e
t h e first a n d f o u r t h s p e c i e s o f f o u r t h r e s p e c t i v e l y . B y a s i m i l a r p r o c e s s o f m a t c h i n g a
p r o t u s s t e p w i t h a n o t h e r p r o t u s s t e p , H e r m a n n u s d e f i n e s f o u r s p e c i e s o f fifth a n d f o u r
s p e c i e s o f o c t a v e . T h e fifths r u n b e t w e e n t h e finales tetrachord a n d the superiores
(D-a, E-b, F-c, G-d), t h e o c t a v e s b e t w e e n finales a n d excellentes {D-d, E-e, F-f,
G-g).
A l t h o u g h t h i s r e a s o n i n g h a s a c e r t a i n l o g i c , it i s c l e a r l y at v a r i a n c e w i t h c l a s s i c a l
t h e o r y . A n d w h i l e p r e v i o u s d e v i a t i o n s f r o m c l a s s i c a l t h e o r y — s u c h as, f o r e x a m p l e ,
H u c b a l d ' s r e d e f i n i t i o n o f the t e t r a c h o r d s — u s u a l l y h a d a p r a c t i c a l p u r p o s e , H e r m a n n u s '
i d e a s are n o t o b v i o u s l y t h e p r o d u c t of e x p e r i e n c e i n l e a r n i n g a n d t e a c h i n g c h a n t . T h e
examples of chants i n the different m o d e s w h i c h he casually cites near the e n d of h i s
treatise have n o essential c o n n e c t i o n w i t h w h a t has p r e c e d e d : 'It also h e l p s g r e a t l y i n
recognizing the quality of the modes (troporum qualitatem) if y o u meditate
a s s i d u o u s l y u p o n t h e c u s t o m a r y c a d e n c e s a n d diffinitiones, m a n y versicles i n their
m o d e s , a n d e x t e n d e d chants most of all . . .'. T h e balance s t r u c k b e t w e e n abstract
theory a n d practical application w h i c h characterizes the w r i t i n g s of, say, H u c b a l d a n d
B e r n o does n o t o b t a i n i n H e r m a n n u s ' treatise. H i s t h e o r i z i n g is nevertheless of a n
o r i g i n a l k i n d , n o t a r e v e r s i o n to t h e a b u n d a n t t h e o r e t i c a l k n o w l e d g e t o b e f o u n d i n
Boethius.
(x) Later Syntheses
D u r i n g the t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y p o l y p h o n i c m u s i c a s s u m e d an i m p o r t a n c e i n the w o r k
of p r o g r e s s i v e t h e o r i s t s at least e q u a l to that of p l a i n c h a n t . It is t r u e t h a t s o m e w r i t e r s
c o n t i n u e d t o i n t e r e s t t h e m s e l v e s i n p l a i n c h a n t o n l y , at least j u d g i n g b y t h e w r i t i n g s
that h a v e c o m e d o w n to u s : E n g e l b e r t of A d m o n t ( d . 1 3 3 1 ; G S i i . 2 8 7 - 3 6 9 ) is o n e
s u c h . O n the other h a n d w e have m a n y short texts, a n d some c o m p l e t e treatises,
w h i c h are a l m o s t e n t i r e l y p r e o c c u p i e d w i t h p o l y p h o n y , f o r e x a m p l e , t h e w e l l - k n o w n
treatise of A n o n y m o u s I V ( C S i . 3 2 7 - 6 5 ; R e c k o w 1 9 6 7 ) . B u t f o r t h o s e w r i t e r s w h o
a t t e m p t e d t o c o v e r t h e o r e t i c a l a s p e c t s of a l l b r a n c h e s of p r a c t i c a l m u s i c , p l a i n c h a n t
a n d p o l y p h o n y are of e q u a l i n t e r e s t . The t r a n s i t i o n is u n m i s t a k a b l e . P o l y p h o n y
o c c u p i e s t w o o f t h e t w e n t y c h a p t e r s i n G u i d o ' s Micrologus (c.1030). I n the t w e l f t h
c e n t u r y , p o l y p h o n y is d i s c u s s e d o n l y i n t h e last t w o of t w e n t y - n i n e c h a p t e r s of t h e
S c h n e i d e r / L o n d o n / N a p l e s a n o n y m o u s e d i t e d b y P a n n a i n ( 1 9 2 0 ) , a n d i n o n l y t w o of
the e i g h t e e n b y t h e s o - c a l l e d ' S t M a r t i a l ' o r ' D e L a F a g e ' a n o n y m o u s ( e d . S e a y 1957;
see Sarah F u l l e r 1977, w h o s h o w s that it is d e p e n d e n t on Cistercian plainchant
t e a c h i n g , f o r e x a m p l e i n i t s u s i n g t h e t e r m maneriae for the f o u r m o d e s D , E , F , a n d
G ) . A g a i n s t t h i s w e c a n set t h e t w i n treatises b y J o h a n n e s d e G a r l a n d i a of a b o u t 1240,
De plana musica a n d De mensurabili musica (see B a l t z e r , ' J o h a n n e s d e G a r l a n d i a ' ,
NG). From the early fourteenth century we have t h e Lucidarium (concerning
plainchant; ed. Herlinger 1985) a n d the Pomerium (concerning polyphony) of
M a r c h e t t u s o f P a d u a ; a n d of t h e s e v e n b o o k s of J a c o b u s of L i e g e ' s m a s s i v e Speculum
rnusicae, Book 6 concerns p l a i n c h a n t , B o o k 7 p o l y p h o n y ( C S M 3). (The above-
m e n t i o n e d w r i t e r s n a t u r a l l y f o r m a m e r e s e l e c t i o n . M u c h w o r k s t i l l r e m a i n s to b e
done even on some of the better-known named authors of chant theory; for
anonymous ones see the bibliographical information in Palisca, 'Anonymous
theoretical w r i t i n g s ' , A G\) r
VI.1. I N T R O D U C T I O N
T h e rest of t h i s b o o k is a s u r v e y w h i c h a i m s to p r o v i d e a h i s t o r i c a l b a c k g r o u n d t o t h e
p r e v i o u s p a r t s . It is n e c e s s a r i l y s k e t c h y , b o t h b e c a u s e of t h e n a t u r e of t h e evidence
a n d b e c a u s e of t h e compression of m a t e r i a l i n v o l v e d . P a r t i c u l a r l y f o r the early
c e n t u r i e s , b e f o r e m u s i c w a s n o t a t e d , great c a r e is r e q u i r e d i n c o n s i d e r i n g t h e n a t u r e of
w h a t e v e r p l a i n c h a n t m i g h t h a v e b e e n s u n g . T h e issues are u n u s u a l l y c o m p l i c a t e d ,
m u c h o f t e n d e p e n d i n g o n t h e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of v e r y b r i e f r e f e r e n c e s , o r e v e n s i n g l e
w o r d s . T h e r e is n o s p a c e h e r e f o r a d e t a i l e d e x a m i n a t i o n , a n d c o n s e q u e n t l y n o r o o m
f o r m o r e t h a n a r o u g h i n d i c a t i o n of the d i r e c t i o n s i n w h i c h r e c e n t s c h o l a r s h i p has
been m o v i n g .
T h e e v i d e n c e f r o m t h e c e n t u r i e s b e f o r e m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n w a s d e v e l o p e d is p e r f o r c e
m o r e u s e f u l f o r t h e h i s t o r y of l i t u r g y t h a n of m u s i c . W h i l e w e c a n l e a r n m u c h a b o u t
the l i t u r g i c a l f u n c t i o n of p a r t i c u l a r c h a n t s , w e m u s t c o n t i n u e to s p e c u l a t e a b o u t t h e i r
musical character. This p e r i o d w i l l be t r e a t e d only lightly. A special section is
n e v e r t h e l e s s g i v e n t o t h e r o l e of G r e g o r y the G r e a t ( d . 6 0 4 ) , w h o s e n a m e , m o r e t h a n
any o t h e r , is i n d i s s o l u b l y a s s o c i a t e d w i t h p l a i n c h a n t .
A n i m p o r t a n t w a y of f i l l i n g g a p s i n o u r k n o w l e d g e of e a r l y f o r m s of l i t u r g y i n t h e
v a r i o u s c h u r c h e s o f C h r i s t e n d o m has b e e n to c o m p a r e t h e m w i t h e a c h o t h e r a n d n o t e
p o i n t s of s i m i l a r i t y . W h a t is c o m m o n to t h e m is o f t e n t h e r e s u l t o f a common
a n c e s t r y . ( T h e c l a s s i c s t u d y of t h i s t y p e is B a u m s t a r k 1 9 5 8 . ) I n a s i m i l a r f a s h i o n —
t h o u g h to a f a r l e s s e r d e g r e e — t h e v e i l c o v e r i n g m u s i c b e f o r e the n i n t h c e n t u r y c a n b e
p i e r c e d b y c o m p a r a t i v e s t u d y of p a r a l l e l c h a n t r e p e r t o r i e s . I n t h e o r y s u c h a study-
could i n c l u d e all k n o w n C h r i s t i a n chant repertories. N o attempt is m a d e i n t h i s
d i r e c t i o n , h o w e v e r , b e y o n d a l i s t i n g of t h o s e r e p e r t o r i e s i n V I . 2 . L a t e r i n t h e book
( V I I I ) the c h a n t w h i c h w e k n o w as ' G r e g o r i a n ' , the s u b j e c t of C h a p t e r I I a b o v e , is
placed side b y side w i t h the other p r i n c i p a l W e s t e r n chant repertories w h i c h have
c o m e d o w n t o u s : t h e o l d I t a l i a n c h a n t of M i l a n , R o m e , a n d B e n e v e n t o , and O l d
S p a n i s h (or M o z a r a b i c ) c h a n t . It is g e n e r a l l y a g r e e d , as a v e r y b r o a d h y p o t h e s i s , t h a t
w h e r e these r e p e r t o r i e s s h o w a n y s o r t of f o r m a l o r m u s i c a l s i m i l a r i t y , a n d yet have
d e v e l o p e d m o r e o r less i n d e p e n d e n t l y of e a c h o t h e r , the s i m i l a r i t i e s m a y i n d i c a t e a
state o f t h e r e p e r t o r y e a r l i e r t h a n t h e o n e that has c o m e d o w n to u s . If w e h a v e t h r e e
o r f o u r s i m i l a r v e r s i o n s of c h a n t , the c o m m o n b a s i s of t h o s e v e r s i o n s m a y g o back
e a r l i e r t h a n t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y , b e y o n d t h e t i m e w h e n t h e first n o t a t e d b o o k s a p p e a r e d .
Y e t t h e f a c t t h a t t h e s e w e s t E u r o p e a n r e p e r t o r i e s d i v e r g e as m u c h as t h e y d o s u g g e s t s
that e x t r e m e c a u t i o n m u s t be exercised i n assessing the p o s s i b l e i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s
b e t w e e n W e s t e r n a n d E a s t e r n c h a n t r e p e r t o r i e s . A n d i n t h e E a s t , t o o , t h e a b s e n c e of
n o t a t i o n b e f o r e the n i n t h c e n t u r y (or l a t e r — s o m e r e p e r t o r i e s w e r e n o t n o t a t e d b e f o r e
t h e p r e s e n t c e n t u r y ) raises a f o r m i d a b l e b a r r i e r .
The first c o d i f i c a t i o n i n a f o r m of m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n of t h e c h a n t w e k n o w as
' G r e g o r i a n ' is t h e r e s u l t of t h e F r a n k i s h e n d e a v o u r s to e s t a b l i s h R o m a n l i t u r g y a n d its
c h a n t as n o r m a t i v e i n t h e i r l a n d . T h e r e is n e v e r t h e l e s s p l e n t y o f e v i d e n c e t h a t t h e
F r a n k s d i d not s i m p l y r e p r o d u c e the R o m a n l i t u r g y a n d its m u s i c exactly. E x t e n s i v e
l i t u r g i c a l m o d i f i c a t i o n s w e r e necessary to a c c o m m o d a t e l o c a l r e q u i r e m e n t s . A t the
same t i m e , the F r a n k s e x p a n d e d the chant r e p e r t o r y i n r a d i c a l l y n e w w a y s : the
r e p e r t o r i e s of s e q u e n c e s a n d t r o p e s are t h e b e s t - k n o w n e x a m p l e s of t h i s . T w o o t h e r
a c h i e v e m e n t s of t h e n i n t h a n d t e n t h c e n t u r i e s are p l a c e d i n c o n t e x t i m m e d i a t e l y after
t h e c h a p t e r o n c o m p o s i t i o n a l a c t i v i t y : t h e c o d i f i c a t i o n of t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y w i t h
m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n , a n d t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of a b o d y o f w r i t i n g s o n m u s i c t h e o r y . T h e s e
h a v e to b e u n d e r s t o o d i n t h e l i g h t of b o t h t h e l i t u r g i c a l r e n e w a l a n d t h e general
i n t e l l e c t u a l r e v i v a l of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y , t h e s o - c a l l e d ' C a r o l i n g i a n r e n a i s s a n c e ' u n d e r
C h a r l e m a g n e a n d also t h e ' s e c o n d C a r o l i n g i a n r e n a i s s a n c e ' u n d e r C h a r l e s t h e B a l d .
T h e s i g n i f i c a n c e of t h e ' C a r o l i n g i a n c e n t u r y ' is d i s c u s s e d i n C h a p t e r V I I .
F o r m a n y c e n t u r i e s b o t h b e f o r e a n d after t h e t i m e w h e n t h e F r a n k s w e r e l e a r n i n g
a n d c o d i f y i n g the R o m a n r e p e r t o r y , the B y z a n t i n e E m p i r e a n d c h u r c h offered a
political a n d liturgical e x a m p l e w h i c h m i g h t f r o m t i m e to t i m e have b e e n e m u l a t e d i n
t h e W e s t . A t a v e r y b a s i c l e v e l , B y z a n t i n e c h a n t also h a s r o o t s i n t h e m u s i c of t h e e a r l y
c h u r c h w h i c h it s h a r e d w i t h t h e W e s t e r n c h a n t r e p e r t o r i e s , p e r h a p s d i s c e r n i b l e i n
c e r t a i n m u s i c a l f e a t u r e s c o m m o n to b o t h W e s t e r n a n d E a s t e r n c h a n t . O n a m o r e
d e t a i l e d l e v e l , w e k n o w of B y z a n t i n e c h a n t s w h i c h w e r e t r a n s l a t e d a n d s u n g i n t h e
W e s t , a n d it is p r o b a b l e t h a t t h e e i g h t - m o d e s y s t e m of G r e g o r i a n c h a n t is d e r i v e d
f r o m B y z a n t i u m . T h e p o s s i b l e i n f l u e n c e of B y z a n t i n e c h a n t i n t h e W e s t is c o n s i d e r e d
in VIII.2.
T h e p r i n c i p a l f e a t u r e s of t h e O l d I t a l i a n c h a n t r e p e r t o r i e s are d i s c u s s e d i n V I I I . 3 -
5. A s already r e m a r k e d , the ' G r e g o r i a n ' r e p e r t o r y was first codified in Francia.
Unfortunately, it s e e m s t h e r e b y to h a v e displaced local repertories, commonly
r e f e r r e d to as ' G a l l i c a n ' , b e f o r e t h e y a c h i e v e d w r i t t e n f o r m . T h e s c a n t r e m a i n s of
G a l l i c a n c h a n t are d i s c u s s e d a f t e r t h e O l d I t a l i a n r e p e r t o r i e s , i n V I I I . 6 . O l d S p a n i s h
c h a n t w a s i n d e e d c o d i f i e d , b u t at a t i m e w h e n d i a s t e m a t i c n o t a t i o n ( i n d i c a t i n g p i t c h
p r e c i s e l y ) w a s n o t yet u s e d . O n l y a h a n d f u l of O l d S p a n i s h c h a n t s c a n b e t r a n s c r i b e d
t o d a y . N e v e r t h e l e s s , t h e s h a p e of t h e m e l o d i e s c o d i f i e d i n a d i a s t e m a t i c n o t a t i o n c a n
b e r e c o g n i z e d s u f f i c i e n t l y w e l l to p e r m i t a f a i r d e g r e e of c e r t a i n t y a b o u t s o m e a s p e c t s
of O l d S p a n i s h c h a n t (VIII.7).
Subsequent c h a p t e r s p u r s u e the h i s t o r y of W e s t e r n c h a n t a f t e r t h e Carolingian
settlement.
VI.2. T H E C H U R C H E S OF C H R I S T E N D O M
Baumstark 1958.
T h e s u b j e c t of t h i s b o o k is p l a i n c h a n t i n the W e s t , m e a n i n g the c h a n t s u n g i n t h e
E u r o p e a n L a t i n l i t u r g i e s u s e d as f a r east as the areas w h i c h c o r r e s p o n d r o u g h l y t o
m o d e r n P o l a n d , C z e c h o s l o v a k i a , a n d H u n g a r y . T o u n d e r s t a n d t h e o r i g i n s of W e s t e r n
p l a i n c h a n t , a k n o w l e d g e of t h e e a r l y h i s t o r y of the l i t u r g y is i m p o r t a n t . T h i s i m p l i e s
c o n s i d e r a t i o n n o t o n l y of t h e R o m a n l i t u r g y b u t also of o t h e r s , E a s t e r n as w e l l as
W e s t e r n . U l t i m a t e l y it is also p o s s i b l e to c o m p a r e t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r i e s of t h e s e o t h e r
rites w i t h W e s t e r n o n e s , t h o u g h i n case of m a n y rites t h e w r i t t e n t r a d i t i o n is v e r y l a t e .
Studies of t h i s t y p e have, however, hardly begun, a n d even questions of basic
methodology remain as yet unanswered. It must also be admitted that contact
between the different C h r i s t i a n c o m m u n i t i e s w a s i n t e r r u p t e d at a n e a r l y date b y
theological differences, for example the s e p a r a t i o n of c o m m u n i o n caused by the
M o n o p h y s i t e a n d o t h e r d i s p u t e s , a n d b y p o l i t i c a l d i v i s i o n s a f t e r the f a l l of t h e R o m a n
e m p i r e , so t h a t t h e p r o s p e c t of m e a n i n g f u l m u s i c a l c o m p a r i s o n s is f a i n t .
T h e earliest C h r i s t i a n c o m m u n i t y , in Jerusalem, w a s p r e s i d e d o v e r b y St J a m e s
a f t e r t h e o t h e r A p o s t l e s s p r e a d a b r o a d , a n d w a s the p l a c e of t h e first c h u r c h c o u n c i l of
about the year 49. But after the Jewish revolt of 66 and consequent Roman
d e s t r u c t i o n of t h e c i t y i n 7 0 J e r u s a l e m had little i m p o r t a n c e . Then i n about 326
H e l e n a , m o t h e r of t h e e m p e r o r C o n s t a n t i n e , c a m e t o v e n e r a t e t h e h o l y p l a c e s of t h e
c i t y , w h i c h b e g a n a n i m p o r t a n t f a s h i o n of p i l g r i m a g e a n d s e e m s u l t i m a t e l y to h a v e
c o n t r i b u t e d to m a k i n g the l i t u r g y m o r e t o p i c a l , c o m m e m o r a t i v e , b o u n d u p w i t h the
remembrance of persons, places, and events. Uniquely valuable and detailed
d e s c r i p t i o n s of s o m e of its c e r e m o n i e s have s u r v i v e d , w r i t t e n b y t h e p i l g r i m E g e r i a o r
E t h e r i a , t h o u g h t to h a v e b e e n a S p a n i s h n u n or a b b e s s , w h o v i s i t e d m a n y p l a c e s i n
E a s t e r n C h r i s t e n d o m at t h e e n d of the f o u r t h c e n t u r y (Corpus Christianonirn Series
Latina, 175; Eng. trans. Gingras 1970, Wilkinson 1971). At the Council of
Chalcedon i n 451 the patriarchate of J e r u s a l e m was created. A f t e r the Islamic
c o n q u e s t of t h e H o l y L a n d i n the 6 3 0 s the p a t r i a r c h r e s i d e d m o s t l y i n C o n s t a n t i n o p l e .
A l t h o u g h a f a i r a m o u n t is k n o w n a b o u t the r i t e of J e r u s a l e m (not least f r o m A r m e n i a n
a n d G e o r g i a n b o r r o w i n g s ) , t h e r e are of c o u r s e n o r e c o r d s of its m u s i c (see B a l d o v i n
1987, Leeb 1979).
T h e t w o most i m p o r t a n t M i d d l e Eastern C h r i s t i a n centres i n the early centuries
were not J e r u s a l e m b u t A n t i o c h a n d A l e x a n d r i a .
The c h u r c h at A n t i o c h i n S y r i a , t r a d i t i o n a l l y f o u n d e d b y S t P e t e r , was by the
f o u r t h c e n t u r y t h i r d i n r a n k of t h e p a t r i a r c h a l sees (after R o m e a n d A l e x a n d r i a ) . I n
t h e n e x t c e n t u r y it w a s s p l i t b y c h r i s t o l o g i c a l c o n t r o v e r s i e s . The Greek church of
C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a n d t h e L a t i n c h u r c h of R o m e h a v e h e l d to t h e d o c t r i n e t h a t C h r i s t
has t w o n a t u r e s , h u m a n a n d d i v i n e , w i t h i n a s i n g l e p e r s o n , a f f i r m e d b y t h e C o u n c i l of
Chalcedon. The belief t h a t C h r i s t has t w o separate p e r s o n s as w e l l as natures,
2. The Churches of Christendom 481
D i p h y s i t i s m , c o n d e m n e d at t h e C o u n c i l of E p h e s u s i n 4 3 1 , w a s s u p p o r t e d b y p a r t of
t h e A n t i o c h e n e c h u r c h , u s u a l l y c a l l e d ' N e s t o r i a n ' ( ' E a s t S y r i a n ' , ' C h u r c h of t h e E a s t ' ,
o r ' A s s y r i a n ' ) , w h i c h b y the e n d of t h e M i d d l e A g e s h a d a c t u a l l y s p r e a d as f a r as s o u t h
I n d i a a n d C h i n a . M o n o p h y s i t i s m , the d o c t r i n e t h a t C h r i s t has o n e n a t u r e a n d p e r s o n ,
c o n d e m n e d at C h a l c e d o n , w a s s u p p o r t e d b y the ' S y r i a n O r t h o d o x ' ( ' J a c o b i t e ' o r ' W e s t
Syrian') p a r t y of the c h u r c h at A n t i o c h as w e l l b y t h e A l e x a n d r i n e a n d A r m e n i a n
churches. The l i t u r g y of t h e J a c o b i t e c h u r c h , k n o w n as t h e ' L i t u r g y of S t James'
( r e f l e c t i n g i t s s u p p o s e d d e r i v a t i o n f r o m J e r u s a l e m ) , a d o p t e d S y r i a c as its language.
T h e A n t i o c h e n e party w h i c h rejected b o t h heresies was called ' M e l k i t e ' a n d retained
G r e e k i n its l i t u r g y .
Books of the Syrian rites were rarely notated, though some notated ones,
p r i n c i p a l l y M e l k i t e , have s u r v i v e d . Research o n the m u s i c of t h e v a r i o u s Syrian
l i t u r g i e s has t h e r e f o r e r e l i e d o n t r a n s c r i p t i o n s m a d e f r o m m o d e r n p e r f o r m a n c e . (See
H u s m a n n , ' S y r i a n C h u r c h M u s i c ' , NG; b y far t h e g r e a t e r p a r t of r e c e n t r e s e a r c h was
accomplished by Husmann.)
The patriarchate of A l e x a n d r i a , second in rank to Rome before the rise of
C o n s t a n t i n o p l e , w a s t r a d i t i o n a l l y h e l d to h a v e b e e n f o u n d e d b y S t M a r k , h e n c e t h e
name ' L i t u r g y of S t M a r k ' f o r its r i t e . T h e c h u r c h o p t e d f o r M o n o p h y s i t i s m . It
became known as the Coptic church after t h e use of the vernacular (Coptic,
descended f r o m ancient Egyptian) i n the l i t u r g y . T h e church became relatively
i s o l a t e d a f t e r t h e c o n q u e s t of E g y p t b y I s l a m i n 6 4 1 . A l t h o u g h a f o r m of ekphonetic
n o t a t i o n m a y have been used i n the tenth a n d eleventh c e n t u r i e s , C o p t i c chant has
b e e n t r a n s m i t t e d to t h e p r e s e n t o n l y o r a l l y . (See B o r s a i , ' C o p t i c R i t e , M u s i c of t h e ' ,
NG.)
T h e E t h i o p i a n c h u r c h is a d a u g h t e r of the S y r i a n J a c o b i t e a n d C o p t i c churches,
a n d w a s s u b j e c t to the latter u n t i l t h i s c e n t u r y . T h e o l d e s t n o t a t e d s o u r c e s of its c h a n t
d a t e f r o m t h e s i x t e e n t h c e n t u r y . (See H a n n i c k , ' E t h i o p i a n R i t e , M u s i c of t h e ' , NG.)
T h e A r m e n i a n c h u r c h w a s r e c o g n i z e d b y the c o u n t r y ' s r u l e r , T i r i d a t e s I I I , i n 3 0 1 ,
e v e n b e f o r e t h e R o m a n e m p e r o r C o n s t a n t i n e ' s t o l e r a t i o n of C h r i s t i a n i t y . It b e c a m e
schismatic half a century after C h a l c e d o n . E l e m e n t s of i t s l i t u r g y are a faithful
r e p r o d u c t i o n of t h e J e r u s a l e m l i t u r g y of the f i f t h c e n t u r y ( R e n o u x 1 9 6 1 - 2 , 1 9 6 9 - 7 1 ) .
B o t h an ekphonetic a n d a n i n d i g e n o u s c h a n t n o t a t i o n are k n o w n f r o m A r m e n i a n
liturgical books, s a i d to d a t e f r o m as e a r l y as t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y . (See Hannick,
' A r m e n i a n R i t e , M u s i c of t h e ' , NG.)
The c h u r c h of G e o r g i a d a t e s f r o m t h e f o u r t h c e n t u r y . Monophysite from the
C o u n c i l of C h a l c e d o n o n w a r d s , it r e t u r n e d to o r t h o d o x y at t h e e n d of t h e sixth
century. S i n c e the d e v e l o p m e n t of t h e G e o r g i a n r i t e w a s m u c h i n f l u e n c e d b y the
G e o r g i a n monasteries i n the H o l y L a n d (St Sabas near Jerusalem and on M o u n t
S i n a i ) , it m a y i n c o r p o r a t e s o m e elements of the c h a n t of J e r u s a l e m (see T a r c h n i s c h v i l i
1 9 5 9 - 6 0 ) . G e o r g i a n l e c t i o n a r i e s w i t h B y z a n t i n e e k p h o n e t i c n o t a t i o n s u r v i v e f r o m as
e a r l y as t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y , a n d c h a n t - b o o k s i n an i n d i g e n o u s n o t a t i o n are a p p a r e n t l y
equally ancient. ( S e e H a n n i c k , ' G e o r g i a n R i t e , M u s i c of t h e ' , NG.)
I n 3 3 0 C o n s t a n t i n e r e f o u n d e d C o n s t a n t i n o p l e a n d m a d e it h i s c a p i t a l , o n t h e site of
G r e e k B y z a n t i u m , w h i c h a p p e a r s to h a v e h a d a C h r i s t i a n c o m m u n i t y f r o m t h e s e c o n d
c e n t u r y . A t a c o u n c i l i n t h e c i t y i n 381 the b i s h o p w a s g i v e n p r e c e d e n c e s e c o n d o n l y to
R o m e , a n d b e c a m e p a t r i a r c h i n 4 5 1 . M u c h of its e a r l y l i t u r g y a p p e a r s to h a v e d e r i v e d
f r o m A n t i o c h , w h e n c e S t J o h n C h r y s o s t o m c a m e i n 3 9 8 to b e its b i s h o p . T h e l i t u r g y
i n g e n e r a l use s t i l l b e a r s h i s n a m e . T h a t r e s e r v e d f o r t h e S u n d a y s of L e n t (except
P a l m S u n d a y ) , M a u n d y T h u r s d a y , the E v e s of E a s t e r , C h r i s t m a s , a n d E p i p h a n y , a n d
the F e a s t of S t B a s i l (1 J a n u a r y ) is k n o w n as t h e L i t u r g y of S t B a s i l ( d . 379).
T h e p o l i t i c a l s u p r e m a c y of B y z a n t i u m e v e n t u a l l y l e n t g r e a t i n f l u e n c e to its l i t u r g y
as w e l l . It w a s t r a n s l a t e d i n t o O l d S l a v o n i c b y S S C y r i l a n d M e t h o d i u s u p o n the
c o n v e r s i o n of the S l a v s of M o r a v i a i n t h e m i d - n i n t h c e n t u r y , a n d w h e n V l a d i m i r ,
p r i n c e of K i e v , w a s b a p t i z e d i n 9 8 8 , he also i n t r o d u c e d t h e B y z a n t i n e l i t u r g y i n O l d
S l a v o n i c . W h i l e the G r e e k e x p a n s i o n into M o r a v i a was s h o r t - l i v e d — i t clashed w i t h
German political interests—the Slavonic liturgy was permanently established in
B u l g a r i a ( f r o m the m i d - n i n t h c e n t r y ) a n d S e r b i a ( f r o m the t e n t h ) . W e have m u s i c a l
d o c u m e n t a t i o n of B y z a n t i n e chant f r o m the ninth century (ekphonetic notation
p o s s i b l y f r o m e v e n e a r l i e r ) , of R u s s i a n c h a n t f r o m t h e late e l e v e n t h , of B u l g a r i a n
c h a n t o n l y f r o m t h e t h i r t e e n t h , a n d S e r b i a n f r o m t h e f i f t e e n t h . ( B y z a n t i n e c h a n t is
d i s c u s s e d b r i e f l y b e l o w , V I 1 1 . 2 ; o n the S l a v o n i c f a m i l i e s of c h a n t see Velimirovic,
'Russian and Slavonic C h u r c h Music', NG.)
The p a t r i a r c h a t e of R o m e c o i n c i d e d m o r e o r less w i t h t h e w e s t e r n h a l f of the
R o m a n empire, c o m p r i s i n g Italia, Illyricum, Africa, H i s p a n i a , G a l l i a , and B r i t a n n i a .
T h e b i s h o p s of R o m e i n t h e first t w o c e n t u r i e s w e r e a l l G r e e k - s p e a k i n g . Greek
r e m a i n e d the language of the R o m a n l i t u r g y u n t i l the f o u r t h c e n t u r y ( K l a u s e r 1946).
W e s h o u l d i n a n y case e x p e c t a s t r o n g s i m i l a r i t y to h a v e e x i s t e d b e t w e e n t h e r i t e s of
t h e v a r i o u s C h r i s t i a n c h u r c h e s at t h i s e a r l y p e r i o d . T h i s m e a n s t h a t , w i t h d u e c a u t i o n ,
e v i d e n c e a b o u t o n e c h u r c h c a n b e c o n s i d e r e d f o r its r e l e v a n c e to a n o t h e r . T h e later
t h e p e r i o d , t h e less safe d o e s t h i s b e c o m e , f o r it is b y t h e n a m a t t e r of assessing
i n f l u e n c e s u p o n e s t a b l i s h e d l i t u r g i e s , r a t h e r t h a n t h e d e v e l o p m e n t of s i m i l a r usages
f r o m c o m m o n o r i g i n s . T h e g e n e r a l p i c t u r e a p p e a r s to b e o n e of g r e a t c o n s e r v a t i s m at
R o m e i n face of n e w l i t u r g i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t s . R o m e ' s p o l i t i c a l i m p o r t a n c e d w i n d l e d
after t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ; it w a s r e p l a c e d at t i m e s b y M i l a n and
R a v e n n a as i m p e r i a l r e s i d e n c e , a n d it s u f f e r e d f r o m b a r b a r i a n i n v a s i o n a n d f r o m w a r s
b e t w e e n t h e B y z a n t i n e e m p i r e a n d G o t h s a n d L o m b a r d s . Y e t t h i s d i d n o t w e a k e n its
c o n s t a n c y to l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n . O n the o t h e r h a n d , t h e c o n s i d e r a b l e i n d e p e n d e n c e of
o t h e r W e s t e r n uses f r o m t h o s e of R o m e m a y be a t t r i b u t e d to its p o l i t i c a l w e a k n e s s .
S i n c e it is b y n o m e a n s easy t o t r a c e the d e v e l o p m e n t of R o m a n l i t u r g i c a l use t h r o u g h
the v i c i s s i t u d e s of the early centuries until the time from which we first have
comprehensive liturgical books (the eighth and ninth centuries), attempts to
u n d e r s t a n d i t s c h a n t i n a n y d e t a i l are e x t r e m e l y d i f f i c u l t .
A q u i l e i a i n n o r t h I t a l y a s s u m e d the r a n k of p a t r i a r c h a t e i n the s i x t h c e n t u r y , f r o m
t h e s e v e n t h c e n t u r y b e i n g s p l i t i n t o t w o seats, o n e at G r a d o , t h e o t h e r at C i v i d a l e .
Despite speculation about an independent rite and even an independent Old
Aquileian chant repertory, p r a c t i c a l l y n o t h i n g is k n o w n a b o u t its e a r l y liturgy.
2. The Churches of Christendom 483
It w i l l b e c l e a r f r o m t h i s b r i e f o u t l i n e that r e c o n s t r u c t i o n of t h e c h a n t of t h e e a r l y
c h u r c h is e x t r e m e l y h a z a r d o u s . B y t h e t i m e w r i t t e n r e c o r d s of t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y of
a n y of t h e b r a n c h e s of t h e C h r i s t i a n c h u r c h w e r e m a d e , t h e y h a d h a d a m p l e t i m e t o
develop along independent lines, through centuries of often radically changing
c i r c u m s t a n c e s w h i c h cannot fail to have h a d a c o n s i d e r a b l e i m p a c t o n the l i t u r g y a n d
its m u s i c .
I n t h e n e x t t w o s e c t i o n s t h e h i s t o r y of t h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t m u s i c a l f o r m s of t h e
R o m a n c h a n t are o u t l i n e d a n d p a r a l l e l s are d r a w n w i t h c h a n t s of o t h e r r i t e s w h e r e
a p p r o p r i a t e . T h e e m p h a s i s is u p o n t h e o t h e r W e s t e r n r i t e s . S i n c e a l m o s t n o t h i n g o f
t h e c h a n t of t h e C e l t i c l a n d s s u r v i v e s I h a v e l a r g e l y d i s r e g a r d e d C e l t i c p r a c t i c e s (see
Warren 1881/1987; C u r r a n 1984). D e s p i t e the lean evidence regarding Gallican
p r a c t i c e s , I h a v e d r a w n u p o n t h e m m o r e r e g u l a r l y to p o i n t u p s i m i l a r i t i e s w i t h o t h e r
rites.
VI.3. T H E E A R L Y C H U R C H
VI.4. O F F I C E C H A N T S B E F O R E T H E E I G H T H C E N T U R Y
T h e o f f i c i a l t o l e r a t i o n of C h r i s t i a n i t y a n d t h e e n d o f p e r s e c u t i o n m u s t h a v e h a d w i d e -
ranging consequences f o r t h e f o r m a n d c o n t e n t of w o r s h i p . It is n o a c c i d e n t that
information about the l i t u r g y is m u c h m o r e p l e n t i f u l f r o m the fourth century
o n w a r d s . It is o f t e n n o easier to i n t e r p r e t t h a n t h a t f r o m t h e p r e v i o u s p e r i o d b e c a u s e
of t h e d i f f e r e n c e s of o b s e r v a n c e b e t w e e n d i f f e r e n t a r e a s . B u t f r o m t h e f o u r t h c e n t u r y
it is p o s s i b l e t o see c l e a r l y m a n y of the c h i e f c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of t h e l i t u r g y f a m i l i a r t o us
f r o m t h e M i d d l e A g e s . T w o d e v e l o p m e n t s are p a r t i c u l a r l y i m p o r t a n t .
F i r s t , p u b l i c w o r s h i p b e c a m e a m a t t e r of m o r e o r g a n i z e d c e r e m o n i a l c o n d u c t e d b y
t r a i n e d p e r s o n n e l i n c h u r c h e s b u i l t f o r t h e p u r p o s e . B y t h e e n d of t h e f o u r t h c e n t u r y
w e h a v e a m p l e e v i d e n c e of f o r m a l l i t u r g i e s of v a r i o u s k i n d s . T h i s m e a n s , f o r e x a m p l e ,
t h a t s o n g s w e r e p e r f o r m e d b y c a n t o r s s p e c i a l l y d e t a i l e d to c a r r y o u t t h i s d u t y , r a t h e r
t h a n b y a n y p e r s o n p r e s e n t i n s p i r e d to s i n g (see H u c k e 1953, ' E n t w i c k l u n g ' , 1 7 7 - 8 5 ,
w i t h i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e f o r m a t i o n of t h e t r a i n e d c h o i r ; a l s o F o l e y 1 9 8 2 , F a s s l e r 1985,
M c K i n n o n 1987, Music, 109). T h e c e r e m o n i a l aspects of w o r s h i p w e r e e l a b o r a t e d i n
o r d e r to a d d m y s t e r y a n d i n s p i r e a w e . T h i s c a n be s e e n , f o r e x a m p l e , n o t o n l y b y t h e
liturgy described by Theodore, b i s h o p of M o p s u e s t i a ( 3 9 2 - 4 2 8 ) , north-west of
A n t i o c h , b u t also b y h i s c o m m e n t a r y o n it ( D i x 1945, 2 8 2 - 8 ) . I t h a s b e e n s u p p o s e d
that more extended liturgical actions m a y have p r o v i d e d the occasion for new
accompanying chants.
S e c o n d l y , there was a dramatic m o v e m e n t — a l r e a d y u n d e r w a y i n E g y p t t o w a r d s
t h e e n d of t h e t h i r d c e n t u r y — b y m a n y r e l i g i o u s p e r s o n s to c u t t h e m s e l v e s o f f f r o m
t h e w o r l d a n d l e a d a s o l i t a r y l i f e , a l o n e as h e r m i t s , as h e r m i t s a n s w e r i n g o c c a s i o n a l
c a l l s to m e e t i n g s , o r as c o m m u n i t i e s of m o n k s a n d n u n s . T h e m o n a s t i c c o m m u n i t i e s
d e v e l o p e d t h e i r o w n f o r m s of c o m m u n a l w o r s h i p , w h i c h o c c a s i o n a l l y i n t e r a c t e d w i t h
their 'secular' counterparts b u t r e m a i n e d essentially d i s t i n c t . M a n y s u c h c o m m u n i t i e s
e n g a g e d i n m o r e o r less c o n t i n u o u s w o r s h i p , u s u a l l y o r g a n i z e d i n a s y s t e m of o f f i c e
h o u r s different f r o m the p r a y e r h o u r s w h i c h were o b s e r v e d i n the p r e v i o u s c e n t u r i e s .
The chief purpose of the r e l i g i o u s exercise was continual prayer and praise,
p a r t i c u l a r l y t h r o u g h the c o m p l e t e r e c i t a t i o n of t h e O l d Testament psalms. This
u l t i m a t e l y l e d , a m o n g o t h e r s , to t h e t y p e of m e d i e v a l o f f i c e k n o w n to us i n t h e R o m a n
a n d B e n e d i c t i n e u s e s . T h e s e c u l a r o f f i c e , b y c o n t r a s t , w a s n a t u r a l l y s e l e c t i v e i n its
t e x t s . I n r e c e n t t i m e s it h a s t h e r e f o r e b e c o m e u s u a l t o d i s t i n g u i s h a ' c a t h e d r a l ' o r
' c l e r i c a l ' o f f i c e , t h e n o n - m o n a s t i c u s e , f r o m a ' m o n a s t i c ' o f f i c e . W e are b e t t e r i n f o r m e d
a b o u t m o n a s t i c p r a c t i c e s t h a n c a t h e d r a l o r s e c u l a r l i t u r g i e s , b e c a u s e of t h e s u r v i v a l of
t h e ' r u l e s ' of s e v e r a l f o u n d i n g f a t h e r s of m o n a s t i c o r d e r s .
T h u s f r o m t h e c h u r c h e s of t h e w e s t e r n h a l f of t h e R o m a n e m p i r e t h e r e is o n l y
f r a g m e n t a r y e v i d e n c e f r o m b e f o r e a b o u t 6 0 0 to i n f o r m u s a b o u t c a t h e d r a l l i t u r g i e s ,
w h i l e f r o m t h e s a m e area w e h a v e t h e Ordo Monasterii ( p a r t of t h e s o - c a l l e d Rule of
St Augustine), p r o b a b l y w r i t t e n i n N o r t h A f r i c a b y a f o l l o w e r of S t A u g u s t i n e ( e d .
V e r h e i j e n 1 9 6 7 ) , t h e r u l e s f o r t h e m o n k s a n d n u n s of S t C a e s a r i u s of A r i e s a n d h i s
s u c c e s s o r A u r e l i a n , b i s h o p of A r i e s 5 4 6 - 5 3 ( e d . M o r i n 1942, M c C a r t h y 1960), the
late s i x t h - c e n t u r y r u l e of S t C o l u m b a n u s f o r t h e C e l t i c c h u r c h ( e d . W a l k e r 1 9 5 7 ) , a n d
t h e n , f o r e a r l y s i x t h - c e n t u r y I t a l y , t h e Regula Magistri ( e d . d e V o g u e 1964, trans.
E b e r l e 1977) a n d t h e R u l e of S t B e n e d i c t ( e d . H a n s l i k 1960, d e V o g u e a n d N e u f v i l l e
1 9 7 1 - 7 ) . W i t h t h e a i d of t h e last t w o it has b e e n p o s s i b l e to r e c o n s t r u c t m u c h of t h e
contemporary m o n a s t i c i s m i n the convents which were attached to t h e basilical
c h u r c h e s i n R o m e . T h e s e are b y n o m e a n s t h e o n l y uses w h i c h c a n b e r e c o n s t r u c t e d ,
o r a b o u t w h i c h s o m e t h i n g is k n o w n , as a g l a n c e t h r o u g h t h e a c c o u n t s of B r a d s h a w
(1981) a n d T a f t (1985) w i l l s h o w .
C o m m o n t o t h e c a t h e d r a l o r s e c u l a r uses was a b a s i c s y s t e m of d a i l y m o r n i n g a n d
e v e n i n g p r a y e r a n d S u n d a y e u c h a r i s t , a l r e a d y e s t a b l i s h e d b y t h e e n d of t h e f o u r t h
c e n t u r y . M a n y c o m p o n e n t s o f m o r n i n g a n d e v e n i n g p r a y e r w e r e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e
t i m e of c e l e b r a t i o n : P s . 6 2 (Deus Deus mens ad te de luce vigilo) for m o r n i n g prayer
and Ps. 140 (Domine clarnavi ad te . . . elevatio manuurn meanirn sacrifichtm
vespertinurn) i n t h e e v e n i n g . M o r n i n g p r a y e r also n e a r l y a l w a y s i n c l u d e d P s s . 148-
5 0 , a n d e v e n i n g p r a y e r o f t e n b e g a n w i t h t h e c e r e m o n y of l a m p l i g h t i n g . I n a d d i t i o n to
a l l t h e s e , a n a l l - n i g h t v i g i l s e r v i c e w a s o c c a s i o n a l l y p e r f o r m e d o n t h e eve of i m p o r t a n t
f e a s t - d a y s . ( T h o s e k n o w n t o G r e g o r y of T o u r s are l i s t e d b y T a f t 1985, 182.) H e r e t o o
p s a l m o d y t o o k its p l a c e a l o n g s i d e r e a d i n g s a n d p r a y e r s , b u t g e n e r a l l y s p e a k i n g t h e r e is
l i t t l e e v i d e n c e of t h e r e c i t a t i o n of t h e p s a l m s i n c y c l e s .
I n t h e s e m o r n i n g a n d e v e n i n g s e r v i c e s t h e b u l k of the m u s i c c o n s i s t s of O l d
Testament p s a l m s . T h a t is s o m e t h i n g of a c o n t r a s t f r o m t h e e a r l y c e n t u r i e s . Other
i t e m s c e r t a i n l y h a d a p l a c e : the G l o r i a i n excelsis i n the m o r n i n g , a n d the h y m n s
c o m p o s e d b y H i l a r y of P o i t i e r s a n d St A m b r o s e of M i l a n , f o r i n s t a n c e . B u t t h e p s a l m s
are u b i q u i t o u s .
I n t h e m o n a s t i c o f f i c e t h e p s a l t e r w a s r e c i t e d c o n t i n u o u s l y , at first i n f o r m a l l y a n d
t h e n i n g r o u p s of p s a l m s d i s t r i b u t e d a m o n g t h e fixed h o u r s , so a r r a n g e d that the
w h o l e psalter c o u l d be p e r f o r m e d w i t h i n a fixed p e r i o d , usually a week (see the
summaries in Bradshaw 1981 and Taft 1985). Cathedral uses with especially
n u m e r o u s p s a l m s , o f t e n to b e f o u n d i n t h e W e s t , s e e m l i k e l y to h a v e b e e n i n f l u e n c e d
b y m o n a s t i c p r a c t i c e . F o r e x a m p l e , the S e c o n d C o u n c i l of T o u r s i n 5 6 7 s p e c i f i e s w h a t
is p r a c t i c a l l y a m o n a s t i c r o u n d : t w e l v e p s a l m s at L a u d s , s i x w i t h ' A l l e l u i a ' at S e x t ,
t w e l v e at ' d u o d e c i m a ' ( a n e v e n i n g s e r v i c e d i s t i n c t f r o m t h e l a m p l i g h t i n g c e r e m o n y ) ,
a n d a n u m b e r d u r i n g t h e N i g h t O f f i c e w h i c h v a r i e d a c c o r d i n g to t h e m o n t h — a s m a n y
as t h i r t y i n D e c e m b e r ( T a f t 1985, 149). A m b r o s i a n h y m n s are p e r m i t t e d , a n d also
h y m n s b y o t h e r a u t h o r s , w h o s e names s h o u l d be w r i t t e n i n the m a r g i n ( i m p l y i n g a
w r i t t e n c o l l e c t i o n of h y m n t e x t s ) .
W e c a n o n l y s p e c u l a t e o n t h e b a s i s of l a t e r e v i d e n c e w h a t t h e m u s i c d u r i n g these
s e r v i c e s w a s l i k e ( f o r e x a m p l e , f o u r of A m b r o s e ' s h y m n s are t h o u g h t t o h a v e s u r v i v e d
with something like their original melodies). Even in important matters of
performance practice—the division between s o l o i s t a n d c h o i r , t h e r o l e of r e f r a i n
v e r s e s , a n d t h e use of a l t e r n a t i n g g r o u p s of s i n g e r s o r c h o i r s — t h e r e is c o n s i d e r a b l e
d i f f i c u l t y i n i n t e r p r e t i n g t h e e a r l y e v i d e n c e , n o d o u b t b e c a u s e of t h e considerable
v a r i e t y t h a t e x i s t e d . I m p o r t a n t d i s t i n c t i o n s w h i c h h a v e t o b e b o r n e i n m i n d are t h o s e
between monastic and secular practice, and between the p e r f o r m a n c e of the O l d
Testament p s a l m s a n d the s i n g i n g of n e w l y c o m p o s e d v e r s e s o r s o n g s . T h e g r e a t e s t
d i f f i c u l t i e s arise i n u n d e r s t a n d i n g w h a t is m e a n t b y ' r e s p o n s e ' a n d ' a n t i p h o n ' a n d t h e
concepts 'responsorial' and 'antiphonal psalmody'.
I n o n e s e n s e ' r e s p o n s e ' a n d ' a n t i p h o n ' m i g h t s e e m to b e i d e n t i c a l , w i t h t h e m e a n i n g
of ' r e f r a i n ' , a v e r s e o r verses s u n g a f t e r e a c h s e c t i o n o f a n o t h e r c h a n t , f o r e x a m p l e a f t e r
e a c h v e r s e of a p s a l m . A p o s s i b l e d i s t i n c t i o n h e r e w o u l d b e t h a t t h e r e s p o n s e t a k e s its
t e x t f r o m t h e p s a l m o r o t h e r p i e c e b e i n g s u n g ( u s u a l l y its first v e r s e , s u n g first b y the
leader and repeated by the chorus), whereas the a n t i p h o n is a n independently
c o m p o s e d s o n g . I f that s e e m s a t r i f l i n g d i f f e r e n c e , w e s h o u l d r e m e m b e r t h e s e n s i t i v i t y
displayed particularly i n the t h i r d and f o u r t h centuries i n t h e face o f n o n - b i b l i c a l
songs: t h o s e of B a r d e s a n e s i n A n t i o c h , or those of the A r i a n s i n C o n s t a n t i n o p l e
described by Socrates and Sozomen ( M c K i n n o n 1987, Music, 101-4). General
c o n s e r v a t i s m w i t h r e g a r d t o n o n - s c r i p t u r a l l y r i c c o m p o s i t i o n s is o n e of t h e things
w h i c h d i s t i n g u i s h e s the m e d i e v a l R o m a n l i t u r g y m o s t s t r o n g l y f r o m t h e B y z a n t i n e ,
w h e r e h y m n g e n r e s s u c h as t h e k o n t a k i o n , k a n o n , a n d s t i c h e r o n flourished i n great
a b u n d a n c e . ( T h e e v o l u t i o n o f these is r e v e a l i n g : see W e l l e s z 1 9 6 1 , c h s . V I a n d V I I I -
IX.)
The concept of t h e a n t i p h o n a n d the a n t i p h o n a l m a n n e r of p e r f o r m a n c e has,
h o w e v e r , a n a n c i l l a r y m e a n i n g of ' a l t e r n a t i n g ' b e t w e e n g r o u p s . It h a s b e e n argued
that ' r e s p o n s o r i a l ' relates p r i m a r i l y to the a l t e r n a t i o n b e t w e e n soloist a n d chorus,
' a n t i p h o n a l ' to t h a t b e t w e e n t w o c h o i r s , say the p e o p l e a n d t h e t r a i n e d c h o i r , o r the
t w o h a l v e s of a c h o i r . W e s h o u l d also c o n s i d e r the p o s s i b i l i t y t h a t t h e t w o m e a n i n g s of
' a n t i p h o n ' m a y not be m u t u a l l y e x c l u s i v e : the a n t i p h o n to be b o t h n e w l y c o m p o s e d ,
n o n - s c r i p t u r a l , a n d p e r f o r m e d b y a l t e r n a t i n g c h o i r s . I s i d o r e of S e v i l l e (c.560-633),
f o r e x a m p l e , says t h a t a n t i p h o n s are c h a n t e d b y t w o c h o i r s a l t e r n a t e l y (Etymologies 6.
x i x , De ecclesiasticis officiis 1. v i i a n d i x ) . H e m a y h a v e b e e n t h i n k i n g o f a l t e r n a t i n g
p e r f o r m a n c e o f t h e p s a l m v e r s e s t o w h i c h t h e a n t i p h o n s are a c o u n t e r p a r t . B u t i n v i e w
of t h e u s u a l s o l o s i n g i n g o f t h e p s a l m s t h e m s e l v e s at t h i s d a t e , it s e e m s m o r e l i k e l y t h a t
the a n t i p h o n i t s e l f is t o b e c h a n t e d first b y o n e s i d e o f t h e c h o i r , t h e n b y t h e o t h e r .
That is w h a t w e find, m u c h later, d e s c r i b e d b y A m a l a r i u s of M e t z i n h i s Liber
official's of r . 8 2 3 ( H a n s s e n s , i i . 4 3 3 , q u o t e d b y D y e r 1989, ' M o n a s t i c ' , 6 8 ) . F i r s t t h e
antiphon is b e g u n b y a s o l o i s t f r o m o n e c h o i r , a n d s e e m s to b e c o m p l e t e d (or
repeated) b y b o t h choirs together. T h e performance apparently c o n t i n u e s :
P s a l m verse: soloist
A n t i p h o n : first c h o i r
P s a l m verse: soloist
A n t i p h o n : second choir
P s a l m verse: soloist
A n t i p h o n : first c h o i r
P s a l m verse: soloist
A n t i p h o n : second choir
( a n d so o n )
T h e great a t t r a c t i o n of ' a n t i p h o n s ' — w h a t e v e r they m a y have b e e n — i s d i f f i c u l t to
u n d e r s t a n d w h e n s o l i t t l e is k n o w n a b o u t t h e i r c h a r a c t e r a n d c o n t e n t . T h e r e is n o
space here to e x a m i n e each reference i n o r d e r to d i s t i n g u i s h b e t w e e n possible
meanings (Hucke 1953, ' E n t w i c k l u n g ' provides the most comprehensive and
j u d i c i o u s r e v i e w ) . I shall extract o n l y a f e w salient p o i n t s w h i c h are p a r t i c u l a r l y
r e l e v a n t t o t h e m e d i e v a l usage i n t h e W e s t .
E a r l y r e p o r t s c o n n e c t t h e first s i n g i n g of a n t i p h o n s w i t h A n t i o c h , a n d , lest t h e i r n o n -
b i b l i c a l n a t u r e a n d t h e i r use b y heretical g r o u p s l i k e the A r i a n s s h o u l d taint t h e i r i m a g e ,
a l e g e n d g r e w u p t h a t B i s h o p I g n a t i u s of A n t i o c h ( m a r t y r e d c. 107) h a d s e e n a v i s i o n o f
a n g e l s s i n g i n g ' a n t i p h o n a l h y m n s ' , a n d i n t r o d u c e d t h e s a m e sort of s o n g s i n t o h i s o w n
c h u r c h ( M c K i n n o n 1 9 8 7 , Music, 1 0 2 ) . T h e f o u r t h c e n t u r y i s , as w i t h s o m a n y t h i n g s ,
the p e r i o d w h e n t h e f a s h i o n is first w i d e l y r e c o r d e d , a n d s u p p o r t f o r i t s E a s t e r n o r i g i n
comes f r o m b o t h S t A u g u s t i n e a n d the b i o g r a p h e r of S t A m b r o s e . A u g u s t i n e says that
d u r i n g t h e t i m e w h e n A m b r o s e ' s c h u r c h i n M i l a n w a s u n d e r threat f r o m t h e A r i a n s , i n
3 8 6 - 7 , ' h y m n s a n d p s a l m s ' w e r e first s u n g 'after t h e m a n n e r of t h e o r i e n t a l r e g i o n s ' t o
raise t h e s p i r i t s o f t h o s e u n d e r siege (Confessions 9 . 7 . 1 5 ; M c K i n n o n 1 9 8 7 , Music, 154).
T h i s has been c o n n e c t e d w i t h a r e m a r k b y P a u l i n u s , f o r m e r secretary of St A m b r o s e ,
writing i n 4 2 2 , b u t d e s c r i b i n g the same events as A u g u s t i n e , that at t h i s time
' a n t i p h o n s , h y m n s , a n d v i g i l s ' w e r e first p e r f o r m e d i n M i l a n . A s so o f t e n , t h e r e is n o
p r e c i s e e v i d e n c e h e r e of w h a t ' a n t i p h o n ' m e a n s , t h o u g h i t s c o n n e c t i o n w i t h i n s p i r i t i n g
c o n g r e g a t i o n a l s i n g i n g is c l e a r . ( O n the other h a n d , L e e b 1967 p o i n t e d o u t t h a t
A m b r o s e h i m s e l f o n l y m e n t i o n s solo psalms w i t h congregational responses in his
s e r m o n s : see t h e d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e g r a d u a l b e l o w , VI.5.)
T h e r e c e n t s t u d y of D y e r has m a d e it c l e a r t h a t f o r e a r l y m o n a s t i c p s a l m o d y s o l o
p e r f o r m a n c e was the r u l e . E a c h m o n k i n t u r n p l a y e d his part i n s i n g i n g w h i l e his
b r e t h r e n m e d i t a t e d o n what was b e i n g s u n g . W e do not k n o w what the m u s i c for this
s i n g i n g w a s l i k e . S o m e t h i n g a k i n to the f a m i l i a r tones m a y have b e e n u s e d , t h o u g h
s o l o d e l i v e r y n a t u r a l l y a l l o w e d g r e a t e r f r e e d o m of m u s i c a l e x p r e s s i o n .
The m e d i t a t i v e r o l e of t h e m o n k s n o t t a k i n g t h e i r t u r n to s i n g a p s a l m w a s ,
h o w e v e r , o c c a s i o n a l l y v a r i e d b y t h e i r a d d i n g r e s p o n s e s o r a n t i p h o n s to t h e s o l o p s a l m .
I n J o h n C a s s i a n ' s Institutes, w r i t t e n a b o u t 415 f o r t h e b i s h o p of A p t , d r a w i n g o n
C a s s i a n ' s e x p e r i e n c e of E g y p t i a n m o n a s t i c i s m , he says t h a t m o n k s i n P a l e s t i n e first
s t a n d to s i n g t h r e e ' a n t i p h o n a ' ( u s u a l l y t a k e n to m e a n p s a l m s w i t h a n t i p h o n r e f r a i n s ) ,
t h e n sit w h i l e t h r e e m o n k s i n t u r n s i n g a p s a l m s o l o , t h e o t h e r b r e t h r e n ' r e s p o n d i n g '
(presumably singing short responses). Various arrangements of psalms with
a n t i p h o n s a n d p s a l m s w i t h r e s p o n s e s are to be f o u n d a m o n g e a r l y m o n a s t i c u s e s . In
s o m e , t h e b a l a n c e is w e i g h t e d h e a v i l y i n f a v o u r of p s a l m s w i t h a n t i p h o n s . T h i s is t h e
case i n t h e R u l e of t h e M a s t e r , f o r e x a m p l e ( e d . de V o g u e 1 9 6 4 ; see also B r a d s h a w
1981, 140, T a f t 1985, 1 2 2 - 3 ) , w h e r e t h e p r o p o r t i o n is o v e r t h r e e t o o n e .
S e v e r a l i t e m s i n t h e R u l e of t h e M a s t e r are l a b e l l e d responsoria, a n d the q u e s t i o n
a r i s e s as t o w h e t h e r t h e s e are i n f a c t t h e s a m e as t h e o l d p s a l m s w i t h r e s p o n s e s . (See
H u c k e 1953, ' E n t w i c k l u n g ' , 1 7 2 - 3 , w i t h r e f e r e n c e to t h e R u l e of B e n e d i c t , s l i g h t l y
l a t e r t h a n t h e R u l e of t h e M a s t e r a n d d r a w i n g h e a v i l y u p o n i t . ) T h e y a p p e a r o n l y as
s i n g l e i t e m s , n o t i n t h e sets t y p i c a l f o r t h e r e c i t a t i o n of t h e w h o l e p s a l t e r . I n f a c t , t h e y
stand outside the cycles of p s a l m s . We m a y s u r m i s e that pieces like the short
r e s p o n s o r i e s k n o w n to us f r o m m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s m a y h a v e f e a t u r e d a m o n g t h e m , b u t
a m o r e o r n a t e m a n n e r of d e l i v e r y c a n n o t b e r u l e d o u t .
It is e v i d e n t l y n e c e s s a r y to m a k e a c l e a r d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w e e n t h e s i n g i n g of s h o r t
r e s p o n s e s ( s u c h as ' A l l e l u i a ' ) d u r i n g t h e c y c l i c s i n g i n g of p s a l m s , a n d t h e s i n g i n g of
r e s p o n s o r i e s i n d e p e n d e n t l y of t h e p s a l m c y c l e . It is t h e l a t t e r w h i c h w e see i n t h e R u l e
of t h e M a s t e r , a n d also t h e R u l e of S t B e n e d i c t , w h e r e r e s p o n s o r i e s are p e r f o r m e d
d u r i n g the N i g h t Office in a l t e r n a t i o n w i t h lessons, a n e w a r r a n g e m e n t w i t h w h i c h we
are f a m i l i a r f r o m t h e M i d d l e A g e s : t h e t e x t s are s p e c i a l l y s e l e c t e d f o r t h e i r r e l e v a n c e
to t h e l e s s o n . N o d o u b t t h i s c o u l d h a v e b e e n d o n e ad libitum. If t h e performance
r e s e m b l e d t h a t of m e d i e v a l s h o r t r e s p o n s o r i e s , t h e s i n g e r of t h e r e s p o n s o r y would
h a v e s e l e c t e d a passage a n d s u n g a n o p e n i n g v e r s e , w h i c h w o u l d b e r e p e a t e d b y t h e
o t h e r s p r e s e n t ( e i t h e r c h o i r o r c o n g r e g a t i o n is c o n c e i v a b l e ) . T h e s o l o i s t w o u l d h a v e
c o n t i n u e d w i t h f u r t h e r v e r s e s , the o t h e r s r e s p o n d i n g a f t e r e a c h v e r s e w i t h t h e same
v e r s e as t h e y h a d s u n g at t h e s t a r t . I n B e n e d i c t ' s R u l e w e see t h i s s y s t e m a t i c a l l y
o r g a n i z e d f o r t h e first t i m e , a n d m a y a s s u m e t h a t t h e m e d i e v a l c y c l e s of l e s s o n s a n d
c o m p l e m e n t a r y responsories had their b i r t h here.
W h e n p e r u s i n g o l d o r d e r s of s e r v i c e ( s u c h as t h o s e g a t h e r e d t o g e t h e r b y B r a d s h a w
1981 or T a f t 1985), it is of course not always possible to k n o w whether the
r e s p o n s o r i a l c h a n t is p a r t of a p s a l m c y c l e o r the c o m p l e m e n t t o a l e s s o n . T h e s i x t h -
c e n t u r y ' P s a l t e r of S t G e r m a i n - d e s - P r e s ' ( P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 1 9 4 7 ;
see H u g l o 1982, ' R e p o n s - G r a d u e l ' ) , a psalter w i t h r e s p o n s o r y texts, s e e m s to be
d e s i g n e d f o r c y c l i c p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e p s a l t e r . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , t w o l e c t i o n a r y
fragments have s u r v i v e d w i t h p s a l m verses apparently intended for responsorial
performance: W o l f e n b u t t e l , H e r z o g - A u g u s t - B i b l i o t h e k , W e i s s e n b u r g 76 f r o m the
fifth to s i x t h c e n t u r y ( e d . D o l d 1936) a n d M o u n t S i n a i , S t C a t h e r i n e ' s monastery
G r . 5 6 7 , p o s s i b l y a S p a n i s h m a n u s c r i p t of t h e s e v e n t h c e n t u r y ( L o w e 1 9 6 4 ) .
W e h a v e t w o r e p o r t s o f t h e s e l e c t i o n of r e s p o n s o r y texts as e a r l y as t h e fifth c e n t u r y
( V o g e l 1 9 8 6 , 3 0 2 - 3 ) . G e n n a d i u s relates t h a t t h e p r i e s t M u s a e u s of M a r s e i l l e s m a d e a
selection of readings f o r feast-days a n d passages f o r responsories f r o m the p s a l m s
(responsoria psalmorum capitula) to go w i t h t h e m ( M c K i n n o n 1 9 8 7 , Music, 170).
S i d o n i u s A p o l l i n a r i s c r e d i t s C l a u d i a n u s of V i e n n e w i t h s o m e t h i n g s i m i l a r ( c i t e d b y
Jeffery 1984, 161). W i t h the W o l f e n b u t t e l a n d M o u n t S i n a i fragments, a n d w i t h the
r e p o r t s a b o u t M u s a e u s a n d C l a u d i a n u s , i t is d i f f i c u l t to k n o w i f w e a r e d e a l i n g w i t h
t h e o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r y o r t h e g r a d u a l of m a s s ( t h e W o l f e n b u t t e l f r a g m e n t a l s o h a s w h a t
m a y b e o f f e r t o r y t e x t s ) , b u t t h e o v e r a l l n a t u r e a n d p u r p o s e o f t h e e x t r a c t s is c l e a r .
The early history of t h e c h i e f forms of o f f i c e music, the a n t i p h o n a n d the
r e s p o n s o r y , is t h e r e f o r e b y n o m e a n s c l e a r i n d e t a i l . W i t h o u t k n o w i n g m o r e a b o u t t h e
p r e c i s e t e x t s s u n g a n d t h e i r m a n n e r of p e r f o r m a n c e , w e c a n n o t say v e r y m u c h a b o u t
their m u s i c . T h e same t w o f o r m s , or s o m e t h i n g related to t h e m , were used i n the
m a s s l i t u r g y , t h e s u b j e c t of t h e n e x t s e c t i o n , w h i c h m a y h e l p o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e
office chants.
H y m n s a r e d i s t i n c t f r o m t h e f o r m s d i s c u s s e d so far b y r e a s o n of t h e i r p o e t i c t e x t
a n d their i n d e p e n d e n c e f r o m p s a l m o d y or readings (although we cannot be sure that
a l l e a r l y r e f e r e n c e s t o ' h y m n s ' w o u l d fit t h i s d e f i n i t i o n ) . B e i n g n o n - s c r i p t u r a l , t h e y
w e r e o c c a s i o n a l l y r e g a r d e d w i t h t h e s a m e s u s p i c i o n as a n t i p h o n s . T h e y w e r e n o t p a r t
o f t h e e a r l y R o m a n m o n a s t i c o f f i c e , n o r of t h e R u l e of t h e M a s t e r , b u t B e n e d i c t
i n c l u d e d t h e m . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , t h e y are r e c o r d e d f o r s e v e r a l o t h e r e a r l y W e s t e r n
l i t u r g i e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y secular ones. It has been suggested that a statement b y J e r o m e
m a y r e f e r t o t h e s i n g i n g o f h y m n s at m o r n i n g p r a y e r i n R o m a n s e c u l a r u s e ( T a f t 1 9 8 5 ,
143). They are k n o w n f r o m M i l a n i n St A m b r o s e ' s t i m e and north Africa in
S t A u g u s t i n e ' s . F o r G a u l w e h a v e t h e h y m n s of S t H i l a r y o f P o i t i e r s (c.315-67), and
t h e y are m e n t i o n e d at s e v e r a l G a l l i c a n s y n o d s . T h e f u l l set of d a i l y h y m n s of t h e
monastic rule o f A r i e s o f t h e 530s is k n o w n ( T a f t 1985, 103-4). Huglo has
r e c o n s t r u c t e d t h e w h o l e G a l l i c a n h y m n a l ( ' G a l l i c a n R i t e , M u s i c o f t h e ' , NG). Canon
13 of t h e F o u r t h C o u n c i l of T o l e d o ( 6 3 3 ) , p r e s i d e d o v e r b y S t I s i d o r e of S e v i l l e ,
a l l o w e d t h e s i n g i n g d u r i n g t h e o f f i c e of t h e G l o r i a i n e x c e l s i s a n d o t h e r n o n - b i b l i c a l
h y m n s s u c h as t h o s e of H i l a r y a n d A m b r o s e . T h a t h y m n s , like a n t i p h o n s , were
v a l u e d f o r t h e o p p o r t u n i t y t h e y g a v e f o r p o p u l a r p a r t i c i p a t i o n is i n d i c a t e d b y t h e
f o l l o w i n g p a s s a g e f r o m t h e L i f e o f S t C a e s a r i u s of A r i e s (c.470-542):
VI.5. M A S S C H A N T S B E F O R E T H E E I G H T H C E N T U R Y
T h e p r e s e n c e o f r e s p o n s o r i e s i n t h e o f f i c e , p e r f o r m e d s i n g l y i n r e s p o n s e , as it w e r e , to
a r e a d i n g , s u g g e s t s a p a r a l l e l w i t h t h e g r a d u a l of m a s s . M c K i n n o n ( 1 9 8 7 , ' G r a d u a l ' )
h a s s h o w n t h a t t h e e v i d e n c e f o r t h e p r e s e n c e of a d i s t i n c t c h a n t a m o n g t h e l e s s o n s of
mass first accumulates t o w a r d s t h e e n d of the f o u r t h c e n t u r y . W h i l e i n t h e early
c e n t u r i e s t h e e u c h a r i s t h a d b e e n p r e c e d e d b y r e a d i n g s , e n d i n g w i t h a h o m i l y , t h e r e is
n o d e f i n i t e i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t a c h a n t at t h i s p o i n t i n t h e s e r v i c e . O n e a r r a n g e m e n t is
d o c u m e n t e d b y S t A u g u s t i n e , w h o r e f e r s to t h e s e q u e n c e e p i s t l e - p s a l m - g o s p e l as a
set of t h r e e r e a d i n g s ( M c K i n n o n 1987, Music, 161). It a p p e a r s t h a t t h e p s a l m m a y
h a v e c h a n g e d f r o m r e a d i n g to c h a n t , t h e g r a d u a l i n f a c t ( b u t see s e c t i o n v b e l o w f o r
t h e p o s s i b i l i t y t h a t t h e a n c e s t o r of t h e t r a c t w a s i n v o l v e d i n t h i s d e v e l o p m e n t ) .
M c K i n n o n sees t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t of t h e g r a d u a l as p a r t of t h e g e n e r a l enthusiasm
for the O l d T e s t a m e n t p s a l m s w h i c h t o o k h o l d of C h r i s t i a n i t y i n t h e l a t e r f o u r t h
century. Whereas an O l d Testament psalm might occasionally have been declaimed
a m o n g t h e l e s s o n s , it n o w b e c a m e t h e n o r m , a n d a s p e c i a l m a n n e r of p e r f o r m i n g it
a r o s e , w h e r e b y t h e c o n g r e g a t i o n o r c h o i r p u n c t u a t e d its p e r f o r m a n c e w i t h a r e f r a i n ,
t h e r e s p o n d , a v e r s e t a k e n f r o m the p s a l m i t s e l f . T h e ' A p o s t o l i c C o n s t i t u t i o n s ' , w h i c h
describe t h e m a s s l i t u r g y of A n t i o c h i n t h e l a t e r f o u r t h c e n t u r y , says t h a t after
r e a d i n g s f r o m b o o k s of t h e O l d T e s t a m e n t s o m e o n e s h o u l d s i n g t h e p s a l m s , a n d t h e
p e o p l e s h o u l d r e s p o n d w i t h ' a k r o s t i c h i a ' ( M c K i n n o n 1987, Music, 109). It w a s t h e n
customary f o r a h o m i l y to be p r e a c h e d o n the s a m e r e s p o n d v e r s e . St Ambrose
( d . 3 9 7 ) , e x t o l l i n g t h e v i r t u e s of p s a l m - s i n g i n g g e n e r a l l y , r e m a r k s t h a t congregations
are n o i s y w h e n a l e s s o n is b e i n g r e a d , b u t that s i n g i n g t h e r e s p o n s e s t o a p s a l m
involves them i n the service ( M c K i n n o n 1987, Music, 127); w h i l e he may not
n e c e s s a r y h a v e h a d t h e g r a d u a l of m a s s i n m i n d , w h a t he says s e e m s a p p l i c a b l e to t h a t
chant.
Q u i t e h o w the chant e v o l v e d f r o m what was p r e s u m a b l y a fairly s i m p l e chant w i t h
c o n g r e g a t i o n a l p a r t i c i p a t i o n to the e l a b o r a t e c h a n t s w e k n o w f r o m m a n y c h u r c h e s of
Christendom (Byzantine prokeimenon, Milanese psalmellus, M o z a r a b i c psalmo) is
n o t c l e a r . A s e a r l y as t h e late f o u r t h c e n t u r y , h o w e v e r , A u g u s t i n e r e f e r s b o t h to a
p l a i n e r t y p e of p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e p s a l m ( n o t e t h e s i n g u l a r , p o s s i b l y i m p l y i n g the
g r a d u a l ) w h i c h B i s h o p A t h a n a s i u s of A l e x a n d r i a ( d . 373) h a d p r e f e r r e d , a n d to t h e
e n t r a n c i n g l y m e l o d i o u s p s a l m o d y of M i l a n i n S t A m b r o s e ' s d a y (Confessions, 10. 3 3 .
4 9 - 5 0 ; M c K i n n o n 1987, Music, 155).
J e f f e r y ( 1 9 8 4 ) h a s p r o v i d e d c o n f i r m a t i o n of M c K i n n o n ' s t h e s i s i n a n unexpected
w a y ( h i s a r t i c l e a c t u a l l y p r e c e d e d M c K i n n o n ' s b u t d e a l s p r i m a r i l y w i t h t h e n e x t stage
i n the h i s t o r y of t h e g r a d u a l ) . A passage i n the Liberpontificalis w h i c h can probably
b e d a t e d to t h e e a r l y s i x t h c e n t u r y states t h a t P o p e C e l e s t i n e I ( 4 2 2 - 3 2 ) d e c r e e d t h e
150 p s a l m s s h o u l d b e s u n g ' b e f o r e the s a c r i f i c e ' , w h e r e a s p r e v i o u s l y o n l y t h e e p i s t l e
a n d g o s p e l h a d b e e n r e c i t e d . I n t h e e a r l y n i n t h c e n t u r y A m a l a r i u s of M e t z i n t e r p r e t e d
t h i s to m e a n t h a t C e l e s t i n e h a d i n t r o d u c e d t h e s i n g i n g of the i n t r o i t at t h e start of t h e
R o m a n m a s s , a n i n t e r p r e t a t i o n f o l l o w e d b y p r a c t i c a l l y a l l s u b s e q u e n t w r i t e r s . B u t , as
J e f f e r y e x p l a i n s , t h e p a s s a g e m a k e s m u c h b e t t e r sense if C e l e s t i n e h a d i n t r o d u c e d t h e
s i n g i n g of a r e s p o n s o r i a l p s a l m b e t w e e n e p i s t l e a n d g o s p e l , the g r a d u a l i n f a c t . The
e x p l a n a t i o n is e s p e c i a l l y c o n v i n c i n g b e c a u s e C e l e s t i n e s e e m s to h a v e h a d e x p e r i e n c e of
t h e l i t u r g y a n d i t s m u s i c i n M i l a n at e x a c t l y t h e s a m e t i m e as S t A u g u s t i n e , a n d m i g h t
w e l l h a v e w i s h e d to i n t r o d u c e the s a m e c u s t o m s t h a t A m b r o s e h a d r e c e i v e d f r o m the
East a n d w h i c h A u g u s t i n e said were b e i n g taken u p all over.
A s l i g h t l y later interpolation into the Liber pontificalis says that the psalms
i n t r o d u c e d b y C e l e s t i n e w e r e ' a n t e p h a n a t i m ex o m n i b u s ' , w h i c h J e f f e r y e x p l a i n s b y
t h e r e s p o n s o r y t e x t s h a v i n g b e e n e x t r a c t e d 'as e x c e r p t s ' f r o m t h e p a r e n t p s a l m s . The
p a s s a g e r e m i n d s o n e of t h e l a t e r a t t r i b u t i o n to G r e g o r y the G r e a t of a n ' a n t i p h o n a r i u s
c e n t o ' , a p a t c h w o r k of a n t i p h o n s . R e p o r t s , a n d a c t u a l s o u r c e s , of s u c h e x c e r p t s exist
f r o m as e a r l y as t h e f i f t h c e n t u r y (see a b o v e , V I . 4 ) ; s o m e of t h e s e m a y r e f e r t o t h e
o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r y , w h o s e h i s t o r y m u s t h a v e r u n p a r t l y p a r a l l e l to the g r a d u a l .
W e s h a l l r e t u r n t o t h e g r a d u a l i n a d i s c u s s i o n of the c h a n t s b e t w e e n t h e l e s s o n s as a
w h o l e — g r a d u a l , a l l e l u i a , a n d t r a c t — a t t h e e n d of t h i s c h a p t e r ( s e c t i o n v b e l o w ) .
introit antiphon
p s a l m verse 1
introit antiphon
[ p o s s i b l y f u r t h e r p s a l m v e r s e s e a c h f o l l o w e d b y the i n t r o i t a n t i p h o n , as t i m e a l l o w s ]
G l o r i a p a t r i part 1
introit antiphon
G l o r i a p a t r i part 2
introit antiphon
Versus ad repetendum
introit antiphon
It h a s b e e n s u g g e s t e d t h a t t h e v e r s u s a d r e p e t e n d u m i s a r e l i c o f G a l l i c a n p r a c t i c e
( H u g l o , ' G a l l i c a n R i t e , M u s i c of t h e ' , NG\ c f . F r o g e r 1 9 4 8 , ' I n t r o i t ' ) , b u t i t is f o u n d
i n O l d R o m a n sources.
T h e i n t r o i t f o r m s a g r o u p w i t h K y r i e a n d G l o r i a at t h e s t a r t o f t h e R o m a n m a s s
which is p a r t l y m a t c h e d b y the o p e n i n g chants i n other Western rites. Before
p r o c e e d i n g to a brief discussion of the c o m m u n i o n chant, w h i c h has m u c h i n c o m m o n
w i t h t h e i n t r o i t , a f e w w o r d s a b o u t these other chants are i n o r d e r .
T h e first c h a n t s i n t h e G a l l i c a n , O l d S p a n i s h , a n d M i l a n e s e l i t u r g i e s , t h e a n t i p h o n a
ad p r a e l e g e n d u m a n d the M i l a n e s e ingressa, have already been m e n t i o n e d . T h e m a i n
c h a n t s u p t o t h e first l e s s o n are l i s t e d i n T a b l e VI.5.1.
T h e o r i g i n s of t h e o f f e r t o r y c h a n t as it a p p e a r s i n t h e G r e g o r i a n t r a d i t i o n of t h e late
e i g h t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d are o b s c u r e . It was l o n g b e l i e v e d to h a v e b e e n a n a n t i p h o n
w i t h p s a l m verses chanted i n a w a y s i m i l a r to the i n t r o i t a n d t h e c o m m u n i o n , an
' a c t i o n c h a n t ' l i k e t h e m . D y e r ( 1 9 8 2 ) has s h o w n c o n c l u s i v e l y t h a t n o firm evidence
e x i s t s f o r t h e o f f e r t o r y as a n a n t i p h o n w i t h p s a l m v e r s e s . H u c k e ' s o b s e r v a t i o n s o n t h e
r e s p o n s o r i a l n a t u r e of m a n y t e x t s are s i g n i f i c a n t ( H u c k e 1 9 7 0 ) . O r d o R o m a n u s I says
t h a t it s h o u l d be t e r m i n a t e d w h e n t h e p o n t i f f g i v e s the c h o i r t h e n o d ; b u t n o t h i n g is
s a i d a b o u t t h e n a t u r e of t h e chant.
T h e e a r l i e s t r e f e r e n c e to a c h a n t a p p e a r s t o b e i n S t A u g u s t i n e ' s w r i t i n g s , w h e r e h e
reports he was criticized for introducing singing from the psalms both 'ante
o b l a t i o n e m ' a n d d u r i n g c o m m u n i o n (Retractationes i i . 11 o r a l t e r n a t i v e numbering
3 7 ; M c K i n n o n 1987, Music, 166). ' A n t e o b l a t i o n e m ' , b e f o r e t h e s a c r i f i c e , m a y r e f e r
to t h e g r a d u a l r a t h e r t h a n t h e o f f e r t o r y . I n a n y case t h e r e is n o c l e a r i n d i c a t i o n as t o
t h e m a n n e r of p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e s e p s a l m s ( w h i c h has n o t p r e v e n t e d s c h o l a r s f r o m
a s s u m i n g t h a t b o t h w e r e d o n e w i t h a n t i p h o n s ) . T h e date of t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n of a n
o f f e r t o r y c h a n t i n t o R o m a n use is u n k n o w n .
C h a n t s w i t h a n e q u i v a l e n t f u n c t i o n i n other W e s t e r n rites are the O l d S p a n i s h
s a c r i f i c i u m a n d t h e M i l a n e s e o f f e r e n d a . B o t h of these resemble t h e R o m a n c h a n t i n
h a v i n g o n e o r a few v e r s e s , s u n g i n a p r e d o m i n a n t l y ( o f t e n h i g h l y ) m e l i s m a t i c m a n n e r
7
t h r o u g h o u t . T h e O l d S p a n i s h s a c r i f i c i a a r e s o m e t i m e s f o u n d as o f f i c e c h a n t s , t h e s o n i
of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e a n d V e s p e r s .
The G a l l i c a n chant sung d u r i n g the offertory procession was the sonus. T h e
i d e n t i t y of t e r m i n o l o g y w i t h the O l d S p a n i s h sonus is p r e s u m a b l y n o t a c c i d e n t a l ; t h e
chant was apparently somewhat different, however. I n the description w h i c h t u r n s u p
in O r d o R o m a n u s X V ( A n d r i e u , i i i . 1 2 2 - 3 a n d 74 f f . ; D y e r 1982, 15), Laudate
dominum de cells (called an antiphon) is s u n g t h r e e t i m e s during an extended
p r o c e s s i o n . I n t h e Expositio antiquae liturgiae Gallicanae (Ratcliff 1971, 1 0 - 1 3 ) the
sonus concludes w i t h a threefold alleluia, the laudes. ( T h e O l d Spanish laudes, o n
t h e o t h e r h a n d , a r e t h e e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e R o m a n a l l e l u i a s of m a s s . ) D e t a i l s o f t h e
procession a n d the concluding threefold alleluia correspond to one of the most
splendid parts of the B y z a n t i n e mass liturgy, the 'Great Entrance', where the
C h e r o u b i k o n h y m n is s u n g w i t h a t r i p l e a l l e l u i a .
VI.6. G R E G O R Y T H E G R E A T
(i) Introduction
(") G r e g o r y and the Deacons
(i") G r e g o r y and the A l l e l u i a
(iv) Isidore of S e v i l l e ; the Liber pontificalis; the L i s t of C h a n t ' E d i t o r s ' i n O r d o
Romanus X I X
(v) T h e Anglo-Saxon Tradition
(vi) T h e Biographies by P a u l W a r n e f r i d and J o h n H y m m o n i d e s
(vii) T h e ' G r e g o r i a n ' Sacramentary
(viii) T h e Prologue Gregoiius praesul
(ix) T h e Reception of the G r e g o r y L e g e n d i n the N i n t h C e n t u r y a n d L a t e r ; the
D o v e ; the M o d e s
(x) G r e g o r y and the L e n t e n C o m m u n i o n s
(X,) Conclusions
H u c k e 1955, ' E n t s t e h u n g ' , 1958, T r o b l e m e n ' ; Stablein, ' G r e g o r I.', MGG, 1968,
M M M A 2 ; Steiner, ' G r e g o r i a n Chant', NG\ H u c k e , ' G r e g o r y the G r e a t ' , NG.
(i) Introduction
A t a C o u n c i l h e l d i n 595 ( M a n s i 1 7 5 7 - 9 8 , x. 434), G r e g o r y p r o p o s e d a n u m b e r of
r e f o r m s t o u c h i n g u p o n t h e l i v e s of e c c l e s i a s t i c s ( t h o u g h n o t h i n g is s a i d o f a n y b o d y
w h i c h m i g h t b e c a l l e d a ' s c h o l a c a n t o r u m ' ) . O n e of t h e s e a r o s e f r o m t h e f a c t t h a t
c l e r i c s w e r e a p p a r e n t l y b e i n g p r o m o t e d to t h e r a n k of d e a c o n o n a c c o u n t of t h e b e a u t y
of t h e i r s i n g i n g (see D u c h e s n e 1919, 1 6 9 - 7 0 for epitaphs p r a i s i n g their s i n g i n g skill).
B u t s u c h a n o f f i c e r s h o u l d be o c c u p i e d m o r e i n p r e a c h i n g a n d t h e c a r e of s o u l s t h a n i n
' c h a r m i n g the people w i t h his s i n g i n g ' . D e a c o n s shall therefore h e n c e f o r t h not assume
t h e f u n c t i o n s of c a n t o r , b u t o n l y r e a d t h e g o s p e l o n s o l e m n f e a s t s . ' A s to t h e s i n g i n g of
t h e p s a l m s a n d t h e o t h e r l e s s o n s , I d e c r e e t h e y s h a l l be e x e c u t e d b y s u b d e a c o n s , a n d ,
i n case of n e c e s s i t y , b y c l e r k s i n l o w e r o r d e r s . '
P a r t of a l e t t e r w r i t t e n i n O c t o b e r 598 b y G r e g o r y to J o h n , b i s h o p of S y r a c u s e , about
R o m a n usage c o n c e r n i n g t h e s i n g i n g of t h e a l l e l u i a , h a s o c c a s i o n e d m u c h d i s p u t e
( P L 7 7 . 9 5 6 ) . T h e p a s s a g e o n q u e s t i o n w a s b r o u g h t t o g e t h e r w i t h a w e a l t h of o t h e r
early evidence about the alleluia by Froger (1948, 'Alleluia'). I have expressed
r e s e r v a t i o n s a b o v e ( V I . 5 . v ) , as d i d M a r t i m o r t ( 1 9 7 0 ) , a b o u t t h e u s u a l a s s u m p t i o n
t h a t G r e g o r y w a s d i s c u s s i n g t h e a l l e l u i a c h a n t of m a s s .
T h e same letter touches u p o n G r e g o r y ' s p r o v i s i o n for s i n g i n g the K y r i e sometimes
w i t h 'other t h i n g s ' ( p r e s u m a b l y other L a t i n verses) a n d o n w e e k d a y s s i m p l y w i t h
' K y r i e e l e i s o n ' a n d ' C h r i s t e e l e i s o n ' (see a b o v e , 11.17).
I n a n o t h e r passage G r e g o r y defends p l a c i n g the L o r d ' s P r a y e r straight after the
C a n o n o f m a s s , w h e r e it is r e c i t e d b y t h e p r i e s t a l o n e .
A n i m p o r t a n t i m p u l s e t o w a r d s t h e c r e a t i o n of a G r e g o r i a n l e g e n d m u s t h a v e come
f r o m E n g l a n d . T h e first r e a s o n f o r t h i s w a s G r e g o r y ' s a c t i o n i n s e n d i n g A u g u s t i n e to
E n g l a n d as a m i s s i o n a r y i n 5 9 7 , t h e first s t e p i n t h e r e c l a m a t i o n of E n g l a n d f o r the
R o m a n c h u r c h . T h e s e c o n d reason was that E n g l i s h m o n a s t i c i s m i n the later seventh
c e n t u r y e n t e r e d a p e r i o d of s p l e n d i d a c h i e v e m e n t , so that it w a s e v e n t u a l l y a b l e to
i n f l u e n c e F r a n k i s h t h i n k i n g o n l i t u r g y a n d l e a r n i n g , n o t least t h e F r a n k ' s n o t i o n of
G r e g o r y , held in such h i g h esteem in E n g l a n d .
T h e r e are t w o i m p o r t a n t E n g l i s h s o u r c e s of i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t G r e g o r y . T h e first is
a n a n o n y m o u s l i f e w r i t t e n b y a m o n k of W h i t b y s o m e t i m e b e t w e e n 7 0 4 a n d 7 1 4 (ed.
Colgrave 1968); the other is B e d e ' s h i s t o r y of t h e English church and people,
c o m p l e t e d i n 731 ( e d . P l u m m e r , t r a n s . S h e r l e y - P r i c e ) . T h e a c h i e v e m e n t s of G r e g o r y
here r e c o u n t e d do not i n c l u d e m u s i c a l ones, a n d h a r d l y even t o u c h u p o n l i t u r g y . O f
t h e m a n y c h a r m i n g e p i s o d e s l a t e r to b e r e c o u n t e d b y J o h n H y m m o n i d e s — G r e g o r y ' s
a t t e n t i o n t o t h e s c h o l a , h i s c o m p i l a t i o n of a n a n t i p h o n e r , a n d so o n — t h e Whitby
m o n k says n o t h i n g . W e d o find f o r t h e first t i m e t h e s t o r y of t h e d o v e w h i c h d e s c e n d s
u p o n G r e g o r y ; b u t he is w r i t i n g n o t n e u m e s , as d e p i c t e d i n ' H a r t k e r ' s A n t i p h o n e r ' ,
but a commentary on Ezekiel. T h e author h a d access to the information about
G r e g o r y i n t h e Liter pontificalis, a n d i n r e t u r n h i s l i f e w a s k n o w n l a t e r i n R o m e , to
J o h n H y m m o n i d e s . Its o n l y s u r v i v i n g s o u r c e is a n e a r l y n i n t h - c e n t u r y c o p y , made
p r o b a b l y at S t G a l l a n d n o w p a r t of S t G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 567.
B e d e ' s h i s t o r y is of s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t as m u c h f o r w h a t it says a b o u t t h e various
cantors who came from Rome i n the seventh century as f o r its i n f o r m a t i o n o n
G r e g o r y . G r e g o r y ' s a n s w e r s to q u e s t i o n s A u g u s t i n e sent b a c k r e g a r d i n g p r o b l e m s he
w a s f a c i n g are j u s t l y r e g a r d e d as c r u c i a l to an u n d e r s t a n d i n g of the s i g n i f i c a n c e of the
m i s s i o n . G r e g o r y r e c o m m e n d s ( i . 27) t h a t A u g u s t i n e m a k e use of w h a t e v e r l i t u r g i c a l
c u s t o m s s e e m b e s t f o r t h e n e w E n g l i s h c h u r c h . ( T h e passage w a s q u o t e d i n t h e n i n t h
century by A m a l a r i u s (ed. Hanssens, i . 363) i n j u s t i f i c a t i o n of h i s r e v i s i o n of the
antiphoner.) T h i s is c o n s i s t e n t w i t h the attitude d i s p l a y e d i n the abovementioned
l e t t e r t o J o h n of S y r a c u s e , to w h o m he w r o t e :
If this c h u r c h [i.e. that of C o n s t a n t i n o p l e ] or any other has some good t h i n g , then, just
as I r e p r i m a n d m y inferiors w h e n they c o m m i t a c r i m e , so am I ready to imitate them
w h e n they have s o m e t h i n g of w o r t h . It w o u l d be f o l l y so to set up the p r i m a c y as to
d i s d a i n the l e a r n i n g of what is better.
E x a c t l y w h a t A u g u s t i n e m a n a g e d to i n t r o d u c e i n the w a y of l i t u r g i c a l c u s t o m s —
R o m a n , G a l l i c a n — i s debatable (see D e a n e s l y 1 9 6 4 ) . B u t c o n t a c t s w i t h R o m e were
m a i n t a i n e d . T h e i m p o r t a n c e of p r o p e r l i t u r g i c a l o b s e r v a n c e t o t h e l i f e of t h e c h u r c h is
u n d e r l i n e d b y t h e fact that i n 6 8 0 J o h n , a r c h c a n t o r of S t P e t e r ' s a n d a b b o t of t h e
m o n a s t e r y of St M a r t i n , came f r o m R o m e to teach i n N o r t h u m b r i a . A t M o n k w e a r -
m o u t h , ' i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h the i n s t r u c t i o n s of t h e P o p e [ A g a t h o ] , A b b o t J o h n t a u g h t
t h e c a n t o r s o f t h e m o n a s t e r y t h e t h e o r y a n d p r a c t i c e of s i n g i n g a n d r e a d i n g a l o u d . . .'
( B e d e , i v . 18). L i t u r g i c a l books were p r o d u c e d for reference, cantors f r o m elsewhere
c a m e to l e a r n , a n d J o h n h i m s e l f t r a v e l l e d a b o u t . B e d e also says that b o t h i n the
seventh c e n t u r y a n d i n his o w n t i m e there came n o r t h singers 'trained i n vocal m u s i c
b y the successors of b l e s s e d P o p e G r e g o r y ' s d i s c i p l e s i n K e n t ' — i n this instance
M a b a n , r . 7 1 0 ( v . 2 1 ) ; p r e v i o u s l y , a n d t h e first to d o s o , c a m e E d d i , o r S t e p h e n , c . 6 7 0
( i v . 2 2 ) . T h e p r o u d l i n k w i t h G r e g o r y w a s s t i l l p r e s e n t i n t h e m i n d s of e i g h t h - c e n t u r y
E n g l i s h m o n k s ; i n d e e d it w a s t o r e m a i n so f o r m a n y c e n t u r i e s ( f o r t h e e x a m p l e o f
e l e v e n t h - c e n t u r y G l a s t o n b u r y see H i l e y 1986, 'Thurstan').
A m e m b e r of t h e N o r t h u m b r i a n r o y a l h o u s e at t h e t i m e B e d e w a s w r i t i n g , E g b e r t ,
p r o v i d e s the link with the Carolingian era. Ordained deacon at Rome, he was
a p p o i n t e d b i s h o p of Y o r k a b o u t 7 3 2 . I n a l e t t e r of 7 3 5 w h i c h s t i l l s u r v i v e s , B e d e
a d v i s e d h i m to a p p l y f o r t h e p a l l i u m , w h i c h he o b t a i n e d . H i s b r o t h e r Eadberht
became k i n g i n 738, and w i t h his s u p p o r t E g b e r t f o u n d e d a cathedral school i n Y o r k
w h e r e , a m o n g others, A l c u i n was a p u p i l a n d eventually master. T h e vitality of the
G r e g o r i a n t r a d i t i o n w a s m a i n t a i n e d . I n d e e d , w h a t e v e r state of c o d i f i c a t i o n t h e l i t u r g y
h a d r e a c h e d at Y o r k i n E g b e r t ' s t i m e (he d i e d i n 7 6 6 ) , t h e c o m p o s i t i o n of t h e b o o k s
w a s a t t r i b u t e d to G r e g o r y h i m s e l f . W h a t is m o r e , t h e s e w e r e n o t b o o k s of p r a y e r s ,
w h i c h o n e m i g h t e x p e c t , b u t c h a n t - b o o k s . I n t w o p l a c e s i n h i s Dialogus ecclesiasticae
institutionis ( P L . 8 9 , 3 7 7 - 4 5 1 ) , a t r e a t i s e o n d i s c i p l i n e , r e f e r e n c e is m a d e to
A l t h o u g h G e v a e r t t h o u g h t t h e t e x t u n a u t h e n t i c , m o d e r n h i s t o r i a n s s e e m n o t to
d i s p u t e E g b e r t ' s a u t h o r s h i p (see, f o r e x a m p l e , H a d d a n a n d S t u b b s 1 8 6 9 - 7 1 , i i i . 413—
16, and Ashworth 1959, despite the a r g u m e n t that the b o o k s c a n n o t have been
c o m p i l e d o r i g i n a l l y b y G r e g o r y ) . It s e e m s a l m o s t c e r t a i n t h a t t h e s e w e r e b o o k s w i t h
texts o n l y , not notation. Egbert's testimony antedates by o n l y half a c e n t u r y s u c h
I t a l i a n d o c u m e n t s as t h e R o m a n a n t i p h o n e r of H a d r i a n I ( 7 7 2 - 9 5 ) s e e n b y A m a l a r i u s
at Corbie, the late eighth-century antiphoner fragments from Lucca (Lucca,
B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e 490), w i t h the ' G r e g o r i u s praesul m e n t i s ' p r o l o g u e (Froger
1979, ' F r a g m e n t ' ) , a n d the e i g h t h - c e n t u r y I t a l i a n m i s s a l f r a g m e n t s ( c h a n t t e x t s i n
smaller hand) R o m e , Biblioteca A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a , V a t . lat. 10644—see G a m b e r
1968, n o . 1401, also facs. G a m b e r 1 9 6 2 , 336). T h e C o r b i e a n t i p h o n e r is l o s t ; the
o t h e r s are u n n o t a t e d .
(vi) The Biographies by Paul Warnefrid and John Hymmonides
T w o b i o g r a p h i e s of G r e g o r y , w i d e l y s e p a r a t e d i n c h a r a c t e r a n d d a t e , i l l u s t r a t e t h e
e n o r m o u s g r o w t h of i n t e r e s t i n G r e g o r y d u r i n g the e i g h t h to n i n t h c e n t u r i e s , t h a t i s ,
at t h e t i m e d u r i n g w h i c h F r a n k i s h r u l e r s m a d e s u c h e f f o r t s to ' R o m a n i z e ' t h e l i t u r g y
in their lands.
P a u l W a r n e f r i d ('the Deacon') w r o t e a b r i e f b i o g r a p h y i n t h e s e c o n d h a l f of the
eighth century. It e x i s t s i n t w o v e r s i o n s , t h e o r i g i n a l o n e ( e d . G r i s a r 1887) being
shorter a n d the other ( i n P L 75. 1-59) i n t e r p o l a t e d . E v e n i n t h e P L e d i t i o n it t a k e s
less t h a n t w e n t y c o l u m n s . J o h n H y m m o n i d e s , w r i t i n g i n 8 7 2 - 3 , left a t e x t o f n e a r l y
200 c o l u m n s i n the m o d e r n e d i t i o n ( P L 75. 58-242).
G r i s a r ' s e d i t i o n is b a s e d p r i n c i p a l l y o n three Montecassino m a n u s c r i p t s of the
eleventh century (145, 146, a n d 110) a n d s i x t e e n o t h e r I t a l i a n s o u r c e s . O t h e r , n o n -
I t a l i a n s o u r c e s are v a r i o u s l y i n t e r p o l a t e d w i t h e x t r a s t o r i e s a n d o t h e r m a t e r i a l . P a u l
W a r n e f r i d gives the ' L o m b a r d ' (south Italian) v e r s i o n of G r e g o r y ' s w o r k . John
H y m m o n i d e s ( a l s o ' t h e D e a c o n ' ) k n e w of t w o l i v e s , a L o m b a r d o n e ( P a u l ' s ) a n d a n
E n g l i s h o n e ( t h e m o n k of W h i t b y ' s ) , a n d at t h e b e h e s t of P o p e J o h n V I I I (872-82)
n o w p r o v i d e d a R o m a n v i t a . S i n c e even his ardent collector's zeal m i s s e d s o m e of the
s t o r i e s i n t h e i n t e r p o l a t e d P a u l t e x t , it m a y b e a s s u m e d he k n e w o n l y t h e o r i g i n a l .
P a u l d o e s n o t g i v e t h e s t o r y of t h e d o v e w h i c h d e s c e n d s u p o n G r e g o r y , a l t h o u g h
t h e h o m i l i e s are m e n t i o n e d . N o r d o e s he say a n y t h i n g o f l i t u r g i c a l , let a l o n e m u s i c a l ,
activity o n G r e g o r y ' s part. T h e interpolated versions ( P L 75. 57-8) a d d the d o v e , but
d u r i n g G r e g o r y ' s w o r k o n E z e k i e l , not o n a n a n t i p h o n e r : a f a m i l i a r o f Gregory's
notices that G r e g o r y , d i c t a t i n g i n the next r o o m , is m a k i n g p a u s e s , and, spying
t h r o u g h t h e k e y h o l e , sees t h a t t h i s h a p p e n s w h e n e v e r a w o n d r o u s d o v e o n h i s h e a d
s p e a k s i n t o h i s e a r . T h e s e r v a n t is f o r b i d d e n to t e l l of t h e e v e n t s , b u t d o e s so w h e n he
h e a r s i l l b e i n g s p o k e n of G r e g o r y a f t e r h i s d e a t h . A l s o a m o n g the i n t e r p o l a t i o n s is t h e
i n f o r m a t i o n t h a t G r e g o r y a r r a n g e d t h e e n t i r e p o p u l a t i o n of R o m e i n s e v e n g r o u p s , to
s i n g t h e L e t a n i a s e p t i f o r m i s a f t e r a v i s i t a t i o n of t h e p l a g u e ( P L 7 5 . 59).
T h e g r e a t l i t a n y , s u n g as t h e p e n i t e n t i a l p r o c e s s i o n g o e s f r o m c h u r c h to c h u r c h , is
d e s c r i b e d i n greater d e t a i l b y J o h n ( P L 75. 80). H e k n o w s a n d describes p i c t u r e s of
G r e g o r y , w i t h a d o v e , b u t m u s i c does not enter into his e x p l a n a t i o n ( P L 75. 222).
After Gregory's death, Peter the Deacon, Gregory's f a m i l i a r , is h i m s e l f on his
d e a t h b e d : s e e i n g t h a t s o m e of G r e g o r y ' s b o o k s are a b o u t to be b u r n t , he f o r b i d s t h e
s a c r i l e g i o u s act, c i t i n g t h e d o v e ' s m i r a c u l o u s a p p e a r a n c e as e v i d e n c e of the b o o k s ' h o l y
inspiration.
T h e m a i n i n t e r e s t , h o w e v e r , of J o h n ' s b o o k lies i n s e c t i o n s i i . 6 - 1 0 ( P L 75. 9 0 - 2 ) ,
w h e r e G r e g o r y ' s l i t u r g i c a l a n d m u s i c a l a c t i v i t y is d e s c r i b e d i n c o l o u r f u l p r o s e ( p r i n t e d
as verse by Stablein, M M MA 2. 143*). In ch. 6 we are told that Gregory
'antiphonarium centonem cantorum studiosissimus nimis utiliter compilavit', 'con-
s t i t u t e d ' the s o n g - s c h o o l w i t h t w o d w e l l i n g s , b y S t P e t e r ' s a n d the L a t e r a n palace
r e s p e c t i v e l y , w h e r e h i s c o u c h , c a t - o ' - n i n e - t a i l s f o r h e l p i n g the c h o i r b o y s l e a r n t h e i r
c h a n t , a n d t h e ' a u t h e n t i c a n t i p h o n e r ' are s t i l l o n d i s p l a y f o r the r e v e r e n t v i s i t o r .
A l t h o u g h i t i s easy t o d i s m i s s t h i s as p i o u s fiction, J o h n c a n n o t b e p r e s u m e d t o h a v e
i n v e n t e d w i l f u l l y . It is l i k e l y t h a t h e r e c o u n t e d w h a t w a s b e l i e v e d i n h i s d a y , a n d o n e
m u s t e x p l a i n h o w t h e s e b e l i e f s a r o s e . T h e ' a u t h e n t i c a n t i p h o n e r ' m a y b e o n e of t h o s e
s e e n b y E g b e r t , o r a s u c c e s s o r . T h e d e c i s i o n t o p l a c e G r e g o r y ' s n a m e i n w r i t i n g at i t s
h e a d — t h i s h a p p e n e d to t h e s a c r a m e n t a r y sent b y H a d r i a n t o C h a r l e m a g n e i n t h e late
780s a n d t h e o n l y s l i g h t l y later ' B l a n d i n i e n s i s ' — i s d i f f i c u l t to p i n d o w n c h r o n o l o g i c a l l y .
It m a y h a v e b e e n c o n t e m p o r a n e o u s w i t h i t s a p p e a r a n c e o n t h e s a c r a m e n t a r y . I t m a y
have h a p p e n e d i n F r a n c e rather than R o m e . B u t even before the 780s b o t h R o m e a n d
its c l i e n t s e v i d e n t l y b e l i e v e d i n G r e g o r y ' s a u t h o r s h i p . U p o n the b o o k c o u l d easily
have f o l l o w e d the c o u c h , the w h i p , a n d a belief that G r e g o r y w a s the o r i g i n a t o r of
a r r a n g e m e n t s i n t h e field of m u s i c a l a d m i n i s t r a t i o n as w e l l as c o m p o s i t i o n . L e t it b e
stressed again that we need n o t m i s t r u s t J o h n ' s veracity, even t h o u g h w e d o u b t the
a n t i q u i t y o f t h e t h i n g s he d e s c r i b e d .
T h e o t h e r chapters i n J o h n ' s narrative speak of t h e r e c e p t i o n of G r e g o r y ' s c h a n t i n
other l a n d s . T h e G e r m a n s a n d G a u l s cannot s i n g it p r o p e r l y ( c h . 7 ) ; J o h n the C a n t o r
t a k e s it t o B r i t a i n ( c h . 8 ) ; C h a r l e m a g n e t r i e s t o a s c e r t a i n w h y t h e F r a n k s a r e n o t
s i n g i n g as t h e R o m a n s d o , a n d M e t z i s e s t a b l i s h e d as a c h a n t c e n t r e (chs. 9 - 1 0 ) .
I n t r i g u i n g l y , J o h n says that w h e n t h e R o m a n s i n g e r s w e r e c h a l l e n g e d , ' t h e y p r o b a b l y
s h o w e d the authentic a n t i p h o n e r ' to the F r a n k s . D o e s this m e a n that it h a d m u s i c a l
n o t a t i o n , i n J o h n ' s d a y at least? B u t h o w o l d w a s t h e b o o k h e k n e w ?
A s i n t h e case of t h e s a c r a m e n t a r y , w h o s e a n c e s t r y s c h o l a r s d o i n d e e d t r a c e b a c k t o
a ( n o l o n g e r e x t a n t ) r e d a c t i o n b y G r e g o r y I , it i s l i k e l y t h a t P r a n k i s h d e m a n d s f o r
' a u t h e n t i c ' c h a n t b o o k s s t i m u l a t e d t h e i r r e d a c t i o n a n d p r o d u c t i o n i n R o m e . It is a l s o
likely that the A n g l o - S a x o n t r a d i t i o n was a decisive factor: witness their interest b o t h
in G r e g o r y personally and i n acquiring authentic books (for example, the booty
b r o u g h t back f r o m six j o u r n e y s to R o m e b y B e n e d i c t B i s c o p , abbot of S S Peter a n d
P a u l ' s , C a n t e r b u r y a n d f o u n d e r of the d o u b l e m o n a s t e r y of M o n k w e a r m o u t h a n d
J a r r o w ( d . 6 8 9 ) — r e l a t e d b y B e d e i n h i s Historia Abbatum).
( v i i ) The 'Gregorian'Sacramentary
A s a l r e a d y r e c o u n t e d (see a b o v e , I I I . 3 ) , G r e g o r y a l s o l e n t h i s n a m e t o t h e ' G r e g o r i a n
s a c r a m e n t a r y ' , a p r a y e r - b o o k o f t h e R o m a n c h u r c h w h i c h i n o n e f o r m at least—the
so-called H a d r i a n u m — w a s sent to C h a r l e m a g n e by Pope Hadrian at s o m e time
b e t w e e n 7 8 4 a n d 791 at t h e r e q u e s t o f t h e F r a n k i s h r u l e r . ( C h a r l e m a g n e ' s r e q u e s t h a d
been c o n v e y e d to H a d r i a n b y P a u l W a r n e f r i d . ) I n the letter w h i c h a c c o m p a n i e d i t ,
a n d i n t h e earliest s u r v i v i n g c o p y , C a m b r a i , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 164, d a t e d 8 1 1 -
12, i t i s a t t r i b u t e d t o G r e g o r y . I t s e e m s p o s s i b l e t h a t m a n u s c r i p t s o f c h a n t t e x t s w i t h a
s i m i l a r a t t r i b u t i o n also c i r c u l a t e d , a n d t h a t is t h e g i s t o f t h e v e r s e prologue (in
h e x a m e t e r s ) Gregorius praesul (see b e l o w , s e c t i o n v i i i ) . A S a i n t - M a r t i a l w r i t e r o f t h e
e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y a c t u a l l y s a i d t h a t t h e Gregorius praesul p r o l o g u e itself w a s c o m p o s e d
by Hadrian.
T h e H a d r i a n u m represents not a m o d e r n b o o k o f the late e i g h t h c e n t u r y d e s i g n e d
to m e e t F r a n k i s h r e q u i r e m e n t s , b u t a b o o k of m a s s e s as n o r m a l l y c e l e b r a t e d by a
R o m a n p o p e , t h e s t a t i o n a l l i t u r g y w h e n h e v i s i t e d the v a r i o u s c h u r c h e s of t h e E t e r n a l
C i t y , i n a r e c e n s i o n p r o b a b l y l i t t l e d i f f e r e n t f r o m t h e state i n w h i c h it w a s l e f t b y
Gregory II, w h o a d d e d t h e f o r m u l a r i e s f o r t h e T h u r s d a y s of L e n t . A b o u t e i g h t y
prayers i n the ' G r e g o r i a n ' sacramentary are r e c k o n e d to b e b y G r e g o r y t h e Great
(Ashworth 1959, 1960), their identification depending on parallels with his
authenticated homilies and other w r i t i n g s . B u t the t i t l e o f t h e s a c r a m e n t a r y , 'In
n o m i n e d o m i n i i n c i p i t s a c r a m e n t o r i u m , de c i r c u l o a n n i e x p o s i t u m , a sancto G r e g o r i o
p a p a R o m a n o e d i t u m , ex a u t h e n t i c o l i b r o b i b l i o t h e c a e c u b i c u l i s c r i p t u m ' , m a y w e l l
r e f e r as m u c h t o G r e g o r y I I as to G r e g o r y I .
IN D E I N O M E N INCIPIT A N T E F O N A R I U S
O R D I N A T U S A S A N C T O G R E G O R I O PER C I R C U L U M A N N I
(ix) The Reception of the Gregory Legend in the Ninth Century and Later; the Dove;
the Modes
T h e d o v e is n o t s e e n i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e d i c t a t i o n of m u s i c u n t i l t h e f r o n t i s p i e c e of
t h e late t e n t h - c e n t u r y a n t i p h o n e r of H a r t k e r of S t G a l l ( P a l M u s 11/1), w h e r e neumes
are a c t u a l l y b e i n g w r i t t e n . A c h a n t - b o o k a n d a r e p r e s e n t a t i o n of G r e g o r y are b r o u g h t
t o g e t h e r f o r t h e first t i m e i n t h e M o n z a c a n t a t o r i u m of t h e m i d - n i n t h c e n t u r y , M o n z a ,
B a s i l i c a S . G i o v a n n i C I X ( n o r t h - e a s t F r e n c h ; e d . H e s b e r t in AMS). H e r e an i v o r y
d i p t y c h o f t h e late a n t i q u i t y d e p i c t i n g t w o c o n s u l s w a s a l t e r e d t o s h o w G r e g o r y a n d
K i n g D a v i d ( S t a b l e i n , ' G r e g o r y I . ' , MGG y 773; for fuller iconographical i n f o r m a t i o n
see S t a b l e i n 1968, n. 39).
A l s o l e g e n d a r y , it s e e m s , is t h e a t t r i b u t i o n t o G r e g o r y of t h e c r e a t i o n of t h e f o u r
p l a g a l m o d e s i n r e s p o n s e to A m b r o s e ' s f o u r a u t h e n t i c o n e s , a s t o r y first p u t a b o u t , as
far as I a m a w a r e , b y A r i b o i n t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ( G S i . 2 1 0 , C S M 2).
G r e g o r y ' s a u t h o r s h i p of s a c r a m e n t a r y , a n t i p h o n e r , o r m i s s a l w a s v a r i o u s l y a c c e p t e d
i n t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y a n d l a t e r . A m a l a r i u s of M e t z r e c o r d e d a t t r i b u t i o n s t o H a d r i a n at
t h e h e a d a n d t a i l of t h e R o m a n a n t i p h o n e r ( H a n s s e n s , i i i . 14; c i t e d H u c k e 1955,
' E n t s t e h u n g ' , 261 n . 2 1 ) , b u t it is c l e a r t h a t he a n d o t h e r s of t h a t t i m e h a d d o u b t s o v e r
its a u t h e n t i c i t y ( H u c k e , 2 6 1 - 2 ) .
E l s e w h e r e t h e n a m e of G r e g o r y w a s p l a i n l y u s e d as a m e a n s o f e s t a b l i s h i n g the
a u t h o r i t y o f t h e c h a n t . P o p e L e o I V ( 8 4 7 - 5 5 ) , w r i t i n g to A b b o t H o n o r a t u s o f (?)
F a r f a , u s e s t h e w o r d s ' G r e g o r i a n a c a r m i n a ' , p e r h a p s f o r t h e first t i m e , w h i l e o r d e r i n g
t h e c h a n t t o be s u n g a n d t h e R o m a n l i t u r g y o b s e r v e d o n p a i n of e x c o m m u n i c a t i o n
(Hucke, 264).
I n a s h o r t l i f e of H a d r i a n I I w h i c h A d h e m a r of C h a b a n n e s a p p e n d e d to a s u m m a r y
of the Liber pontificalis (Paris, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 2 4 0 0 , L i m o g e s , e l e v e n t h
c e n t u r y ; e d . D u c h e s n e ; p p . c l x x x i i - i v ) , the v e r s e p r o l o g u e is a t t r i b u t e d t o H a d r i a n I
( 7 7 2 - 9 5 ) . T h i s is t h e r e m a r k a b l e document w h i c h attributes the c o m p o s i t i o n of
t r o p e s t o G r e g o r y I, s e q u e n c e s a n d m o r e t r o p e s to H a d r i a n I , t h e i r i n t r o d u c t i o n i n
France to H a d r i a n I a n d C h a r l e m a g n e , a n d t h e i r r e v i v i f i c a t i o n after a p e r i o d of
n e g l i g e n c e to H a d r i a n I I ( G a u t i e r 1886, 38). A l l that was best i n m e d i e v a l chant
t h e r e f o r e w e n t b a c k to G r e g o r y .
S o m e p e c u l i a r i t i e s i n t h e c h o i c e a n d t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n of c o m m u n i o n a n t i p h o n s i n t h e
L e n t e n p e r i o d h a v e s u g g e s t e d t h a t d e v e l o p m e n t s as o l d as G r e g o r y are at i s s u e . (See
Cagin i n P a l M u s 3, Hesbert 1934, 198 and /IMS, p. xlviii, several articles by
C a l l e w a e r t r e p r i n t e d 1940, e s p e c i a l l y C a l l e w a e r t 1939, H e s b e r t i n P a l M u s 14, p . 2 2 5 ,
and finally H u c k e a n d H u g l o , ' C o m m u n i o n ' , NG). T h e m a t t e r is n o t s u s c e p t i b l e to
i n c o n t r o v e r t i b l e p r o o f a n d is o u t l i n e d briefly here o n l y i n order to d e m o n s t r a t e the
sort of a r g u m e n t s w h i c h have been a d d u c e d i n order to reconstruct a n early chapter i n
chant history.
The m a s s e s f o r t h e T h u r s d a y s o f L e n t w e r e a r r a n g e d d u r i n g t h e p o n t i f i c a t e of
Gregory II (715-31). W e m a y assume that t h e c h a n t s for the other twenty-six
weekdays were already i n existence before then. Nearly all the twenty-six
c o m m u n i o n s f o r those days have texts taken f r o m P s s . 1 to 26, i n n u m e r i c a l o r d e r ,
whereas the a d d e d T h u r s d a y c o m m u n i o n s fall o u t s i d e this s c h e m e . Y e t t h e n u m e r i c a l
arrangement is i t s e l f p r o b a b l y n o t a n c i e n t , s i n c e t h e o t h e r c h a n t s f o r t h o s e d a y s a r e
not o r d e r e d n u m e r i c a l l y . T h e n u m e r i c a l l y ordered c o m m u n i o n s nevertheless d i s p l a y
a s t a b l e m u s i c a l t r a n s m i s s i o n w h e n finally c o d i f i e d i n t h e late n i n t h c e n t u r y .
I n a m o n g t h e n u m e r i c a l l y o r d e r e d p i e c e s t h e r e a r e , h o w e v e r , five n o n - p s a l m o d i c
c o m m u n i o n s , r e p l a c e m e n t s , as i t s e e m s , f o r c o m m u n i o n s d r a w n f r o m P s s . 12, 1 6 - 1 7 ,
20-1. T h e s e a r e Oportet te, Qui biberit, Nemo te condemnavit, Lutum fecit and
Videns dominus.
Three o f t h e five ' o d d ' c o m m u n i o n s q u o t e f r o m t h e g o s p e l o f t h e m a s s . Morin
t h o u g h t t h a t t h e t h r e e m a s s e s i n q u e s t i o n w e r e o r i g i n a l l y m a s s e s f o r t h e s c r u t i n y of
catechumens. C a l l e w a e r t a r g u e d t h a t o n e of t h e t h r e e , Videns dominus, bore the
s t y l i s t i c h a l l m a r k s o f a n a u t h e n t i c t e x t b y G r e g o r y , a n d t h a t Lutum fecit a n d Qui
biberit m i g h t a l s o b e h i s . O n t h i s b a s i s , C a l l e w a e r t s u g g e s t e d t h a t it w a s G r e g o r y t h e
G r e a t w h o m i g h t w e l l have been responsible for t h e reorganization of the s c r u t i n y
m a s s e s , w h i c h w e r e s h i f t e d f r o m S u n d a y s t o w e e k d a y s b e c a u s e of t h e i r d i m i n i s h i n g
importance i n a completely C h r i s t i a n society (Chavasse 1948). M u s i c o l o g i s t s are
c l e a r l y n o t t h e o n l y s c h o l a r s eager t o see G r e g o r y as a n a c t i v e r e f o r m e r o f t h e l i t u r g y .
T h e five ' o d d ' c o m m u n i o n s a p p e a r i n m u s i c a l s o u r c e s w i t h c o n s i d e r a b l e inconsist-
e n c y , a m o u n t i n g t o d i f f e r e n t m e l o d i e s . W h a t are t h o u g h t t o b e t h e o r i g i n a l m e l o d i e s ,
t h e m e l o d i e s w h i c h a p p e a r i n t h e earliest s o u r c e s , a r e s i m p l e a n d s y l l a b i c , d i s t i n c t l y
p l a i n e r i n m u s i c a l s t y l e t h a n m o s t c o m m u n i o n s . T h e o t h e r m e l o d i e s f o r t h e five w h i c h
appear i n d i v e r g e n t sources seem t o be attempts to p r o v i d e m o r e ' c o m m u n i o n - l i k e '
substitutes. B u t w h y s h o u l d t h e five c o m m u n i o n s have such a special musical
character? Does it m e a n that the sixth- or seventh-century redactor w h owas
responsible f o r p u t t i n g t h e m into place b o r r o w e d t h e m f r o m another context, o n e
w h e r e t h e i r m u s i c a l s t y l e w a s t h e a p p r o p r i a t e o n e ? T h a t w o u l d i m p l y t h a t b o t h sets o f
m e l o d i e s were already i n existence w h e n the s c r u t i n y masses were r e o r g a n i z e d . T h e
s e q u e n c e of e v e n t s m i g h t h a v e b e e n as f o l l o w s :
(xi) Conclusions
It is n o d o u b t s p i r i t u a l l y a n d m o r a l l y r e a s s u r i n g , f o r us as f o r t h e C a r o l i n g i a n s , to b e
a b l e to a t t a c h t h e n a m e of a c a n o n i z e d a u t h o r to t h e b o d y o f c h a n t w e k n o w as
Gregorian. But the available evidence does not permit this. Apart from the
i n s u f f i c i e n t d o c u m e n t a r y t r a d i t i o n , l i t u r g i c a l a n d m u s i c a l a n a l y s i s has f o u n d n o s t r o n g
evidence that the melodies first r e c o r d e d i n t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y c o u l d be as o l d as
Gregory. N o d o u b t m a n y of t h e same texts w e r e s u n g w i t h the same liturgical
a s s i g n m e n t i n G r e g o r y ' s t i m e as l a t e r , b u t w e m u s t r e c k o n w i t h b o t h m o r e s u b t l e a n d
more radical changes i n singing practice i n the interim, changes w h i c h call into
q u e s t i o n a n y n o t i o n of ' s a m e n e s s ' b e t w e e n the s i x t h a n d t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y . I n t h i s
context, t h e v e r y i d e a of a ' c o m p o s e r ' of c h a n t is a n a c h r o n i s t i c , a n d w e s h o u l d d o
b e t t e r to u n c o u p l e G r e g o r y as a p e r s o n f r o m t h e c h a n t repertory.
H i s n a m e r e t a i n s its u s e f u l n e s s , i n the sense t h a t ' G r e g o r i a n ' c h a n t is n e i t h e r of o n e
s p e c i f i c t i m e , n o r w h o l l y R o m a n , n o r w h o l l y a n y t h i n g e l s e . A l e g e n d a r y l a b e l is as
g o o d as a n y .
T h e Carolingian Century
VII.1. I N T R O D U C T I O N
V I 1.2. T H E E S T A B L I S H M E N T O F R O M A N C H A N T IN
F R A N C I A
Klauser 1933; H u c k e 1954, ' E i n f u h r u n g ' ; Vogel 1960, 1965 'Cultuclle', 1965 ' L i t u r g i q u e ' ;
S t a b l e i n i n M M M A 2 ; W a l l a c e - I I a d n l l 1983.
R o m e i n t h e e a r l y c e n t u r i e s h a d n e i t h e r t h e d e s i r e n o r the p o w e r to r e g u l a t e d e t a i l s o f
l i t u r g i c a l p r a c t i c e i n a l l p a r t s of W e s t e r n E u r o p e . T h e e x a m p l e of G r e g o r y t h e G r e a t
shows this clearly: his recommendation that A u g u s t i n e use whatever liturgical
m a t e r i a l s he f o u n d g o o d , a n d h i s c o r r e s p o n d e n c e in liturgical matters w i t h other
p r e l a t e s , w h e r e he is at p a i n s to e x p l a i n a n d d e f e n d w h a t he has d o n e b u t d o e s n o t seek
t o i m p o s e it o n o t h e r s (see a b o v e , VI.6).
N o r d i d t h e o t h e r c h u r c h e s of W e s t e r n E u r o p e e x p e c t R o m e to b e a b l e to l a y d o w n
a p a t t e r n of w o r s h i p , o r t r y to c o p y R o m a n u s e . T h e i m p o r t of t h e v a r i o u s c o u n c i l s
w h i c h l a i d d o w n l i t u r g i c a l p r e s c r i p t i o n s is n o t t h a t R o m a n p r a c t i c e s h a l l b e f o l l o w e d
b u t t h a t t h e l i t u r g y s h a l l be p e r f o r m e d i n a w a y that is s e e m l y a n d p r o p e r . The
p r e s c r i p t i o n s n a t u r a l l y t o o k i n t o a c c o u n t l o c a l t r a d i t i o n s a n d c o n d i t i o n s . T h i s is w h a t
w e f i n d at t h e C o u n c i l of A g d e ( 5 0 6 ) , w h e r e b i s h o p s f r o m t h e w h o l e of s o u t h - w e s t
F r a n c e a n d S p a i n g a t h e r e d , o r t h e F o u r t h C o u n c i l of T o l e d o ( 6 3 3 ) , h e l d u n d e r t h e
p r e s i d e n c y of S t I s i d o r e , w h i c h was a t t e n d e d b y n o less t h a n s i x t y - t w o b i s h o p s f r o m
S p a i n a n d S e p t i m a n i a ( t h e i r l i t u r g i c a l p r e s c r i p t i o n s are s u m m a r i z e d b y T a f t 1985,
147-8 and 159-60 respectively).
T h e c h a n g e i n o u t l o o k w h i c h l e d to w h o l e s a l e a d o p t i o n of R o m a n p r a c t i c e m a y w e l l
b e d u e t o t h e i n f l u e n c e of t h e A n g l o - S a x o n m i s s i o n a r i e s w h o i n t h e late s e v e n t h a n d
early eighth centuries brought new G e r m a n territories into the Christian fold:
W i l l i b r o r d i n F r i s i a f r o m 690, a n d W y n f r i t h , w h o t o o k t h e n a m e of B o n i f a c e , in
c e n t r a l G e r m a n y a n d B a v a r i a i n t h e f i r s t h a l f of t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y . A f t e r o r g a n i z i n g
the G e r m a n c h u r c h , B o n i f a c e t u r n e d his attention to the F r a n k i s h congregation,
r e f o r m e d t h r o u g h a series of s y n o d s i n t h e 7 4 0 s .
B o n i f a c e h a d b e e n c a l l e d to R o m e i n 7 2 2 , where G r e g o r y II ( 7 1 5 - 3 1 ) gave his
b l e s s i n g to h i s w o r k . T o A n g l o - S a x o n s s u c h as B o n i f a c e a n d h i s d i s c i p l e s , s e v e r a l of
w h o m b e c a m e b i s h o p s i n G e r m a n y , t h e t r a d i t i o n a l c o n n e c t i o n of t h e i r c h u r c h w i t h
R o m e w a s v i t a l . T h e i r w o r k w a s a c c o m p l i s h e d i n a s p i r i t of o b e d i e n c e t o a n d i n
frequent consultation with R o m e . N e w l y founded monasteries i n G e r m a n y followed
the Benedictine rule.
T h e F r a n k i s h c h u r c h u n d e r the n e w l y f o u n d e d C a r o l i n g i a n d y n a s t y of P i p p i n III
( 7 5 1 - 6 8 ) w a s c o n s e q u e n t l y far m o r e R o m e - o r i e n t e d t h a n p r e v i o u s l y . I n 7 5 0 Pippin
h a d sent t h e A n g l o - S a x o n B u r g h a r d of E i c h s t a t t a n d t h e F r a n k F u l r a d of S a i n t - D e n i s
to R o m e to g a i n a p p r o v a l , i n e f f e c t , f o r t h e d e p o s i t i o n of t h e M e r o v i n g i a n k i n g a n d h i s
o w n s u c c e s s i o n . I n 7 5 4 P o p e S t e p h e n I I ( 7 5 2 - 7 ) v i s i t e d P i p p i n t o seek m i l i t a r y a i d
a g a i n s t t h e L o m b a r d s , a n d P i p p i n w a s c o n s e c r a t e d k i n g at S a i n t - D e n i s .
There is n o n e e d h e r e to r e c a p i t u l a t e s u b s e q u e n t political interchange between
F r a n c i a a n d R o m e . It c o n s t i t u t e s , h o w e v e r , t h e e s s e n t i a l b a c k g r o u n d to t h e a d o p t i o n
of the R o m a n l i t u r g y i n F r a n c i a . T h e decisions of the n u m e r o u s F r a n k i s h c h u r c h
councils of the mid-eighth century are concerned not with liturgy but with
f u n d a m e n t a l c h u r c h d i s c i p l i n e , so w e c a n n o t t r a c e t h e d e t a i l s of l i t u r g i c a l i n t e r c h a n g e
v e r y c l e a r l y , b u t its pace u n q u e s t i o n a b l y b e g a n to q u i c k e n . I n 7 6 0 P i p p i n ' s b r o t h e r ,
B i s h o p R e m i g i u s ( o r R e m e d i u s ) of R o u e n , w e n t to R o m e t o ask t h a t a R o m a n t e a c h e r
o f c h a n t be a l l o w e d t o c o m e n o r t h , w h i l e m o n k s f r o m R o u e n l e a r n t t h e c h a n t i n R o m e
u n d e r G e o r g e , t h e p r i m u s s c h o l a e . S i m e o n , s e c u n d u s of t h e R o m a n s c h o l a c a n t o r u m ,
w a s s e n t b y P a u l I ( 7 5 7 - 6 8 ) to t e a c h R e m i g i u s ' c l e r i c s . A f t e r a w h i l e G e o r g e d i e d , a n d
P a u l h a d to r e c a l l S i m e o n to s u c c e e d h i m , w h i l e a s s u r i n g R e m i g i u s t h a t t h e R o u e n
s i n g e r s i n R o m e w o u l d be b r o u g h t t o p e r f e c t i o n u n d e r S i m e o n ' s i n s t r u c t i o n .
A l r e a d y t h e r e c o r d s of t h e C o u n c i l of C l o v e s h o e i n E n g l a n d ( 7 4 7 ) s p e a k o f a c h a n t -
b o o k sent f r o m R o m e ( V I . 6 . v ) . P a u l I sent not o n l y S i m e o n b u t also b o o k s to R o u e n :
an 'antiphonale', a 'responsale' and b o o k s o n o r t h o g r a p h y a n d the seven l i b e r a l arts, all
i n G r e e k . ( V o g e l 1960, 2 4 2 , M M M A 2, 1 4 8 * ) . T h i s e v i d e n c e t h a t b o o k s w i t h c h a n t
texts occasionally f o u n d their way n o r t h f r o m R o m e is v e r y i m p o r t a n t . (I have
a s s u m e d t h a t at t h i s t i m e t h e y w o u l d n o t be n o t a t e d . ) B u t o n t h e w h o l e w e are m u c h
better i n f o r m e d about the O r d i n e s R o m a n i a n d sacramentaries w h i c h were prepared
f r o m o r u n d e r t h e i n f l u e n c e of R o m a n m o d e l s t h a n a b o u t R o m a n o r R o m a n i z e d b o o k s
w i t h c h a n t t e x t s , f o r w e h a v e n o c h a n t - b o o k s of t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y w h i c h w o u l d r e v e a l
t h e state of t h e r e p e r t o r y b e f o r e a n d d u r i n g t h e w a v e of R o m a n i n f l u e n c e i n t h e s e c o n d
h a l f of t h e c e n t u r y .
It w a s M e t z , r a t h e r t h a n R o u e n , w h i c h b e c a m e r e n o w n e d as a c e n t r e of R o m a n
c h a n t i n F r a n c i a . C h r o d e g a n g of M e t z ( d . 7 6 6 ) , t h e l e a d e r of t h e F r a n k i s h c h u r c h
a f t e r B o n i f a c e w a s k i l l e d o n a m i s s i o n to F r i s i a i n 7 5 4 , c o m p o s e d a r u l e f o r t h e c a n o n s
of h i s c i t y w h i c h b o r r o w s h e a v i l y f r o m B e n e d i c t i n e p r a c t i c e a n d r e f e r s f r e q u e n t l y to
R o m a n c u s t o m s ( M a n s i x i v . 3 1 3 ; P L 8 9 . 1 0 5 9 - 1 1 2 0 ) . It m a r k s a c r u c i a l s t a g e i n the
' m o n a s t i c i z a t i o n ' of t h e o f f i c e f o r t h e s e c u l a r c l e r g y . T h e l i f e of C h r o d e g a n g b y P a u l
W a r n e f r i d ( d . 799) a t t r i b u t e s to h i m t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n of t h e ' c a n t i l e n a R o m a n a ' i n
M e t z ( M G H ( S c r i p t o r e s ) Scriptores rerum Sangatte nsium, etc., 2 6 0 - 7 0 , P L 95. 720;
see B u c h n e r 1 9 2 7 ) . E v e n a s t a t i o n a l l i t u r g y of t h e p a p a l t y p e , w h e r e b y t h e b i s h o p
celebrated mass i n different churches on different days, was introduced i n M e t z
( K l a u s e r 1930, Andrieu 1930).
Pepin as the prime mover is then repeatedly mentioned in the numerous
d o c u m e n t s i s s u e d u n d e r C h a r l e m a g n e w h i c h c o n c e r n t h e s i n g i n g of c h a n t (Vogel
1960, 230-1, 265-6). What his father had begun became a prime element of
Charlemagne's governance. The i n j u n c t i o n to s i n g a c c o r d i n g to Roman use is
repeated time and time again in the numerous capitularies issued under his
i n s t r u c t i o n s . T h e e x a m i n a t i o n of p r i e s t s i n c l u d e d t h e q u e s t i o n as t o w h e t h e r t h e y s a n g
t h e ' c a n t u s R o m a n u s ' i n t h e N i g h t O f f i c e a n d at m a s s ( M G H ( L e g e s ) Capitularia
re gum Franconim, i . 2 3 5 ; see also 110 f o r t h e r e q u i r e d a d h e r e n c e to R o m a n l i t u r g y ) .
Charlemagne's p r o m u l g a t i o n of a u n i f o r m R o m a n l i t u r g y i n F r a n c i a h a s been
a t t r i b u t e d to p o l i t i c a l m o t i v e s , as a m e a n s of b u t t r e s s i n g t h e p o l i t i c a l u n i t y i m p o s e d i n
m a n y r e g i o n s b y f o r c e of F r a n k i s h a r m s . T h i s v i e w is t o o c y n i c a l . A t the b e g i n n i n g of
the famous 'Admonitio g e n e r a l i s ' of 7 8 9 , Charlemagne's extensive proposals for
ecclesiastical and educational reform, he recollects the w o r k of King Josiah in
r e f o r m i n g t h e w o r s h i p of I s r a e l (2 K g s . 2 2 - 3 ; M G H Capitularia re gum Francorum y
V I 1.3. T H E F R A N K I S H E X P A N S I O N O F T H E C H A N T
R E P E R T O R Y
N o b o o k w i t h c h a n t t e x t s s e n t f r o m R o m e to F r a n c i a has s u r v i v e d , n o r a n y t h i n g that
c a n be c a l l e d a d i r e c t c o p y of o n e . T h e r e s u l t of t h e p r o c e s s of e s t a b l i s h m e n t of R o m a n
chant i n F r a n c i a can nevertheless be d i s c e r n e d i n the earliest s u r v i v i n g F r a n k i s h
c h a n t - b o o k s , t h e u n n o t a t e d g r a d u a l s e d i t e d b y H e s b e r t i n / I M S . A n d a n i d e a of h o w
t h e y m a y h a v e d i f f e r e d f r o m R o m a n use c a n b e g a i n e d i f w e c o m p a r e t h e m w i t h t h e
e a r l i e s t s u r v i v i n g b o o k s f r o m R o m e i t s e l f , t h e O l d R o m a n c h a n t - b o o k s of t h e e l e v e n t h
c e n t u r y . W e c a n c o m p a r e , t h a t i s , a F r a n k i s h v e r s i o n of t h e R o m a n l i t u r g y w i t h a
R o m a n o n e . A l i s t of t h e p r i n c i p a l d i f f e r e n c e s has b e e n d r a w n u p b y H u g l o ( 1 9 5 4 ,
' V i e u x - r o m a i n ' , 1 0 8 - 9 ) . S o m e c o n c e r n d e t a i l s of t h e t e x t : o n s o m e o c c a s i o n s t h e t w o
v e r s i o n s h a v e q u i t e d i f f e r e n t t e x t s . Q u i t e o f t e n t h i s is a case of s e l e c t i n g a d i f f e r e n t set
of m a s s c h a n t s f r o m t h e c o m m o n of s a i n t s f o r a p a r t i c u l a r i n d i v i d u a l s a i n t . Other
differences t o u c h o n the selection of t h e alleluia, a notoriously unstable genre.
W h a t e v e r t h e d a t e w h e n t h e s e d i f f e r e n c e s of p r a c t i c e a r o s e , it is c l e a r f r o m t h e h i s t o r y
of t h e v a r i o u s R o m a n a n d F r a n k i s h s a c r a m e n t a r y types that a c e r t a i n a m o u n t of
a c c o m m o d a t i o n b e t w e e n d i f f e r e n t v e r s i o n s of t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y m u s t h a v e g o n e o n .
W e c a n get a n i d e a of w h a t w a s h a p p e n i n g also t h r o u g h t h e w o r k of A m a l a r i u s of M e t z
(see IX.2).
T h e n i n t h c e n t u r y s a w , h o w e v e r , n o t j u s t a c o n s o l i d a t i o n of t h e R o m a n chant
r e p e r t o r y i n F r a n c i a b u t a l s o v i g o r o u s e n r i c h m e n t . T h e c h r o n o l o g y of t h i s e x p a n s i o n
is n o t a l w a y s c l e a r , f o r n o t a t e d s o u r c e s a p p e a r first i n t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y . W e cannot
a l w a y s b e s u r e w h e t h e r w e are d e a l i n g w i t h r e l a t i v e l y n e w i t e m s , o r c o m p o s i t i o n s of,
s a y , t h e s e c o n d C a r o l i n g i a n r e n a i s s a n c e of t h e t i m e of C h a r l e s t h e B a l d ( k i n g 8 4 0 - 7 7 ,
e m p e r o r 8 7 5 - 7 ) , o r of C h a r l e m a g n e ' s t i m e , o r p e r h a p s e v e n r e l i c s of o l d e r n o n -
R o m a n p r a c t i c e w h i c h t h e F r a n k s w e r e u n w i l l i n g to r e l i n q u i s h .
T h e m a i n areas of e x p a n s i o n w e r e t h e f o l l o w i n g . I g i v e a r e f e r e n c e t o t h e c h a p t e r
e a r l i e r i n t h i s b o o k w h e r e e a c h g e n r e is d i s c u s s e d i n m o r e d e t a i l .
1. W h e r e a s t h e r e p e r t o r y of i n t r o i t s , g r a d u a l s , a n d c o m m u n i o n s a p p e a r s to h a v e
r e m a i n e d relatively stable after the C a r o l i n g i a n settlement, t h e n u m b e r of a l l e l u i a s
i n c r e a s e d d r a m a t i c a l l y ( 1 1 . 1 4 ) . T h e n u m b e r of f r e q u e n t l y s u n g a l l e l u i a m e l o d i e s i n
the O l d R o m a n sources ( o n l y three c o m m o n ones) a n d M i l a n (one!) m a y indicate h o w
m a n y t h e F r a n k s are l i k e l y t o h a v e k n o w n f r o m t h e i r R o m a n t e a c h e r s . T h e r e p e r t o r y
of m e l o d i e s b y t h e e n d o f t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y w a s a l r e a d y a b o u t s i x t y ( m a n y u s e d f o r
s e v e r a l d i f f e r e n t t e x t s ) a n d c o n t i n u e d to e x p a n d r a p i d l y .
J u s t as d r a m a t i c i n its w a y — a l t h o u g h t h e o p p o r t u n i t i e s f o r s i n g i n g it w e r e m o r e
l i m i t e d — w a s t h e i n c r e a s e i n t h e n u m b e r of t r a c t s : f r o m t w e n t y - o n e i n t h e earliest
s o u r c e s t o t w i c e t h a t n u m b e r i n t h e a v e r a g e of t h e t w e l f t h t o t h i r t e e n t h centuries.
S o m e p o s s i b l e i n s t a n c e s of F r a n k i s h e x p a n s i o n c a n a c t u a l l y b e s e e n i n t h e earliest
s o u r c e s . T h e O l d R o m a n c h a n t - b o o k s h a v e G r e g o r i a n m e l o d i e s f o r t h e t r a c t s of t h e
Easter V i g i l , w h i c h s h o u l d m e a n that they w e r e a d o p t e d f r o m F r a n k i s h p r a c t i c e ;
a n c i e n t l y n o t r a c t s w e r e s u n g h e r e . T h e t r a c t Eripe me f o r G o o d F r i d a y is i n n e i t h e r
t h e O l d R o m a n n o r a l l o f t h e e a r l i e s t F r a n k i s h s o u r c e s , a n d w a s s t i l l r e f e r r e d to as
' n e w ' i n t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y (see H u c k e i n H e r m a n n S c h m i d t 1 9 5 6 - 7 , 9 3 2 ) . Domine
non secundum, t h e t r a c t f o r M o n d a y , W e d n e s d a y , a n d F r i d a y i n L e n t , is also a
l a t e c o m e r to the r e p e r t o r y .
The choice of o f f e r t o r y v e r s e s w a s also n o t fixed at t h e t i m e of t h e Frankish
settlement. N o t o n l y t h i s , r e c e n t s t u d i e s h a v e r e v e a l e d t h e e x i s t e n c e of n o n - R o m a n
offertories i n the Gregorian repertory w h i c h m a y have come f r o m G a l l i c a n use
( B a r o f f i o a n d S t e i n e r , ' O f f e r t o r y ' , NG, and especially L e v y 1984).
2. T h e o r i g i n of t h e s e q u e n c e s w h i c h w e r e s u n g a f t e r t h e a l l e l u i a o n f e a s t - d a y s i n
t h e M i d d l e A g e s is c o n t r o v e r s i a l (see t h e f u l l e r d i s c u s s i o n I I . 2 2 . v i ) . Whatever the
t r u t h o f t h e m a t t e r , t h e r e p e r t o r y at t h e e n d of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y p r o b a b l y c o n s i s t e d o f
only about thirty widely k n o w n melodies. M o s t new compositions circulated only
l o c a l l y . B u t , as w i t h t h e a l l e l u i a , n e w c o m p o s i t i o n s w e r e c o n s t a n t l y b e i n g p r o d u c e d .
T h e t o t a l n u m b e r of m e l o d i e s k n o w n f r o m t h e M i d d l e A g e s is v e r y l a r g e , t h e n u m b e r
of t e x t s v a s t .
3 . T h e r e p e r t o r y of o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s k n o w n i n R o m e w a s s m a l l , a n d o n l y a
few were w i d e l y k n o w n i n F r a n c i a . R a p i d e x p a n s i o n took place, different pieces b e i n g
c o m p o s e d i n d i f f e r e n t places. P a r t i c u l a r l y notable was the c o m p o s i t i o n of t r o p e verses
of v a r i o u s k i n d s . ( O n t h e K y r i e r e p e r t o r y a n d its t r o p e s , see 11.17 a n d I I . 2 3 . v i i i , o n
t h e G l o r i a 11.18 a n d I I . 2 3 . i i i , v i i , a n d x i , t h e S a n c t u s 11.18 a n d I I . 2 3 . x i , a n d o n t h e
A g n u s 11.20 and 11.23.xi.) T h e N i c e n e C r e e d w a s n o t s u n g at m a s s i n R o m e i n
C a r o l i n g i a n t i m e s , a n d t h e F r a n k s s a n g it h e r e i n c o n t i n u a t i o n of o l d e r G a l l i c a n
practice (11.21.).
4. T h e p r o v i s i o n of c o m p l e m e n t a r y t r o p e v e r s e s , e s p e c i a l l y f o r t h e p r o p e r c h a n t s of
m a s s , is o n e of t h e m o s t s t r i k i n g d e v e l o p m e n t s of t h e n e w p e r i o d . A g a i n , t h e t i m e a n d
p l a c e of o r i g i n of t h e p r a c t i c e are o b s c u r e (11.23).
5 . T h e f a m o u s Quern queritis dialogue may well have been w r i t t e n i n the n i n t h
century, for it w a s k n o w n all over Europe by the end of the millenium. Its
c o m p o s i t i o n has nevertheless been p l a c e d i n the early t e n t h c e n t u r y b y s o m e . The
c h i e f c o m p o s i t i o n a l a c t i v i t y i n t h e area of l i t u r g i c a l d r a m a t o o k p l a c e , h o w e v e r , a f t e r
t h e e n d of t h e m i l l e n i u m ( 1 1 . 2 5 ) .
6. It is s t i l l n o t p o s s i b l e to g a i n a n i d e a e a s i l y of t h e a m o u n t of n e w c o m p o s i t i o n f o r
the office h o u r s a c c o m p l i s h e d b y the F r a n k s . T h e sources e d i t e d b y H e s b e r t i n CAO
o f t e n s h o w s t r i k i n g l a c k of u n a n i m i t y i n c h o i c e of c h a n t , a n d t h i s v a r i e t y is m a t c h e d i n
t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n of m a n y m u s i c a l i t e m s . It is p r e s u m a b l y t h e r e s u l t o f c o n f l i c t i n g , if
a l r e a d y ' R o m a n i z e d ' , p r a c t i c e s d u r i n g t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y , a n d t h e l a c k of a R o m a n
e x a m p l e a g a i n s t w h i c h t o c o n t r o l v a r i a n t s . T h e r e w a s n a t u r a l l y a l o t of w r i t i n g f o r t h e
o f f i c e s of l o c a l p a t r o n s a i n t s . The chief m u s i c a l interest of t h e latter lies i n the
f r e q u e n t a d o p t i o n of a m o d a l o r d e r f o r t h e c h a n t s , a purely artificial arrangement
w h i c h reflects the F r a n k i s h interest i n s p e c u l a t i v e m u s i c t h e o r y . (See Crocker 1986
f o r a m u s i c a l s t u d y of s u c h ' n u m e r i c a l ' o f f i c e s . ) T h e w r i t i n g of v e r s e t e x t s f o r s u c h
o f f i c e s is a n o t h e r C a r o l i n g i a n a n d p o s t - C a r o l i n g i a n d e v e l o p m e n t ( 1 1 . 2 6 ) .
VI1.4. T H E C O D I F I C A T I O N OF P L A I N C H A N T
V I 1.5. T H E P L A C E O F M U S I C IN T H E C A R O L I N G I A N
R E N A I S S A N C E
W h i l e I h a v e e x p r e s s e d d o u b t t h a t m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n w a s u s e d b y t h e F r a n k s as a
principal means of mastering the Roman chant repertory, they were certainly
c o n c e r n e d w i t h a m u s i c a l - t e c h n i c a l m a t t e r of a d i f f e r e n t n a t u r e , n a m e l y , t h e m o d a l
s y s t e m . A u r e l i a n of R e o m e , w r i t i n g i n t h e d e c a d e b e f o r e 8 5 0 , s a y s t h a t C h a r l e m a g n e
a d d e d f o u r m o d e s t o the u s u a l e i g h t . B y z a n t i n e m u s i c i a n s , w h o h a d p r i d e d t h e m s e l v e s
o n t h e i n v e n t i o n of t h e o r i g i n a l e i g h t , t h e r e u p o n a d d e d a n o t h e r f o u r themselves.
W h i l e C h a r l e m a g n e ' s r o l e is d o u b t l e s s a p i o u s fiction, the earliest s u r v i v i n g t o n a r y —
Pans, B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 3 1 5 9 , f r o m S a i n t - R i q u i e r , p o s s i b l y w r i t t e n as
early as late eighth century—shows that the eight-mode system was already
u n d e r s t o o d i n C h a r l e m a g n e ' s t i m e (see I I I . 14). It m a y i n d e e d h a v e c o m e to t h e W e s t
f r o m B y z a n t i u m (see VIII.2).
A s I h a v e a r g u e d i n V . 4 , t h e reasons t h e F r a n k s w e r e i n t e r e s t e d i n t h e m o d e s w e r e
p a r t l y p r a c t i c a l a n d p a r t l y i n t e l l e c t u a l . If o n e u n d e r s t o o d t h e m o d e of a n a n t i p h o n , a n
i n t r o i t , o r a c o m m u n i o n , o n e c o u l d c h o o s e the a p p r o p r i a t e t o n e f o r t h e p s a l m v e r s e ( s )
w h i c h t h e s e c h a n t s a c c o m p a n i e d . T h e s a m e is t r u e f o r o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r i e s . B u t t h e
presence of o t h e r m a s s c h a n t s — g r a d u a l s , alleluias, a n d o f f e r t o r i e s — i n the Saint-
R i q u i e r t o n a r y ( a n d s o m e later t o n a r i e s ) s u g g e s t s t h a t t h e c l a s s i f i c a t i o n w a s i m p o r t a n t
f o r its o w n sake, a l i n k w i t h the c o r p u s of c l a s s i c a l m u s i c t h e o r y w h i c h w a s b e i n g
u n e a r t h e d b y the F r a n k s a l o n g w i t h so m u c h of t h e h e r i t a g e of a n t i q u i t y , e v e n t h o u g h
it was b y n o m e a n s easy to r e c o n c i l e w i t h t h e R o m a n c h a n t r e p e r t o r y t h e y w e r e t r y i n g
to m a s t e r .
D e s p i t e t h e p l a c e of m u s i c a m o n g the s e v e n l i b e r a l a r t s , t h e ' s e v e n p i l l a r s o r s t e p s '
of A l c u i n ' s e d u c a t i o n a l p r o g r a m m e ( P L 1 0 1 . 8 5 3 ) , t h e r e is l i t t l e e v i d e n c e of o r i g i n a l
t h o u g h t a b o u t m u s i c t h e o r y at C h a r l e m a g n e ' s c o u r t . B e s i d e ' D a v i d ' (Charlemagne),
' F l a c c u s ' ( A l c u i n ) , ' T i m o t h e u s ' ( P a u l i n u s of A q u i l e i a ) , a n d ' H o m e r ' ( A n g i l b e r t , l a t e r
a b b o t of S a i n t - R i q u i e r ) , ' I d i t h u n ' h a d h i s p l a c e as the i n s t r u c t o r of t h e b o y s i n b o t h
practical and theoretical m u s i c :
VIII.1. I N T R O D U C T I O N
I n t h i s c h a p t e r I s h a l l a t t e m p t to s u m m a r i z e t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p of G r e g o r i a n c h a n t to
other types of e a r l y chant i n the West, so t h a t G r e g o r i a n chant itself may be
u n d e r s t o o d i n a r a t h e r b r o a d e r c o n t e x t t h a n w o u l d o t h e r w i s e be p o s s i b l e . Something
of t h e s i m i l a r i t i e s a n d d i f f e r e n c e s i n l i t u r g y b e t w e e n R o m a n , M i l a n e s e , O l d S p a n i s h
( M o z a r a b i c ) , a n d G a l l i c a n uses has b e e n i n d i c a t e d i n p r e v i o u s c h a p t e r s (VI.4-5).
N o w t h e m u s i c a l a s p e c t s o f t h i s r e l a t i o n s h i p are s k e t c h e d i n .
O n e p o i n t of t h e c h a p t e r is to h e l p d e f i n e t h e n a t u r e of w h a t t h e F r a n k s l e a r n e d
f r o m R o m e a n d w h a t t h e y r e c o r d e d i n t h e first m u s i c m a n u s c r i p t s , t h a t i s , t o a n s w e r
the question, what is Gregorian chant? As is w e l l known, the earliest music
m a n u s c r i p t s f r o m R o m e i t s e l f c o n t a i n q u i t e d i f f e r e n t m u s i c f o r t h e s a m e t e x t s as
G r e g o r i a n chant, m u s i c w h i c h is c o m m o n l y c a l l e d O l d R o m a n c h a n t . If t h i s is
R o m a n , b u t d i f f e r s f r o m G r e g o r i a n , i n w h a t sense is G r e g o r i a n c h a n t 'Roman?
Old Roman chant is n o t the only old chant repertory of Italy, a n d it bears
s i m i l a r i t i e s of m u s i c a l s t y l e to t h e t w o o t h e r e x t a n t r e p e r t o r i e s , n a m e l y M i l a n e s e a n d
O l d Beneventan chant. T h e s e p r o v i d e the m u s i c a l c o n t e x t for u n d e r s t a n d i n g O l d
R o m a n chant. The three ' O l d Italian' repertories are d i s c u s s e d i n V I I I . 3 - 5 . To
understand Gregorian chant, o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , w e s h o u l d at least c o n s i d e r the
p o s s i b i l i t y t h a t t h e F r a n k s w e r e i n f l u e n c e d b y t h e t r a d i t i o n a l c h a n t of G a u l , t h a t i s ,
G a l l i c a n c h a n t . T h e r e is a n o b v i o u s o b s t a c l e to t h i s , i n t h a t t h e G a l l i c a n r i t e a n d its
c h a n t w e r e s u p p r e s s e d i n f a v o u r o f R o m a n u s e , a n d p r a c t i c a l l y n o t h i n g of t h e c h a n t
r e p e r t o r y s u r v i v e s . B u t a s i s t e r r e p e r t o r y , t h a t of t h e O l d S p a n i s h r i t e , d o e s s u r v i v e ,
a l b e i t i n staffless n e u m a t i c n o t a t i o n . O n t h i s b a s i s w e c a n m a k e at least a t e n t a t i v e
g u e s s at t h e n a t u r e of w h a t t h e F r a n k s s u p p r e s s e d a n d w h a t m a y h a v e i n f l u e n c e d t h e i r
u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e R o m a n repertory.
T h e r e a d e r m a y j u s t i f i a b l y h a v e e x p e c t e d g r e a t e r s p a c e to h a v e b e e n d e v o t e d to
t h e s e n o n - G r e g o r i a n c h a n t r e p e r t o r i e s . T h e r e is n o d o u b t t h a t , d e s p i t e a n u m b e r of
fine studies, they are s t i l l n o t g e n e r a l l y w e l l k n o w n . T h e reason f o r t h i s is the
preoccupation of e a r l y studies with the m u s i c still s u n g i n the Roman church,
Gregorian chant. But not o n l y has historical circumstance contributed to their
n e g l e c t , s o m e o f t h e n o n - G r e g o r i a n r e p e r t o r i e s h a v e b e e n d e n i g r a t e d as a e s t h e t i c a l l y
i n f e r i o r to the G r e g o r i a n , an unfortunate a n d b a s e l e s s j u s t i f i c a t i o n of s o m e t h i n g
w h i c h h a d q u i t e d i f f e r e n t c a u s e s . T h e s i t u a t i o n at t h e m o m e n t is t h a t w h i l e t h e r e a r e
e x c e l l e n t s t u d i e s o f i n d i v i d u a l g e n r e s of O l d S p a n i s h , O l d R o m a n , a n d M i l a n e s e c h a n t
(such as t h o s e of B a i l e y ) , w h i c h are i n m a n y respects s u p e r i o r to a n y t h i n g yet
a v a i l a b l e f o r G r e g o r i a n chant genres, a n d w h i l e the w h o l e c o r p u s of O l d B e n e v e n t a n
c h a n t h a s b e e n d i s c u s s e d i n e x e m p l a r y f a s h i o n b y K e l l y , a b a l a n c e d s u r v e y of all of
t h e s e is n o t y e t p o s s i b l e i n t h e w a y that i t is p o s s i b l e f o r G r e g o r i a n c h a n t , c e r t a i n l y n o t
i n a b o o k of t h i s l e n g t h . I n p a r t i c u l a r , t h e r e is a n e e d t o r e t u r n t o G r e g o r i a n c h a n t i n
t h e l i g h t o f t h e n e w k n o w l e d g e a b o u t t h e o t h e r r e p e r t o r i e s . T h i s is w o r k t h a t will
o c c u p y scholars for m a n y years to c o m e .
D u r i n g m u c h of t h e p e r i o d f r o m t h e f o u r t h t o t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y , t h e e a s t e r n R o m a n
e m p i r e a n d its capital B y z a n t i u m enjoyed greater material w e a l t h , political p o w e r , a n d
ecclesiastical prestige t h a n the k i n g d o m s of the W e s t , a n d o f t e n i n f l u e n c e d W e s t e r n
affairs d i r e c t l y , m o s t o b v i o u s l y i n Italy, parts of w h i c h w e r e l o n g u n d e r B y z a n t i n e
r u l e . T h e p o s s i b i l i t y has often b e e n d i s c u s s e d that the B y z a n t i n e l i t u r g y a n d its chant
c o u l d h a v e i n f l u e n c e d R o m a n u s e . A p r e l i m i n a r y s e c t i o n ( V I I L 2 ) is d e v o t e d t o t h i s
question.
VIII.2. T H EI N F L U E N C E O F B Y Z A N T I U M
(i) Introduction
(ii) T h e S y s t e m of E i g h t M o d e s
(iii) A n t i p h o n s for the A d o r a t i o n of the Cross and O t h e r C h a n t s i n O l d Italian
Repertories
(iv) T h e Trisagion
(v) T h e F r a n k i s h ' M i s s a graeca'
(vi) T h e C o m m u n i o n Omnes qui in Chris to
(vii) T h e Byzantine A l l e l u i a s
(viii) T e x t u a l Concordances w i t h o u t M u s i c a l S i m i l a r i t y
(ix) T h e Veterem hominem A n t i p h o n s for the Octave of E p i p h a n y
(i) Introduction
A t first s i g h t it m i g h t s e e m t h a t a g o o d case c o u l d b e m a d e o u t f o r t h e l i k e l i h o o d o f
B y z a n t i n e i n f l u e n c e o n R o m a n c h a n t . A f t e r the fall of t h e W e s t e r n R o m a n e m p i r e ,
Italy was for l o n g periods a territory d i s p u t e d between B y z a n t i u m a n d the i n v a d i n g
G e r m a n i c peoples. T h e reconquest of Italy b y J u s t i n i a n f r o m 5 3 3 , t e m p o r a r y t h o u g h
it p r o v e d , i n t r o d u c e d w h a t h a s b e e n c a l l e d t h e ' B y z a n t i n e p e r i o d ' i n t h e h i s t o r y o f t h e
p a p a c y , l a s t i n g o v e r t w o c e n t u r i e s . E l e v e n o u t of t h i r t e e n p o p e s b e t w e e n 6 7 8 a n d 7 5 2
were Greek or S y r i a n by b i r t h . T h e outbreak of the iconoclastic persecution in
B y z a n t i u m i n 7 2 6 r e s u l t e d i n t h e m o v e m e n t of m a n y G r e e k c h u r c h m e n t o t h e W e s t . If
t h e r e w e r e e v i d e n c e of w i d e s p r e a d B y z a n t i n e i n f l u e n c e i n R o m a n c h a n t it w o u l d be
easy t o e x p l a i n . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , t h e r e c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l a n d t h e o l o g i c a l d i f f e r e n c e s
w h i c h s e p a r a t e d R o m e a n d B y z a n t i u m m a y as e a s i l y h a v e c o n t r i b u t e d t o t h e s e p a r a t e
d e v e l o p m e n t of t h e i r c h a n t repertories. Some fundamental differences cannot be
o v e r l o o k e d . T h e W e s t e r n rites never f o l l o w e d B y z a n t i u m i n the c o m p o s i t i o n of the
v a s t n u m b e r of k o n t a k i a a n d k a n o n e s w h i c h c o n s t i t u t e o n e of t h e g l o r i e s of B y z a n t i n e
music. O n the other h a n d , B y z a n t i u m r e m a i n e d r i g i d l y e c o n o m i c a l w h e r e Rome
d e v e l o p e d a c y c l e of p r o p e r - o f - m a s s c h a n t s ( S t r u n k 1977, 316): basically o n l y one
entrance c h a n t c o r r e s p o n d i n g to t h e i n t r o i t , t w o o f f e r t o r i e s , two dozen koinonika
(communion chants).
T h e h i s t o r y of t h e R o m a n l i t u r g y — a n d i n t h e a b s e n c e of m u s i c a l d o c u m e n t s t h i s is
a l l w e c a n a r g u e f r o m — i s o n e of g e n e r a l i n d e p e n d e n c e f r o m t h e B y z a n t i n e r i t e . T h e
i n f l u e n c e of B y z a n t i u m i s s e e n r a t h e r i n i n d i v i d u a l d e t a i l s r a t h e r t h a n o v e r a l l f o r m a n d
content. It m a y b e t h a t s o m e a s p e c t s of R o m a n a n d B y z a n t i n e c h a n t r e s e m b l e each
other because they derive f r o m a c o m m o n s o u r c e — t h o u g h rarely has a serious
a t t e m p t b e e n m a d e to d e m o n s t r a t e w h a t t h i s m i g h t m e a n i n t e r m s of a c t u a l p i e c e s of
m u s i c (see t h e a r t i c l e s b y L e v y ) . Y e t t h e a v a i l a b l e m u s i c a l e v i d e n c e , l i k e t h e l i t u r g i c a l ,
relates to isolated items. M o s t of t h e s e are t o b e found, moreover, not in the
G r e g o r i a n r e p e r t o r y b u t i n the O l d Italian t r a d i t i o n s : O l d R o m a n ( r a r e l y ) , M i l a n e s e ,
and O l d Beneventan.
Jammers (1962, 183), i n a s t u d y t h a t i n f l u e n c e d t h e t h i n k i n g of s e v e r a l other
s c h o l a r s ( p r i n c i p a l l y S t a b l e i n : cf. S t a b l e i n , M M M A 2, 58*) argued that G r e g o r i a n
c h a n t w a s t h e r e s u l t o f O l d R o m a n c h a n t c a r r i e d o u t at p a p a l b e h e s t ( s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h a t
of V i t a l i a n , 6 5 7 - 7 2 , b u t o n t h e b a s i s of s o u r c e s n o o l d e r t h a n the t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y ! )
t o m a k e it m o r e c o m p a t i b l e w i t h t h e B y z a n t i n e p r a c t i c e of i s o n s i n g i n g , a t y p e of
c h a n t i n g w i t h v o c a l d r o n e u n f o r t u n a t e l y not d o c u m e n t e d before the fifteenth century.
( T h e o b v i o u s d e f i c i e n c i e s i n J a m m e r s ' s a r g u m e n t s w e r e stated s u c c i n c t l y b y N o w a c k i
1 9 8 5 , 2 6 0 - 1 . ) E v e n if t h e r e w e r e b e t t e r d o c u m e n t a r y e v i d e n c e f o r t h e ' i s o n ' t h e o r y , it
s e e m s u n w i s e t o p r o p o s e s u c h a l l - e m b r a c i n g h y p o t h e s e s a b o u t t h e s t y l e of B y z a n t i n e
a n d R o m a n m u s i c i n t h e s e v e n t h c e n t u r y o n t h e b a s i s of m u s i c a l s o u r c e s of t h e n i n t h
to t e n t h c e n t u r i e s ( G r e g o r i a n ) , t h e e l e v e n t h ( O l d R o m a n ) , a n d l a t e r ( B y z a n t i n e ) .
M o r e s i g n i f i c a n t , it a p p e a r s to m e , is J a m m e r s ' s o b s e r v a t i o n that c h a n t is b o u n d to a
t e x t a n d o f t e n s h a p e s i t s e l f a c c o r d i n g to t h e n e e d s o f t e x t d e c l a m a t i o n . D i f f e r e n c e s of
language have far-reaching m u s i c a l consequences.
I h a v e a l r e a d y d i s c u s s e d t h e p o s s i b l e i n f l u e n c e of B y z a n t i n e o n W e s t e r n n o t a t i o n
(IV.4).
N e e d l e s s to s a y , i n w h a t f o l l o w s I h a v e n o t a t t e m p t e d to l i s t e a c h i n s t a n c e of
possible B y z a n t i n e influence or W e s t e r n b o r r o w i n g . ( F o r further references, see t h e
bibliography in Levy, ' B y z a n t i n e R i t e , M u s i c o f t h e ' , NG\ B r o u lists over forty
p o s s i b l e b o r r o w i n g s , m a n y o f w h i c h h a v e n o t yet b e e n s u b j e c t e d to m u s i c a l a n a l y s i s ;
Jammers 1969 p o v i d e s a n o t h e r l i s t . ) It s e e m s p o s s i b l e to d i s t i n g u i s h t h e following
categories: (a) musical similarities which m a y go back to the c o m m o n roots of
C h r i s t i a n m u s i c i n t h e e a r l y c h u r c h ; that t h i s is b y n o m e a n s u n l i k e l y m i g h t b e a r g u e d
f r o m the a n a l o g y of G r e e k r e a d i n g s i n the R o m a n mass, w h i c h p e r s i s t e d i n t o the n i n t h
c e n t u r y ( V o g e l 1986, 2 9 6 - 7 ) ; (b) W e s t e r n b o r r o w i n g of t e x t s w h e r e n o c o r r e s p o n d i n g
m u s i c a l s h a r i n g h a s b e e n e s t a b l i s h e d ; (c) W e s t e r n v e r s i o n s of B y z a n t i n e c h a n t s ; (d)
n e w W e s t e r n c o m p o s i t i o n s w i t h G r e e k texts for w h i c h n o B y z a n t i n e m o d e l appears to
have existed.
B y z a n t i n e m u s i c a l i n f l u e n c e c a n be s e e n to r e d u c e i t s e l f l a r g e l y t o a n u m b e r of
i n d i v i d u a l i n s t a n c e s . T h e o v e r w h e l m i n g i m p r e s s i o n is t h a t R o m a n c h a n t d e v e l o p e d
l a r g e l y i n d e p e n d e n t l y of G r e e k m o d e l s . T h e r e is a s o m e w h a t larger n u m b e r of
borrowings in the non-Roman Old Italian liturgies, the Milanese and Old
Beneventan.
( i i i ) Antiphons for the Adoration of the Cross and Other Chants in Old Italian
Repertories
A n o t h e r c h a n t f r o m t h e c e r e m o n y of t h e A d o r a t i o n of t h e C r o s s , t h e T r i s a g i o n Agios o
theos, is s u n g i n t h e R o m a n r i t e i n G r e e k a n d L a t i n as p a r t of t h e i m p r o p e r i a . I n t h e
B y z a n t i n e r i t e the T r i s a g i o n w a s s u n g s e v e r a l t i m e s e v e r y d a y i n v a r i o u s services.
L e v y ( 1 9 7 2 ) has a r g u e d t h a t b o t h E a s t e r n a n d W e s t e r n v e r s i o n s r e l y o n a c o m m o n
m o d a l t r a d i t i o n , a n d w o r k w i t h i n t h e s a m e set of n o t e s , w i t h o u t t h e o n e b e i n g d e r i v e d
d i r e c t l y f r o m the other.
A set of m a s s c h a n t s i n G r e e k a p p e a r s o m e w h a t s p o r a d i c a l l y i n W e s t e r n manuscripts
of t h e ninth century o n w a r d . A t k i n s o n ' s c a r e f u l i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e origin and
t r a n s m i s s i o n of t h o s e f o r t h e o r d i n a r y of m a s s (the others are m u c h less w i d e l y
d i s s e m i n a t e d ) has l e d h i m t o p r o p o s e t h a t t h e y w e r e p u t t o g e t h e r b e t w e e n 8 2 7 and
8 3 5 , a f t e r t h e E a s t e r n e m p e r o r M i c h a e l I I h a d s e n t a c o p y of the w o r k s of t h e P s e u d o -
D i o n y s i u s t h e A r e o p a g i t e to L o u i s t h e P i o u s . T h e s e w r i t i n g s w e r e t r a n s l a t e d under
t h e d i r e c t i o n of A b b o t H i l d u i n o f S a i n t - D e n i s . A t k i n s o n b e l i e v e s t h e t e x t s of the
' m i s s a g r a e c a ' c o u l d h a v e o r i g i n a t e d at t h e s a m e t i m e , w h i c h c o i n c i d e d w i t h t h e s p e c i a l
concern f o r t h e u n i t y of C h r i s t e n d o m d e t e c t a b l e i n t h e w o r k s of s u c h w r i t e r s as
A m a l a r i u s of M e t z a n d A g o b a r d of L y o n s .
A t k i n s o n a r g u e s p e r s u a s i v e l y t h a t t h e m e l o d y f o r the G r e e k A g n u s D e i (O amnos tu
then), w a s c o m p o s e d e x p r e s s l y to c o m p l e t e t h e set. O n the o t h e r h a n d , t h e m e l o d i e s
o f t h e G l o r i a (Doxa en ipsistis), C r e d o (Pisteuo eis ena theon), and Sanctus (Agios)
m a y w e l l b e e a r l i e r b o r r o w i n g s f r o m t h e E a s t . I n fact L e v y b e l i e v e s t h a t t h e Sanctus
r e p r e s e n t s a n a n c i e n t r e c i t a t i o n f o r m u l a w h i c h u n d e r l i e s the w h o l e A n a p h o r a of m a s s ,
t h e L o r d ' s P r a y e r , a n d t h e T e D e u m as w e l l ( L e v y 1 9 5 8 - 6 3 ; see 1 1 . 1 8 ) , c o m p a r a b l e
i n this respect w i t h the T r i s a g i o n just m e n t i o n e d .
T h e rest of t h e ' m i s s a g r a e c a ' — i n t r o i t , K y r i e , o f f e r t o r y , a n d c o m m u n i o n — a p p e a r s
t o b e a d a p t e d f r o m L a t i n c h a n t s . T h e m a s s w a s u s u a l l y s u n g at P e n t e c o s t , w h e n t w o
alleluias w o u l d n o r m a l l y have been p e r f o r m e d , but no special p r o v i s i o n for them
appears to have been made. Some other alleluias w i t h Greek t e x t s are known,
h o w e v e r , f r o m a s m a l l n u m b e r of m o s t l y n o r t h F r e n c h a n d E n g l i s h m a n u s c r i p t s : Dies
sanctificatuslYmera agiasmeni (Brou 1 9 3 8 - 9 ) a n d a set i n C a m b r a i , Bibliotheque
M u n i c i p a l e 75 ( S a i n t - V a a s t at A r r a s , e a r l y e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ; B r o u 1 9 4 8 [ - 5 2 ] , 172-
6 ) . N o n e of t h e s e a p p e a r s to b e b a s e d o n E a s t e r n o r i g i n a l s , b u t t h e y are certainly
e v i d e n c e of a l i v e l y i n t e r e s t i n G r e e k l e a r n i n g , t y p i c a l p a r t i c u l a r l y of n o r t h e r n F r e n c h
c e n t r e s i n t h e s e c o n d p a r t of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y . T h e ' m i s s a g r a e c a ' w a s l a t e r r o u n d e d
o u t at S a i n t - D e n i s to m a k e a c o m p l e t e set of p r a y e r s f o r the o c t a v e of t h e feast of t h e
abbey's patron saint.
(vi) The Communion Omnes qui in Christo
L e v y 1970.
T h e mass of Easter E v e where the neophytes were b a p t i z e d has very few chants i n the
Roman rite a n d consequently i n Gregorian chant-books. L e v y has uncovered a
n u m b e r of p r o p e r chants f o r the mass i n O l d Italian sources. O n e of these, the
offertory chant Omnes qui in Christo, c a n be f o u n d i n R o m a n sources as t h e
communion o n t h e S a t u r d a y of Easter week. W h a t is m o r e , it appears to be a
t r a n s l a t i o n o f t h e B y z a n t i n e b a p t i s m a l c h a n t Hosoi eis Christon, with essentially
s i m i l a r m u s i c . O t h e r a s p e c t s o f t h i s set o f c h a n t s , p a r t i c u l a r l y t h e i r m o d a l u n i t y , l e a d
L e v y to suspect roots i n the early C h r i s t i a n p e r i o d before the d i v i s i o n of the e m p i r e
and t h e cleavage between the m a i n C h r i s t i a n churches.
T h o d b e r g 1966.
N o t k e r B a l b u l u s ' l i f e of C h a r l e m a g n e , w r i t t e n f o r C h a r l e s the F a t i n 8 8 3 - 4 , r e l a t e s
that t h e e m p e r o r h e a r d m e m b e r s of a B y z a n t i n e l e g a t i o n — a c c o r d i n g t o H a n d s c h i n
t h e e m b a s s y s e n t to A a c h e n i n 8 0 2 b y t h e e m p r e s s I r e n e — s i n g i n g i n a s e r v i c e o n t h e
O c t a v e o f E p i p h a n y , a n d o r d e r e d a L a t i n v e r s i o n of the c h a n t s to be m a d e , m a t c h i n g
the o r i g i n a l s y l l a b l e f o r s y l l a b l e : t h i s w a s t h e s e r i e s of a n t i p h o n s s t a r t i n g w i t h Veterem
hominem for L a u d s o n the O c t a v e Epiphany. The B y z a n t i n e originals have been
i d e n t i f i e d , a l t h o u g h , as S t r u n k h a s s t a t e d , w i t h o u t N o t k e r ' s s t o r y o n e w o u l d n o t h a v e
guessed that the pieces were the same. A t least t h e mode is t h e same in both
t r a d i t i o n s . If s u c h b o r r o w i n g s are to be r e c o g n i z e d o n m u s i c a l g r o u n d s a l o n e , closer
s t y l i s t i c a n a l y s i s of t h e W e s t e r n a n t i p h o n r e p e r t o r y is c l e a r l y r e q u i r e d .
VIII.3. O L D I T A L I A N C H A N T I : R O M E
(i) Introduction
(ii) Sources and Studies of O l d R o m a n C h a n t
(iii) Examples: Communions
(iv) Graduals
(v) Antiphons
(vi) Offertories
(vii) Alleluias
(viii) Oral Tradition
(i) Introduction
O l d R o m a n c h a n t , as a l r e a d y s t a t e d , s e r v e s t h e s a m e l i t u r g y as G r e g o r i a n c h a n t , but
w i t h o u t the l i t u r g i c a l m o d i f i c a t i o n s m a d e b y the F r a n k s i n the eighth and ninth
c e n t u r i e s . T h a t m e a n s t h a t f o r the m a j o r i t y of c h a n t s of t h e R o m a n l i t u r g y , b o t h a n
O l d R o m a n a n d a G r e g o r i a n version exist. A p a r t f r o m the m u s i c a l differences, there
are a n u m b e r of cases w h e r e t h e O l d R o m a n a n d G r e g o r i a n b o o k s h a v e a d i f f e r e n t
c h a n t f o r a p a r t i c u l a r l i t u r g i c a l o c c a s i o n : s e v e r a l cases f o r t h e m a s s c h a n t s , a n d m a n y
more for the office, where variety between uses is a l w a y s m u c h g r e a t e r . Other
differences c o n c e r n t h e w o r d i n g of c h a n t t e x t s . S o m e of t h e l i t u r g i c a l a n d t e x t u a l
d e t a i l s p e c u l i a r t o O l d R o m a n b o o k s h a v e o c c a s i o n a l l y b e e n f o u n d i n m a n u s c r i p t s of
G r e g o r i a n c h a n t ( H u g l o 1954, 'Vieux-romain', Frenaud 1959).
The p r i n c i p a l sources of t h e O l d R o m a n melodies are t h r e e g r a d u a l s (Rome,
B i b l i o t e c a A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a , V a t . lat. 5319, San Pietro F . 22, a n d the Martin
Bodmer private collection Bodmer C. 74, formerly Phillipps 16069) and two
antiphoners (Rome, B i b l i o t e c a A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a , S a n P i e t r o B . 79 a n d L o n d o n ,
B r i t i s h L i b r a r y , A d d . 2 9 9 8 8 ) . A f a c s i m i l e of B o d m e r C . 74 has been published
( L u t o l f 1987) a n d a t r a n s c r i p t i o n of V a t . l a t . 5 3 1 9 ( b y L a n d w e h r - M e l n i c k i i n M M M A
2 ) . C u t t e r 1979 has e d i t e d t h e t e x t s of V a t . l a t . 5 3 1 9 a n d S a n P i e t r o F . 2 2 , together
w i t h G e o r g i i ' s ( i n a c c u r a t e ) c o p y of t h e t e x t s of B o d m e r C . 74.
T h e e a r l i e s t of t h e s e m a n u s c r i p t s is B o d m e r C . 7 4 , d a t e d 1 0 7 1 ; t h e latest is S a n
P i e t r o F . 22, f r o m the t h i r t e e n t h century.
T h e first s u r v e y of e a c h of t h e m a j o r O l d R o m a n c h a n t g e n r e s w a s m a d e b y S n o w
( i n A p e l 1958, 4 8 4 - 5 0 5 ) . T h e best r e c e n t s u r v e y of t h i s t y p e is H u c k e , ' G r e g o r i a n a n d
O l d R o m a n C h a n t ' , NG. E x t e n d e d s t u d i e s of m o s t c a t e g o r i e s h a v e b e e n completed:
introits: C o n n o l l y 1972, 'Introits and C o m m u n i o n s ' ; see also Connolly 1972,
' A r c h e t y p e s ' , C o n n o l l y 1975, Connolly 1980
graduals: V a n D e u s e n 1972; see also H u c k e 1955, 'Gregorianischer', 1956
tracts: H a n s S c h m i d t 1955, 1957, 1958
alleluias: Stablein in M M M A 2, 119*—140*
offertories: D y e r 1971, K a h m e r 1 9 7 1 ; see also H u c k e 1980, ' A u f z e i c h n u n g '
communions: Murphy 1977
office antiphons: N o w a c k i 1980; see also N o w a c k i 1985
great responsories of mode 2: C u t t e r 1 9 6 9 ; see a l s o C u t t e r 1967, ' O r a l ' , 1 9 7 0 , 1976
psalm tones: D y e r 1989, 'Singing'
ordinary-of-mass chants: Boe 1982
(iii) Examples: Communions
Stated very broadly, and allowing for n u m e r o u s exceptions, Old Roman chant
d i s p l a y s m a n y o f t h e s a m e f o r m a l c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s as G r e g o r i a n c h a n t ; the text is
t r e a t e d i n t h e s a m e w a y . T h e t w o s e t t i n g s agree o n w h e r e p h r a s e s b e g i n a n d e n d , a n d
the s e t t i n g s o f t h o s e p h r a s e s u s u a l l y h a v e t h e s a m e s h a p e a n d t o n a l c h a r a c t e r . One
finds the same structural elements in both types of c h a n t : intonation figures,
recitation passages, cadence figures. T h e m a i n difference between the G r e g o r i a n and
O l d R o m a n c h a n t c o n c e r n s s u r f a c e d e t a i l . O l d R o m a n c h a n t is m o r e o r n a t e . A f e w
e x a m p l e s w i l l i l l u s t r a t e s o m e of t h e s i m i l a r i t i e s a n d d i f f e r e n c e s .
Ex. VIII.3.1 is t h e c o m m u n i o n f o r t h e m a s s o n C h r i s t m a s E v e i n i t s O l d R o m a n
a n d G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n s . M o s t of t h e G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n c a n b e s e e n as a r e c i t a t i o n
a r o u n d F\ w i t h m o s t c a d e n c e s o n Z ) , a n d t h e m o r e o r n a t e O l d R o m a n v e r s i o n s e e m s to
have t h e s a m e c e n t r e o f g r a v i t y . I n b o t h v e r s i o n s t h e s e c o n d p h r a s e r i s e s to a, the
t h i r d s t a r t s o n D a n d e n d s o n F. T h e last p h r a s e is m o r e a d v e n t u r o u s , r i s i n g t o h i g h c
a n d f a l l i n g b a c k to Z ) , t h e n u p t o a a g a i n b e f o r e t h e final c a d e n c e . S o m e of t h i s is
p. 26)
Old Roman
i
R e - u e - la - bi - tur glo - ri - a do - rni - n i
Gregorian
6
Re-ue-la- -bi - tur glo - ri - a do - mi-ni
****
et ui-de-bit om- -nis ca-
1
et ui-de-bit om- -nis ca-
I
sa - lu - t a - -re De- -i no- -stri.
(iv) Graduals
(v) Antiphons
T h e s t a n d a r d G r e g o r i a n m e l o d i e s of t h e o f f i c e a n t i p h o n r e p e r t o r y h a v e t h e i r O l d
R o m a n c o u n t e r p a r t s , a n d t h e v e r s i o n s are o f t e n c l o s e l y s i m i l a r — n o t s u r p r i s i n g l y , i n
v i e w o f t h e s i m p l i c i t y of the m e l o d i e s i n q u e s t i o n . Here Nowacki has m a d e the
i m p o r t a n t o b s e r v a t i o n that the t w o r e p e r t o r i e s d o n o t a l w a y s h a v e t h e s a m e s t a n d a r d
m e l o d y (see N o w a c k i 1985, 246-7, Exx. 4-6). E x . V I I I . 3 . 3 is a n e x a m p l e of t h i s :
Valde honorandus est a n d Si vere fratres are t w o m e m b e r s of a l a r g e f a m i l y o f
antiphons u s i n g the melody which Nowacki has labelled D . 2 . L The equivalent
m e l o d y i n t h e G r e g o r i a n r e p e r t o r y is la in Frere's d i s c u s s i o n (AS 65), Gevaert's
t h e m e 6. I n t h e G r e g o r i a n t r a d i t i o n , h o w e v e r , Si vere fratres has a d i f f e r e n t m e l o d y , a
p o p u l a r G - m o d e m e l o d y , V I I c i n F r e r e , G e v a e r t ' s t h e m e 2 3 . T h i s t o o is w e l l k n o w n
E x . V I I I . 3 . 2 . G r a d u a l verses Cell enarrant and /;/ manibus portabunt te ( R o m e , B i b l . A p .
V a t . V a t . lat. 5319, fos. 7 , 41 ) r v
Lll
Ce-li e- -nar-
f.41v
£ » SttZ—» 9
\* ^ M s Z*M 1\ wi
E
** **U
9
" V '_'<*o u§
Y 1
f # f
*• # f # #
o ^CV. i»# « * a * ^ '#*7l
#
^
^ — — W 9*0—*—-—9 9 9 09 0M0j
m Z S S. ^M. W WQ
-men - turn.
(vi) Offertories
Old Roman
3 E
in ce - na re - cu-bu - it.
Sarum
* *± *
Valde ho-norandus est be - a - t u s Io-han-nes qui supra pectus do-mi-ni
P r
in
9
ce-na
• * m
§ § *
re-cu-bu-it.
Old Roman
« ^ W w
0~
Old Roman
V ^ M *~
# #
m
wf
m m
w
j^ v
W W >
s m m0
V • #
#
w -*v—•
V — : —
Spe-ci-e tu-a et pulchritu-- d i - ne tu - a in--tende prospe-re proce-de et reg-na.
Sarum
0
/W -9
--v m A —•—•—
m
•
* m
*
—
if #
# m * 0 —
m -#- —# —•—#•
Spe - c i - e t u - a et pulchritu - d i - ne tu - a in -tende prospere pro-ce-de et reg-na.
Old Roman
tu - is
m qui co - ro-
Gregorian
P et re - d i - m e t de in - t e - n-tu
*
uitam tu
S * » 4
- am
»» • 9
* H , •*9H 9*4 M
qui co - ro -nat te
7 <r ml*
* 99 9^9 *2 f\ S^fm
A 9*9 99m
R o m a n , o n F i n t h e G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n , w h i l e b o t h v e r s i o n s of the v e r s e e n d w i t h an
i m p e r f e c t c a d e n c e , as it w e r e , o n G , a f t e r b e i n g s t r o n g l y F - o r i e n t a t e d . T h e f o r m u l a i c
m a k e - u p of t h e O l d R o m a n v e r s i o n is q u i t e c l e a r ( m a r k e d i n t h e e x a m p l e ) . T h e t w o
phrases w h i c h u s u a l l y m a k e u p the f o r m u l a appear i n the order a b - a b - a - a b . As
u s u a l , t h e a c c e n t u a t i o n of t h e t e x t g o v e r n s t h e w a y t h e f o r m u l a is u s e d . I n t h i s case it
m a k e s n o s e n s e t o a l i g n t h e t w o v e r s i o n s . T h e G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n is set o u t w i t h the
s a m e l i n e d i v i s i o n s as t h e O l d R o m a n , b u t t h e r e is n o c o r r e s p o n d i n g r e p e t i t i o n of
f o r m u l a s . T h e m e l o d y p u s h e s c o n s t a n t l y u p to c\ r e p e t i t i o n of s m a l l m o t i f s is t h e r e ,
b u t t h e v o c a b u l a r y as w e l l as t h e f o r m is d i f f e r e n t f r o m t h e O l d R o m a n .
E x . V I I I . 3 . 5 is t h e v e r s e Ouoniam angelis suis f r o m t h e o f f e r t o r y Scapulis suis
( e n d i n g / : i n t h e O l d R o m a n , G i n t h e G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n ) . I n t h i s case t h e O l d R o m a n
v e r s i o n e n d s o n a, t h e G r e g o r i a n o n G , j u s t as i n E x . V I I I . 3 . 4 . T h e o r n a t e r e c i t a t i o n
of t h e O l d R o m a n v e r s i o n is to s o m e e x t e n t m a t c h e d i n t h e G r e g o r i a n , i n the repeated
cs o r c—a oscillations.
T h e O l d R o m a n offertories, like the G r e g o r i a n , o c c a s i o n a l l y have l o n g m e l i s m a s .
H e r e the t w o versions again diverge strongly.
Despite the difference i n the t e x t of t h e s e v e r s i o n s , a n d the frequent lack of
u n a n i m i t y i n c h o i c e of v e r s e ( s ) ( w h i c h is c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e G r e g o r i a n t r a d i t i o n as a
w h o l e ) t h e t e x t t r a d i t i o n is i n o n e i m p o r t a n t r e s p e c t l a r g e l y u n a n i m o u s : t h e u n u s u a l
f e a t u r e of t e x t r e p e t i t i o n is c o m m o n to b o t h O l d R o m a n a n d G r e g o r i a n offertories
H . 159, p . 295)
Old Roman
/i> fl> fm> -f^Y
P
U —
man - da - uit de
P ut cus-
ft ft
-to - di- -am te
P ~
om - ni -
ft
bus
ft **
ui - is
&^*9*9l
tu - is.
Gregorian
(vii) Alleluias
first p a r t , a r e c i t a t i o n i n s u n g o n c w i t h f r e q u e n t t o r c u l i cdc. T h e n t h e s e c o n d h a l f is
' a n n o u n c e d ' b e f o r e b e i n g s u n g to a d i f f e r e n t r e c i t a t i o n w i t h t o r c u l i bca, the t o r c u l u s
w e h a v e j u s t s e e n i n t h e o f f e r t o r y ( E x . V I I I . 3 . 5 ) . E x . V I I I . 3 . 6 g i v e s t h e first v e r s e of
Alleluia Paraturn cor meum.
P s it}
C a n - t a - bo.
^ £i ^
0
Can-
ft
-ta
ft
- bo et
ft ft
psalmum d i -
ft *
-cam
**
do
9
T h e r e are m e a g r e p e r f o r m a n c e r u b r i c s i n t h e o n l y t w o m u s i c a l s o u r c e s , V a t i c a n
5 3 1 9 a n d L o n d o n 2 9 9 8 8 (see t h e f a c s i m i l e s i n NG i . 488 a n d t h i s b o o k , P l a t e 13).
T h e s e i n d i c a t e t h a t t h e p r i m i c e r i i ( l e a d e r s of t h e c h o i r ) s a n g t h e ' a n n o u n c e m e n t s ' a n d
t h e s c h o l a t o o k u p t h e rest of t h e v e r s e , p r e s u m a b l y s i n g i n g t h e first p a r t . T h e l e n g t h y
d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e c e r e m o n y in O r d o Romanus X X V I I , i n p a r t i c u l a r of t h e first
a l l e l u i a , Alleluia Dominus regnavit decorem (Andrieu 1 9 3 1 - 6 1 , i i i . 363), allowed
S m i t s v a n W a e s b e r g h e to r e c o n s t r u c t a m o r e i m p o s i n g t y p e of p e r f o r m a n c e , as m i g h t
h a v e b e e n w i t n e s s e d i n late e i g h t h - c e n t u r y R o m e . Alleluia Dominus regnavit decorem
s h a r e s o n e m o r e p e c u l i a r i t y w i t h o t h e r O l d R o m a n a l l e l u i a s : a n e x t e n d e d r e p e a t of t h e
alleluia after the verse(s), called in O r d o Romanus X X V I I the ' a l l e l u i a s e c u n d a ' ,
e q u i v a l e n t to t h e melodiae of t h e M i l a n e s e a l l e l u i a r e p e r t o r y b u t o n l y r a r e l y f o u n d i n
the G r e g o r i a n . T h e f u l l p e r f o r m a n c e a p p e a r s to h a v e b e e n s o m e t h i n g l i k e t h i s :
( v i i i ) Oral Tradition
Several writers have pointed out that the Old Roman sources are often in
disagreement o v e r m e l o d i c details. I n p a r t i c u l a r C u t t e r (1967, ' O r a l ' ) has s h o w n
n u m e r o u s cases of d i v e r g e n c e . N o w a c k i ' s d e m o n s t r a t i o n ( 1 9 8 5 ) o f h o w c h a n g e s m a y
h a v e c o m e a b o u t i n t h e a s s i g n m e n t of t y p i c a l m e l o d i e s to p a r t i c u l a r a n t i p h o n t e x t s is
a n o t h e r a s p e c t of t h e c o n t i n u i n g o r a l t r a d i t i o n i n R o m e . H u c k e ( 1 9 5 5 , ' G r e g o r i a n -
ischer') h a d already r e a l i z e d that i n s o m e g r a d u a l s — a g e n e r a l l y v e r y s y s t e m a t i c a l l y
o r g a n i z e d g r o u p — t h e G r e g o r i a n s o u r c e s t r a n s m i t t e d a f r o z e n , a r c h a i c state w h i l e t h e
O l d R o m a n o n e s s h o w e d e v i d e n c e of f u r t h e r s t y l i z a t i o n .
M o r e s u r p r i s i n g is t h e w i d e d i s a g r e e m e n t w h i c h D y e r ( 1 9 8 9 , ' S i n g i n g ' ) h a s s h o w n
to h a v e e x i s t e d b e t w e e n the two O l d R o m a n a n t i p h o n e r s i n t h e i r r e p e r t o r y and
a s s i g n m e n t of p s a l m t o n e s . T h e y h a v e o v e r 100 b e t w e e n t h e m — a p r o d i g a l i t y w h i c h
D y e r a s s o c i a t e s w i t h t h e s u r v i v a l of s o l o p s a l m o d y i n R o m e — b u t o n l y h a l f are f o u n d
i n b o t h s o u r c e s . ( T h e r e is n o o b v i o u s e i g h t - t o n e , e i g h t - m o d e s y s t e m . )
A l l this disagreement s u g g e s t s t h a t t h e s o u r c e s w e r e n o t a t e d i n t h e m i d s t of a
c o n t i n u i n g t r a d i t i o n of oral t r a n s m i s s i o n a n d p e r f o r m a n c e . I n m a n y respects the O l d
R o m a n t r a d i t i o n , e v e n o n t h e eve of its s u p p r e s s i o n i n t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y , n e v e r
r e a c h e d t h e d e g r e e of w r i t t e n fixity i n d i c a t e d i n s o u r c e s of G r e g o r i a n c h a n t . T h i s is
i m p o r t a n t f o r o u r a s s e s s m e n t of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n t h e O l d R o m a n m u s i c as w e
first see it i n t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , G r e g o r i a n c h a n t as w e first find it i n t h e s o u r c e s
f r o m a r o u n d 9 0 0 , a n d R o m a n c h a n t as it m i g h t h a v e b e e n k n o w n t o t h e F r a n k s i n t h e
later eighth c e n t u r y .
M u c h m o r e c o u l d ( a n d has b e e n ) s a i d a b o u t t h e i n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n p a r t i c u l a r
i t e m s a n d b e t w e e n p a r t s of t h e r e p e r t o r y i n t h e i r O l d R o m a n a n d G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n s
(the reader is r e f e r r e d e s p e c i a l l y to t h e p e n e t r a t i n g essays b y H u c k e ) . Before a
s u m m i n g u p of t h e m a t t e r is a t t e m p t e d , t h e o t h e r O l d I t a l i a n r e p e r t o r i e s w i l l b r i e f l y
be d i s c u s s e d .
VIII.4. O L D I T A L I A N C H A N T II: M I L A N
T h e M i l a n e s e ( o r A m b r o s i a n ) r i t e is r e l a t e d t o , b u t i n m a n y r e s p e c t s f u n d a m e n t a l l y
different f r o m , the Roman. The chief differences i n the n u m b e r and nature of
i m p o r t a n t chants have already b e e n n o t e d ( V I . 4 - 5 ) . D e s p i t e the f r e q u e n t i n c o m p a t -
a b i l i t y of t h e t w o r i t e s , s o m e R o m a n c h a n t s w e r e a d o p t e d i n M i l a n (see H u c k e 1 9 5 6 ) ,
a n d t h i s a l l o w s a c e r t a i n a m o u n t of c o m p a r a t i v e m u s i c a l a n a l y s i s . It h a r d l y n e e d s
s a y i n g t h a t t h e l i t u r g y a n d its c h a n t i n o u r m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s c a n n o t b e e x a c t l y that
k n o w n to S t A m b r o s e ( d . 3 9 7 ) , w h o s e n a m e has b e e n g i v e n to b o t h r i t e a n d c h a n t . It
s e e m s p o s s i b l e , h o w e v e r , t h a t f o u r h y m n s b y h i m h a v e s u r v i v e d (see 11.15; also
Stablein, ' A m b r o s i u s ' , A / G G , Cattaneo 1950).
O u r k n o w l e d g e of t h e M i l a n e s e l i t u r g y i n its f u l l m e d i e v a l s p l e n d o u r depends
largely o n t w o sources e d i t e d b y M a g i s t r e t t i : a m a n u a l of t h e eleventh century
c o n t a i n i n g the texts of the c o m p l e t e l i t u r g y ( M a g i s t r e t t i 1 9 0 4 - 5 ) , a n d an o r d i n a l
c o m p i l e d a b o u t 1125 b y t h e c l e r k B e r o l d u s ( M a g i s t r e t t i 1 8 9 4 ) . T h e r e are s u m m a r i e s
b y L e j a y ( ' A m b r o s i e n ( r i t ) ' , DACL), K i n g ( 1 9 5 7 , Primatial, 2 8 7 - 4 5 6 , for the mass),
P a r e d i ( ' M i l a n e s e r i t e ' , NCE), and Borella (1964).
T h e c h a n t of t h e M i l a n e s e r i t e is t h e o n l y L a t i n n o n - R o m a n m e d i e v a l r e p e r t o r y to
s u r v i v e i n r e a s o n a b l y c o m p l e t e state i n t r a n s c r i b a b l e n o t a t i o n . R e p o r t s of a t t e m p t s t o
s u p p r e s s it at v a r i o u s t i m e s i n t h e M i d d l e A g e s a p p e a r to be l e g e n d a r y . F o r e x a m p l e ,
i n t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y t h e M i l a n e s e c h r o n i c l e r L a n d u l p h u s (De ritibus ecclesiasticis
2 . x - x i i , P L 147. 8 5 5 ) s a i d t h a t C h a r l e m a g n e h a d h a d a n A m b r o s i a n a n d a G r e g o r i a n
sacramentary p l a c e d s i d e b y s i d e o n t h e a l t a r . B y the w i l l of G o d , b o t h opened
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y , p r o v i n g that b o t h were equally authoritative.
M i l a n e s e c h a n t s u r v i v e s i n a l a r g e n u m b e r of m a n u s c r i p t s ( d e s c r i b e d b y H u g l o et
al. 1956), of which the earliest date from the eleventh century. The earliest
c o m p r e h e n s i v e s o u r c e s are of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y :
T h e s i m p l e p s a l m o d y of t h e M i l a n e s e o f f i c e w a s n o t o r g a n i z e d a c c o r d i n g to a n e i g h t -
mode/eight-tone s y s t e m . T h e c o m p l i c a t e d s y s t e m i n t h e m o d e r n Liber vesperalis,
w i t h o v e r 150 d i f f e r e n t c a d e n c e s , is n o t a u t h e n t i c . B a i l e y f o u n d o n l y s i x t y - n i n e i n t h e
early sources, of which only twenty-seven were commonly used, and these
corresponded w i t h relatively few exceptions to the t h i r t y chief a n t i p h o n melodies
u s e d . T h i s s u g g e s t s a p o s s i b l e m o d e l f o r t h e R o m a n s y s t e m b e f o r e it w a s o r g a n i z e d o n
m o d a l lines by the F r a n k s .
U n t i l r e l i a b l e e d i t i o n s f r o m t h e e a r l y s o u r c e s a n d a n a l y s e s of t h e d i f f e r e n t g e n r e s
have been c a r r i e d out, o n l y general r e m a r k s about m u c h of the office r e p e r t o r y are
p o s s i b l e . N o n e of t h e l a r g e r a n t i p h o n t y p e s has b e e n i n v e s t i g a t e d , s u c h as t h e l o n g
m o r n i n g ' a n t i p h o n a ad c r u c e m ' , the e v e n i n g ' a n t i p h o n a i n c h o r o ' , a n d the n u m e r o u s
s i m p l e r p s a l l e n d a e . D i s c u s s i o n of t h e r e s p o n s o r y r e p e r t o r y has c o n c e n t r a t e d o n the
e l a b o r a t e m e l i s m a s i n r e p e a t f o r m of t h e ' r e s p o n s o r i a c u m i n f a n t i b u s ' o r ' c u m p u e r i s ' .
M u c h f u n d a m e n t a l w o r k r e m a i n s t o be d o n e . It is c l e a r , f o r e x a m p l e , t h a t t h e v a r i o u s
t y p e s of r e s p o n s o r y ('post h y m n u m ' a n d ' a d l e c t i o n e m ' i n t h e m o r n i n g , ' i n c h o r o ' a n d
' i n baptisterio' i n the evening) use t y p i c a l m e l o d i e s a n d verse f o r m u l a s , w i t h i n each
genre a n d as a l a r g e r g r o u p , t h o u g h less u n v a r y i n g l y t h a n t h e Gregorian office
r e s p o n s o r i e s , a n d w i t h a n u m b e r of i r r e g u l a r i t i e s i n t h e m a t c h i n g of a p a r t i c u l a r v e r s e
t o n e to a p a r t i c u l a r final i n the r e s p o n s o r y . B u t n o s y s t e m a t i c analyses have been
published. Jesson has noted instances of recurrent formulas in the psalmelli
( g r a d u a l s ) . B a i l e y h a s e d i t e d a n d a n a l y s e d a l l t h e c a n t u s ( t r a c t s ) a n d s h o w n t h a t a l l are
elaborations of t h e same t y p e - m e l o d y , related to the O l d R o m a n a n d O l d B e n e v e n t a n
melodies, w h i c h indicates a c o m m o n parentage.
A f o r m a l p e c u l i a r i t y of m a n y M i l a n e s e c h a n t s — w e have seen s o m e t h i n g like it i n
the O l d Roman offertories—is t h e r e p e t i t i o n of m u s i c a l p h r a s e s o r f o r m u l a s to
g e n e r a t e t h e m u s i c f o r l o n g e r v e r s e s . T h i s i s t o b e f o u n d , as J e s s o n p o i n t s o u t , i n
n u m e r o u s n o n - r e s p o n s o r i a l chants of m a s s : ingressae ( i n t r o i t s ) , t h e 'post e v a n g e l i u n V
a n t i p h o n s , a n d e s p e c i a l l y t h e t r a n s i t o r i a ( c o m m u n i o n s : see t a b l e i n J e s s o n 1 9 5 5 , 1 0 4 ) .
T h e t r a n s i t o r i u m Te laudamus, f o r e x a m p l e , uses t h e s a m e m u s i c s i x t i m e s over
( J e s s o n 1 9 5 8 , 4 7 8 ) . T h e r e is g r e a t v a r i e t y i n t h e d e g r e e o f o r n a t e n e s s i n t h e s e p i e c e s .
T h e t r a n s i t o r i u m Gaude et letare ( P a l M u s 5 , 6 3 , P a l M u s 6, 7 2 ) , f o r e x a m p l e — i n t h e
simple form A A B A A B C — i s l a r g e l y s y l l a b i c , w i t h a c o a t i n g of t h e l i t t l e c u r l i c u e
o r n a m e n t s ( o f t e n a p e s s u b b i p u n c t u s ) b e l o v e d of t h e M i l a n e s e s i n g e r s . T h e s p l e n d i d
t r a n s i t o r i u m f o r t h e S e p t u a g e s i m a S u n d a y Convertimini omnes, o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , is
heavily decorated a n d includes a lengthy melisma i n the final phrase of text. In
E x . V I 1 1 . 4 . 1 it is set o u t i n a w a y w h i c h m a k e s c l e a r t h e r e p e a t s t r u c t u r e . A s u s u a l ,
ornamental figures are o m n i p r e s e n t : the torculus subpunctis (pes s u b b i p u n c t i s )
appears three t i m e s i n t h e A - p h r a s e , t w i c e i n C , t w i c e i n D , a n d so o n .
M e l i s m a s w i t h r e p e a t s t r u c t u r e are t o b e f o u n d i n m a n y g e n r e s o f M i l a n e s e c h a n t :
the psalmellus (gradual), alleluia, and offerenda at m a s s , the office responsory.
P e r h a p s the best k n o w n are those to b e f o u n d i n some office responsories, u s u a l l y the
responsories 'ad lectionem, a n d ' i n baptisterio' of the m o r n i n g service. These
elaborate chants, of w h i c h M o n e t a C a g l i o (1957) listed forty, often carry the r u b r i c
' c u m p u e r i s ' o r ' c u m i n f a n t i b u s ' . S o m e h a v e o n e l o n g m e l i s m a , o r melodiae, some
h a v e t w o , t h e melodiae primae a n d melodiae secundae. T h e performance scheme
appears to be that usual i n responsorial practice i n the R o m a n rite (see 1 1 . 4 ) ,
w h e r e t h e r e s p o n s o r y i s s u n g t w i c e at t h e b e g i n n i n g a n d a g a i n c o m p l e t e at t h e e n d ,
b u t it i s c o n c e i v a b l e t h a t t h e r e p e t i t i o n s w e r e m o r e n u m e r o u s o n t h e h i g h e s t f e a s t s . A
m e l i s m a m a y a p p e a r w i t h i n t h e v e r s e ( u s u a l l y o n o n e of t h e last s y l l a b l e s ) . I t s p r i m a r y
p u r p o s e w a s t o e n h a n c e t h e f r e q u e n t r e p e t i t i o n s of t h e r e s p o n s o r y . T h e u s u a l p l a c e
f o r t h e melodiae primae w a s t h e p a r t i a l repeat o f t h e r e s p o n s o r y . T h e s e c o n d m e l i s m a
is f o r t h e r e p e a t o f t h e w h o l e r e s p o n s o r y . It i s n o t a l w a y s c l e a r w h o s h o u l d s i n g t h e
various sections, f o r the early manuals d o not specify the arrangement in full. B y
analogy w i t h o t h e r s u c h pieces o n e m i g h t suggest t h e f o l l o w i n g (the practice n o d o u b t
v a r i e d f r o m feast t o f e a s t ) :
responsory soloist
responsory magister and boys
responsory schola
verse soloist
r e s p o n s o r y s e c o n d p a r t w i t h melodiae primae m a g i s t e r a n d b o y s
responsory schola
r e s p o n s o r y w i t h melodiae secundae magister and boys
4. Old Italian Chant II: Milan 543
6 e
$ e <r
— ^ T j i mT> =S
_o ^ ^ < n _ * ; ,
9 — ~w - • • • w
• ~# " m
w • 9 m 9 9 m*
9 M.9
•\\
Pa - ra-
4-
**•
-tos nos in - ue - ni - at.
If t h i s s e e m s e x c e s s i v e l y e l a b o r a t e , it i s r e l a t i v e l y m o d e s t i n c o m p a r i s o n w i t h t h e
s i n g i n g o f t h e a l l e l u i a at m a s s o n Q u a d r a g e s i m a S u n d a y , t h e d a y o f t h e ' f a r e w e l l t o t h e
a l l e l u i a ' b e f o r e L e n t ( r e c o n s t r u c t e d b y B a i l e y 1 9 8 3 , Alleluias, 25).
alleluia (twice) four boys (in ambo)
alleluia (twice) lectors ( i n choir)
verse lectors
alleluia four boys (in ambo)
a l l e l u i a w i t h melodiae primae lectors
a l l e l u i a w i t h melodiae secundae f o u r boys (altar steps)
a l l e l u i a w i t h francigenae four boys (in choir)
Moneta Caglio listed forty 'responsoria c u m i n f a n t i b u s ' , of w h i c h f o u r are
reassignments of mass alleluias. A m o n g these h e i d e n t i f i e d s o m e fifteen sets of
melodiae. B a i l e y ' s s t u d y ( 1 9 8 8 ) m a k e s it c l e a r that t h e y w e r e f r e q u e n t l y r e - e m p l o y e d
for chants other than their original 'mother' chant. T h e putative o r i g i n c a n be
r e d i s c o v e r e d b y a n a l y s i n g t h e melodiae, w h i c h are u s u a l l y b u i l t u p t h r o u g h a p r o c e s s
of e l a b o r a t e d r e p e t i t i o n of t h e s e c t i o n of m o t h e r c h a n t which they replace a n d
e n h a n c e . W h e n melodiae secundae are p r e s e n t , t h e y w i l l b e a f u r t h e r e l a b o r a t i o n o f
t h e g e r m c e l l . S i x s u c h sets o f melodiae c a n b e d i s c e r n e d . E x . V I I I . 4 . 2 s h o w s o n e of
t h e s h o r t e r e x a m p l e s , t h e r e s p o n s o r y ' i n b a p t i s t e r i o ' at t h e m o r n i n g s e r v i c e o f t h e
f o u r t h S u n d a y i n A d v e n t , Sperent in te ( f o r a d i f f e r e n t w a y of s e t t i n g o u t t h e m e l i s m a
see B a i l e y 1 9 8 8 ) . T h e s e c o n d p h r a s e of t h e r e s p o n d h a s t h e s a m e m u s i c as t h e s e c o n d
p h r a s e o f t h e v e r s e , s o t h a t a r e p e a t of t h e r e s p o n d f r o m t h e t h i r d p h r a s e s e e m s l o g i c a l .
It i s i n t h i s p h r a s e t h a t t h e melodiae are s u n g . T h e melodiae b e g i n w i t h ' Q u e r e n t e s te'
( A ) a n d e n d w i t h ' d o m i n e ' ( X Y Z ) , as i n t h e r e s p o n d . I n b e t w e e n c o m e f o u r p h r a s e s . I
h a v e m a r k e d t h e m w i t h l e t t e r s to s h o w t h e i r r e l a t i o n s h i p t o e a c h o t h e r a n d t o t h e
mother phrase 'Querentes i n te':
fm—zs—»—« "»•"
^—k* *
•—&*J- &. s
f
A X V X
# V > P , Q w f
' " ^ « =
-per pu-pil- -lo tu e-
f ,
Que-ren - tes te
n A O P *l — ^ W
61^ ^ W
0 A p
ft) *'*»
-mi -ne.
G a l l i c a n o r i g i n , t h o u g h t h e r e is n o p r o o f of t h i s . It a p p e a r s t o b e a n i c k n a m e l i k e t h o s e
of s e q u e n c e m e l o d i e s : ' O c c i d e n t a n a ' , ' M e t e n s i s m a i o r ' , ' B a v v e r i s c a ' . A H t h e melodiae
can be d e r i v e d f r o m the m o t h e r alleluia, the 'Francigenae' f r o m A l l e l u i a V I i n Bailey's
edition.
T h e ' F r a n c i g e n a e ' a r e a b o u t 2 4 0 n o t e s l o n g ; A l l e l u i a V is a b o u t 110 n o t e s l o n g , i t s
melodiae primae a b o u t 2 4 0 , i t s melodiae secundae o v e r 3 2 0 n o t e s l o n g . B u t t h e r e is
space here to s h o w o n l y a m u c h m o r e m o d e s t e x a m p l e . E x . V I I I . 4 . 3 gives the
m e l o d i a e of A l l e l u i a V I ( o r i g i n a l l y a n A d v e n t a l l e l u i a w i t h verse Venite). T h e notes
d e r i v e d f r o m t h e m o t h e r a l l e l u i a are m a r k e d w i t h a n a s t e r i s k ; b r a c k e t s b e t w e e n t h e
a s t e r i s k s s h o w w h e r e p h r a s e s f r o m t h e o t h e r a l l e l u i a are left o u t .
P
S-—* * fits 9
0* 9
* m 9
*0 4
+ **** **** [ ]
A1 -1 e - -lu- -ia.
P
4ft.
] + * *4***[ ***-
P
p * * * * * * ***H|n|fc*r*
Gregorian
J- *~0 9 m~* 93.3 L^0 9^ ^
§m 9 9 • 9 9
A In - u o - c a - -bit me et e- -go ex - a u - -di - am e - um
^ 1 2 3 *t 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 U
A Old Roman
-bis
Ambrosian
- * i»: f.i** :* r,,^ . » ,
Gregorian
d£- 11 , f=±- M* M A 9* —rt, ^ * i^JM, ii
9^ 9 9^ 9 9,3 90 0il f 0M. • ,
r e- -ri- -pi - am e- -um et glo-ri - fi - c a - -bo
^ 15 16 17 18 19 20 £21 22 23 2<t 25 26
Old Roman
jL— -*x,—,—ii* 9*y> 9* 9& m
w§
cu 1 i
m
* 9 ifi f*^* 9
£Q 0 9
9* 9 O •
9§ * « 9 30—
Ambrosian
^—^9 90<*k 9*0*9 M * - ^ x^s
—1 9 p i ' * 9*00 "~*9 *0*f9 00*0 B
Gregorian
i i i
P&09
9* *9&
§
Ambrosian
Gregorian
=5=
e- -um.
Old Roman
Pita
Ambrosian
p r o c e s s of a c c r e t i o n of d e c o r a t i v e d e t a i l b e t w e e n t h e n i n t h a n d e l e v e n t h centuries?
Did the R o m a n s s i n g s o m e t h i n g l i k e the G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n to t h e Franks, then
t h r o u g h f u r t h e r e m b e l l i s h m e n t d e v e l o p the ornate s i n g i n g t r a d i t i o n r e p r e s e n t e d by
t h e O l d R o m a n c o p y of t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ? H o w o l d is t h e o r n a t e s t y l e of s i n g i n g
r e c o r d e d i n the O l d R o m a n a n d M i l a n e s e chant books?
C o m p a r i s o n of d i f f e r e n t M i l a n e s e m a n u s c r i p t s o u r c e s d o e s o c c a s i o n a l l y r e v e a l s m a l l
d i f f e r e n c e s of d e t a i l , e x t r a p a s s i n g n o t e s , a n e x t r a flourish, t h e e x t r a r e p e t i t i o n of a
p h r a s e i n a m e l i s m a . B u t t h e o v e r a l l l e v e l of d e c o r a t i o n is h a r d l y a l t e r e d t h e r e b y . Of
c o u r s e , t h e c r e a t i o n of a w r i t t e n t r a d i t i o n i n M i l a n m a y w e l l h a v e s t o p p e d f u r t h e r
embellishment (in the w r i t t e n sources themselves: w h a t was s u n g m a y have been
a n o t h e r s t o r y ) . B u t t h e i m p r e s s i o n o n e g a i n s is t h a t t h e e l a b o r a t i o n is n o t p a r t i c u l a r l y
r e c e n t . T h e s a m e is t r u e of O l d R o m a n c h a n t . T h e d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n t h e sources
are d i f f e r e n t v e r s i o n s w i t h i n t h e s a m e m u s i c a l s t y l e .
Consideration of the third surviving Old Italian chant repertory, the Old
Beneventan, also s u g g e s t s that t h e h i g h l e v e l of d e c o r a t i v e d e t a i l is n o t a m o d e r n
a c c r e t i o n b u t p a r t a n d p a r c e l of a g e n e r a l c o n c e p t i o n of h o w c h a n t i n g e n e r a l s h o u l d
b e s u n g , a c o n c e p t i o n p r e v a l e n t i n I t a l y b u t s e e m i n g l y f o r e i g n to t h e F r a n k s .
VI11.5. O L D I T A L I A N C H A N T III: B E N E V E N T O
D e s p i t e t h e m o d e s t a m o u n t of m u s i c s u r v i v i n g f r o m t h e O l d B e n e v e n t a n r e p e r t o r y , it
has been w e l l served b y s c h o l a r s h i p , p r i n c i p a l l y b y H e s b e r t (especially 1 9 3 8 - 4 7 a n d
i n P a l M u s 14) a n d r e c e n t l y b y K e l l y , w h o has n o w p r o v i d e d a c o m p r e h e n s i v e s u r v e y
of a l l a s p e c t s of t h e r e p e r t o r y ( 1 9 8 9 ) . A set of f a c s i m i l e s w i l l s h o r t l y a p p e a r as P a l M u s
21.
O f the m o r e t h a n e i g h t y s o u r c e s c o n t a i n i n g p i e c e s of O l d B e n e v e n t a n c h a n t , n o n e is
a c o m p l e t e c h a n t - b o o k f o r t h i s r e p e r t o r y , a n d v e r y m a n y h a v e b u t a h a n d f u l of i t e m s
o r d u p l i c a t e e a c h o t h e r . T h e r e p e r t o r y t h e r e f o r e s u r v i v e s i n a v e r y i n c o m p l e t e s t a t e . It
s u f f e r e d t h e s a m e fate as a l l o t h e r s i n W e s t e r n E u r o p e s a v e t h e M i l a n e s e , g i v i n g w a y to
Gregorian chant b y the twelfth century, t h o u g h not b e f o r e it w a s r e c o r d e d in
d i a s t e m a t i c n o t a t i o n . M u c h of it s u r v i v e s i n the f o r m of i t e m s of s p e c i a l l o c a l i n t e r e s t
o r v e n e r a t i o n i n t h e m i d s t of G r e g o r i a n c h a n t - b o o k s . T h e t w o p r i n c i p a l s o u r c e s are
Benevento, Archivio C a p i t o l a r e 38 a n d 40, i n b o t h of w h i c h a number of O l d
Beneventan masses (eight and thirteen respectively) are s i m p l y c o p i e d a f t e r the
c o r r e s p o n d i n g G r e g o r i a n ones.
Ambrosian
jfr f . . . . . . . . . s ,. . „ . «
la - va - cro
Hymnum ca - ni - te ag - ni mun- -di
Old Beneventan
' * 9 ;Tj n # ^
-A 3—r- t
Ymnum c a - n i - -te ag- -ni mun- -di la - ua- -cro
Ambrosian
/~9 * *~M m*M m
•
yr\ 9
S 9
•# § 9 9 9
§
i y b 9 9
S •* mj M 9
M
9
+9 9
V
#
0 Old- Beneventan
^ -
i>0 '*TA *M *M*M * \ * 9
i \) 9 9 n
9 • h d)
9
*\9 9 9 9
# 9
° 9 9
*9 *m # 9 9 9
9 9 9
Ambrosian
M 9
JT k 9
x-u mk m
9
fA\ k 9*. 9 9 9
9 9
9J
v 1/ w
~
Hal - le - lu-jah hal-le- -lu-jah.
Old Beneventan
-» /"fete s~~m AT?I LH 9
j^sv M """""V 0 9
Jf *D *-*9 '- 9L0 S 9 #M\ 9-J^
9
09
t{T\ 0 t- ^ 0 m
9m 99 9
~
#
9" '
ViU *
#
Al - le- - l u - ia Al - le - lu - ia
Old Beneventan
0 V s
m /"A m*\ /*k m • 4~1 m 9
M /"*"\ * ***** • • a 9
Jf •© 1+9) L ^ 9
C 9
m l § w
9 9 m
9-3T\ *W ^ U_ 9 O 9
•*
9 9 9 9 9 9
M\
w 9
9 9 9
9 m 9
m M
9
Al-le- -lu-
S u r i o l ' s M i l a n e s e Antiphonale; the s o u r c e of t h e B e n e v e n t a n v e r s i o n , B e n e v e n t o 38,
has n o c l e f s , so i t s p i t c h e s are also c h o s e n to m a t c h it w i t h t h e c o m m o n Beneventan
recitation pattern (see Kelly 1989, 107 for an extract a n d other examples). The
a l l e l u i a s at t h e e n d of t h e O l d B e n e v e n t a n p i e c e are n o t p a r t of t h e r e c i t a t i o n p a t t e r n
b u t a t y p i c a l e n d i n g a t t a c h e d to s e v e r a l c h a n t s i n t h e E a s t e r s e a s o n ( f o r o t h e r e x a m p l e s
see K e l l y 1989, 129 a n d t h e t a b l e o n 115).
VIII.6. G A L L I C A N C H A N T
The r e m a i n s of t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y of t h e G a l l i c a n r i t e are so m e a g r e t h a t it is
p r a c t i c a l l y i m p o s s i b l e to g e n e r a l i z e a b o u t its m u s i c a l s t y l e . A f t e r t h e p i o n e e r i n g w o r k
o f G a s t o u e ( 1 9 3 7 - 9 ) , c o m p r e h e n s i v e s u m m a r i e s of o u r p r e s e n t k n o w l e d g e h a v e b e e n
made by Stablein and H u g l o .
A f u r t h e r d i f f i c u l t y e x i s t s i n t h a t t h e G a l l i c a n c h a n t s w h i c h d i d s u r v i v e i n late
c o p i e s m a y h a v e b e e n e d i t e d to m a k e t h e m c o n f o r m to t h e ' G r e g o r i a n ' s t y l e . A b b o t
H i l d u i n of S a i n t - D e n i s , w r i t i n g t o t h e e m p e r o r L o u i s t h e P i o u s ( M G H ( E p i s t o l a e )
Epistolae Karolini aevi, i i i . 330), s a i d t h a t t h e o f f i c e of S t D e n i s i n c l u d e d G a l l i c a n
c h a n t s a n d t h e r e f o r e h a d to b e ' G r e g o r i a n i z e d ' . W h e n w e i n s p e c t t h e m u s i c of t h o s e
7
c h a n t s w h i c h s e e m to b e of G a l l i c a n o r i g i n , it is o f t e n d i f f i c u l t , i f n o t i m p o s s i b l e , to
say w h a t is s p e c i f i c a l l y G a l l i c a n a b o u t i t . T h a t it d i d i n d e e d s o u n d d i f f e r e n t i n s o m e
w a y is s t a t e d b y W a l a h f r i d S t r a b o i n De rebus ecclesiasticis, c h . 22, w r i t t e n i n the
8 2 0 s ( P L 114. 9 4 6 ) . H e says it c a n be d i s t i n g u i s h e d b y b o t h its t e x t s a n d i t s m u s i c
( ' v e r b i s et s o n o ' ) . H e mentions Rome's 'more perfect s c i e n c e of c h a n t ' and the
' i n e l e g a n c e ' a n d ' l a c k of c o r r e c t n e s s ' i n G a l l i c a n use. T h e stylistic contrast between
the language of R o m a n a n d G a l l i c a n p r a y e r t e x t s has o f t e n been discussed: the
c o n c i s i o n of t h e R o m a n as against t h e flowery a n d c o l o u r f u l G a l l i c a n . It is n a t u r a l l y
more d i f f i c u l t to t r a n s l a t e Walahfrid's remarks into concrete musical terms. In
practice one has to look for texts with Gallican hallmarks, preferably with a
concordance i n another n o n - R o m a n use, a n d m u s i c a l f o r m o r m e l o d i c style w h i c h
differs f r o m G r e g o r i a n practice. Analytical techniques are not yet well enough
d e v e l o p e d f o r d i s t i n c t i o n s a l w a y s to be p o s s i b l e . T h e so-called ' G a l l i c a n cadence'
(CDD, GEE, o r DEE, EGG, Gaa, e t c . , o f t e n n o t a t e d w i t h a p e s s t r a t u s ) is n o t a s u r e
i n d i c a t o r , f o r a l t h o u g h it is not f o u n d i n t h e l a y e r of c h a n t t a k e n f r o m R o m a n u s e , t h a t
is G r e g o r i a n c h a n t , it w a s u s e d v e r y w i d e l y i n i t e m s c o m p o s e d b y t h e F r a n k s f r o m t h e
eighth century onward.
A n e x a m p l e of a p o s s i b l e G a l l i c a n i t e m is the P a l m S u n d a y p r o c e s s i o n a l a n t i p h o n
Cum audisset. This i n c l u d e s a s e n t e n c e , ' Q u a n t u s est iste', w h i c h recurs i n an
a n t i p h o n , Curvati sunt, k n o w n f r o m the O l d S p a n i s h a n d M i l a n e s e l i t u r g i e s . S i n c e
Cum audisset is n o t f o u n d i n R o m a n b o o k s , t h e p r o b a b i l i t y e x i s t s t h a t it is a G a l l i c a n
p i e c e , l i k e s e v e r a l o t h e r p r o c e s s i o n a l a n t i p h o n s (cf. 1 1 . 9 ) . T h e r e c u r r e n c e of a n u m b e r
of o p e n i n g s a n d c a d e n t i a l f i g u r e s is n o t a b l e ( E x . V I I I . 6 . 1 : the s c r i b e h a s g i v e n a n
a l t e r n a t i v e t e x t o n l i n e s 5—6, p r e s u m a b l y not f o r s i n g i n g ) .
The m a j o r i t y of s u r v i v i n g G a l l i c a n c h a n t s are to be f o u n d f o r o c c a s i o n s when
R o m a n use p r o v i d e d n o m o d e l . C h a n t s f o r the v o t i v e m a s s e s w h i c h w e r e a d d e d b y t h e
Franks to the Roman mass-books may p r o v i d e the occasion, as i n the introit
Prosperum iterfaciat ( e d . S t a b l e i n i n MGG), f o u n d i n the A q u i t a n i a n g r a d u a l P a r i s ,
B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , lat. 776 (11th c.) f o r the m a s s f o r t h o s e s e t t i n g o u t o n a
j o u r n e y . A n o t h e r g r o u p is c o n s t i t u t e d b y the ' p r e c e s ' , o r i g i n a l l y a l i t a n y at t h e e n d of
the first p a r t of t h e G a l l i c a n mass, reassigned i n G r e g o r i a n b o o k s to the Minor
L i t a n i e s of t h e d a y s b e f o r e A s c e n s i o n . T h i s c u s t o m of s i n g i n g l i t a n i e s i n p r o c e s s i o n
was taken over b y the R o m a n c h u r c h f r o m the G a l l i c a n . H u g l o ( A ' G ) has listed
t w e n t y - f o u r p o s s i b l y G a l l i c a n i t e m s ; examples have been edited b y S t a b l e i n (MGG)
and H u g l o (1955, T r e c e s ' ) . T h e r e l a t i o n s h i p between these litanies a n d the K y r i e s
w i t h L a t i n v e r s e s has a l r e a d y b e e n d i s c u s s e d ( 1 1 . 1 7 ) .
O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , n o t a l l a d d i t i o n s to the i m p o r t e d R o m a n r e p e r t o r y c a n be
a s s u m e d to b e G a l l i c a n . G a s t o u e ( 1 9 3 8 , 1 0 - 1 1 ) , S t a b l e i n ( M G G , 1307) and Wright
(1989, 4 7 - 8 ) t h o u g h t t h a t t h e E - m o d e m e l o d y f o r the G r a d u a l Angelis suis m u s t be
Gallican. W h i l e the Franks may well have a d d e d t h i s g r a d u a l to t h e mass on
Quadragesima Sunday (see AMS, L - L I I ) , they s i m p l y used the u s u a l G r e g o r i a n
formulas for E - m o d e graduals.
S o m e G a l l i c a n i t e m s a p p e a r to h a v e b e e n p r e s e r v e d as a n e n r i c h m e n t of R o m a n
u s e . T h e E x u l t e t a n d h y m n Inventor rutili f o r the E a s t e r E v e l i t u r g y are e x a m p l e s of
this. Others t u r n u p i n the liturgies for local F r e n c h patron saints: St Denis,
S t M a u r i c e , S t R e m i g i u s . F o r e x a m p l e , the m a s s f o r S t D a g o b e r t , M e r o v i n g i a n k i n g
of t h e Franks, preserved in books f r o m Saint-Denis, i n c l u d e s a n a n t i p h o n 'ante
e v a n g e l i u m ' , a n i t e m of t h e G a l l i c a n m a s s b u t n o t the R o m a n m a s s ( f a c s i m i l e a n d
t r a n s c r i p t i o n b y S t a b l e i n i n MGG). T h e p r e s u m p t i o n is t h a t the m u s i c is G a l l i c a n ,
t h o u g h t h e p r e c i s e w a y s i n w h i c h it d i f f e r s f r o m , say, m a n y l o n g e r o f f i c e a n t i p h o n s i n
G r e g o r i a n b o o k s h a v e n o t yet b e e n d i s t i n g u i s h e d s u f f i c i e n t l y c l e a r l y .
A n i m p o r t a n t g r o u p of p o s s i b l y G a l l i c a n p i e c e s is b e i n g u n c o v e r e d i n t h e o f f e r t o r y
repertory. The Gallican sonus accompanied a procession of some splendour,
a p p a r e n t l y m o d e l l e d o n B y z a n t i n e u s e . C h i e f l y o n g r o u n d s of m u s i c a l s t y l e , Gastoue
h a d a l r e a d y b e l i e v e d t h e o f f e r t o r y Mentor sit dominus to b e G a l l i c a n ( e d . S t a b l e i n i n
MGG). T h i s piece appears w i t h o u t verse i n the O l d R o m a n t r a d i t i o n . T h e non-
R o m a n o f f e r t o r y Elegerunt apostoli s u r v i v e d i n G r e g o r i a n b o o k s f o r St S t e p h e n ' s D a y
i n t h e f a c e of c o m p e t i t i o n f r o m t h e R o m a n In virtute. O n g r o u n d s of t e x t u a l a n d i n
part m u s i c a l c o n c o r d a n c e s w i t h O l d S p a n i s h a n d M i l a n e s e c h a n t s , L e v y ( 1 9 8 4 ) has
a d d e d m o r e o f f e r t o r i e s t o t h i s g r o u p . I n m o s t of these cases t h e r e are v e r s i o n s i n the
O l d R o m a n r e p e r t o r y . A c c e p t a n c e of a n o n - R o m a n o r i g i n a p p e a r s to m e a n t h a t t h e i r
m u s i c a l s t y l e w a s ' R o m a n i z e d ' to m a k e the O l d R o m a n v e r s i o n s w e k n o w .
Ex. VIII.6.2 gives part of the offertory Sanctificavit Moyses (see also the
d i s c u s s i o n b y B a r o f f i o 1967) i n G r e g o r i a n , O l d S p a n i s h ( w i t h staffless n o t a t i o n o n l y ) ,
Ex. VIII.6.1. Processional a n t i p h o n Cum audisset populus (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat 776, f o . 54 ) v
P Cum au - dis- -set po- -pu- -lus qui-a Ihesus ue - nit Ihero-so- -li-mam
9*~
~9 • —* 9 ? * r
P m * 9
+9
e c - c e rex tu - us
9** 1—wO
9
ue - nit ti - bi
—
se- -dens
» 9*
J J A Jt
in J -1 J n J 4
J .
\J *~ — /"i — . .
/L
r
/Tv m•
1
- m m » " ~
Am »-
»—w W0 w w w w w "0 ,
OR *# *§ 4
Gr
P qui - a
«#
e - go
%
sum
" w ,
De- -us
» V ^ f « J ~&—*
^ *
os - ten-dens mi-ra-bi-
e
*+
AM
P
OR ~m
OS
Gr
in ter-
t-
Gr
Am|
fit *; rj W & pt , > < a / < , ^ t#» wag
(-ra.)
OR
in ter- -ra.
VIII.7. O L DS P A N I S H ( M O Z A R A B I C ) C H A N T
I h a v e c a l l e d ' O l d S p a n i s h ' t h e c h a n t s u n g i n w h a t is n o w c e n t r a l a n d n o r t h e r n S p a i n
a n d P o r t u g a l u p u n t i l ( a n d i n s o m e instances b e y o n d ) the i m p o s i t i o n of the Roman
liturgy and concomitant G r e g o r i a n c h a n t i n t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y . It is o f t e n called
' V i s i g o t h i c ' o r ' H i s p a n i c ' , b u t m o s t l y ' M o z a r a b i c ' . T h e V i s i g o t h s , w h o r u l e d m o s t of
s o u t h - w e s t F r a n c e i n t h e fifth c e n t u r y b e f o r e b e i n g o u s t e d b y t h e F r a n k s , b r o u g h t a l l
of S p a i n u n d e r t h e i r c o n t r o l i n t h e s i x t h . O u r c h i e f s o u r c e of k n o w l e d g e of t h e l i t u r g y
i n t h e V i s i g o t h i c k i n g d o m is t h e De ecclesiasticis officiis of I s i d o r e of S e v i l l e ( d . 636),
w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n f o r m a t i o n i n h i s Etymologiae a n d the r e c o r d s of t h e F o u r t h C o u n c i l
of T o l e d o (633) h e l d u n d e r h i s l e a d e r s h i p . I n 711 the V i s i g o t h i c k i n g d o m , w i t h t h e
exception of the extreme north-west, was conquered by the Omayyad Arabs.
C h r i s t i a n w o r s h i p nevertheless c o n t i n u e d ; the w o r d ' M o z a r a b i c ' refers to C h r i s t i a n s
living under Muslim rule. Although a 'Spanish mark' was established under
C h a r l e m a g n e , t h e C h r i s t i a n r e c o n q u e s t of t h e p e n i n s u l a d i d n o t get u n d e r w a y u n t i l
the eleventh century, a major l a n d m a r k b e i n g the c o n q u e s t of T o l e d o in 1085.
N o r t h e r n l i t u r g i c a l p r a c t i c e s f o l l o w e d n o r t h e r n a r m s i n t o S p a i n , n o t least t h r o u g h
C l u n i a c i n f l u e n c e o v e r t h e m o n a s t i c h o u s e s of n o r t h e r n S p a i n . P o p e A l e x a n d e r II
( 1 0 6 1 - 7 3 ) took a s t r o n g interest i n the r e c o n q u e s t , a n d his agent H u g o C a n d i d u s was
e n e r g e t i c i n t h e r e p l a c e m e n t of t h e O l d S p a n i s h ( M o z a r a b i c ) r i t e . A l e x a n d e r ' s p o l i c y
was c o n t i n u e d by Gregory VII (1073-85), prime advocate of p a p a l supremacy.
B e r n a r d , a p p o i n t e d a r c h b i s h o p of t h e n e w l y r e g a i n e d T o l e d o , w a s F r e n c h : h e h a d
been abbot of Cluniac Sahagun. Some churches in Toledo were nevertheless
p e r m i t t e d t o c o n t i n u e w i t h t h e o l d r i t e . ( A s u s u a l , r e p o r t s of v a r i o u s l e g e n d a r y ' t r i a l s '
of t h e r i v a l r i t e s — i n t h i s case b y d u e l a n d b y fire—have c o m e d o w n to u s : see King
1957, Primatial, 510.)
H o w m u c h of t h e c h a n t f o r t h i s r i t e s u r v i v e d t h e n c e f o r t h i n its e a r l y m e d i e v a l f o r m
is n o t c l e a r . I n 1500 a n d 1502 r e s p e c t i v e l y C a r d i n a l J i m e n e z de C i s n e r o s p u b l i s h e d a
m i s s a l a n d b r e v i a r y of a r e v i v e d O l d S p a n i s h r i t e . T h e c h a n t s d i f f e r c o n s i d e r a b l y f r o m
any k n o w n early sources. T h e r e was a further revival, w i t h new chant-books, at t h e
t u r n of t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y u n d e r C a r d i n a l L o r e n z a n a , a n d t h e O l d S p a n i s h r i t e is s t i l l
c e l e b r a t e d i n o n e of t h e c h a p e l s of T o l e d o C a t h e d r a l .
O v e r t w e n t y m a j o r s o u r c e s of O l d S p a n i s h c h a n t e x i s t (see P i n e l l 1 9 6 5 ; forty-six
sources altogether are l i s t e d b y R a n d e l 1973, though some contain only one or two
pieces). Y e t barely t w o d o z e n melodies were copied i n the transcribable A q u i t a n i a n
n o t a t i o n i m p o r t e d f r o m the n o r t h ( w r i t t e n over erasures i n M a d r i d , A c a d e m i a de la
Historia, Aemil. 56). The significance of t h e v a r i o u s t y p e s of S p a n i s h n e u m e s is
generally clear, b u t t h e p i t c h e s of the c h a n t s are i r r e c o v e r a b l y l o s t . D e s p i t e these
o b s t a c l e s , a s u r p r i s i n g a m o u n t is k n o w n a b o u t t h e r e p e r t o r y , c h i e f l y t h r o u g h t h e w o r k
o f B r o u a n d of R a n d e l , w h o s e c a t a l o g u e of 1973 is a c o m p l e t e l i s t o f a l l k n o w n c h a n t s ,
indexed according to liturgical tradition and genre. Randel has also completed
p e n e t r a t i n g s t u d i e s o f t h e o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r i e s a n d p s a l m t o n e s . T h i s b r i e f a c c o u n t is
chiefly based o n his w r i t i n g s .
L i k e t h e G a l l i c a n r i t e ( i n so f a r as it c a n b e k n o w n i n a n y d e t a i l ) , t h e O l d S p a n i s h r i t e
w a s h o s t to a v a r i e t y o f l i t u r g i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , of w h i c h f o u r are g e n e r a l l y d i s t i n g u i s h e d .
T h e y o b s e r v e d t h e s a m e s t r u c t u r e of o f f i c e a n d m a s s b u t o f t e n c h o o s e d i f f e r e n t c h a n t s
o r , i n t h e case o f c o n c o r d a n c e s , h a v e d i f f e r e n t m u s i c a l v a r i a n t s . O n e t r a d i t i o n c e n t r e s
o n L e o n , o n e o n t h e u p p e r E b r o v a l l e y , t h e area k n o w n as t h e R i o j a , a n d n o r t h e r n
C a s t i l e , i n c l u d i n g t h e a b b e y of S a n t o D o m i n g o d e S i l o s . T h e R i o j a t r a d i t i o n , a l b e i t
w i t h v a r i a n t s , w a s a l s o k n o w n i n T o l e d o , w h e r e it is k n o w n as T o l e d o ' t r a d i t i o n A ' . .
The T o l e d a n ' t r a d i t i o n B ' is r e s t r i c t e d to o n l y t h r e e s o u r c e s , but it is t h i s that
provided the basis of Cardinal Cisneros's revision i n the fifteenth to sixteenth
century.
A s w e l l as t h e l i t u r g i c a l d i f f e r e n c e s , t w o d i f f e r e n t s t y l e s of n o t a t i o n w e r e u s e d , t h e
one u p r i g h t , u s e d i n L e o n a n d C a s t i l e , the other heavily s l a n t e d , u s e d i n T o l e d o a n d
p e r h a p s s o m e o t h e r c e n t r e s (see I V . 2 ) . T h e T o l e d a n n o t a t i o n c a n i t s e l f b e divided
into two traditions. O n e employs more r o u n d e d f o r m s , a n d was used for the liturgical
t r a d i t i o n ' A ' . M o r e jagged shapes were used i n c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t r a d i t i o n ' B \
A p a r t f r o m the documents of S t Isidore's time, t w o early service-books of the
p e r i o d b e f o r e 711 have s u r v i v e d , a ' L i b e r o r d i n u m ' c o n t a i n i n g the o r d e r of service
(ed. Ferotin 1904), and the collection of office prayers k n o w n as the Verona
'Orationale' (Verona, Biblioteca Capitolare L X X X I X , ed. V i v e s 1946), particularly
i m p o r t a n t b e c a u s e c h a n t t e x t s are c u e d i n t h e m a r g i n . S i n c e m o s t o f t h e s e chants
a p p e a r i n l a t e r s o u r c e s , it is a s s u m e d t h a t m a n y of t h e t e x t s o f t h e l i t u r g y w e r e a l r e a d y
e s t a b l i s h e d b e f o r e t h e M o s l e m c o n q u e s t . T h e e a r l i e s t b o o k s w i t h n o t a t i o n are u s u a l l y
d a t e d i n the tenth century, but most come f r o m the e l e v e n t h . The early books
c o m b i n e office a n d mass f o r m u l a r i e s , like the M i l a n e s e b o o k s . O n e of the earliest,
f r o m L e o n , h a s b e e n p u b l i s h e d i n f a c s i m i l e (Antifonario visigotico). It c o n t a i n s t w o
p r o l o g u e s , t h e s e c o n d of w h i c h d e s c r i b e the p r a c t i c e of r e s p o n s o r i a l a n d a n t i p h o n a l
p s a l m o d y (see R a n d e l 1969, 'Psalmody').
I n t w o i m p o r t a n t respects O l d S p a n i s h chant c a n be s h o w n to a l l y itself w i t h the
o t h e r n o n - G r e g o r i a n repertories a n d against G r e g o r i a n p r a c t i c e . R a n d e l (1977, 1985)
has s h o w n that for the a n t i p h o n a l p s a l m o d y of m a s s a n d o f f i c e (the two seem
i n d i s t i n g u i s h a b l e ) f o u r tones account f o r the g r e a t m a j o r i t y o f s u r v i v i n g examples
(admittedly meagre in number). H i s s t u d y of responsory tones i n the various
t r a d i t i o n s a l s o d e m o n s t r a t e s t h a t t h e G r e g o r i a n s y s t e m of e i g h t m o d e s a n d e i g h t t o n e s
d i d n o t e x i s t . T h e L e o n t r a d i t i o n has s e v e n , w i t h f o u r b e i n g p a r t i c u l a r l y c o m m o n ,
a n d the R i o j a t r a d i t i o n also k n e w these. T o l e d o t r a d i t i o n A , a l t h o u g h apparently
t r a n s m i t t i n g t h e s a m e r e s p o n s o r y m e l o d i e s , h a d a d i f f e r e n t s y s t e m of a s s i g n i n g v e r s e
t o n e s , a n d t h e t o n e s t h e m s e l v e s are d i f f e r e n t , t w o b e i n g p a r t i c u l a r l y c o m m o n . T o l e d o
t r a d i t i o n B has f o u r tones, one c o m m o n .
R a n d e l h a s a l s o d i s c e r n e d t h e p r e s e n c e of s t a n d a r d p h r a s e s i n r e s p o n s o r i a l c h a n t s ,
i n t h e v e s p e r t i n i at t h e start of V e s p e r s . T y p e - m e l o d i e s , o n t h e o t h e r h a n d , u n d e r l i e
the r e p e r t o r y of t h r e n i i n L e n t .
S e v e r a l d i f f e r e n t t y p e s of chant s o m e t i m e s include long melismas with repeat
s t r u c t u r e : the s o n i of the m o r n i n g a n d e v e n i n g services, the c l a m o r , laudes ( a l l e l u i a ) ,
a n d s a c r i f i c i u m ( o f f e r t o r y ) o f m a s s ( f a c s i m i l e s a n d c o p i e s i n B r o u 1 9 5 1 , ' A l l e l u i a ' ; see
also H u s m a n n 1 9 5 8 - 6 1 ) .
It is f r u s t r a t i n g t h a t t h e t w o c h a n t r e p e r t o r i e s w h i c h w e r e p r e s u m a b l y c l o s e s t to
w h a t t h e F r a n k s k n e w b e f o r e t h e a d o p t i o n of R o m a n p r a c t i c e , t h e i r o w n G a l l i c a n
c h a n t a n d t h a t of t h e s i s t e r l i t u r g y i n S p a i n , s h o u l d b o t h b e i n a c c e s s i b l e to u s . P o s s i b l e
d i r e c t l i n k s b e t w e e n b o t h of t h e m a n d t h e G r e g o r i a n r e p e r t o r y w e r e m e n t i o n e d i n t h e
last s e c t i o n , where Gallican offertories were discussed. T h e r e is o n e o t h e r way,
h o w e v e r , i n w h i c h t h e O l d S p a n i s h c h a n t r e p e r t o r y m i g h t s h e d l i g h t o n t h e o r i g i n s of
Gregorian chant. I h a v e d r a w m a t t e n t i o n to the g e n e r a l l y o r n a t e s t y l e of t h e O l d
I t a l i a n c h a n t t r a d i t i o n s , w h i c h sets t h e m a p a r t f r o m the G r e g o r i a n . I n t h i s r e s p e c t
O l d S p a n i s h c h a n t is m o r e a k i n t o G r e g o r i a n . P e r h a p s t h a t is a n o t h e r s m a l l i n d i c a t i o n
t h a t G r e g o r i a n c h a n t i s t h e p r o d u c t of n o n - I t a l i a n m u s i c i a n s .
VIII.8. C O N C L U S I O N S
van D i j k 1961, 1963, ' P a p a l , 1963, ' G r e g o r y ' , 1966; Stablein i n M M M A 2 ; H u c k e 1955,
' G r e g o r i a n i s c h e r ' , 1956, ' G r e g o r i a n and O l d R o m a n C h a n t ' , NG, 1980, ' V i e w ' ; N o w a c k i
1985.
I n t h e last s e c t i o n it w a s a g a i n r e m a r k e d that a s y s t e m of e i g h t m o d e s a n d e i g h t t o n e s
w h i c h c o m p l e m e n t t h e m f o r t h e s i n g i n g of o f f i c e p s a l m s a n d r e s p o n s o r y v e r s e s w a s
u n i q u e i n the W e s t to G r e g o r i a n c h a n t . T h e eight-tone a r r a n g e m e n t , a n d the s m a l l e r
n u m b e r of p s a l m - t o n e e n d i n g s b y c o m p a r i s o n w i t h O l d R o m a n c h a n t , h a v e s u g g e s t e d
t o D y e r a c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e c h a n g e f r o m s o l o to c h o r a l p s a l m - s i n g i n g , a n o v e l t y of
C a r o l i n g i a n p r a c t i c e . T h i s is o n e a m o n g m a n y r a d i c a l c h a n g e s b r o u g h t a b o u t b y t h e
F r a n k i s h c h u r c h . O t h e r s are t h e o b l i g a t i o n of a l l c l e r i c s to c e l e b r a t e t h e f u l l r o u n d of
o f f i c e h o u r s , t h e f i l l i n g o u t of t h e T e m p o r a l e a n d S a n c t o r a l e , a n d t h e e n l a r g e m e n t of
the chant repertory w i t h sequences a n d tropes. T h e need for w r i t t e n records to
s u p p o r t t h e h u g e e d i f i c e t h u s c o n s t r u c t e d l e d to the c o m p i l a t i o n o f t o n a r i e s a n d t h e
use of m u s i c a l n o t a t i o n . A l l t h i s is F r a n k i s h i n n o v a t i o n .
It s t i l l r e m a i n s , h o w e v e r , to t r y a n d s u m u p the r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n t h e t w o c h a n t s
f o r t h e R o m a n l i t u r g y , t h a t is G r e g o r i a n a n d O l d R o m a n c h a n t . O n t h e o n e h a n d , t h e
r e p e r t o r y c o d i f i e d b y t h e F r a n k s at t h e e n d of the n i n t h c e n t u r y ( e a r l i e r a c c o r d i n g t o
s o m e ) is t h e G r e g o r i a n . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , the o n l y c h a n t - b o o k s w r i t t e n i n R o m e
i t s e l f , f r o m t h e e l e v e n t h to t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y , h a v e O l d R o m a n c h a n t .
Several scholars (notably S m i t s van Waesberghe, Jammers, and Stablein) have
a r g u e d t h a t G r e g o r i a n c h a n t w a s c r e a t e d i n R o m e itself a n d c o e x i s t e d t h e r e w i t h O l d
R o m a n . T h e l i t u r g i s t S t e p h a n v a n D i j k a r g u e d i n a s e r i e s of a r t i c l e s t h a t G r e g o r i a n
c h a n t w a s t h a t s u n g b y t h e p a p a l s c h o l a f o r t h e s p e c i a l l i t u r g i c a l use of t h e p a p a l
c h a p e l . O l d R o m a n c h a n t w a s that of t h e c i t y c h u r c h e s . B u t , w h i l e t h e s p e c i a l p r a c t i c e
o f t h e p a p a l c h a p e l is w e l l d o c u m e n t e d , it is b y n o m e a n s c l e a r t h a t a d i f f e r e n t w a y of
s i n g i n g should have been created to a c c o m p a n y it. W h i l e some chants would be
u n i q u e to o n e l i t u r g i c a l use o r a n o t h e r , the g r e a t m a j o r i t y of c h a n t s r e q u i r e d w o u l d b e
c o m m o n t o a l l c h u r c h e s of R o m e . W e are s p e a k i n g o f v a r i a n t s u p o n t h e o n e
T
Roman
l i t u r g y , n o t d i f f e r e n c e s of t h e s o r t that d i v i d e R o m a n f r o m M i l a n e s e o r O l d S p a n i s h
u s e . N o r d o e s it s e e m l i k e l y , o n the face of i t , that t h e G r e g o r i a n r e p e r t o r y , w h i c h is
rather sober and s i m p l e w h e n compared with O l d R o m a n , s h o u l d have been created
as p a r t of a n a t t e m p t t o i m i t a t e 'the m a j e s t i c c o u r t c e r e m o n i a l of B y z a n t i u m ' , as v a n
D i j k p u t it ( 1 9 6 6 , 3 0 2 ) . T h e e x a m p l e of B e n e v e n t o is i m p o r t a n t h e r e . O l d B e n e v e n t a n
chant a n d G r e g o r i a n d i d i n d e e d exist s i d e b y s i d e , b u t as r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s of t w o
different rites, the aboriginal Beneventan a n d the invading Roman respectively.
G i v e n t h e e v e n t u a l d o m i n a n c e of the R o m a n r i t e , O l d B e n e v e n t a n c h a n t w a s b o u n d to
disappear.
M u c h w o r k has s t i l l to b e d o n e to u n d e r s t a n d t h e m u s i c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p s between
G r e g o r i a n a n d O l d R o m a n c h a n t . T h i s has to p r o c e e d at t w o l e v e l s . W h e r e t h e r e is n o
d e m o n s t r a b l e m u s i c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p , as f o r e x a m p l e i n m a n y o f f e r t o r i e s , o n e n e e d s t o
ask w h y t h i s s h o u l d b e s o , w h i c h i n v o l v e s t h e h i s t o r y of t h e l i t u r g i c a l p r a c t i c e o f t h a t
g e n r e o f c h a n t a n d t h e p a r t i c u l a r s e r v i c e of w h i c h it is p a r t . W h e r e a m u s i c a l s i m i l a r i t y
e x i s t s , w h a t is c o m m o n a n d w h a t is d i s s i m i l a r has t o b e e x p l a i n e d , i n v o l v i n g m i n u t e
a n a l y s i s of i d i o m a n d f o r m . I n V I I I . 3 a b o v e a n u m b e r of i n s t a n c e s w e r e c i t e d o r
e x e m p l i f i e d , w h e r e t h e s a m e m u s i c a l i d e a w a s r e a l i z e d i n d i f f e r e n t w a y s , e a c h w i t h its
o w n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c t u r n s of p h r a s e . H u c k e (NG), s p e a k i n g of g r a d u a l s , a n d seeing the
G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n s as ' c o n s i s t e n t a d a p t a t i o n s o f t h e O l d R o m a n o n e s ' , has c a l l e d t h i s
'a t r a n s l a t i o n f r o m a f o r e i g n m u s i c a l language'. B e h i n d t h i s lies the c o n v i c t i o n that t w o
d i f f e r e n t p e o p l e s w e r e c o n c e r n e d , the F r a n k s a n d t h e R o m a n s , n o t t w o g r o u p s of
m u s i c i a n s w i t h i n R o m e i t s e l f . B y e x t e n s i o n , o n e s h o u l d t h e n ask i n t o w h i c h l a n g u a g e
w a s R o m a n t r a n s l a t e d ? ( T o w h i c h the o n l y a n s w e r is a t y p e o f G a l l i c a n c h a n t ) . The
e v i d e n c e to p r o v e o r d i s p r o v e t h i s thesis is, h o w e v e r , l a c k i n g . W h i l e a n a l y s i s can
e s t a b l i s h w h a t c o n s t i t u t e s a G r e g o r i a n i d i o m , p a r a l l e l G a l l i c a n e x a m p l e s are l a c k i n g ,
a n d it s e e m s u n l i k e l y t h a t O l d S p a n i s h c h a n t w i l l p r o v i d e a n a d e q u a t e substitute.
S i n c e the c o d i f i c a t i o n of t h e G r e g o r i a n r e p e r t o r y p r e c e d e d t h a t of t h e O l d R o m a n
b y s o m e 2 0 0 y e a r s , it w a s p o s s i b l e f o r the G r e g o r i a n t r a d i t i o n t o i n f l u e n c e t h e O l d
R o m a n at t h e t i m e o f its w r i t i n g d o w n . T h e r e are s i g n s t h a t t h i s h a p p e n e d . N o t o n l y
w e r e G r e g o r i a n p i e c e s t a k e n u p i n R o m e i t s e l f ( f o r e x a m p l e , t h e c a n t i c a of Holy
S a t u r d a y , n u m e r o u s a l l e l u i a s , n o t to m e n t i o n F r a n k i s h s e q u e n c e s , a l l e l u i a p r o s u l a s ,
o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s a n d the l i k e ) . T h e r e are p e c u l i a r i t i e s i n t h e r e a d i n g s o f s o m e
Old R o m a n chants w h i c h suggest ' c o n t a m i n a t i o n ' b y G r e g o r i a n v e r s i o n s (Hucke
1980, ' O f f e r t o r i e n ' ) , as if the O l d R o m a n n o t a t o r h a d a G r e g o r i a n c h a n t - b o o k to h a n d .
( A s H u c k e p o i n t s o u t , n o t a t i o n m u s t h a v e first b e c o m e k n o w n i n R o m e t h r o u g h t h e
m e d i u m of G r e g o r i a n books.)
G i v e n t h e e v i d e n c e of a c o n t i n u i n g o r a l t r a d i t i o n i n R o m e e v e n past t h e t i m e of t h e
e a r l i e s t n o t a t e d b o o k s , it s e e m s to m e i m p o s s i b l e that t h e y s h o u l d r e p r e s e n t i n all
d e t a i l s t h e m e l o d i e s s u n g to t h e F r a n k s i n t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y . S i n c e B e n e v e n t a n a n d
M i l a n e s e c h a n t is g e n e r a l l y as o r n a t e i n i d i o m as O l d R o m a n , I t h i n k it h i g h l y l i k e l y
t h a t t h e R o m a n c h a n t of t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y a l r e a d y h a d a n o r n a t e i d i o m , i n o t h e r
w o r d s , t h a t O l d R o m a n c h a n t p r e s e r v e s t h e s p i r i t , if n o t a l w a y s t h e l e t t e r , of the
e i g h t h - c e n t u r y state. T o t h i s extent, the o f t - q u o t e d r e m a r k s of J o h a n n e s H y m m o n i d e s
( J o h n t h e D e a c o n : P L 7 5 . 9 0 , S t a b l e i n i n M M M A 2 1 4 3 * , v a n D o r e n 1925, 53) c a r r y
c o n v i c t i o n : t h e c l u m s y F r a n k i s h s i n g e r s w e r e t o o i n e x p e r t to m a n a g e t h e fine d e t a i l o f
the R o m a n melodies. T h e theme w a s l a t e r t a k e n u p b y A d h e m a r of Chabannes
( d . 1034) w h o r e f e r s to t h e ' t r e m u l a s v e l v i n n o l a s s i v e c o l l i s i b i l e s v e l s e c a b i l e s v o c e s ' o f
the R o m a n s , i n so f a r as o n e c a n u n d e r s t a n d t h e s e t e r m s (Chronicon, II. 8, ed.
C h a v a n o n 1 8 9 7 , 8 1 ; c i t e d v a n D o r e n 1925, 5 3 , H u c k e 1954, ' E i n f u h r u n g ' , 1 8 1 ) . One
w o u l d n o t c a l l t h e G r e g o r i a n m e l o d i e s c l u m s y ; b u t it s e e m s c o n c e i v a b l e t h a t the
F r a n k s s a n g the R o m a n c h a n t s i n a m o r e s t r a i g h t f o r w a r d i d i o m t h a n the Romans
t h e m s e l v e s , s o m e t h i n g p e r h a p s m o r e a k i n to t h a t of t h e i r n a t i v e t r a d i t i o n s . T h a t is a
m a t t e r of s u r f a c e d e t a i l . A s r e g a r d s l e a r n i n g t h e s t a n d a r d f o r m u l a s , t y p e - m e l o d i e s a n d
the m e t h o d s of u s i n g t h e m , the F r a n k i s h singers were e v i d e n t l y very s u c c e s s f u l .
Persons and Places
IX.1. I N T R O D U C T I O N
T h i s c h a p t e r w i l l i n e v i t a b l y s e e m i n c o m p l e t e to t h o s e s e e k i n g a f u l l a n d b a l a n c e d
a c c o u n t of t h e h i s t o r y o f p l a i n c h a n t i n a l l t h e v a r i o u s c h u r c h e s of W e s t e r n Europe
d u r i n g the M i d d l e A g e s . A t present, h o w e v e r , it is n o t p o s s i b l e to w r i t e s u c h a n
account, f o r i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e v a r i o u s c h a n t t r a d i t i o n s h a s so f a r p r o c e e d e d v e r y
u n e v e n l y , a n d f u l l c o v e r a g e w o u l d i n a n y case e x c e e d t h e p r o p e r l i m i t s of t h i s b o o k . I
have therefore v e n t u r e d a few remarks o n l y on those persons a n d places, those
m u s i c i a n s , c h u r c h m e n , a n d c h u r c h e s , that h a v e a t t r a c t e d p a r t i c u l a r a t t e n t i o n so f a r ,
o r t h a t I m y s e l f h a v e f o u n d p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e r e s t i n g . T h e p u r p o s e of t h e c h a p t e r is
p a r t l y to p o i n t r e a d e r s i n t h e d i r e c t i o n of i n f o r m a t i o n t h e y m a y b e s e e k i n g , b u t p a r t l y
a l s o t o g i v e a n i d e a of t h e s o r t of r e s e a r c h w h i c h h a s b e e n c a r r i e d o u t , its a i m s a n d
methods.
I n d i v i d u a l creation, o r i g i n a l c o m p o s i t i o n , calls for i n d i v i d u a l a p p r e c i a t i o n . But
b e f o r e o n e c a n d e c i d e w h a t is i n d i v i d u a l i n a p a r t i c u l a r m a n u s c r i p t , a g r e a t d e a l of
patient c o m p a r i s o n of s o u r c e s has to be c a r r i e d o u t . Scholars have developed a
n u m b e r of s h o r t c u t s , as it w e r e , to f a c i l i t a t e c o m p a r i s o n s a n d h i g h l i g h t s i m i l a r i t i e s
a n d d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n s o u r c e s , a n d s o m e of t h e s e are r e p e a t e d l y m e n t i o n e d i n w h a t
f o l l o w s . S o m e are r e p e r t o r i a l : the c h o i c e of a l l e l u i a s at m a s s f o r t h e S u n d a y s after
Pentecost a n d of r e s p o n s o r i e s f o r t h e S u n d a y s of A d v e n t ; o t h e r s c o n c e r n m u s i c a l
differences, v a r i a n t s i n t h e d e t a i l of m e l o d i e s ( t h e s e m e t h o d s are o u t l i n e d b r i e f l y
a b o v e , I I I . 15). S u c h c o m p a r i s o n s are n a t u r a l l y o n l y a first s t e p i n t h e e v a l u a t i o n o f
sources, a m e a n s of finding o n e ' s b e a r i n g s i n a n o c e a n of e v i d e n c e , o n a v e r i t a b l e
m o u n t a i n of m a n u s c r i p t s . Y e t , f o r m a n y s o u r c e s l i t t l e p r o g r e s s b e y o n d t h e s e first
steps has been m a d e . I h o p e , therefore, that t h e r e a d e r w i l l f o r g i v e t h e piecemeal
a p p r o a c h a n d gain some benefit f r o m these brief visits to s o m e of the m o r e i n t e r e s t i n g
c o r n e r s of c h a n t h i s t o r y i n t h e W e s t .
F r o m t i m e to t i m e r e a d e r s m a y w e l l find t h e m s e l v e s a s k i n g , w h a t w a s c h a n t l i k e at
S t G a l l , at C l u n y , at M o n t e c a s s i n o ? T h e a n s w e r is t h a t i n m o s t r e s p e c t s it w a s l i k e
c h a n t a n y w h e r e else. R a r e l y d o e s t h e r e p e r t o r y of a c h u r c h s t a n d o u t b y r e a s o n o f
i t e m s w h i c h are u n i q u e i n s t y l e , o r e v e n i t e m s w h i c h are u n i q u e b u t s i m i l a r t o o t h e r s .
And the small differences i n detail w h i c h help d i s t i n g u i s h one m a n u s c r i p t f r o m
a n o t h e r are of b i b l i o g r a p h i c a l r a t h e r t h a n p u r e l y m u s i c a l i n t e r e s t . N o d o u b t , i f o n e
h a d b e e n a b l e t o v i s i t t h e p l a c e s i n q u e s t i o n , one w o u l d h a v e b e e n a b l e t o d i s t i n g u i s h
t h e s i n g i n g of o n e m e d i e v a l s c h o l a f r o m a n o t h e r . B u t it w o u l d p r o b a b l y b e b y v i r t u e of
a s p e c t s of p e r f o r m a n c e s u c h as v o i c e p r o d u c t i o n , t e m p o , a n d d y n a m i c , n o n e of w h i c h
is r e f l e c t e d i n t h e m a n u s c r i p t s o u r c e s t h a t h a v e c o m e d o w n to u s .
T h e first s e c t i o n i n t h i s p a r t of t h e h i s t o r i c a l s u r v e y is a b o u t A m a l a r i u s a n d M e t z i n
t h e s e c o n d q u a r t e r of t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y , w h i c h c o n t i n u e s t h e s t o r y f r o m C h . V I I a n d
i l l u m i n a t e s s o m e of t h e c o n s e q u e n c e s of t h e C a r o l i n g i a n s e t t l e m e n t . S t G a l l (IX.3),
Benevento and Montecassino ( I X . 8 ) , a n d L i m o g e s ( I X . 10) are m e n t i o n e d as t h r e e
examples of p l a c e s w h i c h m a d e particularly significant contributions to the chant
repertory.
T h e s e sections c o n c e r n i m p o r t a n t h i s t o r i c a l d e v e l o p m e n t s i n the c h a n t repertory.
But William of D i j o n ' s b r i n g i n g of c h a n t to a p r e v i o u s l y d e v a s t a t e d Normandy
( I X . 5 ) , a n d t h e c h a p t e r s o n c h a n t i n E n g l a n d , S p a i n , a n d n o r t h a n d east E u r o p e a n
countries ( I X . 6 , 1 1 - 1 2 ) , c o n c e r n the i m p l a n t a t i o n of a p r e v i o u s l y f o r m e d b o d y of
m u s i c i n n e w t e r r i t o r y . O n l y i n t h e case of N o r m a n d y a n d E n g l a n d h a v e I entered
i n t o d e t a i l , i n o r d e r t o e x p l a i n a t y p e of d e v e l o p m e n t w h i c h w a s r e p e a t e d , w i t h l o c a l
v a r i a t i o n s , i n m a n y o t h e r a r e a s . F o r t h e last t w o s e c t i o n s I h a v e l i m i t e d m y s e l f l a r g e l y
to m e n t i o n i n g r e c e n t research.
T h e b r i n g i n g of a c h a n t r e p e r t o r y to a n y of t h e s e n e w l a n d s m i r r o r s t h e F r a n k i s h
i m p o r t a t i o n of R o m a n c h a n t . There w a s a p o l i t i c a l d i m e n s i o n to a l m o s t a l l t h e s e
e n t e r p r i s e s , i n t h a t t h e l o c a l r u l e r p r a c t i c a l l y a l w a y s t o o k the i n i t i a t i v e i n d e c i d i n g w h o
s h o u l d c o m e a n d initiate, restore, or r e f o r m w o r s h i p i n his d o m a i n . T h e initiative of
Pippin and Charlemagne is e c h o e d l a t e r b y R i c h a r d of N o r m a n d y , w h o brought
W i l l i a m n o r t h f r o m D i j o n , b y E d g a r of E n g l a n d , a n d so o n .
It may surprise some readers that s o m e o b v i o u s l y i m p o r t a n t centres such as
Chartres and Paris, or Weingarten and Regensburg, have not been s i n g l e d out for
s p e c i a l m e n t i o n . T h e l i t u r g y a n d c h a n t of P a r i s i n t h e t w e l f t h t o t h i r t e e n t h centuries,
for e x a m p l e , has b e e n t h e s u b j e c t of m u c h i n t e n s i v e s t u d y ( m o s t r e c e n t l y Wright
1 9 8 9 ) , l a r g e l y b e c a u s e of t h e p o l y p h o n y s u n g t h e r e . S u c h s t u d i e s c o u l d be a n d i n
s o m e cases h a v e b e e n m a d e f o r d o z e n s of c h u r c h e s a c r o s s E u r o p e . T h e r e is, alas,
s i m p l y n o space to r e p o r t t h e m a l l here, t h o u g h I have i n d i c a t e d the m o r e important
editions of liturgical books or particular repertories where possible in previous
chapters.
Map I X . 1 s h o w s t h e a r c h d i o c e s e s of L a t i n C h r i s t i a n i t y t o w a r d s t h e e n d of the
M i d d l e A g e s . B e c a u s e of n u m e r o u s reorganizations of c h u r c h a d m i n i s t r a t i o n it is
strictly accurate for no p a r t i c u l a r date. T o some extent the b o u n d a r i e s reflect the
n a t i o n a l d i v i s i o n s of t h e e a r l y M i d d l e A g e s . T h u s t h e a r c h d i o c e s e of L u n d i n c l u d e d
D e n m a r k a n d w h a t is n o w s o u t h e r n S w e d e n , l i k e t h e m e d i e v a l k i n g d o m of D e n m a r k .
T h e d i o c e s e o f R i g a is a p r o d u c t of t h e s e t t l e m e n t s of the G e r m a n o r d e r s of k n i g h t s .
T h e H o l y R o m a n o r G e r m a n E m p i r e i n c l u d e d i n t h e west the d i o c e s e s of C o l o g n e ,
T r i e r , B e s a n g o n , V i e n n e , a n d A r i e s , i n t h e east M a g d e b u r g , P r a g u e ( f o r t h e k i n g d o m
of B o h e m i a ) , a n d S a l z b u r g . F u r t h e r east lay the P o l i s h a n d H u n g a r i a n archdioceses.
D u r i n g the M i d d l e A g e s L a t i n C h r i s t i a n i t y was still e x p a n d i n g eastwards, a n d S p a i n
/. Introduction
t Trent
Conw t V> t kquileia
i Monza /?
^crceiH t Milan J e s ( i
Mantua
U
a t y e r o n
\ A
JPavi
, Nonantola f
*As/i Piacenza
fBobbio VcM '
Bologna t
Forlhnpopoir * Ravenna
\^ Pistoia '^4 ZaraiZadar)
Lucca i •
Ragusa
Montecassino
s Caiazzo J l r o i a
J Archbishopric Pfl/cnuo
t Bishopric Catania tf
t Monastery
/. Introduction
M a p I X . 1.3. Ecclesiastical m a p of G e r m a n y
M a p I X . 1.4. Ecclesiastical m a p of France
i Archbishopri
St-Omer
t Bishopric
j- Monastery i . . + Sl-f\mand
Sl-Riquier 1
/ \ t Arras * Cambrai
\yerdun j
'i \c<3
l(m
cS
^ Beauvais ~~iT . f Rriws
Bayeux
P SC»J//S % ' ^
M P t Sf-Emw//
MoHf-Sf-M/c/ic/
t Le Mans
\f Neurit .
Angers
\ t D
"'™ t Besancon
Fontevmulr^ Be urges f
"t" St-Leonard
Limoges t Lyon t-
t SI-Ynr/v La Grande
i /Kngouleme
t Auhllac
I L<' PHJ/
Ari(/)i()»)J
i Audi
Mbi
)t Toulouse
Narbonne 5
Mich t t }
Gerona/
IX.2. A M A L A R I U S O F M E T Z
D e s p i t e t h e e f f o r t s of P i p p i n a n d C h a r l e m a g n e t o a c h i e v e u n i f o r m i t y of practice,
m u c h of t h e d e t a i l of l i t u r g i c a l o b s e r v a n c e w a s n e v e r s t a n d a r d i z e d . T h e R o m a n m a s s
replaced the G a l l i c a n , the Benedictine and Roman forms of the office were
e s t a b l i s h e d . B u t the texts a n d chants p e r f o r m e d d u r i n g these services c o u l d not be
m a d e the same everywhere. R o m a n exemplars were lacking, inadequate, or self-
c o n t r a d i c t o r y , a n d h a d to b e s u p p l e m e n t e d f o r F r a n k i s h u s e . T h i s c a n b e d o c u m e n t e d
for the n u m e r o u s sacramentaries ( c o l l e c t i o n s of p r a y e r s f o r m a s s ) , a n d t h e r e is n o
r e a s o n to s u p p o s e t h a t t h i n g s w e r e m u c h d i f f e r e n t f o r c h a n t t e x t s . T h e e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s
of c h a n t t e x t s f o r t h e p r o p e r of m a s s ( t h o s e e d i t e d b y H e s b e r t i n /IMS) indicate that
the basic c o r p u s was established in Charlemagne's time, if n o t e a r l i e r . T h e way
d i f f e r e n c e s c o u l d arise i n t h e c h o i c e a n d a r r a n g e m e n t of o f f i c e t e x t s i s i l l u s t r a t e d b y
t h e a c t i v i t i e s of A m a l a r i u s of M e t z ( r . 7 7 5 - c . 8 5 0 ) . A s to t h e m u s i c f o r t h e s e t e x t s ,
w h i l e w e c a n m a r v e l at t h e r e l a t i v e u n i f o r m i t y of t h e e a r l i e s t p r e s e r v e d c o p i e s , there
are n u m e r o u s d i f f e r e n c e s of d e t a i l b e t w e e n t h e m .
A m a l a r i u s m a y h a v e b e e n e d u c a t e d u n d e r A l c u i n at T o u r s o r A a c h e n , a n d h e is
thought to have been a r c h b i s h o p of T r i e r b e t w e e n 809 a n d 814. H e knew the
B y z a n t i n e l i t u r g y f r o m an i m p e r i a l m i s s i o n to C o n s t a n t i n o p l e i n 8 1 3 - 1 4 . H e r e t u r n e d
v i a R o m e , a n d h a d a n o t h e r o p p o r t u n i t y to l e a r n R o m a n p r a c t i c e at first h a n d o n a
m i s s i o n i n 8 3 0 - 1 . H e m a y h a v e b e e n d i r e c t o r of t h e p a l a c e s c h o o l at A a c h e n i n t h e
830s ( H a n s s e n s , i . 68 f f . ) . H e is f a m o u s c h i e f l y f o r t w o w o r k s o n t h e l i t u r g y . The
Liber officialis ( H a n s s e n s , ii) e x p l a i n s t h e t h e o l o g i c a l a n d s p i r i t u a l s i g n i f i c a n c e o f e a c h
p a r t of t h e l i t u r g y , t e x t s t h r o u g h t h e c h u r c h y e a r , a n d h o w it is p e r f o r m e d . T h o u g h i t s
c o n t e n t is c h i e f l y h e r m e n e u t i c a l , it c o n v e y s a lot of d e t a i l a b o u t e a r l y n i n t h - c e n t u r y
practice. The Prologus de ordine antiphonarii (r.831) and Liber de ordine
antiphonarii (r.840) (Hanssens, i . 361-3, i i i . 9-109 respectively; trans. Roger Evans
1977) refer to a n a n t i p h o n e r that A m a l a r i u s p r o p o s e d to i n t r o d u c e , though its
destination is unclear. Its contents are noted in some detail. Hanssens, in a
m a g n i f i c e n t a p p e n d i x ( i i i . 1 1 0 - 2 2 4 ) , sets o u t i t s c o n t e n t s , as f a r as t h e y c a n be
reconstructed, in parallel with the Old Roman antiphoner Rome, Biblioteca
A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a , S a n P i e t r o B . 7 9 , o n e of t h e e a r l i e s t G r e g o r i a n a n t i p h o n e r s ,
P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 17436 ( t e x t s o n l y ) , a n d o n e of t h e e a r l i e s t n o t a t e d
antiphoners (St G a l l , Stiftsbibliothek 3 9 0 - 3 9 1 ) .
T h e d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n A m a l a r i u s a n d t h e o t h e r s o u r c e s are v e r y i n t e r e s t i n g a n d
i m p o r t a n t , b u t it is t h e s p i r i t b e h i n d t h e m w h i c h i n t e r e s t s u s h e r e . A m a l a r i u s w a s
c o n c e r n e d , l i k e H e l i s a c h a r b e f o r e h i m (see V I 1 . 2 ) a n d A u r e l i a n a f t e r h i m ( V . 4 ) , w i t h
t h e l i t e r a l sense of r e s p o n s o r i e s a n d t h e i r r e p e a t s t r u c t u r e . B u t h e t e l l s u s t h a t m a n y
series of p i e c e s i n R o m e w e r e s i m p l y g i v e n as sets f r o m w h i c h a c h o i c e c o u l d b e m a d e
( t h i s is s t i l l t h e case i n the n i n t h - c e n t u r y a n t i p h o n e r P a r i s 1 7 4 3 6 ) . A m a l a r i u s w o u l d
p r e f e r a l o g i c a l o r d e r , s u c h as the o r d e r of v e r s e s as t h e y a p p e a r i n t h e B i b l e . A n d
t h e r e are i n d e e d m a n y e x a m p l e s of s u c h n u m e r i c a l o r d e r i n g i n the G r e g o r i a n g r a d u a l ,
t h o u g h n o t n e c e s s a r i l y d u e to A m a l a r i u s ' p r o m p t i n g ; it m a y be t h a t he w i s h e d to
a p p l y to o f f i c e c h a n t s a p r i n c i p l e a l r e a d y w e l l e s t a b l i s h e d at m a s s . H e t e l l s us t h a t i n
h i s a n t i p h o n e r he m a r k s c h a n t s a c c o r d i n g to the usage he p r e f e r s : ' R ' f o r R o m e , ' M '
f o r M e t z a n d ' I C f o r t h e ' i n d u l g e n t i a ' a n d ' c a r i t a s ' w h i c h he r e q u e s t s to b e e x t e n d e d t o
his o w n individual choice.
A m a l a r i u s w a s a p p o i n t e d to the see of L y o n i n 835 a f t e r its p r e v i o u s a r c h b i s h o p
A g o b a r d ( 8 1 4 - 3 5 / 8 3 8 - 4 0 ) h a d b e e n e x i l e d . B u t it w a s n o t d i f f i c u l t f o r A g o b a r d a n d
his archdeacon F l o r u s to s t i r u p t r o u b l e a b o u t Amalarius' writings, which were
c o n d e m n e d at a s y n o d i n Q u i e r z y i n 8 3 8 , w h e r e u p o n A g o b a r d r e g a i n e d h i s see. A
j u s t i f i c a t o r y l e t t e r of A g o b a r d of 8 3 8 , p r e s e n t e d as a ' P r a e f a t i o a n t i p h o n a r i i e c c l e s i a e
L u g d u n e n s i s ' i n o n e s o u r c e , g e n e r a l l y c a l l e d t h e ' L i b e r de c o r r e c t i o n e a n t i p h o n a r i i '
( M G H Epistolae Karolini aevi, i i i . 238; P L 104. 3 2 9 - 5 0 ) , e x p l a i n s t h e r e a s o n s f o r
A g o b a r d ' s o w n r e v i s i o n of the a n t i p h o n e r , t h e r e m o v a l of w h a t w a s ' s u p e r f l u o u s ,
mendacious, or blasphemous'. F l o r u s ' w r i t i n g s ( P L 119) also c o n d e m n A m a l a r i u s '
innovations. Agobard's revision chiefly consisted in removing non-biblical texts.
H u g l o (1979, 'Remaniements') g i v e s n u m e r o u s e x a m p l e s of A g o b a r d ' s r e v i s i o n s a n d
o t h e r s c a r r i e d o u t i n l i k e s p i r i t i n t h e b o o k s of L y o n a n d n e i g h b o u r i n g dioceses.
H y m n s were not s u n g i n L y o n before the t w e l f t h century, a n d A g o b a r d m a y have
i n s p i r e d d i s t r u s t of t r o p i n g i n s o m e churches (Gy 1983). T h e Carthusians, too,
subsequently e l i m i n a t e d n o n - s c r i p t u r a l texts f r o m their liturgy. (In Plate 14, a
C a r t h u s i a n m a n u s c r i p t , the s c r i p t u r a l s o u r c e s of c h a n t s are n o t e d i n t h e margin.)
I n R o m e , A m a l a r i u s w a s u n a b l e to o b t a i n a R o m a n a n t i p h o n e r f o r t h e Emperor
L o u i s , f o r t h e y h a d b e e n g i v e n to A b b o t W a l a of C o r b i e ( i n 8 2 5 ) . T r a v e l l i n g to
C o r b i e , t h e r e f o r e , he w a s finally a b l e to c o n s u l t a ' r e s p o n s o r i a l e ' b e a r i n g a n a t t r i b u t i o n
to H a d r i a n I ( 7 7 2 - 9 5 ) ( H a n s s e n s , i . 3 6 1 , i i i . 14).
W h a t e v e r t h e d e s t i n a t i o n of A m a l a r i u s ' a n t i p h o n e r , it d o e s n o t s e e m to h a v e b e e n
t a k e n u p i n M e t z , i n o r n e a r w h i c h he l i v e d i n the latter p a r t of h i s l i f e . T h i s is c l e a r
from a comparison with the ninth-century tonary of M e t z ( M e t z , Bibliotheque
M u n i c i p a l e 3 5 1 , e d . L i p p h a r d t 1 9 6 5 ; see 2 0 2 - 1 1 , also H e s b e r t 1980, ' A m a l a r ' ) . B u t
t h e t o n a r y d o e s not agree w i t h w h a t A m a l a r i u s h i m s e l f says w a s M e t z p r a c t i c e ('M').
T h e s e c o m p l i c a t i o n s are w i t n e s s to a p e r i o d of fluidity in liturgical repertories. We
m a y s u r m i s e that t h e l i t u r g i c a l r e f o r m s of B e n e d i c t of A n i a n e ( r . 7 5 0 - 8 2 1 ) , o f f i c i a l l y
promulgated at the Council of Aachen in 817, occasioned both revision and
c o d i f i c a t i o n , at least i n m o n a s t i c r e p e r t o r i e s . B u t t h e i r exact w o r k i n g s o u t i n e x t a n t
l i t u r g i c a l b o o k s is u n c l e a r .
C a r e f u l c o m p a r i s o n of t h e i r r e p e r t o r i e s has e n a b l e d L i p p h a r d t a n d H u g l o to t r a c e
r e l a t i v e s of t h e M e t z t o n a r y i n a n u m b e r of later s o u r c e s : f r o m R e i c h e n a u (Bamberg,
S t a a t s b i b l i o t h e k l i t . 5 , of t h e y e a r 1 0 0 1 ) , f r o m Q u e d l i n b u r g ( B e r l i n , Staatsbibliothek,
M u s . 40047, r.1020), and f r o m N o n a n t o l a ( R o m e , Biblioteca Casanatense 54, early
e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ) . L i p p h a r d t c o n n e c t s t h i s w i t h the effects of t h e m o n a s t i c reform
3. St Gall 571
movement of G o r z e , w h i c h lies a f e w m i l e s w e s t of M e t z . G o r z e w a s f o u n d e d b y
C h r o d e g a n g of M e t z , a n d r e v i v e d a f t e r a p e r i o d of d e c l i n e b y B i s h o p A d a l b e r o of
Metz (919-62). It a n d its a s s o c i a t e d house St Maximin at T r i e r b e c a m e w i d e l y
i n f l u e n t i a l i n t h e s e c o n d h a l f of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y , i n t r o d u c i n g r e f o r m s of m o n a s t i c
observance i n t o n u m e r o u s h o u s e s at the b e h e s t of e c c l e s i a s t i c a l o r l a y p a t r o n s . The
r e f o r m c a m e t o R e i c h e n a u i n the t i m e of A b b o t R u o d m a n n ( 9 7 2 - 8 5 ) i n the p e r s o n of
S a n d r a t of S t M a x i m i n i n T r i e r . T h e e f f e c t of s u c h r e f o r m s as t h a t of G o r z e (see
H a l l i n g e r 1 9 5 0 - 1 ) a n d l a t e r H i r s a u i n t h e B l a c k F o r e s t ( J a k o b s 1961) u p o n m o n a s t i c
d i s c i p l i n e is w e l l d o c u m e n t e d , b u t it is f a i r to say t h a t t h e i r c o n s e q u e n c e s f o r t h e c h a n t
r e p e r t o r y h a v e n o t b e e n i n v e s t i g a t e d i n s u f f i c i e n t d e t a i l . T h e e x a m p l e of C l u n y is
discussed below.
IX.3. ST G A L L
It is u n u s u a l f o r a c h a n t m a n u s c r i p t as o l d as M e t z , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 351 to
s u r v i v e f r o m a c a t h e d r a l c h u r c h . M o s t of t h e h i s t o r y of c h a n t i n t h e n i n t h a n d t e n t h
c e n t u r i e s has t o b e r e c o n s t r u c t e d f r o m m o n a s t i c b o o k s . T h e m o n a s t e r i e s w e r e v i t a l f o r
securing the foundations of the C a r o l i n g i a n renaissance. The earliest surviving
t o n a r y , P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 3 1 5 9 , is f r o m S a i n t - R i q u i e r ; o n e of S a i n t -
R i q u i e r ' s a b b o t s , A n g i l b e r t , w a s C h a r l e m a g n e ' s s o n - i n - l a w . A v a l u a b l e d e s c r i p t i o n of
the m o n a s t e r y , its l i b r a r y , a n d s o m e of its l i t u r g i c a l c e r e m o n i a l d u r i n g A n g i l b e r t ' s
t i m e s u r v i v e s ( e d . L o t 1 8 9 4 ) , w h i c h s t o p s j u s t s h o r t of p r o v i d i n g t h e d e t a i l a b o u t
p e r f o r m a n c e p r a c t i c e u s e f u l f o r t h e m u s i c o l o g i s t (see H e i t z 1 9 6 3 ) . W a l a of C o r b i e ,
j u s t m e n t i o n e d as h a v i n g c a r r i e d o f f a n a n t i p h o n e r d u r i n g a m i s s i o n to R o m e , w a s also
related to the r o y a l f a m i l y . C o r b i e p l a y e d a l e a d i n g r o l e i n the development of
C a r o l i n e m i n u s c u l e s c r i p t (the a n c e s t o r of t h e t y p e u s e d i n t h i s b o o k ) . Saint-Denis,
where Stephen II a n d his chapel stayed w h i l e v i s i t i n g P e p i n i n 752, has also been
mentioned (VIII.2.iv). Its a b b o t , H i l d u i n , responsible for the ' m i s s a graeca', was
L o u i s t h e P i o u s ' s a r c h c h a n c e l l o r . C u r i o u s l y , as w e l l as t h e t o n a r y f r o m S a i n t - R i q u i e r ,
we have graduals w i t h tonal i n d i c a t i o n s i n early sources f r o m b o t h C o r b i e a n d Saint-
Denis: Paris, Bibliotheque N a t i o n a l e , lat. 12050, L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e
118, a n d t h e ' M o n t - R e n a u d ' m a n u s c r i p t , a l l of t h e late n i n t h o r e a r l y t e n t h century
( I I I . 1 4 . i i i ) . N o n e w e r e o r i g i n a l l y n o t a t e d , t h o u g h the last w a s p r o v i d e d w i t h n o t a t i o n
a r o u n d t h e e n d of t h e t e n t h c e n t u r y . T h e c h a n t t r a d i t i o n of C o r b i e a n d S a i n t - D e n i s ,
as r e v e a l e d b o t h i n its s e l e c t i o n of c h a n t s a n d t h e m e l o d i c d e t a i l of t h o s e c h a n t s , was
c l o s e l y s i m i l a r , a n d o n e w o u l d l i k e to k n o w if t h i s reflects the p e r i o d w h e n both
m o n a s t e r i e s w e r e so i n t i m a t e l y l i n k e d to t h e C a r o l i n g i a n l i t u r g i c a l r e f o r m s .
O n e of t h e first a n d o n e of t h e o n l y m o n a s t e r i e s b e f o r e t h e e n d of t h e m i l l e n n i u m
f r o m w h i c h n o t a t e d m a n u s c r i p t s h a v e b e e n p r e s e r v e d i n a n y n u m b e r s is S t Gall,
s o u t h - e a s t of L a k e C o n s t a n c e . T h e e a r l i e s t , t h e c a n t a t o r i u m S t G a l l , Stiftsbibliothek
359 ( P a l M u s 11/2), is u s u a l l y d a t e d a r o u n d 9 0 0 . L a t e r i n the c e n t u r y appear the
g r a d u a l S t G a l l 339 ( P a l M u s 1) a n d t w o s o u r c e s of s e q u e n c e s a n d t r o p e s , S t G a l l 484
a n d 381 ( f a c s i m i l e i n p r e p a r a t i o n b y A r l t a n d R a n k i n ) . If t h e d a t i n g of S t G a l l 359 is
c o r r e c t , t h e m a n u s c r i p t m u s t h a v e b e e n k n o w n b y N o t k e r B a l b u l u s ('the Stammerer',
d . 9 1 2 ) , t h e f a m o u s a u t h o r of a l i f e of C h a r l e m a g n e a n d n u m e r o u s s e q u e n c e t e x t s , a n d
T u o t i l o ( d . 9 1 5 ) , w h o is r e p u t e d to h a v e c o m p o s e d t r o p e s w h i l e p l a y i n g o n h i s r o t t a (a
t y p e of t r i a n g u l a r p s a l t e r y ) .
N o t k e r ' s a c c o u n t of t h e d i f f i c u l t i e s of F r a n k i s h s i n g e r s l e a r n i n g R o m a n c h a n t says
t h a t of t h e t w o F r a n k s w h o l e a r n e d i n R o m e i t s e l f , o n e w e n t t o A a c h e n , t h e o t h e r to
M e t z . L a t e r m u s i c i a n s w e r e e v i d e n t l y c o n c e r n e d t o e s t a b l i s h S t G a l l ' s c l a i m to a s h a r e
i n the a u t h e n t i c R o m a n t r a d i t i o n , for E k k e h a r d I V ( c . 9 8 0 - c . 1060), i n his Casus
Sancti Galli ( p r o b a b l y of the 1 0 4 0 s ) , says t h a t w h i l e o n e s i n g e r d i d i n d e e d g o to
A a c h e n , t h e o t h e r f e l l i l l o n t h e w a y a n d s t a y e d at S t G a l l , t e a c h i n g t h e m o n k s f r o m
t h e R o m a n a n t i p h o n e r he h a d w i t h h i m , a n d i n s t r u c t i n g N o t k e r i n t h e m e a n i n g of the
s i g n i f i c a t i v e l e t t e r s u s e d i n its n o t a t i o n ( M G H Scriptores re rum Sangallensium, 102,
c i t e d v a n D o r e n 1925, 128). T h e r e s u r v i v e s e v e r a l c o p i e s of a l e t t e r a t t r i b u t e d to
N o t k e r , w r i t t e n to a n o t h e r w i s e u n k n o w n m o n k L a n t p e r t u s , w h i c h e x p l a i n s these
letters (critical e d i t i o n b y F r o g e r 1962.)
A l t h o u g h E k k e h a r d I V ' s c h r o n o l o g y has b e e n s h o w n t o b e s h a k y , a n d a c e r t a i n
a m o u n t of l e g e n d h a s c r e p t i n t o h i s n a r r a t i v e , he p a i n t s a f a s c i n a t i n g a n d c h a r m i n g
p i c t u r e of l i f e a n d l e a r n i n g i n t h e m o n a s t e r y , of t h e a c t i v i t i e s of N o t k e r a n d T u o t i l o ,
R a t p e r t a n d H a r t m a n n , a n d N o t k e r ' s t e a c h e r s , Iso a n d t h e I r i s h m a n M o e n g a l or
M a r c e l l u s ( M G H Scriptores re rum Sangellensium\ the parts r e l a t i n g to m u s i c are
r e p r o d u c e d b y G a u t i e r 1 8 8 6 ; see also S c h u b i g e r , etc. a b o v e ) . O f t h e c o m p o s e r s of the
r i c h t r o p e r e p e r t o r y i n t h e S t G a l l m a n u s c r i p t s (the e a r l y S t G a l l 4 8 4 a n d 3 8 1 , then
376, 378, 380, a n d 3 8 2 f r o m the e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y ) , w e k n o w n o t h i n g , e x c e p t f o r
E k k e h a r d ' s a s c r i p t i o n of t w o p i e c e s to T u o t i l o . T h i s is r e g r e t t a b l e , b e c a u s e t h e e a r l y
tropers in particular contain many pieces not k n o w n elsewhere, i n c l u d i n g the
c o l l e c t i o n of m e l i s m a t i c e x t e n s i o n s to i n t r o i t s , o f t e n w i t h p r o s u l a t e x t s . O n t h e o t h e r
h a n d , t h e s e q u e n c e t e x t s w h i c h c a n be m o r e o r less r e l i a b l y a t t r i b u t e d t o N o t k e r , t h e
f a m o u s Liber hymnorum, have been identified o n stylistic g r o u n d s ( v o n d e n S t e i n e n
1 9 4 8 ) . T h e d i f f i c u l t y of m a t c h i n g t h e n e u m a t i c n o t a t i o n o f t h e e a r l y s o u r c e s with
a p p r o p r i a t e later copies i n staff-notation m e a n s that n o c r i t i c a l m u s i c a l e d i t i o n of
N o t k e r ' s book exists, t h o u g h t r a n s c r i p t i o n s m a d e w i t h r e f e r e n c e to early French
sources have been published by Crocker (1977). Schubiger edited many of the
s e q u e n c e s f r o m l a t e r G e r m a n s o u r c e s , i n c l u d i n g S t G a l l 5 4 6 , a m a s s i v e c o m p i l a t i o n of
sequences, ordinary-of-mass chants, a n d some other items c o p i e d b y the St Gall
c a n t o r J o a c h i m C u o n t z i n p r e p a r a t i o n f o r t h e c a n o n i z a t i o n of N o t k e r i n 1512, 600
y e a r s a f t e r h i s d e a t h . B y t h i s t i m e s e v e r a l of N o t k e r ' s p i e c e s h a d f a l l e n o u t o f the
r e p e r t o r y , and C u o n t z d i d not k n o w their m e l o d i e s . ( O n the o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s chants
see M a r x e r 1908, o n t h e s e q u e n c e s see L a b h a r d t 1959-63.)
N o less i m p o r t a n t t h a n its t r o p e a n d s e q u e n c e m a n u s c r i p t s are the S t G a l l books
with p r o p e r of m a s s a n d o f f i c e c h a n t s , i n particular St Gall 359, 339, and the
a n t i p h o n e r c o m p i l e d a r o u n d 1000 b y H a r t k e r ( d . 1 0 1 1 ) , S t G a l l 3 9 0 - 1 ( P a l M u s II/l).
T h e l a t t e r i s o n e of t h e e a r l i e s t o f a l l n o t a t e d a n t i p h o n e r s , S t G a l l 3 5 9 o n e of e a r l i e s t of
all fully notated chant-books. Their importance was recognized by the chant
r e f o r m e r s o f t h e n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r y , a n d it w a s b e l i e v e d f o r a t i m e t h a t S t G a l l 3 5 9
was t h e very m a n u s c r i p t b r o u g h t f r o m R o m e b y R o m a n u s , hence the p u b l i c a t i o n of a
f a c s i m i l e o f it b y L a m b i l l o t t e i n 1 8 5 5 . T h e fine d e t a i l o f t h e i r n o t a t i o n h a s m a d e t h e
early S t G a l l b o o k s p a r t i c u l a r l y i m p o r t a n t f o r the i n v e s t i g a t i o n of c h a n t p e r f o r m a n c e .
A s to the l i t u r g i c a l a n d m e l o d i c t r a d i t i o n they represent, w h i l e neither they n o r any
other books c a n b e s h o w n to t r a n s m i t any particularly authoritative archetype,
C a r o l i n g i a n or other, t h e y b e l o n g t o a p a r t i c u l a r l y c l o s e l y k n i t g r o u p of G e r m a n
s o u r c e s . T h i s is c l e a r f r o m t h e S o l e s m e s c o m p a r i s o n of m e l o d i c v a r i a n t s i n p r o p e r - o f -
mass chants (Graduel remain I V ) a n d also H e s b e r t ' s w o r k o n A d v e n t r e s p o n s o r y
s e r i e s (CAO 5 - 6 ) . It h a s y e t t o b e s h o w n , h o w e v e r , t h a t S t G a l l w a s t h e fons et origo o f
these t r a d i t i o n s i n eastern lands.
In Table IX.3.1 I h a v e s u m m a r i z e d s o m e of t h e r e s u l t s o f t h e S o l e s m e s survey.
T h e m e t h o d o f i n v e s t i g a t i o n i n v o l v e d i d e n t i f y i n g 100 ' l i e u x v a r i a n t s ' i n t h e p r o p e r
chants of m a s s w h e r e s o u r c e s t e n d e d t o d i f f e r f r o m e a c h o t h e r . Agreements and
d i s a g r e e m e n t s b e t w e e n a l l t h e s o u r c e s w e r e t h e n c o u n t e d , a n d g r o u p s of s o u r c e s i n
total o r near a g r e e m e n t w e r e i d e n t i f i e d . W i t h i n a l i m i t of t w e n t y - f i v e disagreements
o u t o f 100 ( 7 5 % a g r e e m e n t ) , the sources d i v i d e d into t w o m a i n blocs, eastern a n d
western, w i t h sources f r o m V e r c e l l i a n d L e M a n s , respectively, f o r m i n g t w o eccentric
blocs. Within the eastern bloc, however, t h e great m a j o r i t y of sources were i n
agreement to w i t h i n six differences ( 9 4 % agreement), whereas at t h a t level of
agreement the western sources could only form mostly very small groups,
r e p r e s e n t i n g a s i n g l e c h u r c h o r r e l i g i o u s o r d e r . T h e list o m i t s a l l s i n g l e s o u r c e s w h i c h
can also be assigned to t h e m a i n b l o c s , a n d those for w h i c h i n s u f f i c i e n t readings w e r e
available.
The great majority of the readings on which manuscripts d i f f e r are h a r d l y
p e r c e p t i b l e t o m o d e r n e a r s . B u t t h e r e is a q u i t e a u d i b l e d i s t i n c t i o n i n t h e t r e a t m e n t o f
t h e n o t e s at t h e s e m i t o n e steps i n the d i a t o n i c scale. Where many southern and
w e s t e r n sources ( A q u i t a n i a n a n d B e n e v e n t a n ones seem to be most consistent) have a
r e a d i n g s u c h as ded, o r aba at t h e t o p o f a p h r a s e ( o r aba, i f t h e s c r i b e uses t h e flat
sign at a l l ) , n o r t h e r n a n d especially eastern manuscripts prefer dfd and aca.
I n t i m a t e l y r e l a t e d t o t h i s p h e n o m e n o n is t h e q u e s t i o n o f w h i c h r e c i t i n g n o t e , b o r c , is
a p p r o p r i a t e f o r t h e t h i r d p s a l m t o n e a n d r e c i t a t i o n passages i n c o m p o s i t i o n s i n m o d e s
t h r e e a n d f o u r . T h e e a s t e r n p r o p e n s i t y t o c h o o s e t h e h i g h e r n o t e is o f t e n r e f e r r e d t o as
c o n s t i t u t i n g t h e ' G e r m a n c h a n t d i a l e c t ' , t h o u g h it w o u l d s e e m m o r e a p p r o p r i a t e t o
c a l l it a r e g i o n a l a c c e n t , s i n c e n o t h i n g i n t h e b a s i c v o c a b u l a r y o r g r a m m a r o f t h e
chants is a f f e c t e d . N u m e r o u s e x a m p l e s w e r e g i v e n b y W a g n e r ( 1 9 3 0 - 2 ; see a l s o
W a g n e r 1 9 2 5 ) , a n d H e i s l e r ( 1 9 8 5 , 1987) h a s r e c e n t l y c o n s i d e r a b l y b r o a d e n e d t h e
s c o p e o f t h e i n q u i r y . ( S e e also S t a b l e i n , ' D e u t s c h l a n d . B . M i t t e l a l t e r . I . D e r r o m i s c h e
C h o r a l i m N o r d e n ' , M G G , a n d A g u s t o m 1987.) G a j a r d (1954) a n d C a r d i n e (1954)
d e m o n s t r a t e d c o g e n t l y t h a t e a r l y S t G a l l m a n u s c r i p t s u s e d 6, n o t c, as t h e r e c i t i n g
n o t e , a n d t h i s w o u l d s e e m t o i m p l y that t h e p r e f e r e n c e f o r t h e h i g h e r n o t e at t h e
s e m i t o n e step is a r e l a t i v e l y later d e v e l o p m e n t .
T a b l e I X . 3 . 1 . Sources grouped according to their musical van ants
s h o w i n g groups of sources w i t h no more than 6 out of 100 disagreements
( n u m b e r of sources i n each g r o u p given i n parentheses)
IX.4. C L U N Y
IX.5. W I L L I A M O F D I J O N
W i l l i a m of D i j o n w a s b o r n of a n o b l e P i e d m o n t e s e f a m i l y i n V o l p i a n o i n L o m b a r d y i n
961. When already a monk he met Mayeul of Cluny and entered that house,
e v e n t u a l l y a t t a i n i n g to s u c h e s t e e m t h a t he w a s e n t r u s t e d w i t h t h e r e f o r m of S a i n t -
Benigne at D i j o n i n 9 8 9 . H e m a d e t h i s t h e s p r i n g b o a r d f o r t h e r e f o r m of other
m o n a s t e r i e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y i n P i e d m o n t . ( T h e c u s t o m a r y of o n e of t h e s e s u r v i v e s , f r o m
S a n B e n i g n o at F r u t t u a r i a , c l o s e to h i s b i r t h p l a c e : e d . i n C C M 12 a n d b y A l b e r s i n
C M 2 a n d 4 ) . I n 1001 h e w a s i n v i t e d b y D u k e R i c h a r d I I of N o r m a n d y to r e v i v e t h e
monastic houses of his duchy, only then b e g i n n i n g to recover from years of
d e v a s t a t i o n a n d n e g l e c t at t h e h a n d s of R i c h a r d ' s f o r e b e a r s . F r o m F e c a m p o n the
C h a n n e l coast h e a n d h i s s u c c e s s o r s , i n p a r t i c u l a r h i s n e p h e w J o h n of R a v e n n a , w h o
s u c c e e d e d h i m as a b b o t of F e c a m p i n 1028, a n d T h i e r r y , a b b o t of J u m i e g e s a n d t h e n
M o n t - S a i n t - M i c h e l , t r a n s f o r m e d m o n a s t i c l i f e i n N o r m a n d y . O n h i s d e a t h i n 1031 h e
w a s h e a d o v e r m o r e t h a n f o r t y h o u s e s i n F r a n c e a n d I t a l y . A p i o u s p i c t u r e of t h e g r e a t
m a n was written b y his disciple R o d u l p h u s G l a b e r , w h o described his w i d e - r a n g i n g
interests, i n c l u d i n g m e d i c a l a n d m u s i c a l ones. T h e latter are, h o w e v e r , m e n t i o n e d i n
purely general t e r m s — h e ' e m e n d e d ' t h e s i n g i n g of a n t i p h o n s , r e s p o n s o r i e s , and
h y m n s so t h a t t h e y w e r e s u n g b e t t e r t h a n a n y w h e r e else ( P L 1 4 2 . 7 1 5 ) — f r o m which
n o t h i n g s p e c i f i c c a n be l e a r n e d .
W h i l e m u c h is k n o w n a b o u t h i s r e f o r m i n g w o r k , a n d t h e c u s t o m a r y h e c o m p o s e d
f o r F r u t t u a r i a is e x t a n t , it is i m p o s s i b l e to k n o w j u s t h o w m u c h m u s i c a l e x p e r t i s e
W i l l i a m h a d . T h e q u e s t i o n is n o t a p u r e l y a c a d e m i c o n e b e c a u s e of t h e e x i s t e n c e of t h e
f a m o u s tonary w i t h d u a l notation, i n neumes a n d letters, M o n t p e l l i e r , F a c u l t e de
M e d e c i n e H . 159, w h i c h m a y have been c o m p o s e d b y h i m or u n d e r his d i r e c t i o n
( f a c s . P a l M u s 8, e d n . H a n s e n 1 9 7 4 ) .
T h a t t h e t o n a r y c o m e s f r o m S a i n t - B e n i g n e o r o n e of its s i s t e r h o u s e s i n N o r m a n d y
is b e y o n d d i s p u t e . T h e o f f e r t o r y Laudate dominum quoniam w a s g i v e n t h e p r o s u l a In
Hierusalem i n h o n o u r of S t B e n i g n u s ( P a l M u s 8, 2 1 7 - 1 8 , H a n s e n n o . 8 8 0 - 1 ) . A n d
b y c h o i c e of p i e c e s a n d b y its m e l o d i c v a r i a n t s M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 a g r e e s w i t h o t h e r
books f r o m S a i n t - B e n i g n e , f r o m Jumieges, a n d M o n t - S a i n t - M i c h e l . B y all the usual
tests t h e s e a n d o t h e r N o r m a n h o u s e s f o r m a p a r t i c u l a r l y c o h e s i v e g r o u p : F e c a m p a n d
Saint-Evroult are t w o o t h e r n o t a b l e members of i t , t o g e t h e r with some English
h o u s e s . ( A s w e l l as CAO 5-6 a n d Graduel romain I V , see L e R o u x 1 9 6 7 , Michel
R o b e r t 1967, H i l e y 1 9 8 0 - 1 a n d 1986, ' T h u r s t a n ' ) . T h e s e m o n a s t e r i e s are r e p r e s e n t e d
o n M a p I X . 4 . 1 a b o v e , i n c o m p a n y w i t h those f o l l o w i n g C l u n i a c use a n d that of Bee,
w h o s e i n f l u e n c e is d i s c u s s e d i n t h e n e x t s e c t i o n .
T h e m a i n p a r t of M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 is a c o p y of a l l t h e p r o p e r c h a n t s o f m a s s i n
t o n a l , r a t h e r t h a n l i t u r g i c a l o r d e r . B u t o n its flyleaves is a f r a g m e n t a r y t o n a r y of t h e
c o n v e n t i o n a l k i n d , t h a t is w i t h t h e i n c i p i t s of o f f i c e a n t i p h o n s o n l y , w h i c h m a t c h e s a
t o n a r y of t h e s a m e t y p e i n t h e F e c a m p a n t i p h o n e r R o u e n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e
245 ( A . 190) (see H u g l o , 1956 ' T o n a i r e ' , 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires, 328-33).
T h e m a i n t o n a r y i n M o n t p e l l i e r H . 159 has b e e n d e s c r i b e d b r i e f l y a b o v e ( I I I . 14),
a n d also its a l p h a b e t i c n o t a t i o n ( I V . 6 ) . G i v e n t h e I t a l i a n e x t r a c t i o n o f W i l l i a m a n d
J o h n of R a v e n n a , it is p e r h a p s n o t s u r p r i s i n g to find a l p h a b e t i c n o t a t i o n d i s s e m i n a t e d
a m o n g t h e N o r m a n m o n a s t e r i e s , f o r t h e a n o n y m o u s Dialogus de musica, written in
n o r t h I t a l y i n t h e late t e n t h c e n t u r y , d e s c r i b e s j u s t s u c h a s y s t e m ( a l b e i t w i t h o u t t h e
special signs for liquescence, q u i l i s m a , a n d oriscus i n the M o n t p e l l i e r m a n u s c r i p t ) .
T h e l i t u r g i c a l o r d e r i n g of c h a n t s w h i c h u n i t e s b o o k s f r o m S a i n t - B e n i g n e a n d t h o s e
f r o m N o r m a n monasteries is n o t t h a t of C l u n y . T h e ' C l u n i a c ' n a t u r e of W i l l i a m ' s
r e f o r m s l i e s e l s e w h e r e . P e r h a p s it is s i g n i f i c a n t t h a t w e d o n o t find t r o p e s f o r the
p r o p e r of m a s s i n b o o k s f r o m t h e r e v i v e d m o n a s t e r i e s — a s i g n of C l u n i a c ' a b s t i n e n c e ' ?
T h e y d o , h o w e v e r , h a v e f u l l c o m p l e m e n t s of s e q u e n c e s , a n d o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s :
the twelfth-century troper f r o m S a i n t - E v r o u l t , for e x a m p l e , Paris, Bibliotheque
N a t i o n a l e , l a t . 1 0 5 0 8 , has o n e of t h e b i g g e s t c o l l e c t i o n s of o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s chants
and tropes of its time, surpassed only by the collections in Norman-Sicilian
m a n u s c r i p t s , t o w h i c h it is i n a n y case r e l a t e d ( l i s t e d i n H i l e y 1986, ' O r d i n a r y ' ) . A n d
t h e r e is a m p l e e v i d e n c e of c o m p o s i t i o n a l a c t i v i t y i n h o n o u r of t h e l o c a l p a t r o n s a i n t s ,
f o r a l l of w h o m n e w o f f i c e s w o u l d h a v e b e e n w r i t t e n as s o o n as m u s i c a l p r a c t i c e was
firmly e s t a b l i s h e d . H u g l o h a s s p e c u l a t e d that t h e o f f i c e of S t B e n i g n u s , also c e l e b r a t e d
i n N o r m a n d y , m i g h t have been w r i t t e n by W i l l i a m himself, t h o u g h we have no proof
of t h i s . A t first, as o n e m i g h t e x p e c t , o u t s i d e h e l p w a s o c c a s i o n a l l y n e e d e d : O r d e r i c u s
V i t a l i s , t h e c h r o n i c l e r of S a i n t - E v r o u l t , r e p o r t s that t h e o f f i c e of t h e monastery's
patron saint Evroult (Ebrulphus) was first composed a c c o r d i n g to the secular
( R o m a n ) c u r s u s at t h e r e q u e s t of A b b o t R o b e r t d e G r a n t m e s n i l ( 1 0 5 9 - 6 1 ) b y A r n u l f ,
t h e p r e c e n t o r of C h a r t r e s c a t h e d r a l a n d a p u p i l of t h e f a m o u s F u l b e r t . T w o y o u n g
m o n k s , H u b e r t a n d R a l p h , w e n t to C h a r t r e s to h e a r it s u n g ( i n t h e d a y s b e f o r e staff-
n o t a t i o n w a s u s e d at S a i n t - E v r o u l t ) . T h e office w a s g i v e n its final m o n a s t i c f o r m b y
t h e a d d i t i o n o f n i n e a n t i p h o n s a n d t h r e e r e s p o n s o r i e s b y G u i t m u n d , w h o h a d c o m e to
S a i n t - E v r o u l t w i t h t h e n e x t a b b o t , O s b e r n ( 1 0 6 1 - 6 ) , f r o m t h e m o n a s t e r y of S a i n t e -
C a t h e r i n e - d u - M o n t at R o u e n ( C h i b n a l l 1 9 6 9 - 8 0 , i i . 1 0 8 - 9 ) . S u c h a p a t t e r n of e v e n t s
must have been repeated v e r y o f t e n — a n d of c o u r s e n o t i n N o r m a n d y a l o n e . On
n u m e r o u s o c c a s i o n s t h e p i o u s c o m p o s e r ' s n a m e is r e c o r d e d f o r p o s t e r i t y b y a n e q u a l l y
p i o u s c h r o n i c l e r , b y p a s s i n g f o r us t h e a n o n y m i t y of t h e l i t u r g i c a l b o o k s themselves.
The results c a n easily be seen b y t u r n i n g the pages of, for example, Hesbert's
c a t a l o g u e of m a n u s c r i p t s f r o m J u m i e g e s ( M M S 2 ) : R o u e n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e
248 ( A . 339), a n a n t i p h o n e r of t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y , c o n t a i n s t h e c o m p l e t e p r o p e r
o f f i c e s f o r P h i l i b e r t u s a n d A y c a d r i u s , t h e a b b e y ' s p a t r o n s a i n t s , A u d o e n u s ( O u e n ) of
R o u e n , a n d B e n i g n u s ( B e n i g n e ) . P l a t e s L X X V I - L X X V I I i n M M S 2 g i v e t h e start of
t h e P h i l i b e r t o f f i c e , w i t h t h e a n t i p h o n s of the first n o c t u r n of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e i n
modal order 1-6. The o f f i c e of S t A u d o e n u s , p a t r o n of t h e d i o c e s e , was more
a d v e n t u r o u s , c o n t a i n i n g n u m e r o u s p r o s u l a s (see K e l l y 1 9 7 7 ) .
IX.6. E N G L A N D B E F O R E A N D A F T E R T H E N O R M A N
C O N Q U E S T
W h i l e t h e d e r i v a t i o n o f t h e m o n a s t i c uses i n E n g l a n d is r e a s o n a b l y c l e a r , t h e use of t h e
s e c u l a r c a t h e d r a l s s u r v i v e s i n a f r u s t r a t i n g l y i n c o m p l e t e state. W e h a v e c h a n t - b o o k s ,
b o t h for office a n d mass, f r o m o n l y three: S a l i s b u r y , H e r e f o r d , a n d Y o r k .
T h e f o u n d a t i o n s of t h e S a l i s b u r y l i t u r g y as w e k n o w it a p p e a r t o h a v e b e e n l a i d b y
B i s h o p (St) O s m u n d i n t h e late e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y . T h e t w e l f t h - c e n t u r y u n n o t a t e d
g r a d u a l S a l i s b u r y , C a t h e d r a l C h a p t e r L i b r a r y 149 s h o w s t h e m a s s l i t u r g y e s t a b l i s h e d
before the first n o t a t e d c h a n t - b o o k s a p p e a r . T h e s e s e e m to h a v e b e e n d u e t o t h e
i n i t i a t i v e of B i s h o p R i c h a r d P o o r e , w h o i n 1218 c h a n g e d the site of t h e c a t h e d r a l , a n d
who m a y be the a u t h o r of the c u s t o m a r y a n d o r d i n a l : these s u r v i v e i n several
s u c c e s s i v e ' e d i t i o n s ' (see F r e r e 1 8 9 8 - 1 9 0 1 ) . A m o n g t h e earliest c h a n t - b o o k s are t h r e e
n o t a t e d i n v e r y s i m i l a r h a n d s , of a b o u t t h e s e c o n d q u a r t e r of t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y :
the graduals London, British Library, Add. 12194 (part facs. in Graduale
Sarisburiense) and Oxford, B o d l e i a n L i b r a r y , R a w l . lit. d . 3, a n d the antiphoner
C a m b r i d g e , U n i v e r s i t y L i b r a r y , M m . 2. 9 ( f r o m B a r n w e l l near C a m b r i d g e , facs. in
AS), f o l l o w e d b y the n o t e d m i s s a l M a n c h e s t e r , J o h n R y l a n d s L i b r a r y , lat. 24, made
i n S a l i s b u r y a r o u n d 1260 f o r H e n r y of C h i c h e s t e r , c a n o n of E x e t e r C a t h e d r a l , to
p r e s e n t to t h e c a t h e d r a l t h e r e ( H o l l a e n d e r 1 9 4 2 - 4 ) .
S a l i s b u r y ( ' S a r u m ' ) u s e b e c a m e a s o r t of n a t i o n a l r i t e b y t h e l a t e r M i d d l e A g e s . T h e
reasons f o r t h i s are not entirely clear, but a m o n g the c r u c i a l factors were the
following: (i) the seat of the archbishopric, Christ C h u r c h Canterbury, was a
m o n a s t i c h o u s e w h o s e l i t u r g y c o u l d n o t be a u t o m a t i c a l l y u s e d i n s e c u l a r cathedrals
a n d p a r i s h c h u r c h e s ; ( i i ) t h e r o y a l c h a p e l s e e m s to h a v e u s e d t h e S a l i s b u r y l i t u r g y ,
t h o u g h f r o m w h a t t i m e is n o t k n o w n ; i n d e e d a n o t e i n a f o u r t e e n t h - c e n t u r y Sarum
m i s s a l s t a t e s t h a t t h e use of t h e r o y a l c h a p e l is a c t u a l l y n o r m a t i v e f o r t h e r i t e e l s e w h e r e
( H o h l e r 1978, 3 7 ) ; ( i i i ) f r o m t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y o n w a r d , p r o f e s s i o n a l w o r k s h o p s
i n O x f o r d , L o n d o n , a n d l a t e r C a m b r i d g e a p p e a r to h a v e b e e n a b l e t o s u p p l y b o o k s of
S a l i s b u r y u s e ' o n d e m a n d ' , so to s p e a k , m a k i n g it easy f o r c h u r c h e s to a c q u i r e b o o k s
of t h i s t y p e r a t h e r t h a n t h o s e o f t h e i r d i o c e s a n c a t h e d r a l ( D r o s t e 1983). A good
i l l u s t r a t i o n of t h i s is t h e m i s s a l M u n i c h , B a y e r i s c h e S t a a t s b i b l i o t h e k , e l m 7 0 5 , which
b e a r s a c o l o p h o n i n d i c a t i n g t h a t it w a s c o p i e d i n O x f o r d , a n d w h o s e c a l e n d a r has t h e
d e d i c a t i o n feast of t h e p a r i s h c h u r c h of L y d d ( d i o c e s e C a n t e r b u r y ) .
E a r l y s o u r c e s f r o m W a l e s , I r e l a n d , a n d S c o t l a n d are l a c k i n g . It w a s u n d e r E n g l i s h
i n f l u e n c e o r i n t h e t r a i n of E n g l i s h a r m s t h a t t h e c h a n t t r a d i t i o n s r e p r e s e n t e d i n t h e
earliest extant sources (of the thirteenth century) were formed, with the usual
m o d i c u m of i t e m s i n h o n o u r of l o c a l s a i n t s .
V e r y rarely can we detect 'local flavour' i n the chants that were p r o d u c e d l o c a l l y .
T h e r e is n o f u n d a m e n t a l s t y l i s t i c d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n c h a n t w r i t t e n i n E n g l a n d a n d
that w r i t t e n i n F r a n c e . O f the sequences for St P a t r i c k i n I r i s h sources, for e x a m p l e ,
Letabundus dec ante t is a c o n t r a f a c t u m of t h e popular C h r i s t m a s sequence (see
M M S 4 f o r a f a c s i m i l e of C a m b r i d g e A d d . 7 1 0 ) ; a n d w h i l e H e s b e r t c o m m e n t s o n t h e
' I r i s h n e s s ' of Laeta lux est hodierna ( i n t h e s a m e m a n u s c r i p t ) , its ' m a j o r mode'
m e l o d y s e e m s t o t h e p r e s e n t a u t h o r t y p i c a l of m a n y c o n t e m p o r a r y c o m p o s i t i o n s . T h e
o f f i c e of S t D a v i d i n A b e r y s t w y t h , N a t i o n a l L i b r a r y 2 0 5 4 1 E (see O . T . Edwards
1987) is a c o n t r a f a c t u m of t h e o f f i c e of S t T h o m a s of C a n t e r b u r y . ( F o r Scottish
r e m a i n s see M c R o b e r t s 1952 e t c . a n d W o o d s 1 9 8 7 . ) T h e a i m is to p r o v i d e
T
fitting
m u s i c f o r t h e p r a i s e of t h e s a i n t , a n d w h a t is u n u s u a l o r r a d i c a l l y n e w w i l l n o t as a r u l e
be fitting.
IX.7. N O R T H I T A L I A N T R A D I T I O N S
Planchart 1985.
A p a r t f r o m t h e s e p a r a t e r i t e of M i l a n , a n d the s c a n t y r e m a i n s of o t h e r non-Roman
u s e s , c h a n t - b o o k s f r o m I t a l y n o r t h of R o m e are G r e g o r i a n . B u t t h e y d i s p l a y g r e a t
v a r i e t y of c o n t e n t a n d a p p e a r a n c e , s o m e of it the r e s u l t of e s t a b l i s h i n g l o c a l t r a d i t i o n s ,
s o m e d u e to t h e i m p o r t a t i o n o f f o r e i g n p r a c t i c e s . A f e w e x a m p l e s o f t h e s e o v e r l a p p i n g
u s e s m a y be g i v e n h e r e .
The different styles of notation in Italian manuscripts have already been
m e n t i o n e d , a n d the o c c u r r e n c e of G e r m a n n o t a t i o n at M o n z a a n d B o b b i o , Breton
n o t a t i o n at P a v i a , a n d L a o n n o t a t i o n at C o m o ( I V . 2 ) . T h i s a c c o r d s to s o m e e x t e n t
w i t h t h e a f f i l i a t i o n s r e v e a l e d b y t h e m e l o d i c v a r i a n t s i n c h a n t s f o r t h e p r o p e r of m a s s :
M o n z a ( M o n z a , B a s i l i c a S . G i o v a n n i C . 12/75 a n d C . 13/76) a l l i e s i t s e l f w i t h the
eastern 'bloc'. The nearest relative of Vercelli, Biblioteca Capitolare 186, from
B a l e r n a n e a r L a k e C o m o , is t h e L a o n g r a d u a l L a o n , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 2 3 9 .
T h e s o u r c e s f r o m P a v i a ( t h e a s c r i p t i o n is p r o v i s i o n a l ) , I v r e a , B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e 6 0
a n d V e r c e l l i , B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e 5 6 , are r e l a t e d , t h o u g h n o t so c l o s e l y , to B r e t o n
sources. A m a j o r i t y o f t h e t r o p e s i n I v r e a 60 a p p e a r to h a v e b e e n i m p o r t e d f r o m
F r a n c e , yet i t s s e q u e n c e r e p e r t o r y is d o m i n a t e d b y G e r m a n p i e c e s . T h e l a t t e r f e a t u r e
is n o t unusual in north Italy. The monastery of N o n a n t o l a , near Bologna, for
e x a m p l e , had a sequence repertory largely based o n N o t k e r ' s c o l l e c t i o n ; one w o n d e r s
i f t h i s fact is c o n n e c t e d w i t h t h e e a r l y a p p e a r a n c e of a t o n a r y l i k e t h e R e i c h e n a u o n e i n
a N o n a n t o l a m a n u s c r i p t ( R o m e , B i b l i o t e c a Casanatense 5 4 — s e e I I I . 14). (Sequences
i n a l l I t a l i a n s o u r c e s u p t o r . 1 2 0 0 h a v e b e e n c a t a l o g u e d b y B r u n n e r 1 9 8 5 , w h o is a l s o
p r e p a r i n g an e d i t i o n of the N o n a n t o l a sequences.)
Since numerous G e r m a n c l e r i c s w e r e a p p o i n t e d to i m p o r t a n t positions in the
I t a l i a n c h u r c h t h r o u g h o u t t h e e a r l y M i d d l e A g e s , it is n o t s u r p r i s i n g t h a t t h e i n f l u e n c e
of G e r m a n l i t u r g i c a l p r a c t i c e w a s s t r o n g . It s e e m s c e r t a i n , f o r e x a m p l e , t h a t t h e e a r l y
appearance of t h e G e r m a n o r ' A u g s b u r g ' f o r m o f t h e Visitatio Sepulchri, 'Quern
queritis o t r e m u l e mulieres', i n A q u i l e i a ( U d i n e , B i b l i o t e c a C a p i t o l a r e 234, eleventh
t o t w e l f t h c e n t u r y ) is d u e to t h e a p p o i n t m e n t of A u g s b u r g c a n o n s t o t h e patriarchate
i n the eleventh c e n t u r y : E b e r h a r d i n 1 0 4 2 - 8 a n d ( m o r e l i k e l y ) H e i n r i c h i n 1 0 7 7 - 8 4 .
T h i s w o u l d also be w h y the m e l o d i c variants i n the s u r v i v i n g A q u i l e i a n graduals
Rome, B i b l i o t e c a A p o s t o l i c a V a t i c a n a , R o s s i 76 a n d U d i n e 8 . 2 ( b o t h thirteenth
c e n t u r y ) a g r e e w i t h s o u r c e s i n t h e e a s t e r n ' b l o c ' . ( O n A q u i l e i a see a l s o H u g l o 1 9 7 6 ) .
Apparently ancient n o n - R o m a n chants have often turned u p in relatively late
I t a l i a n s o u r c e s (see W i l m a r t 1929, H u g l o 1952, ' A n t i e n n e s ' , 1954, 'Vestiges', Levy
1970, 1971, B a r o f f i o 1978, B o e 1987). W e s h o u l d n o t , t h e r e f o r e , a u t o m a t i c a l l y a s s u m e
t h a t i t e m s i n I t a l i a n m a n u s c r i p t s w h i c h are also k n o w n i n F r a n c e o r G e r m a n y w e r e
n e c e s s a r i l y i m p o r t e d i n t o I t a l y . A s a s i m p l e i l l u s t r a t i o n of t h i s p o i n t o n e m i g h t t a k e
t h e t r o p e s f o r t h e i n t r o i t of m a s s o n E a s t e r D a y as t h e y a p p e a r i n P i a c e n z a , B i b l i o t e c a
C a p i t o l a r e 6 5 , t h e m a s s i v e c o m p e n d i u m of t h e e n t i r e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y of P i a c e n z a
c a t h e d r a l , b e g u n i n 1142 n o t l o n g after t h e c o m m e n c e m e n t of t h e n e w c a t h e d r a l
church. The edition a n d l i s t s of t r o p e s i n C T 3 make comparisons with other
repertories easy.
P i a c e n z a 65 b e g i n s w i t h a v e r s i o n of t h e Quern queritis d i a l o g u e , one where, after
t h e s e n t e n c e s Quern queritis—Iesurn Nazarenum—Non est hie . . . he nunciate quia
surrexit dicentes, t h e p i e c e c o n c l u d e s w i t h t h e verses Alleluia resurrexit dominus. Eia
carissirni verba canite Christi, p r e s u m a b l y c o m p o s e d to l e a d i n t o t h e E a s t e r i n t r o i t
Resurrexit. T h e v e r s e Eia carissirni is f o u n d o t h e r w i s e o n l y i n a f e w o t h e r I t a l i a n
sources and i n C a m b r a i , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 7 5 , f r o m S a i n t - V a a s t at A r r a s .
W h e r e d i d it o r i g i n a t e ? T h a t d i a l o g u e has b e e n d i s c u s s e d f r e q u e n t l y (see Rankin
1985, 'Quern queritis ).
1
B u t f o r t h e i n t r o i t i t s e l f P i a c e n z a 65 has m o r e t r o p e v e r s e s
(Ex. IX.7.1).
T h e t r o p e v e r s e s Qui elicit patri a n d Mirabile laudat appear elsewhere only i n a
small n u m b e r of Italian sources, from N o v a l e s a near M o n t Cenis, Pistoia, and
B e n e v e n t o . Hodie exultent, h o w e v e r , t u r n s u p i n a s l i g h t l y d i f f e r e n t r a n g e of I t a l i a n
sources a n d i n the t w o earliest St G a l l tropers, St G a l l , S t i f t s b i b l i o t h e k 484 a n d 3 8 1 .
T h e text w a s also c o p i e d i n t o M u n i c h , B a y e r i s c h e S t a a t s b i b l i o t h e k , e l m 14843, w h i c h
s o m e s c h o l a r s h a v e d a t e d as e a r l y as the n i n t h c e n t u r y . T h e s e c o n d p a r t of t h e v e r s e ,
' r e s u r r e x i t l e o f o r t i s d e o g r a c i a s ' , is w h a t u s u a l l y f o l l o w s ' A l l e l u i a r e s u r r e x i t d o m i n u s '
i n t h e d i a l o g u e at t h e s e p u l c h r e . W h a t has h a p p e n e d ? H a s t h a t s e n t e n c e b e e n l i f t e d
f r o m t h e d i a l o g u e as p a r t of a r e v i s i o n , a n d if s o , w a s it d o n e at S t G a l l o r i n I t a l y ? A t
S t G a l l Hodie exultent iusti s t a r t s a series of v e r s e s , r a t h e r t h a n finishing o n e o f f as i n
Piacenza and other Italian sources.
I n a r e c e n t d i s c u s s i o n of s o m e o t h e r verses b e g i n n i n g ' H o d i e . . .' R e i e r p o i n t e d o u t
(a) t h a t t h e y h a d w i d e d i s t r i b u t i o n i n I t a l i a n s o u r c e s , a n d (b) that they all h a d the
same m e l o d y (Reier 1981, i . 157). A l t h o u g h Reier's examples were introductory
t r o p e s , u n l i k e Hodie exultent iusti i n P i a c e n z a , Hodie exultent has e x a c t l y t h e s a m e
m e l o d y as t h e o t h e r s . T h a t is t h e s a m e as Hodie resurrexit leo fortis i n other versions
o f t h e E a s t e r d i a l o g u e . S o w e s h o u l d at least c o n s i d e r t h e p o s s i b i l i t y t h a t Hodie
exultent iusti is a n o l d I t a l i a n i n t r o d u c t o r y t r o p e , p e r h a p s d i s p l a c e d b y the p o p u l a r
Quern queritis d i a l o g u e , w h i c h i n t u r n i n some versions took a verse f r o m Hodie
exultent iusti. T h i s s o r t of r e a s o n i n g c a r r i e s n o c o n v i c t i o n if t h e m u s i c is n o t t a k e n
i n t o a c c o u n t . I t is t h e u s e of t h e s a m e m e l o d y f o r s e v e r a l d i f f e r e n t t r o p e verses w h i c h
is u n u s u a l a n d a l e r t s o n e to t h e p o s s i b i l i t y of a n ' o r i g i n a l ' l a y e r of I t a l i a n m a t e r i a l .
A f t e r t h e s e t r o p e v e r s e s P i a c e n z a 65 has t h e E a s t e r Alleluia Pascha nostrum with a
p r o s u l a f o r t h e ' A l l e l u i a ' . T h e r e f o l l o w s the s e q u e n c e Clara gaudia festa paschalia.
The m e l o d y of this sequence was widely known, being called 'Angelica' and
' N o b i l i s s i m a ' at W i n c h e s t e r , ' M u s a ' i n A n g e r s , B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 144, and
' R o m a n a ' i n S t G a l l ( w h i c h m a y n o t be e n t i r e l y f a n c i f u l ) . N o t k e r c o m p o s e d t w o t e x t s
f o r i t , Johannes Jesu Christo a n d Laurenti David magni martyr. Clara gaudia was
k n o w n i n F r a n c e , as w a s a n o t h e r E a s t e r text f o r t h i s m e l o d y , Die nobis, and another
7. North Italy 587
E x . I X . 7 . 1 . T r o p e verses Qui die at patri, etc. for introit Resurrexi (Piacenza, B i b l . C a p . 65,
fo. 235 ) v
, # #s # * # # mfu* ft
RESUR-RE-XI ET A D H U C T E C U M SUM A L - L E - L U - IA.
TI
P Qui di - cat pa- -tri pro - phe-ti - ca uo-ce.
p s
^fa rj
*S &
£ w # * # # • • • » * c #» #
D O - M I - N E PROBASTI M E ^ . \ , .x ET R E S U R R E C T I O - N E M
e s
MEAM.
omitted)
T3
J * * #
Ho-ai -e ex - ultant ius - ti re-sur - re-xit le - o for-tis De-o gra-ti-as
_ ^ — ^ —
-m * m 9
* «
& # ^ # * # ZMZ
1'.T» 0 iL:
In qua Christus per crucem redemit a - nimas i n - f e r - n o de-di-tas
A proto - plas-to quotquot in hoc s e c u - l o pro-ge-ni - te fu-e-rant
* ^ «B
1: «
Quis . . . est de-mones u - lulant cruci - fer qui nostra ut de-us soluit uin-cu-la cuncta
F u - g a - t i s te-nebris fulgu-rat t h e - a - 1 r a - lis orror ru - ti-lat l u - m i - n e perlustra-tus
Decantant a l - l e - l u - i a .
IX.8. B E N E V E N T O A N D M O N T E C A S S I N O
The e x i s t e n c e of a n o n - R o m a n r i t e a n d c o r r e s p o n d i n g n o n - R o m a n c h a n t in the
L o m b a r d d u c h y of B e n e v e n t o has a l r e a d y b e e n d i s c u s s e d ( V I I I . 5 ) . T h e principal
sources of O l d B e n e v e n t a n chant are i n fact G r e g o r i a n b o o k s w i t h r e l i c s of the
d i s p l a c e d r e p e r t o r y s t i l l c o p i e d a l o n g s i d e t h e i m p o r t e d o n e . O f c o u r s e , t h e s e b o o k s are
a l s o i m p o r t a n t as s o u r c e s of G r e g o r i a n c h a n t , w i t h t h e l o c a l p e c u l i a r i t i e s of r e p e r t o r y
a n d m e l o d i c r e a d i n g s w e s h o u l d e x p e c t of a n y g r o u p of G r e g o r i a n s o u r c e s . M o s t of
the surviving chant manuscripts are from Benevento itself, which has slightly
o b s c u r e d t h e fact that t h e great B e n e d i c t i n e m o n a s t e r y of M o n t e c a s s i n o l a y i n t h e
s a m e a r e a a n d s h a r e s m a n y d e t a i l s of c h a n t p r a c t i c e w i t h B e n e v e n t o (see Planchart
1990). K e l l y (1985, 'Montecassino', 1989) has m a d e it c l e a r t h a t O l d Beneventan
c h a n t w a s s u n g at M o n t e c a s s i n o as w e l l . U n f o r t u n a t e l y , C a s s i n e s e s o u r c e s are f e w e r
a n d l a t e r , a n d it is t h e r e f o r e d i f f i c u l t to assess its c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t of
Gregorian chant and the burgeoning repertory of s e q u e n c e s a n d tropes in the
Beneventan region. (The s e q u e n c e s are c a t a l o g u e d by Brunner 1985, the trope
r e p e r t o r y is b e i n g e d i t e d b y B o e a n d P l a n c h a r t i n t h e s e r i e s B e n e v e n t a n u m T r o p o r u m
Corpus.)
T h e p r i n c i p a l s o u r c e s f r o m the t w o c e n t r e s , w h i c h d a t e f r o m t h e e a r l y e l e v e n t h to
the thirteenth century, are the following (in Benevento, Archivio Capitolare,
Montecassino, A r c h i v i o della Badia, and Rome, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana):
from Benevento:
n o t e d m i s s a l s : B e n e v e n t o 33 ( P a l M u s 20) a n d 30 ( p a r t i a l l y n o t a t e d )
g r a d u a l s : B e n e v e n t o 38, 3 9 , 4 0 , 34 ( P a l M u s 15), a n d 35
c o m b i n e d missal and breviary: Benevento 19—20
noted breviary (winter part): Benevento 22
a n t i p h o n e r : B e n e v e n t o 21 (text e d n . b y H e s b e r t i n C V I O 2)
from Montecassino:
n o t e d m i s s a l s : R o m e , V a t . lat. 6 0 8 2 ( p o s s i b l y f o r S a n V i n c e n z o al V o l t u r n o ) a n d
M o n t e c a s s i n o 540 ( u s e d at P l o m b a r i o l a )
g r a d u a l : M o n t e c a s s i n o 546 (winter part)
a n t i p h o n e r : M o n t e c a s s i n o 542 (winter part)
t r o p e r : U r b . lat. 602 ( i n v e n t o r y a n d partial r e c o n s t r u c t i o n B o e 1985)
t h e o r y c o m p e n d i u m a n d t o n a r i e s : M o n t e c a s s i n o 318 ( R I S M B/III/2, H u g l o 1969,
Brunner 1981)
related sources:
g r a d u a l s : R o m e , V a t . l a t . 10673 ( o n l y a large f r a g m e n t r e m a i n s ; P a l M u s 14) from
A p u l i a or possibly Benevento, a n d P a r i s , B i b l i o t h e q u e N a t i o n a l e , n . a. 1. 1669
from Gubbio
n o t e d m i s s a l s : R o m e , B a r b . 603 f r o m C a i a z z o , B a l t i m o r e , W a l t e r s A r t G a l l e r y 6 f r o m
C a n o s a (text e d . R e h l e 1 9 7 2 - 3 ) , a n d R o m e , O t t o b . l a t . 5 7 6 ( p a r t i a l l y n o t a t e d )
t r o p e r : N a p l e s , B i b l i o t e c a N a z i o n a l e V I G . 34 f r o m T r o i a
(Assignment of these s o u r c e s to p a r t i c u l a r i n s t i t u t i o n s a n d d a t e s is occasionally
r e v i s e d , b u t t h e g e n e r a l area is not i n d o u b t . See Boe 1985, Kelly 1989, and the
c a t a l o g u e ( i n p r o g r e s s ) of s o u r c e s i n the A r c h i v i o C a p i t o l a r e at B e n e v e n t o b y M a l l e t
and Thibaut.)
T h i s s h o r t l i s t d o e s n o t m e n t i o n o t h e r t y p e s of l i t u r g i c a l b o o k s o r t h e numerous
f r a g m e n t a r y s o u r c e s , s o m e f r o m D a l m a t i a (the A d r i a t i c c o a s t of m o d e r n Y u g o s l a v i a ) .
I n p a r t i c u l a r , a n u m b e r of s p l e n d i d r o l l s b e a r i n g the E x u l t e t c h a n t f o r t h e l i g h t i n g of
t h e p a s c h a l c a n d l e o n E a s t e r E v e h a v e b e e n p r e s e r v e d ( A v e r y 1936, C a v a l l o 1973).
The d i s t i n c t i v e s c r i p t a n d n o t a t i o n of m a n u s c r i p t s f r o m t h e a r e a has stimulated
s c h o l a r s to h u n t d o w n a great n u m b e r of s o u r c e s , a n d w e are r e l a t i v e l y w e l l i n f o r m e d
a b o u t t h e e x t e n t a n d n a t u r e of the s u r v i v i n g c o r p u s (see L o e w a n d B r o w n 1 9 8 0 ) .
T h e s t o r y of t h e s u p e r s e s s i o n of t h e O l d B e n e v e n t a n r i t e a n d c h a n t b y t h e R o m a n r i t e
a n d G r e g o r i a n c h a n t is a c o m p l i c a t e d o n e b u t v e r y i n t e r e s t i n g . A g r e a t d e a l o f it has
b e e n r e c o n s t r u c t e d b y H e s b e r t ( 1 9 3 8 - 4 7 , P a l M u s 14, e t c . ) , a n d K e l l y ( 1 9 8 9 , 1 8 - 2 5 )
p r o v i d e s a r e c e n t s u m m a r y . T h e v e r s i o n of t h e R o m a n r i t e as it a p p e a r s i n its e a r l i e s t
B e n e v e n t a n s o u r c e s ( B e n e v e n t o 33 f r o m a r o u n d 1000) has m a n y a r c h a i c f e a t u r e s w h i c h
h a d l o n g been o v e r h a u l e d i n the F r a n k i s h e m p i r e , b u t w h i c h persisted i n R o m e itself,
as m a y b e seen i n t h e O l d R o m a n c h a n t - b o o k s of t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y . T h a t the
B e n e v e n t a n b o o k s w i t h R o m a n o r d e r of s e r v i c e h a v e G r e g o r i a n c h a n t has b e e n t a k e n
to d e n o t e F r a n k i s h , r a t h e r t h a n s p e c i f i c a l l y R o m a n i n f l u e n c e , a n d it has b e e n a r g u e d
that the G r e g o r i a n chant must have a r r i v e d i n Benevento at t h e t i m e w h e n the
l i t u r g i c a l a r c h a i s m s w e r e s t i l l c u r r e n t i n t h e F r a n k i s h e m p i r e , t h a t is i n t h e e i g h t h
c e n t u r y . It is c l e a r f r o m t h e m u s i c m a n u s c r i p t s t h e m s e l v e s t h a t G r e g o r i a n a n d O l d
B e n e v e n t a n c h a n t l i v e d s i d e b y s i d e , so to s p e a k , f o r o v e r a c e n t u r y . C o u l d t h e y h a v e
c o e x i s t e d s i n c e as f a r b a c k as t h e late e i g h t h c e n t u r y ? K e l l y sees P a u l W a r n e f r i d (the
Deacon), biographer of Gregory the Great, as a possible agent for Frankish-
G r e g o r i a n chant in Benevento ( K e l l y 1989, 2 2 - 5 ) . T h e age of t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n of
G r e g o r i a n c h a n t s e e m s to be c o n f i r m e d b y t h e fact t h a t t h e F e a s t of t h e Twelve
B r o t h e r s , i n t r o d u c e d at B e n e v e n t o i n 7 6 0 , has O l d B e n e v e n t a n c h a n t , w h e r e a s f o r t h e
F e a s t of S t M e r c u r i u s n o n e s u r v i v e s , n o r f o r t w o s a i n t s w h o s e use w a s t a k e n u p at
B e n e v e n t o i n the n i n t h c e n t u r y : J a n u a r i u s a n d B a r t h o l o m e w . Y e t for B a r b a t u s , w h o s e
c u l t also d e v e l o p e d i n t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y , s o m e O l d B e n e v e n t a n a n t i p h o n s d o s u r v i v e .
T h e r o l e of M o n t e c a s s i n o , S t B e n e d i c t ' s o w n m o n a s t e r y , is u n c l e a r . F o u n d e d i n t h e
e a r l y s i x t h c e n t u r y , it w a s d e s t r o y e d b y t h e L o m b a r d s i n 577 a n d h a d to b e r e f o u n d e d
b y P e t r o n a x of B r e s c i a i n 7 1 7 . I n t h e i n t e r i m m o n k s f r o m F l e u r y h a d c a r r i e d o f f t h e
m o r t a l r e m a i n s of B e n e d i c t a n d h i s sister S c h o l a s t i c a . S o t h e F r a n k i s h ' a c q u i s i t i o n ' of
R o m a n c h a n t h a d a t a n g i b l e m o n a s t i c c o u n t e r p a r t . W h a t t h e c h a n t of M o n t e c a s s i n o
m a y h a v e b e e n l i k e i n t h e e i g h t h c e n t u r y w e d o n o t k n o w , w h i c h is u n f o r t u n a t e
because Boniface sent h i s d i s c i p l e S t u r m i , f u t u r e a b b o t of F u l d a , to R o m e and
M o n t e c a s s i n o f o r t w o y e a r s to s t u d y the B e n e d i c t i n e r u l e . C h a r l e m a g n e s e n t t h e r e i n
7 8 7 f o r a c o p y of t h e r u l e . I n 883 it w a s b u r n e d b y t h e S a r a c e n s a n d r e m a i n e d d e s e r t e d
f o r s i x t y y e a r s . T h e r e f o l l o w s the p e r i o d f o r w h i c h O l d B e n e v e n t a n c h a n t c a n be
d o c u m e n t e d at M o n t e c a s s i n o , after w h i c h w e h a v e t h e f o l l o w i n g v a l u a b l e r e c o r d o f
m o v e s to i n t r o d u c e G r e g o r i a n .
W h a t t h e n o n - I t a l i a n popes w h o o c c u p i e d the H o l y See f r o m the e n d of t h e t e n t h
c e n t u r y a n d a g a i n f r o m 1046 o n w a r d t h o u g h t of t h e O l d R o m a n c h a n t t h e y h e a r d i n
R o m e , so d i f f e r e n t f r o m t h e G r e g o r i a n c h a n t of t h e i r n a t i v e l a n d s , w e d o n o t k n o w . It
was by the G e r m a n Gregory V (996-9) that a German type of p o n t i f i c a l w a s
i n t r o d u c e d i n R o m e (see I I I . 1 2 ) , b u t w e h a v e n o s p e c i f i c r e c o r d o f c h a n g e s i n c h a n t
practice i n R o m e u n t i l m u c h later. I n the m i d - e l e v e n t h century M o n t e c a s s i n o h a d t w o
G e r m a n abbots i n succession, R i c h e r i u s a n d F r e d e r i c k , the latter b e c o m i n g Pope
S t e p h e n I X i n 1057. I n 1058, o n a visit to M o n t e c a s s i n o , he f o r b a d e the s i n g i n g of
' A m b r o s i a n u s c a n t u s ' , b y w h i c h is m e a n t O l d B e n e v e n t a n c h a n t ( M G H (Scriptores)
Die Chronik von Montecassino, 3 5 2 - 3 ) . T h e task of s u p p r e s s i n g it m u s t h a v e been
that of t h e g r e a t a b b o t D e s i d e r i u s , the future V i c t o r I I I , whose abbacy marks a
cultural high point i n Montecassino's history (Bloch 1 9 8 5 , C o w d r e y 1 9 8 3 ) . I t is
d i s a p p o i n t i n g t h a t p r a c t i c a l l y n o m u s i c a l s o u r c e of t h i s t i m e h a s s u r v i v e d , w i t h t h e
e x c e p t i o n of the h u g e theoretical c o m p e n d i u m , M o n t e c a s s i n o 318.
The G r e g o r i a n tradition established at B e n e v e n t o and Montecassino a n d the
repertories of t r o p e s a n d sequences, though naturally containing distinctive local
d e t a i l s , w e r e b y n o m e a n s p a r o c h i a l . M a n y of t h e t r o p e s a n d s e q u e n c e s k n o w n t h e r e
a p p e a r t o h a v e t r a v e l l e d l o n g d i s t a n c e s (see B r u n n e r 1 9 8 1 ) , a n d t h e m e l o d i c v a r i a n t s
i n t h e p r o p e r c h a n t s o f m a s s , c o l l a t e d b y t h e m o n k s of S o l e s m e s (Graduel romain IV),
are s u r p r i s i n g l y c l o s e t o t h o s e of A q u i t a n i a n s o u r c e s . T h e r e a s o n s f o r t h i s a r e n o t
clear.
I n t h e late e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y a n d t w e l f t h , N o r m a n i n v a d e r s c o n q u e r e d S o u t h Italy
a n d S i c i l y . W i t h t h e m c a m e c h u r c h m e n a n d the chant traditions of their native l a n d
( H i l e y 1981, 1983, ' Q u a n t o ' , 1988). B u t this seems to have m a d e little i m p a c t u p o n
Beneventan a n d Cassinese practice. O n l y one m a n u s c r i p t shows a m e r g i n g of the
d i f f e r e n t t r a d i t i o n s . T h i s is t h e t r o p e r f r o m T r o i a , N a p l e s V I . G . 3 4 , c o m p i l e d l a t e i n
the t w e l f t h c e n t u r y ( R I S M B / V / l , 1 7 5 - 6 ; o n e page f a c s . A r n e s e 1967, 1 4 6 - 9 a n d
p i . X , S t a b l e i n 1975, 145).
T h e m a n u s c r i p t i s w r i t t e n i n B e n e v e n t a n s c r i p t a n d n o t a t i o n . E v e n as late as t h i s ,
t h e r e are O l d B e n e v e n t a n r e m a i n s : t h e p r o c e s s i o n a l a n t i p h o n Deprecamur te domine
i n a n O l d B e n e v e n t a n v e r s i o n ( L e v y 1 9 8 2 , 95) a n d t h e O l d B e n e v e n t a n Peccavimus
domine ( K e l l y 1 9 8 9 , 2 8 4 ) , h a r d l y m o r e t h a n a t h r e e f o l d v a r i a t i o n of t h e s a m e s i m p l e
phrase ( E x . I X . 8 . 1 ) .
B u t the w i n d s of change have b l o w n s t r o n g l y . T h e m a n u s c r i p t has almost n o t h i n g
i n c o m m o n w i t h t h e g r e a t B e n e v e n t a n g r a d u a l s : t w o of i t s s e q u e n c e s o n l y are t a k e n
f r o m t h e t r a d i t i o n a l B e n e v e n t a n r e p e r t o r y (Qui purgas animas a n d Precursor Christi).
T h e L a u d e s regiae, the a c c l a m a t o r y chant f o r the c r o w n - w e a r i n g of the r u l e r , s u n g
a f t e r t h e G l o r i a o n t h e h i g h e s t feasts o f t h e y e a r , h a v e i n t h i s m a n u s c r i p t a v e r s i o n t h a t
is p e c u l i a r t o N o r m a n s o u r c e s ( K a n t o r o w i c z 1946). Practically a l l the K y r i e a n d
G l o r i a m e l o d i e s a n d t r o p e s are t a k e n f r o m t h e N o r m a n t r a d i t i o n ( i n v e n t o r y i n H i l e y
1 9 8 6 , ' O r d i n a r y ' ; t h e S a n c t u s a n d A g n u s are l o s t f r o m t h e e n d o f t h e m a n u s c r i p t ) .
592 IX. Persons and Places
N e x tc lceommeen - tfiasr-ssei d- me
l e s s oDe
n s ,- us
o n e doof- na
t h e no
m o- sbis
t e x tueen-sni vi -ea m
c o l l e c t i o n s k n o w n (see II.23.xii
a n d S t a b l e i n , ' E p i s t e l ' , M G G ) , w i t h s e v e r a l u n i c a . M a n y of t h e s e w e r e a l s o k n o w n i n
S i c i l y a n d n o r t h F r a n c e , t h o u g h , s i n c e t h e i r s o u t h I t a l i a n s o u r c e s are e q u a l l y e a r l y , it
is n o t clear where some of t h e s e p i e c e s originated. Were they brought by the
N o r m a n s , o r t a k e n b a c k n o r t h b y t h e m ? E x . I X . 8 . 2 g i v e s t h e s t a r t of t h e l e s s o n Lectio
libri Sapientiae . . . Qui timet Deum faciet bona for St J o h n the E v a n g e l i s t w i t h the
f a r s i n g v e r s e s Ad laudem regis glorie u n i q u e to t h i s m a n u s c r i p t . T h e m e l o d y of t h e
lesson is l a r g e l y f r e e l y composed; its p r o s e contrasts strongly with the regular,
r h y m i n g , farsing verses.
M o s t of t h e i n c o m p l e t e c o l l e c t i o n of a l l e l u i a s f o u n d i n N a p l e s V I . G . 34 w a s n o t
k n o w n in Benevento, a n d the sequences i n c l u d e some n e w r h y m e d c o m p o s i t i o n s ,
t y p i c a l of n o r t h F r a n c e , p a r t i c u l a r l y P a r i s , i n t h e l a t e r t w e l f t h c e n t u r y : Potestate non
natura, Exultemus in hac die, a n d so o n . T h e s e q u e n c e f o r T r o i a ' s p a t r o n saints
P o n t i a n u s a n d A n a s t a s i u s is u n f o r t u n a t e l y i n c o m p l e t e , so t h a t a n e x a m p l e of l o c a l
c o m p o s i t i o n is s p o i l e d f o r u s . St S e c u n d i n u s has h i s n a m e i n s e r t e d i n a c o m m o n
sequence b o r r o w e d p r o b a b l y f r o m N o r m a n use.
T h e t y p e of m a n u s c r i p t itself is n o t o n e w e n o r m a l l y a s s o c i a t e w i t h Benevento,
w h e r e o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s , t r o p e s f o r t h e p r o p e r of m a s s , a n d s e q u e n c e s w e r e
u s u a l l y e n t e r e d i n p l a c e w i t h i n e a c h m a s s , as is o f t e n t h e case i n I t a l i a n s o u r c e s . The
n e a r e s t to it is V a t i c a n U r b . l a t . 6 0 2 , w h i c h , h o w e v e r , s e e m s t o h a v e h a d n o s e q u e n c e s
o r f a r s e d l e s s o n s . T o s u m u p , N a p l e s V I . G . 34 is a m a n u s c r i p t w h e r e t h e t y p e of
notation, traditional Beneventan, g i v e s n o c l u e to t h e o r i g i n of t h e c h a n t s , which
r a n g e f r o m O l d B e n e v e n t a n t h r o u g h N o r m a n a n d b e y o n d . T h e s t u d y of o v e r l a p p i n g
p a l a e o g r a p h i c a l a n d r e p e r t o r i a l t r a d i t i o n s i n m a n u s c r i p t s l i k e t h i s is o n e of t h e m o s t
f a s c i n a t i n g areas of c h a n t research.
Ex. IX.8.2. Start of farsed lesson w i t h verses Ad laudem regis glorie, etc. ( N a p l e s , B i b l . N a z .
V I . G . 34, f o . 4 6 ) v
4 f
Tl 3 2
P —f—5?—*
prop-ter Io - han-nis
9
nr;
me-ri-ta hec
» * ^
re - ci -tans pre - c o - n i - a.
^
LI 3
- r2 —»—* ^ #—»—
T2
P 9
quam fi - de - les
— * ^
per-pen-di-te
*
L2
—9 #
9 9
QUI TI - M E T D E - U M F A - CI - E T BO-NA.
T3
Pi v
9
Ut p e r - c i - p i - a t
9 WA
^—w~
gau-di - a
" 9—'V
con - di - to-ris perhempni-a.
^ s §
?
L3
P ET OB-UI-A-UIT
— -
IL-LI
f9 + r 9
I h a v e a d o p t e d t h e v i e w a b o v e (see V I I I . 8 ) t h a t O l d R o m a n c h a n t w a s t h e o n l y c h a n t
s u n g i n R o m e u n t i l a b o u t t h e e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , a n d t h a t w h e n w e m e e t it i n its e a r l i e s t
n o t a t e d f o r m i n 1071 ( t h e d a t e of m a n u s c r i p t B o d m e r C . 74) it is a s o m e w h a t altered
descendent of t h e c h a n t w h i c h t h e F r a n k s l e a r n e d f r o m R o m a n c a n t o r s . W e d o n o t
k n o w h o w o f t e n n o n - R o m a n s n o t i c e d d i f f e r e n c e s f r o m t h e c h a n t of t h e F r a n k s . W e r
m a y a s s u m e — t h o u g h w e h a v e n o r e c o r d of i t — t h a t t h e first f o r e i g n p o p e s , i n s t a l l e d
w h e n t h e E m p e r o r O t t o I I I w a s t r y i n g to r e f o r m t h e p a p a c y , w o u l d h a v e b e e n a w a r e
of t h e c o n t r a s t : the G e r m a n G r e g o r y V ( 9 9 6 - 9 ) , a n d the F r e n c h m a n Gerbert of
A u r i l l a c , S y l v e s t e r I I ( 9 9 9 - 1 0 0 3 ) . H o w e v e r , as a l r e a d y m e n t i o n e d ( I X . 8 ) , it i s i n t h e
w a k e o f t h e s e r i e s o f G e r m a n p o p e s i n t h e m i d - e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y t h a t w e find S t e p h e n
I X o b j e c t i n g t o ' c a n t u s A m b r o s i a n u s ' at M o n t e c a s s i n o . T h a t i s , of c o u r s e , n o t O l d
R o m a n c h a n t ; t h e p o i n t i s , it is n o t G r e g o r i a n e i t h e r , a n d G r e g o r i a n c h a n t is w h a t w a s
s u n g t h e r e a f t e r at M o n t e c a s s i n o . A n d it m a y be s i g n i f i c a n t t h a t t h e e a r l i e s t s u r v i v i n g
O l d R o m a n c h a n t - b o o k dates f r o m a time w h e n the O l d R o m a n r e p e r t o r y m a y have
b e e n c o m i n g u n d e r p r e s s u r e , w h e n it m a y h a v e b e e n felt n e c e s s a r y t o t a k e s t e p s f o r i t s
preservation.
T h e t y p e of p o n t i f i c a l c o d i f i e d at M a i n z i n t h e m i d - t e n t h c e n t u r y , t h e s o - c a l l e d
' R o m a n - G e r m a n ' p o n t i f i c a l , w a s b e i n g u s e d i n R o m e s h o r t l y t h e r e a f t e r , b r o u g h t , it is
thought, by Emperor Otto I o n o n e of h i s m a n y v i s i t s . T h i s c o p i o u s a n d w e l l -
o r g a n i z e d c o l l e c t i o n o f p o n t i f i c a l c e r e m o n i e s is a d i f f e r e n t m a t t e r f r o m a g r a d u a l o r
a n t i p h o n e r , o f c o u r s e . B u t i t is i n d i c a t i v e of t h e w a y a n o n - R o m a n d o c u m e n t c o u l d
alter Roman liturgical practice. O n the other h a n d , the pontifical c o m p i l e d for
Innocent III (1198-1216) still i n c l u d e s three O l d R o m a n a n t i p h o n s ( H u g l o 1954,
'Vieux-romain', 102-4).
G r e g o r i a n c h a n t c o u l d a l s o h a v e b e e n s u n g c l o s e at h a n d to t h e p a p a l c h a p e l f r o m
t h e t i m e w h e n A l e x a n d e r I I ( 1 0 6 1 - 7 3 ) , a f o r m e r c a n o n of S t F r i d i a n ' s at L u c c a ,
reformed the monastery attached to the L a t e r a n , whose p e r s o n n e l p e r f o r m e d the
services i n the L a t e r a n basilica (the pope a n d his chaplains celebrated i n the adjacent
chapel of St Lawrence). T h e r e f o r m w a s c o n f i r m e d i n 1105 w h e n t h e Lateran
C o n g r e g a t i o n o f C a n o n s R e g u l a r w a s f o u n d e d as a d e s c e n d a n t of S t F r i d i a n ' s ( v a n
D i j k 1 9 6 1 , 4 2 4 ) . T h e o r d i n a l o f t h e c a n o n s as c o d i f i e d i n t h e m i d - t w e l f t h c e n t u r y i s
k n o w n ( e d . L u d w i g F i s c h e r 1 9 1 6 ) , b u t it c o n t a i n s n o c h a n t . ( S e e G y 1 9 8 4 . )
T h e first c l e a r e v i d e n c e t h a t m a s s a n d o f f i c e w e r e p e r f o r m e d w i t h G r e g o r i a n c h a n t
i n t h e p a p a l c h a p e l c o m e s f r o m t h e t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r y , w h e n a s e r i e s of r e v i s i o n s
brought all liturgical practice i n R o m a n churches, papal or civic, into h a r m o n y , w i t h
w h i c h the F r a n c i s c a n o r d e r of friars c o n c o r d e d . O f I n n o c e n t I l l ' s r e v i s i o n of mass
a n d office of the p a p a l chapel i n 1 2 1 3 - 1 6 o n l y the o r d i n a l survives (ed. v a n D i j k a n d
Walker 1975). H o n o r i u s III (1216-27) made another r e v i s i o n of t h e b r e v i a r y f o r
o u t s i d e use, w h i c h t h e F r a n c i s c a n s a d o p t e d i n 1230. T h e y adopted a revised missal
s h o r t l y a f t e r w a r d s . B o t h b r e v i a r y a n d m i s s a l w e r e r e v i s e d b y H a y m o of F a v e r s h a m ,
G e n e r a l of the F r a n c i s c a n O r d e r f r o m 1240 u n t i l h i s d e a t h i n 1244, at t h e r e q u e s t of
Innocent I V ( 1 2 4 3 - 5 4 ) ( e d . v a n D i j k 1963, Sources). F r o m this point papal and
F r a n c i s c a n use w e r e to a l l i n t e n t s a n d p u r p o s e s t h e s a m e . T h e R o m a n c i t y c h u r c h e s
appear to h a v e c o m e into line somewhat g r a d u a l l y . I n the 1250s C a r d i n a l J o h n
Cajetan Orsini devised a compromise l i t u r g y to c o m b i n e the use of t h e Vatican
( u r b a n ) a n d the L a t e r a n palace ( p a p a l ) , b u t o n b e c o m i n g P o p e N i c h o l a s I I I (1277—
80) he o r d e r e d t h e d e s t r u c t i o n of a l l n o n - c o n f o r m i n g b o o k s ( v a n D i j k 1 9 5 6 , 1960).
W e can therefore tell what chant was s u n g i n the p a p a l c h a p e l b y i n s p e c t i n g notated
F r a n c i s c a n books (papal ones do not s u r v i v e ) . T h e n o t e d m i s s a l N a p l e s , B i b l i o t e c a
N a z i o n a l e V I . G . 38 ( f a c s . A r n e s e 1967, p i . X V I , P a l M u s 2, p i . 30) h a s t h e l i t u r g y of
H o n o r i u s I l l ' s r e v i s i o n (van D i j k 1 9 6 9 - 7 0 ) . T h e earliest b o o k s have c e n t r a l Italian
n o t a t i o n ( N a p l e s V I . G . 3 8 ; see also H i i s c h e n , ' F r a n z i s k a n e r ' , MGG; and A^Giii. 269
f o r a b r e v i a r y of 1 2 2 4 ) . T h e p r e f a c e to t h e g r a d u a l o f t h e 1250s s p e c i f i c a l l y s t a t e s t h a t
s q u a r e n o t a t i o n s h o u l d b e u s e d ( e d . v a n D i j k 1963, Sources, i i . 3 5 9 ; see a l s o i . 110),
w h i c h b y that t i m e was r a p i d l y b e c o m i n g u n i v e r s a l l y p o p u l a r .
T h e S o l e s m e s s u r v e y of v a r i a n t r e a d i n g s o n p r o p e r - o f - m a s s c h a n t s p l a c e s N a p l e s
V I . G . 38 w i t h o t h e r F r a n c i s c a n b o o k s i n a g r o u p s h o w i n g n o s t r o n g r e s e m b l a n c e to
any other. H e s b e r t ' s i n v e s t i g a t i o n of t h e r e s p o n s o r y s e r i e s ( 1 9 8 0 , ' C u r i e ' ) showed
that, o n c e e v i d e n t i n n o v a t i o n s h a v e b e e n set a s i d e , a n a f f i n i t y w i t h o t h e r central
I t a l i a n uses b e c a m e c l e a r — P e r u g i a , C a r i n o l a , F l o r e n c e , a n d P i a c e n z a . P o s s i b l y s o m e
s u c h p r o c e s s l e d to t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t of t h e m u s i c a l r e a d i n g s . T h e Roman-Franciscan
g r a d u a l appears to have been a d o p t e d b y the C e l e s t i n e s , t h e o r d e r of Benedictine
m o n k s f o u n d e d b y C e l e s t i n e V i n 1250, to j u d g e f r o m t h e s i n g l e s o u r c e investigated
b y the m o n k s of S o l e s m e s . O n the other h a n d , C e l e s t i n e o f f i c e - b o o k s f o l l o w the
M o n t e c a s s i n o o r d e r of s e r v i c e . T h e O l i v e t a n s , f o u n d e d i n 1319 b y G i o v a n n i T o l o m e i
o n M o n t e O l i v e t o near S i e n a , adapted the R o m a n - F r a n c i s c a n b r e v i a r y for m o n a s t i c
u s e . T h e s a m e h a p p e n e d i n m o n a s t e r i e s d e s c e n d e d f r o m t h e r e f o r m at S a n t a G i u s t i n a
i n P a d u a i n the early fifteenth century. Subiaco was r e f o r m e d f r o m Santa G i u s t i n a ,
a n d G e r m a n m o n k s t o o k t h e r e f o r m to t h e n e w l y f o u n d e d M e l k o n t h e Danube,
whence the Roman-Franciscan use in a revised monastic f o r m spread to other
Austrian and south G e r m a n monasteries.
T o n a r i e s s u r v i v e w h i c h were c o m p o s e d b y t w o clerics attached to the c u r i a ( H u g l o
1971, Tonaires, 2 2 5 - 9 ) , t h o u g h n e i t h e r has t h e s t a t u s of a n o f f i c i a l d o c u m e n t . The
t r e a t i s e Practica art is musicae w r i t t e n i n 1271 b y the E n g l i s h priest A l f r e d (or
A l u r e d u s or A m e r u s ) , i n the entourage of C a r d i n a l O t t o b o n o F i e s c h i ( t h e future
H a d r i a n V ) contains t w o tonaries, one c o m p i l e d a c c o r d i n g to F r e n c h a n d E n g l i s h use,
the other a c c o r d i n g to R o m a n (ed. R u i n i i n C S M 25). B y contrast, E l i a s Salomon's
Doctrina scientiae musicae of 1274 ( G S i i i ) , t h o u g h c o m p i l e d at t h e c u r i a , d o e s n o t
reflect its usage.
C h u r c h e s o u t s i d e R o m e d i d not stand u n d e r any o b l i g a t i o n to a d o p t the Roman-
F r a n c i s c a n r e f o r m s . E v e n t h e L a t e r a n b a s i l i c a c e l e b r a t e d i t s o w n f o r m of t h e o f f i c e
u n t i l t h e late f o u r t e e n t h century.
T h e a t t i t u d e o f S t F r a n c i s a n d t h e F r a n c i s c a n s t o l i t u r g i c a l m u s i c is d i s c u s s e d b y
D ' A n g e r s ( 1 9 7 5 ) a n d also b y H i i s c h e n ( M G G ) . T h e r h y m e d o f f i c e o f S t F r a n c i s w a s
edited b y Felder (1901).
I X . 10. A Q U I T A I N E A N D S A I N T - M A R T I A L A T L I M O G E S
v a r i e t y of c o n t e n t s , a n d I h a v e u s e d i t h e r e b a s i c a l l y to s e p a r a t e b o o k s w i t h o u t t h e f u l l
r a n g e of m a s s - p r o p e r c h a n t s f r o m g r a d u a l s . ' S e q u e n t i a r y ' m e a n s t h a t t h e b o o k d o e s
n o t c o n t a i n t r o p e s f o r p r o p e r - o f - m a s s c h a n t s . T w o o t h e r i m p o r t a n t sets o f c h a n t s
f r e q u e n t l y f o u n d are o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s c h a n t s a n d o f f e r t o r y v e r s e s . S e v e r a l of t h e
m a n u s c r i p t s c o n t a i n t o n a r i e s ( s t u d i e d b y H u g l o 1 9 7 1 , Tonaires). B u t m a n y of t h e m
contain m u c h more besides: tracts, alleluias, g r a d u a l verses, processional chants,
special offices, and so on. (For summaries of the contents of most of these
m a n u s c r i p t s , see E m e r s o n , ' S o u r c e s , M S , § I F , NG; Graduel romain I I ; R I S M B/V/
1.) T h e l a t e r b o o k s w i t h r h y m e d v e r s u s a n d B e n e d i c a m u s s o n g s I h a v e s i m p l y c a l l e d
s o n g - b o o k s . T h e d a t i n g of m a n y s o u r c e s is also o n l y a p p r o x i m a t e ; i n m a n y cases the
m a n u s c r i p t s are c o m p o s i t e , c o n t a i n i n g s e c t i o n s of d i f f e r e n t s o r t s w r i t t e n at d i f f e r e n t
periods, b r o u g h t together for convenience at b i n d i n g m o r e t h a n f o r a n y musical
reason.
T w o m a n u s c r i p t s n o w i n the c h a p t e r l i b r a r y of t h e c a t h e d r a l at A p t are also u s u a l l y
considered in conjunction with the A q u i t a n i a n sources. Apt 17 is written in
A q u i t a n i a n n o t a t i o n , w h i l e A p t 18 r a r e l y uses it a n d m o s t l y e m p l o y s F r e n c h n o t a t i o n .
( T h i s is n o t i n i t s e l f s u r p r i s i n g , f o r F r e n c h n o t a t i o n w a s u s e d e v e n o v e r t h e A l p s at L a
N o v a l e s a . ) T h e p r o v e n a n c e of A p t 18, the e a r l i e r of t h e t w o , f r o m c . l O O O , is u n c l e a r ,
w h i l e A p t 17, of t h e m i d e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y , is f r o m A p t i t s e l f . ( S e e B j o r k v a l l i n C T 5.)
Benedict of Aniane (r.750-821), the great monastic reformer and liturgical
o r g a n i z e r of L o u i s t h e P i o u s ' s r e i g n , c a m e of a n A q u i t a n i a n f a m i l y a n d as e a r l y as 7 7 9
established i n his h o m e l a n d a monastery whose practice was w i d e l y i m i t a t e d . ( L a t e i n
h i s l i f e he h a d t h e m o n a s t e r y of I n d e , o r C o r n e l i m u n s t e r , n e a r A a c h e n , b u i l t f o r h i m
b y L o u i s , w h i c h w a s s u p p o s e d to be a m o d e l f o r o t h e r h o u s e s . ) B u t it s e e m s u n l i k e l y
that the later A q u i t a n i a n c h a n t - b o o k s c o n t a i n a n y t h i n g that c a n b e i d e n t i f i e d as
s p r i n g i n g d i r e c t l y f r o m his w o r k i n that r e g i o n . O n the other h a n d , a n u m b e r of
s u r v i v a l s of G a l l i c a n c h a n t h a v e b e e n t r a c e d , e s p e c i a l l y i n t h e g r a d u a l s P a r i s 7 7 6 a n d
903 (see VIII.6).
It i s , h o w e v e r , f o r t h e i r r e p e r t o r i e s of s e q u e n c e s a n d t r o p e s t h a t t h e m a j o r i t y of t h e
m a n u s c r i p t s are c h i e f l y p r i z e d . T h e l i t e r a t u r e o n t h e i r t r o p e s is b y n o w p a r t i c u l a r l y
e x t e n s i v e , a n d o n l y a f e w p o i n t s n e e d be m a d e h e r e . A l t h o u g h b y r e p e r t o r y t h e t r o p e
c o l l e c t i o n s are r e l a t e d c l o s e l y to o n e a n o t h e r , t h e y are b y n o m e a n s u n i f o r m , a n d t h e
i n t e r p l a y of t r a d i t i o n s a n d r e c a s t i n g of m a t e r i a l is e v i d e n t to a c o n s i d e r a b l e degree.
T h i s s o r t of v a r i a t i o n b e t w e e n s o u r c e s c h a r a c t e r i z e s t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n of t r o p e s r i g h t
a c r o s s E u r o p e , of c o u r s e , a n d o f t e n t h e A q u i t a n i a n s o u r c e s s t a n d t o g e t h e r against
o t h e r s . B u t w i t h i n A q u i t a i n e the v a r i a t i o n s are o f t e n g r e a t . I n W e i s s ' s e d i t i o n w i l l be
f o u n d m a n y instances of s t r o n g l y v a r i a n t m e l o d i e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y i n v o l v i n g A p t 17.
P l a n c h a r t a n d o t h e r s h a v e p o i n t e d o u t t h a t the earliest t r o p e r , P a r i s 1240, o f t e n s h a r e s
variants w i t h n o r t h F r e n c h m a n u s c r i p t s , rather t h a n w i t h later A q u i t a n i a n sources. I n
t h e s e cases it m a y represent an i m p o r t e d early t r a d i t i o n that was subsequently
r e w o r k e d b y A q u i t a n i a n m u s i c i a n s . ( T h e r e are o u t l i n e s of t h e r e l a t i o n s h i p s b e t w e e n
s o u r c e s i n W e i s s 1964, ' P r o b l e m ' , D a v i d H u g h e s 1966, H i l e y 1983, 'Observations';
the easiest w a y to see t h e v a r i e d s e l e c t i o n a n d a r r a n g e m e n t of t r o p e v e r s e s is t h r o u g h
t h e v o l u m e s of C T a n d e s p e c i a l l y P l a n c h a r t 1 9 7 7 ; f o r f u r t h e r l i t e r a t u r e see 1 1 . 2 3 . )
The sequences, too, are found in many and varied traditions (inventories by
C r o c k e r 1957, m a n y e d i t i o n s i n C r o c k e r 1 9 7 7 ) . T h e r e is a s t r i k i n g c o n t r a s t between
the m o d e r a t e c o l l e c t i o n i n P a r i s 1240 a n d t h e vast s e r i e s i n P a r i s 1084 a n d 1 1 1 8 . The
l a t e r s o u r c e s o p t f o r sizes i n b e t w e e n t h o s e e x t r e m e s . I n P a r i s 1086 a n d 7 7 8 , a n d i n a n
a d d e d s e c t i o n of P a r i s 1139, the new sequences w i t h regular r h y t h m a n d r h y m e ,
a s s o c i a t e d w i t h A d a m of S a i n t - V i c t o r i n P a r i s , e n t e r t h e r e p e r t o r y ( H u s m a n n 1 9 6 4 ) .
T w o h i s t o r i c a l e v e n t s i m p i n g e d u p o n t h e m o n a s t e r y of S a i n t - M a r t i a l a n d l e f t t r a c e s
i n its m u s i c a l m a n u s c r i p t s . I n t h e 1020s a m o v e m e n t w a s set a f o o t , whose chief
a p o l o g i s t w a s A d h e m a r of C h a b a n n e s , to g a i n f o r M a r t i a l t h e r a n k of a p o s t l e . In
1031 the Council of Limoges declared the apostolicity authentic, although the
d e c i s i o n h a d l i t t l e e f f e c t e l s e w h e r e ( e x c e p t p o s s i b l y to s t i m u l a t e o t h e r c h u r c h e s to
p r o m o t e t h e c a u s e of t h e i r o w n s a i n t s ) . B u t at S a i n t - M a r t i a l a n e w m a s s ( b e g i n n i n g
w i t h t h e i n t r o i t Probavit, r e p l a c i n g c h a n t s f r o m t h e c o m m o n of s a i n t s b e g i n n i n g w i t h
t h e i n t r o i t Statuit ei) a n d a s p e c i a l o f f i c e w e r e c o m p o s e d . O t h e r s a i n t s a s s o c i a t e d w i t h
M a r t i a l a n d w i t h L i m o g e s , A u s t r i c l i n i a n u s a n d V a l e r i a , h a d o f f i c e s c o m p o s e d at t h e
s a m e t i m e ( E m e r s o n 1 9 6 5 ) . It is l i k e l y t h a t A d h e m a r c o m p o s e d t h e m a l l . T h e p r i m e
s o u r c e f o r t h e s e is t h e m a n u s c r i p t P a r i s 9 0 9 , w h o s e p h y s i c a l m a k e - u p w a s e x t e n s i v e l y
r e a r r a n g e d to take i n t h e n e w m a t e r i a l . E x . I X . 10.1 s h o w s t h e last of t h e r e s p o n s o r i e s
of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e f r o m t h e o f f i c e of S t M a r t i a l . It has t w o v e r s e s , r a t h e r t h a n t h e
u s u a l o n e , b o t h of w h i c h , w i t h t h e G l o r i a , h a v e t h e s a m e m e l o d y . T w o n e w m e l i s m a s ,
b o t h w i t h f o r m A A B B C , are p r o v i d e d at t h e e n d , to r e p l a c e t h e m u s i c f o r ' o m n i u m '
w h e n t h e last p a r t of t h e r e s p o n s o r y is r e p e a t e d after t h e v e r s e s . T h e p r o b a b l e o r d e r of
performance w o u l d then have b e e n :
Respond
V I , repetenda w i t h melisma 1
V 2 , repetenda w i t h melisma 2
Gloria, repetenda
Ex. IX.10.1. Responsory O sancte Dei apostole (Paris, B i b l . N a t . lat. 909, fo. 68 ) r
R
- O sancte De - i a - pos- -to-le
•—W i * n f m*>*# ff
»a =r g
# #
V # H
— —#
— — ***—v * **
pas - tor et pro-to - dux A- -qui - ta - no - rum
—* # *• *i § r
au-di prae- -ces seruu-lo-
Rep.
I et in-ter-ce - de pro sa - lu - te om- -ni-um po-pu-lo - rum
( E x . I X . 10.1 cont.)
5&
VI- Ad- - n u n - c i - a s - ti o-pe-ra do - mi-ni
—»— • 4
•%—V ^ * #
—
et facta e - ius in-tel-le- -xis - ti. Etin-ter...
KHZ
^ * P
« ' * V 9
+ **
et nunc et per e - on. Et in-ter...
v ^
M2 Om- -ni-um
(populorum)
I n 1 0 6 2 S a i n t M a r t i a l w a s r e f o r m e d f r o m C l u n y . T h e c h a n g e c a n be s e e n i n t h e
o r d e r of c h a n t s , f o r e x a m p l e t h e p o s t - P e n t e c o s t a l l e l u i a s e r i e s i n P a r i s 1 1 3 2 a n d 1 1 3 4 .
T a b l e I X . 1 0 . 2 sets o u t t h r e e d i f f e r e n t series t o be f o u n d i n L i m o g e s b o o k s : (a) t h a t of
t h e c a t h e d r a l of S t S t e p h e n , (b) S a i n t - M a r t i a l b e f o r e t h e C l u n i a c r e f o r m , (c) the
C l u n i a c s e r i e s . T h e C l u n i a c series of A d v e n t r e s p o n s o r i e s a p p e a r s i n s e v e r a l L i m o g e s
books f r o m the same time o n w a r d , i n c l u d i n g the fourteenth-century noted breviaries
P a r i s 783 a n d 7 8 5 .
11. The Hispanic Peninsula
7: 12 7: 12 7: 12 7: 12 7: 12
17 17 17 17
20 20 20 20 20
30 30 30 30
46 46 46 46 46
64 64 64 64
70
77 77 77 77 77
80 80 80 80 80
87 87 87 87 87
89 89 89 89 89
92
94: 1 94: 1 94: 1 94: 1 94: 1
94: 3 94: 3 94: 3 94: 3 94: 3
97
99
104 104 104 104 104
107 107 107 107 107
110 110
112
113: 1 113: 1 113: 1
113B: 11 1 1 3 B : 11 1 1 3 B : 11 113B: 11 1 1 3 B : 11
116: 1 116: 1
117 117
121 121
124
129 129 129 129 129
137: 1 137: 1 137: 1 137: 1 137: 1
145 145 145 145
146 146 146 146 146
147: 12 147: 12 147: 12
147: 14 147: 14 147: 14 147: 14 147: 14
•Paris 1121 has the same series as Paris 909, but there is a lacuna after 104.
Sole to Table IX. 10.2:
T h e alleluias are designated by the psalm from which their verse is taken. Where other
verses from the psalm were used for medieval alleluias, the one used here is stated.
7: 12 Deus iudex iustus 104 Confitemini domino et invocate
17 Diligam te domine 107 Paratum cor meum
20 Domine in virtute tua 110 Redemptionem misit
30 In te domine speravi . . . accelera 112 Laudate pucri
46 Onines gentes 113: 1 In exitu Israel
64 T e decet hymnus 113B : 11 Q u i timcnt dominum
70 In te domine speravi . . . eripe me 116: 1 Laudate dominum omnes gentes
77 Attendite popule meus 117 Dextera Dei
80 Exultate Deo 121 Letatus sum
87 D o m i n e Deus salutis nice 124 Q u i confidunt
89 Domine refugium 129 Dc profundis
92 D o m i n u s regnavit decoreni 137: 1 Confitebor tibi
94: 1 Venite exultemus 145 Lauda anima mea dominum
94: 3 Quoniam Deus magnus dominus 146 Q u i sanat
97 Cantate domino 147: 12 Lauda Iherusalem d o m i n u m
99 lubilate Deo 147: 14 Qui posuit
X I . 11. T H E H I S P A N I C P E N I N S U L A A F T E R T H E
R E C O N Q U E S T
T h e p a t t e r n w h i c h w e h a v e s e e n w h e n c h u r c h l i f e w a s r e v i t a l i z e d i n N o r m a n d y at t h e
b e g i n n i n g of t h e tenth century was repeated wherever the Roman rite and its
p l a i n s o n g m o v e d i n t o n e w r e g i o n s of t h e W e s t . M u c h of c h a n t r e s e a r c h i n these
c i r c u m s t a n c e s consists i n i d e n t i f y i n g the starting-point(s) of t h e ' c o l o n i z a t i o n ' a n d
i s o l a t i n g t h o s e p a r t s of t h e r e p e r t o r y c o m p o s e d i n the n e w l y e s t a b l i s h e d c h u r c h . T h e
s t a r t i n g - p o i n t c a n o f t e n be r e v e a l e d b y p a l a e o g r a p h i c a l as w e l l as r e p e r t o r i a l s t u d i e s .
T h e n e w l y c o m p o s e d m a t e r i a l w a s u s u a l l y c a l l e d f o r t h b y t h e c u l t of a l o c a l p a t r o n
saint, w h i c h most often entailed a n e w sequence for the mass a n d a n e w office, very
possibly m o d a l l y ordered and w i t h r h y m i n g , r h y t h m i c text. A few remarks have been
m a d e a b o u t t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n of G r e g o r i a n c h a n t i n t h e H i s p a n i c p e n i n s u l a ; t h i s
c h a p t e r l o o k s b r i e f l y at c o u n t r i e s at t h e o p p o s i t e e n d of E u r o p e : S c a n d i n a v i a , P o l a n d ,
C z e c h o s l o v a k i a , H u n g a r y , a n d D a l m a t i a . I h a v e n o t a t t e m p t e d to s u m m a r i z e a l l t h e
r e s u l t s of w h a t i n m a n y cases is v e r y d i s t i n g u i s h e d a n d e x t e n s i v e r e s e a r c h , a n d h a v e
s i m p l y c i t e d s o m e of t h e m o r e i m p o r t a n t s t u d i e s .
R e m a r k a b l e e v i d e n c e of t r a d i t i o n s i n I c e l a n d , s i m i l a r to t h e N o r w e g i a n , a n d d e r i v i n g
u l t i m a t e l y f r o m t h e s a m e s o u r c e s , has b e e n d i s c o v e r e d a n d p r e s e n t e d i n e x e m p l a r y
f a s h i o n once m o r e b y G j e r l 0 w (1980). A p r o p e r mass a n d office for Iceland's p a t r o n ,
St T h o r l a c , have s u r v i v e d (ed. Ottosson 1959).
F o r S w e d e n , t h e f r a g m e n t a r y r e m a i n s of t h e p r i n t e d g r a d u a l o f V a s t e r a s (c.1513)
have been published i n facsimile by T o n i Schmid (Graduate Arosiense), with
sequences for Sweden's p a t r o n saints. T h e L i n k o p i n g o r d i n a l has been e d i t e d b y
Helander (1957). K r o o n (1953) s t u d i e d S w e d i s h repertories of ordinary-of-mass
c h a n t s , M o b e r g ( 1 9 2 7 , 1947) t h o s e of s e q u e n c e s a n d h y m n s . S p e c i a l o f f i c e s h a v e b e e n
s t u d i e d b y U n d h a g e n (1960), O n n e r f o r s (1966), M i l v e d e n (1964, 1972), a n d L u n d e n
(1976). St B r i d g e t ( B i r g i t t a : c. 1 3 0 3 - 7 3 ) f o u n d e d t h e O r d e r o f t h e B r i g i t t i n e s at
V a d s t e n a i n 1 3 4 6 . A b r e v i a r y of t h e i r h o u s e at S y o n n e a r L o n d o n h a s b e e n e d i t e d b y
C o l l i n s (1969).
(ii) Poland
M o r a w s k i 1988.
T h e u n b r o k e n h i s t o r y of R o m a n C a t h o l i c i s m i n P o l a n d s i n c e t h e e n d o f t h e t e n t h
c e n t u r y h a s m e a n t t h a t a l a r g e n u m b e r o f m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s are p r e s e r v e d . R e s e a r c h i n
t h e last t h i r t y y e a r s h a s b e e n p a r t i c u l a r l y e n e r g e t i c . Numerous individual sources
h a v e b e e n a n a l y s e d ( r e s u l t s p u b l i s h e d i n Musica medii aevi a n d Muzyka religijna w
Polsce: Materialy i studio). Most indicators point i n t h e d i r e c t i o n of Bavaria,
S w i t z e r l a n d , a n d A u s t r i a as t h e u l t i m a t e s o u r c e s of P o l a n d ' s c h a n t t r a d i t i o n s , a p a r t
f r o m b o o k s of t h e r e l i g i o u s o r d e r s .
W e are p r o b a b l y b e t t e r i n f o r m e d a b o u t P o l i s h s e q u e n c e r e p e r t o r i e s t h a n t h o s e of
a n y o t h e r c o u n t r y , t h a n k s to t h e w o r k of K o w a l e w i c z ( 1 9 6 4 ) , M o r a w s k i ( 1 9 7 3 ) , a n d
P i k u l i k ( 1 9 7 3 - 6 , 1 9 7 4 — 1 0 1 s o u r c e s — a n d 1 9 7 6 ) . P i k u l i k ( 1 9 7 8 , 1990) h a s c a t a l o g u e d
a n d analysed the ordinary-of-mass repertories (ninety sources), a n d also Marian
alleluias ( P i k u l i k 1984). P o l i s h pontificals have been s t u d i e d b y M i a z g a (1981).
(iii) Czechoslovakia
X . l . I N T R O D U C T I O N
X.2. T H E C I S T E R C I A N S
The C i s t e r c i a n o r d e r t a k e s its n a m e f r o m t h e m o n a s t e r y of C i t e a u x , n e a r D i j o n ,
f o u n d e d i n 1098 b y the Benedictine monk Robert of M o l e s m e a n d l i k e - m i n d e d
brethren, who wished to recover a simpler and stricter form of Benedictine
m o n a s t i c i s m t h a n t h a t g e n e r a l l y p r a c t i s e d i n t h e i r t i m e . It r o s e to E u r o p e - w i d e f a m e
a n d i n f l u e n c e t h r o u g h t h e e x a m p l e a n d a c t i v i t y of S t B e r n a r d o f C l a i r v a u x ( 1 0 9 0 -
1 1 5 3 ) . D a u g h t e r h o u s e s o b s e r v e d t h e s a m e l i t u r g y as C i t e a u x . S u c h u n i f o r m i t y w a s
not entirely n e w , for a l t h o u g h B e n e d i c t i n e houses were b o u n d to no one liturgy,
i d e n t i t y of l i t u r g i c a l p r a c t i c e b e t w e e n g r o u p s of h o u s e s c a n o c c a s i o n a l l y b e f o u n d , as
w h e n they stand i n a m o t h e r - d a u g h t e r relationship. T h u s the N o r m a n monasteries
r e f o u n d e d f r o m S a i n t - B e n i g n e of D i j o n a l l r e f l e c t , m o r e o r less e x a c t l y , t h e l i t u r g y of
S a i n t - B e n i g n e . T h e i m p o r t a n c e a t t a c h e d to t h i s u n i f o r m i t y a n d t h e s c a l e o n w h i c h it
was established i n the C i s t e r c i a n order was, however, u n p r e c e d e n t e d .
The C i s t e r c i a n m u s i c i a n s t o o k t h e p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e l i t u r g y i n its ' p u r e ' a n d
' o r i g i n a l ' f o r m v e r y s e r i o u s l y . W e k n o w l i t t l e of the earliest musical practice at
C i t e a u x , t h o u g h the office was m u c h s h o r t e n e d i n an effort to recover the state
p r e s c r i b e d i n t h e R u l e of S t B e n e d i c t , often interpreted i n a very literal w a y . It
a p p e a r s , h o w e v e r , t h a t t h e a n c i e n t r e p u t a t i o n of M e t z as g u a r d i a n of t h e b e s t c h a n t
t r a d i t i o n w a s k n o w n at C i t e a u x , a n d m o n k s w e r e sent to M e t z t o m a k e a c o p y of t h e
'authentic' antiphoner there. The thirteenth-century Metz antiphoners Metz,
B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 83 a n d 461 m a y well represent the t r a d i t i o n w h i c h the
m o n k s w o u l d h a v e e n c o u n t e r e d ( W a d d e l l 1970, ' O r i g i n ' ) . T h e C i s t e r c i a n c o p i e s a r e
l o s t . T h e M e s s i n e c h a n t w a s i n a n y case e v e n t u a l l y p r o n o u n c e d u n s a t i s f a c t o r y a n d
S t B e r n a r d w a s a u t h o r i z e d to o v e r s e e a n e w r e v i s i o n . B y a b o u t 1190 a c o m p l e t e c o p y
of t h e C i s t e r c i a n l i t u r g y h a d b e e n c o m p i l e d , to b e u s e d as s t a n d a r d f o r a l l o t h e r
manuscripts, now Dijon, Bibliotheque M u n i c i p a l e 114 (facs. Hiischen MGG,
Choisselet and Vernet 1 9 8 9 ) ; t h e last f i v e p a r t s of t h i s m a s s i v e b o o k , including
h y m n a l , g r a d u a l , a n d a n t i p h o n e r , have u n f o r t u n a t e l y been m i s s i n g since the sixteenth
century.
T h e m o d a l considerations w h i c h exercised the C i s t e r c i a n s , like other editors, were
m e n t i o n e d i n the p r e v i o u s section. T o these were a d d e d q u i t e n e w g u i d e - l i n e s . I n
n o t a t i n g t h e c h a n t s B - f l a t s w e r e to be a v o i d e d , b y t r a n s p o s i t i o n if n e c e s s a r y . Chants
w e r e e d i t e d to lie p r e d o m i n a n t l y w i t h i n a s i n g l e o c t a v e , t e n n o t e s b e i n g t h e limit.
L o n g m e l i s m a s w e r e c u t b a c k . T h e last p r e s c r i p t i o n is a c l e a r r e f l e c t i o n of a m o r e
a u s t e r e a e s t h e t i c , as is t h e o n e that r e p e t i t i o n of w o r d s s h o u l d b e a v o i d e d .
The h i s t o r y l e a d i n g u p to these c h a n g e s a n d t h e m a i n idea b e h i n d t h e m are
described i n a short prologue 'Bernardus h u m i l i s abbas Clarevallis' written by
B e r n a r d a n d c o m m o n l y a t t a c h e d to C i s t e r c i a n c h a n t - b o o k s ( P L 182, 1122-3, C S M
24. 21-2). The p r i n c i p l e s of the m u s i c a l r e f o r m are d e s c r i b e d i n a l o n g e r tract,
r e g a r d e d as a p r e f a c e to t h e c h a n t - b o o k s , beginning ' C a n t u m quern Cisterciensis
o r d i n i s e c c l e s i a e ' ( P L 182. 1 1 2 2 - 3 2 , C S M 2 4 . 2 3 - 4 1 ) . T h i s is t h o u g h t t o h a v e b e e n
p u t t o g e t h e r b y G u y d e C h e r l i e u , m o n k of C l a i r v a u x a n d f r o m 1131 to 1157 a b b o t o f
Cherlieu. The theoretical part of the tract, w h i c h is s u p p o s e d to justify the
e m e n d a t i o n s , is i n fact t a k e n f r o m a n e a r l i e r t r e a t i s e , t h e ' R e g u l a d e arte m u s i c a ' ( C S
ii. 1 5 0 - 9 1 ) of a n o t h e r G u y — G u y d ' E u ( G u i d o A u g e n s i s ; n o t G u y d e C h a l i s , as
C o u s s e m a k e r h a d i t ) . T h i s G u y w a s also a m o n k at C l a i r v a u x , a p p a r e n t l y f r o m 1132
at L o n g p o n t , a n d l a t e r a b b o t at a n u n k n o w n m o n a s t e r y . H i s treatise, beginning
T r e m u n i t o s a u t e m esse v o l u m u s ' , w a s w r i t t e n f o r h i s p u p i l W i l l i a m , first abbot of
R i e v a u l x i n Y o r k s h i r e , i n 1132. F u r t h e r m o r e , t h e s o - c a l l e d ' T o n a l e s a n c t i B e r n a r d i ' at
t h e e n d of e a r l y C i s t e r c i a n a n t i p h o n e r s is also f r o m G u y d ' E u ' s t r e a t i s e ( G S i i . 2 6 5 -
7 7 , P L 182. 1 1 5 3 - 6 6 ) . ( T h i s c o m p l i c a t e d s i t u a t i o n w o u l d b e c o n s i d e r a b l y s i m p l i f i e d
if t h e s e w e r e t h e s a m e G u y s , b u t t h e r e q u i r e d p r o o f has n o t yet t u r n e d u p . )
M a r o s s z e k i c a r r i e d o u t a n u m b e r of tests to e s t a b l i s h t h e p a r e n t a g e of t h e C i s t e r c i a n
c h a n t t r a d i t i o n , a n d t h e s e h a v e to s o m e e x t e n t b e e n r e f i n e d i n Graduel romain I V and
b y H e s b e r t i n CAO 5 . T h e o r d e r of A d v e n t o f f i c e r e s p o n s o r i e s d o e s i n d e e d a g r e e w i t h
t h e s e r i e s i n t h e t h i r t e e n t h - c e n t u r y a n t i p h o n e r of S a i n t - A r n o u l at M e t z , M e t z 8 3 . The
m e l o d i c v a r i a n t s i n t h e g r a d u a l p o i n t m o r e i n t h e d i r e c t i o n of D i j o n , s i t u a t e d o n l y
2 0 k m . n o r t h of C i t e a u x ( w h e r e a s M e t z is o v e r 2 5 0 k m . f u r t h e r ) , b u t n o g r a d u a l f r o m
M e t z survives for comparison.
I n v i e w of w h a t has b e e n s a i d , it m a y s e e m o t i o s e to c o m p a r e C i s t e r c i a n b o o k s w i t h
traditional ones. But the alterations mentioned i n the famous preface are not
e n c o u n t e r e d v e r y o f t e n . O n e has o n l y to l o o k at t h e p a g e s f r o m C i s t e r c i a n g r a d u a l s
reproduced in P a l M u s 2-3 a n d M a r o s s z e k i to see h o w r e s o l u t e l y t h e y k e e p to t h e
usual path, B-flats, melismas, and a l l . M a r o s s z e k i and D e l a l a n d e (1949) certainly
p r o v i d e m a n y e x a m p l e s of a l t e r a t i o n s , b u t t h e y d o n o t , b y a n d l a r g e , l e a p to t h e eye i n
medieval manuscripts.
T h e n o t a t i o n i n D i j o n 114 is a v a r i e t y of F r e n c h n o t a t i o n o n l i n e s w i t h a n u m b e r of
L a o n (Messine) features, t h e t y p e w h i c h e v e n t u a l l y d e v e l o p e d i n t o w h a t is u s u a l l y
called ' G o t h i c ' notation, a n d i n various manifestations this was the notation used i n
v e r y m a n y s u b s e q u e n t C i s t e r c i a n b o o k s . It has b e e n s u g g e s t e d t h a t C i s t e r c i a n b o o k s
w e r e t h e p r i m e a g e n t f o r t h e p r o p a g a t i o n of t h i s n o t a t i o n i n G e r m a n y a n d l a n d s east,
i n o t h e r w o r d s of t h e c h a n g e f r o m staffless to s t a f f - n o t a t i o n a n d f r o m G e r m a n to
G o t h i c signs ( H o u r l i e r 1951, ' M e s s i n e ' , 1 5 3 - 7 ) . S z e n d r e i (1985) has p o i n t e d to the
lack of exactitude i n use of t h e t e r m s ' M e s s i n e ' a n d ' G o t h i c ' a n d s h o w n t h a t t h e
Cistercians' notation was only one of several varieties involved i n the new
developments i n south G e r m a n y and Austria.
On four occasions the Benedictine R u l e calls a h y m n a n ' A m b r o s i a n u m ' . T h e
C i s t e r c i a n s t h e r e f o r e t r i e d t o f i n d t h e h y m n s of S t A m b r o s e f o r t h e i r r e v i s e d o f f i c e ( o r
r a t h e r , office restored to its ' a u t h e n t i c ' f o r m a n d c o n t e n t ) , t r a v e l l i n g to M i l a n f o r the
p u r p o s e (at a t i m e w h e n t h e M i l a n e s e w e r e p r o b a b l y n o t y e t u s i n g n o t a t e d h y m n a l s ) .
A h y m n a l w i t h t h i r t y - f o u r texts, to nineteen m e l o d i e s , was c o m p i l e d , m a n y of t h e m
h e r e t o f o r e q u i t e u n k n o w n o u t s i d e M i l a n . T h i s w a s u s e d a m o n g o t h e r p l a c e s at t h e
m o n a s t e r y of the Paraclete f o u n d e d b y A b e l a r d f o r Heloi'se, a n d t w o i n t e r e s t i n g letters
b y A b e l a r d s u r v i v e , c o m m e n t i n g o n the general strangeness a n d literary peculiarities
of t h e h y m n a l ( W a d d e l l 1 9 7 6 ) , o n e of t h e m A b e l a r d ' s o n l y l e t t e r t o S t B e r n a r d . T h e
h y m n a l was indeed eventually f o u n d generally unsatisfactory, a n d a n e w one prepared
with sixty texts to t h i r t y - s e v e n m e l o d i e s (seven of t h e p r e v i o u s m e l o d i e s were
d r o p p e d ) . T h e n o n - ' A m b r o s i a n ' h y m n s were assigned to h o u r s other t h a n V e s p e r s ,
the N i g h t O f f i c e , a n d L a u d s , w h e n the R u l e of St B e n e d i c t does n o t use the specific
t e r m ' A m b r o s i a n u m ' . B o t h the first a n d s e c o n d h y m n a l have b e e n e d i t e d b y W a d d e l l
(1984) w i t h definitive c o m m e n t a r y .
X.3. T H E D O M I N I C A N S
T h e C i s t e r c i a n a n d D o m i n i c a n series of a l l e l u i a s f o r t h e S u n d a y s a f t e r P e n t e c o s t are
i d e n t i c a l , a n d , as D e l a l a n d e has s h o w n , t h e d i f f e r e n c e s d u r i n g t h e rest of y e a r are v e r y
f e w . M a n y o f t h e b o w d l e r i z a t i o n s of t h e c h a n t r e p e r t o r y c a r r i e d o u t b y t h e C i s t e r c i a n s
w e r e p e r p e t u a t e d i n t h e c h a n t of t h e D o m i n i c a n s , t h o u g h i n m a n y i n s t a n c e s t h e r e w a s
a r e v e r s i o n to the n o r m . D e l a l a n d e ( 1 9 4 9 ) has p r o v i d e d n u m e r o u s e x a m p l e s of
c o m p l e t e o r p a r t i a l a g r e e m e n t of C i s t e r c i a n a n d D o m i n i c a n b o o k s a g a i n s t t h e g e n e r a l
t r a d i t i o n . O c c a s i o n a l l y the D o m i n i c a n s operated where the C i s t e r c i a n s h a d d e c l i n e d
to d o so.
Ex. X.3.1 ( a d a p t e d f r o m D e l a l a n d e 1949, T a b . I X b i s ) s h o w s p a r t of t h e g r a d u a l
Exsurge domine fer opem nobis V . Deus auribus nostris ( d i s c u s s e d also b y Bomm
Piacenza ^ _
P E -xur - ge do-
Leningrad
Cistercian-Domini can _^
>T} . M M . 1 UU. . »3 .* ' i MM i*i » 3 q
Piacenza
Leningrad *
Cistercian-Dominican
' 9
»* 99 9 9
* 9 9
X.4. C H A N T I N O T H E R R E L I G I O U S O R D E R S
(i) T h e C a r t h u s i a n s
(ii) T h e Premonstratensians
H i i s c h e n , ' K a r t a u s e r ' , MGG\ L a m b r e s 1970, 1973; Becker 1971, 1975; Huglo 1977,
'Livres'.
T h e C a r t h u s i a n o r d e r w a s f o u n d e d b y S t B r u n o of C o l o g n e at t h e G r a n d e C h a r t r e u s e
(Charterhouse) i n t h e A l p s a l i t t l e n o r t h of G r e n o b l e i n 1 0 8 4 . It w a s c o n c e i v e d as a
contemplative order with a strongly eremitical character. A m a x i m u m of twelve
m o n k s for each monastery was fixed, and rarely relaxed. T h e m o n k s l i v e d alone i n
their cells, c o m i n g together o n l y for w o r s h i p a n d for meals o n feast-days. T h e L i t t l e
H o u r s were said p r i v a t e l y . T h e order h a d no c o d i f i e d r u l e u n t i l the f i f t h p r i o r of the
G r a n d e C h a r t r e u s e , G u i g o ( G u i g u e s de C h a t e l ) , d r e w u p a c u s t o m a r y , c o m p l e t e d i n
1127 (PL 153, 635-760). This included regulations not just for the monastic
d i s c i p l i n e a n d w a y of l i f e b u t also f o r t h e l i t u r g y a n d its c h a n t , w i t h a t o n a r y ( e d .
B e c k e r 1975). W h i l e the office u n t i l t h e n h a d f o l l o w e d the R o m a n or secular c u r s u s ,
G u i g o ' s l i t u r g y h a d the monastic cursus. Some s i m p l i f i c a t i o n s of l i t u r g i c a l a n d
m u s i c a l p r a c t i c e s e e m t o h a v e b e e n i n t r o d u c e d : n o n - b i b l i c a l t e x t s w e r e a v o i d e d , as i n
t h e l i t u r g y of L y o n ( f o r t h a t r e a s o n h y m n s w e r e s p a r i n g l y u s e d ) ; m e l i s m a s i n o f f i c e
r e s p o n s o r i e s w e r e a v o i d e d ; a l l t h o s e p a r t s of t h e r e p e r t o r y w h e r e e x p a n s i o n c a n o f t e n
be f o u n d i n m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s — f o r e x a m p l e , alleluias, o r d i n a r y - o f - m a s s m e l o d i e s —
were kept s m a l l . T h e o r d e r had no interest i n m u s i c a l s p l e n d o u r .
H u g l o has s h o w n t h a t t h e p o s t - P e n t e c o s t a l l e l u i a s of C a r t h u s i a n b o o k s c o r r e s p o n d
w i t h t h o s e o f C l e r m o n t , t h e A d v e n t r e s p o n s o r i e s w i t h t h o s e of C l e r m o n t a n d A u r i l l a c .
The melodic variants i n proper-of-mass chants agree m o s t often with those of
Valence, o n e of t h e A q u i t a n i a n g r o u p of s o u r c e s . Early Carthusian books have
A q u i t a n i a n n o t a t i o n , b u t a v e r y s t r a i g h t f o r w a r d t y p e of s q u a r e n o t a t i o n w a s a d o p t e d
at t h e e n d of t h e t w e l f t h c e n t u r y w h i c h l a c k s a n u p w a r d s t r o k e at t h e start of t h e c l i v i s
(see P l a t e 14).
( i i ) The Premonstratensians
T h e r u l e of S t A u g u s t i n e w a s a d o c u m e n t p r o b a b l y d r a w n u p b y o n e of S t A u g u s t i n e ' s
f o l l o w e r s a n d p a r t l y o n the basis of h i s w r i t i n g s , w h i c h specified a n u m b e r of
particular observances and offered more general c o m m e n t a b o u t t h e n a t u r e of a
c o m m o n r e l i g i o u s l i f e . It w a s l i t t l e u s e d i n t h e e a r l y M i d d l e A g e s , b u t w a s t a k e n u p b y
t h e c o m m u n i t i e s of c l e r i c s w h o i n c r e a s i n g l y f r o m t h e m i d - e l e v e n t h c e n t u r y a n d t h e
p e r i o d of t h e ' G r e g o r i a n r e f o r m ' — s o c a l l e d a f t e r t h e r e f o r m i n g p o p e G r e g o r y V I I ,
1073-85—formed r e l i g i o u s g r o u p s d e v o t e d to a l i f e of p o v e r t y a n d c e l i b a c y in
i m i t a t i o n of t h e f i r s t C h r i s t i a n s . T h e y b e c a m e k n o w n also as ' C a n o n s R e g u l a r ' b e c a u s e
t h e y f o l l o w e d a R u l e (Regula). They used the l i t u r g y of w h a t e v e r diocese they
i n h a b i t e d , except i n t h e case of c o n g r e g a t i o n s g r o u p e d u n d e r t h e l e a d e r s h i p of a
p a r t i c u l a r l y i n f l u e n t i a l h o u s e . S u c h w e r e t h e A u g u s t i n i a n c a n o n s of S a i n t - V i c t o r ,
P a r i s , w h o s e v e r s i o n of t h e P a r i s l i t u r g y w a s u s e d b y o t h e r V i c t o r i n e A u g u s t i n i a n
canons (for example at Bristol in England). The most influential were the
Premonstratensians, f o u n d e d b y S t N o r b e r t at P r e m o n t r e , a l i t t l e w e s t of L a o n , i n
1 1 2 0 . T h e y w e r e p a r t i c u l a r l y a c t i v e i n east G e r m a n y a n d H u n g a r y .
The l i t u r g y of t h e P r e m o n s t r a t e n s i a n s has b e e n d e s c r i b e d i n v a r i o u s w o r k s b y
L e f e v r e , w h o has e d i t e d s e v e r a l o r d i n a l s . T h e t e x t of t h e m a s s has b e e n s t u d i e d b y
W e y n s (1967, 1 9 7 3 ) . It is n o t c l e a r to w h a t e x t e n t t h e c h a n t w a s u n i f i e d a m o n g
P r e m o n s t r a t e n s i a n h o u s e s . T h e m o n k s of S o l e m e s t e s t e d t h e m e l o d i c v a r i a n t s of o n e
source f r o m P r e m o n t r e itself, a n d other P r e m o n s t r a t e n s i a n manuscripts from the
Low Countries, G e r m a n y , and Austria. T h e gradual from Premontre (Soissons,
B i b l i o t h e q u e M u n i c i p a l e 85) a n d t w o of t h e G e r m a n s o u r c e s w e r e c l o s e l y s i m i l a r , a n d
s i m i l a r to b o o k s f r o m L i e g e a n d A n d e n n e (not L a o n ) . O t h e r s w e r e c l o s e r to o t h e r
n o r t h F r e n c h u s e s , a n d o n e w a s g r o u p e d w i t h i n the e a s t e r n E u r o p e a n ' b l o c ' . It is
p o s s i b l e that some houses entered the P r e m o n s t r a t e n s i a n congregation after their
chant tradition was established.
T h e v a r i o u s c o n g r e g a t i o n s of A u g u s t i n i a n C a n o n s R e g u l a r are q u i t e d i s t i n c t f r o m
t h o s e o f the A u g u s t i n i a n h e r m i t s o r f r i a r s . T h i s o r d e r was f o r m e d b y P o p e A l e x a n d e r
I V i n 1256 f r o m v a r i o u s e r e m i t i c a l c o m m u n i t i e s . T h e y b e c a m e p a r t i c u l a r l y n u m e r o u s
i n G e r m a n l a n d s . T h e y had no centralized chant t r a d i t i o n .
1 2 3 4
• • • •
S i n c e t h e t h i r d v a l u e o n l y o c c u r r e d w h e n f o l l o w e d b y t h e first, a n y p i e c e w a s e x a c t l y
m e a s u r e d i n u n i t s of t h e s e c o n d v a l u e .
I t is i m p o r t a n t to r e m e m b e r t h a t t h e use of t h e s e b o o k s w a s n e v e r o f f i c i a l l y b i n d i n g
u p o n t h e c h u r c h . It w a s t h e e x a m p l e t h e y set that w a s m o s t t e l l i n g . T h e w a y t o w a r d s
f u r t h e r r e w r i t i n g of t h e a n c i e n t m e l o d i e s w a s o p e n f o r a n y o n e w i t h t h e w i l l a n d a b i l i t y
to f o l l o w i t .
T h e d r a s t i c n a t u r e of t h e A n e r i o - S o r i a n o r e v i s i o n c a n n o t b e u n d e r s t a t e d . It w a s a
complete recasting of t h e repertory a c c o r d i n g to t h e aesthetic p r i n c i p l e s of the
h u m a n i s t age, c a r r i e d o u t b y c o m p o s e r s w h o s e m u s i c a l s e n s i b i l i t i e s w e r e f o r m e d b y
t h e p o l y p h o n i c c h u r c h m u s i c of P a l e s t r i n a a n d h i s c o n t e m p o r a r i e s (see M e i e r 1 9 6 9 ) .
( E x a c t l y w h a t P a l e s t r i n a m a y h i m s e l f h a v e c o n t r i b u t e d to t h e r e v i s i o n is u n c l e a r . H e
w a s o c c u p i e d w i t h it i n 1578, a n d h i s w o r k a n d i d e a s w o u l d h a v e b e e n k n o w n to
S o r i a n o , w h o w a s h i s a n d Z o i l o ' s p u p i l , a n d to A n e r i o , w h o w a s S o r i a n o ' s p u p i l a n d
P a l e s t r i n a ' s s u c c e s s o r as c o m p o s e r to the p a p a l c h a p e l . ) T h e corner-stones of the
r e v i s i o n w e r e m o d e r n i z a t i o n of the t o n a l i t y a n d r e a r r a n g e m e n t of t h e n o t e s t o r e f l e c t
c o r r e c t d e c l a m a t o r y p r i n c i p l e s , so that u n a c c e n t e d syllables s h o u l d not have more
n o t e s t h a n a c c e n t e d o n e s . E v e r y t y p e of c h a n t w a s a f f e c t e d , t h e m o r e o r n a t e o n e s m o s t
of a l l .
A l t h o u g h t h e M e d i c a e a has n o t b e e n published in facsimile, it w a s accurately
r e p r o d u c e d i n t h e Graduale Romanum p u b l i s h e d b y t h e firm of P u s t e t i n R e g e n s b u r g
(Ratisbon) i n 1871, edited by F r a n z X a v e r H a b e r l . F o r thirty years this e d i t i o n
e n j o y e d p a p a l a u t h o r i t y as the a p p r o v e d f o r m of c h a n t s f o r m a s s , a n d its c o n t e n t s are
w i d e l y available for study. E x . X . 5 . 1 s h o w s t h e t y p e of r e v i s i o n c a r r i e d o u t i n t h e
M e d i c a e a . Omnes de Saba is the m o d e 5 g r a d u a l f o r E p i p h a n y . I n its G r e g o r i a n
v e r s i o n , w h e n t h e m e l o d y h o v e r s a r o u n d r , b\\ is s u n g . I n t h e verse t h e final F e x e r t s a
s t r o n g e r t o n a l a t t r a c t i o n a n d 6 b s are f r e q u e n t . T h e M e d i c a e a a v o i d s bi] altogether.
The fluttering r e p e t i t i o n s of c a n d bb are e l i m i n a t e d ; n o t e s are n o t r e p e a t e d at a l l
Ex. X.5.1. M e d i e v a l a n d M e d i c e a n versions of gradual Omnes de Saba (Piacenza, B i b l . C a p .
6 5 ; Graduate, Rome, 1898)
Piacenza
w
9*
Om- -nes de Sab - ba u e - n i - ent au - rum et tus d e -
Pustet
" V i*9 •s 1 9 rm m
Piacenza
33C
- f e - ren - tes et laudem do-mino an - nun - ti - an - tes.
Pustet
Piacenza
Sur - g e et il - l u - mi - n a -
Pustet
Piacenza
r9 9*§ 99 • *9 9*9
Piacenza
>999
su - per te or - ta est.
Pustet
99 9 {*-
(9*9* 9 &
su-per te or - ta est.
w i t h o u t a c h a n g e o f s y l l a b l e (see t h e f i n a l c a d e n c e s of b o t h p a r t s ) . E a c h m e l i s m a o n
t h e f i n a l s y l l a b l e o f a p h r a s e is c u t , a n d t h e b a l a n c e b e t w e e n a c c e n t e d a n d u n a c c e n t e d
s y l l a b l e s is a l t e r e d : f o r e x a m p l e , deferentes is changed f r o m 1 - 2 - 2 - 5 notes to 1 - 1 - 6 -
1, Saba venient f r o m 3 - 1 3 - 1 - 3 - 1 to 5 - 2 - 2 - 1 - 2 . T h e accented syllables are m a r k e d
in the Pustet edition, t h o u g h not i n the M e d i c a e a .
A s a p i e c e of e a r l y s e v e n t e e n t h - c e n t u r y p l a i n c h a n t the n e w v e r s i o n is a d m i r a b l y
m o d e r a t e , m e l l i f l u o u s , a n d consonant. B u t none of the ecstatic, o t h e r - w o r l d l y q u a l i t y
of t h e m e d i e v a l v e r s i o n r e m a i n s .
X.6. N E O - G A L L I C A N C H A N T
New Roman liturgical books with texts revised o n h u m a n i s t lines were briefly
f a s h i o n a b l e , o f w h i c h t h e B r e v i a r y of t h e H o l y C r o s s b y C a r d i n a l Q u i n o n e z ( 1 5 3 5 ) i s
an e x a m p l e . B u t t h e C o u n c i l of T r e n t ( 1 5 4 5 - 6 3 ) d i d n o t p e r p e t u a t e s u c h i n i t i a t i v e s .
T h e n e w R o m a n b r e v i a r y a n d m i s s a l of P i u s V ( 1 5 6 8 a n d 1570 r e s p e c t i v e l y ) w e r e b y
n o m e a n s drastic revisions of the t r a d i t i o n a l texts, a n d w o u l d have been f o u n d q u i t e
n o r m a l b y t h e average l a t e - m e d i e v a l c a n t o r . T h o s e c a n t o r s o b l i g e d t o p r o v i d e m u s i c
for services where they were used w o u l d have h a d n o d i f f i c u l t y i n c o n t i n u i n g to
e m p l o y t h e t r a d i t i o n a l c h a n t - b o o k s , p e r h a p s o n e of t h e m a n y p r i n t e d e d i t i o n s w h i c h
a p p e a r e d i n t h e s i x t e e n t h c e n t u r y . T h e y w o u l d i n a n y case h a v e h a d t o d o p r e c i s e l y
this f o r the office. P o p u l a r Italian b o o k s i n c l u d e d those p r i n t e d b y J u n t a i n V e n i c e :
t h e Graduate Romanum of 1606 a n d 1611 a n d t h e Antiphonariurn of 1603. A n o t h e r is
t h e Antiphonariurn p u b l i s h e d i n A n t w e r p i n 1611 f o r t h e d i o c e s e of M e c h e l e n
( M a l i n e s ) , w h i c h was used b y H a b e r l for the Pustet a n t i p h o n e r of 1878. (See T a c k
1960 f o r n u m e r o u s f a c s i m i l e s . )
B u t t h e seeds o f l i t e r a r y a n d m u s i c a l r e v o l t against t h e m e d i e v a l h e r i t a g e h a d b e e n
s o w n , a n d t h e n e x t t w o c e n t u r i e s w e r e t o see l a r g e n u m b e r s o f q u i t e n e w b o o k s w h e r e
texts a n d melodies were revised or c o m p l e t e l y replaced. T o the extent that they m a r k
a c o m p l e t e b r e a k w i t h t h e m e d i e v a l c h a n t w h i c h is t h e m a i n s u b j e c t o f t h i s b o o k , t h e y
c o u l d b e o m i t t e d f r o m f u r t h e r c o n s i d e r a t i o n here. A n d research o n w h a t is i n fact a
vast h e r i t a g e o f s u c h s e r v i c e - b o o k s h a s h a r d l y b e g u n . A b r i e f s t a t e m e n t o f t h e g e n e r a l
situation must therefore suffice.
T h e m a k i n g of n e w chant-books was p a r t i c u l a r l y energetic i n F r a n c e , w h e r e the
c h u r c h ' s r e l a t i o n s h i p w i t h R o m e w a s a m a t t e r of p o l i t i c a l a n d d o c t r i n a l c o n t r o v e r s y .
T h e d e c i s i o n s o f t h e C o u n c i l o f T r e n t r e g a r d i n g t h e c o n s t i t u t i o n a l s t r u c t u r e of t h e
Roman c h u r c h were not accepted in France, where a strong school of thought
supporting freedom f r o m papal authority h a d existed ever since the thirteenth
c e n t u r y . T h e s e beliefs were enshrined i n the F o u r G a l l i c a n A r t i c l e s of 1682, d r a w n u p
by Bossuet, a n d a l t h o u g h they were f o r m a l l y w i t h d r a w n a decade later, t h e i r essence
w a s p r o p a g a t e d t h r o u g h o u t the n e x t c e n t u r y . T h e t i d e of o p i n i o n d i d n o t b e g i n to
t u r n b a c k i n a n u l t r a m o n t a n i s t d i r e c t i o n u n t i l after the r e s t o r a t i o n of the French
m o n a r c h y i n 1814. T h e later s e v e n t e e n t h a n d e i g h t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s t h e r e f o r e m a r k t h e
p e r i o d of c o m p o s i t i o n of w h a t is c o m m o n l y k n o w n as ' N e o - G a l l i c a n ' c h a n t .
O f the m a n y l i t u r g i c a l books p r o d u c e d i n m a n y F r e n c h dioceses d u r i n g this p e r i o d ,
t h o s e f o r t h e o f f i c e are m o r e radical revisions than those for mass. Particularly
n u m e r o u s w e r e t h e n e w h y m n s , b y s u c h a u t h o r s as S a n t e u i l a n d C o f f i n (see Pocknee
1954). T h e m o s t i m p o r t a n t n e w l i t u r g i e s w e r e t h o s e of P a r i s , w h e r e A r c h b i s h o p
Francois de H a r l a y i s s u e d a n e w b r e v i a r y i n 1680 and Archbishop Charles de
V i n t i m i l l e b o t h a n e w b r e v i a r y a n d a n e w m i s s a l , i n 1636 a n d 1638 r e s p e c t i v e l y . The
b r e v i a r y of C l u n y of 1686 w a s also i n f l u e n t i a l . It has b e e n e s t i m a t e d t h a t n i n e t y o u t o f
139 F r e n c h d i o c e s e s h a d n o n - R o m a n b o o k s b y t h e e n d of the e i g h t e e n t h century
( F o n t a i n e 1 9 8 0 ) , t h e P a r i s b o o k s b e i n g a d o p t e d i n o v e r fifty of t h e m .
I n t h e ' N e o - G a l l i c a n ' c h a n t - b o o k s b o t h r e v i s i o n of o l d e r c h a n t s a n d c o m p o s i t i o n of
q u i t e n e w o n e s is t o be f o u n d . T h e r e v i s i o n is g e n e r a l l y m o r e r a d i c a l t h a n t h a t of t h e
M e d i c a e a , p a r t i c u l a r l y f r o m the t o n a l p o i n t of v i e w . A c c i d e n t a l s w e r e i n t r o d u c e d a n d
whole sections shifted to make more obvious tonal sense (from the Baroque
s t a n d p o i n t ) . E x . X . 6 . 1 s h o w s t w o c h a n t s f o r m a s s at E p i p h a n y f r o m t h e Graduel de
Paris of 1754.
I n the sequence Ad Jesum accurite the note values are usually pairs T • , sometimes *\ • . I
have assumed that triple time was intended throughout.
I n the offertory Reges Tharsis I have transcribed note values as f o l l o w s : ^ = J
• = •
PROSE. Du 1. (Ton)
9 , , i
—j
1J
1
'J* 1
ttz H—i—i —j—H—i " 1 — 1
Hue af - fer-re J
mu-ne-ra 1 ^' J
Volun-ta - te li-be-ra,
1 J
J
J
Sed mune-ra V
cor-di-um.
3s
Haec e-rit gra - t i s - s i - ma Sal-va-to - ri vic-ti-ma, Mentis sa-cri - fi - c i - u m .
(Ex.X.6.1 com.)
J J J.
Qui Ju-dae - os ad-vocat Christus, Gentes convo-cat In unum tu - gu - ri-um.
Beth-le-em fit ho-di-e To-ti-us Ec-cle-si-ae Nascentis ex - or - di-um.
OFFERTOIRE. Du 8. (Ton)
Re-ges Tharsis et in- -su-lae mu- -ne-ra of- -ferent: Reges A - ra-bum
A p a r t f r o m t h i s t y p e of c h a n t , t w o o t h e r s w e r e d e v e l o p e d w h i c h h a v e as m u c h i n
common with B a r o q u e s o n g as w i t h plainchant. These were (i) chant figure or
plainchant, plainchant musical, a n d ( i i ) chant sur le livre or fleuretis. I n t h e first
( P i n e a u 1 9 5 5 , F u l l e r , ' P l a i n c h a n t m u s i c a l ' , NG), a m e a s u r e d a n d o r n a m e n t e d t y p e of
chant was s u n g b y a soloist, choir sections b e i n g a c c o m p a n i e d b y organ h a r m o n i e s or
b y a s e r p e n t . It is k n o w n f r o m treatises b y N i v e r s , P o i s s o n , L e b e u f , a n d L a F e i l l e e ,
a n d f r o m t h e Cinq messes en plain-chant (1669) b y H e n r i D u M o n t , of w h i c h the
Messe royale w a s e s p e c i a l l y p o p u l a r . I n t h e s e c o n d ( P r i m 1961) a s o l o i s t i m p r o v i s e d
florid counterpoint over a chant performed b y a choir i n r h y t h m a n d reinforced again
by the serpent.
N e o - G a l l i c a n c h a n t i n F r a n c e w a s n o t t h e o n l y r e p e r t o r y of n o n - R o m a n a n d n o n -
medieval chant. N u m e r o u s other b o o k s of t h e e i g h t e e n t h a n d early nineteenth
c e n t u r i e s , e s p e c i a l l y t h o s e p u b l i s h e d i n G e r m a n y , are l i k e w i s e w i t n e s s t o a t t e m p t s t o
r e f o r m p l a i n c h a n t i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h c o n t e m p o r a r y taste. T h o s e p r o d u c e d b y R e i n e r
K i r c h r a t i n B o n n (Theatrum musicae choralis, C o l o g n e 1782) a n d C a s p a r E t t i n
M u n i c h (Cantica sacra, 1 8 2 7 , w i t h o r g a n a c c o m p a n i m e n t ) are e x a m p l e s . ( T a c k 1960
g i v e s s e v e r a l f a c s i m i l e s f r o m G e r m a n p u b l i c a t i o n s . ) T h e F r e n c h plainchant musical
is c l e a r l y derived from I t a l i a n canto fratto (as o p p o s e d t o canto fermo puro),
e x e m p l i f i e d i n V i a d a n a ' s ' 2 4 C r e d o a c a n t o f e r m o ' of 1 6 1 9 . T h e a c c o m p a n i m e n t o f
c h a n t , i n c r e a s i n g l y c o m m o n i n the seventeenth a n d eighteenth centuries, w a s itself a n
i n d u c e m e n t t o r e c o m p o s e c h a n t s i n a s t y l e easier to h a r m o n i z e a n d m o r e i n t h e s t y l e o f
c o n t e m p o r a r y solo a n d c o n c e r t a n t e m o t e t s . ( T h e h i s t o r y of p l a i n c h a n t a c c o m p a n i m e n t is
a s u b j e c t u n f o r t u n a t e l y t o o l a r g e f o r d i s c u s s i o n h e r e : see S o h n e r 1931 a n d W a g e n e r
1964.)
C o n t e m p o r a r y w o r k s w h i c h o f f e r d i s c u s s i o n of o r i n s t r u c t i o n i n p l a i n c h a n t a r e
e s s e n t i a l f o r a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e a t t i t u d e s c u r r e n t i n t h o s e t i m e s . T h o s e w r i t t e n i n
the seventeenth a n d eighteenth centuries have been listed a n d discussed b y F e l l e r e r ,
b o t h briefly (1972, 'Choralpflege') a n d more comprehensively (1985).
T h e Restoration of M e d i e v a l Chant
XI.1. T H E R E T U R N T O T H E S O U R C E
A f t e r t h e p e r i o d of p e r p e t u a l r e v i s i o n a n d n e w c o m p o s i t i o n it w a s p e r h a p s i n e v i t a b l e
t h a t t h e i d e a s h o u l d h a v e g a i n e d a s c e n d a n c y o f r e t u r n i n g t o t h e p l a i n c h a n t as it h a d
' o r i g i n a l l y ' b e e n . S e v e r a l factors d e t e r m i n e d the course that events w o u l d take.
F i r s t , l i b e r a l i s m i n t h e c h u r c h as a w h o l e w a s d i s c r e d i t e d , n o t least b y t h e F r e n c h
R e v o l u t i o n , w h i c h , it w a s felt, h a d n o t been h i n d e r e d b y t h e Jansenist a n d G a l l i c a n
m o v e m e n t s i n the F r e n c h c h u r c h . T h e r e was a similar reaction to the ecclesiastical
r e f o r m s o f H o l y R o m a n E m p e r o r J o s e p h 11 ( 1 7 6 5 - 9 0 ) , t h e g e n e r a l t e n o r o f w h i c h h a d
been to increase religious tolerance a n d l i m i t a t i o n of p a p a l a u t h o r i t y t o s p i r i t u a l
m a t t e r s . T h e r e a c t i o n i m p l i e d a r e t u r n t o R o m e i n l i t u r g i c a l as i n o t h e r m a t t e r s . T h e
c a l l t o a c t i o n w a s s o u n d e d as e a r l y as 1811 b y A l e x a n d r e - E t i e n n e C h o r o n i n h i s
Considerations sur la necessite de retablir le chant de VEglise de Rome dans toutes les
eglises de VEmpire francais. ( C h o r o n h a d a l r e a d y d i s t i n g u i s h e d h i m s e l f as a n e d i t o r o f
J o s q u i n , G o u d i m e l , Palestrina, a n d Baroque masters.)
S e c o n d l y , t h e p e r e n n i a l t e n d e n c y of t h e c h u r c h t o r e n e w itself b y r e t u r n i n g t o a n
e a r l i e r a n d s u p p o s e d l y ' p u r e r ' state c o i n c i d e d w i t h t h e w i d e r r o m a n t i c t e n d e n c y t o
i d e a l i z e t h e p a s t . W h e n t h e A g e of R e a s o n c h a l l e n g e d t h e o l d c e r t a i n t i e s , d i s a s t e r h a d
e n s u e d . C h u r c h m e n y e a r n e d f o r t h e A g e of F a i t h . T o t h e ' G o t h i c r e v i v a l ' i n c h u r c h
architecture, a comparable revival i n c h u r c h m u s i c w o u l d be j o i n e d . Its m u s i c a l
i d e a l s — h e l d b y a r e m a r k a b l y w i d e b o d y of o p i n i o n i n I t a l y , F r a n c e , a n d G e r m a n y —
w e r e e m b o d i e d i n t r a d i t i o n a l p l a i n c h a n t a n d t h e p o l y p h o n i c m u s i c of P a l e s t r i n a (see
Fellerer, 'Caecilianismus', MGG).
T h i r d l y , t h e t e c h n i q u e s of m a n u s c r i p t s t u d y w h i c h w e r e e s s e n t i a l f o r r e v e a l i n g t h e
secrets of medieval sources h a d already been developed, particularly b y the
B e n e d i c t i n e m o n k s of t h e C o n g r e g a t i o n of S a i n t - M a u r d u r i n g t h e late seventeenth
a n d e i g h t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s . It w o u l d take u n t i l t h e e n d o f t h e n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r y f o r
similar expertise to a c c u m u l a t e i n t h e h a n d l i n g o f t h e first notations, but the
w h e r e a b o u t s of m a n y i m p o r t a n t s o u r c e s w a s a l r e a d y k n o w n f r o m t h e M a u r i s t s ' w o r k ,
f o r e x a m p l e , t h r o u g h M a b i l l o n ' s s t u d y of t h e O r d i n e s R o m a n i , p u b l i s h e d as e a r l y as
1689.
7. The Return to the Source 623
The p a r t i c u l a r p a r t p l a y e d b y the B e n e d i c t i n e a b b e y o f S o l e s m e s n e a r L e M a n s
a f t e r its r e s t o r a t i o n b y D o m P r o s p e r G u e r a n g e r i n the 1830s w i l l b e d i s c u s s e d i n t h e
n e x t s e c t i o n . S o l e s m e s w a s of c o u r s e n o t a l o n e i n s t u d y i n g a n c i e n t s o u r c e s as a m e a n s
of r e n e w i n g t h e q u a l i t y of t h e c h u r c h ' s m u s i c .
S o m e of t h o s e w h o f a v o u r e d a r e t u r n to t h e R o m a n l i t u r g y w e r e n o t i n t e r e s t e d i n
t h e m e d i e v a l m e l o d i e s , a n d w i s h e d to r e i n t r o d u c e the M e d i c e a n a n d o t h e r e d i t i o n s of
t h a t p e r i o d . T h e M e d i c a e a p l u s the Antiphonale of P e t e r L i e c h t e n s t e i n , V e n i c e , 1580,
f o r m e d t h e b a s i s of t h e s e v e r a l b o o k s p r o d u c e d i n the 1840s a n d 1850s b y D u v a l , d e
V o g t , a n d B o g a e r t s u n d e r the a u s p i c e s of C a r d i n a l S t e r c k x i n M e c h e l e n ( M a l i n e s ) . A s
l o n g as R o m e i t s e l f r e m a i n e d i n a c t i v e , t h i s w a s also t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e C e c i l i a n
m o v e m e n t i n G e r m a n y , f o u n d e d i n 1868 i n R e g e n s b u r g b y F r a n z X a v e r W i t t (see
L i c k l e d e r 1988), a n d the justification for the editorial line taken b y H a b e r l i n the
p u b l i c a t i o n s b y t h e f i r m of P u s t e t i n t h e s a m e c i t y .
S o m e of t h e l a n d m a r k s i n r e c o v e r i n g t h e m e d i e v a l m e l o d i e s are as f o l l o w s . I n 1846
J . - L . - F . D a n j o u d i s c o v e r e d the eleventh-century m a n u s c r i p t M o n t p e l l i e r , F a c u l t e de
M e d e c i n e H . 159, w i t h alphabetic letters a n d neumes in parallel. In 1851 Louis
Lambillotte published a hand-drawn facsimile of St Gall, Stiftsbibliothek 359,
unfortunately not accurately d o n e , b e l i e v i n g that this was the m a n u s c r i p t w h i c h ,
a c c o r d i n g t o S t G a l l l e g e n d , w a s s e n t f r o m R o m e itself b y P o p e H a d r i a n I ( I X . 3 ) .
L a m b i l l o t t e ' s Graduate Romanum a n d a n Antiphonarium w e r e p u b l i s h e d i n 1855 i n
P a r i s after his d e a t h b y D u f o u r , b u t d i d not f o l l o w St G a l l 3 5 9 — n o t s u r p r i s i n g l y ,
s i n c e t h e n e c e s s a r y w o r k of c o m p a r i n g it w i t h o t h e r s o u r c e s to d e c i d e o n p i t c h e s t o
i n t e r p r e t its n e u m e s w o u l d o n l y be a c c o m p l i s h e d l a t e r .
S e v e r a l e d i t i o n s w i t h p a r t i a l l y restored m e l o d i e s w e r e p r o m i n e n t i n the s u p e r s e s s i o n of
N e o - G a l l i c a n books in France, of w h i c h t h e g r a d u a l p r o m o t e d b y t h e b i s h o p s of
R e i m s a n d C a m b r a i ( 1 8 5 1 ) is t h e m o s t s i g n i f i c a n t . It w a s r e p u t e d l y b a s e d , at least i n
part, o n the M o n t p e l l i e r m a n u s c r i p t a n d other m e d i e v a l codices, b u t the r e s t o r a t i o n
w a s s t i l l h a l f - h e a r t e d . T h e o t h e r b o o k s t o o k a g o o d d e a l of a c c o u n t of t h e Reims-
C a m b r a i e d i t i o n , but were still more t i m i d , especially in melismatic chants.
D i s c u s s i o n of t h e m e r i t s a n d d e m e r i t s of these a n d o t h e r F r e n c h e d i t i o n s f o r m s a
lively chapter i n that c o u n t r y ' s scholarly m u s i c c r i t i c i s m , a n d very n u m e r o u s were the
m e m o i r s p u b l i s h e d , t h e c o m m i t t e e s a n d s o c i e t i e s f o r m e d (see F e l l e r e r 1 9 7 4 - 5 , e s p .
143-5 o n the R e i m s - C a m b r a i commission). In G e r m a n y a p i o n e e r i n g role was
played by Michael Hermesdorff (1833-85). In 1869 he f o u n d e d a b r a n c h of the
A l l g e m e i n e r C a c i l i e n v e r e i n f o r the T r i e r d i o c e s e a n d f r o m 1872 t o 1878 edited the
j o u r n a l Cacilia ( f o u n d e d i n 1862, l a t e r t h e Kirchenmusikalisches Jahrbuch), which
f r o m t i m e to t i m e i n c l u d e d f a c s i m i l e s of m e d i e v a l c h a n t s o u r c e s . I n 1872 he f o u n d e d a
V e r e i n z u r E r f o r s c h u n g a l t e r C h o r a l - H a n d s c h r i f t e n ( S o c i e t y f o r t h e I n v e s t i g a t i o n of
O l d C h a n t M a n u s c r i p t s ) , a n d he w a s P e t e r W a g n e r ' s c h o i r m a s t e r a n d t e a c h e r . He
p u b l i s h e d s e v e r a l c h a n t e d i t i o n s , i n c l u d i n g a Graduate . . . Trevirensis (1863), an
Antiphonale ( 1 8 6 4 ) , Kyriale ( 1 8 6 9 ) , a n d a s e c o n d Graduate ad normam cantus S.
Gregorii ( T r i e r , 1 8 7 6 - 8 2 ) . T h e latter was a r e m a r k a b l e p u b l i c a t i o n , w h i c h not o n l y
r e s t o r e d p r a c t i c a l l y t h e e n t i r e m e d i e v a l s h a p e of t h e m e l o d i e s , b u t a l s o i n c l u d e d s m a l l
p r i n t e d n e u m e s , i m i t a t i n g t h e s h a p e s of l a t e r m e d i e v a l T r i e r m a n u s c r i p t s , o v e r t h e
m u s i c o n the staff.
A s a m e a n s of g a u g i n g the r e l a t i v e d e g r e e of r e s t o r a t i o n e f f e c t e d i n s o m e of t h e
a b o v e - m e n t i o n e d e d i t i o n s , E x . X I . 1.1 g i v e s t h e o p e n i n g of t h e g r a d u a l Ex urge domine
non prevaleat homo. F o r ease of c o m p a r i s o n I h a v e t r a n s c r i b e d a l l t h e v e r s i o n s o n to
the m o d e r n stave, but r e p r o d u c e d the note-shapes of a l l t h e nineteenth-century
editions.
T h e e d i t i o n s of t h e Graduate (1871 a n d 1873) a n d Antiphonale (1878) p u b l i s h e d i n
R e g e n s b u r g b y t h e firm of P u s t e t w e r e e d i t e d b y F r a n z X a v e r H a b e r l . T h e g r a d u a l
w a s a f a i t h f u l r e v i v a l of t h e M e d i c a e a , t h e a n t i p h o n e r w a s b a s e d o n t h e p r i n t e d
e d i t i o n s of V e n i c e 1585 a n d A n t w e r p 1 6 1 1 . C h a n t s f o r n e w feasts o r a n y t h i n g else
r e q u i r e d b y l i t u r g i c a l changes since the seventeenth c e n t u r y were p r o v i d e d b y H a b e r l
a n d W i t t . I n 1871 P i u s I X d e c l a r e d t h e R e g e n s b u r g e d i t i o n s to b e t h e o n l y v e r s i o n s
officially recognized b y the R o m a n C h u r c h , an astonishing m o n o p o l y enjoyed by
P u s t e t f o r t h i r t y y e a r s , a n d t h e first of its k i n d , f o r t h e M e d i c e a n g r a d u a l h a d n e v e r
had this status.
XI.2. S O L E S M E S A N D T H E V A T I C A N E D I T I O N
(fo mft *i
P ho-
Pustet
Reims-Cambrai
P ho-
0 c
—•—•• M« 1 • »f V#
B
1— 4
f V ' V fNi
Ex-ur- -ge Do- -mi-ne, non prae-va- -le-at ho-
Hermesdorff 1
5E — % •
4 . . „ . .i ..'••'•••„
ho-
P
Hermesdorff 11
P ho-
P o t h i e r w a s b u t o n e star i n a b r i l l i a n t c o n s t e l l a t i o n of s c h o l a r s of l i t u r g y a n d c h u r c h
h i s t o r y at S o l e s m e s : P i t r a (later c a r d i n a l , w h o s e a i d w a s l a t e r t o b e i n v a l u a b l e i n
g a i n i n g p e r m i s s i o n f o r m a n u s c r i p t s to be b r o u g h t to S o l e s m e s a n d p h o t o g r a p h e d ) ,
C a g i n , C a b r o l , a n d l a t e r Q u e n t i n a n d W i l m a r t , to m e n t i o n o n l y a f e w . I n 1875 A n d r e
M o c q u e r e a u ( 1 8 4 9 - 1 9 3 0 ) j o i n e d t h e c o m m u n i t y . It w a s h e w h o c o n c e i v e d t h e i d e a o f
t h e s e r i e s o f f a c s i m i l e s Paleographie musicale, whose indisputable evidence should
s u p p o r t P o t h i e r ' s p u b l i c a t i o n s . T h e first v o l u m e ( S t G a l l 3 3 9 ) a p p e a r e d i n 1 8 8 9 .
P a r t i c u l a r l y significant was the presentation i n v o l u m e s 2 a n d 3 of n e a r l y 2 0 0 m e d i e v a l
manuscript versions of t h e s a m e piece, the gradual Iustus ut palma. A t the
international congress on Gregorian chant in N e w York i n 1920 Mocquereau
d e s c r i b e d t h e Iustus ut palma v o l u m e s as a ' w a r m a c h i n e ' ( ' e n g i n d e g u e r r e ' ) i n t h e
struggle against the Pustet p r i v i l e g e , ' u n e sorte de " t a n k " s c i e n t i f i q u e , puissant,
invulnerable, capable d'enfoncer tous les r a i s o n n e m e n t s ennemis'. (Mocquereau
1 9 2 0 - 1 , 9, c i t e d b y C o m b e 1 9 6 9 , 126.)
I n the a f t e r m a t h of t h e F r a n c o - P r u s s i a n W a r ( a n d the above w a s p r o n o u n c e d after
t h e F i r s t W o r l d W a r ) it w a s p e r h a p s n o t o n l y f o r m u s i c o l o g i c a l r e a s o n s t h a t French
scholars d i s p u t e d the privilege enjoyed b y the Pustet e d i t i o n . T h e a r g u m e n t w a s often
a c r i m o n i o u s . T h e c o n s i d e r e d v i e w s o f H a b e r l , e d i t o r of t h e R e g e n s b u r g b o o k s , l a i d
stress o n the p a p a l a p p r o b a t i o n the M e d i c a e a enjoyed, the necessity of o b e d i e n c e to
R o m e , t h e m u s i c a l v a l u e o f a n e d i t i o n p r e p a r e d b y s u c h g r e a t m u s i c i a n s as P a l e s t r i n a ,
A n e r i o , a n d S o r i a n o , a n d t h e p r a c t i c a l m e r i t s o f t h e m e l o d i e s as a g a i n s t t h e m u c h
m o r e difficult versions restored b y Solesmes ( H a b e r l 1902).
A n i n t e r n a t i o n a l c o n g r e s s h e l d at A r e z z o i n 1882 v i n d i c a t e d t h e w o r k o f S o l e s m e s ,
o n l y to have its r e s o l u t i o n s rejected b y R o m e . I n 1884 P i t r a p r e s e n t e d the Liber
gradualis t o L e o X I I I , w h o p r a i s e d its s c i e n t i f i c w o r t h b u t m a d e i t c l e a r t h a t it w o u l d
n o t b e a d o p t e d b y t h e V a t i c a n as n o r m a t i v e . A n i m p o r t a n t p o i n t w a s g a i n e d w h e n t h e
J e s u i t A n g e l o d e S a n t i , e d i t o r of t h e j o u r n a l Civiltd cattolica i n R o m e , was w o n round
b y M o c q u e r e a u , a n d t h e s t u d e n t s o f t h e F r e n c h s e m i n a r y i n R o m e also a d o p t e d t h e
S o l e s m e s m e l o d i e s . O t h e r R o m a n c h o i r s , i n c l u d i n g the Sistine c h o i r itself under
A n t o n i o R e l l a , g r a d u a l l y f o l l o w e d s u i t . T h e d e c r e e o f 1883 c o n f i r m i n g s u p p o r t f o r t h e
Pustet edition was w i t h d r a w n by L e o X I I I i n 1899, a n d w h e n Pustet's monopoly
e x p i r e d i n 1901 it w a s n o t r e n e w e d . L e o X I I I d i e d i n 1903 a n d h i s s u c c e s s o r P i u s X
acted q u i c k l y to sanction the restored chant. T h e famous motu proprio ' T r a le
s o l l e c i t u d i n i ' , dated St Cecilia's D a y (22 N o v e m b e r ) 1903, appears to have been
drafted b y D e Santi. A t r i u m p h a n t congress held i n R o m e i n 1904 t o m a r k t h e
t h i r t e e n t h c e n t e n a r y of St G r e g o r y gave r a p t u r o u s a c c l a i m to the restorers a n d t h e
c h o i r s s i n g i n g the m e d i e v a l m e l o d i e s . ( M a n y of the speeches a n d p e r f o r m a n c e s were
a c t u a l l y r e c o r d e d b y t h e G r a m o p h o n e C o m p a n y : see B e r r y 1 9 7 9 . )
M e a n w h i l e a s t r i n g of i m p o r t a n t p u b l i c a t i o n s h a d appeared f r o m S o l e s m e s , mostly
P o t h i e r ' s w o r k . A selection of sequences, v o t i v e a n t i p h o n s , a n d other pieces, the
Variae preces, w a s p u b l i s h e d i n 1 8 8 8 . T h e first e d i t i o n of t h e Liber antiphonarius was
p u b l i s h e d i n 1 8 9 1 . P o t h i e r ' s o l d Processionale w a s i s s u e d i n 1893 as a Processionale
monasticum, a n d i n 1895 t h e r e a p p e a r e d a Liber responsorialis. (These two contain
a l m o s t t h e o n l y e d i t i o n s of the great r e s p o n s o r i e s of t h e N i g h t O f f i c e to h a v e b e e n
i s s u e d , f o r t h e v a r i o u s Antiphonale^ w h i c h h a v e a p p e a r e d are f o r t h e d a y h o u r s o n l y . )
A r e v i s e d Liber Gradualis w a s i s s u e d i n 1895, a n d t h e first e d i t i o n of t h e c o m p e n d i u m
Liber usualis.
T h e r e r e m a i n e d t h e task of p r e p a r i n g o f f i c i a l V a t i c a n e d i t i o n s of t h e Graduate and
Antiphonale. I n 1904 a c o m m i s s i o n u n d e r P o t h i e r w a s a p p o i n t e d b y t h e V a t i c a n to
s u p e r v i s e t h e e d i t i o n , w h i c h w a s to be p r e p a r e d b y t h e m o n k s of S o l e s m e s . Pothier
w a s n o l o n g e r r e s i d e n t at S o l e s m e s , h a v i n g b e e n a p p o i n t e d p r i o r of L i g u g e i n 1893
a n d a b b o t of S a i n t - W a n d r i l l e i n 1898. P e r h a p s i n e v i t a b l y i n a p r o j e c t as c o m p l e x as
t h i s , d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n m e m b e r s of t h e o v e r s e e i n g c o m m i s s i o n a n d t h e executive
a r o s e . F o r e x a m p l e , P o t h i e r f a v o u r e d c r a t h e r t h a n b as t h e r e c i t i n g n o t e i n m o d e 3
and m o d e 8 chants a n d recitation f o r m u l a s . H e and others (Wagner, Gastoue) were
r e a d i e r t h a n M o c q u e r e a u t o a d m i t t h e v a l i d i t y of later m e d i e v a l s o u r c e s , representat-
ives of 'the l i v i n g t r a d i t i o n ' . B e s c o n d (1972, p i . X X I X ) gives a f a c s i m i l e of a page
f r o m t h e p r e p a r a t o r y d r a f t s of t h e Kyriale. H e r e w e see t h e S o l e s m e s p r o p o s a l f o r t h e
K y r i e Lux et origo and Gloria T , w i t h t h e c o m m i s s i o n ' s a m e n d m e n t s to Solesmes
proposals. T h e beginnings run thus:
A f t e r t h e b r u i s i n g e x p e r i e n c e of t h e V a t i c a n e d i t i o n , S o l e s m e s r e m a i n e d c h a r g e d w i t h
the p r e p a r a t i o n of c h a n t e d i t i o n s f o r t h e R o m a n c h u r c h , a task it c o n t i n u e s to
p e r f o r m . D u r i n g the present century, however, circumstances have c h a n g e d , i n some
w a y s d r a m a t i c a l l y . M o c q u e r e a u w o r k e d i n t h e b e l i e f t h a t a n ' o r i g i n a l ' f o r m of t h e
e a r l i e s t m e l o d i e s c o u l d b e e s t a b l i s h e d b y c o m p a r i s o n of t h e o l d e s t s o u r c e s , i n t h e w a y
t h a t G u e r a n g e r h a d a s s e r t e d years b e f o r e : ' W h e n m a n u s c r i p t s o f d i f f e r e n t p e r i o d s a n d
c o u n t r i e s agree u p o n a p a r t i c u l a r r e a d i n g , w e c a n safely assert t h a t w e h a v e d i s c o v e r e d
t h e G r e g o r i a n p h r a s e . ' A s t h i s b o o k h a s t r i e d t o m a k e c l e a r , it is n o t at a l l c e r t a i n t h a t
a n ' o r i g i n a l ' f o r m of t h i s t y p e e v e r e x i s t e d . F r o m t h e O l d R o m a n m a n u s c r i p t s , f o r
e x a m p l e , w e c a n see s o m e of t h e R o m a n w a y s of s i n g i n g m e l o d i e s i n t h e e l e v e n t h t o
t h i r t e e n t h c e n t u r i e s ( m o r e t h a n o n e , f o r t h e m a n u s c r i p t s d o n o t a g r e e ) . W e c a n see
several F r a n k i s h w a y s of s i n g i n g the same m e l o d i e s i n t h e n i n t h c e n t u r y , the t e n t h
c e n t u r y , a n d so o n . B u t t h e m a n u s c r i p t t r a d i t i o n is t o o v a r i a b l e f o r a s i n g l e ' a u t h e n t i c '
r e a d i n g t o b e d e d u c e d e v e n f r o m a s m a l l g r o u p o f t h e e a r l i e s t s o u r c e s . I n Le Graduel
Romain I V t h e m o n k s of Solesmes s h o w e d h o w a n u m b e r of early t r a d i t i o n s c o u l d b e
identified, a n d proposed a comparative edition where the divergent readings w o u l d be
recorded (see also Froger 1978, ' E d i t i o n ' ) . T h e w o r k is n o t c o m p l e t e , and a
c o r r e s p o n d i n g e d i t i o n o f o f f i c e c h a n t s is also o n l y i n t h e p r e p a r a t o r y s t a g e s .
It is n o t o n l y t h e m a g n i t u d e of t h e task w h i c h has d e l a y e d i t s c o m p l e t i o n . T h e
changes i n t h e l i t u r g y a n n o u n c e d at t h e S e c o n d Vatican Council (1962-5) have
necessitated t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of other n e w s e r v i c e - b o o k s , of w h i c h t h e Psalterium
monasticum ( 1 9 8 1 ) a n d t h e Liber hymnarius ( 1 9 8 3 ) h a v e so f a r a p p e a r e d . T h e s e , l i k e
a l l t h e p r e v i o u s S o l e s m e s e d i t i o n s , are s e r v i c e - b o o k s f o r p r a c t i c a l u s e .
I n the history of plainchant research, the practical a n d the abstract have been
i n e x t r i c a b l y e n t w i n e d . S c h o l a r s h i p d e v o t e d to finding out a n d u n d e r s t a n d i n g the
m u s i c o f t h e past a n d p r e s e n t h a s s o m e t i m e s b e e n a l m o s t i n s e p a r a b l e f r o m a r e l i g i o u s
b e l i e f i n a ' p u r e ' t r a d i t i o n a n d t h e n e c e s s i t y of p r o v i d i n g t h e ' b e s t ' a t t a i n a b l e f o r m
of t h e m e l o d i e s f o r c o n t e m p o r a r y u s e . A n d c o n t e m p o r a r y u s e d o e s n o t s t a n d s t i l l . T h e
g o a l o f m o r e r e c e n t l i t u r g i c a l r e f o r m is n o l o n g e r t h e ' A g e o f F a i t h ' w h i c h i n s p i r e d t h e
efforts of the chant restorers, b u t rather still earlier centuries f r o m w h i c h n o l i t u r g i c a l
m u s i c w i l l ever be recoverable. C h r i s t i a n s h a v e n o t u s u a l l y f o u n d it d i f f i c u l t t o
w o r s h i p i n c h u r c h e s c o n t a i n i n g a r c h i t e c t u r a l elements of w i d e l y d i f f e r i n g age, a n d t h e
l i t u r g y i t s e l f is a n a m a l g a m o f c o m p o s i t i o n s a n d c e r e m o n i a l of d i v e r s e o r i g i n s . T h e
p l a i n c h a n t r e p e r t o r y , j u s t l i k e t h e r e p e r t o r i e s of p o l y p h o n i c m u s i c w h i c h d e v e l o p e d
a l o n g s i d e i t , c o n t a i n s a m u l t i p l i c i t y of f o r m s a n d s t y l e s , a g a i n o f w i d e l y d i f f e r i n g
o r i g i n — a n o t h e r p o i n t w h i c h I h o p e has b e c o m e c l e a r i n t h e c o u r s e o f t h i s b o o k . A s f a r
as i t s u s e i n m o d e r n w o r s h i p is c o n c e r n e d t h e r e is m u c h t o b e s a i d f o r t h e v i e w of
S t G r e g o r y , g i v i n g a d v i c e to h i s m i s s i o n a r y A u g u s t i n e :
M y brother, you are familiar w i t h the usage of the R o m a n C h u r c h , i n w h i c h you were
b r o u g h t u p . B u t if y o u have f o u n d customs, whether in the C h u r c h of R o m e or of G a u l
or any other that m a y be more aceptable to G o d , I wish you to make a careful selection of
t h e m , and teach the C h u r c h of the E n g l i s h , w h i c h is still y o u n g i n the F a i t h , whatever
y o u have been able to learn w i t h profit f r o m the various C h u r c h e s . F o r things s h o u l d not
be loved for the sake of places, but places for the sake of good things. T h e r e f o r e select
f r o m each of the C h u r c h e s whatever things are devout, religious, and r i g h t ; and w h e n
y o u have b o u n d t h e m , as it were, into a Sheaf, let the m i n d s of the E n g l i s h g r o w
accustomed to it. (Bede, A History of the English Church and People, i . 27, trans.
Sherley-Price, 73.)
T h a t w o u l d m e a n t h a t C a r o l i n g i a n c h a n t of the n i n t h c e n t u r y c o u l d t a k e its p l a c e
b e s i d e r h y m e d s o n g s of t h e t w e l f t h o r a h y m n of t h e s e v e n t e e n t h c e n t u r y ; a n d , s i n c e
t h e ' a u t h e n t i c i t y ' of t h e c h a n t is n o l o n g e r a n i s s u e , t h e s e l e c t i o n m a y b e m a d e o n
g r o u n d s of r e l i g i o u s q u a l i t y a l o n e .
T h e s e are, h o w e v e r , p r o b l e m s of l i t u r g i c a l p r a c t i c e , not m u s i c o l o g y , w h i c h is
s u r e l y m a t u r e e n o u g h as a d i s c i p l i n e t o d i s t i n g u i s h b e t w e e n s c h o l a r l y a n d p r a c t i c a l
c o n c e r n s i n t h e r e c o v e r y of o l d m u s i c . T h e p r o b l e m s f a c i n g c h a n t s c h o l a r s h i p are
g r e a t e n o u g h w i t h o u t t h e a d d e d c o m p l i c a t i o n s of l i t u r g i c a l c o n t r o v e r s y . T h e y c o n c e r n
a b o v e a l l t h e e n o r m o u s q u a n t i t y of p o t e n t i a l e v i d e n c e . W h a t are t h e r i g h t q u e s t i o n s to
ask w h e n c o n f r o n t e d b y t h e h u g e n u m b e r s of l i t u r g i c a l m u s i c - b o o k s f r o m t h e n i n t h
c e n t u r y to t h e p r e s e n t d a y ? H o w is t h e m a t e r i a l t o b e c o n t r o l l e d a n d i n v e s t i g a t e d ?
E x a c t l y w h a t is t h e r e i n these b o o k s , o n l y a t i n y f r a c t i o n of w h i c h have been
i n v e n t o r i e d ? W h a t d o e s it t e l l us a b o u t m a n as a r e l i g i o u s b e i n g a n d as a c r e a t o r of
m u s i c ? C o m p a r e d w i t h t h e s e p r o b l e m s , t h e tasks w h i c h t h e r e s t o r e r s of t h e n i n e t e e n t h
c e n t u r y set t h e m s e l v e s w e r e e s s e n t i a l l y s i m p l e , c o n c e r n e d w i t h b u t a p a r t of t h e c h a n t
r e p e r t o r y , m i g h t y t h o u g h t h e l a b o u r s w e r e t h a t w e r e n e e d e d to c a r r y o u t t h o s e t a s k s .
It is m y h o p e t h a t t h i s b o o k w i l l h a v e c o n v e y e d a sense not o n l y of past achievements
b u t a l s o of t h e p r o b l e m s t h a t s c h o l a r s h i p s t i l l faces. B u t a b o v e a l l , I h o p e it has h e l p e d
c r e a t e a n a w a r e n e s s of t h e i n e x h a u s t i b l e m u s i c a l r i c h e s of W e s t e r n p l a i n c h a n t .
INDEX OF T E X T A N D MUSIC INCIPITS
A solis ortus cardine, hymn 142, 284 Alleluia In te Domine speravi 529
.1 summo celo, gradual 533-4 Alleluia Levita Laurentius 5
Ad cenam agni, hymn 234 Alleluia Suptie facte sunt in ('hana 134-5
Ad dex tram pat lis, Agnus trope 233 Alleluia O kynos 4 3 0 - 1 , 5 2 9
Adjfesum accurrite, sequence 619-20 Alleluia O Maria rubens rosa 138-9
Ad laudem regis glorie, farsed lesson 592-3 Alleluia Ora voce pi a 138
Ad te Domine levari, offertory 123 Alleluia Ostende nobis 132, 181-3,182
Adam novas veterem, song in Fleury Pcrcgrinus play 270 Alleluia Oty theos 529
Adest dies leticie, antiphon 2 7 6 - 7 Alleluia Paratum cormeum 538
Adiutorium nostrum, antiphon 91-2 Alleluia Pascha nostrum 375-7, 379-80, 586
Adoramus crucem tuam, antiphon 527 Alleluia Quoniam Deus magnus 529
Adoma thalamum suum, processional antiphon 31, 102, Alleluia Surrexit Dominus et occurrens 134
104 Alleluia \ em' sancte spirit us 43
Adoro te devote, hymn 25 Alleluia A'eni sponsa Christi 135-6
/let erne re rum conditor, h y m n 140, 281 Alleluia Virga fesse floruit 137
Afjluens deliciis, sequence 195 Almafulgens, sequence 183
Agios (Greek Sanctus) 162-4, (163), 528 Alma redemptoris mater, Marian antiphon 104-7
Agios o Theos, Trisagion 36-7, 498, 528 Alto consilio, Latin liturgical song 248
. \gfiosca t om tie saeculum, h y m n 142 jbnen amen dico vobis, antiphon 464
Agnus, O l d Roman 166-7 Angeli eorum, antiphon 234
Agnus 15 232 'Angelica', sequence melody 586
Agnus 34 (Vatican X V I I ) 166-7 Angelis suis, gradual 533-4, 554
Agnus 81a 233 Angelorum ordo sacer, sequence 181
Agnus 98 166 Angelas Michael, alleluia prosula 203-4
Agnus 101 (Vatican X V I I I ) 149, 166-7 Anima nostra, gradual 80
Agnus 114 (Vatican IX) 167 Annua sancte dei, processional hymn 146
Agnus 136 (Vatican IV) 167 Aqua sapientiae, introit 221
Agnus 144 167-8 Ardua spes mundi, processional hymn 146-7
Agnus 164 (Vatican X V I ) 167-8 Ascendente lesu in navim, antiphon 329
Agnus 209 (Vatican X V ) 167 Ascendit Deus in iubilatione, offertory 126
Agnus 220 (Vatican XI) 166-7 Ascendit Simon Pe/rus, antiphon 327
Agnus 226 (Vatican II) 166-8, 167 Asperges me, antiphon 22, 148
Ales diei nuntius, hymn 142 Attende return, canticum 359
Alias ores habeo, antiphon 473 Audi index mortuorum, processional hymn 486
Alleluia, antiphon 39 'Aurea', sequence melody 200
Alleluia V (Milanese) 546 Ait)ea luce, hymn 234
Alleluia VI (Milanese) 546 Aurea lux terra, processional hymn 146
Alleluia Ante t/iron urn trim tat is 137-8 Aurea virga, sequence 153
Alleluia Attendile popule mens 133-4 Aurei nominis Maria, Marian antiphon 107
Alleluia Beat us sanctus Martinus 134 Ave beatigenninis, processional hymn 146
Alleluia Christus resurgens 201 Ave gratia plena, processional antiphon 102
Alleluia Concussum est mare 203-4 ,-Ave Maria, prayer 25
Alleluia Confitemini Domino quoniam bonus 38, 420-1 Ave mater salvatoris, Latin liturgical song 247
. Mleluia C'///// esset Stephanas 134 Ave regina caelorum, Marian antiphon 104-6
Alleluia Dies sanctijicatus 131 Ave virgo speciosa, verse 43
Alleluia Dies sanctificatuslYmera agiasmeni 528
Alleluia Dominus dixit ad me 131-3 'Bavverisca', sequence melody 546
Alleluia Dominus regnavit decorem 529, 538 Be deu hoi tnais, song 248
Alleluia Kgo sum pastor bonus 134 Beati quos elegistis, antiphon 451
Alleluia Epi si kyrie 529 Beatus Andreas de cruce, rcsponsory 337
Alleluia Kxcita Domine 131 Beat us die senus, antiphon 355
Beatus Nicholaus, responsory 206 Credo Vatican IV ('Credo cardinalis') 171
Beatus venter, antiphon 451 Credo Vatican V 169
Beatus Vincentius, antiphon 327 Credo Vatican VI 169
Beatus vir, antiphon 234 Credo Vatican VII 171
Beatus vir qui inventus, antiphon 329 Crucem tuam adoremus, antiphon 37, 527
Beaus peres, Sanctus trope 225 Crux benedicla nitet, hymn 142
Benedic annua mea, offertory 535-6 Crux Jidelis, hymn (tfPange lingua) 37, 145-6
Benedicam Dominum, offertory 126, 129 Cultor agri, antiphon 276, 278
Benedicamus fiori orlo, Benedicamus 214 Cum appropinquatet Dominus, processional antiphon
Benedicamus . . . Yerbi iungando cannina, 34,102
Benedicamus 214-15 Cum audisset populus, processional antiphon 34, 102,
Benedicite Dominum, introit 372 553-4, 555
Benedict a tu in mulieribus, antiphon 381 Cum ergo, antiphon 327
Benedict us es Domine, offertory 375 Cum natus esset Dominus, processional hymn 146
Benedict us es in finnamento, canticle 23 Cum penrenisset beatus Andreas, antiphon 97-8
Benedictus es . . . in labiis, offertory 130 Cum repente, antiphon 327
Benedixisti, offertory 201-2 Cum venerimus, processional antiphon 104
Cum videret/vidisset, responsory 337
Caeli caelorum laudate Deum, antiphon 453 Cunctis diebus, antiphon 93-4
Candida concio, sequence 587 Currebant duo simul, antiphon 261
'Caput', melisma 36 Curvati sunt, antiphon 553
Caritas Dei, introit 115 Custodi nos, versicle with response 30
Cannen suo dilecto, sequence 387 Custodiebant testimonia, antiphon 61
Ce que Ysaies nos escrit, farsed lesson 237
'Chorus', sequence melody 178 Da laudis homo, L a t i n liturgical song 246
Christ ist erstanden 225, 261 Da nobisfamulis, offertory prosula 202
Chris te qui lux es, hymn 142-3 Da nobis potenti, offertory prosula 202
Christe redemptor, Kyrie trope 213 Data est michi, antiphon 258
Christe redemptoromnium, hymn 234 Defructu openon tuomm, communion 473-4
Christifortis hie athleta, antiphon 406-7 De necessitatibus, tract 82
Christ us fact us est, gradual 80 De sancte lohanne, sequence 178
Christus manens, verse 43 De supernis affero nuntio, Latin liturgical song 248
Christus resurgens V . Dicant nunc Iudei, processional Dei sapient ia, Benedicamus song 242
antiphon 104 Deprecantur te, rogation antiphon 102, 591
Cist aigneaus, Agnus trope 225 Descendit de celis, responsory 200
Cito euntes, antiphon 254 Desiderio desideravi, antiphon 93
Cives apostoiorum, responsory 337, 458 Deus creator omnium, hymn 140
Clamaventnt iusti, gradual 81 DeusDeus mens (Ps. 62) 488
Clangant cigni, sequence 178 Deus Deus mens, offertory 126
Clara gaudia festa paschalia, sequence 586-7, 588 Deus Deus mens, tract 34, 82-3
Clare sanctorum, sequence 200, 416-17, 440-1 Deus enimfinnavit, offertory 129
Clans vocibus, sequence 173-5, 174 Deus in adiutorium meum, versicle with response 25-6,
Claudius quidam, antiphon 329 28,35,43,248
Clemens rector, K y r i e trope 434-5 Deus in adiutorium meum, introit 449
Coenae tuae mirabili, Milanese ingressa 527 Deus paterfilium suum, introit trope 221-2
Collegerunt pontifices, processional antiphon 34, 102 Die nobis, sequence 586-7
Commovisti, tract 83, 85 Dicant nunc Iudei, see Christus resurgens
Concelebremus sacram, sequence 239 Dicit Dominus implete, communion 119-20
'Concordia', sequence melody 178 Dies est leticie, song 225
Confessio etpulchritudo, introit 5 Diffusa est gratia, responsory 120
Confirmation est cor, responsory 43 Diffusa est gracia, communion 120
Congaudentes exultemus, sequence 189-91 Dignare me, antiphon 381
Congaudentes iubilemus, Jube song 249 Dilectus iste domini, introit trope 197—9
Convertiminiomnes, Milanese transitorium 542-3 Di lex it And ream, responsory 337
Convocatis ergo, antiphon 327 Diligite Dominion, antiphon 468
Cordepatrisgenitus, Benedicamus song 43,224 Dixit Dominus Domino meo, antiphon 451
( Yedidipropter locutus sum, antiphon 87 Doctor bonus, responsory 337
Credimus in union Deum 169-70 Documentis artium, antiphon 276, 278
Credo Vatican I 169 Domine qui operati, antiphon 464, 473
Credo Vatican II 169 Domine spes sanctorum, antiphon 329
Credo Vatican III 171 Domine audivi, tract 83
Domine clanuivi ad te (Ps. 140) 488 Exsurge Domine non prevaleat, gradual 624-5
Domine Deus meus, offertory 130 Exultemus in hac die, sequence 592
Domine exaudi, tract 83
Domine labia mea aperies, versicle and response 25 'Fabricae mundi', melisma 200, 316
Domine non secundum, tract 44, 519 Eac benigne, antiphon 327, 329
Domini est terra (Ps. 23) 45 Eidelis seivus, antiphon 93-4, 327
Dominus legifer noster, antiphon 114 Eidetn auge, Paternoster farse 238
Dominus virtutum, communion 412-13 Einnetur manus tua, processional antiphon 44
Dominus vobiscum, versicle with response 4 7 - 8 Flete fideles animae, Lament of Mary 266
Domum is tarn, antiphon 327 'Flos filius', melisma 214
Doxa en ipsistis theo (Greek Gloria in excelsis Deo) 158, 'Francigenae', Milanese melodiae 545-6
528 'Frigdola', sequence melody 178
Dulce cannen, versus with double cursus 240 Eulgens preclara, sequence 181
Dum delperambulant, responsory 337 Eundatnentum aliud, antiphon 424—5
Dum penderet, responsory 337
Dum transisset Sabbat urn, responsorv 39, 252, 261, Gaude eia unica, sequence 178
414-15 Gaude et let are, Milanese transitorium 542
Duo homines, antiphon 327 Gaude felix parens Yspania, antiphon 276-7
Gaude Mana, responsory 207
E voces unisonas equat (Hermannus Contractus) 396 Gaude Maria virgo, antiphon 381
Ecce annuntio vobis, antiphon 43 Gaudeamus omnes, antiphon 94-6, 95
Ecce carissimi, processional antiphon 104 Gaudeamus omnes, O l d Beneventan ingressa 550
Ecce concipies, antiphon 327 Gaudent in celis, antiphon 581
Ecce iam Christ its, sequence 221 Gaude te in Domino semper, introit 456—7
Ecce iam Johannes, introit trope 217-19 Gloria 2 158-9
Ecce iam noctis, h y m n 143-4 Gloria 5 160
Ecce lignum crucis, antiphon 36 Gloria 11 (Vatican X I V ) 224
Ecce oculi, introit 113, 115 Gloria 13 (Vatican ad lib. II) 158
Ecce pulchra, sequence 153 Gloria 22 (Vatican ad lib. I l l ) 158
Ecce sacerdos, antiphon 451 Gloria 23 (trope Spirit us et alme) 161
Ecce sacerdos, gradual 80 Gloria 24 (Vatican ad lib. I) 159
Ecce vere Israeli ta, antiphon 449 Gloria 25 (Vatican V) 158-9
Ego autem sicut oliva, introit 372 Gloria 38 (Vatican VIII) 158
Ego sum alpha et co, processional antiphon 103—4 Gloria 39 ('Gloria A') 157-8, 200, 209, 224, 228-30
Ego sum Dens, processional antiphon 101 Gloria 39 trope Laus tua Deus . . . Sapientia Dei
Ego sum pastor bonus, antiphon 327, 329 patris 422-3
Ego sum resurrectio, antiphon 45 Gloria 43 (Vatican X V ) 158
Ego sum vitis vera, antiphon 87, 344 Gloria 51 (Vatican X I ) 158
Eia nuncpueri, Benedicamus 214 Gloria 56 (Vatican IV) 158, 208-9, 224
Eia re col am us, seq u e nee 173-5, 234 Gloria A , see Gloria 39
Elegerunt aposloli, offertory 554 Gloria in excelsis Deo, antiphon 263
Emendemus in melius, antiphon 32 Gloria laus et honor, processional hymn 34, 146, 486
Emendemus in melius, responsory 271 Gloria . . . Eater e tern us, doxology prosula 334
En rex venit, processional hymn 34 Gloria . . . Oitetti glorificant celi, doxology prosula 334
Epiph a n iam dom it to, se q u e n c c 178 Gloriosa sanctissimi, office 275
Etipe me, gradual 359 Gregonuspraesul 223, 503, 507, 509-11
Enpeme, tract 8 2 - 3 , 519 Gregorius vigiliis, antiphon 276
Erubescant, communion 408-9 Gustate et videte, communion 116, 410-11
Erumpant montes, antiphon 451
Et intravit cum illis, antiphon 329 Hac est data dies, verse 43
Et respicientes viderunt, antiphon 329 Haecdies, gradual 2 9 - 3 0 , 7 7
Eteme virgo memorie, responsory prosula 207 I lane concordi famulatu, sequence 178
Ex eius tumba, responsory 205 Hec aula accipiat, antiphon 424-5
Exaltabo te, gradual 81 Ilec est quern nescivi, antiphon 327
Exaltata es, antiphon 381 Ilerodes enitti, antiphon 93—4
Exaudi nos Deus, antiphon 31 lieu hen hen quo casu sort is, lament of Daniel in Ludus
'Excita domine', sequence melody 181 Danielis 272
Exiit senno, gradual 80 Hi sunt secuti, responsory 4 3 6 - 7
Expandi manus, responsory 337 Hie est discipulus, antiphon 93-4
Exsultabunt sancti, gradual 79, 358 Ilie verus Dei famulus, song in End us Danielis 270-1
Exsurge Domine feropem, gradual 612 'Hicronima', sequence melody 178
I Iodic cantandus est, introit trope 222-3, 418-19 Kyrie 48 (Kyriefons bonilalis, Vatican II) 155, 211-12
I Iodic dominus Iesus Christus, sequence 183 K y r i e 52 155
I Iodic exultent iusti, introit trope 586-7 Kvrie 55 (Te Christelpater supplices, Vatican ad lib.
I Iodic in facta virgo, antiphon 43 VI) 152-3, 1 5 5 , 2 1 0 , 2 1 1 , 2 1 3 , 4 3 4 - 5
'Hodie Maria virgo', sequence melody 153 Kvrie 68 (Vatican X I V ) 152-4,154
Hodie resurrexit leo fortis, introit trope 586 Kyrie 74 418-19
IIodic sun-exit leo fortis, Benedicamus 214-15 Kyrie 77 155
Itodierne lux diei, sequence 191, 192, 193 Kyrie 84 155
Homo Dei, responsory 337 Kvrie 95 (Vatican V I I I , ' d e angelis') 155,158,171
Homo quidam, antiphon 327 Kyrie 97 156
Ilosanna filio David, antiphon 34 Kvrie 102 (Clemens rector, Vatican ad lib. I) 152, 155,
Ilosoi eis Christon, Byzantine baptismal chant 529 434
I lost is Ilerodes impie, hymn 142 Kvrie 124 152, 155
Humanum genus, Agnus trope 233 Kvrie 139 156
Jlumili piece, processional hymn 146-7 Kvrie 142 155
Hymnum canite, communion 551 K v r i e 144 152, 155
Kyrie 151 (Vatican X V I I I ) 152,155
lam lucis ortu sidere, hymn 8 Kvrie 155 (Vatican X V ) 152-5,154
lam surgit hora tertia, hymn 140 Kyrie 171 (Vatican IX) 438-9
Immutemur habitu, antiphon 31 Kyrie Auctor celorum 155
In conspectu angelorum, offertory 299 Kyrie Devote canentes 151, 155
In die quando, processional antiphon 104 Kyrie 'de angelis', see K y r i e 95
/;/ die resurrectionis mee, processional antiphon 430-1
In die sollempnitatis, offertory 123-4 Laeta lux est hodie ma, sequence 584
/// eodem namque, antiphon 327 Lxipidabant Stephanum, responsory 72
In exitu Israel {Ps. 113) 64 JMuda Sion salvatorem, sequence 192
In Hiemsalem, offertory prosula 579 'Laudate D e u m ' , sequence melody 181
In medio ecclesie, introit 197-9, 216, 218-19 Laudate Dominion, tract/canticum 38
In medio ecclesie, responsory 200 Jxutdate Dominum quoniam, offertory 579
/;/ omnem terrain, gradual 79 iMitdate Dominion de cell's, antiphon 453, 500
In paradisian, antiphon 45 Laudate pueri (Ps. 112) 61
In virtute, offertory 554 Laudes crucis attolamus, sequence 192, 194
Incomparabiliter cum iocunditate, song 283 Laudes Deo, sequence 178
Ingrediente Domino, processional antiphon 34 Laudes Deo dicam persecula, epistle farse 236-7, 249,
Intuens in celum, responsory 72 283
Inventor rutili, processional hymn 38, 142, 319, 554 iMiides omnipotens, processional hymn 146
Inviolata integra, responsory prosula 207 Ixiudum cannina, sequence 178
Invocavit me, introit/ingressa 547-8 txiurenti David magni martyr, sequence 586
Iste confessor, hymn 144 I MUS tua, Gloria trope 200
Isle sanctus pro lege Dei, antiphon 329-30 IA'tabundi iubilemus, Latin liturgical song 243-4
lubilale Deo omnis terra, offertory 125 I'jetabundus decaniet, sequence 584
Jubilate Deo universa terra, offertory 124-6, (125), Ix'tabundus exultet jidelis chorus, sequence 43, 192, 234
128-30,(129) lA'temurgaudiis, offertory prosula 43, 204
Jubilate Domino, tract 83-4, 371 IvClo aninio, antiphon 327
Iubilemus cordis voce, song 270 Liber carnis vinculo, antiphon 277
Iubilemus regi nostro, song in Ludus Danielis 270 Libera me Domine, responsory 45
Iuravit Dominus, gradual 81 Lignum vite, antiphon 329
Justus es Domine, introit 456-7 Linguam refrenens temperet, didactic song 4 2 6 - 7
Justusgenninabit, antiphon 327 Lumen adrevelatiouem gentium, antiphon 31
Justus non conturbabitur, gradual 377-8 Lumen eternum, Sceptrum prosula 228-30
Justus ut palma, gradual 77, 533, 626 Lutum fecit, communion 512
'Iustus ut palma', sequence melody 173 Lux de luce, sequence 183
Lux hodie, verse 43
Jacobe virginei jrater, responsory 278 Lux omni festa populo, Benedicamus song 2 4 2 - 3
Jerusalem Jerusalem, antiphon 327 ' L y r a ' , sequence melody 153
Johannes Jesu Christo, sequence 286, 586
Jube domne benedicere, versicle 249-50 Magi veniunt, processional antiphon 265
Magister dicit, antiphon 93
Kyrie 7 155 Mandatum novum, antiphon 34, 35
K y r i e 39 (Lux et origo, Vatican I) 28, 152, 155, 627 Mane prima sabbati, sequence 192
K y r i e 47 (Vatican VI) 152 Maria ergo, antiphon 327
Mana Magdalena, antiphon 261 Oportet te, communion 512
Martyr Chtistigratia, Hosanna prosula 225, 230-1 Oravit sanctus Andreas, responsory 337
Metnor sit Dominus, offertory 554 Organicis canamus modulis, sequence 173, 175, 176,
Metitibus intentis, introit trope 285 178
Mercenarius est, antiphon 329 Orientispartibus, Latin liturgical song 43
Mento heipatimur, responsorv 271 'Ostendc (minor)', sequence melody 182, 221
'Metensis maior', sequence melody 546 'Ostende (maior)', sequence melody 200
Misi digit urn, antiphon 258
Mitte manum tuam, communion 118-19 Pangat simuleia, sequence 178-9
Modicum et non videbitis, antiphon 94-5 Pange linguaglotiosi corporis mysterium, hymn 145
Mox ut vocem, responsory 337 Pange lingua glotiosi proelium certaminis, processional
Malta quidem, antiphon 329 hymn 25, 35, 37, 142, 144-6, (145), 239, 282, 284, 486
' M u s a ' , sequence melody 586 Paradisiporte, antiphon 381
Musicorum et can forum, didactic rhyme 523 Paranytnphus salutat virginem, sequence 192, 193
Pascha nostrum, communion 118-19, 398
Past is visceribus, h y mn 142
Xato canunt omnia, sequence 234
Pastor bonus, antiphon 327
Xatusest, natusest, Latin liturgical song 245
Patefacte sunt ianue cell, responsory 72
Xatus ante secula, sequence 234
Pax in terris nunciatur, Latin liturgical song 263
Xe avert as, gradual 79
Paxvobis, antiphon 259
Xemo te condemnavit, communion 512
Peccavimus Domine, rogation antiphon 591-2
Xesciens mater, antiphon 43, 94
Petpeluo nutnine, Sanctus trope 234
Xigra sum, antiphon 93-4
Petrus autem setTabatur, antiphon 329
'Nobilissima', sequence melody 586
Petrus donniebat, O l d Beneventan ingressa 550
Xon vos demergat, processional antiphon 101
Pisteuo eis ena theon, Greek Credo 528
Xos auteni glorian, introit 408-9
Planet us ante nescia, Lament of Mary 266
Xos pueri iubilo, introit trope 285
'Planctus cigni', sequence melody 178, 188
Xos qui vivimus, antiphon 63-4
Plangant cigni, sequence 178
Xostrifestigaudium, Latin liturgical song 249
Plebs Domini hac die, Latin liturgical song 246-7
Xotum fecit Dominus, antiphon 63, 87
Popule mens, respond 36-7
Xunc clericorum concio, Latin liturgical song 248-9
Populus gentium, chapter 43
Xunc fratres enesis, introit trope 285
Portio mea, antiphon 87
Xunquid Dari obsetvati, from Ludus Danielis 272
Populus Sion convertimini, processional antiphon 101
Post partum virgo, antiphon 381
O admit abile commercium, antiphon 95-6, 464 Post sex annos, responsory 278-9
()\donay, an t i ph on 98 Postquam celorum Dominus, Benedicamus song 270
O amnos tu then, Greek Agnus Dei 528 Potest ate non natura, sequence 592
O beatalbona crux, responsory 337 Precamur nostras, sequence 181-3, (182)
() beat urn pontijicem, antiphon 463-4 Pre co novuset celicus, antiphon 277
() beatum presulem, responsory 4 0 6 - 7 Precursor Christi, sequence 591
() crucifer bone, hymn 142 Primo die rum omnium, hymn 143
O crux benedict a, processional antiphon 318 Primum mandatum amor Dei est 331
0gloria sanctorum, Gloria trope 208-9, 224 Prim urn quetite regnum Dei 331-2
() laudabilis rex, Gloria trope 224-7, 228-30 Pro cunctis deduct us, Agnus trope 232
O mater nostra, responsory 207 Pro eo quod non credidisti, antiphon 94-5
O quaudo in cruce, antiphon 527 Probavit, introit 599
O Radix Iesse, antiphon 98 Prosperum iterfacial, introit 554
() redemptor same cannen, hymn 35 Psalle modulamina, alleluia prosula 201
O rex glorie, Regnu m prosu 1 a 208-9 Psallite regimagna, introit trope 217
O sancte Dei apostole, responsory 599-600 Puernatus nobis est, introit 221-3, 399, 418-19
O Sapientia, antiphon 98 Pueri Piebreorum portantes, processional antiphon 34
O virgo virgiiiutn, Marian antiphon 105 PueriHebreorurn vestitnenta, processional antiphon 34
'Occidentana', sequence melody 546 Pura deum, sequence 178-9
Octo sunt beatitudines 332
Oculimei, introit 221, 449 Ouando natus est, antiphon 327
Omnes de Saba, gradual 616-18, (617) Quart a vigilia venit ad eos 332
Omnes qui in Christo, offertory/communion 525, 529 Quasi unus, antiphon 327
Omnes tua gratia, Hosanna prosula 225, 230-1 Que mulier habeas, antiphon 95—6
Omni tempore, antiphon 329 Quern creditis super astra ascendisse 255
Omnipotent tern semper adorant, canticle 23 Quern ethera et terra, responsory prosula 207
Oportet devota inetite, responsory prosula 206 Quern quetitis in presepe 254-5, 264
Quern queritis in sepulchm 223, 250-5, (253), 263, 267, Sanctus 49 (Vatican IV) 162
414-15,519,585-6,602 Sanctus56 (Vatican III) 230-1
Quern terra pantus aethera, hymn 142 Sanctus 66 163
Quern verepia laus, Gloria trope 452 Sanctus 68 164-5
Qui bibetit, comm u n ion 512 Sanctus 89 163
Qui de terra est, antiphon 43, 327 Sanctus 98 164-5
Qui dicit patri, introit trope 586-7 Sanctus 111 163
Qui habitat, tract 82-3 Sanctus 116 (Vatican V I M ) 162
Quipurgas animas, sequence 591 Sanctus 154 (Vatican I) 163
Qui regis sceptra, sequence 181 Sanctus 155 163
Quia vidistime, antiphon 258-9 Sanctus 177 (Vatican X I I ) 162
Quid tu virgo mater, sequence 265 Sanctus 202 (Vatican X I ) 162
Quidam homo fecit, antiphon 329 Sanctus 203 (Vatican II) 162
Quinque prudentes intraverunt 332 Sanctus 216 163-4
Quis dabit ex Sion, communion 355-6 Sanctus 223 (Vatican X V ) 162-3
Quomodofiet, antiphon 451 Sanctus Deus angelorum, antiphon 498
Quoniam Deus magnus, invitatory antiphon 99 Sapientia magnificat, antiphon 327
Scapulis suis, offertory 537
Reges Tharsis, offertory 123, 619-20 Scitote quia prope est, antiphon 61
Regina caeli, Marian antiphon 104, 106 Secundum autem simile est huic 332
Regnum tuum solidum, Gloria trope verse 199-200 Secundum magnam misericordiam, antiphon 91-2
Repleatur os meum, introit 372 Sedit angelus, see Stetit angelus
Requiem etemam, versicle 45 Sep tern sunt spiritus 332
Resonet in tone t, Latin liturgical song 249 Serve bone et fidelis, antiphon 329-30
Respire Domine, introit 221 Sexto hora sedit superputeum 332
Si in digito Dei, antiphon 329
Resurrexi, introit 197, 216-17, 252-3
Si oportuerit me mori, antiphon 329
Resurrexit Dominus, short responsory 87
Si quis diligit me, antiphon 329
Revelabiturgloria Domini, communion 532
Si vere fratres, antiphon 533, 535
Rex benedicte, processional hymn 146
Si cut cenus, tract 82
Rex caeli domine, versus with double cursus 240
Simon Petrus, antiphon 327
Rex omnipotens, sequence 234
Sinitepanulos, antiphon 264
Rex sanctorum angelorum, processional hymn 38
Sitivit in te, antiphon 91-2
Rex splendens, K y r i e trope 581
Solve iubente Deo, antiphon 274
'Romana', sequence melody 586
Somno refect is artubus, hymn 142-3
Sospes nunc efficitur, responsory prosula 205
Sacerdotes tui, introit 115
Sospitati dedit egros, responsory prosula 205-6
Sacrata libri dogmata, processional hymn 146
Specie tua, antiphon 534-5
Sa lu s a u tern, i n t r o i t 457
Speciosa facta es, Marian antiphon 105-6
Salus etenia, sequence 200
Sperent in te, Milanese responsorium cum infantibus
Salvator mundi salva nos, antiphon 37
544-5
Salve crux, responsorv 337
Salve festa dies, hymn 43, 142, 146,269 Spiritus et alme, Gloria trope 161, 223
Salve lacteolo decora turn, processional hymn 146 Stans a longe, sequence 234
Salve regina, Marian antiphon 104, 106-7 Stans beat a Agatha, antiphon 97-8
Salve sancta parens, introit 281 Stans beata Agnes, antiphon 97-8
Salve virgo virginum, Regnum prosula 209 Stat nil ei Dominus, introit 450, 599
Salve virgo singularis, Latin liturgical song 264 Stetit angelus V . Crucifixion in came, processional
Sancta legio Agaunensis, antiphon 327 antiphon 104
Sancte crucis celebremus, sequence 183-4 Stetit angelus, offertory 299
Sancte Johannes meritonun tuorum, didactic chant Stirps Iesse, responsory 214
426-7 Stola iocunditatis, sequence 192
Sancte Paule pastor bone, versus with double cursus Sub alt are Dei, responsory 265
239-41 Sub tuum presidium, Marian antiphon 105
Sancti baptist e, sequence 173, 175, 177, 178 Subvenite sancti Dei, responsory 45
Sancti qui sperant, antiphon 327, 329 Sum mi triumphum regis, sequence 522
Sancti spiritus, sequence 234 Superfhonina, offertory 123, 129
Sanctificavit Moyses, offertory 554, 556-7 Super te Jerusalem, short responsory 86
Sanctorum mentis, hymn 145 Surgepropera, O l d Beneventan ingressa 550
Sanctum diem celebremus, sequence 184 Surrexerunt autem, antiphon 327
Sanctus 32 (Vatican X V I I ) 162 Sunvxit Christus hodie, song 225
Sanctus 41 (Vatican X V I I I ) 161-2 Sun-exit Dominus, communion 118-19
Surrexit Dominus de sepulchro, antiphon 254, 258-60 Vadit propitiator 529
Surrexil enim sieut dixit, antiphon 254 Yalde honorandus est, antiphon 533, 535
Suscepimus Deus, introit 4 5 6 - 7 Valerius igitur, antiphon 327
Suscipe clementem plebs, processional hymn 146 Veni doctor previe, organum 43
Veni redemptor gentium, hymn 140
Tantum ergo sacramentum, hymn 25-30 Venit ad Petrum, antiphon 36
Te decet laus, hymn 27 Venite et videte, antiphon 254-5
Te laudamus, Milanese transitorium 542 Yenite post me, responsory 337
Te pater supplices, K y r i e trope 434-5 Venite venite, antiphon 35
Tecum principium, gradual 77-9, (78) Yerbum cam factum est, responsory 207
Tellus ac elhra, processional h y m n 239 Verbum patris hodie, Benedicamus song 264
Tempora florigero, poem 224 Yerbum supermini, hymn 234
Tenemus ecce an?ia, antiphon 327 Yeterem hominem, antiphon 525, 530
Tenibilis est, introit 45 Vex ilia regis, h y m n 142, 144, 284
Terribilis rex alme, sequence 181 \'ictimae paschali laudes, sequence 189-90, 260-1,
Tertia dies est quod haec facta sunt 332 284
Thesaurus nove grade, Benedicamus song 246 Videbant omnes Stephanum, responsory 72
Tibi dixit cor meum, introit 449 VidenslVidit crucem, responsory 337
Tibi laus perennis auctor, h y m n 142 Videns Dominus, communion 512
Timete Dominum, introit 114 Yidens Rome vir beat us, responsory 275
Tolle anna tua, responsory 99 Video virum, antiphon 327
Tollite portas, antiphon 45, 327 Viderunt omnes, gradual 81
Tollite portas, gradual 77 Videsne Elisabeth, Milanese ingressa 527
Tollite portas, offertory 126-8 Vidiaquam, antiphon 22, 148
Tria sunt munera, processional antiphon 265 Viriste, responsory 337
Trinitas deitas, Sanctus prosula 209 Virgin is proles, hymn 144
Trinitatis thalamum, Marian antiphon 108 Virgo hodie fidelis, antiphon 43, 94
Tu autem Dotnine, versicle 248 Virgo verbo concepit, antiphon 43
Tu Bethleem, antiphon 329 Vocem iocunditatis, introit 372-3
Tuam crucem adoramus, antiphon 329 Vocivita, Sanctus prosula 209
Aachen 87, 292, 349, 517, 520, 530, 569, 572; Council Alypius 386, 392, 450
of (798) 169; Council of (816) 364; Council of (817) Amalarius of Metz 5 - 6 , 70, 73-4, 77, 82, 185, 200, 251,
364,570 290, 296, 304, 345, 490, 496, 506-7, 511, 518, 528,
Abate, G . 594 538, 564, 569-70
A b c l a r d , Peter 194,241,611 Ambrose, St 140, 142, 311, 313, 363, 488-90, 492-3,
Abingdon 581 495- 6, 504, 511, 540, 611
Abrahamsen, E . 605 Ambrosian chant, see Milanese chant
. \cta sanctorum 313 Ambrosiani (hvmns) 142-3, 281, 284, 489, 611
Adalbero, bishop of A u g s b u r g 458 A m e l l i , A . M . 550
A d a 1 be ro, bishop o f M e tz 571 Amiens 166
A d a m de la Halle 247 A n c h i n 578
A d a m of Saint-Victor 194, 599 ancus 343, 345
Adhemar of Chabannes 511, 562, 599 Andersen, M . G . 605
:\dmonitio gene talis 3 64, 516 Anderson, W . 392
A d m o n t 578 Anderson, G . A . 284
Adoration of the Cross 3 6 - 7 , 265, 525, 527-8 Andover, R. 549
Advent 7, 1 1 - 1 2 , 7 0 , 8 6 , 9 2 A n d r i e u , M . 185, 289-91, 324, 496, 498, 500, 505, 511,
affmitv, modal 455, 466 (similitude), 468, 473-5 516,538
Afflighcm 471 Anerio, F . 616, 626
agape (love-feast) 486 A n g e r e r J . F . 325,615
Agatho, pope 505, 507 Angers 586; abbey of Saint-Aubin 517
Agde, Council of (506) 55 Angilbert, abbot of Saint-Riquier 522, 571
agenda 324 Angilramnus of Metz 511
Agnus Dei 8, 19,24,38, 148-50, 163, 165-8, 183,499; Angles, H . 2 0 5 , 2 8 4 , 3 3 9 , 6 0 2
invocation in litanv 51; tropes 196, 213, 220, 223, 225, Anonymous I ( G S i) 394
231-3,519 Anonymous II ( G S i) 394
Agobard of L v o n 528, 570, 576 Anonymous IV ( C S i) 476
Agustoni, L . "384, 399, 573 Anselm, St 582
Albarosa, N . 382 Anstrannus, bishop of Verdun 522
Albers, B. 579 Antioch 480-2, 489-90, 495, 498
Albert V of Austria, duke 615 Antioch, Second Svnod of (272) 486
Albi 201 antiphon 25-30, 35, 37, 39, 46, 87-99, 102, 109, 114-
Alcuin 292, 297, 309, 366, 447, 456, 507, 518, 520, 522, 15, 117, 273-9, 3 0 5 - 7 , 3 0 9 , 3 2 4 , 3 2 6 , 329-35, 380-2,
569,581 455-6; carlv historv 489-94, 496, 513; fraction 316-
Alexander II, pope 558, 582,594 17, 498-9; O l d Roman 531, 533-5, 539;
Alexander I V , pope 615 Milanese 541; Marian 30, 46, 100, 104-8;
Alexandria 365, 480; see also Coptic C h u r c h processional 34, 46, 100-4, 318-19, 330, 496, 5 5 3 - 5 ;
Alfonzo, P. 88 votive 30, 105
Alfred (Aluredus, Amerus) 595 antiphona: ad accedentes ( O l d Spanish) 499; ad crucem
.Via musica ( A n o n . ) 328, 394, 448, 451-2, 461-2, 471, confractionem (Old Spanish) 499; ad crucem
473 (Milanese) 494, 541; ad pacem (Old Spanish)
.Viae regulae ( G u i d o of Arezzo) 466, 468 499; ad praelegcndum (Gallican, O l d Spanish)
alleluia 6 , 2 3 , 2 9 , 4 6 , 127-8, 130-9, 172, 181, 185-9, 496- 7; anteevangclium 98, 317, 554, (Gallican,
273, 294, 5 1 8 - 1 9 , 5 2 5 , 5 2 8 - 9 , 561,563,578,582, Milanese) 5 0 0 - 1 ; in choro (Milanese) 494,
600-2; carlv history 496, 500-5; O l d Roman 531, 541; post evangelium (Milanese) 500-1,
5 3 8 -9 ; Milanese 541-2, 544, 546; O l d Beneventan 542
550; O l d Spanish 560; Marian 136-9; prosulas 2 0 1 - antiphoner 61, 288-9, 303-1 1, 314, 321-3, 328, 336-7,
4, 296, 2 9 8 - 9 , 314-17, 330-1, 336, 363, 382, 561 388-9, 414-15, 430-1, 506-9, 511, 516, 521, 531,
alleluiatici (antiphons, O l d Spanish) 493, 496 539,571-2, 5 9 6 - 7 , 6 1 6 , 6 1 8
Allworth, C . 317 Apel, W . 69, 75, 77, 80-83, 89, 123, 131-3, 194, 286,
Almeida, F . de 603 377,502, 529, 531,540
Apostles' Creed, see Credo in D c u m patrcm Baralli, R. 385
omnipotcntcm Bardesanes (Bar-Daisan) of Antioch 485-6, 489
Apostolic Constitutions 495, 498 Barezzani, M . T . R. 351
Apostolic Tradition (Hippolytus) 486 Bari 190,354
apostrophe 361; see also strophici Barnwell 584
Apt 491,598 Baroffio, B. 121, 123, 125, 519, 540-1, 554, 556, 585
Aquileia 261, 263, 419, 482, 530, 585 Batiffol, P. 320
Archer, P. 9 Baudot, J . 324
Arezzo 328, 466, 626 Baumer, S. 320, 487, 618
A r i b o 384, 471-2, 511 Baumstark, A . 478, 480, 502, 525
Aristarchus 365 Bautier, R . - H . 326, 387, 470
Aristides Quintilianus 443 Bautier-Regnier, A . - M . 345
Aristophanes of Byzantium 354 Bayart, P. 273
Arlt, W . 39-43, 213-14, 221, 234, 237-8, 242, 246, Bavcux 42
248-50,572 Beare, W . 279, 281, 285
Armenian church 481; ekphonetic notation 367; rite Beauvais 39-43, 169, 233-5, 238, 243, 248-50, 257, 259
and chant 480, 502 Bee 577, 579,582
Arnalt de M u n t 603 Becker, G . H . 2 9 6 , 3 3 9 , 6 1 3 - 1 4
Arnese, R. 339, 591,595 Bede 10, 102, 290, 297, 407, 456, 505-7, 581, 629
A r n o , bishop of Salzburg 292 B e l e t h J . 40
Arnoux, G . 444 Benedicamus D o m i n o 2 4 , 2 7 - 3 0 , 148, 150, 1 9 6 , 2 1 3 -
Arnulf, precentor of Chartres cathedral 580 15,238,242
Arras, and monastery of Saint-Vaast 211, 221, 528, 586 Benedicamus songs 41, 108, 1 9 3 , 2 3 8 - 9 , 2 4 2 - 3 , 3 1 6
Ascension D a y 9-11, 13 Benedicitc, canticle 64
Ash Wednesday 9-11, 13, 31-2, 44 Benedict Biscop 509, 581
A s h w o r t h , H . 297,507,510 Benedict of Aniane 292, 298-9, 311, 570, 598
Asketorp, B. 605 Benedict of Nursia, St 178, 311, 336, 407, 590
Asti 351 Benedictine monasticism and liturgical practice 27, 488,
Atchley, E . G . C . F . 290 491-4, 517, 569, 578, 590, 615; see also Rule of St
Athanasian Creed, see Quicunque vult Benedict
Athanasius, bishop of Alexandria 495 Benedictio cerei 38
Atkinson, C . M . 5, 62-3, 149, 162, 165-6, 168, 223, benediction, by bishop after Paternoster 324
460, 528 Benediction with the Blessed Sacrament 24
A u b r y , P. 172, 194 benedictional 324
A u c h 316, 325, 328, 597 benedictiones (Gallican, O l d Spanish) 493, 497-8,
A u d a , A . 273 500-2
Augsburg 261, 263, 396, 585; monastery of S S Ulrich Benedictus D o m i n u s Deus Israel, canticle 22, 28, 34,
a n d A f r a 578 45; antiphons for 88, 96, 98, 105, 305-7, 333; in
Augustine of H i p p o , St 26, 140, 282, 313, 443, 488, 490, Gallican and O l d Spanish mass, see Benedictiones;
492,495-6,499,504,522 tones for 58, 64,323
Augustine of Canterbury 102, 297, 483, 506, 514, 628 Benedictus es D o m i n e , canticle/hymn 23, 58, 68
Augustinian Canons Regular 614-15; Hermits or Benedictus, part of Sanctus 24
Friars 615 Benevento, Beneventan chant (incl. O l d
Aurelian of Aries 141, 488 Beneventan) 150, 181, 204, 217, 249, 338-9, 354,
Aurelian of Rcome 63, 332, 358, 364, 370, 448, 452, 391,429,478, 483, 524-7, 529-30,542, 5 4 6 - 7 , 5 4 9 -
454, 456-9, 462, 521-3, 569 52, 5 6 1 - 2 , 5 6 4 , 5 7 3 , 586, 589-93
Aurillac 351 Benoit-Castelli, G . 624
Auxerre, and abbey of Saint-Germain 448 Benton, J . F . 194
Avery, M . 590 Bernard, abbot of Saint-Jean-dc-Reome 456
Bernard, archbishop of T o l e d o 558
B a b b , W . 326, 357, 364, 427, 448, 466,472 Bernard of Clairvaux, St 609-11
baculum 40 Bernard, M . 264-5, 273, 275-6, 339
Bailey, T . 3 0 , 3 2 , 5 8 , 6 2 - 3 , 9 0 , 100-1, 104, 130, 188-9, Bernelinus (Pseudo-) 472-3
317,319,325, 329, 332, 384-5, 452-3, 495, 501-2, Bernhard, M . 458, 466
525,527,541, 544, 546, 549 Bernoof Reichenau 326, 328, 330, 471-5, 523
Baldovin, J . F . 480 Bernold of Constance 604, 607
ballata 250 Beroldus 540
Baltzer, R. 476 Berry, M . 399, 401, 609, 611, 626
Bamberg 338-9 Berthold, monk of Reichenau 474
Bannister, H . M . 346 Bescond, A . 624, 627
baptism 33, 38, 42, 44, 51, 297, 324 Bewerunge, H . 286
Binford-Walsh, H . 47 Bulst, N . 578
Birkncr, G . 607 Burghard of F^ichstatt 515
Bischoff, B. 269, 363, 366-7, 471-2 Burgos 603
Bishop, E . 34 Burgundv 188
Bishop, W . C . 493, 557 burial 42, 44, 324
bistropha 343, 345 Bursfeld 615
bivirga 343, 345 Buzga, J . 250
Bjork, D . 149-50, 152, 211-12,252 Bvzantium: Byzantine rite and chant 31,58, 102, 149,
Bjorkvall, G . 201,204, 598 169, 188, 220, 332, 454, 456, 459, 479, 482-3, 495,
Blanchard, P. 501 498, 500, 502, 521, 525-30, 554, 561, 569;
Blessing of the Candle 3 8 , 5 1 , 100, 102; of the H o l y notation 361-2, 367-70, 395; see also Constantinople
Oils 35; of the N e w Fire 38
Bloch, H . 591 Cabaniss, A . 569
Blume, C . 181 Cabrol, F . 289, 557, 626
Bobbio 250, 351, 419, 585 Caen, priory of St Stephen 582
Boe, J . 150-1, 156-8, 162, 166, 196, 212, 531, 585, Caesarius of Aries 141, 294, 311, 488
589-90 Cagin, P. 511,626
Boethius 239,328, 386, 392, 394, 442-6, 449-50,456, Caiazzo 589
460-3,470, 475, 523 Calcidius 443-4
Bogaerts, C . C . 623 Caldwell, J . A . 444
Bologna 351 Callewaert, C . 511-13
B o m m , V. 117, 124, 127, 473 Camaldoli, Camaldolese 578, 603
Bonastre, F . 205, 603 Cambridge 584
Boniface, St (Wynfrith) 294, 515-17, 581, 590 Campbell, T . P. 251
Boniface II, pope 5 0 5 - 6 Canal, J . M . 609
Bonniwell, W . R. 611 canon (of mass) 24, 287, 291, 320
Boor, H . de 252, 261 Canosa 589
Borella, P. 494,540 cantatonum 77, 295-303, 314, 382
Borsai, I. 481 Canterbury 102, 5 8 1 - 2 ; abbey of St Augustine 239;
Bosse, D . 148, 156-61, 209, 315, 336, 419, 452, 606 cathedral priory of Christ C h u r c h 406, 582, 584;
Bossuet, J. B. 618 abbey of S S Peter and Paul 509
Botte, B. 7 cantica of Holy Saturday 36, 38, 8 2 - 3 , 561; see also
Bouver, L . 5 tract
Bower, C . i\1. 187, 438, 448, 458-9, 470 canticle 2 1 , 2 8 - 9
Boy Bishop 40 cantio 108, 238-50, 606; see Latin liturgical song
Bovce, J . J . 615 cantionale 250
Bradshaw, P. 487-9, 491 canto fermo, canto fratto 621
Braganga, J. 603 cantus (Milanese) 500-2, 541-2
Bragard, R. 201 Cantus sororum (Brigittinc office) 615
Branner, R. 335, 391 C "antus quern ('isterciensis ordinis ecclesiae 610
Brescia 351,419 Capelle, B. 497
breviarv 287-9, 305, 307-9, 311, 320-2, 336, 595, 615, capitulary 293-4
618 capitulum, see chapter
Bridget, St 605, 615 Capua 294
Briggs, II. B. 405, 407, 411, 433 Cardinc, E . 109, 341, 358, 370, 373, 379-80, 382-3,
Brigittinc Order of nuns 605, 615 400,573
Bristol 614 Carinola 595
Brockett, C . W . 257, 558, 596 Carmelite Order 615
Bronarski, L . 471-2 Carthage 483, 486
Brou, L . 188, 525-6, 528, 557, 559-60 Carthusian Order 433, 570, 603, 613-14
Brovelli, F . 618 Cassiodorus 443, 456, 460
Brown, V . 590, 607 Castle Acre, Cluniac priory 318-19
Brown, L . E . G . 320 Castro, E . 602
Browne, A . C . 386-7 Casus Sancti Galli (Ekkehard IV ) 199, 572
Brunholzl, F . 106 Catania 209, 223-5
Brunner, L . 183,185, 399,585, 588-9,591 catechumens 23, 33
Bruno, bishop of T o u l (Pope L e o I X ) 275 Cattaneo, E . 540,550
Bruno of Cologne, St 613 Cavallo, G . 590
Bryant, D . 530 Cecilian movement 623
Buchner, M . 516 Celestine I, pope 495-6, 498
B u j i c B . 607 Celestine V , pope 595
Celestine Order 595 collect 6, 23, 27, 30, 36, 49, 291, 311-12
Celtic church and chant 483-4, 488, 493, 553; see also collectar 288, 308, 310-12, 322-4
Irish church Collins, A . J . 320, 605, 615
Ccnsorinus 443 Columbanus, St 488
cento, centonization 74-5, 224, 496 C o m b e , P. 624, 626
cephalicus 343, 345 comes (liber comitis, liber commicus) 293
C h a d wick, H . 444 Comes of M u r b a c h 294
Chaillev.J. 40,207,461,596 Comes (Capitulary, Lectionary) of W i i r z b u r g 294, 502
Chalcedon, Council of (451) 480-1 Commemoratio brevis de tonis et psalmis modulandis
Chambers, E . K . 43-4 (Anon.) 62-3, 328-9, 384-6, 393, 448, 452-3, 456,
chant figure 399, 620 459
chant sur le livre 620 Commentarius in Micrologum (Anon.) 384, 472
chapter (short lesson) 27-30, 39, 54, 85, 309, 311, 313 communion (chant) 19, 24, 38, 46, 109, 116-23, 326,
Charlemagne, emperor 17, 292-3, 364, 371, 447, 456, 330-1, 456, 518; O l d Beneventan 550-2; O l d
458, 479, 509, 511, 514, 516-18, 520-3, 530, 540, Roman 531-3; early history 4 9 7 - 9 , 5 0 3 , 5 1 1-13;
550, 552, 558, 564, 569, 571-2, 576, 581, 590, 596 tones for psalm verses 58, 64-5, 330, 455, 457;
Charles the Bald, emperor 298, 448, 479, 518, 522 tropes 196, 215—16; see also transitorium, Milanese
Charles the Fat, emperor 185, 530 C o m o 353, 585
Charles Borromeo, St 541 Compicgne 448; abbey of Saint-Corneille 2 6 4 - 5 , 2 9 8 ,
Charlesworth, K . 485 337
Chartier, Y . 448,458 Compline 16, 19-21, 29-30, 35-7, 39, 85, 104-5, 142,
Chartres 64, 150, 217, 470, 564, 580 249, 310
Chartreuse, L a Grande (Charterhouse) 613 computus (compotus) 9
C h a v a n o n , J . 562 conductus 39-43, 108, 238-50, 273, 576; see also song,
Chavasse, A . 2 9 3 - 4 , 2 9 8 , 5 1 2 Latin liturgical
Chelles 292 Confessions (St Augustine) 490, 495
Cheroubikon 500 confirmation 42, 44, 324
Chevalier, U . 39, 41, 43, 249 confractorium (Milanese) 499
C h i b n a l l , M . 580 Connolly, T . 58, 62, 66, 109, 531
Chichester 435 Conrad II, emperor 189
Choissclet, D . 322,609 Constance 395-6
C h o m t o n , L . 578 Constantine I, emperor 480-1, 484
C h o r o n , A . - E . 622 Constantine, C . G . 574
Christmas Day 8, 11-12, 27; Christmas Eve 12, 56; Constantinople 480-2, 489, 506, 569; A W also
Christmas season 8 , 3 9 - 4 2 , 191 Byzantium
Chrodegang, bishop of Metz 299, 516, 571 C o n t r e n i J . 448
chromatic notes 68,92, 123-4, 145,361,394,451,464, Conversion of St Paul, play 269
474 Conybeare, F . C . 486
Chronicon (Adhemar of Chabannes) 562 Coptic church and chant 385, 481
Cinq messes en plainchant (Henry D u Mont) 171 Corbie 298, 321, 325, 333,338, 347, 3 5 4 - 5 , 4 1 3 , 5 0 7 ,
Circumcision, feast and office 12", 39-43, 96, 171, 233- 520, 5 7 0 - 1 , 5 7 5 , 581-3
6, 243, 249, 270 C o r b i n , S. 269, 340, 348, 363, 387-8, 505, 602-3
Cisneros, Jimenez de, cardinal 558-9 Corinth 486
Cistercian Order, Citcaux 310-11, 322, 466, 474, 476, Cornelimunstcr 598
575, 578, 603, 608-13 Cornford, F . M . 444
Cividale 266, 482 coronation 42, 44, 324
Claire, J . 8 5 , 8 7 - 8 , 9 0 - 1 , 5 4 1 Corpus T r o p o r u m 196
clamor (Old Spanish) 500-3, 560 Corpus Christi 25, 192
Clark, J . M . 571 coupurc ncumatiquc 377
Claudianus of Viennc 492 Coussemaker, E . de 251, 260, 263-7, 269, 365, 374, 610
climacus 341-2, 344, 348-9, 352-3, 390 Coutanccs 269
clivis 342, 344, 348-9, 352-3, 390 Cowdrey, H . E . J . 574, 591
Cloveshoc, Council of (747) 297, 364, 516 Credo in D e u m patrem omnipotentem (Apostles'
Clovis, king of the Franks 552 Creed) 25, 30, 168; farse 234-5
C l u n v 19-20, 54, 67, 321-2,347, 387, 558, 563, 571, Credo in u n u m D e u m (Nicene Creed) 8, 23, 148-50,
574-80,582, 600-3, 619 168-71, 519; farse 168-9, 171, 196, 233-4, 235-6,
Cocheril, M . 609 621
C o d v , A . 460 Crichton, J . D . 5
Coffin, C . 619 Crocker, R . 88, 150, 152, 156, 161, 165, 168, 172, 178,
Colette, M . - N . 388 180, 185-7, 196, 211, 238, 279, 282, 284, 286, 386,
Colgravc, B. 506 392,443, 572, 5 8 7 - 8 , 5 9 6 , 5 9 8
Cross, Exaltation of the Holy 11-12; Invention of the Desclee, publishing firm 397, 627
H o l y 192 Deshusses, J . 291-2
Crowland 582 Desidcrius, abbot of Montecassino, Pope Victor III 591
Cserba, S. 326 D c w i c k , E . S. 13,312
C u o n t z , J . 156, 572 dialect, G e r m a n chant 573
C u r r a n , M . 484, 553 Dialogus de musica (Anon.) 328, 387, 395, 454, 463-7,
cursus (secular or monastic form of office) 21, 25-30, 470, 473-4, 521, 575, 579
3 8 - 9 , 2 0 1 , 3 0 9 , 313, 336-7, 580,614 Dialogus ecclesiasticus institutionis (Egbert of
cursus (prose rhythm) 285-6 York) 297, 507
customary 325, 398 Dickinson, F . H . 172, 319
Cutter, P. 6 6 , 6 9 - 7 0 , 5 3 1 , 5 3 9 differentia (diffinitio) 58, 61, 89, 92, 105, 108, 326-9,
C y r i l , St 482 333,335
Digne, ecclesiastical commission 171, 397, 625
C y r i l , bishop of Jerusalem 498 D i j k , S. van 321, 538, 560-1, 594, 612
D i j o n , monastery of Saint-Benigne 201, 331, 355, 387,
D ' A n g c r s , O . 596 577-9, 582, 609-10
Dagobcrt, king of the Franks, St 554 Dirige 19
Dalton, J . N . 7 Disentis 334
Damilano, P. 250 diurnal 305, 312, 432-3
dance, liturgical 40, 207, 225 D i x , G . 487,494
Daniel, Play of, see Lucius Danielis Doble, G . 7
Danjou, J . - L . - F . 623 D o b s o n , E . J . 266
Darragon, B. 91 Dobszay, L . 8 8 , 9 0 , 6 0 7
dasian notation 386, 393-4, 451-3 Docttina scientiae musicae (Elias Salomon) 595
D a v i d , king of Israel 511,522 D o l d , A . 294, 297, 304, 492, 553
D a v i d (Charlemagne) 522 D o m i n i c , St 274, 276-8
D a v i d , L . 580,583 Dominican Order 320, 322, 391, 608, 611-13
Davidson, C . 251 Donato, G . 326
D a v r i l . A . 252,574-5 Donovan, R. B. 251, 602
De acrentibus (Anon.) 366 D o r e n , R. van 562, 571-2
De computo (Hrabanus Maurus) 10 Downpatrick 582
De convivio she prandio atque cents monachorum 505
Doxology, see Gloria
De die nataii (Censorinus) 443
drama, liturgical 46, 250-73
De divisione naturae (Johannes Scotus Eriugena) 448
Drinkwelder, O . 172
De ecclesiasticis disciplinis (Regino of Priim) 458
Dronke, P. 204,240
De ecclesiasticis ofjiciis (Amalarius of Metz) 5
Droste, D . 580, 584
De ecclesiasticis ofjiciis (Isidore of Seville) 502, 558
D r u m b l J . 264,527
De hannonica institutione (Hucbald of Saint-Amand)
D u M o n t , II. 171,620
364,448
Duarte (Edward), king of Portugal 603
De illusttis sctiptoribus ecclesiasticis (Isidore of
Dubois, J. 313
Seville) 505
Duchesne, L . 494, 504-5
De institutione musica (Boethius) 444, 470
Duchez, E . 373
De L a Fage Anonymous 476
Dufay, G . 36
De mensurabilimusica (Johannes de Garlandia) 476
D u f o u r , J. 623
De tnodis musicis (A non.) 63
Dumas, A . 292
De musica (Augustine) 443, 522
Dunstan, St 581
De nuptiis Philologiae et Metcutii (Martianus
D u r h a m 582
Capella) 443
D u v a l , E . 623
De octo tonis (Anon.) 456, 522
Dyer, J . 63, 121, 308, 399, 442, 487, 490-1, 495-6,
De plana musica (Johannes de Garlandia) 476
499-500,531,534,539,560
De rebus ecclesiasticis (Walahfrid Strabo) 553
De titibus ecclesiasticis (Landulphus) 540
Eadberht, king of Northumbria 297, 507
De vitis illusttibus (Ildefonsus of T o l e d o ) 505
Easter Sunday 8-10, 13, 19, 26, 32-3, 39; Easter E v e ,
Deanesly, M . 506
Easter Vigil, see Holy Saturday; Easter season 8 - 9 ,
Dechevrcns, A . 379-80
12-13, 32, 148; calculation of date 9-10
Deereta (Lanfranc) 604
Easter Play 267-9
Dedication (Consecration) of a C h u r c h 42, 45, 51, 324,
E b c l , B. 310
424-5
Eberhard, canon of Augsburg 585
Dclalande, D . 609-12
E b r u l p h u s ( E v r o u l t ) , St 580
Delaporte, Y . 274
echemata 332-3
Deleglise, F . 273
cchos, echoi 454, 459-60
Deposition of the Cross 35, 37, 251
Eddi (Stephen) 507 Expositio latins tnissae (Amalarius of Metz) 5-6
Edgar, king of England 564, 581 Exultet 38, 49, 5 1 - 2 , 315, 319, 554
Edward the Confessor, king of England 582
Edwards, K . 40 Falconer, K . 223
Edwards, O . T . 273, 584 Fallows, D . 239
Eeles, F . C . 580 Falvy, Z . 273,607
Egbert, bishop of Y o r k 297, 507, 509 Farmer, D . H . 7
Egeria (Ethcria) 150, 480 farse 41, 168-9, 196, 225, 233-7, 249, 5 9 2 - 3 ; see also
Eggen, E . 172, 605 trope
Ehrensberger, H . 289 Fassler, M . 194, 279, 325, 487
Eichstatt 205, 328 Fazio de Castoldis 437
Einhard, biographer of Charlemagne 516 Feast of Fools 39-43
Einsiedeln 3 1 0 , 3 2 8 , 3 3 4 , 3 7 3 Fecamp 579, 582
Eisenhofer, L . 1 Felder, FI. 273, 596
Eizenhofer, L . 281 Fellerer, G . 540, 552, 608, 621-3
Ekberg, G . 369 Fenlon, I. 369
Ekenberg, A . 1 Ferdinand of Portugal, St 603
Ekkehard I V of St G a l l 199, 215, 572 feria 12
ekphonetic notation 364-5, 367-9, 481 Fernandez de la Cuesta, I. 339, 602
elevation of the sacrament 24 Ferotin, M . 559
Elias Salomon 595 Fcrretti, P. 69-70, 77, 87, 90, 93, 9 8 - 9 , 286, 341, 351,
Ellinwood, L . 472 374
Elv 322, 425 Fiala, V . 289
Elzc, R. 324 Fickctt, M . van Z . 371
E m b e r Days 11-13,23,68,77 Fieschi, Ottobono, cardinal, Pope Fladrian V 595
Emerson, j . 238, 295, 302-3, 313, 319-20, 389, 596, Fischer, L . 320, 594
598-9 F l a c c u s ( A l c u i n ) 522
Engelberg 334 Flavigny 292
Engelbert of A d m o n t 476 Fleming, K . 117
Engelbrecht, bishop of Passau 471 fleuretis 620
Engyldeo 363 Fleury, and monasterv of Saint-Benoit-sur-Loire 269,
Ephesus, C o u n c i l of (431) 481 581", 583,590
E p h r e m of Edessa 486 flexa 342, 344
Epiphany 10-12, 27, 4 0 - 4 1 , 56, 70, 104, 235, 265, 2 6 9 - Flint, V . 472
70,310,333 Florence 595
epiphonus 343, 345 Floros, C . 369
episema 374-8, 380-3 Florus of L v o n 570
epistle 6, 23, 54, 247, 293-4, 495-6, 498, 500-2; farse F l o y d , M . 317
234, 236-8, 249 Foley, E . 487
Epistola ad Michaelem (Epistola de ignoto cantu) ( G u i d o Fontaine, G . 618-19
ofArezzo) 466-7,469 Fontevrault 225, 238
Epistola de hannoriica iustitittione (Regino of Forlimpopoli 317
Priim) 4 5 8 - 9 F^ortcscue, A . 1
epistolary 287, 293-4, 322 Franca, U . 88
Epstein, M . J . 273 francigenae, Milanese melodiae 188-9, 544, 546
Erbacher, R. 62 Francis, St 274, 596
Escorial, E l 5 Franciscan Order 104, 326, 594-6, 608, 612
estampie 188 Franciscus/FYanco of Liege 326, 472
Esztergom (Gran) 607 Franks 70, 73-4, 81, 86, 101, 109, 152, 166, 187-8,
Ethelwold, bishop of Winchester 581 289-92, 296, 299, 301, 304, 309, 311, 364, 370, 479,
E t t . C . 620 483, 506, 509-10, 5 1 4 - 2 5 , 5 2 7 , 5 3 1 , 541,546, 549,
Etymologiae (Isidore of Seville) 490, 558 552-4, 560-2, 564, 569, 572, 590, 594, 628
euouae (seculorum amen) 333 Frederick, abbot of Montecassino, Pope Stephen I X 591
evangeliary 287, 293, 322 Freising 314
Evans, J . 574 FYenaud, G . 531
Evans, P. 196-7, 215, 220, 2 2 3 , 3 1 3 , 4 1 5 , 596 Frere, W . H . 1,7, 13, 48, 66, 69, 71, 73, 75, 88-93,
Evans, R . 569 115, 180,216, 293, 303, 312-13, 320, 324, 326, 333,
Evesham 582 339,388,533,580,583
Exeter 312, 582, 584 Fricdlcin, G . 444
Expositio antiquae liturgiaegallicatiae 188, 294, 497-8, Froger, J . 109, 297-8, 304, 401, 497, 501, 504, 507,
500-1,552 572, 628
Frutolf of Michelsberg 127, 326, 472 gospel 23, 27, 54-8, 88, 247, 2 9 3 - 4 , 4 9 5 - 6 , 498, 500-4;
Fruttuaria, abbey of San Benigno 579 farse 234
Fulbcrt, bishop of Chartres 471, 580 Gottschalk of Orbais 239
Fulda 447 Gottwald, C . 339
Fuller, I). 620 Grado 482
Fuller, S. 238, 248, 452, 476, 596 gradual (book) 287, 289-90, 293-303, 305, 307, 310,
Fulrad of Saint-Denis 515 314-15, 318, 320-3, 326, 328, 335-7, 408-13, 420-1,
438-9, 4 4 0 - 1 , 5 2 1 , 531, 570, 596-7, 616, 618
Gaeta 310 gradual (gradual responsory) (chant) 6, 23, 46, 69, 7 6 -
Gaillac 597 82, 122-4, 132, 294, 296-8, 314-17, 3 3 0 - 1 , 377-8,
Gajard, J . 379, 573 382, 518, 547, 561; early history 494-6, 499-503; O l d
Gallican liturgy and chant 32,98, 101-2, 104, 122, 134, Roman 531, 533-4, 539, 547; prosula 209; see also
140, 150, 153, 178, 188-91, 220, 275-6, 281, 285, psalmellus, Milanese
292, 294, 297, 479, 483, 506, 518-19, 524-5, 546, Gradual Psalms (Pss. 119-33) 19
559-62, 569, 598; early history of office chants 492; of G r a n (Esztcrgom) 607
mass chants 497-502; music, and comparison with Grandmont 578
Gregorian 552-7 Great Entrance (Byzantine) 500
Gamber, K . 287-8, 291-3, 409, 507 Greater/Lesser Perfect System (sv sterna teleion) 443-4,
Garand, M . 574 446, 450
Gastoue, A . 552-4, 627 Greek Sanctus, see Agios
Gatard,A. 540 Greek Creed 168
Gautier, L . 146, 173, 196-7, 216, 220, 248, 511, 572 Greek Gloria, seeDoxa
Gavel, M . H . 279 Gregoire, R. 3 1 3 , 3 2 3 , 3 3 9
Gelasius, pope 497 Gregorian Congress, Rome 1904 399, 626
Gelineau, J . 1 Gregory I 'the Great', St, pope 4, 26, 7 4 - 5 , 151-2, 274,
Genealogy of Christ 27, 5 6 - 8 292, 294, 296-7, 313, 478, 4 9 6 - 7 , 502-14, 590, 626,
Gengenbach 578 628-9
Gennadius 291, 297, 492 Gregory II, pope 510, 512, 515
Gennrich, F . 266 Gregory V , pope 591, 594
George, primus of the Roman schola cantorum 515 Gregory V I I , pope 558, 614
Georgian ekphonctic notation 367; rite and chant 480 Gregory X V I , pope 624
Gerbert of Aurillac, Pope Sylvester II 470, 594 Gregory, bishop of T o u r s 309, 488, 552
Gerbert, M . 394, 427, 448,"452, 456, 463, 473 Grisar, H . 508
Germanus, abbot of Ramsey 581 G r o s , M . 603
Germanus of Paris 188 Grospellier, A . 627
Gcrona 603 Grotefend, H . 7
Gevaert, F . 63, 87-94, 297, 380, 507, 533 G u b b i o 589
Ghent, St Peter's abbey on M o n t - B l a n d i n 290, 298 Gueranger, P. 623-4, 628
Gibson, M . 444 Guidetti, G . D . 55,616
Gillingham, B. 238 G u i d o of Arezzo 316, 346, 357, 384, 386, 388-9, 395,
Gindele, C . 370 426-7, 454, 466-74, 476-7, 521, 523
Gingras, G . 480 G u i g o (Guigues de Chatel) 61 3-14
Gjerl0w, L . 308, 580, 604-5 Guisborough 323, 582
Glastonbury 507, 581, 583 G u i t m u n d , monk of Saint-Evroult 580
Glecson, P. 611 G u m p e l , K . - W . 609
Gloria in excelsis Deo (Greater Doxology) 6, 8, 19, 22, Gushee, L . A . 442, 456, 522
24, 35-6, 38, 68, 148-50, 156-62, 166; added gutturalis 360
mclismas 196-7, 199-200, 2 0 8 - 9 ; early historv 488, G u y de Chalis 610
492, 497-8; farse 234; prosulas 2 0 8 - 9 ; tropes 161, G u y de Cherlieu 610
196,220,223-30,519 G u y d ' E u 610
Gloria patri et filio (Lesser Doxologv) 25-30, 33, 70, G y , P . - M . 196, 311, 317, 324, 570, 576, 594
7 3 - 4 , 8 5 - 7 , 109, 141,200-1,333 G y u g , R. 607
Gloucester 582
G m e l c h J . 388 H a a p a n e n , T . 605
Gneuss, II. 140-1, 310-11 Haas, M . 369
Gocde, N . d e 172,240-1 Haberl, F . X . 6 1 6 , 6 1 8 , 6 2 3 - 4 , 6 2 6
Gollner, T . 56 H a d d a n , A . W . 297, 507
Gondekar, bishop of Eichstatt 328 Hadrian of Nisida 294
Good Friday 11, 13, 3 2 - 3 , 3 5 - 7 , 39, 251, 265, 319 Hadrian I, pope 292, 507, 509, 511, 517, 570, 623
Gorzc 571,578 Hadrian II, pope 511
G o s c h l . J . B . 384,399 Hadrian V , pope 595
H a i n , K . 390 Hilkiah, high priest of Israel 520
Hallcl psalms (Pss. 113-18) 485-6 Hippolvtus, Roman priest 486
Hallingcr, K . 571 Hirsau'471, 571, 578
Halperin, D . 47 Hispanic chant, see O l d Spanish chant
H a m e l , A . 576 historia 273, 307
H a n , U . 395-6 Historia ahbalum (Bede) 509
Handschin, J . 178, 188, 197,200, 240, 347, 530, 580, Historia Franeonuti (Gregory of T o u r s ) 552
583 Hotter, J . 607
Hanggi, A . 325 Hofmann-Brandt, H . 200, 204-5, 315, 603, 606
Hannick, C . 4 8 1 , 4 8 4 , 4 8 7 , 4 9 4 Hohler, E . C . 39, 41, 274, 283, 471, 576, 584, 603
Hansen, F . E . 47, 110, 121-2, 126, 340, 556, 578-9 Holder, S. 322, 574-5
Hanslik, R. 488 H o l m a n , H . - J . 200-1
Hanssens, J . - M . 73, 77, 185, 200, 251, 296, 345, 490, Holmes, S. 9
506, 511, 569-70 Holschneider, A . 178, 180, 386, 580, 583
Hardison, 0 . B. 5 - 6 , 33, 251 Holtz, L . 443
Harlay, F . de, archbishop of Paris 619 Holy Saturday (also Easter Eve, Easter V i g i l , Paschal
Harmonios, son of Bardesanes of Antioch 486 Vigil, etc.)" 10-11, 1 3 , 3 2 - 3 , 3 6 , 3 8 - 9 , 4 4 , 5 1 , 157,
harp 581 162, 166,319, 4 3 0 - 1 , 5 0 2 , 5 2 9
Harrison, F . L I . 18, 40, 104, 150, 238, 250, 266 Holy Week 11, 32-9, 56, 100, 290, 335-6
Hartker of St Gall 572; see also St G a l l , Stiftsbibliothek Homer (Angilbert) 522
390-391 homiliarv 288, 308, 313
Hartmann of St Gall 146, 572 homily 26, 313, 495
Hartvic, monk of St E m m e r a m , Regensburg 470 Honoratus, abbot of Farfa 511
Hartzell, K . D . 580, 582 Honorius I, pope 292
Hatto, archibishop of Mainz 458 Honorius III, pope 595
Haug, A . 180 Honorius of Augsburg 471-2, 604
Havino of Faversham 595 Hope, D . 291
H e a r d , E . B. 461 H o p p i n , R. II. 273
Hebrew ekphonetic notation 367 Hornof, V . 250
Heiming, (). 487, 540-1 Hosanna in excelsis (part of Sanctus) 24; prosulas 209,
Heinrich, patriarch of Aquileia 263, 585 225,230-1
Heisler, E . 573 Hourlier, J . 88, 347, 349, 574-5, 611
Heitz, C . 571 Hrabanus (Rhabanus) Maurus 10, 447
Helandcr, S. 605 Hucbald of Saint-Amand 178, 223, 274, 345, 364, 386,
Helena, mother of Emperor Constantine 480 392-3, 447-52, 459-60, 4 6 2 - 4 , 4 7 3 , 4 7 5 , 5 2 2 - 3
1 lelisachar, abbot of Saint-Riquicr and Saint-Aubin at Hucbert, bishop of Meaux 522
Angers 517, 569 Hucke, II. 66, 69-70, 73, 76, 79, 81, 8 5 - 6 , 88, 90, 93,
Heloise 611 109, 116, 121-2,296, 370, 372, 385, 487, 490-1, 499,
Henderson, I. 392 503,511,514,517, 519, 527, 531, 533, 539-41, 547,
Henderson, W . 317, 319 560-2,628
Henricus (Honorius) of Augsburg ('Augustodunensis') Hudovskv, Z . 607
471-2, 604 Huesca 603
Henry II, emperor 169, 189,471 Hufnagelschrift 390, 421, 439
I lenrv of Chichester, canon of Exeter 584 H u g h , abbot of C l u n y 575
Hereford 34, 209, 388, 583 H u g h of Saint- Victor 194
Herlinger, J. 476 Hughes, Andrew 7-8, 16, 2 1 - 2 , 24-8, 33, 56, 273-4,
Hermannus Contractus 108, 330, 395-6, 472, 474-6 287-9, 295, 303, 308, 319-20
Hermesdorff, M . 401, 623, 625 Hughes, Anselm 13, 172, 178, 181, 312, 319
Herodian 365 Hughes, D a v i d 201, 520, 598
Herzo, A . M . 596 H u g l o , M . 47, 49, 55, 88, 9 0 - 1 , 104, 116, 140, 150, 152,
Hesbcrt, R . - J . 89, 131, 185, 296-8, 304-5, 307-8, 321, 158, 168-9, 196-7, 199,213, 234, 238, 240-1, 269,
336-7, 415, 510-11, 518, 529, 549, 569-70, 573, 575, 2 8 7 - 8 , 2 9 5 , 299, 3 0 3 - 4 , 3 1 7 , 3 1 9 - 2 1 , 3 2 3 , 3 2 5 , 328-
578, 580, 582, 584, 589-90, 594-6, 602-3, 610-11 35, 340-1, 346-7, 350, 352-3, 360, 363, 370, 413,
hexachord 449, 455, 467-9, 474-7 448, 459-60, 463, 470, 472, 491-2, 497, 511, 517-18,
Hilary of Poitiers 488, 492 5 2 1 - 2 , 5 2 5 , 5 2 8 , 531, 540, 549, 552-4, 557, 569-70,
Hildesheim 283, 390 5 7 4 - 6 , 5 7 8 - 8 0 , 5 8 5 , 589, 5 9 4 - 5 , 5 9 7 , 6 0 2 , 6 0 9 ,
Hildoard, bishop of Cambrai 292 612-14
H i l d u i n , abbot of Saint-Denis 528, 553, 571 H u g o Candid us 558
Hiley, D . 148, 302, 308, 315, 324, 336, 338, 340, Humbert of Romans 322, 611-12
345, 363, 435, 574, 576, 579-80, 5 8 2 - 3 , 5 9 1 , 5 9 8 , H u n t , N . 20, 574
618 Hiischen, II. 458, 594-6, 609, 61 1, 613-14
H u s m a n n , II. 173, 180-1, 186-7, 192, 194,220, 314, Jesson, R. 540-2, 547
3.36, 339, 460, 481, 557, 560, 599, 603, 605 Jewish religious worship 484-5
Mutter, J . 606 Johannes de Garlandia 476
h v n m 22, 25-30, 39, 41, 46, 131, 140-8, 172, 197, 216, Johannes of Avranches 345
239, 305, 309, 336, 488-90, 492-3, 570, 611; Johannes Scotus Eriugena (John Scot) 448, 459, 522
processional 34, 1 4 6 - 8 , 2 3 9 , 3 1 8 - 1 9 , 4 8 6 Johannes, bishop of Cambrai 522
hymnal 288, 305, 308-11, 323, 336, 61 1 John V I I I , pope 508
John X I X , pope 388, 466
ictus 280-2, 627 John of Ravenna, abbot of Fecamp 579
Idithun 522-3 John Cassian 491
Ignatius, bishop of Antioch 490 John Chrysostom, St 482
Ildcfonsus of T o l e d o 505 John 'Cotton' or 'of Affhghcm' or of Passau 326, 472-3
Improperia (Reproaches) 36-7, 265, 528 John Hymmonides 'the Deacon' (Pope John I) 74, 502
Indc 598 3,506, 5 0 8 - 9 , 5 1 7 , 5 6 2
Ingolstadt 395 John, abbot of St Martin's and archicantor of St Peter's
ingressa (Milanese) 496, 542, 547-9, (Old Beneventan) Rome 505, 507, 509
549-50 John, bishop of Syracuse 151, 499, 502, 504, 506
Innocent III, pope 321, 594 John of Damascus, St 460
Innocent I V , pope 595 John the T e u t o n 611
Innocents, Holy 23, 40, 146; liturgical drama 265, 269 Johner, D . 46
Institutes (John Cassian) 491 Jones, Charles 205, 274, 283
Institutiones canonicorum 364 Jones, Cheslyn 1-2, 5, 291, 487, 495
introit 6, 19, 22, 36, 38, 44, 46, 109-16, 111-13, 121- Jonsson, R. 183, 196, 274
3, 151, 166, 253, 299, 326, 330-1, 372-3, 456, 518, Jordan of Saxony 611
526, 5 4 7 - 9 ; added melismas 196-9, 572; early Joseph II, emperor 622
history 494, 496-8; O l d Roman 531, 547-8; tones Josiah, king of Israel 516, 520
for psalm verses 58, 6 4 - 5 , 286, 330, 333-4, 4 5 5 - 7 ; jubilus (part of alleluia) 130-7, 1 8 1 , 5 0 2 , 5 3 8 - 9
tropes 196, 2 1 5 - 2 3 , 5 8 6 - 7 ; see also ingressa, Julius Caesar 9
Milanese, O l d Beneventan Jumieges 56, 186, 579-80, 582
invitatory antiphon 25, 46, 88, 99-100, 306-7, 309, 330 Jungmann, J . A . 5 - 6 , 22, 487, 494, 496, 498
invitatory psalm (Venitc) 25, 99; tones for 46, 58, 62, Justin Martyr 486
66-8, 67, 323 Justinian, emperor 144, 483, 525
Irene, empress 530
Irish church, chant and sources 157, 188, 483-4 Kahmer, I. 121, 531, 534
Irtcnkauf, W . 207, 250, 273, 289 Kainzbauer, X . 76
Isidore of Seville 366, 443, 490, 492, 502-3, 505, 515, kalendar 9, 13-16, 323, 335-6
558-9 kanon 526
Iso of St G a l l 186,572 Kantorowicz, E . II. 591
ison singing 526 Kastl 615
Itemissaest 24, 35, 39, 148, 150 K e i l , M . 366
I tier, Bernard 596 Kelly, T . F . 181, 200-1, 204-7, 225, 525, 527, 529,
Iustus ut palma group of graduals 77-81, 383, 533-4 549-52, 580, 589-91
Iversen, G . 225 Kempten 141, 310
Ivrea 338-9 Kennedy, V . L . 607
K e r , N."339
Jacob, A . 325 Kienle, A . 370
Jacobite (West Syrian) C h u r c h 481 K i n g , A . A . 540,557-8
Jacobsthal, G . 124,473 K i n g , A . H . 395-6
Jacobus of Liege 201, 476 Kirchrat, R. 620
Jakobs, H . 571 K l a u s e r , T . 293,482,514,516
James, St 480, 576 Klosterneuburg 223, 310, 390
Jammers, E . 46, 130, 250, 273-4, 276, 293, 340, 347, Knight, W . F . J . 443
369-70, 380, 501-2, 525-6, 560 Knowles, D . 19,580-1
Janson, T . 285 K o h r s , K . H . 181, 185
J arrow 509 koinonikon 526
Jausions, P. 624 K o n r a d , K . 606
Jeanncteau,J. 90 kontakion 102,528
Jeffery, P. 492, 495-6 Korvey 348,606
Jerome, St 296, 309, 313, 492, 504 Kowalewicz, H . 606
Jerome of Moravia 326 Kramer, S. 339
Jerusalem 1 5 0 , 4 8 0 - 1 , 5 0 2 , 5 2 7 Krieg, E . 267
K r o o n , S. 605 L e o I X , pope 275-6
kyriale 302, 313-17 L e o X I I I , pope 626
K v r i e eleison 6, 8, 19, 22, 28, 36, 38, 148-56, 162-3, L e o n 559
166-8, 183, 214; early history 497-8, 504; Leoninus 285
invocations during Office 27, 30, 35; with Latin text, Leroquais, V . 309, 319-20, 322, 324, 574-5
tropes, and prosulas 196, 210-13, 223, 434-5, 519, lessons 23, 25-30, 35-6, 38-9, 82, 305, 307, 491, 4 9 5 -
554; in litanies 51 6, 500-3, 5 5 2 - 3 ; chants to accompany procession
246-50, 5 0 0 - 1 ; farsed 196, 225, 2 3 3 - 8 ; recitation
L a Feillec, F . de 620 formulas for 4 6 - 9 , 54-8
Labhardt, F . 195, 571-2 L e w , K . 1, 102, 121-2, 149, 161-2, 183, 362-3, 371,
lai 188, 195,248,266 519-20, 5 2 5 - 3 0 , 5 5 4 , 5 5 8 , 5 8 5 , 5 9 1
Lambilotte, L . 573, 623 Lewes 54, 322, 575
Lambres, B. 613 Liber de correct ione antiphonarii (Agobard of Lyon) 570
Lament of Rachel (Lamentatio Rachelis, O r d o Rachelis) Liber de ordine antiphonarii (Amalarius of Metz) 569
251, 265-7,(266) Liber de viris illustribus (Gennadius) 291
Lament of Marv (Planctus Mariae, Maricnklage) 251, Liberhymnoriim (Notker) 572
265-6 Liberofficialis (Amalarius of Metz) 490, 569
Lamentations of Jeremiah 35-6, 38, 55 Liber pontificalis 156-7, 165, 495-6, 503, 505-6,
Lamothe, D . R. 574 510-11
Landulphus 540 Licinius, emperor 484
L a n d w e h r - M c l n i c k i , M . 28, 148, 150-6, 167, 211, 295, Lickleder, C . 623
315, 336, 419, 531, 606 Liechtenstein, P., publishers 623
Lanfranc 19,582,604 Liege 25,471
Lantpertus 572 L i l l e 349
Laodicea, Canons of 486 Limoges, and monastery of Saint-Martial 224, 238,
L a o n 39-41, 169, 233-7, 243, 265, 270, 299, 347, 349, 265, 304, 305, 314, 316, 325, 332, 351, 509, 511, 564,
373,448,585,608 578,596-601
lauda 250 Limoges, Council of (1031) 599
laudes, Gallican 188-9, 500; in O l d Spanish mass 188- L i n c o l n 18
9, 500-2, 560; in O l d Spanish office 493 Lindisfarne 294
Laudes regiae 323, 591 Lindisfarne Gospels 294
L a u d s 18, 2 0 - 2 , 2 8 - 9 , 34-6, 38, 85, 88, 249 Lindsay, W . M . 443
L a u m , B . 365 L i n k o p i n g 605
Lawley, S . W . 321 Lipphardt, W . 250-1, 264, 284, 304, 325, 329, 380,
Lazarus, plav of 269 421,569-70
L e Holladay", R. 452 liquescence 341, 343, 348-9, 352-3, 357-8, 360, 371,
L e M a n s 573 388,397,400,429,431
L e Puv 39-41, 243, 249 L i s b o n 603
L e Roux, IVL P. 458 litany 2 0 , 2 7 , 4 4 - 5 , 5 1 , 5 3 , 100, 149-52,(151), 183,
L e Roux, R. 298, 308, 578-9 212,
Leander, brother of Isidore of Seville 505 Little Hours (Day Hours) 18, 29-30, 34, 38, 85, 88,
L c b c u f , J . 620 310-11
Lechner, J . 1 Littlehales, H . 287
Lcclercq, H . 552, 618 liturgical drama 46, 250-73, 314-17, 325
Leclercq, J . 575 Liturgy of St Basil 482; of St James 481, 498; of St
lectionarv 288, 291, 293-4, 297, 308, 313, 320, 322-3, John Chrysostom 482; of St Mark 481
408-9,420-1,492,552-3 Liutward, Bishop of Vercelli 185-6
Lectionarv (Comes, Capitulary) of Wiirzburg 294, 502 Loew (Lowe), E . A . 492, 590, 607
L e d won, j . 308 L o n d o n 584
Leeb, H . 480, 487, 490 Longpont 610
Lefevre, P. 614 Lord's Prayer, see Paternoster
legenda 26 Lorenzana, cardinal 558
legendar 313 Lot, F . 571
L e g g , J . W . 289,317,319 Lothar I, emperor 458
L e i d r a d , archbishop of L y o n 517 Lothar II, emperor 522
L e i p z i g 390 L o u i s ' t h e Pious', emperor 292, 517, 522, 528, 553, 570,
L e j a y , P . 494,540 598
Lemaric, J . 530, 602 Low Sunday 13
Lent 8, 1 0 - 1 3 , 2 3 - 4 , 3 1 - 3 , 4 4 , 7 0 , 104, 117 Lowe (Loew), E . A . 492, 590, 607
L e o III, pope 458, 517 Lucca 354; St Fridian at 594
L e o I V , pope 51 I lucernarium (Old Spanish) 493; (Milanese) 494
Lucidatium (Marchcttus of Padua) 476 Maundy T h u r s d a y 11, 13, 31-6, 44, 319
L u d m i l a , St 606 Mayeul, abbot of C l u n y 575, 578
Ludus Danielis 41, 251, 266, 270-3 Mechelen (Mahnes) 618, 623
L u l l v , J . - B . 171 Medicean gradual 397, 615-19, 623-6
L u m e n Christi, intonation 38 Meier, B . 616
Lund 604-5 Melk 595, 615
L u n d c n . T . 605,615 Melkite church 481; Melkite Syrian chant 460
Lutolf, M . 150, 295, 313, 352, 389, 531 Melnicki, see Landwehr-Melnicki
L u t z , C . E . 448 melodiae (melismas in O l d Roman and Milanese chant)
L v d d 584 187-9, 4 3 6 - 7 , 5 0 2 , 5 3 8 - 9 , 5 4 2 , 544-6
Lyon 87,570,614 mensural notation 156, 165, 167-8, 397
Merccnier, F . 105
Maban 507 Merkley, P. 90, 541
Mabillon, J . 622 Methodius, St 482
McArthur, A . A . 7 Mettenlciter, D . 472
M c C a r t h y , M . C . 488 Metz 87, 299, 304, 325, 329, 348-9, 471, 509-10, 5 1 6 -
M c G c e . t . 252-3 17,520, 564, 569-72, 609-11
M c K i n n o n , J . 291, 294, 484-7, 489-90, 492, 495, 4 9 8 - Miazga, T . 149, 168-9, 171, 606
9, 502 Michael II, emperor 528
M c K i t t e r i c k , R. 5 , 4 4 8 , 5 1 6 Michael, monk of Pomposa 389
M c R o b c r t s , D . 584 Micrologus ( G u i d o of Arezzo) 346, 384, 426-7, 466,
Macrobius 443 468-9, 474, 476
madrasha 486 Micmlogus de ecclesiasticis officiis (Bernold of Constance)
Madrignac, A . 131 607
Magistrctti, M . 493-4, 540 M i l a n , Edict of (313) 484
Magnificat, canticle 21, 29, 35, 39, 43, 99, 431; antiphons Milan and Milanese (Ambrosian) chant 87, 90, 101, 105,
for 88, 9 6 - 9 , 105, 305-8, 333; tones for 58, 64, 310, 130-1, 140-1, 169, 1 8 7 - 9 , 2 0 0 , 3 0 9 - 1 1 , 3 2 1 , 3 5 2 ,
323 354, 392, 4 3 6 - 7 , 4 7 8 , 4 8 2 - 3 , 5 1 8 , 5 2 4 - 7 , 5 2 9 - 3 0 ,
Mainz 347, 441, 594; abbey of St Alban 324,417 538, 550-3, 556-7, 559, 561-2, 585, 611; early history
Mallet, J . 590 of office chants 490, 4 9 2 - 4 ; of mass chants 497, 4 9 9 -
Malmesbury 581 503; music, and comparison with Gregorian 540-9
Mandatum ceremony 35, 251 Miller, J . H . 1
maneriae 476 Milveden, I. 605
Mansi, G . D . 504, 516 Missa maior 20
Mantua 351 Missa Chrismalis 35
manual 324 Missagraeca 525, 528, 571
Marcellus (Moengal) of St Gall 186, 572 Missa matutinalis 20
Marchettus of Padua 476 missal 287, 289, 293-4, 303, 314-15, 319-20, 322-3,
Marchiennes 578 335-6, 418-19, 507, 595, 615, 618
Marcusson, O . 196, 204 Missale Bobbiense 292
Marian office (Brigittine) 615 Missale Francorum 292
Mark, St 481 Missale Gallicanum vetus 292
Marosszeki, S. R . 609-10 Missale G o t h i c u m 292, 552
marriage 42, 44, 324 Misset, E . 172, 194
Marseilles, abbey of Saint-Victoire 602 Moberg, C . A . 1 4 0 , 1 7 2 , 3 1 0 - 1 1 , 6 0 5
Martial, St 599 * Mocquereau, A . 77, 285, 370, 379, 626-8
Martianus Capella 4 4 3 , 4 4 8 - 9 , 4 6 0 mode 47, 58, 61, 66, 88, 91, 99, 127, 167, 273-4, 298,
Martimort, A . - G . 1 , 2 9 4 , 5 0 1 - 4 326, 328-35, 451, 454-77, 479, 520-2, 525, 527, 539,
Martin I, pope 505 541,559-60
martyrology 297, 313, 322; Hieronymian 313; Usuard's Moderini, A . 352
313 Moeller, E . 324
Marxer, O . 150,571-2 Moengal (Marcellus) of St G a l l 186, 572
Mary, Blessed V i r g i n , Mass of 18, 439; H o u r s of 18; Moggio 419
Purification of 12, 31, 100, 102, 105 Mohlberg, L . C . 2 8 1 , 2 9 1 - 2 , 5 5 2
Mas, J . 352 Moissac 310, 602
Mass 3 - 7 , 16, 18-19, 2 2 - 5 , 31, 3 4 - 7 , 45, 290; early Molitor, R . 395-6,615
history 494-503, Mass for the Dead 44; Mass of the MoIIer, H . 303, 308, 363
Paschal Vigil 38; Mass of the Presanctified 33; votive M o n e , F . J . 281, 552
18, 44; see also H o l y Saturday Mone Masses 281, 552
Matins, see Night Office MonetaCaglio, E . 437,541-2
matutinarium ( O l d Spanish) 493 Monkwearmouth 507, 509
monochord 328, 387, 451, 469-71, 473; Bocthius' Nortier, G . 339
division of 4 4 4 - 5 ; division in Dialogus de musica Norton, M . L . 251, 261
463-4 Notker 'Balbulus' ('the Stammerer') of St G a l l 146, 173,
M o n t - B l a n d i n , see Ghent 178, 185-6, 200, 265, 286, 374, 516-17, 522, 530,
M o n t - S a i n t - M i c h e l 579, 582 572, 583, 585-7
Monte Gargano, basilica of St Michael 319, 458 Novalesa, L a 351, 586, 598
Montecassino 354, 508, 550, 563-4, 589-91, 594-5 Nowacki, E . 47, 76, 89-90, 526, 531, 533-4, 539, 560
M o n z a 328, 338-9, 351, 419, 585 Noyon 349,411
M o o s b u r g 55 N u n c Dimittis, canticle 22, 30-1
Morawski, J . 605-6
Morin, G . 291,294,488,512,553 O-antiphons 29, 88, 91, 9 8 - 9 , 105, 432-3
M o u n t Sinai, monastery 481 Octo toni de musicae art is cum suis differentiis (Regino
Mozarabic chant, see O l d Spanish chant o f P r i i m ) 458
M u h l m a n n , W . 452,461 Odclman, E . 196
M u l l e r , H . 448, 452, 472 Odes of Solomon 485
M u l l e r , H . F . 220 Odilo, abbot of C l u n y 575
M u r p h y , J . M . 116-17, 120,531 O d i n g t o n , W . 326
M u r r a y , G . 379 O d o , abbot of C l u n y 387, 463, 575
Musaeus of Marseilles 291, 293, 297, 492 O d o of Arezzo 326," 328, 463, 576
Musica disciplina (Aurelian of Reome) 364, 448, 456-8, Odorannus of Sens 326, 387, 470
522 Oesch, H . 4 6 3 , 4 6 6 , 4 7 2 - 4
Musica enchiriadis (Anon.) 240, 328, 345, 386, 393-4, offerenda (Milanese) 500, 541-2
448,452-3,460,462 offertory 19, 23, 38, 46, 102, 121-30, 132, 297, 299,
M y n o r s , R. A . B . 443 314-17, 3 3 0 - 1 , 4 5 6 - 7 , 5 1 9 , 5 2 6 , 5 5 4 , 5 5 6 - 7 , 5 6 1 ;
tropes 215-16; prosulas 196, 2 0 1 - 4 ; early history
Naples 294 494, 499-500; O l d Roman 531, 534-8; O l d Beneventan
Narbonne 330, 597 550; see also offerenda, Milanese, sonus, Gallican,
Nejedly, Z . 250,606 and sacrificium, O l d Spanish
Neo-Gallican chant 609, 618-21, 623 office (Divine Office) 19, 2 1 - 2 , 25-30, 45, 520, 580;
Nestorian (East Syrian) C h u r c h 481 early history 487-94; offices with verse texts 46,
Netzer, H . 319 273-9
N e u f v i l l e . J . 488 Office of A l l Saints 19; of the Dead 18,44
neuma, melisma for each mode 331-3, 345, 453; musical Officium stellae 264-5
phrase sung on one syllable 341, 3 4 5 - 6 ; neuma triplex oktoechos 459-60
200, 345 O l d Roman chant and sources 63, 70, 87, 90, 109, 120,
ncume 3 4 0 - 1 , 3 4 5 - 6 130-1,157,162, 166-7, 185, 187-9,223, 338, 389,
Nevers 85, 146,217,310,448 4 3 0 - 1 , 4 7 8 , 4 8 3 , 497, 502, 5 1 8 - 1 9 , 5 2 4 - 6 , 5 2 9 , 5 4 1 -
New Year's D a y , see Circumcision 2, 546-50, 554, 5 5 6 - 7 , 5 6 0 - 2 , 5 6 9 , 5 9 4 , 608, 628;
Nicaea, Council of (325) 10, 169 music, and comparison with Gregorian 530-40
Nicene Creed, see Credo in unum D e u m O l d Spanish (Hispanic, Mozarabic, Visigothic) rite and
Nicholas, St, plays of 269 chant 122, 169, 285, 305, 309, 312, 321, 415, 478-9,
Nicholas III, pope 595 484, 524-5, 546, 553-4, 556-7, 576, 603; early history
Nicholas of Clairvaux 194 of office chants 493; of mass chants 498-503; music,
Nicholson, E . W . B. 304,405 and comparison with Gregorian 556-61
Nicolau, M . G . 285 Olivetan Order 595
Nicomachus 444 Olomouc 606
Nidaros (Trondheim) 308, 604-5 O m l i n , E . 333
Nidibrius, bishop of Narbonne 517 Onnerfors, A . 605
Night Office 18-22, 2 5 - 7 , 32, 34-9, 66, 70, 83, 85, 8 8 - orational 311; see also collectar
9,99, 104, 290,307,309-10 Ordcricus Vitalis 580
Nivelles 298 ordinal 288, 323, 325, 398, 594
Nivers, G . 620 ordinary (chants etc.) 8, 2 2 - 5 , 46, 148-50, 302, 310,
Noblat, monastery of Saint-Leonard 597 336, 438-9, 519, 521, 561, 580, 603, 606; O l d Roman
nocturn 25-7, 3 4 - 5 , 3 9 531
Nocturns, see Night Office ordination 42, 44, 291, 324
Noeannc melodies 331-3, 451, 453, 455-6, 477, 527 ordines 288; Ordincs Romani 2 8 9 - 9 1 , 2 9 8 , 5 1 6 , 6 2 2
Nonantola 150, 219, 224, 316, 352-4, 570, 585 Ordo monasterii 488
None 18, 2 0 - 1 , 29-30, 32, 35-6, 85, 249 O r d o prophetarum, play 267
N o r b c r g , D . 279, 281-3 O r d o Romanus I 151, 166, 290, 296, 496, 498-9
Norbcrt, St 614 O r d o Romanus II 185
N o r d e n . E . 285 O r d o Romanus III 166,290
O r d o R o m a n u s I V 152,296 Paternoster 24-7, 30, 54, 162, 499, 505, 528; farse 196,
O r d o Romanus V 296, 499 234, 237
O r d o R o m a n u s V I 74, 296 Patier, D . 273,606
O r d o Romanus X 499 Paul, St 486
O r d o Romanus X I I 290 Paul I, pope 515-16
O r d o Romanus X I I I 290 Paul Warnefrid ('the Deacon') 503, 508-9, 516, 590
O r d o Romanus X I V 290 Paul of Samosata, bishop of Antioch 485
O r d o Romanus X V 496, 498-500 Paulinus of Aquileia 169, 239, 522
O r d o Romanus X I X 503, 505-6 Paulinus, secretary of St Ambrose 490
O r d o Romanus X X V I 290 Pavia 353,585
O r d o Romanus X X V I I 538 penance 44
O r d o Romanus X X X B 290 Penitential Psalms 31,35
O r d o Romanus L 291 Pentecost, season 10-11,13
O r e l , D . 250,606 Perego, C . 541
organ 386-7,394, 439, 450, 470, 5 8 1 - 2 , 6 2 0 Peregrinus play 257, 260, 269-70, 273
organum, see polyphony pericope 293
Origen 309 Periphyseon (Johannes Scotus Eriugena) 448
Origny-Sainte-Benoitc 267 Perugia 595
oriscus 341, 343, 345, 348-9, 352-3, 359-61, 371, 383, pes 342, 344, 348-9, 352-3, 390; pes quassus 3 6 0 - 1 ;
388,400 pes stratus 3 6 0 - 1 ; pes subbipunctus 342,344
Orleans 447 Peter, St 480
Orsini, John Cajetan, cardinal, Pope Nicholas III 595 Peter the Deacon 508
Osbern, abbot of Saint-Evroult 580 Peter the Venerable, abbot of C l u n y 575
O s m u n d , St, bishop of Salisbury 583 Peterborough 582
Ossing, H . 308 Petershausen 61, 63, 65, 390, 578
Oswald, bishop of Worcester 581 Petronax of Brescia 590
Otker of St Emmeram, Regensburg 471-2 Petrus Olavi of Skanninge 615
Otloh of St Emmeram, Regensburg 471-2 Petrus de Cruce of Amiens 326
Ott, K . 121-2, 556 Pfaff, R. 1, 16
Otto I, emperor 594 Philip II, king of Spain 4
Otto III, emperor 594 Philippa of Lancaster, queen of Portugal 603
Ottosen, K . 304, 308 Phillips, N . 2 4 0 , 3 9 4 , 4 5 2 , 4 7 0
Ottdsson, R. A . 273,605 Philo 486
Oxford 584 Piacenza 252-3, 323, 586, 595
Oxyrhynchus hymn 487 Picone, C . 360
Pierre de Corbeil, archbishop of Sens 40
Padua, monastery of Santa Giustina 595 P i k u l i k J . 606
Palermo 201,328 Pilgrim, archbishop of Cologne 328
Palestrina, G . P. da 615-16, 626 Pineau, C . 620
Pahsca, C . V . 442,476 Pinell, J . M . 558
Palm Sunday 9, 11-13, 32-4, 100, 102, 251, 336 Pippin III 'the Short', king of the Franks 292, 299, 515,
Pannain, G . 476 552,564,569,581
Paraclete, monastery 611 Pistoia 2 1 6 , 2 5 2 , 2 5 4 , 3 5 4 , 5 8 6
paraphonistae 538-9 Pitman, G . 121
parapter 58, 62-4 Pitra, J . B. F . , cardinal 626
P a r e d i . A . 540 Pius V , pope 309, 618
Paris 4 0 - 1 , 51, 57, 73, 77, 161, 190, 194, 285, 302, 320, Pius I X , pope 624
335, 391, 433, 564; N o t r e - D a m e 194; Saint-Victor Pius X , pope 626
194, 614; Saint-Jacques 612 Placebo 19
Parvio, M . 319 plainchant musical 620-1
Paschal Candle 38 Planchart, A . E . 196, 215-17, 220, 223, 238, 313, 580,
Paschal V i g i l , see Holy Saturday 583,585,589,596,598
Paschal K y n e (Kyrie 39, Vatican I) 28 planctus 239, 265-6
Paschal time, see Easter season Planer, J . H . 325,329
Paschcr, J . 7 Plato 443
Passau 389 plica 358
Passion 34, 36, 56 Plocek, V . 339,606
Passion Play 266 Plombariola 589
Passion Sunday 13, 33 Plummer, C . 506
passionary 288, 308, 313 Pocknee, C . 619
Passiontide 75, 92, 144 podatus 342, 344
Podlaha, A . P . - A . 606 psalmellus (Milanese) 495, 500-3, 541-2, 547
Poisson, L . 620 Psalmi Familiares 19-20
Poitiers 144 psalmo (Old Spanish) 495, 500-3
Poland 149, 171 psalmody: antiphonal 70, 122, 489, 559; direct 77;
Polheim, K . 285-6 responsorial 70, 91, 122, 489, 559
polyphony 32, 36, 41, 43, 7 3 - 4 , 77, 325, 333, 387, 452, psalms 25-30, 39, 45, 58, 308-10, 484-6, 488-95
470, 4 7 6 - 7 , 5 6 4 , 576, 582-3, 603 psalter 288, 305, 308-11, 322-3, 336
Pometium (Marchcttus of Padua) 476 Psalter: Gallican 66, 83; Hebrew 309; Roman 66, 309
Pomposa 389, 466 Pseudo-Alcuin 185
Ponchelet, R . 360, 382-3 Pseudo-Bernard of Clairvaux 326
Ponte, J . P. 364,456 Pseudo-Bernelinus 472-3
Pontefract 322 Pseudo-Dionysius the Areopagite 528
pontifical 42, 287-8, 291, 324, 328, 424-5, 591, 594, Pseudo-Odo 326
606 Ptolemy 444, 461
Poore, Richard, bishop of Salisbury 583 punctum 341-2, 344, 348-9, 352-3
porrectus 342, 344, 3 4 8 - 9 , 352-3,"390, 397; porrectus Pustet, F . , publishers 616, 618, 623-6
flexus 342, 344 Pythagoras 444, 470
Porter, W . S. 285, 497, 552
postcommunion (prayer) 24, 35, 39, 49, 291 Quadragesima (Sunday) 10-11, 13
Pothier, J . 365, 379, 397, 624, 6 2 6 - 7 Ouadripattita figura (Otkcr) 471-2
Potiron, H . 392, 448 Ouaestiones in musica (Rudolf of S a i n t - T r o n d or
Pozzuoli, abbey of St Peter 305 FYanciscus/Franco of Liege) 326, 472
Practica artis musicae (Alfred) 595 Quarr A b b e y 624
Prado, G . 55, 169, 557 quarter-tones 361,388
Praeconium paschale, see Exultet Quedlinburg 570
Prague 225, 606 Quentin, H . 313, 626
prayers, recitation formulas for 46-54, 162 Q u i c u m q u e vult (Athanasian Creed) 30, 168, 333
precentor 39-40 Quid est cant us? (Anon.) 345-6, 365, 384
preces: at C o m p l i n e 30; litany in Gallican and O l d Quierzv, Svnod of (838) 570
Spanish rite 151, 317, 497, 5 0 0 - 1 , 554 quilisma 341, 343, 345, 348-9, 352-3, 358, 371, 383,
Preface (of mass) 23, 4 9 - 5 0 , 162, 291 385,388, 392,397,400,453
Premonstratensian O r d e r 613-15 Quirionez, F . de, cardinal 618
Premontre 614 Quinquagesima Sunday 10, 13, 83
Premunitos autem esse voluntas 610
pressus 360-1 Raasted, J . 332,527,605
P r i m , J . 620 Raby, F . J . E . 279
Prime 18-21, 29-30, 85, 249 Radbod (Rathbod), archbishop of T r i e r 328, 458
Priscian 366 Radegunda, Queen 144
procession, liturgical 3 0 - 3 , 4 4 - 5 , 51, 82, 100, 102, 104- Rado, P. 339,607
5, 221, 239, 251, 253, 2 6 4 - 5 , 269, 290,302, 318-19, Rajecky, B. 607
336; see also antiphon, processional and hymn, pro- Ramsey 581
cessional Randef, D . 503, 558-60
processional (book) 310, 315-19, 322-3, 603 Ranke, E . 294
Procter, F . 289,321 Rankin, S. K . 251-2, 257, 260, 351, 369, 372, 572, 580,
prokeimenon 495 582,586
Ptologus de online antiphonatii (Amalarius of Metz) Rasmussen, N . K . 324
296, 569 Ratcliff, E . C . 188, 498, 500, 552
proper (chants etc.) 8, 2 2 - 5 , 302, 314, 526 Ratdolt, E . 396
prophecy (Gallican, O l d Spanish, Milanese) 500-2 Rathbod, archbishop of T r i e r 458
prosa 492 Ratisbon, see Regensburg
prose (sequence text) 173 ; see also sequence Ratpert of St Gall 146-7, 572
prosula 3 2 , 4 3 , 183, 1 9 6 - 2 1 4 , 2 2 5 , 2 3 0 - 1 , 2 8 6 , 3 1 4 - 1 7 , Ravenna 217, 317, 354, 482-3, 527, 530, 550
333,572 recitation formulas 46-58, 162,616
Proszeky, G . 607 Reckow, F . 476
Prudentius 142 Reconciliation of Penitents 31, 33, 35, 44
Pri'ifening 578 Regensburg, and monastery of St E m m e r a m 217, 315,
P r u m 328, 4 5 8 - 9 , 471 328, 363, 373, 470-1, 564, 578, 606, 616, 623-4, 626
psallcnda (Milanese) 494, 541 Regino of Prum 89, 326, 328, 448, 454-5, 458-9, 522-3
psalm tone 46, 58-64, (59-60), 66, 89, 92, 99, 158, 286, Reginold, bishop of Eichstatt 205, 274
326-35, 453, 560; Milanese 541; O l d Roman 531, 539; Regula Magistri, see Rule of the Master
O l d Spanish 559 Regula ns ( oncordia 19,254,581
Rchlc, S. 292,589 552-4, 556, 560-2, 564, 569-73, 576, 590-1, 594-6,
Reichcnau 285, 325, 328, 330, 390, 395, 570-1, 585, 606 604, 608, 615-16, 618, 622-3, 626, 6 2 8 - 9 ; see also
Rcichert, G . 173 O l d Roman chant
Reier, E . J . 586 R o m e : Lateran palace, basilica of St John 290, 292, 493,
Reims 57, 349, 448, 552, 605 508, 594, 596; chapel of St Lawrence 594; Vatican,
Rella, A . 626 basilica of St Peter 290, 292, 309, 493, 508
Remigius of Auxerre 448-9, 463, 522 rondeau 247-8
Remigius (Remedius), bishop of Rouen 515 Ronnau, K . 149, 199-200, 2 2 3 - 4 , 4 5 2
Renaudin, A . 574-5 rotta 199,572
Renoux, A . 481 Rouen 34, 137, 147, 2 6 3 - 5 , 2 6 9 , 3 3 5 , 3 9 9 , 515-16;
Reome, abbey of Saint Jean 456 monastery of Sainte-Catherinc-du-Mont 580
Reproaches (Improperia) 3 6 - 7 , 265 Rousseau, O . 624
Requiem 44 Rudolf of S a i n t - T r e n d 326, 472
reservation of the sacrament 24 R u i n i , C . 595
responsorium (Gallican, at mass) 500-2; ad lectionem R u l e : of St Augustine 488, 614; of St Benedict 70,141,
(Milanese) 5 4 1 - 2 ; cum infantibus/pueris (Milanese) 488, 4 9 1 - 3 , 609, 611; of St Caesarius 488, 492; of
494, 541, 5 4 4 - 5 ; in baptisterio (Milanese) 494, 541-2, Chrodegang of M e t z 321, 516; of St Columbanus
544; in choro (Milanese) 494, 541; post h y m n u m 488; of the Master (Regitla Magistn) 488, 491-2
(Milanese) 541 R u o d m a n n , abbot of Reichenau 571
responsory 25-30, 35, 37, 39, 273-9, 291, 296, 305-7; Russell, T . A . 468
early history 4 8 9 - 9 6 , 5 1 7
responsory, great (responsorium prolixum) 2 1 - 2 , 2 5 - Sablavrolles, M . 602
7, 29, 32, 46, 69-76, 7 9 , 8 2 , 9 3 , 9 9 , 104, 109, 114-17, Sachs, K . - J . 470
120, 122, 305-7, 330-2, 336-8, 456-7, 563, 569, Sackur, E . 574
578, 582, 600, 610; melismas 76, 196, 200-1, 2 0 4 - 7 ; sacramentary 2 8 7 - 9 , 291-4, 2 9 7 - 8 , 303, 320, 324, 4 2 0 -
O l d Roman 531, 533; tones for verses 46, 48, 58, 62, 1, 428-9, 516, 518, 540, 569
6 5 - 6 , 158,286,330,560 Sacramentary, Gclasian 10, 292, 297; of Gellone 292;
rcsponsorv, short (responsorium breve) 22, 2 8 - 9 , 39, Gregorian 2 9 2 - 3 , 2 9 8 - 9 , 503, 5 0 9 - 1 0 ; Hadrian 17,
46,85-8,91,305-7,310 292, 509; Leonine 291; of T r e n t or Salzburg 292; of
Retracthues (St Augustine) 499 Verona 291
Rhabanus (Hrabanus) Maurus 10, 447 sacrificium ( O l d Spanish) 122, 493, 500, 560
Rheinau 334, 338-9, 578 Sahagun 558
Ribav, B. 77 St Albans 582
Richard II, Duke of Normandy 387, 564, 579 Saint-Amand 152, 292, 448, 578
Richard of Saint-Victor 194 Saint-Beno?t-sur-Loirc, monastery at Fleury, see Fleury
Richerius, abbot of Montecassino 591 Saint-Bertin 448
Ricmann, H . 395, 442 Saint-Denis 67, 298, 304, 321, 333, 338-9, 354-5, 413,
Righetti, M . I 515, 528, 554, 571, 582-3
Ripoll 602-3 St E m m e r a m , see Regensburg
ritual 324 Saint-Evroult 224, 316, 328, 579-80
Rivera Recio, J . F . 557 St Florian 389
Robert de Grantmesnil, abbot of Saint-Evroult 580 St Gall 146-7, 163, 186, 197, 199, 215-17, 220, 223,
Robert of Molesme 609 299, 304, 334, 338-9, 347, 350, 357, 360-1, 373-4,
Robert, L . 47, 54 382, 399, 563-4, 571-5, 583, 586, 608, 623
Robert, M . 579 St Georgen 471, 578
Robertson, A . W . 150 Saint-Martial, see Limoges
Rocca-Serra, G . 443 St Martial/De L a Fage A n o n y m o u s 476
Rodradus, abbot of Corbie 298 Saint-Maur-des-Fosses 205,321, 338-9, 575
Rodulphus G l a b e r 578 Saint-Quentin 4
Roederer, C . 104, 596 Saint-Riquier 141, 325, 330, 459, 517, 521, 571
Rogation Davs, Rogation Sunday 11, 32, 51, 100, 147, St Sabas, monastery near Jerusalem 481
290 Saint-Vaast, see Arras
Rojo, C . 169, 557 Saint-Victor, monastery near L e M a n s 458
Romanian letters, see significative letters Saint-Victor, Augustinian abbey in Paris 194
Romanos the Melode 529 Saint-Victor-sur-Rhins 575
Romanus, Roman cantor 374, 572-3 Saint-Yrieix 317, 597, 608
Rome, Roman liturgy and chant 70, 73-4, 81, 100-2, salicus 360-1, 3 8 2 - 3 , 392
104, 150-2, 157, 165-6, 169, 289-93, 296-7, 2 9 9 - Salisbury 34, 51, 5 8 3 - 4 ; see also Sarum
300, 304-5, 309, 312, 320-1, 324, 352, 364, 374, 388, Sallmann, N . 443
391, 395-6, 413,448, 458, 466, 479-80, 4 8 2 - 4 , 4 8 6 , Salmon, P. 320, 322, 487, 594
488, 492-4, 496-521, 524-7, 5 3 0 - 1 , 5 4 0 - 2 , 5 4 7 , 549, San Millan de la Cogolla 602
San Salvatorc on Monte Amiate 322 S i b e r t d c B e k a 615
Sanctorale 300-2, 305-7, 310-11, 335-6 Sidler, H . 121, 123, 127
Sanctus 8, 1 9 , 2 3 - 4 , 6 8 , 148-50, 161-7; prosulas 209, Sidonius Apollinaris 492
225, 2 3 0 - 1 ; t r o p e s 196, 220, 223, 225, 230-1,519 Siffrin, P. 281
Sanctus post evangelium (Gallican) 500-1 Sigl, M . 150
Sandon, N . 150,295 significative letters (Romanian letters) 56, 374-8, 572
Sandrat of St M a x i m i n , T r i e r 571 Silos, abbey of Santo D o m i n g o 305, 328, 338-9, 415,
S a n t c u i l J . - B . d e 618 559,602
Santi, A . de 626 Simeon, secundus of the Roman schola cantorum 515—
Santiago de Compostela 39-41, 234, 576, 603 16
Sarum use and sources 32, 36, 38, 47-8, 56, 71, 90, S k e a t , W . W . 294
105-6, 141, 143, 150, 172, 3 0 1 - 2 , 3 1 0 , 320, 326, 333, Slavonic liturgies and chant 482; ekphonetic notation
483,583-4,603,611 367
SauxiManges 575 Smith, J . A . 484-5
scandicus 341-2, 344, 348-9, 352-3, 383, 390 Smits van Waesberghe J . 180, 201, 209, 363, 374, 384,
Sceptrum prosula (cf. Regnum tuum solidum) 228-30 386, 389, 427, 442, 466, 468, 471-3, 521, 538, 560
Scheiwiler, A . 571 Snow, R. 529, 531
Schildbach, M . 148, 165-8, 223, 315, 336, 606 Socrates 489
Schlager, K . 6, 68, 130-5, 137-8, 173, 187, 204, 209, sogitha 486
336 Soissons, abbey of Saint-Medard 298
Schmid, H . 384,393-4,452 Solesmes, abbey of Saint-Pierre 148-9, 302-3, 379,
S c h m i d , T . 604-5 383, 397, 4 0 0 - 1 , 4 3 3 , 5 7 3 , 5 7 8 , 591, 595, 614, 623-8
Schmidt, Hans 76, 531 Somtiium Scipionis (Cicero, commented by
Schmidt, Hermann 7, 33, 519 Macrobius) 443
Schmitz, A . 238 song, Latin liturgical (conductus, versus, cantio) 39-43,
Schneider/London/Naples Anonymous 476 46, 193-4, 238-50, 266-7, 269, 273, 279, 284, 576,
Schoenbaum, C . 606 598,606
Schubigcr, A . 374, 571-2 Song of Simeon, see N u n c Dimittis
Schueller, H . M . 442 Song of Zacharia, see Benedictus
Schuler, E . A . 251 sonus, Gallican 500, 554, 5 5 6 - 7 ; O l d Spanish 493-4,
Schuler, M . 521-2 500, 560
Schwyzer, E . 365 Soriano, F . 616, 626
Scolicaenchiriadis (Anon.) 384, 386, 393-4, 448, 452 Souvigny 575
scrutiny of catechumens 23, 33, 512 Sowa, I L 330
Seav, A . 476 Sozomen 489
Seckau 389 Spanke, II. 188, 239-40, 242, 248, 250
secret (prayer) 23, 49, 291 Speculum musicae (Jacobus of Liege) 476
seculorum amen (close of Gloria patri) 61 Sponsus, play 194, 267, 271
Sedulius 142,284 Spunar, P. 606
Senarius 502 Srawlev, J . 11. 4
Senlis 298 Stablein, B . 47, 51, 53-8, 62, 66, 74, 76, 88, 92, 102,
Sens 39-41, 169, 171, 207, 233-5, 238, 243, 249-50 104, 109, 116, 130, 140-4, 146-7, 150, 155-7, 165-6,
Septuagesima Sunday 13 168-9, 172, 178, 180-1, 183, 185, 188, 195-7, 199-
sequela 173 201, 205-6, 209, 220-1, 223-4, 234, 236, 238, 2 4 0 -
sequence 2 3 , 4 1 , 4 6 , 104, 131, 134, 153, 172-95, 207, 1, 248-50, 278, 293, 295, 303, 310-11, 336, 340, 363,
212, 221, 225, 239-40,248, 266, 273, 279, 286, 310, 370, 395, 431, 484, 487, 494, 503, 508, 510-11, 514,
3 1 3 - 1 7 , 3 2 3 , 3 3 0 , 3 3 6 , 386-7,394, 417, 4 4 0 - 1 , 4 7 9 , 526,531, 538, 540, 5 5 2 - 4 , 5 6 0 , 5 6 2 , 573, 576, 591-2,
494, 511, 519, 521, 546, 560, 572, 576, 580, 583, 585- 603, 606, 628
8, 591-2, 596-9, 603, 606; (versus) with double S t a h l . W . II. 443
cursus 179-80, 239-41; tropes 196, 223 station, stational liturgy 31, 252, 264, 336, 413, 431,
scquentiarv 302, 313-17, 323, 597 510,516
Scrgius I, pope 102, 165, 499, 505 Stauffachcr, M . 238
sermon 26, 313 Stavelot (Stablo) 459
serpent 620 Steer, G . 267
Servatius, V . 615 Steghch, R. 326,472
Sesini, U . 353 Stein, F . A . 250
Severus of Antioch 460 Steincn, W . von den 181, 185-6, 522, 571-2
Sevcstre, N . 197, 220 Steiner, R. 1, 41, 47, 64, 66-8, 109, 121-3, 125, 140,
Sexagesima Sunday 10,13 196, 200-1, 204, 220, 225, 279, 295, 308-9, 310,
Sext 18, 2 0 - 1 , 29-31, 85, 249 503,519, 574, 596
Sherley-Price, L . 10, 102, 506, 629 S t e n z l J . 339
Stephan, R. 225 T h i e r r y , abbot of Jumieges 579
Stephen II, pope 515,517,571 Thionville, Capitularv of (805) 517
Stephen III, pope 517 T h o d b e r g , C . 529
Stephen I X , pope 591,594 T h o m a s Aquinas 42, 145, 192
Stephen I, St, king of Hungary 607 T h o m p s o n , E . VV. 365
Stephen, bishop of Liege 274 Thorlac, St 605
Stevens, J . 2 5 1 , 2 6 5 - 6 , 2 6 9 threnos (Old Spanish) 500-2, 560
S t e v e n s o n , j . 493,581 Thurstan of Caen, abbot of Glastonbury 583
Stotz, P. 146, 216 Timaeus (Plato) 443
Stratman, C . J . 251 Timotheus (Paulinus of Aquileia) 522
Strecker, K . 279 Tiridates III of Armenia 481
Strehl, R. 221 T o l e d o 351, 558-9, 6 0 2 - 3 ; Council of (589) 169;
Stromberg, B . 605 Fourth Council of (633) 492, 515, 558
strophici 390, 392, 397, 400; see also apostrophe, Tolhurst, J . B . L . 18,25,321
bistropha, tristropha Tonale sancti Bernardi (pseudo-Bernard of Clairvaux)
Strunk, 0 . 220, 387, 389, 443, 460, 463, 465-6, 525-6, 326,610
530 tonary (tonarius, tonale) 61, 63, 89, 141, 305, 310, 3 1 5 -
Stubbs, VV. 297,507,581 17,'321, 323, 325-35, 345, 454, 458-9, 462-3, 471,
S t u r m i , abbot of Fulda 590 473, 521, 527, 560, 571, 579,585,595,597, 614
Subiaco 595 tonus peregrinus 5 8 , 6 2 - 4
S u b i r a , J . 338 Torcello 353
Suchier, W . 284 torculus 342, 344, 348-9, 352-3; torculus resupinus
suffrages 29 342, 345
Sunol, G . 77, 340, 346, 365, 369, 375, 379, 391, 407, Tortosa 603
541,552 Toulouse 597
Super populum (prayer) 24 T o u r n a i 397
Sylvester II, pope (Gerbert of Aurillac) 470, 594 T o u r s 520, 569; abbey of St Martin 447; Second
Symmachus, pope 157, 497 Council of (567) 489
Svmons, T . 254, 581 tract 23, 36, 38, 46, 69, 7 6 - 7 , 82-5, 294, 296, 298,
Syon 605 314-17, 382, 519; early history 495-6, 5 0 0 - 3 ;
Syrian ekphonctic notation 367 O l d Roman 531, 533; prosula 209; see also cantus,
Syrian churches, see Jacobite, Melkite, Nestorian church Milanese
Szekesfehcrvar (Stuhlweissenburg) 607 tractulus 382
Szendrei, J. 391,607,611 transitorium (Milanese) 499, 542-3, 551-2
Szigeti, K . 607 T r a u b , A . 448
Szoverffy, J . 108, 140, 189, 273 trecanum (Gallican) 498-9
Treitler, L . 74, 82, 130, 220-1, 238, 242, 367, 372, 520,
596
T a c k , F . 171, 395, 397, 618, 620 T r e n t , Council of (1545-63) 609, 615, 618
T a f t , R. 486-9, 491-3, 515 Ties clerici, play of St Nicholas 269
Taliaferro, R. C . 443 T r i d u u m 8, 19; 32, 34-9, 55
Tarchnischvili, M . 481 T r i e r 349, 569, 623-4; abbey of St Martin 328, 458;
Tarragona 603 abbey of St M a x i m i n 458, 571
T e D e u m laudamus 2 6 - 7 , 44, 57-8, 6 8 - 9 , 156, 162, trigon 343, 345, 361, 385
220, 252-4, 261, 269, 273, 420-1, 494, 528 T r i n a O r a t i o 19-20
Temporale 300-2, 305-7, 310-11 T r i n i t y , H o l y 274; T r i n i t y Sunday 11,13
Tenebrae 3 4 - 8 Trisagion 36-7, 497-8, 525, 528 "
Terce 18-21, 29-30, 85, 249, 253 tristropha 343, 345
T e r r i z z i , F . 319 trivirga 343, 345
Tertullian 486 T r o i a 589, 591-3
Thannabaur, P. 148, 161-4, 167, 209, 223, 225, 315, trope 22, 41, 43, 46, 138-9, 148, 152, 161, 168-9, 183,
336, 606 196-238, 251, 289, 302, 310, 313-17,323, 336, 479,
T h c o d a l d , bishop of Arezzo 466 5 1 1 , 5 1 9 , 5 2 1 , 5 6 0 , 5 7 0 , 5 7 2 , 5 7 6 , 580, 583, 586-7,
'Theodore Studites, St 460 591-2, 596-8,603
Theodore, archbishop of Canterbury 294 troper 289, 313-18, 328, 336, 591-2, 596-8
Theodore, bishop of Mopsuestia 487 tropus, meaning'mode' 451, 454
T h e o d u l f of Orleans 146, 447 T u o t i l o of St Gall 199, 215, 223, 419, 572
Theogerus of Metz 471 - 2 T u r c o , A . 88,90
Therapeutae 486 T u r n e r , D . H . 319
T h i b a u t , A . 590 T u r p i n u s 576
T h i b a u t . J . B . 122,295,367 T y r e r , J . W . 33
Udalricus of C l u n y ( U l r i c h of Zell) 345, 576, 578 Vogel, C . 7, 287-9, 291, 293, 324, 492, 514, 516, 527,
U d o v i e h , J . 88,308,326,371 552
Uhlfelder, M . L . 448 Vogue, A . de 488,491
U l l m a n n , P. 607 Vollaerts, J . W . A . 384
uncinus 349, 388 Volpiano 387, 578
Underwood, P. 308, 338, 580 Volturno, abbey of San Vinccnzo 589
Undhagen, C . - G . 605 Vosyka, V . 250
Uppsala 604
U r b a n I V , pope 25 Waddell, C . 194, 310-11, 575, 609, 61 1
Utrecht 328 Waeltner, E . L . 466
Wagner, P. 39, 41, 69, 85, 117, 146-7, 149, 166, 234,
249, 295, 340, 345, 359-61, 370, 383-5, 389, 502,
Vadstena 605, 615 557, 573, 576, 603, 623, 627
Vagaggini, C . 5 Wala, abbot of Corbie 570-1
Valerian, emperor 4 Walahfrid Strabo 553
Vallombrosa 578 Waldrammof St Gall 146
Valous, G . de 574 Walker, G . S. M . 488
Van der Werf, H . 371 Walker, J . H . 321,594-5
Van Deusen, N . 248, 531 Wallace-Hadrill, J . M . 514
V a n i c k y J . 606 Warren, F . E . 293, 319, 484, 493, 553
Varro 443 Waszink, j . 444
Vatican C o u n c i l , Second (1962-5) 628 Weakland, R. 197, 199, 274, 448, 452, 540
Vccchi, G . 100, 150, 172, 196, 204, 209, 266, 313, 352, Wcingarten 564
417 Wcinmann, K . 615
Velimirovic, M . 454, 482 Weinrich, L . 241
Venantius Fortunatus 142, 144, 146, 224, 282, 284 Weisbein, N . 192
Venerius, bishop of {Marseilles 297 Weiss, G . 199,220-1,598
Venite exultemus D o m i n u m (Ps. 94), see invitatory Wellesz, E . 31, 367-8, 489, 501, 525, 527
psalm Wenlock 322
Vercelli 419, 573 Westminster 582
Verheijcn, L . 488 Weyns, N . I. 614
Vcrnet, P. 322,609 Whit Sunday (Pentecost Sunday) 8-11, 13, 32, 169,
Verona 310, 338-9, 353 528; Whitsun Eve 51
versiclesand responses 22, 25-30, 39, 45, 309, 312; Whitby, monk of, author of life of St Gregory 506
recitation of 4 7 - 8 Whitby, Synod of (664) 10
versus 39-43, 108, 238-50; at St Gall 146-7; versus White," A . "444
(sequence) with double cursus 179-80, 239-41; versus Whitchill, W . M . 39, 41, 576, 603
ad rcpctcndum 109, 496-8; versus ante officium 221; Wiesli, W . 358, 360, 383
see also Latin liturgical song Wilkinson, J . 480
Vespers 16, 20-2, 2 8 - 9 , 32, 35, 37-8, 85, 88, 104-5, William I, king of England 581-2
249 William, abbot of Hirsau 471-2, 474, 578
vespertinum (Old Spanish) 493, 560 William, abbot of Rievaulx 610
Vezelay 576 William of Volpiano (or Saint-Benigne, D i j o n , or
Viadana, L . 621 Fecamp) 331, 386-7, 394, 564, 578-80, 582-3
Vich 603 Willibald, bishop of Eichstatt 205
Victor III, pope 591 Willibrord 515
Victor of Capua 294 Willis, G . G . 7
Vidakovic, A . 607 Willis, J . 443
Vigils, see Night Office Wilmart, A . 294, 574, 585, 626
Villctard, H . 39, 41, 234-5, 238, 249, 470 Wilson, II. A . 319
Vincent, A . - J . - H . 388 Wilton Abbey 624
Vintimille, C . de, archbishop of Paris 619 Winchcombe 582
virga 341-2, 344, 348-9, 352-3, 397; virga strata Winchester 74, 163, 1 8 1 , 2 1 1 , 2 1 6 - 1 7 , 2 1 9 - 2 0 , 2 5 4 ,
360-1 315, 374, 386, 394, 413, 581-3, 586
Visigothic chant, see O l d Spanish chant Winithar 304
Visitatio sepulchri 39, 256-7, 262-3, 420-1, 581, 585 Winkler, G . 487
vita 2 6 , 8 9 , 3 1 3 Wintcrfcld P. von 179, 240
Vitalian, pope 526 Wipo 189
Vivell, C . 326, 442, 472 Witt, F . X . 623-4
Vives, J . 312,559 Wolf, J . 472
Vladimir, prince of K i e v 482 Woods, I. 584
Worcester 14-16, 310, 312, 354-5, 581-2 Yearley, J . 265
Wordsworth, C . 287, 289, 317, 321 York 53, 292, 297, 5 0 7 , 5 1 8 , 5 8 1 - 3
Wormald, F . 13 Y o u n g , K . 33, 37, 39, 251-3, 260, 263, 265-7, 269, 283
Wright, C . 554, 564
Wulfstan, cantor at the O l d Minster, Winchester 387, Zagreb 607
582 Zoilo, A . 615-16
Wvnfrith, see Boniface Zwiefaltcn 578
^
. nsburg }